PROCEEDINGS
               for the
             SYMPOSIUM
                on
    PUBLIC HEALTH ASPECTS OF
        PEACEFUL USES OF
      NUCLEAR EXPLOSIVES
             sponsored by
                the
        SOUTHWESTERN RADIOLOGICAL
           HEALTH LABORATORY
         Bureau of Radiological Health
            Las Vegas, Nevada
           April 7 through 11, 1969
              I
              *
                   \
U. S. DEPARTMENT OF HEALTH, EDUCATION, AND WELFARE

           Public Health Service

   Consumer Protection and Environmental Health Service

       Environmental Control Administration

-------
               PROCEEDINGS
                       for the
                      SYMPOSIUM
                         on
              PUBLIC HEALTH ASPECTS  OF

                  PEACEFUL USES OF

                 NUCLEAR EXPLOSIVES
                    sponsored by
                         the
              SOUTHWESTERN RADIOLOGICAL
                  HEALTH LABORATORY

            Bureau of Radiological  Health

                  Las Vegas,  Nevada



              Apri I  7 through II,  1969


                     SWRHL—82
 U. S.  DEPARTMENT OF HEALTH, EDUCATION, AND WELFARE
                Pub Iic Health Service
Consumer Protection and Environmental Health Service
        Environmental  Control Administration

-------
                        FOREWORD
The Southwestern Radiological  Health Laboratory is very
pleased to have sponsored this Symposium on the Public
Health Aspects of the Peaceful Uses of Nuclear Explosives.
The primary purpose of the Symposium was to disseminate and
document current information and data on the public health
aspects of this promising new technical  field.

In addition, it served to identify potential  problem areas,
stimulated discussion, and provided an opportunity for exchange
of ideas and rapport between and among various individuals and
groups sharing interests in various facets of Plowshare
technology.

These proceedings should serve these objectives and provide
a resource of relevant information which may be used to evaluate
what  is presently known and unknown in the public health and
safety area of the technology for peaceful applications of
nuclear explosives.
                           Dr. Melvin W. Carter
                           Southwestern Radiological  Health Laboratory
                         i i i

-------
                        TABLE OF CONTENTS

Paper                                                            Pa9e
 No.                                                              No-

  1     PUBLIC HEALTH AND PLOWSHARE                                 1
                      James G. TerriII,  Jr.

  2    THE PLOWSHARE PROGRAM                                       9
                      Richard Hamburger

  3    NUCLEAR CRATER ING APPLICATIONS                             21
                      Marv i n M. Will iamson

  4    SUMMARY OF RESULTS OF CRATER ING EXPERIMENTS                48
                      John Toman

  5    TECHNICAL PROBLEMS AND FUTURE CRATER ING EXPERIMENTS        83
                      Joseph B. Knox

  6    UNDERGROUND ENGINEERING APPLICATIONS                       112
                      Mi Io D. Nordyke

  7    SUMMARY OF RESULTS OF UNDERGROUND ENGINEERING EXPERIENCE  133
                      Fred Hoizer

  8    TECHNICAL PROBLEMS AND FUTURE UNDERGROUND ENGINEERING     160
          EXPERIMENTS
                      Gary H. Higgins

  9    SAFETY PHILOSOPHY FOR PLOWSHARE                           176
                      Robert H. ThaIgott

 10    RADIOACTIVITY SOURCE TERMS FOR CRATER ING APPLICATIONS     185
                      Edward H. Fleming

 11    RADIOACTIVITY SOURCE TERMS FOR UNDERGROUND ENGINEERING    207
          APPLICATIONS
                      Howard A. Tewes

 12    METEOROLOGICAL REQUIREMENTS AND OPERATIONAL FALLOUT       223
          PREDICTION TECHNIQUES FOR PLOWSHARE NUCLEAR
          DETONATIONS
                      Harold  F. MueI Ier

                              i v

-------
Table of Contents (continued)

Paper                                                            Page
 No.                                                              No.

 13    ATMOSPHERIC TRANSPORT, DIFFUSION AND DEPOSITION OF        249
          RADIOACTIVITY
                      Todd V. Crawford

 14    RADIOACTIVITY IN THE HYDROLOGIC ENVIRONMENT               280
                      Louis B. Werner

 15    AIR BLAST FROM PLOWSHARE PROJECTS                         309
                      Jack W. Reed

 16    GROUND MOTION PREDICTIONS                                 334
                      Peter C. Loux

 17    GROUND MOTION EFFECTS                                     357
                      John A. Blume

       PLOWSHARE, POLITICS AND THE PUBLIC INTEREST               391
          (Banquet Address)
                      The Honorable Craig Hosmer

 18    ECOLOGICAL TRANSFER MECHANISMS - TERRESTRIAL              401
                      William E. Martin and G. E.  Raines

 19    THE EFFECTS OF THE MARINE BIOSPHERE AND HYDROSPHERE UPON  436
            THE SPECIFIC ACTIVITY OF CONTAMINANT RAD IONUCLIDES
                      Frank G. Lowman

 20    AEC CONTROLLED AREA SAFETY PROGRAM                        460 -
                      Donald W. Hendricks

 21    PUBLIC HEALTH SERVICE SAFETY PROGRAM                      478 -
                      John R. McBride

 22    STATE AND LOCAL SAFETY PROGRAM                            487
                      G. D. Carlyle Thompson

 23    THE PHILOSOPHY BEHIND THE FEDERAL RADIATION COUNCIL       498
          GUIDES
                      Paul C. Tompkins

 24    APPLICATION OF ICRP RECOMMENDATIONS RELEVANT TO           508
          INTERNAL DOSE
                     Kenneth E. Cowser, W. S. Snyder and
                     E.  G. Struxness

-------
Table of Contents (continued)
Paper
                                                                 Page
 No.                                                              No-

 25    DEVELOPMENT OF REGULATORY CRITERIA APPLICABLE TO CONTROL  529
          OF RADIATION EXPOSURES TO THE POPULATION FROM PRO-
          DUCTS CONTAINING RADIOACTIVE MATERIAL
                      Lester R.  Rogers

 26    PLOWSHARE RADIATION PROTECTION GUIDANCE                   543
                      Herbert M. Parker

 27    METHODS OF ESTIMATING POPULATION EXPOSURES FROM           550
          PLOWSHARE APPLICATIONS
                      Stephen V. Kaye and Paul  S. Rohwer

 28    EXPOSURE-DOSE RESEARCH FOR RAD IONUCLIDES  IN NATURAL       585'
          GAS
                      David N. McNel is

 29    THE FATE AND IMPORTANCE OF RAD IONUCLIDES PRODUCED IN      595
          NUCLEAR EVENTS
                      Bernard W. Shore

 30    RADIOLOGICAL SAFETY RESEARCH FOR NUCLEAR EXCAVATION       652
          PROJECTS - INTEROCEANIC CANAL STUDIES
                      Alfred W.  Klement,  Jr.

 31    PLANNING REQUIRED IN THE DEVELOPMENT OF RADIATION         664
          PROTECTION GUIDANCE FOR UNDERGROUND ENGINEERING
          APPLICATIONS
                      Robert H.  Nei I I

 32    INDUSTRY POTENTIAL OF LARGE SCALE USES FOR PEACEFUL       671
          NUCLEAR EXPLOSIVES
                      Paul  L. RusselI

 33    APPROACHES TO THE CALCULATION OF LIMITATIONS ON           684
          NUCLEAR DETONATIONS FOR PEACEFUL PURPOSES
                      G.  Hoyt Whipple

 34    ROLE OF INDUSTRY IN THE ENVIRONMENTAL HEALTH AND SAFETY   697
          ASPECTS OF THE DEVELOPING PLOWSHARE INDUSTRY
                      Norman Hi I berry

 35    ROLE OF THE ATOMIC ENERGY COMMISSION                      713
                      Wi I Iiam L. Oakley

 36    ROLE OF THE PUBLIC HEALTH SERVICE                         721
                      Raymond T. Moore
                             v i

-------
Table of Contents (continued)

Paper                                                            Page
 No.                                                              No.

 37    ROLE OF A STATE HEALTH DEPARTMENT IN AN UNDERGROUND       729
          NUCLEAR EXPERIMENT
                      Thomas M. Gerusky

 38    STATE PARTNERSHIP IN ENVIRONMENTAL HEALTH AND SAFETY      736
          PHASE OF PLOWSHARE PROJECTS
                      Simon Kinsman

 39    DISCUSSION OF HIGHLIGHTS AND CLOSING REMARKS              752
                      Raymond T. Moore
                             v i i

-------
   SESSION I  - INTRODUCTION

Chairman:  Dr. Melvin W. Carter
       Director,  SWRHL
 U. S. Public Health Service
          Las Vegas

-------
                                                                                                                         INTRODUCTORY COMMENTS
                 PUBLIC HEALTH AND PLOWSHARE

                    James G.  TerriII,  Jr.
     Consumer Protection and  Environmental  Health Service
                 U.  S.  Public Health Service
                      Washington,  D. C.
                           ABSTRACT

        The protection of public health and safety  is  a  principal
area  of concern in any application of nuclear energy.   A  health
and safety analysis must be conducted and reviewed by appropriate
agencies and the final results  made available to interested
agencies and groups,  both public and private,  prior to  the  ap-
plication.   This is especially  important  for the Plowshare
Program -  the peaceful uses of  nuclear explosives  ~ where the
public  is  to be the ultimate beneficiary.

        Because  public health must be a primary concern  in the
Plowshare  Program,  it is  essential that the  potential risks be
weighed against the expected benefits to  the public.  Public
health  agencies must  play an increasingly important role  in the
planning and operational  stages  of the peaceful applications
of  nuclear explosives and in the final stage of consumer  use
of  Plowshare-generated products.

        There  are many long  term  and long  distance  ramifications
of  the  Plowshare Program,  such as  the potential radiological
contamination of consumer products  that may  reach  the consumer
at  long times after the event or at  great  distances from  the
site of the event.   Criteria for evaluating  public exposure to
radiation from  these products need  to be developed based  on
sound scientific research.  Standards  for  radioactivity in
consumer products must be developed  in relation to potential
exposure of the public.  Above all, a  clear  benefit to  the  public
with a minimum of risk must be shown.

        The major purpose of this Symposium on  the  Public  Health
Aspects  of Peaceful Uses of Nuclear Explosives  is  to focus  at-
tention on the health and safety aspects,  present  the results
of  safety analyses  accomplished  to date and other  information
necessary  to an understanding of the public health aspects,   and
to  identify areas where additional research is required.

       A general overview of the total symposium content  is
presented with emphasis on the relationship of  the topics to
public  health.
       Ladies and Gentlemen, it is my pleasure to be opening speaker for this
long overdue Symposium on the Public Health Aspects of  the Peaceful  Uses of
Nuclear Explosives.   It is encouraging to see people representing so many
diverse disciplines  and organizational  groups—industry,  science, public health,
and government—gathered together to stimulate and exchange thoughts concerning
the Plowshare Program and public safety.   I  am sure that  a listing of our
respective job titles or the prime responsibility of our  callings would  show
the broad concern for the public health and the bountiful  effect of  nuclear
science on human progress, and indicate that the potential  applications  of atomic
energy are many and  varied indeed.

       For th i s aud i ence, it is on Iy proper to try,  in  quant i tat i ve  and  spec i f ic
ways,  to get to the  critical  factors which determine the  real  balance between
benef i ts and ri sks.

       Each of you is or may become interested in some  specific, some spe-
cialized phase of the peaceful  uses of  nuclear explosives.   That is  apparent
in the various subjects on the agenda of  this Symposium.   There will  be  many
erudite and introspective papers delivered—these will  be conclusive com-
mentary on subjects  of pr i mary i nterest to you individual ly.  We, at th i s
sympos i urn, are prospect!ng for the weaIth of i deas and  potent i a I needed  to
obtain a realistic balance between benefit and risk in  the Plowshare program.
The speakers on the  program will, I  am sure, provide us with some specific
ideas  to increase our knowledge and understanding.  But,  every recommendation,
every  constructive suggestion that we can contribute -  you and  I -will  be
a supplement to that wealth of knowledge, or will stimulate programs to  develop
the mi ss i ng i nformat ion.

       There is never a time when a new idea can be considered superfluous.
You and the particular public and private interests you represent as potent i a I
users  of Plowshare applications are encouraged to share your ideas at this
symposium because they should be balanced with public health considerations
which  wiI I  affect industrial  appl ications of Plowshare  technology.  A clear
benefit to the public must exceed the attendant risks,  not only as they  may
be caIcuI ated,  but also in professional  and public op i n i on.  We  in nucI ear
science can take very little for granted.  We cannot indulge in the  luxury
of lapses in our broad surveillance of public health and  safety.

       In things nuclear, it is not so easy to assume that there  is nothing
to fear but fear itself.  Not all  the critics and opponents of the various
uses of nuclear resources are inspired by science fiction and screen
melodramatics.   There are certain valid and reasonable criticisms that
must be acknowledged and resolved.  The proponents of Plowshare  should
recognize that even  when benefits clearly outweigh the risks,  it takes
time to convince the related professionals and the public.

       The Plowshare program is not new.   It dates back to  1957  with the
first  nuclear event,  Gnome.

-------
       The Public Health  Service, through a Memorandum of Understanding with
the Atomic Energy Commission(AEC) concerning off-site radiological safety,
has been working with  Plowshare  since  its beginning.  The program to date
has  included  numerous  device  development tests, cratering experiments in
various geological  media,  and one feasibility-type underground natural
resource recovery experiment.

       The program  has been concerned  with technological development and has
been  largely  conducted at the Nevada Test Site  by AEC contractors.  The
experimental-developmental nature of the program has entailed stringent
safety review and a conservative type  of hazards-analysis approach.  However,
at this time,  criticism of pollutants  of all types are properly coming to
public attention due to intensified  industrial  development.  However, as
meritorious as clean air,  clean  water, and clean food may be, the term "clean"
must  be translated  into criteria and standards  which can be designed  into
industrial developments from  the conceptual planning stage.  The standards
must  be finite and  measureable,  even if expressed in ranges rather than a
single number.  Although  it appears conservative from a health standpoint,
terms  like "zero" and  "undetectable" are not really standards nor are they
precise.  Rather, they are subject to  wide fluctuations depending upon the
state of the  art of measurement  and  instrumentation.

       It has  been  my  experience in working with everything from nuclear
explosions to  TV sets  that industry will be most cooperative, and can easily
afford to be  cooperative,  if  criteria  and standards are available at an early
stage.  Often, safety  and  health provisions which are overlooked  initially
cannot be corrected for many  years.  For example, in another field, there
are the provisions  in  the  design of many dams  in the Tennessee Valley to
fluctuate water levels for malaria control.  When the systems were incorpor-
ated  in the conceptual  design, electrical production could be maintained and
many of the mosquitoes which  could transmit malaria would also be controlled.
Without such provisions during the conceptual stage, it would become  increas-
ingly expensive to  utilize this  control technique without affecting the
production of  power.

       Today we are concerned with the future—the transition from development
to practical  application.  For practical utilization to take place, industry
and State and  local  governments  must become active partners in the program.

       The public health aspects of the Plowshare program deal not only with
today, but tomorrow, years from  now, and decades from now.

       We are talking  about two  basic types of  events:

       •  Cratering -  in which  a nuclear explosive is used as an earth
              moving tool  (Sedan, Cabriolet, Buggy, Schooner, etc.).

       •   Contained underground explosions in which the device is used to
              break up or  increase the permeability of the underground
              resource strata so that the resource can be recovered and
              used  by man or to  provide storage cavities (Gasbuggy; and in
              the  future,  Rulison).
       Either type presents three potential and basic radiological hazards:

            1.   Immediate release of event-related radioactivity to the environ-
ment.  This  is primarily a near-in acute situation, but may present chronic
problems.   It is of primary concern with regard to cratering events where there
is an  inherent release of radioactive effluent; but it is also relevant to
"contained"  underground events which might not be contained and/or where there
are possible problems of ground water contamination.

       We have been working with problems of this type for a long time.  In
early  days,  field experience developed the relative importance of radioiodine
in milk.  Today, we are working to keep abreast of any necessary program
reorientation required by changes in device design and emplacement techniques.
Recent experience has focused attention upon the extent of radio-tungsten and
tritium contamination under various conditions.  It is important that public
health agencies identify the pathway to people and the standards that are
useful in evaluating the exposure of the people in a meaningful and numerical
manner.
          2.  The  use of  products of  the "contained  type" of  experiments.
When nuclear energy is used  to increase the availability  of  oil,  natural  gas,
etc.,  the resulting products will  be  contaminated  to some extent  with radio-
nuclides.  These products will  be used at times and  locations far removed  from
the event.   How much contamination will  there be?   What standards do we use fn
terms of  samples,  analyses,  environmentaI  evaIuation;  and, where  necessary, how
do we check people to determine the validity of our  standards in  terms of  human
exposure?  Are any clinical  manifestations detectable?

          3.  The  worldwide  inventory of radionuclides.
Of special  concern are long  lived nuclides with little inhibition to environmental
transport—tritium, carbon-14,  krypton-85, etc. Of  course,  in this area of con-
cern we are talking in terms of decades.

       I  have indicated three basic areas of radiological concern:

          -Radioactive effluent
          -Radioactive contamination of consumer products
          -Radionuclide inventory of  our biosphere
       There problems in themselves sound formidable, but this week we wi
      oncern ourselves with ground motion and air blast.
       Do the problems of this  infant  industry—Plowshare—seem  insurmountable?
 I don't believe they are  if they are properly focused.  And that  is why  we  are
 here—to get a better  insight  into and understanding of the Plowshare  program
 and its implications.  We are also here to discover the type of  information
 public health people need to make  independent but scientifically-based
 evaluations of proposed projects.  If  public health agencies are  active  in
 this manner, they can  provide  information which will be useful to the  planning
 groups at an early stage so that plans can be modified with respect both to
 scientific requirements and to  public  reaction before opinions are frozen
 through engineering reports or  adverse publicly stated comments.

-------
        Concurrent and continuously progressive  laboratory and field studies
 must be pursued  in all areas of possible adverse effect to the public health
 and safety from actual and simulated Plowshare-generated sources.  Results of
 such studies and data compiled  in conjunction with non-Plowshare tests or
 research uses of nuclear energy must be examined for applicability to future
 activities.  For general professional acceptance, these activities must be
 filtered through professional exchanges in order to refine related public
 health criteria and translate these  into useful design systems for engineers.

 Such criteria must also serve as a basis for a  systematic method of evaluation
 between public health agencies so that quantitative comparisons can be made
 between projections and actual contaminations found in the environment after
 the project has  been completed.  The purpose of these projects and the numerous
 hea I th and safety programs, many of wh i ch are conducted on state and I oca I
 levels as well as on broader national and international scales, is to establish
 a sound public health basis for effective guidelines, standards and controls
 in terms of risks versus benefits to the population as a whole and to individuals.

        Proposed  unique or unprecedented Plowshare applications are screened
 and super imposed, so to speak, aga i nst the exi st i ng app I icab I e standards and
 regu I at ions — and, where i ncompati ble, are re-engi neered,  re-programmed  or,
 as in certain proposed construction projects, postponed until  the technology
 has been developed to such an extent that the experiment or study is compatible
 with required public health and safety restraints, which should be kept up  to
 date by the radiation protection agencies.

        There is another area of concern.  The nature of Plowshare activities
 impl ies the need for a concurrent,  comprehensive,  and candid publ ic education
 program.   And these, in my opinion,  should  be preceded on both a program and
 project basis by active interchanges between the public health officials
 and those responsible for the design of  the  specific projects.  If understanding
 and mutual  respect can be generated  between  these professional groups,  it
 will  be possible to assure the pjjbl ic in an  effective way that all  possible
 techniques  are being employed  to protect them from adverse effects of  nuclear
 detonations.
       This symposium  is  intended to be a thorough publi
     ts of Plowshare related to Public Health.  Unlike
     bject to periodic physical checkups, the Public Hea
to PI owshare must undergo a cont inuing ahd bo Idly uninhtb i ted exami nat ion .
The head and heart and all appendages — the current policies and procedures
and processes — must be continuously revitalized so that nuclear explosives
tempered with public health safeguards will  be available to serve mankind i
                                                           ted  exami nat ion .
a constructive and meaningful manner.
       The Public Health Service, through  its  Southwestern  Radiological  Health
Laboratory,  is  in Las Vegas to participate  in  Plowshare  technology  with  regard
to its public health and safety  implications.  This group will  be available
for technical assistance and consultation to the states  and other agencies.
Its record of 15 years experience in the public health and  safety aspects of
nuclear tests provides an effective basis on which to develop such  aspects
of Plowshare technology.
                                                                                                             Undoubtedly,  you have many questions.  Hopefully, they will be answered
                                                                                                      in some substance in the course of this symposium.  At the least, problem areas
                                                                                                      will  be identified so that, by experiment or in some future symposia, they can
                                                                                                      be effectively resolved.

                                                                                                             And lastly, let's be candid.  Let's learn something from the teenagers
                                                                                                      and "telI  it I ike it is."

-------
                        QUESTIONS FOR JAMES TERRILL
    From M. Chessin:
     Is the testing program for the nuclear sea  level canal compatible
    with the Nuclear Test Ban Treaty?  Shouldn't the general public
    per se be brought  into the decision process, in view particularly
    of the linear response to radiation?

    ANSWER:

    The later designs  have reduced the amount of radioactivity released,
    but if complete control cannot be obtained then the planning will be
    to make the program compatible either through an interpretation of
    the present treaty or through some modification of the treaty.

    The public should be made aware of the program and all aspects and
    this Symposium is one device to do this, though it is aimed princi-
    pally at the professional who will, in turn, spread the word to
    others.  Many other things can be done in this line and others are
    already underway, such as the Understanding the Atom pamphlets, etc.
2.  From G. W. Adair:

    In the past few years, a great deal of discussion has developed
    concerning the damage to health. Incidents of cancer, pollution
    of the snow and rainfall in certain sections of Utah.  Legislators
    have presented a resolution condemning all types of testing.  How
    much of the complaints are fact and how much is fiction?

    ANSWER:

    Presumably this is with regard to nuclear testing and not to con-
    tamination by other things.  The general public, of course, is
    concerned about all types of pollutants.  This  is reflected not
    only in public statements and newspapers, but also by congres-
    sional  actions such as the Air Pollution Act and the Radiation
    Control Act of 1968 and the continued questioning presented to
    the Food and Drug Administration.   We are living in an age when
    everyone is questioning the possible effects of all sorts of
    pollutants and we must expect nuclear experiments to receive
    their fair share and some will  be  based on fact and some on
    extrapolation not justified by  research.  Overall,  this is a
    healthy sign and I  expect these projects will  withstand scientific
    criticism fai rly wet I.
3.   From Don Kurvink:

    How can you relate to the public that they should  be  willing to
    accept the linear health  damage such  as  genetic damage  associated
    with Plowshare projects?

    ANSWER:

    I  think you begin by explaining to them  that there is a certain
    amount of genetic damage  that occurs  naturally  from many sources
    and a portion of this is  due to natural  radiation.  Further,  we
    acknowledge that a certain amount of  damage may be due  to
    necessary medical  x-ray exposure.   We must admit the  possibility
    of additional change through nuclear  experiments.   We are trying
    to get the Federal Radiation Council  to  establish  a level  which
    will allow the nuclear energy projects and industry to  contribute
    only a portion of the natural radiation  exposure to minimize any
    possible hazard.  Each project would  contribute only  a  small
    fraction of this so the total from all would be only  a  portion.
    The total exposure of man from all  radiation will  continue to be
    responsible for only a portion of the genetic hazard  due to all
    causes.  In the case of radiation,  we have large dosimetric
    experiments on animals which can be checked out and form the basis
    for a value judgment in this area.  The  intent  of  the guidelines
    would be to keep the risk to humans negligible  relative to the
    benefits that can be obtained.

-------
                   THE PLOWSHARE PROGRAM

                     Richard Hamburger
              II* S. Atomic Energy Commission
                   Germantown, Maryland
                         ABSTRACT

       The Plowshare Program was established in 195? as  a
 research and development program to develop peaceful uses
 for nuclear explosives*   During that year,  the basic con-
 cepts j  which have guided the programj  were  proposed for
 using nuclear explosives in large excavation projects^
 conservation and management of natural resources^  and
 scientific research.   Research has been conducted primarily
 by  the  Lawrence  Radiation Laboratory at Livermore,  Cali-
 fornia;  howeverj  substantial assistance has been provided
 by  a number of other government agencies and national
 laboratories.  Sufficient "knowledge of the  phenomenology
 of  underground nuclear explosions and their effects has
 been developed to permit consideration of industrial use of
 such explosions.   To  this end,,  the first government--
 industry  cooperative  nuclear experiment^  Project Gasbuggy^
 was  conducted in  December 1967.   Additional proposals have
 been  received for using  nuclear explosives  in stimulating
 natural gas production from reservoirs of varying charac-
 teristics;  The storage  of natural gas>  the recovery of
 copper from a  low-grade  deposit,  and preparing oil shales
 for in situ retorting.   It is believed that several ex-
periments in each  of  these  fields are  necessary  to develop
 a proven  technology.   The timely  development of a  nuclear
 excavation technology  for use in  large-scale excavation
 projects is a primary  program objective  and^  although
 additional research and  development are  needed,  substantial
 progress has been made in several areas.  A  capability  for
 predicting crater  sizes  from single and row charges  has
 been successfully  demonstrated.   The development of low
 fission nuclear explosives for use  in  excavation projects
 has been very successful.  It is  believed that such
 projects can be conducted safely.   Large  nuclear exca-
 vation projects3  such  as harbors  and canals, must be
 closely examined in view of the restraints of the  limited
 Test Ban Treaty.

      Industry's interest and participation  in Plowshare
 continue  to increase and corrmercial  use of nuclear
      explosives  can be  expected in  the near future.  Legis-
      lation to permit the AEC to provide nuclear explosive
      services commercially  has  been introduced in  the
      Congress.   The potential obligations that the U. S.
      would assume  under the Non-Proliferation Treaty> would
      commit the  U.  S.  to providing  nuclear explosive ser-
      vices to non-nuclear weapon countries when the necessary
      technologies  have  been developed.  A number of countries
      have expressed considerable interest in a variety of
      peaceful uses for nuclear explosions.
      Plowshare is the name  given  to  the  program  of  the U,  5. Atomic
Energy Commission CAEC)  for  developing  industrial  and  scientific  uses
for nuclear explosives.   The purpose  of this  paper is  briefly to
describe the Plowshare program and to provide  a setting for the many
related topical papers that  follow.   In doing  so,  the  history of  the
program will be summarized,  its current status and outlook  for the
future will be described,  and some of the major factors will be men-
tioned which have a significant influence on  the  development and
growth of the related technologies and  their  industrial and civil  use
appIi cations.

      There are few people in the  world who are not aware of the  poten-
tially destructive effects of nuclear explosives  when  used  as weapons,
but few people are aware of  the great benefits that can be  obtained
when such explosives are used for  peaceful  purposes.  Never before has
man had for constructive purposes  the tremendous  amounts  of energy in
low cost, small, and easily  transportable packages that are available
in nuclear explosives.  Energy on  a scale never before imagined  can be
used to accomplish tasks or work heretofore considered impossible or
impractical because of excessive costs  and time that would  be  required
to bring them to fruition using conventional  means.  Large  excavation
projects, such as interoceanic canals,  harbors, and transits through
mountains, that have been considered technically  feasible but  imprac-
tical  using conventional excavation means, can now be considered
technically and economically feasible using nuclear explosives.   Large
masses of rock can be broken and fractured below  the surface in  prepar-
ation  for exploitation of mineral  resources too   low-grade for recovery
by conventional means, or for creating  means  for  conserving and
managing water resources.  A nuclear explosion creates temperatures
and pressures  in the millions of degrees  and  atmospheres which are
not attainable in laboratories; they also produce fundamental  particles
and most forms of electromagnetic radiation.   New elements that do
not occur on earth have been created in nuclear explosions.  Einsteinium
and Fermi urn were first  identified in the products of a thermonuclear
expIosion.

      Historically,  it would be very difficult to determine when and
                                                                                                                                10

-------
 by whom ideas were first put forth on using controlled  nuclear  chain
 reactions for peaceful  purposes;  however,  there are clear  indications
 that such ideas and suggestions were in being before Fermi  and  his
 group successfully initiated and controlled man's  first sustained
 nuclear chain reaction  in Chicago.  Detonation of  Trinity  in  1945,
 the first nuclear explosion, demonstrated  a definite possibility for
 harnessing the tremendous amounts of energy,  that  had suddenly
 become available, for peaceful  uses.  Scientists informally discussed
 and explored this possibility and in November 1956,'an  in-house
 conference was held on  peaceful uses of nuclear explosives  at the
 Lawrence Radiation Laboratory,  at Livermore,  California,  (LRL).  In
 February 1957, the first Plowshare symposium was held to discuss
 "Industrial  Uses of Nuclear Explosives;" the  basic concepts proposed
 at this meeting have since formed the basis for the program.  These
 concepts proposed the possible  use of nuclear explosives  in large
 excavation projects, conservation and management of natural resources,
 and scientific research.   In June of the same year, the AEC approved
 the establishment of a  research and development program tc  develop
 peaceful  uses for nuclear explosives; this was the formal beginning of
 the Plowshare program.   Substantial  growth and progress were achieved
 in the next  few years and the Division of  Peaceful  Nuclear  Explosives
 was established in 1961.

       Organizationally,  the Division of Peaceful Nuclear Explosives
 has over-all  responsibility for direction  and administration of the
 AEC's  Plowshare program,  and in carrying out  these functions, it draws
 ful ly  on  the talents of  the Divisions of Biology and Medicine,  Oper-
 ational  Safety,  Public  Information,  Military  Application,  International
 Affairs,  and other Headquarters'  Groups.  The chief technical effort  in
 the program  is carried out at LRL, but significant research in  specific
 technical  areas is being  conducted by the  Sandia Corporation  in
 Albuquerque,  New Mexico,  and the  Oak Ridge National  Laboratory, the
 Savannah  River Laboratory, and  the Los Alamos Scientific Laboratory.
 Other  government agencies, such as the U.  S.  Bureau of  Mines, the
 U.  S.  Geological  Survey,  the Environmental  Science Services Adminis-
 tration  (ESSA),  and the  U.  S. Army Corps of Engineers cooperate and
 provide assistance in their particular areas  of  research.

       The AEC Nevada  Operations Office (NVOO)  is responsible for the
 conduct of all  nuclear explosions,  including  Plowshare  experiments
 and  projects  and,  lately,  has become responsible for assisting  private
 companies  in  defining experiments  for developing specific concepts
 for  industrial  applications  of  nuclear explosions.   In  carrying out
 field  operations  for  an experiment,  especially those related to radio-
 logic  safety,  NVOO is assisted  by  the U. S. Public Health Service (PHS)
 in assuring  the  safety of  the public from  the effects of the nuclear
explosion; the PHS  also provides  significant  assistance in  informing
the public.   The PHS  accomplishes  this  through  its  own  cadre of health
officers assisted  by  state  and  local  health organizations.  The NVOO
 is also assisted  in  its safety  operations  by  the Air Research Labora-
tory of ESSA, the  U.  S. Bureau  of  Mines, the  U. S.  Geological  Survey,
the U. S. Coast and Geodetic Survey,  and other public and contractor
organ i zations.

      In the early years of the Plowshare program almost all  effort
was directed to conducting basic research on  the  processes and  phenomena
involved in nuclear explosions.   Experiments  were planned and conducted,
such as Gnome,  the first Plowshare nuclear experiment conducted in
December 1961,  and Sedan, the first Plowshare nuclear cratering experi-
ment, conducted in July 1962.  Hundreds of nuclear weapons tests were
studied in great detail and relevant  data were integrated into  a
rapidly expanding Plowshare  literature.  Data were obtained on  crater-
ing processes and radioactivity, air  blast, seismic effects,  cavity
growth and collapse, chimney growth and dimensions,  extent of fractur-
ing, and ground shock effects.   Numerous small cratering experiments
using high explosives were conducted  in various media for developing
an understanding of explosion cratering processes and emoirical
scaling laws for developing a predictive capability for crater
dimensions and  other explosion  effects.  At the same time considerable
effort was made in developing and testing clean nuclear explosives and
emplacement techniques for reducing the amount of radioactivity
that might be released from cratering experiments.  Special explosives
and techniques  were developed for conducting  several  scientific
experiments.  Numerous public meetings and symposia were held at which
developments in the Plowshare research and development program  were
presented.

      Currently, the underground engineering  technology, in which the
effects of contained nuclear explosions are utilized, has been  developed
to the stage where several companies  have submitted or are preparing
proposals for joint government-industry experiments to investigate the
feasibility of  several concepts of industrial applications of nuclear
explosions.  The first nuclear explosion in which private industry
participated was the Gasbuggy experiment which was jointly conducted
on December 10, 1967, by the government and the El Paso Natural Gas
Company.  Gasbuggy was designed to test the concept of nuclear  stimu-
lation of natural  gas from a host rock of low permeability; and although
production tests are still being conducted, preliminary results indicate
that the experiment has been successful.  Additional  gas production
stimulation experiments each in differing media,  at depths up to about
13,000 feet, and with varying yields  are being investigated.  Similar
proposals have  been submitted and are  in various  stages of implementation
for testing concepts of using nuclear explosions  to fracture  a   low
grade copper deposit in preparation for in situ  leaching, to  create  a
storage facility for natural gas, and to fracture oil shale in  prepar-
ation for in situ retorting.

      One of the first industrial proposals made  to the AEC was for
conducting the  Carryall Feasibility Study to  determine the feasibility
of using nuclear explosives to excavate a transit, wide enough  for
double railroad tracks and a multiple  lane highway, through the Bristol
Mountains in the Mojave Desert.  The  Santa Fe Railway Company and the

                                12

-------
 State  of  California  joined with the AEC  in making the study which indi-
 cated  the feasibility of  such an experiment.  The project did not
 progress  beyond  the  feasibility study because of an  incompatibility
 between the  development of the technology and the highway construction
 schedule.  Since then a number of nuclear cratering experiments have
 been conducted  in which significant progress has been made in the
 development  of a nuclear  excavation technology.  A cratering effects
 prediction capability, using computers, has been developed which will
 provide a more accurate means of designing nuclear excavation projects.
 Simultaneous detonation of five nuclear explosives emplaced in a row,
 Project Buggy,  indicated  the feasibility of nuclear harbor and canal
 excavation.

       Looking into the future, we plan to continue our research and
 development  program  for developing the technologies required for peace-
 ful applications of  nuclear explosions.  Basic research will  be done
 to  further our understanding of the phenomenology of nuclear explosions
 and their effects, and we plan to conduct at least one specifically
 designed experiment  to further our knowledge in this field.   Activities
 now in progress will continue as rapidly as possible to develop explo-
 sives  specifically designed for underground engineering uses and means
 of producing them at the  lowest possible cost.   We look to and antici-
 pate increasing private industry participation in joint nuclear under-
 ground experiments for developing and demonstrating specific applica-
 tions should be proven for commercial  use in the relatively near future.

       In anticipation of this phase, studies are underway for improving
 procedures for processing proposals and for operational  systems, in-
 cluding safety,  for conducting projects; some results of these studies
 are currently in process of implementation.   Simplified field equipment
 systems have been designed and procurement has been authorized for some
 of the necessary equipment.   Evolving from studies and experience by
 the AEC and private companies is an improved concept for pre-shot and
 post-shot operations.  The AEC is responsible,  by law, for conducting
 all nuclear expJosions safely,  and procedures under study will  permit
 the government to fulfill  its responsibilities  and allow maximum
 participation by private companies.   This would be done by the AEC pro-
 viding guiding  criteria  and private industry conducting the  necessary
 studies and surveys on which  the AEC can make a determination on the
 safety of the experiment.   Such  criteria would  be dependent on the
 nature of the experiment and  characteristics of each  site.

      Research  and  experiments will  continue in developing a  nuclear
excavation technology.   We plan  to conduct several  nuclear cratering
experiments to  provide a  timely  determination  on  the  technical  feasi-
bility of nuciear excavation  for use by  the  Atlantic-Pacific  Inter-
Oceanic Canal Study Commission.   That  Commission  is  studying  the
 feasibility of  using  nuclear  explosives  to excavate  a sea-1 eve I  canal
 in the  American  Isthmian  region;  the schedule  for the Commission's
final  report  to  the  President is  December I,  (970.

                                13
      Several  states have expressed  strong  interest  in  the  possible
application of n clear explosions  for a  number  of  purposes  within
their areas.  Last year,  the State of Arizona  requested the AEC  and
Department of  Interior to join  with  the  State  in conducting a  feasi-
bility study for the possible use  of nuclear explosives for conserving
and managing water resources in Arizona.  This  study  is in  progress
and is expected to be completed by July  I,  1970.   Several of the states
in the Appalachian region have  considered the  use  of  nuclear explosions
to assist in exploiting their mineral and water resources as a means
of attracting  industry and capital investiment  to  improve the  economic
status of the  region.  Meetings have been held  with  representatives of
the State of Idaho on the possible use of nuclear  explosions to  produce
aggregate for a rock-fi I I  dam near Twin  Springs.   A  symposium  on peace-
ful uses of nuclear energy was  recently  held  in Boise in which several
Plowshare papers were presented;  the Governor,  state  legislators,  the
Idaho Nuclear Energy Commission,  the Idaho  Water Resources  Board,  and
representatives of civic and industrial  groups  participated.   We have
been encouraged by the active interest of these states  and  look  forward
to others participating in our program.   Cooperation  of states in  the
Plowshare program is considered essential  for  the  successful conduct
of necessary experiments and later,  commercial  application  of  nuclear
expIos i ves.

      Although the Atomic Energy Act permits  the AEC to conduct  experi-
ments and demonstrations of peaceful applications  of nuclear explosives,
the AEC is not now authorized to provide explosion services on a commer-
cial  basis.  Congressman Craig Hosmer, from California, considering the
progress made in the AECTs Plowshare program and the proximity of  the
application of nuclear explosives on a commercial  basis, last  year
authored  legislation which would authorize  the AEC to provide  commercial
Plowshare services.  This  legislation was introduced in both Houses of
Congress during its  last session.   This  legislation has been  reintro-
duced In the current session.  Public hearings were held by the Joint
Committee on Atomic Energy  last year at which time government and
industrial officials appeared before the Committee or submitted state-
ments favorably endorsing the  legislation.   It  is anticipated that
heari ngs will  be he Id thi s year.  ShouId the enabIi ng  Iegi  slation sub-
sequently be enacted  it would be  a significant step toward the  goal of
providing a useful and economic explosion service to users of Plowshare
techno Iogy.

      Enactment of  legislation permitting the  AEC to provide  commercial
nuclear explosion services  also would facilitate  providing such services
to foreign countries  under Article  V of the Non-Proliferation Treaty.
Article V states, "Each Party to  the Treaty undertakes to  take  appro-
priate measures to ensure  that, in  accordance  with  this Treaty, under
appropriate international  observation and through appropriate inter-
national procedures,  potential benefits from any  peaceful  applications
of nuclear explosions  will  be  made  available to non-nuclear-weapons
States Party to the  Treaty  on  a non-discriminatory  basis and  that the
charge to such Parties for the explosive devices  used  will be as  low

                                  14

-------
 as possible and exclude any charge for research and development.    The
 nuclear explosives would remain under the custody and control  of  the
 nuclear-weapon state, which would, in effect,  provide a nuclear explo-
 sion service.

       Such a service would be for those peaceful  applications  that  have
 been proven technically and economically feasible and are  permissible
 under the limited Test Ban Treaty.  The latter prohibits all  nuclear
 explosions which cause, "radioactive debris to be present  outside of
 the territorial limits of the country under whose control  or  juris-
 diction such explosion is conducted."  The restraints of this  treaty
 will be an important and, perhaps, controlling factor on applications
 of nuclear excavation such as harbors, interoceanic canals, and other
 excavation projects in proximity to country borders.

       As Plowshare technologies are developed  and are commercially
 applied in domestic and foreign industrial fields there will  be an
 increasing demand for engineers and scientists with training  and
 experience In nuclear explosive engineering.  It is very important  to
 the realization of Plowshare goals that adequate numbers of such  per-
 sonnel  become available to private industry and federal  and  local
 governments beginning in the very near future.  This  requirement  was
 early recognized by several  universities,  and  plans were developed  and
 implemented to include appropriate courses in  both undergraduate  and
 graduate schools.   Currently, definitive courses in nuclear explosive
 engineering are offered by the Stanford University, the University  of
 California at Davis,  and the Pennsylvania State University.   Closely
 related courses and subjects are offered at the University of  Michigan,
 University of Arizona, University of Puerto Rico, and Iowa State
 University.   Other colleges  and universities are seriously studying the
 matter.   On  March  31  and April I  and 2, a symposium on "Education for
 Peaceful  Uses of Nuclear Explosives,' was  held in Tucson,  Arizona.   In
 addition to papers on the status  and technological  requirements of
 nuclear explosives and explosion  engineering,  excellent presentations
 were made on  related  educational  programs, university research and  man-
 power needs,  and development of educational  means to meet  the  growing
 need for Plowshare related engineers and scientists.   The  AEC  very  much
 appreciates  the efforts that have been made to include Plowshare
 related  courses in college and university  curricula and urges  that  such
 efforts  be increased  and  expanded to include other schools; in this
 connection,  the AEC will  cooperate and provide whatever assistance  it
 can.  It  is appropriate at this point to suggest that it be recognized
 that  there is  a difference between nuclear explosive  and nuclear
 explosion  engineering.  The  former should  be concerned with the
 design and development of nuclear explosives with characteristics
specific to the needs  of  the various  applications.  Nuclear explosion
engineering should  be  concerned with  the safe  and economic application
of the effects  of  nuclear explosions.

      Industrial applications  of  nuclear explosions have received con-
siderable  attention by  the Atomic Industrial Forum (AIF),  American

                                 15
Nuclear Society, (ANS),  and other professional  and  industrial  groups.
The AIF held an "International  Conference  on  Constructive  Uses of  Atomic
Energy" concurrently with a session  of  the ANS  winter  meeting  in
Washington, D. C., in November  1968.  Government and  industry  spokes-
men reviewed the status  of industrial participation  in the Plowshare
program and identified several  areas in which such participation could
be expanded by simplified government procedures,  establishment of
safety criteria, and release of more Plowshare  information.

      The AIF has  established a Committee  on  Industrial  Plowshare
Applications to study and make  recommendations  on industry's partici-
pation in developing and applying industrial  Plowshare technologies.
Five subcommittees were  organized with  specific areas  to be investi-
gated and studied.  The  AEC is  cooperating with these  groups and
anticipates considerable assistance  from them in  establishing  appro-
priate government-private industry relationships  to  foster greater
industry participation in experiments and  establish procedures for
commercial  application of Plowshare  technologies.

      Foreign interest in Plowshare  and awareness of  its potential
benefits began during the early years of the  program.   Numerous
suggestions for applications have been  received from  foreign coun-
tries and information provided  on request. Several countries  have sent
groups to the U. S.  for orientation  meetings  and visits to the lab-
oratories and field offices.

      Australia, from an early  date,  has been very  interested  in the
Plowshare program  and, as a result of an evaluation  of the program by
three Australian government officials  in 1963,  determined  at that  time,
that with further  development of the related  technology, nuclear
explosions could assume  a significant,  if  limited,  role in the
construction of major works and the  exploitation of  mineral resources
in that country.  Recently, the Government of Australia requested
the U. S. Government to participate  in  a study  to determine the
technical and economic feasibility of conducting an  experiment to
create a harbor with nuclear explosives near  Cape Keraudren on the
northwest coast of Australia.  The U. S. agreed to participate, and
assigned to the AEC the  task of carrying out  U. S.  responsibilities.
A series of meetings was held with representatives of  the  respective
governments and the mining company,  which  would utilize the harbor,
to define the proposed feasibility studies.  The mining company re-
evaluated its need for a harbor and  indicated its desires  to  limit
its participation  in the studies.  Since the  economics of  the  mining
venture would be an essential element,  the Australian and  the  U.  S.
Atomic Energy Commissions concluded that there  would  be insufficient
basis for proceeding with the proposed  studies.  They continue to  be
interested, however, in  the possible use of nuclear  explosions for
harbor construction and will continue their review of the  practica-
bility of applying this  technology to other possible harbor sites  in
the area.
                                16

-------
       Whether Plowshare experiments or industrial  application projects
 are planned to be conducted on foreign or domestic sites,  their actual
 execution will depend on their acceptance by the public.   The public
 is acutely aware of the potentially harmful  effects of nuclear explo-
 sions and it  is easily understandable that many people should view all
 such explosions as unnecessary except those related to national
 security.  This was recognized very early in the Plowshare program and
 extensive, continuing efforts were initiated to educate the public on
 the benefits to be achieved through peaceful uses  of nuclear explo-
 sives and the great care that is taken to assure that effects of the
 explosions do not create hazards to the safety of  the public*  The
 general public acceptance must be obtained for Plowshare experiments
 and industrial projects in general, however, the acceptance of the
 public in regions and local areas in which the detonations are planned
 is most critical.  To achieve this acceptance, the public must be kept
 fully informed of the nature of the proposed project; its  purposes and
 anticipated benefits; how, when, where, and by whom it is  to be con-
 ducted; the accuracy of predicted effects and the  soundness of eval-
 uations of those effects on people and manmade and natural  objects; and
 the efforts that will be taken to prevent those effects from becoming
 hazards.

       The health and safety aspects of the Plowshare program are not
 elements  apart from the technical  and economic aspects.   The cost of
 safety is an integral part of the feasibility of any application,
 in the same way as in the cost of,  say, drilling the emplacement hole.
 Just as one wants to dri I I  the hole in the most economic manner, one
 wants  to  assure safety in  the most economic manner.   Just  as a smaller
 cheaper hole which will  not accommodate the  explosive is  useless to the
 user,  a safety program which considers only  cost is  worthless.   Carrying
 the analogy  one step  further,  just as much effort  and thought is
 expended  in  learning  how  to drill  holes for  less money,  similar  effort
 and thought  must  be expended so  as  to assure safety  at least cost.

       Plowshare  is  a  muItifaceted  program.   It draws on  many fields of
 knowledge.   Symposia  such  as  this one provide  the  public with the oppor-
 tunity to  understand  how all  phases of the program move  forward  together,
 cross-feeding  information to  each other.   In addition,  symposia  and
 public meetings, such  as this  one,  have proven  to  be an effective means
 of  informing all members of  the  public,  including  the scientific and
engineering regimes, educational  institutions,  news  media,  and the
great numbers of the general public.   It  is  hoped  that  the  information
presented  and made available to the public through this symposium will
be helpful to the public in obtaining  a better  understanding  and
acceptance of our program.
17
                                                                                        QUESTIONS  FOR RICHARD  HAMBURGER
                                                                       From M.  Chessi n:
                                                                       In view  of  Dr.  TerriM's  comments  about  contamination of  underground
                                                                       materials such  as  produced  by  projects such  as Gasbuggy,  what  has
                                                                       been the fate of gas  produced  by Gasbuggy?

                                                                       ANSWER:

                                                                       The gas  from Gasbuggy was flared under controlled conditions.  This
                                                                       was done in such a manner as to not exceed appropriate  atmospheric
                                                                       concentration guides.   None of this gas  has  been released for  commer-
                                                                       cial  or  pub 1i c  use +
                                                                   2.   From Dr.  N.  Simon:
                                                                       You  stated,  "Gasbuggy  was  a  success.'1  By what criteria  from  a  public
                                                                       health  aspect?   Are  there  data on contamination of gas or environment?

                                                                       ANSWER:

                                                                       I  meant that Gasbuggy  was  a  success  in the  sense that  it accomplished
                                                                       the  primary  purpose  of increasing gas production at  that site.   As  far
                                                                       as contamination of  the  gas  or environment,  data from  this  project  will
                                                                       provide answers  which  will be used  in the design of  future  experiments
                                                                       so that any  hazard can be  reduced to negligible proportions.


                                                                   3.   From Kenneth Kase:

                                                                       Is DPNE doing anything to  establish  criteria for siting  Plowshare
                                                                       projects similar to  the  Reactor  Siting Criteria?

                                                                       ANSWER:

                                                                       I  am not sure I  understand fully what  is meant by  that question as  1
                                                                       am not  familiar  with reactor siting  criteria.  We  are  working on safety
                                                                       criteria for Plowshare events, and  this  is  not  limited to  radionucIides
                                                                       but  also includes shock  damage and  underground water contamination.


                                                                   4.   From R.  A.  NeI son:

                                                                       What are the interests of  the insurance  companies  in the Plowshare
                                                                       program now  and  in  the near  future' in  providing  liability  and property
                                                                       damage  coverages to  the  commercial  users of nuclear explosives?
                                                                                                                                       18

-------
    ANSWER:

    The  insurance companies,  as  far  as  I know, are  looking  into the
    possibilities of  providing coverage  for these projects.
 5.   From  R. A.  Nelson:

     Do  you  know  if  NELIA  (Nuclear  Energy  Liability  Insurance Association)
     has been  involved  in  this Plowshare program to  provide the coverages
     needed?

     ANSWER:

     I do  know that  they have been  asking  for  information though there is
     little enough experience on which  to  base  rates, but I believe the
     Association would  be  the proper agency to  address this question to.
    From Dr. Robert B. Medz:

    Reference was made to  increase permeability of sub-surface rock
    structures.  What are  the  public health  risks  involved  in contamin-
    ation of underground waters  from deep well waste disposal practices
    as a consequence of this  increased permeability?

    ANSWER:

    There are really two factors to be considered here.  First, ground
    water entering the permeable space would block gas flow and so defeat
    the purpose of gas stimulation experiments.  Also, from a public
    health standpoint, contamination of ground water must be minimized.
    For these reasons, such experiments are carefully planned to elimi-
    nate these possibilities.  This would also apply to deep well waste
    d isposal practi ces.
7.  From C. L. Pringle:

    Is DPNE funding studies on maximum permissible concentrations for
    consumption of gas?

    ANSWER:

    We are funding studies by various organizations which will provide
    information on which to base criteria such as the maximum permissible
    concentration in the gas for public use, and these will be done
    carefully before any such use is permitted.
                                   19
8.   From Mr.  T.  Otsubo:

    What is the  feasibility  of  nuclear  explosive  application  to  explor-
    ation of  such  mineral  mines as  copper,  lead and  zinc  underground?

    ANSWER:

    I  think the  answer to  that  is there is  not too much of  an application
    to the exploration of  minerals,  but there  is  for expI oj tat ion  of
    certain ores such  as those  which  can be leached  |n situ or which can
    be recovered by  caving operations.
                                                                                                                                         20

-------
SESSION II  - PLOWSHARE APPLICATIONS,
      EXPERIMENTS AND RESULTS

  Chairman:   Mr.  Richard Hamburger
      Assistant Director,  DPNE
   U.  S.  Atomic Energy Commission
             Germantown

-------
               NUCLEAR CRATERIN6 APPLICATIONS

                      M. M. Williamson
               U. S. Atomic Energy Commission
                    Germantown, Maryland
                          ABSTRACT

           The development of nuclear excavation tech-
      nology is based on the premise that the relatively
      inexpensive energy available from thermonuclear
      explosives can be used to simultaneously break
      and move large quantities of rock and earth eco-
      nomically and safely.  This paper discusses the
      economic and other advantages of using nuclear
      excavation for large engineering projects.  A
      brief description of the phenomenology of nuclear
      excavation is given.  Each of the several proposed
      general applications of nuclear excavation is
      discussed to include a feu specific examples of
      possible nuclear excavation projects.  The dis-
      cussion includes nuclear excavation for harbors,
      canals, terrain transits, aggregate production,
      mining and water resource development and conser-
      vation.
     Throughout  his  history,  man  has  searched  for  new  and
better means  to  break  and  move  rock and  earth.   His  search
has progressed from  hitting one rock  with  another  and  using
his hands  to  scoop up  the  broken  pieces, to  breaking rock
with explosives  and  moving the  broken pieces with  huge earth-
moving and digging machines which can handle 100 cubic yards
or more with  a single  bite.   These were  the  tools  of excava-
tion until the detonation  of  the  first nuclear explosion, in
191*5, opened  the possibility  for  the  development of  a  tre-
mendous new excavation tool.  The successful detonation of
the first  thermonuclear device  heightened  these possibilities
even further  by demonstrating that nuclear explosives  could
utilize the cheaper  fusion fuels, with the bonus of  less by-
product radioactivity  than with fission  fuels.   It is  not
unusual that  such a  tool should be born  as a tool  of war.
The first explosive, black powder, was also  born as  a  tool
of war and explosives  existed for over six hundred years
before being  applied to peaceful  purposes.   It seems

                            21
encouraging then,  that less  than  twenty-five  years  after  the
first nuclear explosion,  man is actively engaged  in develop-
ing this huge energy source  as an engineering tool  for peace-
ful purposes.

     The development of nuclear excavation  technology  is  based
on the premise that the inexpensive  energy  available from
thermonuclear explosives  can be used to simultaneously break
and move large quantities of rock and earth economically  and
safely.  It is considered possible,  with the  development  of
nuclear excavation technology, to use nuclear energy to per-
form the excavation required for  large engineering  projects
such as canals,  harbors,  cuts through mountain barriers,  and
other large excavations that might not otherwise  be done.
Nuclear excavation, both domestic and international, appears,
in some cases, to  offer potential cost savings in the  hundreds
of millions of dollars and significant reductions in construc-
tion time.  Indeed, in many  large earth-moving concepts,  the
financial requirements, extending over long periods of time,
make the excavations economically infeasible  with current
earth-moving systems.  The nuclear explosion, as  a  new, rela-
tively cheap excavation tool, may make such concepts much
more attractive.

     The inherent  advantage  of using nuclear  explosions for
excavation lies in the huge  energy source available in a
small package and  at low cost per unit energy released.  This
advantage is manifest at a few kilotons yield (equivalent
to a few thousand  tons of TNT) and becomes  increasingly ap-
parent at greater  yeilds.  To illustrate the  economic  attrac-
tiveness of nuclear explosives as energy sources, one  can
use the projected  charges for thermonuclear explosives re-
leased by the Atomic Energy Commission in 1964 (Figure 1).
These projected charg'es,  which were released only for  use in
feasibility studies and evaluations, are based on a projec-
tion to a time when thermonuclear explosives  would be  produced
in quantity for routine commercial utilization.  The charges
cover nuclear materials,  fabrication and assembly,  and arming
and firing services, but do not  cover significant related
services such as safety studies,  site preparation—including
construction of holes, transportation and emplacement  of  ex-
plosives, and support.  The  latter services,  of course, de-
pend significantly on the number  of explosives detonated  at
a given location.   As can be seen, the costs of the explo-
sives on a per ton basis, range  from $35/ton for a 10  Kt
explosive, down to $0.30/ton for  a 2 Mt explosive  (equiva-
lent to 2 million  tons of TNT).   As a comparison, dynamite
and TNT cost $400-$500/ton.

     Thermonuclear explosives designed for nuclear excavation
can be expected to be of a size  which could be emplaced  in

                            22

-------
48 to 11 inch diameter holes.  In contrast, 10,000 tons of
TNT, in its most compact form, a sphere, would require a hole
over 80 feet in diameter*  If one envisions an engineering
project of a size^requiring a few hundred kilotons of explo-
sives ,^the logistics problems of producing, transporting and
emplacing the required quantities of chemical explosives be-
come staggering.  This, of course, is one of the reasons chem-
ical explosives are not used in this manner.

     Although there are engineering projects in the United
States and other highly industrialized nations, where nuclear
explosives may be used to advantage, the potential economic
advantages of engineering with nuclear explosives are even
more pronounced in many less industrially developed areas.
In many such areas, the cost of importing new equipment or
diverting existing industrial capacity to support large earth-
moving projects limits the capability to accomplish such work
and thereby impedes development.  Of course, the choice of
construction method on any project must depend on an analysis
and comparison of the alternative means available, and must
consider the total requirements necessary to produce a com-
pleted project with a given energy system.  In general, one
can say that the types of projects for which nuclear explo-
sives are most likely to be an advantageous energy source,
are those which require excavation of rock in suffic 'ent
volume to require yields approaching 10 kilotons or larger,
or those which require large excavated cross-section   near
100 meters in depth, in soft materials such as alluvi*n.

     Before discussing several proposed applications of nuclear
excavation, it is necessary to understand a few generalities
of the phenomenology of nuclear excavation and to become ac-
quainted with a few of the terms.  Depth of burst (dob) is
the term used to delineate the distance below the ground sur-
face at which the explosion takes place.  Optimum depth of
burst is that depth of burst at which crater dimensions are
maximized.  This, of course, is a function of the yield of
the explosive and the characteristics of the material in which
the explosion takes place.  Figure 2 illustrates the sequence
of events in a nuclear cratering explosion.  When the explo-
sive is detonated, extremely high temperatures and pressures
are generated and the rock immediately surrounding the explo-
sion point is vaporized.  At the same time a compressional
shock wave radiates spherically from the explosion point
doing work in the form of crushing compaction and plastic
deformation.  Upon reaching the free ground surface, the
shock wave is refracted back toward the explosion point,
placing the rock in tension*  If the sum of the outgoing com-
pression wave and the refracted wave exceeds the tensile
strength of the rock, the rock will fail in tension and
pieces will fly off with a velocity characteristic of the
momentum trapped in the "spalled" piece of rock.  As the

                            23
rarefaction wave returns to the cavity,  it reinforces  the
high pressure gases pushing on the walls of the cavity.  The
cavity expands asymmetrically toward the surface,  folding
back, accelerating and ejecting much of  the overlying  mate-
rial and allowing the explosion gases to filter through  the
disassembled mound.  As the cavity pressure is  relieved, the
material which received insufficient horizontal components
of velocity to eject it from the excavation, falls back  into
the crater.  Enough material is ejected, however,  to leave
an excavation of considerable volume; over 6 million cubic
yards in the case of the 100 Kt Sedan crater, a Plowshare
experiment in 1962.

     If the explosion takes place somewhat deeper  than opti-
mum cratering depth, the sequence of events (Figure 3) is
essentially the same up to the point of  disassembly of the
mound but the visible effects on the surface are altered.
In this case, the explosion is deep enough so that the shock
wave has been attenuated to a great degree before  reaching
the surface and the effects of spalling  are reduced.  The
cavity pressure is relatively lower just prior  to  mound  rup-
ture, the cavity stops growing and the overlying material
collapses into the cavity.  Little or no material  is actually
ejected from the excavation.  If the material has  a bulking
factor somewhat greater than one, as does most  rock, it  will
occupy a greater volume when broken than it did in situ.   If
the bulked volume of the collapsed material is  greater than
the cavity volume, the surface manifestation of this mode  of
emplacement is a mound of broken rock*  On the  other hand,
if the volume of the collapsed material  plus the volume  of
the void spaces is less than the cavity  volume, the collapsed
material will not fill the cavity completely and the surface
manifestation will be in the form of subsidence, termed  a
subsidence crater.  When the detonation  is at a much deeper
depth of burst, the collapse does not propagate to the sur-
face and the only surface manifestation may be  a very broad
dome raised some few inches to tens of inches in the center.

     All three types of excavations, ejects, bulk, and sub-
sidence craters, may be used for potential nuclear excavation
applications.  However, before discussing these potential
applications, it should be pointed out that no proposed nu-
clear excavation application is in an active stage of planning
for execution.  The transisthmian sea-level  canal proposal
is in a feasibility study  stage and no decision will  be made
regarding  its construction until after the Atlantic-Pacific
Interoceanic Canal Study  Commission has reported  to the
President, now scheduled  for December 1,  1970.  Another
feasibility study to determine possible uses of nuclear
                            24

-------
 explosions  for water resource  development  in Arizona  is now
 in progress.   All other applications  which will be mentioned
 are merely  suggestions from individuals, private  consultants,
 engineering firms, etc. (Bibliography 6, 7, 8,  6  9);  sugges-
 tions which have been reviewed in more or  less  detail to de-
 termine if  they might be suitable projects. No project would
 be undertaken, of course, without a detailed economic and
 technical (including safety)  feasibility study, and then fur-
 ther study, if feasibility were established, to enable design
 of technical,  safety, support, and other requirements.

      Probably  the most widely  known of the applications for
 which nuclear  excavation is being considered is the construc-
 tion of canals (Figure U) , specifically the construction of
 a sea-level canal across the American Isthmus.  The Atlantic-
 Pacific Interoceanic Canal Study Commission, established by
 the 88th Congress, is charged  with determining  the feasibility
 of, and the most suitable site for, the construction  of a
 sea-level canal connecting the Atlantic and Pacific Oceans;
 the best means of constructing such a canal, whether  by con-
 ventional or nuclear excavation, and  the estimated cost thereof.
 The Chief of Engineers of the  U. S. Army Corps  of Engineers
 has been designated as the Engineering Agent for  the  A-P/ICSC
 and the Corps  of Engineers is  developing on-site  information
 in such fields as geology, hydrology, topography, and hydrog-
 raphy.   The U. S. Atomic Energy Commission is developing data
 in such fields as meteorology, seismology, and  ecology for
 use in  the  nuclear safety studies and, of  course, through
 the Plowshare  program is providing information  on the tech-
 nical feasibility of nuclear excavation.   Three nuclear cra-
 tering  experiments, Cabriolet, Buggy, and  Schooner, were con-
 ducted  in 1968 as part of the  nuclear excavation  research
 and development program which  provides information to the
 canal studies.

      The concept for nuclear excavation of a long canal, such
 as  a  transisthmian canal, is depicted in Figure 5.  Since
 the total excavation might require 300 or  so explosives with
 a combined  yield of 200 or 300 Mt (depending on the route
 selected, geology,  and many other parameters),  one would not
 propose  to  excavate the entire length in one blast because
 logistics,  safety,  and other considerations could become un-
 manageable.  If one were to attempt to drive the  canal straight
 through,  without skipping alternate sections, the personnel
 working  in  the section immediately adjacent to  the section
 where a  detonation  was imminent, would have to  be evacuated
 during the  detonation.   The detonation would collapse some
 of  the emplacement  holes in the adjacent section  if they had
 been predrilled.  The base surge from the  detonation  would
cover a  portion  of  the adjacent section resulting in  some
radioactivity  deposition.   Workers would have to  wait for

                            25
the radioactivity to decay before  they could return  to  that
portion of the adjacent section to prepare  it for  the next
detonation.

     Therefore, the leap-frog concept has been suggested where-
in the total yield of a string of  explosives would be limited
to, perhaps, a few megatons.   Such a concept would not  only
enable control of ground motion, air blast,  and radioactivity
effects but, would also allow drilling crews to prepare em-
placement holes in alternate  sections up the line  at the same
time that emplacement and detonation operations were in prog-
ress on previously drilled sections.  By the time  the first
pass across the canal route was completed,  residual  radioac-
tivity levels from deposition on the first  unexcavated  sec-
tions should be very low and  workers could  safely  enter and
start preparing them for detonation, and then proceed on across
the route in the same manner  as before to complete the  exca-
vation.

     Although a transisthmian sea-level canal is the best
known proposal, other canal projects have been suggested as
possible projects suitable for nuclear excavation.  A canal
across the Isthmus of Kra on  the Malay Peninsula could  cut
500 miles or more from the shipping lanes between  India and
the United States and Japan.   Such a canal  might be  about
30-50 miles long and would go through areas with elevations
ranging from sea-level to about 900 feet above sea-level.
Canals across the Alaskan Peninsula and across the Boothia
Peninsula in Northern Canada  have  been suggested in  order to
shorten shipping lanes to the north and west coasts  of  Alaska
and Northern Canada.

     Nuclear excavation has also been proposed as  a  means of
removing barriers to shipping in otherwise  navigable channels.
As examples, the removal of rapids in the Madeira  River in
Brazil could permit river transportation from the  Amazon to
interior locations in Brazil, Bolivia, and  Peru; elimination
of shoals on the Paraguay River could provide freer  naviga-
tion to Asuncion; clearing the delta of the Mackenzie  River
in Northern Canada could be important to the development of
Arctic North America.

     Nuclear excavation for canals might also be applicable
to the diversion of water directly for, or  to facilitate,
construction of hydropower projects.  One proposal envisages
connecting the Qattara Depression  in Northern Egypt  to the
Mediterranean Sea by a canal.  The depression lies at a depth
of about 16>* feet below sea level  and the hydrostatic drop
might be used for power generation.  Evaporation would be
sufficient to maintain the drop for several hundred years.
Nuclear excavated canals could also be used for stream diver-
sion during conventional construction of dams or to  divert

                           26

-------
streams into canyons where dams have been previously construct-
ed in the dry.

     Another reason for stream diversion is to get water from
water-rich to water-poor areas.  A nuclear excavated canal
has been suggested as a means to divert water from the Niger
River to the Volta River Basin, thereby recovering some 33 mil-
lion acre-feet of water annually, amking it possible to irri-
gate 2 million acres of land in Mali, Ghana, and Upper Volta.
The proposed canal would be about 50 miles long through a
maximum cut elevation of about 500 feet*  A diversion of the
Sao Francisco River in northeastern Brazil has been suggested,
to bring water M-Q miles through a mountain range for irriga-
tion of an estimated 200,000 acres of land,  A suggestion has
been made to divert water from the eastern slopes of the Andes
to arid western slopes.  Studies have been conducted to divert
water from Northern California to the Central Valley of Cali-
fornia and to water-poor Southern California.  Portions of
this network might be suitable for nuclear excavated canals.

     Other water resource development and management projects
could possibly use nuclear excavation in the form of craters
for water storage (Figure 6) and ground water recharge (Fig-
ure 7); crater lips for dams (Figure 8); strategically located
explosions for ejecta and bulk dams (Figure 9); and explosions
to produce aggregate for rock fill and concrete dams (Fig-
ure 10).  A feasibility study known as Aquarius is being con-
ducted to determine if nuclear explosions may be suitable for
use in developing and managing the water resources of Arizona.
This study is a joint effort of the State of Arizona, pri-
marily through the Arizona Atomic Energy Commission, the
Department of the Interior, primarily through the Bureau of
Reclamation, and the USAEC, with the assistance of the U. S.
Army Corps of Engineers1 Nuclear Cratering Group.  The study
is planned for completion before the end of this year.

     Some of the most arid areas of the world, much drier than
the Southwestern United States, are not dry all the time, but
rather are subjected to infrequent but torrential rainfalls.
An outstanding example of such areas is the desert areas of
Australia.  Nuclear excavated craters might be used as catch-
ment basins to collect and store the water from these rain-
falls for use during the dry seasons.  Nuclear explosions
might also be used to advantage in opening or closing moun-
tain passes and providing diversion canals to deflect streams
from the wetter coastal regions to the interior deserts*
Also, numerous proposals have been made for dams and diversion
canals on the Indus and Ganges Rivers in Pakistan and India
to aid flood control and irrigation.
                            27
     A special type of ejecta or  throwout  dam  has  been  sug-
gested for construction in deep,  steep-walled  canyons such
as are common in the rugged mountains  of Alaska.   In this
case the explosion would take place  in the wall of the  canyon
directing the ejecta across the canyon floor.  In  addition
to the material thrown into the canyon, the material on the
upper edge of the side-lying crater  would  be expected to col-
lapse and spill additional rock onto the embankment.  This
technique has been successfully demonstrated by the Soviet
Union wherein a 2.6 million cubic yard rock fill dam was con-
structed across the Vakhsh River  using 2,000 tons  of chemical
explosives buried in the side of  the steep-walled  canyon*
A very similar technique has been demonstrated by  nature in
cases like the slide dam on the Madison River  in Montana.
In this case, an earthquake triggered  a landslide  which flowed
across the canyon and dammed the  river.  Man then  gave  an
assist by cutting spillways to prevent erosion, much as would
have to be done on a dam constructed by nuclear excavation.

     The U. S. Army Corps of Engineers has identified areas
in the Western U. S. where nuclear explosives  might be  used
to advantage for producing aggregate for rock-fill or con-
crete dam construction.  This technique envisages  breaking
the rock with nuclear explosions  and recovering the broken
rock with earth-moving equipment  for further use  in construct-
ing the dam (or satisfying some  other  large demand for  aggre-
gate) .

     Cuts through mountain barriers  would  be possible using
the same nuclear techniques as for canals.  Figure 11  shows
a model of such an excavation to  accommodate a railroad and
superhighway passage.  Note the crater on  the  right of  the
main excavation to serve as a catchment for runoff water*
One possible application of this  technique which  has  been
studied in some detail, is a cut  to accommodate  the realign-
ment of Interstate Highway UO and the  Atchison,  Topeka, and
Santa Fe Railroad through the Bristol  Mountains  in California.
Another is the realignment of the Southern Pacific Railroad
through Boca Pass near Lake Tahoe in Northern  California.
Several proposals have been made for nuclear excavations for
road beds in Colombia, Argentina, and  Chile.

     Figure 12 shows an artist's conception of a harbor and
entrance channel excavated with nuclear explosions.  Many
areas of the world are known to have rich mineral  resources
which are not economically recoverable because of  the  lack
of transportation.  Construction of harbors on otherwise har-
borless coastlines could provide shipping  access,  and  lead
to development of the areas.  Notable among these  areas is
Western Australia.  Recently, the Government  of Australia
invited the Government of  the United  States to participate

                            28

-------
in carrying out a  study  of the technical and economic feasi-
bility of using nuclear  explosions to excavate a deep-water
harbor at Cape Keraudren on  the northwest coast of Australia.
The United States  agreed to  participate in the feasibility
study.   Subsequently,  the Sentinel Mining Company completed
a reevaluation of  its  opportunities  in the mining and mar-
keting of iron ore,  which was to be  the principal product
shipped  through the  proposed harbor, and decided to limit
its participation  in the study.  Since the economics of the
mining venture was an  essential element, it was decided that
there was insufficient basis for proceeding with the study.
However, the U. S. and Australian Atomic Energy Commissions
continue to be interested in the possible use of nuclear
explosions for harbor  construction and will continue their
review of the practicability of applying this technology to
other possible harbor  sites  in the area.

     The concept for this type harbor is an interesting one
for possible application in  areas where the sea bottom slopes
gently away from the shoreline, thus limiting access by large
ships to some few  miles  from the shore due to the shallow
depth of water.  Figure  13 shows an  artist's rendition of
a concept for such a harbor.  The concept envisages detonation
of 5 explosives, each  with a yield of 200 Kt buried about
1,100 feet apart and 800 feet beneath the ocean floor.  The
resulting crater would be expected to be about 6,000 feet
long, 1,300-1,600  feet wide  and 200-HOO feet deep in the
center.  The side  lips of the crater would be 200-300 feet
high and end lips  would  be 30-60 feet high.  Since the water
is quite shallow for some distance off-shore, a channel would
be dredged to the  harbor and cut through the end lip by con-
ventional means.   Excess material from the crater lips would
provide  fill for a causeway  to the mainland.  The crater
would provide a protected harbor for ships up to about
150,000 DWT.

     Other possible  harbor excavations have been suggested
in Chile, Somalia, Peru,  several in Alaska, and several in
Australia.  The recent North Slope Oil discoveries in Alaska
have caused renewed  interest in developing transportation
to Northern Alaska.  The logistics advantages of nuclear
excavation for construction  in such  isolated areas seems
obvious, however,  construction by any means in permafrost
areas is known to  be a tricky proposition.

     Figure 14 illustrates the use of nuclear explosions
to strip overburden  from mineral deposits to facilitate open-
pit mining.   This  technique  has been suggested for use in
several areas of Colorado, Utah, Arizona, and Wyoming.
                            29
     Figure 15 shows still another possible technique for
using nuclear explosions to aid in recovery of mineral de-
posits.  In this technique the explosion would take place
at a depth which would produce a mound of broken rock in
a shallow ore body.   Leach liquor would be introduced at
the surface, drain through the ore-bearing rubble and leach
out the mineral.  The pregnant liquor would then be pumped
out from the bottom, processed to remove the mineral and
the clean leach liquor recycled.

     In summary, the possible applications of nuclear ex-
cavation are many and varied; development of transportation
routes and facilities through construction of harbors, canals,
cuts through mountainous terrain and removal of navigation
barriers; development and management of water resources
through construction of diversion canals, storage reservoirs,
dams and ground water recharge facilities; and development
of mineral resources through overburden removal and in situ
leaching.  The potential economic advantages of nuclear ex-
plosives for excavation are based on the huge amount of energy
which is available in a small package at relatively low cost
and which can be used to simultaneously break and move rock.
The advantages are most pronounced in undeveloped areas or
areas in the infancy of development, where logistic, indus-
trial, and long-term financial support would be strained
or totally insufficient to allow development with present-
day construction methods.  In this light, the development
of nuclear excavation technology should provide man with
an extremely useful  and powerful engineering tool.
                                                                                                                 30

-------
                  BIBLIOGRAPHY
Hamburger, Richard, "The Use of Peaceful Nuclear Explo-
sives and Some Related Safety Aspects,"  U. S. Atomic
Energy Commission, reprinted from Proceedings of the
Seventy-First Annual Meeting, United States Livestock
Sanitary Association, 1967.

Hughes, Bernard C., "The Corps of Engineers Nuclear Ex-
plosives Studies for Civil Construction," Tech. Report
No. 8, U. S. Army Engineer Nuclear Cratering Group,
Lawrence Radiation Laboratory, Livermore, California,
October, 1968.

Nordyke, M. D., "Concept for a Demonstration Harbor at
Cape Keraudren, Western Australia,"  DRAFT University
o-f California, Lawrence Radiation Laboratory, Livermore,
California, January, 1969.

Nordyke, M. D., "On Cratering.  A Brief History, Analysis,
and Theory of Cratering,"  UCPL-6578, University of
California, Lawrence Radiation Laboratory, Livermore,
California, August, 1961.

Nordyke, M. D. and M. M. Williamson, "The Sedan Event,
PNE 2U2F, U. S. Atomic Energy Commission, April, 1965.

Sanders, Ralph, Project Ploushare, Public Affairs Press,
Washington, D. C., 1962.

Teller, Edward, "Plowshare,  UCRL-7222, University of
California, Lawrence Radiation Laboratory, Livermore,
California, February, 1963.

Teller, Edward and Wilson K. Tallev, Gary H. Higgins,
and Gerald W. Johnson, The Constructive Uses of Nuclear
Explosives, McGraw-Hill, 1968.

Numerous private communications.
                                                                                                   Thousands of Dollars

-------
nittaun

IMtmONE

   EXPLOSIVE BURNED
RAREFACTION RETURNS
     TO CAVITY
                          MOUND DISASSEMBLY
                            FOLD-OVER AND
                        INITIATION OF COllAPSI
                                                                      FIGURE 2
                             FORMATION   HISTORY
                                                        /             X
                MOUND STOPS RISING
             SUBSURFACE COLLAPSE BEGINS
                                                                   FIGURE 3

-------
EXCAVAT   D

                    FIGURE 4

        FIGURE 5
   35-36

-------
    NUCLEAR  RESERVOIR FOR
FLOOD CONTROL AND IRRIGATION
                                 0.1, 1-10001
                           NATION N0.2, 1-200 KT
                                    MOOKT
                         FIGURE 7

-------
                                             FIGURE 8
POWERHOUSE
INTAKE STRUCTURE
                            NUCLEAR EJECTA  DAM
                           SPALLS
                          GRAVEL FILTER
                          SAND FILTER
                      IMPERVIOUS MATERIAL
  ROCK BLANKET
GRAVEL BLANKET
    POSTSHOT
    CROSS SECTION
                                    39-iO
                                                            FIGURE 9

-------
NUCLEAR QUARRY
                     FIGURE 10
                  FIGURE 11

-------
HARBOR  EXCAVATION
     NUCLEAR HARBOR
 CAPE KERAUDREN, WESTERN AUSTRALIA
                   FIGURE 13
          W-W.

-------
   OVERBURDEN REMOVAL
       READY FOR DEVELOPMENT
RETARCS FOR IN-SITU LEACHING
                         FIGURE 15

-------
                     QUESTION FOR MARVIN M. WILLIAMSON
I*   From R.  C.  Pendleton:

    Conventional  explosives  leave no residual  toxic materials.  From
    the long-term contamination standpoint,  can  savings  in dollars by
    using nuclear explosives be defended?

    ANSWER:

    The first thing we have  to do is establish what the  problem is as
    far as long-term contamination is concerned.   As  I noted when  I
    started  out,  there are only two applications  for  excavation which
    are even in a feasibility study stage.   There are no active projects
    for nuclear excavation.   We are still  in the  development stage
    trying to find the answers.  At this time I  don't believe we can
    really say from a long-term contamination standpoint,  I don't believe
    we have  any comparison.   We don't know  how serious the problem might
    be or what it might cost to eliminate or reduce the  problem.
                                  47
            SUMMARY OF RESULTS OF CRATERING EXPERIMENTS*

                             John Toman
                    Lawrence Radiation Laboratory
                        Livermore, California
                              ABSTRACT

            The use of nuclear excavation as a construction tech-
      nique for producing harbors,  canals,  highway cuts^  and other
      large excavations requires a high assurance that the yield
      and depth of burst selected for the explosive will produce
      the desired configuration within an acceptable degree of
      tolerance.

            Nuclear excavation technology advanced significantly
      during 1968 as a result of the successful execution of
      Projects Cabriolet^ Buggy* and Schooner.   Until these ex-
      periments were conducted, the only nuclear data available
      for designing large excavations were derived from Sedan
      (100 kt in alluvium)>  Danny Boy (0.42 kt in basalt)* and
      Sulky (0.090 kt in basalt).  Applicable experience has new
      been extended to include ttfo additional rock types:  tuff
      and porphyritic trachyte, non-homogeneous formations with
      severe geologic layering, and a nuclear row in hard rock.
      The continued development of cratering calculations using
      in situ geophysical measurements and high-pressure test data
      have provided a means  for predicting the cratering charac-
      teristics of untested materials.
                                                                                                                   Chemical explosive cratering experiments conducted in
                                                                                                              the pre-Gondola series during the past several years have
                                                                                                              been directed toward determining the behavior of weak* wet
                                                                                                              clay shales.  This material is important to nuclear exca-
                                                                                                              vation because of potential long-term stability problems
                                                                                                              which may affect the cratered slopes.
                            INTRODUCTI ON

      Nuclear excavation as a construction technique for producing
harbors, canals, highway cuts, and other large excavations requires
a high assurance that the yield and depth of burst selected for the
explosive will produce the desired configuration within an acceptable

*Work performed under the auspices of the U. S. Atomic Energy
 Commission.

                                48

-------
degree of tolerance.

      Nuclear excavation technology advanced sig
as 13 result of the successful execution of Proje
and Schooner.  Until these experiments were cond
data available for designing large excavations '
(100 kiloton Ck-£] in alluvium), Danny Boy (0.42
Sulky (0.090 kt in basalt).  Applicable experien
to include two additional rock types:  tuff and
non-homogeneous formations with severe geologic
row in hard rock.  The continued development of
using j^_s_i tu geophysical measurements and high-|
have provided a means for predicting the crater!
untested materials.
                                                 nificantly  during  1968
                                                 ets Cabriolet, Buggy,
                                                 ucted,  the  only  nuclear
                                                 ere deri ved f rom Sedan
                                                 kt  i n basaIt), and
                                                ice  has  now  been  extended
                                                 porphyritic trachyte,
                                                 Iayeri ng, and a  nucI ear
                                                 cratering calculations
                                                -pressure test data
                                                 ng  characteristics of
       Chemical  explosive cratering experiments  conducted  in  the  pre-
 Gondola series  during the past several  years  have  been  directed  toward
 determining  the behavior of weak,  wet clay  shales.   This  report  will
 summarize all of the nuclear experiments  of importance  to the  nuclear
 excavation program and a selected  few chemical  explosive  (HE)  experi-
 ments.
                        CRATERING PHENOMENOLOGY
Crater  Formation
       Maximum sized craters are  formed at a depth  of  burst  in  which
 two  predominant mechanisms combine to physically eject  material
 above  the  explosive.   These mechanisms are spall and  gas  acceleration
 or expansion  of the cavity gases.   Figure I  shows  pictorial ly  the
 history of crater formation.   The  nuclear explosive on  detonation
 creates tremendous  pressures  and temperatures  which vaporize the
 rock out to a distance of  approximately 2m(meters)/kt ' '3.   At  this
 point, a spherical  pressure wave or shock wave separates  from  the
 fireball and  propagates through  the formation, melting, crushing, and
 fracturing the  rock in sequence  as it proceeds to  the free  surface.
 When the compressive  wave  reaches  the free surface, a rarefaction
 wave is generated which propagates back toward the cavity.  The rare-
 faction wave  places the rock  in  tension,  starting  from  the  free
 surface.   Since rock  is weak  in  tension,  it breaks and  flies upward
 with a velocity that  is related  to the momentum imparted  to it by the
emerging compressive  wave.  This first motion  is the  spall  mechanism.
 During the  travel of  the shock front to the free surface, the  vaporized
 gases  in the  cavity have been  expanding and enlarging the cavity.  When
 the rarefaction wave  reaches  the spherically growing  cavity, the cavity
 takes the  path  of  least resistance and rapidly expands  in the  direction
of the free surface.   The  rock above the  cavity is recompacted and given
additional   velocity by the  expanding cavity  gases.  This  velocity in-
crease over that  due  to spall  is termed gas  acceleration.   Both of these
phenomena  can be measured  in cratering experiments by high-speed
                                  49
photography of the ground surface.   The ground  surface assumes  the
shape of a dome and as it continues to grow,  cracks  open  up  through
which the cavity gases may escape to the atmosphere  and venting occurs.
Upon general  venting, the mound completely  disintegrates,  with  the rock
fragments given additional velocity and placed  in  ballistic  trajectory.
Material which excapes the crater is called ejecta and forms part of
the crater lip.  Other materia I  falls beck  into the  true  crater to
form the apparent crater.  Apparent crater  dimensions  are referenced
with respect to the original  ground surface and represent the amount
of useful excavation accomplished by the explosion.  The  crater Up
projects above the original  ground  surface, and is composed  of  upthrust
or permanently displaced rock and ejecta.

      Figure 2 shows the mound growth of the  Cabriolet experiment as
a function of time.  Figure 3 is an analysis  of the  surface  velocity  of
the same mound (from h i gh-speed photography)  wh i ch cI ear Iy shows the
spall and gas acceleration mechanisms.

Effects of Depth of Burst

      The effect of increasing depth of burst on explosive phenomena  is
shown in Figure 4.  For any explosive yield and medium, there is a
depth of burst or a range of depths at which  a  maximum-sized crater
will be formed.  As the depth of burst is  increased  beyond that optimum
depth, the craters become smaller until a mound of rubble, rather than
a crater is formed.  This rubble mound is called a "retarc." A maximum
amount of rock is broken when a retarc is formed;  it is ideally suited
for utilization as a source of rock for aggregate.  As the depth of
burst is further increased, the explosive effects  become  contained.   A
cavity is formed by the explosion but there is  no  violent disruption
of the free surface as in a cratering shot.  The  fractured rock above
the cav i ty coI I apses i nto the cavi ty to form  a  ch i mney.  Col I apse
continues out to the extent of the  fracture radius where  the rock may
have sufficient strength to span the arch,  or unti I  the volume  of the
voids in the bulked chimney rock is equal to  the original  cavity
volume.   In alluvium and other materials which exhibit smafl increases
or no increase of bulking on collapse, chimneying  continues  to  the free
surface and a collapse crater is formed. With  no  bulking, the  volume
of the col lapse crater will  be equal to the volume of  the initial cavity.
Changes in crater dimensions as a function  of depth  of burst are por-
trayed by cratering curves which are presented  later.
      In order to use nuclear explosives as a construction tool, we must
know crater sizes at explosive yields other than that for which experi-
mental  data are available.  This is accompIished by determining the appro-
priate scaling law.  Dimensional analysis indicates that crater volumes
are proportional  to the explosive yield and linear dimensions of the
crater are proportional to the cube root of the explosive yield, if the
effects of gravity are unimportant.  This is cube-root scaling.  Crater


                                50

-------
dimensions are  increased by a  factor of two for an eightfold increase
in yield.  Cube-root scaling adequately describes the performance of
low-yield high-explosive charges  (pounds to hundreds of pounds), but not
at yields higher than  about a  ton.  Crater dimensions in this yield
range are better described as  scaling by the  1/3-4 power of the yield.
Simply stated,  this means that yfeld must be  increased by a factor
of  10 to  increase the  linear dimensions of the crater by a factor of
two.  Dimensional analyses that  include the effects of gravity  indicate
that for  large  yields  at deep  depths of burst, crater dimensions should
scale as  the  fourth root of the explosive yield.  Under this scaling
law, explosive  yields  must be  increased by a  factor of  16 for a twofold
increase  in crater dimensions.  No  trend toward  l/4-root scaling has
been observed  in cratering experiments with yields as large as  100 kt,
as seen  in Figure 5.   This is  a plot of yield versus crater radius from
applicable nuclear cratering experiments compared to calculated curves
using the three scaling factors discussed briefly.

Effects of Rock Type

      Differences in the physical properties of the material being
cratered may play a more important  role in estimating crater sizes for
nuclear excavation than the scaling law used-  The smallest scaled
craters produced to date have  been  in hard, dry rock and the largest
have been in wet, weak clay shales*  Dimensions for craters in desert
alluvium  lie between the extremes for hard, dry rock and for weak clay
shale.  Non-homogeneous or layered  formations are much more difficult
to categorize and analyze.  No high-explosives cratering series have
been conducted  to determine the effect of layering on crater dimensions.
Three nuclear experiments (Cabriolet, Buggy, and Schooner), were con-
ducted in layered media out of necessity.  Of these three, only Buggy
produced dimensions which were significantly smaller than those pre-
dicted on the basis of previous cratering experience in hard rock.

Effects of Expiosive Types—Nuclear Explosives and High Explosives

      Because of political and economic restraints, the bulk of crater-
ing data are derived from high-explosives cratering experiments.
Despite differences in the energy sources, cratering curves derived from
high explosives define the nuclear  curve sufficiently well to permit the
design of nuclear cratering experiments for confirmation.  A major
shortcoming is  that the optimum depth of burst for high explosives (HE)
may occur at a  scaled  depth of burst which is larger than that for
nuclear expIostves (NE),  This is most important in dry, hard rock
where crater dimensions fall  off very rapidly as the depth of burst
is increased beyond the optimum and make crater size prediction in this
range subject to greatest uncertainty.  For a given yield of NE and HE
at the same depth, the spall  and gas acceleration velocities from an
HE source are significantly larger  than the velocities from an NE.
This is  shown most clearly in  Figure 6 , which compares surface
velocities as a function of depth for both NE and HE.  The HE curve
is plotted mainly on the basis of 20-ton nitromethane charges in the

                                 51
pre-Schooner series.   The separation  of  the NE  and  HE  curves  amounts  to
a factor of 3.75 times yield;  i.e.,  if the  20 mass  tons  of  HE were
assumed to be about 75 energy  tons,  the  HE  and  NE surface velocity
curves would be virtually coincident.  A comparison of scaled crater
dimensions near optimum depth  of burst does not support  this  NE-HE
equivalence.  It does indicate clearly,  however, that  if a  velocity
threshold between crater and retarc  formation exists in  hard, dry
rock, it will occur at a much  shallower  scaled  cube root depth of
burst for NE*
                  RESULTS OF CRATERING EXPERIMENTS
Genera I
      An extensive amount of data has  been  developed  and  reported  on
explosive cratering in about the past  18 years.   A  summary  of  projects
or events contributing to cratering technology with primary references
is shown in Table I.   This report will  briefly discuss  the  most  recent
nuclear cratering experiments in hard  rock  and the  HE experiments  in
a previously untested rock type, clay  shale.   In  the  nuclear excavation
program to date, a total  of seven nuclear cratering experiments  have
been conducted.  These include Projects Sedan  (100  kt), Danny  Boy
(0.42 kt), Sulky (0.09 kt), Palanquin  (4.3  kt), Cabriolet (2.3 kt),
Schooner (35 kt) and  Buggy (row of 5 single I.I kt).  The last three
were conducted in 1968.

Description and Results of Single-Charge Craters—Nuclear

Sedan
      The 100-kt Sedan explosive is the largest explosive charge
detonated to date.  It was buried at a depth of 193 m (635 ft) in
desert alluvium and detonated on 6 July 1962.  A crater with an
apparent radius of 185 m (608 ft) and a depth of 98.5 m (323 ft)
was produced.  The apparent crater volume is about 5. I  x  10^ m3
(6.6 x I06 yd3) and the lip volume 3.2 x I06 m3 (4,2 x 10^ yd3).
Crater lip heights range from 5.5 to 29 m (18 to 95 ft).  In com-
parison to HE dimensions in the same material, the Sedan crater
radius is approximately 10-20? smaller, but the depth is about the
same when w'/3-^ scaling is used.^

      On detonation, a roughly hemispherical dome about 365 m
(1200 ft) in diameter rose to a height of about 90 m (300 ft)  in
3 seconds before the first venting was seen.  The mound continued to
rise until general venting and mound disintegration occurred at
about 4.0 seconds.  The dome height at this time was probably  less
than 200 m (660 ft).  The  initial spall velocities were on  the order
of 35 m/sec(M5 ft/sec) and the  late time velocities due  to gas
acceleration were over 40 m/sec(!30 ft/sec).  Figure 7  is a photo-
graph of the Sedan crater.

                                 52

-------
   Table 1. Summary of projects or events contributing data for nuclear cr;
                                                          ring technology (Nn
Project or
Jangl« S
Jangle U
Jangle HE
Teapot ESS
Mole,
ERDL.SO
Toboggan
Stagecoach
Scooter
Buckboard
Sandia,
Alb.e
Row boat
Danny Boy
Sedan
Date
1951
1951
1951
1955
51/60
59/60
1960
1060
1960
6'/65
1961
1962
1962
Pre-Buggyl 1962
Pro- Buggy II 1963
Pre-
Schooner 1
Dugout
Sulky
Palanquin
Pre-
Schooncr 111
Pre-
Condola I
Prc-
Gondola It
Cabriolet
Buggy
Pre-
Gondola III
Schooner
llNE. nucl
1964
1964
1964
1965
1965
1966
1967
1968
1968
1968
1968
ear e\
No.
of
shots
1
1
10
1
30
92
3
1
13
8
1
1
IS
10
4
1
1
1
1
4
1
1
5
7
1
plosive
Configu-
ration
Single
Single
Single
Single
Single
Linear
Single
Single
Single
Row
Row
Single
Single
Row
Single
Row
Single
Single
Single
Single
Row
Single
Row
Row
Single
s; TNT, c
Explosive"
NE
NE
TNT
NE
TNT
TNT
TNT
TNT
TNT
TNT
TNT
NE
NE
NM
NM
NM
NM
NE
NE
NM
NM
MU
NE
NE
NM
NE
onventional (•

yieldBb
1.2 kt
1.2 kt
1.2-20 ton
1.2 kt
0.13 ton
d
20 ton
500 ton
0.5-20 inn
r
0.14 ton
0.42 kt
100 kt
0.5 ton
0.5 ton
20 ton
20 ton
87 ton
•J. t kt
85 ton
20 ton
20-40 ton
2.6 kt
1.1 kl

35 kt
ligh explosivi
Depth
(ft)
3.5
17.0
67.0


125


110
635





59
(spacing
45}
00
280
71
50-60
spacing: HO
170.75
135.0
spacing 1 50
50-56
355
es; NM, liquid
Apparent
(ft)
45
130
146
es
Aeries
154

nes
107
608
f
Aeries

Series

width 136
-
119
95
- Series —
178
width 254
187-214
426
1 nitrorneth
Apparent
(It)
21
53
no


75


62
323





'15
-
78.8
61
-
120
6'J.B

208
ane.
Medium0
AUuMum-10
Alluvium-10
A'luvium-10
Alluvium-10
Alluvium-10
Ptaya
Alluvium-10
Alluvium-10
Basalt
Alluvium-Alb.
Alluvium-10
Basalt
Alluvium-10
AlluMum-5
Alluvium-S
B,.s..lt
B-.SAh
Basalt
Hhyolite
Rhyolite
Saturated
shale
Saturated
shale
Rhyolite
U.isalt
shale
Tuff

Hcf.
1
i
•1
3,5
3,6
7
8
n
10
1 1
12
13
14
15
11;
17
IB
ID
20
21
1

>

 l-'or ] kt, equivalent yield • ID12 cal.
 Alluvium-10: Desert alluvium. Area 10, NTS.
 AUuvium-5 Desert alluvium. Area 5, NTS.
 Alluvium-Alb.: Desert alluvium. Albuquerque, Nrw Mrxico.
 Playa Yucca Lake. NTS.
 Basalt: Buckboard Mesa, NTS.
 Hhyolite- Schooner Site, Bruncau RIMT Plateau, Idaho.
 Saturated shale  Fort Peck. Montana.

 Toboggan line charges ranged from 0.23 to 42.7 Ib/ft.
eSince 1060. Sdndia Corporation has conducted LI continuing small-
                                                                                                                    Project Danny Boy, the  first  nuclear excavation experiment  con-
                                                                                                              ducted in dry, hard rock, consisted of  a 0.42-kt explosive detonated at
                                                                                                              a depth of 33.5 m (110 ft) on  5 March 1962.  The rock is simply
                                                                                                              described as a gray, dense, nonvesicular basalt with ci density of
                                                                                                              2.6 g/cm5.  The resultant crater  has a  radius of 33 m (107 ft) and  a
                                                                                                              depth of  19 m (62 ft).  The volume  of the apparent crater is about
                                                                                                              27,500 m3 (36,000 yd3) and the  lip  volume 61,000 m3 (80,000 yd3), of
                                                                                                              which 42,750 m3 (56,000 yd3)  is ejecta.   A major portion of the  lip
                                                                                                              height, which averages 7.3 m  (24  ft), is caused by upthrust.  Ejecta
                                                                                                              on the Hp ranges from 2 to 10 feet with an average depth of 5 feet.22
                                                                                                              Within the normal  scatter of data,  the  Danny Boy scaled dimensions  are
                                                                                                              essentially identical to those produced  by high explosives at this
                                                                                                              depth of burst.

                                                                                                                    On detonation, the ground moved at a fairly constant velocity of
                                                                                                              about 42 m/sec (138 ft/sec).23  By  1.6  seconds, the dome had a diameter
                                                                                                              of about 250 feet and a height of 200 feet.  No venting of hot gases
                                                                                                              was ever seen and the mound disintegrated at about 4 seconds with the
                                                                                                              ejected material  in a free fall status.   The initial  spall velocities
                                                                                                              were so high that a distinct gas  acceleration phase was not obvious.
                                                                                                              A slight increase in surface velocity to about 47 m/sec at late times
                                                                                                              can be Interpreted from the meager  surface velocity data available,
                                                                                                              but the main impact of the expanding cavity gases was to sustain  the
                                                                                                              initial spall  velocities over a long period of time.   Until  1968, Danny
                                                                                                              Boy provided the only basis for predicting nuclear crater sizes  in  hard
                                                                                                              rock.   A photograph of the Danny  Boy crater is shown in Figure 8.
      Project Sulky  was designed to Investigate the  nature of the
nuclear cratering  curve at a scaled depth greater  than  optimum.
A 0.09-kt explosive  was detonated on 18 December  1964,  at j depth of
27.4 m (90  ft)  in  the  same basalt formation as Danny Boy.   Although
high explosives  at this scaled depth of burst would  have produced a
crater, Sulky resulted In a rubble mound or retarc.   Sulky was a
valuable experiment  In that it established a sharp break In the
nuclear cratering  curves beyond scaled depths of burst  greater than
about 40 m/ktl/3-4,  or 140 ft/kt1'3-4,  and provided  information on
the rock-breaking  capabilities of nuclear explosives for quarrying
applI cat ions.

      On detonation, the surface mounded in the typical  manner, but
the initial spall  velocity of 85 ft/sec24 without  an ensuing gas
acceleration was  insufficient to eject material to form a crater.
Surface layers of  rock reached a maximum height of about 100 feet
and landed within  an average radius of  24 m (79 ft)16 from surface
ground zero.  The  lip  or mound height averages 6.3 m (21  ft),'6 and
the mound volume  is  approximately 11,700 ycP.  The Sulky retarc is
shown In Figure  9.

                                  53

-------
Palanquin

      Project  Palanquin  was  executed on  14 April  1965  in a dense, dry
rock  identified  as  porphyrltic  trachyte*  An explosive with a yield of
4.3 kt was  buried at  a depth of 85.3 m  (280 ft) to produce a retarc for
further  study  of quarrying applications.  However, a stemming failure
of the emplacement  hole  resulted in the  very early venting of hot cavity
gases and an erosional crater was  produced.  The mechanisms forming
such  a crater  are vastly different from  the mechanics associated with
normal crater  formation. Therefore, the crater dimensions from
Palanquin are  not considered valid for  comparative purposes and are
not plotted as crate ring data.   For general i nformation,25 fjn,e resu|^-ant
crater has  a radius of 36 m  (119 ft), a  depth of 24 m  (79 ft), and a  lip
height of 6.5  m  (21  ft). The apparent  crater has a volume of 35,800 m3
(46,800  yd3),  and the lip volume is  100,000 m3  (131,300 yd3).  Potential
applications may be found in which the  gas-erosional mechanism may
be useful.  Figure  10 is a photograph of the Palanquin crater.  Shown
on the crater  lip is  the casing used  in  the emplacement hole, which is
believed to be responsible for  the early venting*

Cabriolet

      The Cabriolet explosive (yield about 2.3  kt) was detonated on
26 January  1968  at  a  depth of 52 m (170 ft)2i in a dense, dry porphyritic
trachyte rock, similar to that  at  the Palanquin site.  A crater was
produced with  an apparent radius of 55 m (181 ft), a depth of 36 m
fM7  ft), a lip  height of 9.4 m (31 ft), and an ejecta boundary radius
of 202 m (662  ft).  The  apparent crater  volume  is  137,645 m3
(180,000 yd3)  and the lip volume,  184,940 m3 (241,890 yd3).  The scaled
dimensions  of  Cabriolet  are  only slightly  larger than Danny Boy in
radius (142 ft/kt1/3-4 vs 139 ft/kt1/3*4), but  significantly deeper in
depth (92 ft/kt1/3*4  vs  80 ft/kt1/3'4).  The Cabriolet scaled depth of
burst was smaller than that  for Danny Boy  (133  ft/kt1/3-4 vs
142 ft/kt1/3-4).

      Upon  detonation, the ground  surface mounded  in a normal manner
with venting of  hot gases occurring near the center of the mound at
775 msec.   The dome was  about 25 m (80  ft) above the ground surface
elevation at this time.   Upon general venting at  I second, material
was ejected to a maximum height of about 460 m  (1500 ft) above the
terra in.21   Ground  surface velocities were  lower than would have been
predicted on the basis of data  from Danny Boy and Sulky.  This appears
to result from the  fact  that the rock formation at the Cabriolet site
was layered with lower-density  rock (^2.15 g/cc) existing to a depth
of about 30 m  (98 ft) and higher density rock (^2.5 g/cc) extend
ing from 30 m  to the  shot point.   The initial spall velocity of
30 m/sec is smaller than the 42 m/sec seen on Danny Boy, but the
definite gas acceleration phase of Cabriolet increased the final
velocity to about 45  m/sec (see Figure  6).  In  a homogeneous hard
rock  like Buckboard basalt,  the Cabriolet spall velocity should have
been about 50 m/sec or 70% higher.  Figure  II is a photograph of

                                 54
the Cabriolet crater.

Schooner

      The Schooner experiment,  with  an explosive of  35  +_ 5  kt  placed
at a depth of 355 feet in a tuff formation,  was  executed on  8  December
1968.  A primary purpose of the experiment was to determine  the  effect
of yield escalation on crater size in  hard rock.   The Schooner explosive
yield was about 15 times larger than the Cabriolet yield.   Preliminary
measurements of the Schooner crater  provide  the  following average
results:
      Apparent radius
      Apparent depth
      Apparent lip hei ght
      Lip crest radius
      Radius of ejecta  boundary
      Apparent crater volume
      Apparent lip volume
130 m              426 ft
 63.4 m            208 ft
 13.4 m             44 ft
147 m              483 ft
538 m             1768 ft
  1.74 x 106 m3      2.28
  2.I  x I06 m3       2.75
x I06 yd3
x I06 yd3
      The Schooner scaled crater radius  is  significantly  larger  than  that
of Cabriolet or Danny Boy (150 ft/kt1/3-4 vs  142  and  139  ft/kt1/3-4),  but
the scaled depth is less (73 ft/kt1/3*4  vs  92 and 80  ft/kt1/3*4).

      On detonation,27 a peak spall   velocity of  55 m/sec (180 fps) was
measured at about 200 msec.   A gas acceleration phase increased  the
velocity to about 65  m/sec (215 fps), starting at 600-700 msec.   The
mound reached a height of 83 m (270 ft)  at  1.73 seconds before obscuring
the surface motion flares.   First venting of  the  dome occurred at
1.75 seconds.  At about 2.0  seconds,  the mound erupted violently,
ejecting missiles out to ranges greater  than  one  mile.

      The shallow scaled crater depth does  not appear to be consistent
with the high mound velocities measured.  A plausible explanation stems
from the nature of the geologic structure at  the site, which had the  net
effect of turning the velocity vectors toward SGZ as  much as 15 degrees
away from a radial direction through  the shot point.  °  This effect may
have caused more material to fall within the  crater boundary as fallback.
The velocity vectors  on Cabriolet were essentially radial from the shot
point.

      The geologic structure at the Schooner site is  such that it can be
divided into four primary layers.^9  The first layer extending from the
surface to 120 ft is  a dry,  dense competent welded tuff with an average
density of 2.353 g/cc.  The  second layer extending to 210 feet is very
porous, with a dry density of 1.5 g/cc and an average water content of
8-lOJt by weight.  The third, from 210 to 337 feet, is extremely porous,
with a dry density of 1.25 g/cc and'20-38? water by weight.  The
fourth layer, from 337 to 480 feet is similar to the  first.   In the
photograph of the Schooner crater (Figure  12) the hard, competent first
rock  layer is seen exposed in the upper part of the cratered slope.
                                 55

-------
 HE Explosives Craters in Clay Shale

       Because of the need to explore the cratering characteristics of
 a weak, wet-clay shale, the U. S. Army Engineer Nuclear Cratering
 Group Initiated a series of high-explosives cratering experiments in
 1966, called Project pre-Gondola.l9  The experiments are being
 conducted near Fort Peck, Montana, where the physical properties of
 the Bear Paw Shale closely resemble those of the Sabana Shale of
 Panama, which occurs along 19 miles of a proposed 50-mile route
 across the Isthmus of Panama, for a sea-level canal.  In the
 pre-Gondola I  series, four 20-ton charges of high explosives
 Cnitromethane (NM)] were detonated at varying depths of burst to
 define the cratering curves.   A surprising result was that the scaled
 dimensions of the pre-Gondola craters are much larger than those in
 hard rock or alluvium.  Mound velocities, however, are almost
 identical to those obtained for a similar series of experiments,
 pre-Schooner I, in the Buckboard basalt.    A major factor contrib-
 uting to large crater size in the shale when compared to basalt is the
 significant difference in unconfined compressive strengths of the rocks-
 less than 500 Ib/in.2  for shale19 to about 20,000 Ib/in.2 for dense,
 dry basalt.-^  Unweathered shale has an average in situ wet density of
 2.08 g/cc and a dry density of 1.74 g/cc, indicating about 20$ water
 by weight.19  The crater profiles in shale are also quite different
 from those in hard rock or alluvium.  The average crater slopes in
 shales are about 26 degrees while those in hard rock and alluvium are
 35 to 37 degrees or much steeper.  Actual dimensions of the pre-
 Gondola I  craters'9 are:
           Charge   Depth of burst   Apparent radius   Apparent depth
           weight   	   	   	
 Event     (ton)    (ft)      (m)    (ft)       (m)   (ft)       (m)
Charl ie
Bravo
Alfa
Delta
19.6
19.4
20.4
20.2
42.5
46.2
52.7
56.9
12.9
14. 1
16.1
17.3
80
79
76
65
24.5
23.9
23.2
19.8
33
30
32
25
10
9
9.8
7.7
Comparison  of  Cratering Curves

       The cratering  curves  for radius  and depth  shown  in Figure  I3a
and  I3b compare  the  dimensions of  all  single  craters summarized  here
by w'/3-^ scaling.   For scaling purposes,  it  has been  assumed  that
0.78 mass tons of NM =  1.00  mass tons  of  TNT31 = 1.0 energy  ton
nuclear = I09  calories.   If  the ratio  of  the  heats  of  detonation of
NM and TNT  is  the only  factor  used as  the  basis  for a  NM-TNT energy
equivalence, then 0.9 mass tons of NM  =  1.00  mass tons of TNT.   This
equivalence will  increase both the scaled  dimensions and the depth
of burst for the NM  experiments plotted.
                                 56
                        ROW CRATER EXPERIENCE
Background
      Most nuclear excavation applications involve the simultaneous
detonation of multiple explosives placed in a row to form a linear
channel, rather than a circular crater.  Many small-scale row
cratering experiments such as pre-Buggy I  and ll'^»'' with charge
weights up to  1,000  Ib have been conducted in alluvium.   The purpose
of row-cratering experiments is generally  to determine the effect of
variation of spacing on row-crater parameters.   In general, the results
from experiments in alluvium indicate that:

      I.  Spacing between explosives of one single-charge crater
          radius will produce a row with a half-width approxi-
          mately 10 to 20$ larger than the single crater radius.

      2.  A spacing of about 1.25 times a  single crater radius
          produces .1 row with dimensions approximately equal  to
          that of a single charge.

      3.  The lips on the sides of a row crater are 50 to 100$
          higher than the lip of a single  crater, but the lip
          heights off the row ends are very small.

Row-charge cratering experience in hard rock is limited  to two experi-
ments. Dugout (HE)  and Buggy (NE).  On the basis of these results, it
would appear that the conclusions drawn for row cratering in alluvium
will  be somewhat simi lar for hard rock.
                                                                                                            In June 1964, the Dugout experiment was conducted in basalt on
                                                                                                      the Buckboard Mesa, NTS.  Five spheres containing 20 tons of nitro-
                                                                                                      methane (HE) were detonated simultaneously.   The depth of burst was
                                                                                                      59 feet and the spacing 45 feet between charges.  Average dimensions
                                                                                                      of the  linear portion of the crater are shown below.15
                                                       68.4 ft

                                                       35.1 ft
                                                       23.6 ft
                                                        9.9 ft
                                            103 m3     21  x I03 yd3
Half width  I -|-)              20.8 m

Apparent depth                 10.7 m
Apparent lip height (sides)     7.2 m
Apparent lip height (ends)       3.0 m
Apparent crater volume         16.1 x
      A significant result of the Dugout experiment was that the
volume excavated per unit charge is -50% greater than the maximum
volume attainable with a single charge.  A volume of 2145 m^ was the
maximum volume of a single 20-ton NM crater (pre-Schooner Alfa) on
Buckboard Mesa.1'1  The linear dimensions of the Dugout crater are
approximately equal to the dimensions expected from 60-ton charges

                                 57

-------
(3 times the Dugout yield) near an optimum depth of burst and at a
spacing which produces no enhancement over the single charge.  Linear
dimensions of Dugout are shown to scale on the cratering curves in
Figure  13,  The charge spacing In the Dugout experiment was much
closer than had been tried in the alluvium row crater experiments
when spacing is defined relative to the depth of burst rather than
to a single crater radius.  A close spacing concept of row charges
(where spacing 
-------
assurance that the depth of burst and yield can be specified to provide
the desired structure.  For nuclear excavation experiments conducted to
date through the 100-kt level, no trend toward 1/4 root scaling has
been observed.  A comparison of cratering data in three different
materials (dry rock, alluvium, and shale) indicates that differences in
physical properties affect crater dimensions more significantly than
possible differences in yield scaling exponents.   The rather small-
scaled dimensions observed in the Buggy row-crater experiment should
not be considered typical for large nuclear excavation projects.   The
presence of water at the shot point and in overlying formations,  which
is likely to be encountered in most locations away from the Nevada Test
Site, is expected to significantly increase the cratering efficiency of
nuclear explosives.
                               60
                                                                                                                                  REFERENCES
 I.   Toman,  J., Project Buggy:  A Nuclear Row Excavation Experiment,
     Lawrence  Radiation Laboratory,  Livermore, Rept. UCRL-71280
     (1968).

 2.   Nordyke,  M.  D.,  Lawrence Radiation  Laboratory, Livermore,
     private communication  (1969).

 3.   Nordyke,  M.  D.,  "An  Analysis of Cratering Data from Desert
     Alluvium," J. Geo. Res. 67_,  1965  (1961).

 4.   Carlson,  R.  H.,  "High  Explosive Ditching from Linear Charges,
     J.  Geo. Res. 68,  3693  (1963).

 5.   Vortman,  L.  J. et al., Project Stagecoach,  Final Report, Sandia
     Corp.  SC-45961RR) I960.

 6.   Ferret, W. R. et  al..  Project Scooter,  Final Report, Sandia Corp.
     Rept.  SC-4602IRR) 1963.

 7.   Vortman,  L.  J. et a I., Project Buckboard, Final Report, Sandia
     Corp.  Rept.  SC-4675(RR)  1962.

 8.   Vortman,  L.  J. and Schofield, L.  M., The Effect of Row Charge
     Spacing and  Depth on Crater Dimensions, Sandia Corp. Rept.
     SC-4730(RR)  1963.

 9.   Myers,  B., Summary Report—Project  Rowboat,  Lawrence Radiation
     Laboratory,  Livermore, Rept. UCRL-I2II8 (October 5,  1964).

10.   Nordyke,  M.D. and W. R. Wray, "A  Nuclear Cratering Detonation
     in  Basalt,"  J. Geophys. Res. 69,  675-690 (1964).

II.   Nordyke,  M.D. and M. M. Williamson, The Sedan Event, Lawrence
     Radiation Laboratory,  Livermore,  Rept.  PNE-242F  (April  1965).

12.   Graves, E.,  W. Wray,  and R. Pierce, Scope of Chemical  Explosive
     Cratering Experiment,  Pre-Buggy,  Preliminary Rept., U. S.  Army
     Corps  of  Engineers Nuclear Cratering Group,  Rept. PNE-300  (1963).

13.   Spruill,  J.  L. and  F.  F. Videon,  Project Pre-Buggy  II.  Studies  of
     the Pre-Buggy  II  Apparent Craters,  U.  S. Army Engineer Nuclear
     Cratering Group,  Livermore, Rept. PNE-3I5F  (June  1965).

14.   Spruill,  J.  L. and R.  A. Paul.,  Project  Pre-Schoonei—Crater
     Measurements, U.  S.  Army Engineer Nuclear Cratering Group,
     Livermore, Rept.  PNE-502F  (March  1965).

-------
  15.   Spruill, J- I-., Project Dugout--Apparent Crater Studies, U. S. Army
       ••Juclear Craten ng Group, Livermore, Rept. PNE-60IF (March  1965).

  10.   v i aeon, F.  F. , Project So Iky — Crater Measurements, U. S . Army
       Engineer Nuclear Cratenng Group, Livermore, Rept. PNE-7I3F
       ( GOODS'- 1955).

  17.   Vi deon , F.  F. , Project Palanquin — Studies of the Apparent Crater,
       U. 5. Army  Engineers Nuclear Cratering Group, Rept. PNE-904
       (July  1966).

  18.   C-enter, Ma j .  R. H.,  Project Pre-5chooner IJ — Apparent Crater
       Studies, U. S. Army  Engineer Nuclear Cratering Group, Livermore,
       Pept." PNE-5G3F (November I 966) .

  19.   Kurtz, Lt.  Col. M.  M., Project Pre-GonJo(a I, Technical Director's
       Summary Report, U.  S.  Army Engineers Nuclear Cratering Group,
       Livermore,  Rept.  PNE-M02 (May 1966).

 20.   Kurtz, M.  K.,  Jr.,  A_Report on_the Scg_pe and Preliminary Resujts of
      P-ojec4" pre-Gc=rdol a  ' I ,  U.  S.  Amy Engineers Nuc'ear Cratering
      Group, Pept.  NCG/TM  67-9 (August I967K
 21.   Tewes,  H.  A.,  Resu I ts  of  the
                                       i q le_t_ Excavati on Experi ment ,
                                          __
      Lawrence Rad i at fon Laboratory^,  Li veVmore ,  ReptT UCRL-7 I 196 ( 1968) .
 22.   Leisek,  J,  F.,  Postsnot  Geologic Investigations of the Danny Boy
      Nuclear  Cratering  Experiment _in Basal t,  Lawrence Radiation
      L3Dora*cry,  -ivermcre,  =tept. UCRL-7833 (1964).

 23.   Carder,  B.  M. et a_l . ,  Projecj^_Danny_ Boy,  Surface Phenomena
      Photography,  EGlGT Inc.,  Rept.  POIR-I8I2  (Feb. 1963).

 24.   Browe-,  R.  ar.d  D.  Wilson,  Project Sulky  Scientific Photography,
      FGAG,  Inc.,  Rept.  PNE-7IOF (Nov.  1966),

 25.   Vfdeon,  F.  F. ,  Project Palanquin:   Studies _of the Apparent _C_rater,
      U. S. Army  Engineers Nuclear Cratering Group, Livermore,  Rept.
      PNE-904  (July 1966).

 26.   Redoath, B. — pr i vate commun i cat i on .

 27.   Rohrer,  R.--private commun i cat ion .

28.  Dan i e I son , J . --pr i  vate commun i cat i on .

29.  Terhune,  R. — pri vate commun i cation .

30.  Banks,  D. C. and R. T. Saucier,  Geology of  Buckboard Mesa,
     Waterways Experiment Station, Rept.  PNE-500 I  (July 1964).
                                 62
31.   Toman, J., "Comparison of TNT and NM as Cratering Explosives
     to be pub I i shed.

32.   Cherry,  J.  T. ,  ''Computer Ca i cu I a+i ors of Explosion-Produced
     Craters," Intern.  J.  Rock Mech.  M i n. Sci.  4,  I (I 967).
                                                                                                                                        63

-------
CRATER  FORMATION   HISTORY
               JWWtttt OWTT 6KWTH    tMUMCTION MTUMS
                                       IOOVITT
                   Fig. I.    Crater formation history.
                                  .00    .!•.«!     TIJWEJW fEC
             45  FT.
                 Fig. 2     Cabriolet mound development.
                              £4-65

-------
  60
 i
  | 40
 t
 830
 <20
   10
« < 200 msec
o   200-400 msec
•   400-600 msec
a   600-800 msec
                           —I	1	1	I™
                           CABRIOLET SURFACE MOTION
                                     EDGE OF CRATER
       5—Tl
         60
                  30        0         30
                 DISTANCE FROM GROUND ZERO (m)
                                               60
            Fig. 3    CabrtoIet surface mot i on h i story
     EFFECTS OF  NUCLEAR EXPLOSIVES
         BURIED AT VARIOUS DEPTHS
  OPTIMUM CRATERING DEPTH
MAXIMUM  ROCK BREAKAGE DEPTH
                                           CONTAINMENT DEPTH
                                                YIELD: 10KIIOTONS
                                                   IN  t  III
                                                   Kill II Fill
    Fig. 4     Effect of nuclear explosives buried at various depths.
                         66-67

-------
  1000
   100
I    10
   1.0
   0.1
                               •  Data - experimental
                              —• W     scaling - Danny Boy
                              	W 1//3'4 scaling - Sedan
                              — W 1//4 seal ing - Sedan
           • Danny Boy
               240     480      720      960      1200     1440
                          Crater radius — ft
               Fig. 5      Yield vs crater radius.
fj ouu
< 400
1
v 300
8
£ 200
UJ
U
|
— i inn
6IUU
_
»—
LU
>
^
^*
°" 50

1 ' 1 ' 1 ' 1
_ HARD ROCK SURFACE MOTION
DANNY 	 DELTA (GAS)
BOY O-" 	
" ( G ) ^ 	 BRAVO ( GAS VENT)
_ \\ T°^ 	 PRE-SCHOONERD(G)
CAB \ ,L> 	 DELTA
(G) ^\ 1 \
t^ BRAVO
•S nlfelVr* j_CRATERS
, 1\T CHARLIE
\ °\ i RETARCS
i SULKY . ^
\ \"^ 	 HE DATA

BUGGY \
"*— NE DATA
1 . 1,1.1
100 200 400 600 800
DEPTH OF BURST —ft/kr1/3

-
-
-
—




-
.

-

10
  Fig. 6       Hard rock surface motion  vs depth of burst.
                            68-69

-------
    Fig. 7      Sedan  crater.
                                      >.'.;.     ,..*VY. -,  -\   «5g£
                                      .•;" "  :  r  -v  •  *  x  v*
                                               •;   '•'. •%"•••
Fig.  8     Danny Boy crater.


             70-71

-------
                                ''
Fig. 9      Sulky crater.
Fig. 10
         Palanquin crater.
          72-73

-------
                        '•''"-'' '          "-  -'•*  '   '   '"'""•"
Fig.  II      Cabriolet crater.

Fig.  12
             Schooner crater.
               74-75  -

-------
    70


    60
4-
£
"S50
 \

 I  40
 E
    30
    20
    10
              240
200
160
=6  120
 E
£
 S
Z   80
 £
 g.
               40,-
                                                Bear Paw, shale (HE)

                                               -Dugout, hard rack row

                                                       Alluvium (HE)
         /

            »  Nuclear, alluvium
            •  Nuclear, hard rock
          Sch  Schooner - 35 kt
          Cab  Cabriolet-2.5 kt
           D6  Danny Boy - 0.42 kt
          Bug  Buggy - 5 @ 1.1 kt
               Sulky - 0.09 kt
                          I
                         40       80       120       160     200      240

                                   Depth of burst - ft/kt 1//3'4

                         I       I        I      I       I       I        I
                        10     20      30    40      50     60

                                 Depth of burst — m/kt '/3'4
                                                                             280
                                                     70     80
           Fig.  I3a.   Scaled  crater radius vs scaled depth of burst.


50r

»)
^ 40
^
E
1 30
.£
o.
-g
« 20
S
u
a.
Q


-
^
\
_ ^
"^>
• 7
"~ "a.
1 '
crafer de
c
w
1











120



80

"
0
1 1 1 1 1 1
» Pre-Gondolo I (NM) -20-ton
4 Buckboard (TNT) -20-ton
v Pre-Schooner I ( NM ) - 20-ton
* Nuclear-alluvium
• Nuclear-hard rock
- _— -Pre-Schooner II —
Buckboard 12-^^
5C(, Cab — t v Dugout-hard rock row
^ttl^^. *Tl*^^7 , Sedan
^X* A_ _\k(^ia^>'(xX f NEVanm
S^ Bua— -^«^5?^V^
•' Beor paw sha|e (HE )/ \^
Dry, hard rock (HE)/ \ t
\ i/Sulky
Dry, hard rock (NE) 	 -A Y
1 1 1 1 l/ll 1
0 40 80 120 160 200 240
Depth of burst — fr/kr1/3'4

1 1 1 1 1 1 1
0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70
Depth of burst -m/kt1/3'4
         Fig.  I3b.   Scaled  crater depth vs scaled depth of  burst.


                                 76-77

-------
Fig.  [A,    Dugout crater.
      Fig.  15     Buggy  crater.

-------
   I   I  I   I   I  I      I    I      III
        BUGGY SURFACE MOTION  „
       .600-1000 msec 7 Klri
             LONGITUDINAL ARRAY
Fig.  16     Buggy surface motion history.
                         80
                                                                                                                   QUESTIONS FOR JOHN TOMAN
                                                                                               From Mr. Terri
    Have the data been  evaluated  by  experienced  dam  designers  to  deter-
    mine the relative cost and  effectiveness of  the  nuclear  techniques
    Vj5_a_vjs other techniques?  If  these  are  published would  you pro-
    vide a reference?

    ANSWER:

    I  really can't answer this  question  in detail.   There  is currently
    a  study  going on and  that's the  Aquarius study with the  state  of
    Arizona  and,  hopefully,  there will be  detailed cost estimates  and
    comparisons made on producing dams with nuclear  construction  methods
    js opposed to conventional  construction methods.   That  is  not avail-
    able right now and  I'm not  quite sure  what the time frame  is  for the
    completion of that  study in Arizona.
2.   From James R.  Vogt:

    What was the rock-water content  at  shot  point  for  the Schooner  event
    and what was the contribution  of gas  acceleration  to the mechanism
    for this shot?

    ANSWER:

    The rock formation at the  Schooner  site  was  really a four-layered
    problem.  From the surface down  to  120  feet, the average density of
    the rock was 2.53 grams per cc and  it was  a  dense, dry, competent
    welded tuff formation;   Then from 120 to 210 feet, the average
    density of the rock was down to  1.5 grams  per  cc and the water  con-
    tent  in this range was 8  to 10  percent  and  the  rock was very porous
    and weak.  From 210 feet to 337  feet, the  average  dry density of the
    rock was 1.25 grams per cc and the  water content  in this region was
    20 to 38 percent and it was an extremely porous  rock, very  weak.  And
    from 337 feet to 480 feet, and this interval  included the shot  point,
    again we were up to a very dense, competent  rock with an average
    density of 2.53 and at the shot  point the  average  water content was
    probably on the order of 4 percent, maybe  5  percent.   In the  code
    calculations that were run for the  Schooner  event, a good portion of
    the cavity was in that layer immediately above the competent  dense
    rock and so the code calculations assumed  an average of  10  percent
    water in the rock that was affected immediately  on detonation.
                                                                                               Moderator:   It's  the  prerogative  of  the  chairman  of  the  session  to
                                                                                                                               81

-------
provide a further  answer to Dr.  Pendleton's question  to Mr. Williamson
concern i ng  the quest i on f rom a Iong-term contami nat i on poi nt on crater-
inq, can savings in do I lars by using nuclear explosi ves be  defended?
I  believe the answer to this is  yes, as  long as we can keep the expo-
sures to people down to the levels that Mr. Terri 1I was talking about
earli er,
                           82
   TECHNICAL PROBLEMS AND FUTURE CRATERING EXPERIMENTS'1'

                      Joseph B.  Knox
              Lawrence Radiation Laboratory
                  Livermore, California
                                                                                                               ABSTRACT

                                                                                                This  paper  reviews some of the key technical prob-
                                                                                           lems  that  remain to  be solved in nuclear cratering
                                                                                           technology.   These  include:   (1) developing a broader
                                                                                           understanding of the effects that material properties
                                                                                           and water  content  of the earth materials around  the
                                                                                           shot  have  on  cratering behavior3 (2) extending the
                                                                                           experimental  investigation of re tare formation   to
                                                                                           incIude  intermediate yields  and various materials,
                                                                                           and (3)  improving  our ability to predict the escape
                                                                                           of radioactive material to the atmosphere to form the
                                                                                           cloud  source  responsible for fallout.   The formation
                                                                                           processes  of  eject a  craters, re tares}  and subsidence
                                                                                           craters  are described in the light of our present
                                                                                           understanding^ and  the major gaps in our understanding
                                                                                           are indicated.  Methods of calculating crater and re tare
                                                                                           formation  are discussed t with particular reference  to
                                                                                           the input  information needed,  Methods for calculating
                                                                                           fallout  are presented} and their shortcomings are dis-
                                                                                           cussed .  A preliminary analysis of the safety factors
                                                                                           associated with  the  presently proposed nuclear exca-
                                                                                           vation  concepts  is  presented.
                                                                                                             INTRODUCTION

                                                                                           The  preceding two papers have described  some  of the
                                                                                      potential applications of nuclear excavation  technology and
                                                                                      the  data  acquired from several past nuclear excavation ex-
                                                                                      periments.   This paper discusses some of  the  kev technical
                                                                                      problems  associated with nuclear excavation technology.
                                                                                      These can be divided into two general classes:

                                                                                           1.   Applied science problems:  Those concerned with the
                                                                                      use  of nuclear excavation techniques to produce earth struc-
                                                                                      tures suitable for conversion into useful engineering works
                                                                                      (canals or harbors, for instance).
"Work done under the auspices  of the U.  S.  Atomic Energy
 Commission.

                            83

-------
      2.   Safety  problems:   Those  concerned with public safety
 and with  minimizing  the  adverse impact of nuclear excavation
 on the  surrounding environment.

      Excavation  with nuclear explosives  might make use of
 three different  kinds of nuclear  structures:  ejecta craters,
 retarcs,  and subsidence  craters.   These  structures are illus-
 trated  in Figure 1 and briefly defined below:

      A.   Optimal ejecta  crater.   This  is a crater of maximum
 useful  volume made by detonating  an  explosive at the appro-
 priate  depth of  burial.   Experimental  evidence  indicates
 that  such an optimal crater is associated with  a depth of
 burial  of about  1UO  ft.  x W173-1*, where  W is the number of
 kilotons  of yield.   However, layering  of the geological en-
 vironment or variations  in physical  properties  of the material
 surrounding the  shot may cause important departures from the
 optimal depth of burial  and crater dimensions as predicted
 by this simple scaling which is based  on yield  only.  Detona-
 tions in  such complex geological  environments must be designed
 with  stress-wave calculation codes.

      B.   Retarc. A  retarc--crater spelled backwards, to
 denote  that the  surface  expression is  the opposite of a
 crater, namely a mound--is a roughly conical volume of broken
 rock  produced by an  explosion at  such  a  depth of burial that
 the volume of broken rubble is maximized and little of it is
 ejected.   Retarcs are normally made  in brittle  rocks that
 bulk  after failure and collapse of the mound.

      C.   Subsidence  crater.  A subsidence crater is formed
 by detonating a  nuclear  explosive in a compactable material
 wherein the initial  cavity void space  generated by the explo-
 sion  at depth is, in large measure,  propagated  to the surface
 of the  earth during  collapse.  Subsidence craters are known
 to form in desert alluvium, for example, at depths of burial
 of the  order of  200  ft.  x W1/d and deeper.  In  subsidence
 craters there is no  dynamic venting  and  no lip  formation by
 ejecta.

      In designing nuclear projects or  in performing nuclear
 feasibility studies  a great number of practical design ques-
 tions arise.   Some examples are as follows:  How does one
 emplace the nuclear  explosives of a  given yield to produce
 the desired earth structure? What fraction of  the days in
 a given month can be considered as acceptable shot days,
 assuming  one  is  given a  range of  dimensions of  the stabilized
 debris clouds  resulting  from the  shot?   How do  initial sta-
bilized cloud  dimensions  depend on material properties and
depth of  burial?  How large a yield  can  be safely detonated
at the specified  site from the point of  view of seismic safety?

                            84
     To answer such questions the Plowshare engineer or
scientist requires the following:

     1.  A body of descriptive data concerning the nuclear
         effects.

     2.  An understanding of these effects in terms of physics
         and chemistry of the explosion and the site-dependent
         factors.

     3.  A predictive capability for the effects of engineering
         interest  as well as the potentially hazardous effects
         which must be minimized through design or other
         actions.

     t.  Control of undesirable effects through explosive
         improvements or remedial measures taken on or near
         the structure.

     All four of these aspects of Plowshare applied science
must be developed  in its research and development program.
We shall, in the remainder of this paper, describe certain
key technical problems whose solutions are necessary to de-
velop the technology.


                  CRATERING CALCULATIONS

     The first area we discuss is cratering physics.   For
several years now  the Lagrangian stress wave propagation codes
in one or two space dimensions have been under development
in the K-Division  Rock Mechanics Group.  These codes,  SOC
and TENSOR, have been described as finite-difference solutions
to stress-wave propagation through a layered geological medium
including the elastic-plastic response of the materials and
material failure in shear or tension.  When stress levels
are very high (e.g., greatly exceeding the strengths of
materials), material behavior is essentially hydrodynamic.
In intermediate stress regimes, the stress-wave propagation
can be either elastic or plastic, including material failure.
In the later stages, material behaves more like a viscous
incompressible fluid.  The time spent in the hydrodynamic
range is yield-dependent but quite small, being of the order
of a few milliseconds, whereas the duration of the latter
regime is of the order of a few seconds.

     TENSOR has also been described as a finite-difference
equation approach  to solving the conservation equations in
two dimensions, including the appropriate equations of state
of the materials involved and criteria for modes of material
failure.  Figure 2 gives the TENSOR logic loop.1
                                                                                                                 85

-------
     Figure 3 shows a typical  initial condition  for a TENSOR
problem,  wherein the explosive energy  is placed  in a spherized
source region that is isobaric and contained within an  initially
nonmoving geological medium appropriately zoned.  An axis of
symmetry runs vertically through the center of the source
region; the earth's free surface is depicted as  being horizon-
tal and constitutes one boundary of the uppermost zones.  To
assure first-order approximations in the difference equations,
the mass per zone is not permitted to change by  more than 5%
from one zone to another.  For purposes of  designating  the
appropriate equation-of-state  information,  each  zone is  iden-
tified as to material type

     Returning to the logic loop of TENSOR  (Fie.  2), ue  note
that this initial condition is input as the initial stress
field for cratering calculations, and the law of conservation
of momentum is solved in Step  1 to ascertain the acceleration
for each zone element.  Steps  2-5 have  been adequately  explained
previously and involve first-order difference equations  centered
in time.

     Step 6, the first law of  thermodynamics, is solved  in  the
finite difference form for the new specific internal energy
of each zone where in work  is done by the  isotropic part  of  the
stress field as well as by the deviatoric stress field.   From
this conservation law, any changes of phase can  be determined.
The mean stress and the stress deviator are calculated  for
each zone in view of its displacement history.   Failure  cri-
teria are then tested to see if the material has failed  either
in shear or tension; if so, the stress  field is  adjusted  from
laboratory-determined pressure-volume relationships, assuming
that zone volume is conserved  in the failure process.   After
this adjustment of the stress  field, new  initial conditions
are thereby generated for  Step 7 , and the evolution of  the
system has been advanced an increment of  time, At.

     The physical properties of rock materials necessary for
this code include the following:

     1.  Hydrostatic pressure  versus specific volume for both
consolidated and failed materials under loading  and unloading
cycles.  This information  is determined in  the laboratory for
representative samples, in the pressure range 0  to 40 kilcbars.

     2.  Hugoniot measurements to extend  the pressure-versus-
specific-volume curves into the pressure  range of 40 to  ap-
proximate ly 800 kilobars.  (Above 800 kilobars,  theoretical
models of the equation of  state are employed.)

     3.  The maximum stress deflator that can be supported  as
                            86
a function of mean stress for both consolidated and failed
material.

     t.   Other properties of the materials such as tensile
strength,  elastic limit, Foisson's ratio, compressional veloc-
ity  consistent with the low-pressure F'-V i n for mat ion ,  and
the gas  equation of state for natural rock materials having
various  water contents.

     To  illustrate a cratering physics calculation we show
some of  the calculations for the Dann" p>ov event ,  a 0 . 42-kt
nuclear  explosion at a depth of 33 meters (109 ft) in basalt.
This case  study represents an ex post facto  cratering calcu-
lation.   As indicated above, the energy yield of the explosive
was placed in a spherized source region 1.8  m in radius cen-
tered at the  33  meter  level.    Since the medium was drv,
the relatively simple equation of state of vaporized basalt
was used in this gas region (see Fig. 4 for  initial condition).

     Figure 5 shows the  cavity configuration and free-surface
earth configuration at 97 msec.  At this late time, of  course,
the compression wave and rare fact ion wave had completed their
respective travels to and from the earth's surface, and a
very weak  recompact ion had started bac> towards the earth's
surface  in the region above the cavity.  However,  it was
observed that at this time of 97 msec the pressures in  the
cavity were quite low due to the dryness of  the Danny Roy
shot environment.  The pressures in the surrounding medium
at this  time were also low.  In view of these low  pressures ,
e concept  was developed that the material in the mound  had
by this  time received all the momentum to be imparted to it
by the explosion.  Accordingly, from this time onward all
zones in the problem were subjected to a simple ballistic
missile  calculation using the initial condition of the  veloc-
ity for  the mass center of each zone at 97 msec.  With  this
concept, the mass deposition on the original earth's surface
can be calculated as can the designation of  those  zones which
have insufficient velocities to be ejected from the crater.

     Firure 6 shows the predicted mass deposition  and the
calculated true crater configuration.  Superimposed on  this
figure also are the apparent crater configuration, the  ob-
served true crater configuration, and the post shot earth's
surface.  The agreenent between the observed and calculated
true crater boundaries and mass deposit ion depth is excellent.
This concept of calculating the mass deposit ion provided a
new and  valuable tool for estimating not only the apparent
crater radius but the ejecta from a cratering event as well.
This analysis indicated that the principal cratering mechan-
ism for  Danny Boy was spall, induced by the stress wai'e .

-------
     From other postshot cratering calculations that were
performed, a primitive method of predicting apparent crater
depth with the TENSOR calculation emerged.  In this method,
the depth of the crater is estimated by allowing the mass
deposition above the zone of ejection to fall into the cal-
culated true crater volume, including the effects of bulking
and any estimated  slumping of unsupported subsurface material.
Table I summarizes the results of a few calculations (R. W.
Terhune, of LRL, private communication, 1968).
                  CRATER  FORMATION HISTORY

      From  these  calculations  as well as others cited by the
author,2 we  can  formulate representative crater formation
history  (Fig.  7).   The geometries depicted in this history
have  been  taken  in  large measure from the TENSOR calculation
of  Danny Boy.  Thus,  the spatial scale for this diagram is
that  the shot  depth is approximately H2.6 m x vA'3.  Experi-
mental data  from many events  and from small-scale cratering
model studies  by the  Corps  of Engineers have contributed to
this  diagrammatic representation.   The crater formation his-
tory, as we  understand it today, contains seven phases:

      1.  Vaporization of the  explosive and a surrounding
shell of earth materials.

      2.  A period of  spherical cavity growth.

      3.  Return  of  the rarefaction  wave to the upper cavity
surface.

      4.  Asymmetrical growth  of the cavity, with the upper
part  growing rapidly  following rarefaction return as contrasted
to  very slow growth of the  lower hemisphere at this time.

      5.  Mound growth until the time of venting.

      6.  Mound breakup with foldover and the initiation of
collapse in  the  subsurface  layers.

      7.  Collapse,  fallback,  and mass deposition beyond the
point of foldover.

      In this context, a  very  simple concept for optimal cra-
tering configuration  emerges:  namely that, despite the layer-
ing or different  material properties of the shot environment,
an optimal crater is  obtained from  a given energy source by
optimizing the calculated mass deposition beyond the foldover
point so that  a maximum  volume of effectively ejected material
is obtained.
     It is important in regard to the crater formation history
to comment that the two cratering mechanisms, spall and gas
acceleration, the crater dimensions, and the optimal depth
of burial may all be functions of material properties.  The
physicists making these stress-wave propagation studies have,
as a result of many calculations, developed a considerable
fund of experience.  Their experience indicates that the
compactability of a material influences how good a stress
wave propagator it is; the shear strength as a function of
mean stress varies from material to material with water content
and the degree of saturation; the sound speed in the material
dictates, in part, how dominant the spall mechanism is; the
unloading characteristics of the material are important in
terms of energy available for cratering; the water content of
the material influences the cavity pressure at late times,
and hence the gas acceleration.  Thus,  depending on the host
material, the history of the formation  of a crater may change,
the dominant cratering mechanism may change, and the feedback
between them may change.  The data contained in Table I in-
dicate that craters can be successfully predicted in materials
of very different properties.

     With this background then, let us  turn to some of the
key problems that still confront us in  regard to cratering
physics.  First of all, we need a broader understanding of
crater formation history.  For example, the crater formation
history for a standard 1-kiloton source, say, at optimal
depth of burial should be developed for very different rock
types ranging from weak saturated shales to dry dense rock.
Ideally these crater histories would be developed in parallel
under one another with remarks concerning the timing and
relative importance of the cratering mechanisms in the mate-
rials as a function of time.  In this way engineers and
scientists could see the difference in the cratering charac-
teristics of various materials responding to a standard source.

     The calculational program required for such a develop-
ment would not be a quick program; however, I believe its
objectives are within our capabilities  to accomplish, given
the necessary resources.

     The second key technical problem is to extend our nuclear-
cratering predictive capability to include shots of high
yield in relevant materials.  This is essential to acquire
data for the design of harbors and excavations like the sea
level canal in Central America.  This step would be accom-
plished by a coordinated calculational and experimental pro-
gram.  The Yawl, Phaeton, Gondola series planned by the Atomic
Energy Commission for the future would address itself to high
yield detonations in materials that vary in water content,
                                                                                                                 89

-------
degree of saturation, and density.   (A nore  complete  "shopping
list" of technical questions  and  problems  is  presented  in
UCRL-71216.2)
                    RETARC  CALCULATION

     The first and only  stress-wave  propagation  code  calcula-
tion of a nuclear retarc  is  for  the  Sulky  event,  a  Q.l-kt
nuclear explosion at a depth of  27.H  m  (90  ft.)  in  drv  basalt.
We now briefly review the essential  points  of  this  calculation.
     Because of  its  deep  ourial ,  the  S
duced a mound of rubble but  not  a crat
question here is to  ascertain  if  this
predicted.  The  TENSOR postshot  calcul
the zones calculated  to remain in the
the ejected surface  mass  deposition,  a
tion, at 76 msec after detonation.  Th
shows that the mass  deposit ion within
parable in depth to  that  ejected  beyori
crater boundary.   If this mass of mate
the true crater, making allowance for
indeed no crater is  formed.  This indi
tion of mass deposition from a buried
tool, not only for predicting  the appa
but also for predicting whether a usef
formed.
ulVy detonation pro-
er   The strategic
result could have been
ation (Eig. 8) shows
subsurface environment,
nd the cavitv configura-
e figure definitely
the true crater is com-
d the edge of the true
rial is placed back in
bulking, we find that
cates that the calcula-
source is an important
rent crater radius,
ul structure will be
     The mass deposition  shown  in  Figure  8  for Sulky is  markedly
different from  that  calculated  for the  Danny Boy  event  (Eig.  6).
These two calculated mass  depositions were  taken  as  models
for the mass deposition that  would lead to  a useful  crater
and the mass deposition that  would lead to  a retarc.  The
mean mound velocities as  developed in Danny Boy and  Scooter
C1^ kt HE shot)  were  on the  order of UO  to 50 m/sec,  and  those
developed in Sulky were 23  to 26 m/sec.
                  RETARC  FORMATION  HISTOPY

     The retarc  formation  history  shown  in  Figure  9  has  been
constructed on the basis of  the  Sulky calculation.   Geometri-
cal relationships in  this  diagram  are based on  a depth of
burial of about  55 m  x W1/3.   The  stages of formation are
quite similar to  those of  the  crater (Fig.  7),  with  the  ex-
ception that in  the retarc the mound undergoes  no  develop-
ment of a foldover point and  the mass ejected b^yond^the
true crater boundary  is  not  laree.   Under these conditions
the fallback material and  the  subsurface collapsing  material,
with their volume increased  by bulking,  can more than  fill
the void created  during  the  cavity.
     There is much room for improvement in our understanding
of retarc formation history.   Two main problem areas are as
follows:

     1.  The sensitivity of the mechanics of retarc format ion
to material properties such as those listed for cratering is
not well  explored.  We have the roughly sketched physical
picture that retares will be  made in deeply buried shots in
a brittle dense rock that bulks upon collapse ; however,  we
don't know how much compaction a rock type might have and
still be  able to support retarc format ion for some combina-
tion of yield and emplacement depth.

     2.  We have no intermediate-yield retarc experimental
experience; the only retarc made thus far was by a 0.1-kt
nuclear explosion at 90 feet.   A retarc structure  of commercial
interest  would probably require a yield of 10 to 200 kilotons.
At present no retarc experiment of this type is planned.
                    SUBSIDENCE CRATERS
     Subsidence craters
the sake of completeness
the Plowshare program.
Nevada landscape are po
formation the test engin
confidence from simple  e
point of view subsidence
are reasonably large dep
minimum impact on the su
release is minimal becau
ejecta lips are formed,
(roughly 1 in 4).  Imagi
sonable use for this typ
in this paper are mentioned more for
 than for their present interest to
It is indeed true that parts of the
ked with subsidence craters whose
eers have been able to predict with
ngineering relationships.   From one
 craters are very interesting:  they
ressions in the ground produced with
rrounding environment.  Radioactivity
se there is no dynamic venting; no
and the sides are gently sloped
native engineers may yet find a rea-
e of structure at suitable sites .
                                                                                           PREDICTION
                                                                                                         FALLOUT  ER^M  CPATERING  DETONATIONS
                                               The first is a c
                                                                                       and the  second  is

-------
 a  long-range,  two-dimensional  dispersion model developed by
 Crawford."  7   Table  II  gives a brief  description of these
 models.

      Tests  of  the  predictive capability of  the KOFC model
 have  been conducted  using  actual  cloud geometries, cloud
 source,  and shot time winds for the Danny Boy event.  By
 cloud source we mean that  fraction of the radioactivity that
 was deposited  in the close-in  fallout pattern between the
 maximum  radius reached  by  significant ejecta and the extrap-
 olated infinite range.   The model deals with activity on
 particles 10 microns in diameter  and  larger.  The postshot
 calculation of Danny Boy is shown in  Figure 10.  The good agree-
 ment  between the curves of observed and predicted dose rate
 versus distance indicate that—given  the correct input for
 cloud geometry, cloud height,  source, and wind conditions--
 the exposure rate  is quite predictable.  We have, in general,
 run enough  such problems on the computer to develop an ex-
 perience for sensitivity of the solutions to input.  Two of
 the more sensitive parameters  are the assumed source and the
 cloud height,  which  under  certain meteorological conditions
 can have profound  effects  on trajectory.

      Some of the key needs in  developing fallout prediction
 capability  include   (a)  improvement of prediction of base
 surge dimensions,   (b)   improvement in prediction of energy
 vented to the  atmosphere and available to drive the genera-
 tion  of  the main cloud, (c)   study of the  mechanisms of
 precipitation  hot  spot  formation, and   (d) an examination
 of existing data on  the hot spot  formation  with a view to
 learning how to avoid it for periods  up to  two days.

      One way to begin on some  of  these problems is to build
 a  numerical simulation  model of the venting of the cavity
 gas through an "average mound  fissure" associated with a
 cratering detonation.   We  have taken  the initial steps in
 this  direction by  adapting the code called  PUFL to this prob-
 lem.  PUFL  is  a semi-Lagrangian 1-D code for calculating
 the flow of hot gases in expanding pipes of arbitrary dimen-
 sion(analogous to  fissures opening in the mound); the code
 includes the effects of friction  and  mass entrainment or
 ablation of material from  the  wall on the thermodynamics and
 hydrodynamics  of the pipe  flow.8  During the evolution of
 the pipe flow, the input to the entry section of the pipe
 is a  continuous flow of gas from  a source of a prescribed
pressure-time  history.   In applying this code to the cratering
shot, Danny Boy, we  assume that after the rarefaction wave
returns  to  the cavity the  cavity  gas  is free to flow into
the fissures developing in the mound.  At this late time,
the pressures  in the solid material of the  mound are low
                            92
and the mound is divergent.   We assume that it is this diver-
gence that opens up fissures in the mound during the remainder
of its growth so that gas flows upward.   The observed vent
time for Danny Boy was about 600 msec.  If the PUFL code is
run without any ablation or  mass entrainment, we find that
starting with initial conditions at 135  msec it is impossible
to match the vent time--that is, the shock and the cavity
gas travel through the fissures and arrive at the earth's
surface much too fast (in 12 msec).  The resulting conclusion
is that material is entrained in the cooling, expanding cavity
gas.  By adjusting rates of  entrainment, we are able to esti-
mate the mass of material that must be entrained in the cavity
gas during its movement through the mound.  The results of
these numerical experiments  indicate that material having
approximately 10 times the mass of the cavity gas must be
entrained in order to reproduce the observed vent time.  This
mass entrainment constitutes a considerable dilution in momen-
tum of the venting gas.  It  is entirely  conceivable that for
a quite deeply buried shot this constitutes a quenching mech-
anism that contributes to decreasing the escape of radioac-
tivity.  It is known that only a small amount of radioactivity
gets out of a nuclear retarc.

     It is relevant to ask:   What experimental data exist to
confirm the results of this  Danny Boy venting calculation?
In this regard, we wish to cite the work of Dr. Robert Heft
(Bio-Medical Division, LRL).  In examining samples of fallout
particles and airborne particles from cratering shots, he
has discovered that there are two components of fallout.
The first component is composed of larger spherical particles
that have condensed from a vaporized state; the second com-
ponent is composed of smaller crystalline particles that
have not been vaporized.  The first component has radioac-
tivity distributed throughout the material of the particles,
while the second component has radioactivity only on the sur-
face of the particles.  The  two components in regard to mass
exist in a ratio of about 1  part from vaporized-condensed
material to 10 parts entrained material  (Heft, private com-
munication, 1969).>':  Although we have done only one calcula-
tion and compared it with the independent information just
cited, this first model of venting appears promising in that
it represents an initial-value physics approach to the prob-
lem of estimating vent time, energy put  into the atmosphere,
and hence on into the main cloud height problem and the air-
blast source problem from venting.  Until this model is fur-
ther perfected we will continue to make the calculations as
in the past.  The degree of  success of these present methods
of calculation is being reported by my colleagues, Dr. Tewes
and Dr. Crawford, in their papers to this symposium.

*It is also interesting to note that the mass weighting factor
 reported by Heft and independently evaluated with these PUFL
 venting calculations corresponds very well with that found in
 computer simulation of fallout from Danny Boy and Sedan.3

                            93

-------
     It is perhaps appropriate in view of the theme of this
symposium to conclude this paper with some projections of
the different nuclear effects associated with the nuclear
excavation concepts presented previously by Mr. Williamson.
This summary is included in Table III to provide information
that may be useful in preliminary evaluation of sites for
applying nuclear excavation concepts.  The models used in
making these predictions of effects have been summarized and
discussed previously CRef. 2).

     It is, of course, impossible in a single paper to dis-
cuss in depth all of the key  problems associated with the
development of nuclear cratering technology.  We have, in
this paper, illustrated some  of the more central issues ;
a more complete listing of the key problems has been given
bv the author in a previous paper.2  The main purpose of
this paper is to expose some  of our main problems to your
view in the hope that some of vou in this audience, or per-
haps some later readers of the paper, rnav be able to help
supply us with the answers we need.
                             94
                      ACKNOWLEDGMENT
     The author would like  to express  his  appreciation to
Mrs.  B.  K.  Crowley for performing the  PUFL calculations of
Danny Boy on the CDC 6600.

-------
                        REFERENCES
1.   Cherry, J. T., "Computer Calculation of Explosion-
     Produced Craters," Intern. J. Rock Mech. Min. Sai., 4
     (1967), pp. 1-22.

2.   Knox, J. B., "Nuclear Excavation:  Theory and Appli-
     cations, ' Lawrence Radiation Laboratory, Livermore,
     UCRL-71216 (1969), p. 120.

3.   Knox, J. B., "Prediction of Fallout from Subsurface
     Nuclear Weapons Tests (1965), pp. 331-353.

4.   Crawford, T. V., "Predicting and Sampling Nuclear
     Clouds from the Viewpoint of Diffusion Theory," Law-
     rence Radiation Laboratory, Livermore, UCRL-lt983
     (1966).

5.   Crawford, T. V., "A Computer Program for Calculating
     the Atmospheric Dispersion of Large Clouds," Lawrence
     Radiation Laboratory, Livermore, UCRL-50179  (1966).

6.   Crawford, T. V., "Atmospheric Diffusion of Large Clouds,
     Lawrence Radiation Laboratory, Livermore, UCRL-70540
     (1967).

7.   Crawford, T. V., "The Long Ranee Diffusion of the
     Effluent Cloud from the Phoebus IB EP-IV Reactor Test
     of February 23, 1967," Lawrence Radiation Laboratory,
     UCRL-50tl8 (1968).

8.   Crowley, B. K., "PUFL, An 'Almost-Lagrangian' Gasdynamic
     Calculation for Pipe Flows with Mass Entrainment,"
     J.  of Comp. Physics, Vol. 2, No. 1 (Aug. 1967), pp. 61-
     86.
X O
T3 O
I-1 3
O (D
< M
fD M
^  ft
                            96
                                                                                                                     97
tn
ft
rt

P-
fD
M

HI
rt





3

T>
(D
a.
p-
o

0)
a


fD
(H
en
C

rt)
a
cr O
C fD
01 H


a o
O H,
cr
v

7d
fl)
a
H-
C
01

^
pj

J

£





T)

fD
a
P'
o
rt
fD
a

fD
0J
c
(D
Q.



a


rt


a
^j
•*
3




p-
fD
M
CO

O
•-t)

^
fD
a
p-
o
rt
(D
(U
a

3
fD

cn
C
fD
a

0

CXi
rt
(D

a
p-
3
ft)
D
en
H-
O
3
01








-------
                Table II.  Subproblems considered in fallout models.
           Subproblem
           Source
           Transport
           Diffusion
           Deposition
            Exposure
Close-in fallout, par-
ticles with radius>10y
     (KFOC model)
Stabilized cloud volume
and inventory of radio-
nuclides released

(a)Horizontal wind field
at .shot time, or (^pre-
dicted wind field in
space and time, if
available

Horizontal eddy diffu-
sion

Dry deposition by gra-
vitational sedimentation
External gamma exposure;
exposure contribution
from certain signifi-
cant nuclides
              Long-range fallout, par
              tides with radius>10y
                   (2BPUFF model)
              Same

              Trajectory of cloud cen
              ter and mean speed of
              cloud center
              Horizontal and vertical
              eddy diffusion

              Dry deposition by verti
              cal diffusion and impac
              tion; wet deposition by
              washout process

              Airborne concentration s
              or surface concentra-
              tion, pCi/m2
Table III.  Estimated nuclear and seismic effects associated with various nuclear
            excavation concepts.  In all cases the shots would be fired during a
            period of "no return" to minimize the airblast problem.
Purpose of
nuclear structure
Detonation  Type of
  yield'
iiven
Distance
to 0.17
rad/year
   Iodine
distribution
   radius
Distance to
 1 cm/sec
ground motion
Aggregate product ion

Retarc for leaching
(5 shots)

Harbors

Craters for water
resources development
      kt
50-100 kt
    1 Mt
      Mt
  R
  R
  3 mi
    m
           85 mi
            H
    12 mi
       m
             40-50 mi
                H
 ^35 km
  (alluvium)
     km
  (alluvium)
 130 km
                    km
Crater lip
Dverburden
Bulk dams
dams
removal

^1 Mt
^1 Mt
^50 kt
C
C
R + C
H
H
^10 Ji
H
H .
^25 mi
H
H
^35


km
 These yields apply to applications likely to be made in the near future.

 'Nomenclature:  C = cratering, H = approximately as evaluated in the Harbor Concept,
 R = retarc*
                                       98-99

-------
       EFFECTS  OF  NUCLEAR EXPLOSIVES
           BURIED AT VARIOUS DEPTHS
    OPTIMUM CRATERING DEPTH
   MAXIMUM  ROCK BREAKAGE DEPTH
                                           CONTAINMENT DEPTH
                                               YIELD: 10KIIOTONS
                                                 ID* 0  100

                                                  KALI IH FIIT
               Fig.  1.   Types of nuclear craters.
COLLAPSE  CRATER  FORMATION
    DETONATION - VAPORIZATION
    OF ROCK
    COLLAPSE BEGINS  AFTER
    CAVITY GROWTH STOPS -
    USUALLY MASSIVE  AND
    SUDDEN
 mm* ii "^iii"!

CAVITY GROWTH, PLASTIC
FLOW AND DEVELOPMENT
OF CRACKS
FINAL COLLAPSE CRATER
SHAPE AND SIZE DEPENDS
ON ROCK TYPE.YIELD AND
DEPTH OF  BURIAL
              Figure 1.  Types of nuclear craters  (continued).

                             100-101

-------
                                  STRESS FIELD

                                   ft*  At)
            EQUATION OF STATE
                                               EQUATION OF MOTION
                   STRAINS
                                                 ACCELERATIONS
                     DISPLACEMENTS -- — At - VELOCITIES
           Fig.  2.    Feedback IOOD for stress-wave propagation.
    30
    20
C   10
o
-   0
    -10
    -20
   -30
                                    _L
                                             _L
                 10        20       30       40       50

                               Meters (horizontal)
               60
       Fie.  3.   TEfrnp  zoning  t.-,r the  Scooter
                 of  the  calculation.


                                102-103
'.•ent at the start

-------
   -10 -
   -20
                 10
                    20        30       4O

                    Meters  ( horizontal)
Fig.
                Cavity and mound configuration for the  Danny  Boy

                event at zero time in the calculation.
    30
    20
  1-r1/'

 -I' ///<
o
o
'f   10
I    °
   -10
  -20 bl
               / r /   /
                                   f  f
            
-------
_  20 -
   -10 -
                                30
                                         4O      50      60
                                       Meters ( hor izonta I )
              Fig. 6.    Free-fall throwout calculation  for the  Danny  Boy
                         event  at 100  msec.
       CRATER   FORMATION   HISTORY

 BUYOUT!

 LURIITONE

    EXPLOSIVE BURNED
                         SPHERICAL CAVITY GROWTH      RAREFACTION RETURNS
                                                       10 CAVITY
                        ASSYMETRICAl CAVITY
                             GROWTH
   w,
   FIRST MAJOR VENTING
                           MOUND DISASSEMBLY
                             FOLD-OVER AND
                         INITIATION OF COIUPSE
COUAPSE AND FALLBACK
                           FINAL CRATER
                          Fig.  7.    Crater  formation history.
                                          106-10?

-------
         Fig. 8.  Free-fall throwout calculation for the Sulky event
                 at 76 msec.
RETARC   FORMATION   HISTORY
         LIMESTONf


           EXPLOSIVE 6URNE
          MOUND STOPS RISING
       SUBSURFACE COUAPSE BEGINS
\
                                                 SPHERICAL CAVITY GROWTH


                                                 O T0i lUKUCf
     FINAt RETARC
                    Fig.  9.    Retarc  formation  history.

                                  108-109

-------
                   I
                                     \      \     E
                         0     10    20    30    40
                          DISTANCE, NAUTICAL MILES
Fig.  10.   Calculated  and observed gamma dose rates at H +  1 hr
            as a  function of  distance  along  the  "hot line" of
            the Danny Boy pattern  (diagnostic calculation).
                                110
                                                                                                                         QUESTIONS FOR JOSEPH B.  KNOX
                                                                                                       From  R. Cesped:
    Do the codes  account for the effects of the natural  angle of  repose
    of the material  in  forming the dimensions of the apparent crater?

    ANSWER:

    No, the  codes  do not account for the natural angle of repose  to be
    expected in the  craters.  Our calculations end at this time at two
    places:   one,  we either have the material in ballistic trajectory or
    else we  have  it  in  a two-dimensional hydro-code which is calculating
    the late-time  mound growth during the time when all  density changes
    are small—namely,  during the gas acceleration phase and this code
    is known, as MAC.  We do not have a quantitative collapse model  that
    brings the zones back  into the crater under gravity along with the
    collapsing sides and puts the material in, with the collapsing sides
    coming in and  then  the material from above coming in on top.   This
    would be very  nice.  So what is done  is to use engineering judgment
    about the angle  of  repose and, when the material which is in  flight
    above the crater and falling back in as bulk, an appropriate  angle
    of repose is  used by the person placing the material back in  the
    crater to arrive at crater dimensions.
2.  From P.  Smith:

    Have the boundary  conditions been calculated considering two verti-
    cal ly aligned  shots  at  different ground depths in the case of
    sequential  or  simultaneous  detonations?

    ANSWER:

    Well, let us put it  this way,  I'll answer  it from the point of view
    of our laboratory  in that others  in the room may have done  it.
    We have  not calculated, to  my  knowledge, two simultaneously detonated
    explosives in  a vertical hole.  We have calculated three simultane-
    ously detonated explosives,  the same  distance beneath the surface of
    the earth in a horizontal plan.   In principle I believe we  can do  it,
    but we haven't done  it.
                                                                                                                                      111

-------
                   UNDERGROUND ENGINEERING APPLICATIONS*

                               M.  D.  Nordyke
                       Lawrence Radiation  Laboratory
                           Livermore,  Cal ifornia
                                  ABSTRACT

               Developments  of any underground engineering application
        utilizing nuclear explosives  involve  answering  the same ques-
        tions  one encounters in any new area  of technology:   What are
        the characteristics  of the new tool?   How is  it applicable  to
        the job to be done?   Is it safe to use? and,  most importantly^
        is  its use economically acceptable?  The many facets  of the
        answers to these questions will be explored.  The general types
        of  application presently under consideration  will also be re-
        viewedf  with particular emphasis on those specific projects
        actively being worked on by commercial interests and  by the
        U.  S.  Atomic Energy  Commission.
                                INTRODUCTION

       Underground  Engineering  Application  is  the  name  that  has  been given
to the group of  Plowshare  industrial  uses that utilize  the results of a com-
pletely contained nuclear  explosion.   In this  paper  we  will  discuss the nature
of this new  industrial  tool,  the  types  of uses that  have  been  suggested and
are under study, the  general  nature of  the safety  problems associated with
these uses, and  what  economic factors must be  considered.  We  will also dis-
cuss the specifics  of  several underground engineering applications currently
under development.


                      CHARACTERISTICS OF THIS NEW TOOL

       When a nuclear  explosive is detonated underground, the  initial result  is
the release of all  of  its  energy  and a  large number  of  neutrons  in  less than a
microsecond into the  few tons of  material comprising the  explosive canister and
the surrounding  rock.


*This work was performed under  the auspices of  the U. S.  Atomic  Energy Commission.
                                     112
     The neutrons are thermal!zed and captured in the material producing
a variety of new nuclides, some of which are stable and some of which are
radioactive with a variety of half-lives ranging from seconds to thousands
of years.  Deposition of such a large quantity of energy in such short time
results in a spherical mass of material  having temperatures of over ten
million degrees and pressures of over one million atmospheres.  At these
temperatures and pressures, all  of the material  behaves like a gas or fluid.

     In response to these pressures,  the cavity filled with gaseous rock
begins to rapidly expand against the  surrounding medium, initiating an out-
ward moving spherical  shock wave.   Figure 1  shows the various steps in the
explosion process for a 5-kiloton explosion  in granite.  Initially, this
shock wave is sufficiently intense to vaporize additional  rock and add its
mass and volume to the cavity.  As the shock wave continues to expand, it
is reduced in intensity and when it is no longer strong enough to vaporize
the rock, it breaks away from the cavity and travels away  from the cavity
out into the rock (See <1 msec,  in Figure 1).   While it is still  near the
cavity, the shock wave crushes the rock as it stresses it  beyond compres-
sive strength limit.  As the shock wave continues beyond,  it continues to
produce fractures in the rock, but to a reduced degree until the fracture
limit  is reached, beyond which the medium behaves elastically in response
to the pressure wave.   These steps are depicted as 3 msec,  and 50 msec, in
Figure 1.

     The cavity continues to expand spherically until  equillibrium is estab-
lished between the pressure of the vaporized rock and water inside the cavity
and the stress field in the rock.   The cavity thus produced may stand for a
period of time ranging from seconds to hours or days depending upon the type
of rock, the depth of burial, and the explosive yield.  When and if collapse
occurs, the collapse will generally progress upward at about the same di-
ameter as the cavity until the limit  of the  fracture zone  is reached as
indicated in Figure 1.  The original  volume  of the cavity  is thus redistrib-
uted as interstitial volume within the broken rubble filling the cavity or
in apical  void at the top of the zone of broken rock.   In  some materials,
the collapsed material may increase in volume so greatly as a result of
collapse that it will  "use up" all  of the cavity volume created and collapse
will  stop before it reaches the fracture limit.

     Figure 2 illustrates the range of effects that have been observed as a
result of varying the depth of burst.  All experience has  been depicted in
terms of a 30-kiloton explosion in Lewis shale.  Also shown in Figure 2 are
the two possible results that may occur when the depth of  burst  is extended
beyond 12,000 feet.

     Figure 3 illustrates the range of effect that has been observed  in four
different geologic media.  All this experience has been depicted  in terms
of a 30-kiloton explosion.  As indicated, the size of the  fracture zone and
the probability and height of cavity collapse is very much a function of
properties of the medium.

     This rubble-filled, cylindrical  volume is called a "chimney".  For a
30-kiloton explosion, the diameter of the cavity and chimney range from

                                 113

-------
80  to  200  feet  with  the  height  to  diameter  ratio  ranging  from  1 to 3.
Surrounding  the chimney  is  a  spherical  fracture zone  centered  on the det-
onation  point having about  3  to 6  times the cavity  diameter.   This, then,
is  the basic structure to be  utilized  in  Underground  Engineering Appli-
cations.
                       TYPES  OF  USES  UNDER  STUDY

Hydrocarbon Applications

     A wide variety of Underground Engineering Applications deal with the
production or use of hydrocarbons.   As the energy  requirements of our
modern society expand  at an  ever  Increasing rate,  our  requirements for gas
and oil will grow at such a  rate  that new  resources and development tech-
niques must be found.  Plowshare  Underground  Engineering techniques appear
to be applicable  in a  number of areas.
Gas and Oil Stimulation

     The rate at which gas or oil can be produced  from an underground
formation or reservoir is directly proportioned to the effective permea-
bility of the medium, and to the  logarithm of the  well diameter.  Many
fields have been discovered in which very  large quantities of gas and oil
are present but cannot be removed in an economically  feasible manner
because the permeability is too low.

     For this application, illustrated  in Figure 4, the highly permeable
rubble-filled chimney plays the role of a greatly  increased well bore.
To the extent that the fractures surrounding the chimney and detonation
point are permeable, they will further extend the  effective radius of
the well bore.  Thus, creation of such a chimney and  fracture system  in
a gas or oil reservoir that contains a  large quantity of hydrocarbons,
but is not permeable enough to allow them to be economically produced,
will greatly stimulate the rate of production and  increase the production
of the in-place reserves that can be recovered through a single hole.
Estimates of the degree of stimulation prior to the first stimulation
experiment, Project Gasbuggy,  ranged from 3 to 6.  The results of Gasbuggy
as well as plans for future experiments are discussed below.
 In-situ Oil Shale Retorting

     Several basins in Western Colorado, Utah, and Wyoming contain tre-
mendous deposits of oil  shale.  The U. S. Bureau of Mines has estimated
that the reserves in the Piceance Creek Basin of Colorado alone represent
320 billion barrels of oil which is about four times the present U. S.
recoverable petroleum reserves.  Oil shale consists of a marlstone which
contains a hydrocarbon called kerogen.  When heated to about 650°F, the
kerogen undergoes chemical decomposition into various gaseous hydrocarbons
                                  114
including oil  and gas vapor leaving  a  residue  of  carbon.
     Th
sive a
      he nuclear application envisages  the detonation  of  a  nuclear  explo-
sive at the base of  the oil  shale  formation,  creating  a  large chimney
filled with broken oil  shale (See  Figure  5).   Combustion  would  then be
started at the top of  the chimney  and sustained  by  air pumped  in  from
the surface.   By drilling several  holes to intersect the  base of  the chim-
ney, a circulatory system can be established  in  which  air is pumped In at
the top of the chimney  to support  the combustion  front consuming  the re-
sidual carbon.  The  hot combustion products would then be swept ahead to
heat and retort the  raw shale lower down  in the  chimney and ultimately
to mix with the vaporized hydrocarbons  and be pumped to the surface for
separation.  This cycle Is shown  in Figure 5  together  with a demonstration
of how a multiple array could be used to  retort  the oil shale between
chimneys.

     Major questions that impact on the feasibility of this application
are the probability  of  collapse at permissible yields, the  size of  the
particles  in the chimney, and the  efficiency  of  the retorting process.
Significant work on  the latter question is being done  by  the Bureau of
Mines at their Laramie  Research Station in a  retorting facility capable
of retorting 10 tons of shale at a time.
Gas Storage

     Over the last 20 years there has been a tremendous  growth  in  the
use of natural  gas as an energy source.   There is every  indication that
this growth rate will continue at the same or increased  rate.   The major
problem facing  the gas distribution industry today is the  tremendous
fluctuation in  demand for gas from week to week and month  to month.  In
order to avoid  having to build pipeline facilities as large as  peak de-
mand requires,  various means of storing gas near the consuming  market  to
meet peak demands have been developed.  The investment of  the gas  industry
in storage facilities to date is over one billion dollars.  Most storage
has been provided through the use of depleted oil and gas  formations.
These have the advantage of very low cost to develop and maintain, but the
rate at which the gas can be removed is limited.  Unfortunately, because
of the growth of the gas industry, virtually all known depleted formations
are presently being used.  The other principal means of storage is li-
quefication and pressurl zation.  This means has high "del  i verabi I  ity" but
is much more expensive to build and operate.

     The Plowshare application  in the gas storage  industry envisages
creating a chimney in a very tight, unfractured,  impermeable formation
such as shale or salt and at a  location as close to the market as  seis-
mically acceptable, and pumping  It full of gas.  Pressures as  high as
lithostatic may be used.  The volume  used  is  in  the  interstices between
the rubble fragments  and  in  the  fractures  extending  out to  several
cavity radii from the cavity.   Because of  the  very great  permeability
of the chimneys, the  del iverabi I ity  of the  chimney is  limited  only by
                                                                                                                                         115

-------
 the size of  pipe to the  surface.   Two  independent studies of this appli-
 cation have  shown that 50- to 100-kiloton  chimneys would be very competitive
 economically with the other means of storage  and have the added advantage
 of very high deliverabiIity.
 Petroleum Storage

      Nuclear chimneys can also be used  for  the  storage of  petroleum  in
 an application very similar to gas storage  discussed  above.   Such a  use
 appears particularly attractive for off-shore drilling situations or  in
 the Arctic where it is necessary to stockpile petroleum  while awaiting
 the arrival  of periodic tankers.  A 100-kiloton chimney  at a  depth of
 3,000 feet would produce over 2 x 10°  bbls  of storage at a capital cost
 of between 1 and 3 dollars/bbl.

      As for gas storage,  an impermeable formation  would  be required  for
 petroleum storage In which fractures emanating  from the  chimney would
 terminate before they encountered an extensive  fracture  system or
 ground water.
                   APPLICATION IN THE MINING  INDUSTRY

 In-situ  Copper  Leaching

      Another  application  of  Plowshare Underground  Engineering which ap-
 pears to have great promise  is the in-situ leaching of  copper ore  from
 low-grade ore deposits.   Throughout the  southwest  U.  S.  a  large  number
 of  low-grade  copper ore deposits exist which  contain  large  quantities
 of  copper,  but  In  which the  copper Is so diffusely distributed that
 It  is not economical  to remove the copper by  conventional  block  cave
 mining or by  over  burden  removable and open pit  mining.  For those
 deposits which  are sufficiently deep, the application shown in Figure 6
 would Involve creating a  chimney in the  ore deposit followed by  the  intro-
 duction  of  an acid solution  at the top of the chimney.   As  the solution
 percolates  downward through  the broken ore, copper would be leached from
 the new  surfaces as well  as  from those fractures accessible to the leach-
 Ing solution  within the rock.   The pregnant  liquor would be recovered at
 the bottom  of the  chimney and  pumped to  the surface where conventional
 separation  facilities would  remove the copper and  return the acid  to the
 top of the  chimney for another cycle.

      Two  methods of  recovery are available.   One is illustrated  in
 Figure 6,  in  which drill  holes from the  surface  have  been whipstocked
 into  the  lower  chimney region.   Down hole pumps  would be installed and
 used  to  pump  solution to  the surface.  Alternatively, a  shaft and  tunnel
 below the chimney  with collection galleries radiating from  the tunnel
could be  used.
                                   116
     A variation of this technique applicable to very shallow low-grade
ore deposits or ones which extend to the surface is illustrated in Figure 7.
For this application, the depth of burial  and yield are chosen such that the
dynamic effects of the explosion reach the surface of the ground,  but do
not produce a crater.  At this depth of burial, a structure called a retarc
is formed which Is halfway between a crater and a chimney and has  the shape
illustrated in Figure 7.  The application  is envisioned to involve spraying
leaching solution on the surface of the retarc, recqvery of the pregnant
solution at the bottom of the retarcs through a hole or shaft and  tunnel,
followed by conventional separation.

     One of the major problems of the in-situ copper leaching application
is quite obviously the efficiency of collection of  the pregnant solution.
The other major question is the efficiency with which the minerals can
be removed from the broken rock by in-s itu leaching.

     The methods described above may be applicable  to other minerals pro-
viding economical  leaching techniques are  available.  Mineral  deposits which
are too deep for manned recovery because of the high temperature are par-
ticularly suitable as well  as the recovery of such  products as salt and
sulphur.


Block Cave Mining

     Reentry to the chimney by means of shaft and tunnel  could also be used
for the removal of ore deposits through the use of  block cave mining tech-
niques quite analogous to those currently  in use in the mining industry.
The advantage of the chimney would be that the rock would be fractured
before block cave mining was attempted. Such a technique would be most
applicable to ores such as taconite, which are so strong that conventional
block cave mining techniques are not practical.  An additional advantage
of such a technique would be that the breakage of the ore would probably
be enhanced over that obtained by conventional  block cave mining methods.


                   THE NATURE OF THE SAFETY PROBLEM

     For Underground Engineering Applications,  the  principal safety prob-
lems can be resolved into two categories,  ground motion and radioactivity.


Radioactivity

     The radiation safety problem can be broken down into three parts:
off-site safety of the general public surrounding the project; on-site
or industrial  safety of project or company personnel;  and safety of the
general public from product contamination.   I will  only lightly touch on
each of these areas to put them in perspective and   later papers will
discuss them in much more detail.
                                                                                                                                        117

-------
      Radioactivity  is  produced  from three  sources:

         1.   Fission of  nuclear  materials which  produces a wide variety
of fission products radionuclides  including  both  gaseous and  refractory
elements;

         2.   Tritium and  beryllium  produced by any thermonuclear actions
involved  in  the energy  source;

         3.   Radioactive  nuclides produced  by neutrons  from the explosive
in the components of the explosive and  the surrounding environment  in-
cluding any  casing or grout  material.

      For applications  involving hydrocarbons, the most severe problem
is associated with tritium which can  be produced  in a  thermonuclear
reaction or  by interaction of neutrons  with  lithium  in the rock.  Because
tritium  is an isotope of  hydrogen,  it behaves chemically  like hydrogen
and exchanges with hydrogen  atoms  in  hydrocarbons and  water.  The rate
at which this exchange takes place is a function  of the temperature and
pressure  in  the chimney.  Once  the tritium exchanges with the hydrogen,
it is virtually impossible to separate  the tirtium from the hydrocarbon
and dilution is the only  means  of  reducing the  level of tritium contami-
nation.  For this reason, hydrocarbon applications require the use of
all fission  nuclear explosives  and  sufficient shielding to reduce the
production of tritium  in  the soil  to  a  level at which  the produced
contamination is acceptable.  For  hydrocarbon storage, flushing of the
chimney with air or water would be  very effective at reducing the back-
ground level  of gaseous  radioactivity and  would minimize contamination of any
hydrocarbon stored in the chimney.

     The only fission product of concern for gas  stimulation  and gas
storage is krypton-85, a  noble  gas.   If the  contamination by  this isotope
is unacceptably high,  it  can be removed by existing techniques.

     For non-hydrocarbon  applications such as in-situ  leaching of copper,
the hazard from tritium will be confined to  the industrial hazard within
the separation or processing plant.   Product contamination will  involve
only those nuclides which are dissolved by the  leaching solution and are
chemically similar to copper.   Preliminary studies have indicated that
ruthenium is the only fission product that shows  any tendency to follow
copper.  The extent of any such problem must be evaluated in  an actual
experiment.  Conventional electrolytic  refining of the copper would
remove even the ruthenium.

      The block cave mining applications or shaft  and tunnel collection
in connection with i nrs i tu leaching must recognize problems of tritium
contaminated water vapor  which  would  constitute an industrial safety
problem.

      Off-site hazards from radioactivity can occur at the time of the
detonation and during the chimney  reentry  and product  recovery phases.
                                   118
In general,  the great depth  of  the  Underground Engineering Applications
reduces the  probability  of escapes  of  radioactivity at the time of the
detonation to an extremely small  number.  Great care must nevertheless
be taken in  planning and executing  these events to avoid the chance of
off-site exposure.


Ground^ Motion

     For almost all  Underground Engineering Applications, the primary
off-site safety problem  arises  from ground motion experienced by sur-
rounding communities as  a result of the nuclear explosion.  This problem
can be resolved into three parts:   the nature of the source and the
material surrounding it; the nature of the material  in the transmission path
between the  source and structures of concern; and the characteristics
of the structure and the nature of  the material on which  it is built.
Experience has shown that the probability of damage of structures can
be related to the motion they experience.  The type of damage most
frequently involved in Plowshare Underground Engineering  Applications
is expected  to be architectural, and not  structural.  Nevertheless,
such damage  represents real  costs and  must be taken  into  account  in the
planning of  any Plowshare experiment.
                              ECONOMICS
 o the detonation site, and its detonation, but do not include
 osts as the emplacement hole, stemming, cabling, and all  othe
     The second major cost  items are those associated with emplacement
of the explosive, stemming, cabling, providing vehicular and construction
support and  logistics.  These costs can vary quite widely depending on the
depth of burial, the geological  locations, and the size of the emplacement
hole required.

     The third major category of costs are those associated with the
 industrial utilization of the chimney.   Involved here would be holes
drilled to recover  the product,  surface  installations of  product
processing and refining, and radiation monitor and control of decontami-
nation faciIities.

     Because of the interaction  of  radioactivity production with explosive
cost, diameter, and decontamination facilities  required,  these  three cost
 items are  intimately  related to  one another  and  must be considered together
to  realize a minimum  cost  for  an application.

-------
                       CURRENTLY ACTIVE PROJECTS

      Figure 9 summarizes the location of  those projects  which  are  under
 active consideration by the Atomic Energy Commission  at  the  present  time.

      Included here is the Gasbuggy experiment which  is undergoing  pro-
 duction tests at the present time.  In the Gasbuggy experiment,  a  25-kil-
 oton nuclear explosion was detonated at a depth of 4,240 feet  in a low
 permeability gas reservoir in northwest New Mexico  in December,  1967.
 To date, in excess of 167 million cubic feet of gas have been  recovered
 from the Gasbuggy chimney.  Production from an existing  gas  well about
 400 feet away over a nine-year period has totaled about  85 million cubic
 feet.  The gas produced has been flared and has not constituted  a  hazard
 to test personnel or to the general  public off the site.  Production tests
 are continuing to provide definitive data with which  to  evaluate the degree
 of stimulation of the formation but initial results are  quite  favorable.
 RuIi son

      The Rulison experiment,  which has been proposed by the Austral  Oil
 Company and the CER Geonuclear Corporation is a gas stimulation  experi-
 ment  planned for execution in the spring of 1969 which has been  designed
 to investigate the commercial feasibility of gas stimulation in  the
 Rulison Gas Field in western  Colorado.  It will involve the detonation
 of a  40-kiloton nuclear explosive at a depth of about 8,430 feet,  re-
 entry of the chimney, and production of gas.  A contract between the
 Federal  Government and Austral/CER was recently signed for carrying  out
 the project.  Under the terms of this contract. Austral  will  provide all
 work  and services for the project except the nuclear explosive and related
 services such as firing the explosive and direction of nuclear operational
 safety procedures.


 Dragon TraiI

      Dragon  Trail  Is a gas stimulation experiment proposed by the  Conti-
 nental  Oil  Company and the CER Geonuclear Corporation involving  the  use
 of a  nominal  2Q-kiloton nuclear explosive in a gas reservoir formation
 about 16 miles south of Rangely, Colorado.   The depth of burial  of this
 experiment  Is about 3,000 feet.   Plans are currently being developed
 for the  experiment and a detonation in fall  or early winter of 1969  is
 antic ipated.


 WASP/Pinedale

      Two  experiments,  WASP and Pinedale,  have been proposed for  a  deep,
 low permeability  gas reservoir in the Pinedale basin north of Green  River,
Wyoming.  International  Nuclear  Corporation,  representing a group  of six
companies has  proposed a  detonation of  a  nuclear explosive in the  range
                                   120
of 50-kilotons at a depth of approximately 11,000 to 12,000 feet.  The
El Paso Natural Gas Company has proposed a similar event at a nearby loca-
tion in the same Green River basin.   This reservoir extends from 10,000 feet
to as deep as 18,000 feet and introduces a new realm of temperature and
pressure problems associated with these great depths.  However,  the high
pressures also mean that large quantities of gas are present and so the
economic incentive for its recovery  is great.  For this reason,  the tech-
nical problems associated with the emplacement of a nuclear explosive,
the creation of a chimney, the establishment of a fracture system,  and
the production of gas from this environment must be faced.  These projects
are in the early stage of development and will  not involve detonations
for several years.
     Sloop is an in-situ copper ore leaching experiment proposed by the
Kennecott Copper Corporation for an ore deposit located about nine miles
northeast of Safford,  Arizona.   The experiment would  involve a 20-kiloton
nuclear explosive buried at a depth of  1,200 feet at  the base of a low-
grade copper ore deposit.   This experiment is under active development
and planning at the present time and a  detonation the late spring or
summer of 1970 is anticipated.
Ketch

     In the fall  of 1967,  the Columbia  Gas  System Company proposed a
joint industry-government  experiment to explore the possibility of using
nuclear explosives to produce underground gas storage facilities.   A
24~kiloton experiment, named Project Ketch,  was proposed.  At the  present
time, the company is considering three  locations in the middle Atlantic
states as indicated in Figure 9.
                                                                                                                                        121

-------
   CAVITY-CHIMNEY  FORMATIOI
                FIVE  KILOTONS IN GRANITE
                                        50 Msec
                                   FINAL CONFIGURATION
                  Figure 1 - Cavity-Chimney
                          Formation History
 OKI BURIED AT
VARIOUS  DEPTHS
SOC MODEL STUDY
IN  LEWIS  SHALE
                              EXPERIENCE IIMIT FOR CODE VERIFICATION
                  Figure 2 - Effects of Depth of
                         Burst
                             122-123

-------
                F
                 EDIUM
            ROCK MECHANICS
                                                                          MARDHAT-GRANITE
                                       HAMDCAR-DOIOMITI
            VARIOUS MEDIA
            SOC MODEL STUDY
                                                                           SALMON - SALT
                                      Figure 3 - Effects  of Medium
                      GAS   RESERVOIR   STI
 lOOIINUQIAt MODUCTION WIUS
        r
                        COUKTMN UNI
      -
               v.

i\
                 "

                 I
                      '
MS IUIINC SMMTONI
                         MUCIIAI CHIMNITf
W.F-. UOt»IIOH Of
 «, = CAVITT IAHU1
 I, :»ACTUIi *AOIUI
 It • lAOIUi Of MAIHA6I
  H^HIISHT Of CHIMNET
       Of IUIUI
                                              EMFUCIMINT HOll ftOOOCTION Will
                                             AUUVIUM
                                               SHAH
                                                                                      GAS COUECtlON LINE
                                               SHA1E
                                             CAS ItAIIKC SANPSTOME
                                             MIDIAIll FIKTUIES
                                    Figure 4 - Gas Reservoir
                                             Stimulation
                                               124-125

-------
        IN "SITU  RETORTING-OIL  SHALE
                          I (OUECTION UNI
MULTIPLE ARRAY-PIAN VIEW
 ,I!m«TOI * (*H«US1

,J     „-ut-"8" """"     jf
                 Figure 5 - In-Situ Retorting-OIl
                       Shale
              IN-SITU ORE LEACHING
                                             HtGHtHI HOIK*
                 Figure 6  In-Situ Ore LeachinR
                       126-127

-------
RETARCS  FOR  IN-SITU  LEACHING
                                                      v
     Figure 7  Retares for In-Situ
             Leaching
                                       _L_L
         60  80 100      ZOO

              YIELD IN KILOTONS
                               400   600 800 1000
        Figure 8 - Schedule of Projected
                 Nuclear Explosion
                 Charges


                 328-129

-------
  c
  1
  l»
  *c
  1

B-2
TLg
p «
l» B
t* n
P) O-
X «
•o i
A 00
1 1
H- O
IS
9 0.
                                                                                                                                QUESTIONS FOR MILO NORDYKE
                                                                                                        I.   From D.  Harward:
                                                                                                            I  understood you to say that  the  chimney  could  be  flushed  to remove
                                                                                                            radionuclides.   Would you please  explain  this  in more  detail?

                                                                                                            ANSWER:

                                                                                                            Well, it depends on the application  and the  type of  chimney,  but  in
                                                                                                            a storage application where you have a presumedly  tight  chimney,  you
                                                                                                            have to maintain first of alI  if  you are  going  to  flush  it with a
                                                                                                            fluid or gas, one would have  to establish a  circulation  system  in
                                                                                                            which you pump  in air or gas,  but presumedly air,  at the bottom and
                                                                                                            remove gas at the top and by  pumping in several chimney  volumes by
                                                                                                            this technique, one can remove the—or reduce  the  contamination
                                                                                                            level by—between one and two orders of magnitudes.   I am  speaking
                                                                                                            particularly with respect to  tritium which is  of course  soluble in
                                                                                                            water.  It ends up as a chemical  condition of  water.   In the  case
                                                                                                            of fluids, in the case of copper  leach, the  first  solution one can
                                                                                                            put into the chimney is just  plain water  which  would flood the chimney
                                                                                                            and the tritium, which has a  great affinity  for water  and  would follow
                                                                                                            the water down, can be pumped out at the  top.   Again,  simi lar to
                                                                                                            the copper leach application  in which you introduce  liquor, but in
                                                                                                            this case you just introduce  water,  and  remove the first chimney-full
                                                                                                            volume of water  and most of  the  tritium  with  it.
2.   From C.  F.  Harris:

    What information has been obtained in gas stimulation  experiments
    pertaining  to any contamination of underground water supplies?

    ANSWER:

    Well, I  think we haven't obtained any information in gas stimulation
    yet because we didn't penetrate to any underground water supply.  We
    have constantly been concerned about the problem of contamination in
    an underground water supply.  During Gnome, for example, we spent a
    great deal  of time and money sampling the water aquifer which was 600
    feet, I  believe, above the shot point watching for nuclides introduced
    into the water by fractures from the shot point extending up  that far.
    We had very negative results.  But in the case of Gasbuggy, we  have not
    seen any fractures extending to an aquifer and certainly have not seen
    any radioactivity in the aquifer.  Or. Holzer  is going  to describe
    some of the results from Gasbuggy and can speak to  that more  fully.

    DR. HOLZER:

    There is now a book by the  U.  S.  Geological  Survey  on  the  geology
                                                                                                                                            131

-------
and hydrology of the Nevada Test Site in which considerations of
ground water migration and distribution coefficients, the kind of
things one must look for in water, are treated quite lucidly and I
might say that to my knowledge at least there has not been any
documented evidence of any ground water contamination from nuclear
detonations.
132
                                                                          SUMMARY OF RESULTS OF UNDERGROUND ENGINEERING EXPERIENCE

                                                                                                 Fred Holzer
                                                                           Lawrence Radiation Laboratory, University of California
                                                                                            Livermore, California
                                                                                                  ABSTRACT

                                                                                  Results pertinent to the use of nuclear explosives in
                                                                            underground engineering applications have been accumulating
                                                                            for the past 10 years from the Plowshare and Weapons tests
                                                                            of the AEC.   Thus, predictive and measurement techniques
                                                                            of shock effects and chimney formation were developed in
                                                                            the course of analysing explosions in granite, salt, and
                                                                            dolomite.  The ability to predict effects related specif-
                                                                            ically to safety has resulted from many measurements on
                                                                            detonations at the Nevada Test Site, where also many of
                                                                            the techniques for handling, emplaning, and firing the
                                                                            explosive have been developed.

                                                                                  This gestation period culminated in the execution
                                                                            of Project Gasbuggy, jointly sponsored by industry and
                                                                            government,  and the first nuclear explosion in a gas-
                                                                            bearing formation.  The Gasbuggy explosive had a nomi-
                                                                            nal yield of 25 kt and was detonated 4240 ft below the
                                                                            surface in the San Juan Basin in northwestern flea Mexico
                                                                            on December 10, 1967.  The shot point was 40 ft below
                                                                            the lower boundary of a 285-ft-thick gas-bearing sand-
                                                                            stone formation of very low permeability.  No radio-
                                                                            active venting occurred, and no damage to surrounding
                                                                            gas wells or structures resulted.  Post-shot geophysical
                                                                            exploration and gas production tests have reveal&d that
                                                                            the nuclear explosion created a subsurface chimney ap-
                                                                            proximately 160 ft in diameter and 335 ft high. Frac-
                                                                            tures appear to extend to about 400 ft symmetrically
                                                                            from the detonation point, with shifts or offsets along
                                                                            geological weaknesses extending out to perhaps 750 ft.
                                                                            Presently, radioactive constituents in the gas consist
                                                                            of tritium and krypton-85, with concentrations of ap-
                                                                            proximately 10 \iCi/fts and l.B vCi/ft° respectively.
                                                                            These concentrations are decreasing as gas withdrawn
                                                                            from the chimney  is replaced by formation gas.  Tests
                                                                            to evaluate the increase in productivity and ultimate
                                                                            recovery are currently in progress.
                                                                                                            Work performed under the auspices of the U.S. Atomic
                                                                                                           Energy Commission.

                                                                                                                                      133

-------
      ResuIts f rom underground nuc i ear detonat i ons have accumuIated ever
 since the first underground detonation in 1957.  As the number  of  media
 in which nuclear explosions took place Increased, data from these  ex-
 plosions couId be put within the framework of a develop i ng theory  i n
 which differences between these various detonation effects became  mean-
 ingful.  In turn, the growing body of theory and computation could be
 used to predict  In an increasingly reliable way the effects of  new
 underground detonations.  In treating these various effects, it was
 found convenient to separate effects either spatially according to the
 region in which they occur, or in time according to the periods after
 the detonation where the various effects predominate.   Thus, early in our
 experience we talked about close-in effects, meaning the effects of  the
 shock wave, the growing of the cavity, as well  as the manifestations
 of the detonation at or near surface zero.  The general generation of
 the seismic wave and its propagation to distances where its effect is
 important is an early or prompt manifestation of the detonation.  Ef-
 fects and results from underground detonations stretch in space from
 the very h i qh pressure hydrodynami c reg i on cIose to the detonat ion
 all the way to the seismometer on the other side of the world and  in
 t ime to the generat ion of the shock wave with the release of energy
 at the explosIvo to the re lease of  rad ioact i ve gases perhaps many
 months afterwards during a reentry  or qas product ion phase of the  ex-
 periment.  Here, however, I  shall limit myself  to two areas of  effects
 from detonations which are of special interest  to the field of  under-
 ground engineering applications.   Of central importance in these ap-
 plications are the area of the subsurface chimney and the region of
 rocK immediately surrounding this chimney.  I will  attempt to relate
 some of the things we know about these regions, usfng the results  from
 the Gashuggy experiment as a case study.   The second area of special
 interest  to the underground  engineering area in general and to  this
 group  In  particular is the composition of the gases one can expect to
 f i nd  in the  ch imneys  of  underground detonat i ons, i n part icuIar  from
 detonations  in a gas  reservoir.   In this  latter case,  results from
 Gasbuggy  o*  course are  the only  ones available  at this time.

     For  underground  engineering  applications,  the  region surrounding
 the detonation center  and  including the chimney and the fractured  re-
 q ion  i s of pr imarv  importance to  the appIi cat ion.   Thus,  in the attempt
 to  stimulate gas  reservoirs,  the  chimney  and fracture  regions serve  as
 the gather r ng  system  for  the naturaI  gas,  and it is the i ncreased  per-
 meability of these  regions over  the natural  state in which the  utility
 of  these nuclear  explosions  lies.   In  the case  of oil  or  gas storage,
 the voi d space of  the  initial cav i ty i s d i str i buted throughout  the
 chimney as interstitial porosity  and represents the economic benefit
of  the explosion  in this particular  application.   In the  area of mining,
the d'mtnuted rock which  is  distributed as  rubble within  the chimney
 represents the end product.   In the  case  of  an  in  s itu teaching ap-
Dl-'cetion, it  is again the rubD'e *-ithin  the chimney wKich makes the
 leaching application possible.  What then  do we know about the  cavity,
chimney, and fractured region surrounding  underground  detonations?
Actually, we know quite a bit.   In practice  we  will  need  to know a lot
                                134
more.  We have, for example,  a considerable amount of  data on cavity
sizes from 4he weapons tests  in alluvium and  tuff  at the  Nevada  Test
Site.1   We have a great deal  less Information about chimney sizes from
these detonations, since most of them have resulted In subsidence cra-
ters where the chimney goes all the way to the surface.   For those that
have formed chimneys contained below the surface,  we have only fragmen-
tary information about such chimney sizes.    Aside from these detona-
tions in volcanic rocks we have data from three detonations In granite,
two detonations in salt,^ one in dolomite,   and one In sandstone and
shale,  namely Gasbuggy.  Attempts to systematize data  on  cavity  sizes
using a thermodynamic approach were first published by Boardman  et_ aj_.
Later,  Higgins and Butkovich'  used thermodynamic properties of rock
vapor to derive the values of  the purely empirical  constants appearing
in Boardman's equation.  In this approach the cavity  Is allowed  to ex-
pand from its Initial vaporized size until  the pressure is equal  to the
lithostatic overburden.  The  result of  this procedure  is  shown in Fig.
I.   No ch imney he ight i n format i on is conta i ned in  this procedure.   Ch i ni-
ne y heights were usually approximated to be about  4 or 5  times larger
than in the cavity radii.
                                                    4
     A second technique, developed by Cherry  et al.,   makes use  of <  com-
puter calculation and measured strength properties of  the rock.   Cavity
sizes are calculated by hydrodynamic-plastic-etast(c computer calcula-
tions using measured rock properties.  Chimney heights result from com-
paring the amplitude of the outgoing stress wave with  the strength prop-
erty of the rock to determine the radius of failure of this rock.   While
chimney heights are not directly calculated by this method, experience
has shown that predicted failure radii  are within  15 percent of  observed
chimney heights.  In this procedure failure radii  of chimney heights are
not directly tied in to cavity radii, but are primarily governed by the
rate of stress wave decay and rock strengths.  Figure  2 graphically com-
pares predicted and measured  cavity and failure radii  for the 12-kt
Handcar explosion in dolomite and the 5-kt Hardhat explosion  In granite.
The reasons for the smaller failure radius in Handcar  can be attributed
to the strength properties of dolomite and granite depicted by Fig. 3,
which shows that in the low-stress region dolomite is  stronger than
gran i te.

     This theory also predicts several additional  consequences.  The
first concerns the geometry of the failed region.   Since the  outgoing
stress wave is spherically symmetric, one could expect a failure  region
whose surface is that of a sphere surrounding the detonation, and  whose
radius then Is approximated by the chimney heights.   If  indeed rock  is
failed below the detonation center as well as above,  the vertical  extent
of rock failure is effectively twice the chimney height,  and  the  ability
of a nuclear detonation to stimulate reservoirs would  be very much en-
hanced over what  it  had been thought to  be previously.   The  theory also
predicts that for deeper detonations where the  overburden  causes  the
rock to behave more ductile than  at  shallower  depths,  the  cavity  and the
failure region produced could  be  significantly  reduced.^   Since  we have
                                                                                                                                       135

-------
 no experimental  verification or indeed any experience at a  depth  in ex-
 cess of about 4500 ft,  these predictions must be verified by  future ex-
 periments.

      Let me now describe what we know about the Gasbuggy cavity and
 chimney region,  and how they compare with our preshot expectation.6
 The nominally 26-kt Gasbuggy explosion was detonated 4240 ft  below the
 surface.  The shot point was in the Lewis Shale formation some 40 ft
 below Its contact with  the Pictured Cliffs sandstone.  This formation,
 about 300 ft thick, is  in itself non-uniform and is overlain  by a 40-ft
 section of  coal  which is of low density and highly fractured.  The geol-
 ogy cross section is shown in Fig. 4, and it is apparent that a calcula-
 tion of failure radii must take account of the physical  properties of
 the different  layers Involved.  A layered geology such as  is exhibited
 here, and one that Is typical of geologies of sedimentary basins  makes
 ft difficult to apply an empirical procedure in the prediction of cavity
 and fracture region sizes; for Gasbuggy, the calculational  failure radii
 model was used.   A cavity radius of 78 ft was predicted. The difference
 In physical properties  gave an expected failure radius vertically above
 the shot point of about 335 ft, a failure radius within the Pictured
 Cliffs sandstone of about 400 ft and a failure radius within  the  Lewis
 Shale of about 500 ft.7  We also recognized before the shot that  the
 various bedding planes  formed primarily by coal seams might exhibit off-
 sets to larger distances than those calculated for the homogeneous rock.
 Such did turn out to be the case.   The inclusion of such weaknesses  in
 a  failure prediction is one of the tasks of the future.   Figure 5 shows
 the state of our knowledge of the Gasbuggy chimney.  The information was
 obtained from geophysical exploration in the reentry hole to  the  top of
 the chimney,8 prompt information from the fracture cable system which was
 emplaced In hole GB-I about 150 ft away from the emplacement  hole,9 and
 geophysical exploration of the reentered GB-2 hole to a depth of  4600
 ft.10  Information on cavity volume comes from the analysis of the short-
 term gas flow tests performed during June and July 1968. "  Here  the void
 volume is calculated by noting the amount of pressure decrease for a
 given volume of  gas withdrawn.  This void volume for Gasbuggy amounts to
 approximately 2  million ft5,  and is equivalent to a sphere  of 80-ft radius.
 The chimney height shown in the figure represents the location of a void
 carrying both gas and radioactivity which was encountered during  reentry
 drilling at a depth of  3907 ft below the surface.  Upon closer examination
 of  the data,  offsets and casing breaks in the emplacement hole were  Iden-
 tified as having occurred between  3800 ft and the chimney top at  3907 ft.
 These casing breaks can be correlated with bedding plane weaknesses noted
 during the  coring and  logging program of the GB-I preshot hole.   The  loca-
 tions of  those fractures are  also  corroborated by the failures  In the
 fracture  cable system Installed In GB-I  which are also shown  In this fig-
 ure.   Figure 6 shows some of  the results obtained during the  reentry of
 the  GB-2  hole located approximately 300 ft away from the emplacement hole.
 During this reentry, offset casing was encountered 3812 ft  below  surface
or almost 630 ft  from the shot point.   This offset casing necessitated
 sidetracking  the  hole,  after  which it was drilled and completed to 4600
 ft.   The preshot  hole,  GB-2,  was drilled through very competent rock.
                                136
resulting in a very uniform diameter hole.  Such was not the case for
the sidetrack portion of the new hole.   This figure shows results of
two caliper logs run 35 hr apart, noting that the hole Is very ragged
and sluffs very readily.  Figure 7 compares the porosities determined
pre- and postshot in terms of porosity changes.  While there is some
scatter, it Is obvious that in general  the porosity has Increased.
Figure 8 presents the quantitative results on gas entries observed in
this hole and compares them with some of the preshot numbers.  Gas flow
during drilling as shown by the left-hand portion of this figure had
increased considerably over that found  when the original  GB-2 hole was
drilled.  Gas entry locations are determined by means of  the tempera-
ture log shown and the Packer Flow meter which quantitatively deter-
mines the amount of gas flowing through the Instrument at various depths.
Of special  interest here are the gas entries shown by both the tempera-
ture log and the Packer Flow meter in the Lewis Shale section below
4200 ft.  Since the Lewis Shale does not contain any gas  in this local-
ity, the gas entries here are indicative of fractures communicating with
the chimney, or at any rate with the Pictured Cliffs gas  bearing forma-
tion above.   This Is the only evidence  which we now have  Indicating the
correctness of the failure radius concept and its Importance in the gas
stimulation area.

     Of course the quantity of more direct interest Is the Increase In
permeability of the rock with respect to its ability to transmit gas.
In practical reservoir terms,  we need to know the Increase In produc-
tivity and recovery of the stimulated Gasbuggy reservoir.   Figure 9 shows
some of the data that are being taken to arrive at a solution to this
problem.  Shown here are the flow rates of gas from the Gasbuggy chim-
ney which were found to be necessary in order to maintain the pressure
at the top of the chimney at three different constant values.  The
reservoir engineers from the Bureau of  Mines and the El Paso Natural Gas
Company are in the process of anlayring these data.  It Is Interesting
to note, however,  that the total amount of gas withdrawn  from the
Gasbuggy chimney up to now Is approximately 200 million ft.5  Since being
drilled In 1956, Well  10-36, the conventional well located some 415 ft
from the Gasbuggy emplacement hole, has produced about 81  million ft3
of gas.  In fact,  of the eight wells closest to Gasbuggy, only three had
produced more gas than Gasbuggy has up to this time.^  Another way to
look at the 200 million ft' of gas produced would be to realize that
that amount of gas Is present within a cylinder 300 ft in radius in the
Pictured Cliffs gas bearing formation at the Gasbuggy site.

     The next set of figures will illustrate another major area of study
of Gasbuggy, namely the composition of  the gas, with emphasis on the con-
centration of radioactive constituents.12  Particular attention has been
paid to the gaseous isotopes krypton-85 and tritium, whose half-lives
are 10.6 and 12.6 years respectively.  They show, of course, very  little
reduction in amount due to natural decay.   Iodine, a short-lived isotope,
was not detected at Gasbuggy.  The presence of  iodlne-131, while having
no  long-term significance, could make an early reentry operation expen-
sive and Inconvenient.  The reason for the apparent retention of iodine
                                                                                                                                      137

-------
  underground Is not very clear, although from the presence of  xenon  iso-
  topes, we know that the iodine was produced.  Figure 10 shows the  results
  of sample analysis taken during the first six months after the detonation.
  The gradual  decrease in tritiated hydrogen concentration may  be due  to
  the reaction of hydrogen with carbon dioxide to form methane  and water.
  This Is supported by Fig.  II  which shows the changes in chemical concen-
  tration of the gas over this same sampling Interval.   The salient  fea-
  tures of both of the last two figures are the total  concentration of
  tritiated gas of about 18 to 20 pCi/ft^, a krypton-85 concentration  of
  approximately 3 gCi/ft^,  and a C02 concentration of  about 35  percent.
  While the tritium concentration is less than expected by perhaps a fac-
  tor of 20, we did not anticipate finding such a large amount  of  C02-   It
  has been proposed to decrease these concentrations  by flaring chimney
  gas and replacing it with  clean gas from the surrounding formation.

       Figure  12 shows the  analysis of  samples taken  during the June-July
  flow testing,  when approximately 60 million  ft^ of  gas  were flared from
  the chimney.   The marked  decrease in  concentrations  taking place at  about
  July 10 corresponds  to  a decrease in  flow rate from  5 million  ft^ per day
  to  three quarters of  a  million ft^ per  day.   Such a  decrease  in  concen-
  trations is most  likely explained  by  a  change In the  influx pattern of gas
  into  the chimney*  The  corresponding  change  in the chemical constituents
  is  shown  fn Fig.  13.  Here the decrease in C02 and hydrogen is reflected
  by  a corresponding  increase  in the hydrocarbon content of the gas.

      Figure 14  shows the results of the  continuing analysis of gas during
 the flow tests  which started at the beginning  of November.  The gas with-
 drawal rates during this period are shown on  the same graph for comparison.
 The corresponding amounts of the chemical constituents are shown on Figure
 15.   The changes  In C02 concentrations with flow rates seem to follow
 those of the gaseous radioactivities very closely.  The ratios of CH3T/C02
 and  85Kr/C02 are practically flat for both the June-July and the November-
 February sample analyses.

      From a standpoint of  documenting all releases of radioactive gases
 as well  as to  guard possible  fluctuations in concentrations between the
 points  shown  in these past  graphs,  we had installed  a system to contin-
 uously monitor  the activity of  the flared gas.'3  This field  monitor  con-
 sisted of  two chambers  being  viewed by scintillation crystals  and recording
 count  rates corresponding to  the krypton-85 and tritium disintegration
 energies.   These readings, while showing some fluctuations from day to  day,
 do not show any  large excursions between the  times samples are withdrawn
 for  chemcial and radiochemicaI  analysis.   Figure 16  compares the smoothed
 data from the monitor with the  laboratory analyses.   The krypton-85 data
 agree very well; the monitor shows  somewhat  less tritium content in the
 gas than the laboratory  analysis.   However, the count rates in this chan-
 nel  are only about a factor of  two  above  background.

     What about the unanswered  questions  of Gasbuggy?  Concerning the
concentrations of the radioactive constituents,  a natural  question to
ask  is whether this gas  is usable for home consumption.   The answer must
                                i38
await determination by the proper regulatory agencies;  no standards  for
radioactivities in natural  gas exist at this time.   It  Is pretty  clear,
however, that these concentrations,  especially the  tritium,  need  to  be
reduced.  One way to accomplish this might be to rapidly  flare  one or
more of the initial chimney volumes  of  gas.   We have made some  calcula-
tions which show that this method has considerable  promise.14   More
basically, one would like to eliminate tritium from the Initial gas  it-
self.  About four grams of tritium were left by the Gasbuggy explosive.
Perhaps as much as one gram of this  was produced by neutron  activation
of the soil surrounding the explosive,  primarily by interaction of neu-
trons with Mthium-6; thus even if one were to use  an explosive that did
not produce any tritium internally,  one would still  be  left  with  the con-
tribution of this soil  activation.  One way this contribution could  be
eliminated is by shielding interposed between the explosive  and the  sur-
rounding rock.  We have calculated that about one ft of boric acid
shielding would be necessary to reduce the amount of tritium produced
by lithium activation by a factor of 100.   About six inches  is  necessary
to reduce this amount by a factor of ten.   Since the use  of  such  shielding
might entail expensive underreaming  of the emplacement  hole, we are
studying the possibility of using shielding material inside  the explosive
canister.  Through the use of advanced technology and internal  shielding,
it Is not unreasonable to expect that within the limitations of a 14-inch
diameter canister the amount of tritium produced in future underground
explosions might be decreased by about a factor of   100  from  that  of
Gasbuggy.

     Like all good experiments, Gasbuggy has not only answered  some  ques-
tions but also has raised new ones.   It has been realized all  along  that
no single experiment would be able to answer all the questions involved
in the  use of nuclear explosives  for underground engineering applications.
Some of these answers wiI I have to come from different detonations  at
different yields,  different depths,  at different localities, and  in  dif-
ferent  geologic settings.  Even  so  it  is clear  that  there will  be chal-
lenging problems to  be  solved for a very  long time  to  come.
 Acknow Iedgments

      1 wish  to express  my  deep  appreciation  to  my  colleagues at the
 Lawrence  Radiation  Laboratory for  their  help and devoted  effort on the
 Gasbuggy  experiment.  A lot  of  the material  in  this paper has been the
 result of work by Don Rawson, now  with Gulf-General  Atomic in San Diego,
 John  Korver,  of  LRL, as well as Messrs.  William Martin and Roy Pritchard
 of  the El Paso Natural  Gas Company.   I am indebted to them for the use
 of  the figures dealing  with  the results  of the  geophysical exploration
 program.   The chemical  and radiochemicaI  analysis  are the work of
 Charles  Smith of the Lawrence  Radiation  Laboratory,  Some of his material
 as  well  as some  of  the  previously  mentioned material on chimney config-
 urations  was presented  at the  Society of Petroleum Engineers meeting  in
 Houston   in September and October  1968.
                                                                                                                                      139

-------
                             REFERENCES
  I.   G,  H.  Higgins and  T.  R.  Butkovlch,  Effect of Water Content,  Yield,
      Medium,  and  Depth  of  Burst on Cavity Radii,  Lawrence Radiation
      Laboratory,  Livermore,  UCRL-5Q203,  February  1967.

  2.   C.  R.  Boardman,  D.  D.  Rabb, and R.  D.  McArthur,  Responses of Four
      Rock Mediums to  Contained Nuclear Explosions,  J.  Geophys, Res. 69,
      3457,  (1964).

  3.   C,  R.  Boardman,  G.  Meyer, and D.  D,  Rabb, Macrodeformation Resulting
      from the Handcar Event,  Lawrence Radiation Laboratory,  Livermore,
      UCRL-50149,  December  1966.

  4*   J *  T.  Cherry,  D, B.  Larson, and E.  G.  Rapp,  A  Unique Description of
      the Failure  of a Brittfe Material,  Lawrence  Radiation Laboratory,
      Livermore, UCRL-7Q6I7,  September 1967.

  5*   E.  G,  Rapp,  Containment  of  Buried Nuclear Explosions, Lawrence
      Radiation  Laboratory,  Livermore,  UCRL-506Q4, in  preparation.

  6.   F.  Holzer, Gasbuggy Preshot Summary Report,  Lawrence Radiation
      Laboratory,  Livermore,  UCRL-50345,  November  J967  (PNE-IOOt).

  7.   J.  T.  Cherry,  D, B* Larson, and E.  G.  Rapp,  Computer Calculations of
      the Gasbuggy Event, Lawrence Radiation  Laboratory,  Livermore,
      UCRL-50419,  May  1968.

  8.   J*  A.  Korver and D. E, Rawson,  Gasbuggy Postshot  Investigation in
      GB-ER,  Lawrence  Radiation  Laboratory,  Livermore,  UCRL-50425,  April  1968,

  9.   F.  Holzer, Gasbuggy Preliminary Postshot Summary  Report,  Lawrence
      Radiation  Laboratory,  Livermore,  UCRL-50386, January 1968 (PNE-IQ03).

10.   D.  E.  Rawson,  J, A. Korver,  R.  L. Prftchard, and  W.  Martin,  Postshot
     Geologic  Investigations,  Project  Gasbuggy, Lawrence  Radiation
      Laboratory,  Livermore, UCRL-71354,  September 1968.

II.  D. C.   Ward and R. F. Lemon,  Status  of Reservoir  Evaluation Project
     Gasbuggy, Preprint  of paper presented at the Annual  Fall  Meeting of
     the Society of Petroleum  Engineers,  Houston,  Texas,  September 29,  1968.

12,  C. F.   Smith and F.   F. Momyer, Gas Quality Investigation Program,  Status
     Report for Project Gasbuggy,  Lawrence Radiation  Laboratory,  Livermore,
     UCRL-7I3I4, September  1968.

13.  C* T.  Prevo,  V. C.  Santomassimo,  and J.  F* Becker,  Instrumentation for
     Monitoring of  Kr-85 and H-3  in  Natural  Gas from the  Gasbuggy Chimney,
     Lawrence Radiation  Laboratory,  Livermore, Report SDK 68-32,
     September 1968.

                                 140
14.   G.  H.  Higgins,  D.  D.  Rabb,  and  H.  C*  Rodean,  Theoretical  and
     Experimental  Studies  Relating to  the  Purging  of  Radioactivity
     from a Gas  Well  Stimulated  by a Nuclear Explosion,  Lawrence
     Radiation Laboratory,  Livermore,  UCRL-50519,  December 1968,
                                 141

-------
  50
F igure
          	T


           O Salt

           D Granite

           O Toff

           • Alluvigm
                                                                                                                       12 kt, 402 meters DEEP
                                                                                                                            DOLOMITE
                                                                                                                           CALCULATED EXTENT
                                                                                                                          • OF CRACKING
                                                                                                                           CHIMNEY HEIGHT
                                                                                                                          ' (MEASURED)
          5 kt, 209 meters DEEP
                GRANITE
                                                                                                                                                   CALCULATED EXTENT
                                                                                                                                                   OF CRACKING
                                                                                                                                                   CHIMNEY HEIGHT
                                                                                                                                                   (MEASURED)
                                                                                                                  MEASURED CAVITY RADIUS
                                                                                                                        CALCULATED CAVITY
                                                                                                                        RADIUS
                                                                                                                                                     MEASURED CAVITY RADIUS
             CALCULATED CAVITY
             RADIUS
                                              30
                                                                          50
                                                   1/3
            Measured cavity radii as a  function of  explosive  yield,
            depth of burst, and properties of  the medium  as derived  by
            Higgins and Butkovich.'

                                     142
                                                                                                         Figure  2.  Measured and calculated  cavity  radii  and chimney heights
                                                                                                                     for the Handcar  and  Hardhat  explosions.
143

-------
           I   I  I  I  I  I  I  I  I  I  I     I  I  I  I  I  I  I  I
           24 6 8 10 12
                          16   20   24   28

                         MEAN STRESS (kb)
                                               36   40
Figure  3.  Strength of dolomite and granite as a function of moan
          stress.  Any point above the  lines on this graph indicates
          failure.  Hence at low stress levels, corresponding to large
          distances from the detonation center, dolomite is stronger
          than granite.
                                                                                      GB-1
       GEOLOGIC    SECTION
               GB-E
                        GB-2
f^f^.
....

^— I
— .
jiyft
^-^







3464

3637

	 3796.
3862
3900



403*
4054
4186

T — _.


:-----•-•
:--------
— ^~—
r-d




«



G/0 ALAMO


KIRTLAND
FRUITLAND
BASAL COAL


// PICTURED CLIFFS

L. PICTURED CLIFFS

i ruuic




p»

_r^_

t


ssz=
i4--J- .'.'.'.'

1=] - FINE  SANDSTONE
CD - SILTSTONE
[3 - COAL
E3 - POROUS SANDSTONE
S • SHALE
                                                                                               Figure  4.  Geologic section at the Gasbuggy site.
                                                                                                                   145

-------
                     GB-E-R           GB-1
                  Casing breaks       Cliper

                       0         100       200
                                                      GB-2-R5
                                                    Casing breaks

                                                     300      400
 3700
 3800
 3900
 4000
 4100
4200
4300
4400

                                                              Bedd ing

                                                              (relative density

                                                              contrast)
Figure  5.   Inferred Gasbuggy chimney,  showing casing breaks,  bedding
            planes, and fracture  cable  data.   Preshot holes are shown
            by dashed  lines; postshot holes by solid lines.
                                  146
GB-E-R        G6-1         GB-2-RS

                       Col iper logs


        100       200        300       400
                                                                                                       3700
                                                                                                       3800
                                                                                                       3900
                                                                                                        4000
                                                                                                        4100
                                                                                                        4200
                                                                                                        4300
                                                                                                        4400
                                                                                                            Figure  6.   Postshot caliper log data compared with preshot data  In GB-2.
                                                                                                                        The two logs in GB-2RS were run 35 hours apart, showing con-
                                                                                                                        siderable hole deterioration  in this  interval.

-------
                     GB-E-R
                                     GB-1
                                       Gamma logs
                                100       200
  GB-2-RS
    Changed porosity
300       400
 3700 ,-
 3800
 3900
 4000
 4100
 4200
 4300 \-
 4400 I-
Fiqure  1.  Net change  in porosity between GB-2RS and GB-2 data.  The
            qamma  logs merely serve to show the degree of formation cor-
            relation.
                                   MS
3800,
      rGB-2 RS
                                                                                                            4000
                                                                                                            4200
                                                                                                           4400
                                                                                                            4600
                                                                                                                                   -GB-2 RS
                                                                                                                               GB-2J
GB-2 RS
 ^£52.5%
                                                            0        300  106    122    138   0     50     100
                                                         Natural gauge —    Temperature —    Packer- Flowmeter —
                                                         103ft3/day         °F              %of total flow
                                              Figure  8.  Comparison of pre- and postshot  gas  production  data  in  holes
                                                          GB-2 and GB-2RS.
                                                                                   149

-------
  «'s.
  3 I 'COO r-    107

  II  500L
              1106
-^      '   	r
                                          \
                      Nov.      Dec.
                           1968
               Jan.       Feb.
                   1969
Fiqure  9.   Gas  flow  rates  and  bottom hole pressures during the
            November  1968 - February  1969 flow tests.
                                 150
                 0     40     80    120    160    200    240

                        Sampling time — days after shot

Figure 10.   Radionuclide concentrations in the Gasbuggy  chimney gas during
            the  seven months following the detonation.   Except for a two-
            day  period  in January 1968 during which 1.57 x  IO5 ft3 of gas
            were withdrawn, the well was shut in.
                                                                                                                                                         151

-------
                      0     40     80     120    160   200    240
                            Sampling time — days offer shot


Figure II.  Variations  in chemical composition for the  seven-month period
            following the detonation.


                                   152
                                                                                                                          20
                                                                                                                       ™~ 10
                   27     30
                     June
 6      9
    July
1968
                                                                                                                                                            Total T
                                                                                                                                                            12
                                                                                                                                                                  15
Figure 12.   Variations in the tritium and krypton-85 concentrations during
            the June-July 1968 flow tests when 57 x I06 ft3 of gas were
            withdrawn.
                                                                                                                                             153

-------
             100
              10
                                  1968

Figure 13.   Variations in chemical composition for the June-July 1968
            fIow tests.
                                    154
                                                                                                               10
                                                                                                                         0.1
                                                                                                         Figure 14.  Variations in the tritium and  krypton-85  concentrations  with
                                                                                                                     flow rates during the November 1968-February  1969  test period.

-------
      ioV     10°
   -g  10'
I-110
   X
   Q>
   c
   E
         \-£ i.o
               o.i
                      Nov.      Dec.
                          1968
                                 Jan.      Feb.

                                      1969
Figure 15.  Variation  in chemical  compositions with flow rates during
            the November 1968-February  1969 test period.
                            156
                                                                                                            100 r-
                                                                                                             10
                                                                                                            1.0
0.1
                                                                                                                  00   0°
                                                                                                                                              Total T  1
                                                                                                                   O,T  Laboratory analysis

                                                                                                                   	  Field monitor, smoothed
                                                                                                        Nov.      Dec.       Jan.       Feb.
                                                                                                              1968                 1969
                                                                                                 figure 16.  Comparison of data from the field monitor with  laboratory
                                                                                                             sample analysis.
                                                                                                                                 157

-------
                         QUESTIONS FOR FRED HOLZER
    From Don G. Jacobs:
    What measurements are being planned tor the Ru I i son experiment to
    further elucidate the early changes in downhole chemistry following
    detonation?

    ANSWER:

    I'm in a vei ,  r._-r position to answer that question and the reason
    I  am is because the Los A I amos Scientific Laboratory is perform ing
    the device emplacement and measurements on the Ru I i son experiment.
    I  must really plead ignorance here.   I am not able to answer this
    question, but I  would point out to Dr. Jacobs that Dr.  Aamodt of  the
    Los Alamos Scientific Laboratory  is attending this meeting and I'm
    sure that he can answer this question for you.
2.   From A I ex
    You stated that no cracking was observed to extend near to the level
    of the Ojo Alamo formation.  How was this determined?  Are cracks
    necessarily visible in extracted cores?  Are enough holes sampled
    to warrant a categorical assertion of "no cracking?"

    ANSWER:

    I  think  taking the last statement first, if I  may, no there is no
    categor i caI  reason to say that the re is no cracking to the Ojo Alamo.
    One of the things that I believe would be very desirable he re, to
    answer this  specific question as well as other questions, is another
    hole — a  virgin hole now if you wi I(--drilled f rom the surface down
    to depths  of perhaps 4500 to 4600 feet.  And during this drilling,
    detailed  hydrologic tests of the Alamo could and would be performed
    to measure p i ez i ometr ic surfaces,  in fact,  to duplicate hydrologic
    tests  that were performed in both  of the pre-shot holes—G8 (  and
    GB 2.   1  think with respect to observance of fractures in cores,  I
    think  that if  they are observed in cores they  are very distinctive--
    they cannot  be mistaken.  However,  one must realize, and I  am sure
    everyone  does, that a hole samples  a rather small region of the
    worId  down there and it is conceivable that a  particular hole may
    miss a particular fracture.  This  of course is a rather common
    experience and this in fact is the reason why  two holes were
    drilled  to be  shot rather than one.   Again, here you are caught in
    a continual  trade-off argument of  cost, effort versus information,
    which  of  course is not unique to Gasbuggy or PIowshare itself.
                                   158
3.   From Hoyt  Wh i ppIe:

    Were any measurements of carbon-14 activity made on the gas?

    ANSWER;

    Yes, there were.   I'm t ry i ng to  reca I I a nurnbe r and I  may have to
    call on  my good  friend  Dr. Smith to  refresh it for me if he can.
    There is a very,  very smaI I amount of carbon-14 in the CO?, that' s
    what we  have  analyzed it,  I pCi  per  cc roughly of carbon-14.  About
    I/50th and l/IOOth  in methane versus C09.

-------
               TECHNICAL PROBLEMS AND FUTURE UNDERGROUND
                       ENGINEERING EXPERIMENTS*

                            Gary H. Higgins
                    Lawrence Radiation Laboratory
                       University of California
                         Livermore, California
                               ABSTRACT

             The technical problems to be solved in future under-
       ground engineering experiments are of two kinds.   One con-
       cerns adequate description of the variation of nuclear
       explosion effects with physical and chemical properties of
       the explosion site.  The other concerns engineering of the
       explosive detonation system t-* provide adequate safety and
       security, cuncurrently with mt,^. Tim total costs per ex-
       plosion.

             The semiempirical equations for explosion effects can
       be trusted only in the range of explosive energy,  depth of
       burst,  and rock type for which there is prior experience.
       Effects calculations based on the principles of continuum
       mechanics and measurable geophysical properties appear to
       work in the few test cases, such as Gasbuggy,  to which they
       have been applied.   These calculational methods must be
       tested in a variety of situations.   The relevance  of dynamic
       and static measurements on Dragon Trail,  Bronco, Rulison,
       Sloop,  Ketch,  and Pinedale to proving the methods  are dis-
       cussed in this paper.

            The traditional methods of assembling and fielding
       nuclear explosives  have evolved from practice  at the Nevada
       Test Site.   These provide great flexibility and assure maxi-
       mum recovery of all data from each test,,  thus  minimising the
       time required  to achieve desired results.   Timing  and firing,
       radiation monitoring,  explosives  assembly and emplacement,
       explosive performance,  weather monitoring,  and dynamic measure-
       ments of earth and building motion have all been handled
       traditionally  as independent  functions.   To achieve lower
       costs in underground engineering  experiments and projects,
       one prototype  system combining all  electronic,  measurement,
       and  communication functions is  being built.  Much  further
      work will be required to complete  this  effort,  including,

*Work done  under the  auspices  of  the  U. S.  Atomic Energy  Commission.

                                160
                                                                                                            especially, an examination of safety criteria and means for
                                                                                                            assuring operational and public safety at reduced costs.
                             INTRODUCTION

      The two preceding papers  '   have established the application of
nuclear explosions to underground engineering and  summarized some of
the results obtained from experiments  already completed.   From these
papers it is apparent that the  critical  technical  problem is accurate
definition of the mechanical  effects  required for  an  application.
In addition, the effects related  to safety must be understood with
sufficient precision to assure  minimal  risk to the public.   Besides
the experiments described by  Holzer,  there have been  more than 200
underground nuclear detonations which  have yielded information useful
in assessing underground engineering.   These detonations  have occurred
in six different rock types and have  ranged in yield  from one to more
than 1,000 kilotons, in depth from a  few hundred feet to  somewhat over
4,000 feet.

      The most utilitarian feature of  the underground nuclear explosion
as applied to engineering is  the  combined region of cavity,  chimney, and
fracture zones.  This region  contains  all  the potentially beneficial
effects.   Figure I  is a stylized  drawing representing the most important
features.  Briefly, it contains a spherical  fractured zone—outside
the cavity—whose permeability  decreases in the outward direction as
the zone grades off into undisturbed  rock.  The chimney is cylindrical
with approximately hemispherical  ends.   It contains disaggregated,
broken rubble which is generally  thought to be of  high permeability.
The lower hemisphere is lined,  along  its bottom, with a glassy material
containing the bulk of the refractory  radionuclides;  this is the remnant
of the initial gas bubble blown in the rock by the explosion.  These
highly stylized views are subject to  a number of limitations which
will be discussed later.

      Nordyke1 has discussed  the  first steps in improving systems for
executing underground engineering experiments.  These first steps
involve integration of the arming, firing, monitoring, data collection,
and on-site radiation documentation systems into a single unit.   In
addition, he has described the  projects being considered  for execution
during the next few years.

      As can be seen, there are a number of safety-related issues to be
considered along with the beneficial  effects.   It  appears, at present,
that product contamination and  seismic motion, as  it  relates to archi-
tectural  damage, are the two key  issues.

      In the remainder of this  paper,  an attempt is made  to predict the
direction the underground engineering program will take and to anticipate
the key technical and safety  problems.  For simplicity, the discussion
is divided into four parts:

                               161

-------
             Effects and product contamination.
             Safety-related questions.
             Systems-related questions.
             Future experiments and anticipated results.
                     EFFECTS OF NUCLEAR EXPLOSIONS

 The Explosion-Produced Cavity

       The size of the nuclear explosion cavity is related to a I I  of
 the desirable effects and is a measure of seismic potential.  Therefore,
 cavity size prediction has been the subject of continuing effort since
 the beginning of the Plowshare program.  Analysis of the first under-
 ground explosion, Rainier, led to the suggestion of the first empirical
 relationship between the radius of the cavity produced in rock and the
 explosive energy.  For explosions a few hundred meters deep, the
 approximation of the cavity radius, Rc * 18 w'/3 meters (where W is
 the number of kilotons of yield), fit most of the explosions in tuff.3
 Later dimensional analysis necessitated inclusion of the effect of
 overburden pressure,^ which was tested successfully with field data
 and led to the equation^;

             Rc = CW'/3/(ph>l/4 meters,

 where  C is a constant of proportionality,  p is density in g/cc and h is
 depth  of  burial  in meters.   In this equation the value of the constant
 C  was  found to vary somewhat from one rock type to another,  but was
 usually somewhere in the neighborhood of 70.  This equation  was  found to
 be valid  in  five different rock types with the appropriate value of C.

       The  next attempt at refinement involved analysis of rock properties
 and the equation of state of  the  gas produced by vaporization of rock in
 order  to a I low prediction of  the  value of  C and the exponent on  the ph
 term,   Hfggins and  Butkovich^ used a thermodynamic approach  which reduced
 the scatter  on ali  of  the data  to +\5% or  better for depths  up to about
       m.  Heard  and  Ackerman^ had similar  or somewhat better
       the elastic constants of  the medium.
1,000
using
success
      From the very beginning,  In  parallel  with  the empirical  efforts,
attempts have been made to explain cavity growth and certain  other
features from first principles  of  physics and  properties  of the rock
materials.  Nuckolis4 described the first partially successful  cafcu-
lational attempt.  Effort has been continuing  in this  area.   Most recently,
the successful prediction of the Gasbuggy chimney height  and  fracture
radius^ are ample testimony to  the success  of  the method.

      When we attempt to extrapolate predictions of the cavity  radius  into
a new material,  therefore, we believe the geophysical  continuum mechanics
calculation gives a reliable estimate.  There  appear to be no signifi-
cant differences between cavity size predictions as made  with  the

                                162
empirical relationships and with  the  calculational method  at  depths of
burial up to a few hundred meters or  so.   But  for  greater  depths of
burial the predictions diverge  seriously,  as shown  in  Figure  2,  For
example, at a depth of 5,000 m  the cavity  radius as  predicted by the
Boardman et al,5 and Higgins-Butkovich6 equations  is 2.9 times that
predicted by Rapp's calculations^ using the equation of state of Lewis
Shale.  This discrepancy is extremely serious  when one considers that
it represents more than a 20-fold disagreement in  predicted volume of
the cavity and,  therefore, probably a similar  disagreement in predicted
void volume in the chimney.

      The importance of testing the validity of these  different methods
of extrapolation to greater depths—and of obtaining measurements of
cavity radii at greater depths—cannot be  overemphasized.   If a 20-m-
radius cavity were desired at a depth of 4,000 m,  a  yield  of  200 kt
would be needed on the basis of the calculational  prediction, as
compared with a yield of only 25  .kt on the basis of  the empirical
equation prediction.  Whether one prediction method  or the other is
valid will make little difference for copper  leaching  and  oil shale
retorting, both of which seem to  involve shallower depths; however,
for both gas stimulation and storage, the  difference can be decisive
in economic applicability.  The key future experiments in  this regard
are those in which adequate core  samples,  calculations, and cavity
radius measurements are made.  Project RuIison and Pinedale or WASP
would appear to offer the earliest opportunities  for confirmatory
measurements of cavity radius for deep shots.   However, the status of
measurement programs for determination of  these features  is,  as yet,
unclear.

Chimney Size

      Early experiments at the Nevada Test Site revealed  that the  cavity
formed by explosions was unstable and collapsed.   The  height  to which
the collapse extended seemed to be dictated  by the bulking ratio  of
the rock.  The cavity volume was  found distributed in  the voids  between
rock  fragments.  Based on the assumption that the interparticulate void
was conserved and on empirical observations, Boardman  et a I .-* suggested
that  the  height of the chimney was related linearly to the cavity
radius, which can be represented by  the equation Rc =  kh.  Different
values of k were derived  for several  media,  ranging from  5 to 7.   However,
when  the  Handcar test was  conducted  in dolomite, the  value of k observed
was found to  be only 3.1,  and postshot drilling'^ disclosed  a large
apical void  in the  chimney.  The mystery  caused by the very  small
chimney  remained  unsolved  until  Cherry et a I.* * suggested that there
was an amazing coincidence between the chimney height and the calculated
radius of brittle  failure of the  rock.  Table I shows the computed
fracture  radius and  chimney height for several events,  including  Gas-
buggy, computed from rock properties measured before  the  event.

       It  is  noteworthy  that,  in  the  Salmon  shot,  the  rock (salt)  was
plastic  at  every  pressure because the confining  pressure due to  the

                                163

-------
weight of overlying  rocks was  above  the  brittle-ductile  failure tran-
sition pressure*  Therefore, there was no brittle  failure  and no
chimney.  Thus,  if this model  is  correct, there  is  a  depth at which
the  confining  pressure will be high  enough so  that  every rock will
behave plastically,  there will  be no brittle failure  and,  therefore,
no chimney.  Analysis of Lewis Shale suggests  that  the depth below
which there will  be  no chimney Ts between 4,000  and 5,000  m.  A
chimney and fracture system are believed necessary  for recovery of
petroleum from oil shale, for  copper leaching, and  for gas stimulation.
The  chimney and  fracture features would  be of  little  importance for
gas  storage, since the cavity  volume is  the useful  product, whether or
not  a chimney  is  formed*  Key  tests  are  possible on each one of the
forthcoming proposed underground  engineering experiments,  provided
there is sufficient  effort expended  to measure the  preshot rock
mechanics properties and postshot results.  To date,  effort sufficient
only for the Lewis Shale study has been  available*

Chimney and Fracture Permeability
                                                      +

      The highly  idealized chimney shown in Figure  I  suggests very
simple relationships for permeability of various regions.  Four
attempts have  been made to determine the permeability in the chimney
and  fracture areas.  During postshot investigations on Rainier,
Stead   attempted to determine the permeability  between  tunnels at
two  different  elevations in the lower portion  of the  Rainier chimney.
He was unable, with  the test equipment available, to  observe any flow
of fluid through  the chimney material.   From this  he  concluded that
the  permeability  may have been less  than about I millidarcy.  Crude
attempts at measurement of the permeability in the  fracture region
were unsuccessful in distinguishing  permeability changes from the
preshot range  of  I millidarcy  or  so.
                           ^g.                     4
      Boardman and Skrove,^ working at  the Hardhat site,  found that
there was a regular  increase in permeability and microfractures in
grains of minerals in the granite as the detonation point was approached,
and  that the permeability of the  chimney region  was very high, probably
of the order of a mi I lion darcys.

      Rawson,  Boardman, and Jaffe-Chazan'4 observed an increased zone
of permeability  induced by explosion fractures 46 to  105 m from the
3.l*kt Gnome detonation in bedded salt.   No quantitative estimates of
the  permeability  were made.  However, a  few tens of millidarcys of
permeability would explain the  observations.   In the  same experiment,
Coffer et al.'^ observed that  permeability  was increased in some samples
of reseTvoTF rocks grouted in  holes  and  exposed  to  strong shocks during
the  detonation.   In  other samples, however, permeability was decreased.

      The Gasbuggy experiment  allows  some direct measurement of per-
meability increase in the rock  and of the permeability of the chimney
region itself.   At this time,  however, the  three-dimensional  analysis of

                                164
flow data required for determination of these permeabilities has not
been performed*  The preshot analysis and one-dimensional methods are
incapable of distinguishing this type of variability*  A crude
qualitative analysis of the data indicates clearly that simple one- or
even two-dimensional calculations, assuming constant-permeability
regions, are inadequate for interpretation and that the permeability
of the chimney and fracture zone Is not so high that it can be assumed
infinitely large.

      Attempts have been made to calculate permeability of chimneys
using the void fraction and particle size distribution.^ For the
Hardhat chimney, a value of several megadarcys was inferred in this
way, which is consistent with crude measurements.  For the Handcar
detonation, particle sizes inferred from photographs and an estimate
of the void fraction also led to very high permeabilities.

      From all  of the above,  it should be clear that permeability
varies greatly from experiment to experiment and from rock type to
rock type.  Thus, oversimplified models can be grossly misleading.  At
this time, there is no evidence that a nuclear explosion in any new
rock type will  produce a region of increased permeability*  The per-
meability must be determined  by some predictive model based on
measurable rock properties.   The work of Boardman and Skrove,'^ coupled
with calculational  techniques of Cherry et a I.,*? shows promise of
providing such a model.  There are insufficient data at present to
reach conclusions.

      It is also obvious that the permeability of the fractured
region and chimney  are critical in assessing feasibility of gas
stimulation,  copper leaching, and oil  shale retorting.  For example,
'n in situ oiI  shale retorting the calculated cost of oil recovered
can vary by almost  a factor of 2, depending on the pressure of air
necessary to sustain in situ  combustion.^  This pressure depends
directly on the permeability  of the fractured chimney and region.  In
order to provide additional  data, direct measurements of permeability
in the fractured region produced during Dragon Trail, Rulsion, Pine-
dale, Bronco, and Sloop are extremely desirable.

Product Contamination

      Extensive studies of the Rainier chimney provide the idealized
model for radioactivity distribution produced by an underground
nuclear explosion.^  Figure I indicates the key regions.  Precisely,
there are three regions with  which we are now concerned.  The first is
the  lower cavity boundary where the thermally affected rock contains
the bulk of refractory radioactivities.  This region, composed of
some 700 tons of rock per kiloton of yield, is highly contaminated
and appears to contain, on the average, more than 9051 of the radio-
nuclides whose oxide or hydroxide boiling points are greater than about
1,500° C.

                               165

-------
       The  chimney  region,  our  second  region  of  concern,  has  distributed
 th roughout it the  rad i onuc!d i es  wh i ch  are  gaseous or were gaseous at
 the  time the  roof  of the  initial  cavity  collapsed.  These radioactivities
 appear to  be  on  the surfaces of  the  fragments of  rock  in the  chimney and
 are  present  in dilute  quantity.   One  detailed study'^  indicates that the
 major  contaminants in  this region are  cesium, antimony,  and  ruthenium.
 In granite, the  medium of  this test,  it  would appear that approximately
 half of the radioisotopes  of these  three elements are  attached to about
 125,000 tons  of  rock per  kiloton  of yield.   There is presently  little
 quantitative  information  regard ing  the spatial  distribution  of the  rad i o-
 activities, but  gamma  ray  logs of drill  holes penetrating the chimney
 show some  gradient of  increased  contamination from  top  to bottom.   The
 voids  between the  fragments contain gaseous  radioactivities  of krypton,
 xenon, and isotopes of  hydrogen  (such  as tritium) in the form of water
 vapor, elemental hydrogen,  and hydrocarbons.   It  has been found that
 tritium distributes itself  ubiquitously  with environmental hydrogen so
 that the water incorporated  in the  rock  both as pore water and water of
 hvdration  is  contami nated  rather  uniformly.
       In the  fractured  region,  our  third  region  of  concern,  severa
       s'''   '    have  indicated  that,  at  early  times,  the molten  roc
      In the
studies'*  '   have indicated that, at early times, the molten rock
can be injected into the fractures as far as one cavity radius beyond
the cavity boundary.  This has the effect of blocking the fractures
and creating zones of contamination beyond the  initial cavity.
      When the  idealized model  is applied  to a  specific  site, consider-
ation must be made of the details of  chemistry  of that site.  For
example, in gas stimulation, where  there  is an  abundance of elementaI
carbon and hydrocarbon around the detonat ion point, the  hydrogen
isotope distribution  is affected.   Table  I I shows the  initial radio-
activity found  in the Gas buggy  chimney,2 I  where  the amb i ent methane
pressure was about 50 atm prior to  detonation.   These  data  indicate
that about 25% of the tritium was in  the organic phase and  15%  in water.

      In a different environment--either a different gas reservoir or a
completely different environment such as for copper  leaching—grossly
different distribution should be expected.  Predictive models based
on thermodynamics have been prepared  and evaluated against  the  Test  Site
detonations and Gasbuggy.®  Since the Test Site  environment and Gasbuggy
provide only two kinds of chemical  environment,  the range of experience
is not adequate to determine the general validity of models.  In fact,
the preshot predictions of radioactivity distribution  for Gasbuggy,
based on Test Site information, were  different  from the  observed
distribution by severaI-foId.   The  importance of obtaining  early
radioactivity distribution in the gas phase from gas stimulation ex-
periments cannot be overemphasized, therefore.

      The key questions besi des gaseous d i stri but i on i nvolve the
solubility of the radioactivities both in  the chimney  and melt  region
and the behavior of tritium  in  the  complex chemistry of  oil shale
retorting.   It would appear that the  distribution of radioactivity  in

                                166
                                                                                                      storage application  is  less critical because the chimney-cavity region
                                                                                                      can  be flushed and treated prior to insertion of the product to be
                                                                                                      stored.
                                                                                                                           SAFETY-RELATED QUESTIONS

                                                                                                            Safety-related questions are separated from product contamination
                                                                                                      quest ions  because they have to do with the  local detonat i on env i ronment
                                                                                                      at  a  specific time and place, rather than the breader questions which
                                                                                                      can result  f rom p roduct contarn i nation.  Dynam i c vent i ng of rad i o-
                                                                                                      activity,  ground water contarnination, and arch i tecturaI  damage f rom
                                                                                                      seismic motion are the three areas included as safety-related questions.
                                                                                                      Papers to  be given later will cover these problems.
                    SYSTEMS-RELATED DEVELOPMENTS

      The f i rst nuc!ear expIosi ves  were  detonated  ei ther  to  test  the
performance of the explosive itself or to determine  the effects of  the
explosion on the ground surface env i ronment.   These  effects  included
those of milltary concern as we I I  as  those usefuI  for  assessment  of
civil defense problems which might  result from use of  nuclear  weapons,
or from nuclear accidents.

      Before 1962, the tests were  conducted  as "operations"  in which  a
series of experiments was performed in a relatively  short time span,
usually a few months.  In order to  accomplish  these  tests and  to  obtain
both  a maximum amount of  information  and to assure success in  each  of
the experiments, a pseudo-mi Iitary  project-execution program and
system was evolved.  In this system each project  was executed  under a
techn i caI  Ieader, re I at i veIy i ndependent from  all  other  projects.
The management and systems probI em, therefore, was one of assuring
prope r interfacing between p rejects,  a mi n i mum of  p roject-to-p reject
interference, and great flexibility f rom experi ment  to expe r i ment.
Th i s  system,  for  its prupose,  has  worked very  we I I and cont i nues  to
be used for weapons development pu rposes to th i s  11me.  However,  i ts
objectives—speed and flexibility—are not consistent with the require-
ments for underground engineering  applications.   The underground
engineering experiments and applications require  minimum cost and
maximum safety.  A complete overhaul  of the nuclear operations system
will  be required  if  industrial applications of nuclear explosives
become a reaIi ty.

      As a first step, an advanced fielding system has been  designed,
built, and is now undergoing extensive testing.   Shown schematically in
Figure 3, it combines the nuclear  explosive firing and monitoring,
experimentaI  data recovery system,  meteorologi caI  documentat ion,  on-
site  radiation safety, ground-zero television coverage, and local
communications functions.  This system replaces,   in each named case,
a previously completely  independent system and eliminates a separate

                                167

-------
timing system, thus reducing the personnel required to conduct a
nuclear explosion.  As experience is gained with such a system, one
can envision the Control Point being moved farther and farther from the
detonation point, until detonation centers established for regions
including one or more states could be maintained, carrying out many,
many detonations from a single location.

      While this system is one step toward greater efficiency,
additional simpler concepts must be applied to the off-site safety
programs so that a regional, rather than an event-oriented, approach
is taken.  For example. Projects Rulison, Dragon Trail, and Bronco
are separated by at most 60 miles.  Yet as presently proposed, each
has independent off-site safety programs.  By contrast the Nevada
Test Site, which occupies  a comparable area, is treated as a single
region for off-site safety programs.  Such a unified approach to the
off-site safety program should certainly be applicable to the Rulison/
Dragon Trai I/Bronco area as well.


                             CONCLUSION

      In summary, any experiment in underground nuclear engineering
must be evaluated in terms of those results which bear on proposed
applications from the standpoint of scientific, engineering, and
safety requirements.  These are cavity radius, RC; chimney height, Hcn;
chimney permeability, Kcn; product contamination; dynamic venting;
ground water contamination; seismic structural damage; and fielding
systems development.  Table III shows which of these measurements or
investigations will be made on upcoming Plowshare experiments, in the
author's viewpoint.  The experimental plans are not yet fixed, however,
and are still flexible and subject to change.

      As these experiments are undertaken, there will be opportunity to
extend understanding by a significant amount.  Obtaining the  information
will be critical for determining whether or not any one or all of the
proposed underground engineering applications of nuclear explosives are
technically feasible.  Since explosion effects depend so strongly on
medium properties, broad generalizations must be carefully avoided and
each site and geologic formation must be  individually evaluated.
                                168
10.
                        REFERENCES

Nordyke, Mi lo D.,  Underground Engineering Applications, Lawrence
Radiation Laboratory, Livermore, Rept.  UCRL-7I453 (March I969)
(presented at this Symposium).

Holzer, Fred, Summary of Results of Underground Engineering
Experience,  Lawrence Radiation  Laboratory, Livermore, Rept. UCRL-
7I489 (March I969) (presented at this Symposium).

Johnson, G.  W., G. H. Higgins,  and C. E.  Violet, "Underground
Nuclear Explosions," J.  Geophys. Res. 6£ (10),  I457-I470 (October
I 959).

Nuckolls, J. H.,  A Computer Calculation of Rainier,  Lawrence
Radiation Laboratory, Livermore, Rept.  UCRL-5675 (May I959).

Boardman, C. R.,  D. D. Rabb, and R. McArthur,  "Response of  Four
Rock Mediums to Contained Nuclear Explosions,"  J. Geophys.  Res.
6_9 (16), 3457-3469 (August I964).

Higgins, G.  H., and T. R. Butkovich, Effect of  Water Content. Yield,
Medium, and  Depth  of Burst on Cavity Radii, Lawrence Radiation
Laboratory,  Livermore, Rept. UCRL-50203 (Feb.  I967).

Heard,  H. C., and  F. J.  Ackerman, Prediction of Cavity Radii from
Underground  Nuclear Explosions  (U), Lawrence Radiation Laboratory,
Livermore, Rept.  UCRL-50324 (Sept. I967)  (CFRD).

Holzer, F.,  editor, Gasbuggy Preshot Summary Report, Lawrence
Radiation Laboratory, Livermore, Rept.  UCRL-50345 (Nov. I967).

Rapp, E. G., Containment of Buried Nuclear Explosions, Lawrence
Radiation Laboratory, Livermore, Rept.  UCRL-50604 (in preparation).

Boardman, C. R., G. L. Meyer, and D. D. Rabb, Macrodeformation
Resulting from the Handcar Event, Lawrence Radiation Laboratory,
Livermore, Rept. UCRL-50I49 (Dec.  I966).

Cherry, J. T., D.  B.  Larson, and E. G.  Rapp, Computer Calculations
of the Gasbuggy Event, Lawrence Radiation Laboratory, Li vermore,
Rept. UCRL-504I9  (May 1968).

Stead, F., U. S. Geological Survey, Denver, private communication,
I960.

Boardman, C. R., and  J. Skrove, Changes  in the Fracture Permeability
of a Granitic Rock Mass Resulting  from a Contained Nuclear  Explosion,
Lawrence Radiation Laboratory,  Livermore, Rept. UCRL-I4292  (August
I 965).

-------
 [4.   Rawson,  D.,  C.  Boardman,  and N,  Jaffe-Chazan,  The  Envi ronment
      Created  by  a Nuclear Explosion in Salt,  Lawrence Radiation Tab-
      oratory,  Livermore,  PNE-I07F (Sept.  1964),

 15.   Coffer,  H.  F.,  B.  G.  Bray,  C.  F.  Knutson,  and  D. E.  Rawson,
      "Effects  of  Nuclear  Explosions on Oil  Reservoir Stimulation,'1  J_.
      Petrol-  Techno I.  16,  473-480 (May 1964).                       ~

 16.   Lombard,  D.  B.,  The  Particle Size Distribution and Bulk  Permeability
      of  Oi I Shale Rubbje,  Lawrence Radiation  Laboratory,  Livermore, Rept.
      UCRL-14294  (August 1965).

 17.   Cherry,  J.  T.,  D.  B.  Larson, and  E.  G. Rapp, A Unique  Description
      of^ the Failure  of  a  Brittle Material,  Lawrence Radiation Laboratory,
      Livermore,  Rept. UCRL-70617 (Sept.  1967).

 18.   Project  Bronco:  A Joint  Government-Industry Study of  Nuclear
      Fracturinland  In  Situ  Retorting  of  Oil  Shale,  Proposal  to the U.  S.
      Atomic Energy Commission  by U. S.  Dept.  of  the Interior, CER-
      Geonuclear Corp.,  and  Lawrence Radiation Laboratory, Livermore.
      PNE-1400  (October  1967).

 19.   Rabb, David  D., Size Distribution  Study of  Piledriver  Particles,
      Lawrence  Radiation Laboratory, Livermore, Rept.  UCRL-50489 (Oct.
      1968).

20.   Johnson, G.  W. "Nuclear Explosions—Rainier Test," Mini ng Congress
      j_. 44, 78-80  f 1958).

21.   Smith, C. F., and  F. F. Momyer, Gas  Quality investigation Program:
      Status^Report for Project Gasbuggy,  Lawrence Radiation Laboratory,
      Livermore, Rept. UCRL-7I3I4  (Sept.  1968).   (Present at Society of
     Petroleum Engineers Meeting, Houston, Texas, Sept. 29, 1968).
170
                                                                                   TABLE  I.  Fracture radius and chimney height.
Event

Handcar
Hardhat
Salmon
Gasbuggy
Medium

Do 1 om I te
Gran i te
Ha 1 i te
Shate-sandstone
Computed
fracture radius
(m)
80
97
-0
120
Observed
chimney height
(m)
68
85
-0
100
                                                                                TABLE  It.  Radionculides  in Gasbuggy  cavity  gases.
                                                                       Product
          Concentrat i on, uC i/ft
                                                                       HT
                                                                       CH3T
                                                                       C2H5T
                   2.8
                 91
                   8.9
                   0.45
171

-------
   TABLE III.  Tentative plans for upcoming Plowshare experiments.
Event
        Measurements or investigations to be made:

                 Product   Dynamic   Ground  Seis.    Systems
RA   HLu   Kch   contarn.   venting   water   dam*    devel.
Rulison No? Yes No No
(Early
1969)
Dragon
Trai 1 Yes Yes Yes Yes
(Late
1969)
Yes No Yes No?

Yes Noa Noa Yes


Bronco
( 1970?)

Ketch
(1970?)

S I oop
(1970?)

Pi nedaIe-
WASP
(1972?)
Yes  Yes   Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes  Yes   Yes
Yes
Yes
No   Yes   Yes
Yes
Yes?
Noa
Noa
Noa
Yes
Yes
                              Yes
                          Yes
 No exposure, so no test data for evaluation.
Yes
                                                                                             o

                                                                                             QJ
                                                                                             o
                                                                                 C
                                                                                 n
                                                                                 0)
                                                                                 X
                           o
                           in
                           O

                           n
                                                                                 -c
                                                                                 cu
                                                                                 CL
                                                                                 n
                                                                                                     3   \\
                                                                                                                                                        O
                                                                                                                                                        m

                                                                                                                                                                              n
                                                                                                                                                                              ^w
                                                                                                                                               O

                                                                                                                                    O
                                                                                                                                                                  ^^^^m
                                                                                                                                                                  Ul

                                                                                                                                                                  O
                               172
                                                                                                                          173

-------
                       5000
                       4000 -
       Fig. 2
                       3000 -
                       2000 -
                       WOO
                 Predicted cavity radius as a  function of depth for a 25-kt
                 shot in Lewis Shale.
SIMPLIFIED  FIELD  OPERATION
   Fid. 3     Schematic concept of a simplified explosi
                                             on fielding system.
                                  174-175

-------
 SESSION III  - SAFETY ASPECTS
            PART A

 Chairman:   Dr. Roger Batzel
LRL,  University of California
          Livermore

-------
               SAFETY  PHILOSOPHY  IN PLOWSHARE

                    Robert  H.  Thalgott
                  Nevada  Operations Office
               U.  S. Atomic  Energy Commission
                    ABSTRACT

     A nuclear device  can  be  detonated  safely when
it can be ascertained  that  the  detonation  can be
accompIished without injury to  people,  either di-
rectly or indirectly3  and  without  unacceptable dam-
age to the ecological  system  and natural or man
made structures.

     This philosophy has its  origin  in  the nuclear
weapons testing program dating  back  to  the first
detonation in 1945 and applies  without  reservation
to Plowshare projects.

     This paper there fore  will  outline  the mechanics
jmployed by government in  implementing  this safety
philosophy.   The talk  will  describe  those  types of
actions taken by safety oriented organizations and
committees to assure that  necessary  and desirable
safety reviews are conducted.
     The Atomic Energy Commission  is  responsible  for  public
safety for all U. S. nuclear detonations.   Within the Con-
tinental United States, the Commission  implements this re-
sponsibility through its Nevada  Operations  Office.  The AEC's
philosophy is to avoid any unnecessary  risks,  this  necessi-
tates evaluation of proposed operations to  identify possible
problems, taking such measures as  are necessary to  protect
people and minimize damage to property.  Although the title
of this presentation is "Safety  Philosophy  for Plowshare"
the same policy and safety procedures apply to all  of our
nuclear operations.

     The Nevada Operations Office  conducts  those  studies and
reviews which are necessary to reliably predict the effects
of nuclear detonations which may affect the safety  of people
and property.  You will hear about some of  these  studies and
prediction activities later in this  program.   We  do  not  con-
sider ourselves infallible  in defining  safety  problems or
at arriving at credible and practical  solutions  to these
problems.   For this reason  recognized  experts  in  the perti-
nent scientific disciplines are consulted.   These disciplines
include but are not limited to:  health physics,  radiobiology,
seismology, hydrology,  geology, structural  effect from ground
motion, and rock mechanics.
                                                                                          This continuing effort on the
                                                                                     tors, and consultants, has permitt
                                                                                     ing nuclear detonation both as a p
                                                                                     and Plowshare - to go forward esse
                                                                                     the public or damage to property•
                                                                                     of the Nevada Operations Office an
                                                                                     would be remiss not to include the
                                                                                     Scientific Laboratories and other
                                                                                     which have contributed so much to
                                   part  of NVOO,  its  contrac-
                                  ed the programs -  involv-
                                  art of the  weapons  program
                                  ntially without injury to
                                   I mentioned the efforts
                                  .d its  contractors,  but
                                   efforts of the AEC's
                                  Governmental Agencies
                                  our safety  program.
     Preparation for the safe conduct of an event is based
upon prediction of the effects of the maximum credible ac-
cident which could befall that event.  Necessary steps are
taken as indicated by the predictions to ensure that N£ limits
or guides are exceeded.  Precautionary measures are taken
to ensure that public safety will be protected, should an
accident materialize.  NVOO measures and documents the actual
effects in order to take emergency action to protect life
and property, if necessary, and to accurately identify the
effects to improve the accuracy of the predictive effort for
future tests.

     There are two very important aspects to the predictive
and measurement efforts.  First, in order to successfully
carry on tests, the neighboring population outside the Test
Site must be protected  from injury•  The people must also
be adequately informed.  Only by dependable predictions can
this be done satisfactorily.  Good public relations with these
people means informing  them of possible effects of the event
prior to its execution  and having that  information as accurate
as possible.

     The second very important function of the measurement
effort is to be able to form a firm basis for settlement of
valid damage claims and to protect the  Government against
invalid claims.  We must ensure that everv effort is made
to obtain correct measurements and that these measurements
are properly interpreted and made accessible to the public
and interested organizations,  'it is important that the
people and interested organizations  not only be assured  that
all steps are taken for protecting the  public, but also  that
they be made aware of the extent and nature of this effort.

-------
      Prior  to  any  nuclear  detonation  there  are a  series of
 reviews  to  ensure  that  the detonations  are  conducted safely
 and  within  the constraints of  the  Limited Test Ban Treaty.
 To achieve  the safety in nuclear testing that we  desire, a
 system for  review  and approval was developed.  Slide No. 1
 illustrates this system.   All  nuclear tests do not necessarily
 involve  all of the individual  steps depicted; however, unusual
 tests do receive reviews from  the  entire system.  Slide No. 2
 shows a  listing of various safety  review organizations.

      The sponsoring laboratory performs safety evaluations
 related  to  nuclear systems safety, that is, procedures asso-
 ciated with assembly of the device, transportation, and em-
 placement as well  as the detonation system. These nuclear
 safety procedures  are later independently reviewed by a group
 of knowledgeable persons  (nuclear  safety survey group or nu-
 clear safety study group)  and  when appropriate, recommendations
 are  made to improve or  assure  safe assembly, transportation,
 etc.   These study  groups are comprised  of individuals from
 different organizations, and as a  composite group have a
 thorough understanding  of  the  nuclear device and  associated
 systems.  The  stated objective of  this  review program is to
 prevent  an  accidental or unauthorized nuclear detonation.

      For contained underground detonations, the sponsoring
 laboratory  independently evaluates and  assesses those man-
 made  and natural mechanisms which  influence containment of
 the  planned explosion.  Each event is then  reviewed several
 times by a  Test Evaluation Panel composed of individuals with
 considerable experience in nuclear testing.  The  organiza-
 tions furnishing such individuals  are the Los Alamos Scien-
 tific Laboratory,  Lawrence Radiation  Laboratory,  Sandia
 Laboratory,  Department  of  Defense, Air  Resources  Laboratory-
 Las  Vegas,  U.  S. Public Health Service, AEC, and  independent
 consultants.   Every aspect of  the  event which might affect
 containment  is reviewed by this Panel several times as prep-
 arations  for the event  are made.   A detailed study of the
 geological  features around the shot point is made by the
 U. S.  Geological Survey and presented to the Panel.  If there
 are indications of possible faults or other geologic anomalies
 which may affect containment,  new  shot  points are recommended
 by the U. S. Geological Survey.  Additional geological infor-
 mation is also obtained by the U.  S.  Geological Survey from
 satellite holes drilled to accommodate  instrumentation around
 the emplacement hole.   A careful study  is made of the drilling,
 casing, and  grouting history of each  of the emplacement and
 satellite holes to ensure  that there  will be no man-made path
to the surface.  If there  are  indications that grouting and
casing have  left voids, corrective measures are taken and the
hole  is abandoned.
                           178
     The proposed stemming plan (that is,  the method to be
used for filling the emplacement and the instrument holes)
is reviewed by the Test Evaluation Panel.   If there are doubts
as to the capability of the stemming material to contain
radioactivity, then appropriate changes are made in the stem-
ming plan.  The stemming may range from alternate layers of
pea gravel and fine sand to complete cementing of the entire
length of the hole, depending upon the shot, media and the
location.  The same type of review is made to assure contain-
ment of a test to be made in a tunnel instead of a drilled
hole.  Even though these reviews are made  and every possible
precaution has been taken to ensure that no radioactivity
will reach the surface, preparations for detonation of the
device assume that the maximum credible release of radio-
activity will occur.

     AEC Headquarters staff, and finally the Commission, re-
views the safety of each event, and if they are satisfied,
grant authority for its execution.  For detonations where
it is anticipated some radioactivity will  be released to the
atmosphere, such as for cratering experiments, a somewhat
similar review is made of the factors which will affect the
quantity and nature of the release, including a review of
the Laboratory's predictions on the effects of the experiment.

     In all cases, regardless of whether the detonation is
anticipated to be contained or to vent to  the atmosphere,
plans are made and steps taken to keep radiation exposures
within acceptable levels either by evacuation or asking
people to take cover.

     The U. S. Public Health Service places off-site radia-
tion monitors in the downwind direction in order that we may
get full documentation and take corrective action if there
is an accidental release.  Mr. John R. McBride of the U. S.
Public Health Service will describe this in his paper.

     The Test Manager has established an Advisory Panel made
up of specialists in meteorology, radiation, and medicine
to advise him as to the hazards to be expected from each event.
Other disciplines are added to the Panel as conditions warrant.
The Panel is chaired by a scientific advisor who is familiar
with the nuclear device, timing and firing systems, and pro-
gram objective.

     Although the Test Manager's Advisory Panel may meet
several times, months in advance, to discuss specific prob-
lems on difficult or unusual shots, the Panel always meets
the day before the detonation to hold a readiness briefing
in which the control plans are reviewed.  A complete weather

                           179

-------
 picture  with  predictions  for  shot  time meteorological con-
 ditions  is  given  and  review made of  the preparation  for on-
 site  and off-site population  control.  If  it  is determined
 that,  with  the  maximum  credible accident,  the test can be
 safely carried  out, recommendation is made to the Test Manager
 to  proceed  with the detonation.  The Test  Manager's  Advisory
 Panel  also  reviews the  last minute preparation to ensure that
 the recommendations of  the Test Evaluation Panel have been,
 in  fact,  carried  out  in the field.

      Complete field preparations are made  to  document even
 the smallest  release  of radioactivity.  A  system of  remote
 reading  monitoring instruments is  installed around ground
 zero  and in most  cases  a  remote reading instrument is in the
 emplacement hole;  there is also a  ring of  air samplers around
 the ground  zero site.   We have in  the air  at  shot time at
 least  two airplanes - one equipped with monitoring instruments,
 the other with  sampling equipment.   Should there be  a release
 of  radioactivity,  the monitoring plane makes  passes  over ground
 zero and through  the  radioactive cloud and then keeps track
 of  the leading  edge of  the cloud.  The sampling plane comes
 in  through  the  cloud  and  takes samples.  These samples are
 immediately brought back  to the Southwestern Radiological
 Health Laboratory  for analysis so  that we  know exactly what
 radionuclides are  present.

     Two  additional monitoring planes are  also utilized as
 necessary.  These  planes  are  equipped with extremely sensi-
 tive detection  instruments and with  proper equipment aboard
 to  constantly analyze the radioactivity picked up by the
 detectors.  This  then provides us  with immediate and contin-
 uing knowledge  of  the cloud's contents.  The  sensitivity of
 these instruments  is  such that they  can detect changes from
 natural radon concentrations  and are able  to discriminate
 between the debris in the cloud and  the natural radioactivity.
The tracking  effort of  these  planes  is used to position ground
monitors  in areas  which may have been or will be affected.

     As you perhaps know, testing  has been carried out at the
Nevada Test Site for 17 years - underground detonations for
about 11  years.  We maintain  three or more camp sites con-
 stantly.   The largest of  these is  Mercury.  There are also
 camps in  the  forward area, one near  the Control Point, and
 one at Area 12.  The population at these camps may vary from
 500 to 2,500 people.  Although this  relatively large number
 of people live  and work within a few miles of the ground zero
 of even the largest yield tests, there has never been an in-
 jury among  them as a direct result of a detonation.

     We are constantly  striving to improve the accuracy of
 our prediction  capabilities in all areas,  and have made much

                           180
progress.   We also have come  a long  way  in  devising  techniques
to assure  the containment of  radioactivity  during  shot  and
post-shot  related activities.   This  progress  in  prediction
capability and containment techniques  was necessitated  by the
increased  complexity of experiments.   In the  last  analysis
all those  involved in the test program recognize the potential
hazards involved.  Therefore,  we rely  on a  proven  system based
upon taking those actions necessary  to protect against  the
effects of the maximum credible accident.
                                                                                                                181

-------
                        QUESTIONS FOR ROBERT THALGOTT
 I.   From Donald E.  Barber:

     Why is some information concerning Plowshare Programs  classified?   It  is
     not obvious how national  security is at risk.

     ANSWER:

     So far as I  know,  the only things that are classified  about  Plowshare,
     the Plowshare Program,  are those aspects of the device itself which may
     be classified.   The rest of it is completely open.


 2.   From 6.  H.  Cruelers:

     How is a maximum credible accident defined especially  when  it is known
     that the stemming was designed to completely contain the  products?

     ANSWER:

     I  think  this will  be  touched  on in some other talks, but  let me briefly
     go through  a series of  things that gets us to where we operate.  The
     first is all  of our detonations are determined in  yield or  listed  in
     yield as a  design  yield and a maximum yield.   One  of the  laboratory
     people can  do this much better than I,  but essentially the maximum
     credible yield  is  a calculated yield based on the  best possible burn
     efficiencies and so forth.  We operate then not from what we expect
     the device  to produce,  but this maximum number which gives us one
     maximum.  As far as a release of radioactivity goes, unless  we have a
     great deal  of experience in identical  geological media and the same lo-
     cation,  we  go back to a model  developed from measurements of an actual
     venting  which was  a surprise  to us.   More or less  arbitrarily we've
     stayed with  that.   When we are faced with problems which  this does not
     cover, then  we  dip into somebody's mind and try to envision the worst
     possible case and  develop a model  from that.   In the case of the up-
     coming RuIison  Project,  we  will  operate both  models -  one for shot time
     and one  for  the possibility of  delayed  venting.   I'm not  sure that
     answered  it,  but that's about the best I  can  do.
3.  From R. L. Long:

    Are the assumed maximum credible accidents  as  unrealistic as many of
    those assumed for nuclear reactor analyses?

    ANSWER:

    I  am not familiar with nuclear reactor analyses.   I will say again what
    I  stated before.  We and the people who preceded us in the testing

                                   182
    business have tested for 17 years and the underground testing for II
    years without injury to people and we've done it on the basis that
    if we are surprised, we will  hurt no one.  I  don't know how you can
    hang dollars and cents on this.  If the Plowshare Industrial  Program
    advances and we have the experience in the field, rather than a sin-
    gle shot in a new location with unknown effects, then we probably
    can back off from this.  But as long as you have a single shot in a
    single location, new people,  new systems, then as long as I'm Test
    Manager, we will be able to take care of the  worst possible accident
    that anyone can conceive.
4.   From R.  C.  Pendleton:

    If all  people downwind are informed of hazards,  why have the people
    of Utah  not been given this consideration?

    ANSWER:

    I  think  I  can repeat what you already know,  that we do not execute an
    event either underground or Plowshare if anyone  in our system feels
    that there is an actual  safety hazard.  When we  do have an unexpected
    venting, or when we have a Plowshare experiment, as soon as we know the
    content  of that cloud, the approximate concentrations of activity in
    the cloud, and what we expect on the ground, through the Southwestern
    Radiological Health Laboratory,  the State Department of Public Health
    in Utah  is notified where we expect the cloud to go, what we expect
    to see in the cloud and  what we  expect on the ground.  So through
    that method at least we  thought  we were notifying the people in Utah
    of what  happened.
5.  From Walt Kozlowski:

    You spoke of unnecessary risks, would you please tell  us what you would
    consider necessary risks?

    ANSWER:

    Any time you deal with explosives or almost any mechanical contrivance
    there is some risk.  There is a risk in walking across the street,
    there is even a risk in getting out of bed.  I  consider those risks
    unnecessary where we are aware of the problem and fail to take care of
    it.  We do not shoot any nuclear detonation under circumstances where
    we are aware of problems and have no solutions.
6.  From J. E. Wailen:

    Geological studies are made to study the effects of the detonation on
    the geology of the area.  Why do you not make studies of the total
    effects of the detonation on the biology of the area?  Why do you study
    only radioactivity effects on man and only radiobiology?

                                   183

-------
    ANSWER:

    This question,  I  guess,  is really in two parts,  and  1  am  afraid that we
    have fallen Into a trap  by not describing more  fully our  program.   Later,
    I  think,  in this program there will  be a discussion of  ecological studies
    where we  are doing total biological  studies in  several  areas where  we
    had no previous experience.   Again the same problem with  radiobiology
    when, in  fact,  we are studying biology or the biological  environment
    and then  applying those  factors to it which will  give  us  concern  be-
    cause of  radionucl ides which may be released*
7.   From Dr.  Tom Rozzel1:

    Please give more information on the camps at the NTS  -  what  type of
    people, etc,

    ANSWER:

    The camps are located  at the south edge of the Test Site,  the middle
    point and the northernmost point*   They are established mainly  for
    economical  reasons -  it is cheaper for the people to  stay  there and
    work than to bring them back and forth to town.   The  highest percen-
    tage of the population of the Area 12 camp,  which is  the northernmost
    camp, is craftsmen.  Probably more miners than any other craft  because
    that is the area in  which we do mining.   This camp population runs
    usually about 800 people.   The Area 6 camp in the center of  the Test
    Site again  is mainly occupied by craftsmen and this will pretty well
    run the gamut since  these people work in the so called  Yucca Flats area
    and it is quite  convenient to them.   The Mercury facility  is the
    largest one.   I  think  we can house around 3,000 people  there.  This
    camp is populated  by a  mixture of  crafts,  professional  people and tech-
    nicians with,  I  suspect,  a higher  percentage of  the scientific types
    than any  other type of  people.   I  might  point out one fact.  All of
    our  water for construction and  our potable water comes  from  water wells
    on the  site.  The town of Mercury draws  its drinking water  from what is
    known as  Well 5  which,   aquiferous  speaking,  is  downstream  about 1-1/2
   miles from a shot, an underground  detonation,  that was  fired there a
   couple of years  ago very close  to  the water  table  in that  area and in
   no well have we  seen radioactivity.  The only  place we've  found radio-
   activity  in water is when  we drill back  in the  shot points looking for
   it.
                                  184
            MASS EXTRACTION RATES OF RADIONUCLIDES     *
       IN FALLOUT MATERIAL FROM A 170-kt NUCLEAR CRATER

                       Edward  H.  Fleming
    Lawrence Radiation Laboratory,  University  of California
                  Livermore, California  94550
                           ABSTRACT

           The quantity k is defined as the  fraction of a nuclide
     in the environment which must be ingested each day over a
     given time period to receive a maximum  allowable dose^  in
     accordance with the International Commission on Radiological
     Protection guidelines.   Values of k were computed for radio-
     nuclides produced in a single cratering detonation using
     current design technology.   A new concept^  called the "Mass
     Extraction Rate> "is presented.   This concept is defined as
     the mass of earth material from which the entire quantity
     of the radionuclide must be extracted and ingested each day
     by some natural process over a given time interval> which
     results in a permissible dose.   Mass Extraction Pate values
     are tabulated,   A comparison is made between the Mass
     Extraction Rate and the specific activity methods.
                         INTRODUCTION

     In a report of an LRL study in 1966 (Ref. I), James and  1 developed
a set of general equations from which individual  doses from and the  rela-
tive significance of radionucI ides could be calculated.  A table of
values resulted, showing (I) k, the fraction of a nuclide that must  be
ingested each day over any time interval to receive a maximum allowable
dose in accordance with International Commission on Radiological
Protection CICRP) guides,  and (2) qg, the disintegration rate of the
nuclide at t = 0.   In our calculations we assumed that neither physical
dilution nor biological concentration processes operate, that the  radio-
nuclide is always completely biologically available, and that there  is
no influence by the presence of the stable element.  We further assumed
that ingest ion begins two months after the  last detonation  (for the  case
of an  isthmian canal) and continues for 50 years.   In  this  paper the same
assumptions apply, except that the time intervals over which  ingest ion
is calculated are different.  Whereas  in our  previous  study the calcu-
lated values of qg and k were made for a detonation  plan  involving four-
teen separate detonations over two years and  294  explosives of varying
 This work was performed under the auspices  of  the U.S.  Atomic Energy
Commi ssion

                                 185

-------
yields, the  present  set of values  involves a single detonation of
 170-kt total yield and a quite different explosive design.  These
differences  alter the values of k  and therefore the relative signif-
 icance  index*  Although separate values of k. and of qQ are classified
and cannot be presented here, the  product kqQ In pCI/day is unclas-
sified and can be computed by anyone who possesses the ICRP Committee II
report  (Ref. 2).
                     THE GENERAL EQUATIONS

     A certain fraction of each nuclide existing in the environment
wM I be  ingested each day.  Because of dilution and concentration fac-
tors, this fraction will,  in general, be a function of time.  In Ref.  I,
we assumed this fraction per day to be a constant k.

     The general equations applicable to the critical organs other than
those of the Gl tract are:
0 =
and
D =
j.lX10"5.ekfwqQ
m(Xe -
V
)
r -Xrt1 -Xrt2 -Xg
e - e e
X
r
ll .
X
e
e
-v2-
J
     5.1X10~5 ekf
          mX'
                        -Xt
                           1
-Xt
+ 1) - e
     (Xt2 + 1)
where
     0
     e
     k
     m =
          dose  (rem),
          effective  energy  (MeV)  =2EF  (RBE)n  (Table 5 or 5A of Ref. 2),
          fraction of  a  nuclide existing  in the environment Ingested per
          day,
          fraction of  the amount  of  nuclide ingested, which reaches the
          critical organ,
          disintegration rate of  nucfide  at t  = O(pCi),
          mass  of organ  Cg),                                    ,
    Xe =  effective  decay constant  in the critical organ (day   ),
    Xr =  radioactive  decay constant  (day "').

      In Equations (I) and  (la) and  in  the equations which follow, t = 0
when  Ingestion begins; t| to +2  's ~^e + 'me  interval over which the dose
to the critical organ is calculated; q = qg when t = 0.  (When the criti-
cal organ  is not part of the Gl  tract,  it is  assumed that there is no
significant time interval between  ingestion of the nuclide and entrance
Into the critical organ*)

     The general equation that applies to the critical organs*that are
part of the Gl tract  is
                                 (1)
                                                         for X  = X  = X   (la)
                                                              C    ^
                                 86
                                                                            5.1X10
                                                                                  -5
                                                                                   °
                                                                                            "
                                                                 DCrem) -
                                                                                                                                           ('
t
   -  e
                                                                                                                     -X t0
                                                                                                                       r 2
                                                                                                                                        (2)
                                                            where
                                                                 T(days)

                                                                todays)
                                                                                   the time interval  the material  remains  in the critical
                                                                                   organ of the tract as given  in  Table  II of Ref. 2,
                                                                                   the time between  ingestion and  entrance into the criti-
                                                                                   cal  organ of the  tract;  viz., t^ = 0  for stomach,  1/24
                                                                                   for small  Intestine, 5/24 for upper  large Intestine,
                                                                                   and 13/24 for lower large  intestine.
                                                                         In using Equations  (I),  and  (la),  and  (2), t| will  be taken as
                                                                    zero,  i.e.,  the time of  ingest ion.   The fact that  radioactive decay
                                                                    takes  pface  between ingestion and  arrival of the nuclide at the criti
                                                                    cal  organ of the tract  (except  for the  stomach) is accounted for by
                                                                    the first exponential.

                                                                         Applying the appropriate values from Tables 8 and  II of Ref, 2,
                                                                    the equations then become:
                                                                    Stomach (S)
                                                                                                                D(rem) =  4.4 X 10
                                                                                         -9
                                                                                                    ekq
                                                                                                             - e
                                                                                                                                (3)
                                                            SmalI Intestine (SI)
                                                                                        _g  ekq   -0.042X  ,      -\\
                                                                       D(rem) = 3.8 X 10    -^—^ e        r (l  -  e  r
                                                                                                                                        (4)
                                                            Upper Large Intestine (ULI)

                                                                       D(rem) = 6.3 X 10
                                                                                                                                 -8
      - e
                                                                                                                        -xrt2
                                                                                                                                        (5)
                                                            Lo w e r La r g e I n test j_n e ^U-LI J_

                                                                       O(rem) = 1,27 X 10
                                                                                                                                            -0.54X
                                                                                                                       - e
                                                                                                                          -V2
                                                                                                                                                                         (6)
                                                                                                          No significant error is introduced by ignoring the first exponential
                                                                                                     in Equations (4), (5), and (6),  provided the radioactive half-life, T ,
                                                                                                     is long enough.   The following tabte shows such errors:
                                                                                             87

-------
                               SI
                                            ULI
                                                         LLI
                               The calculated  value  of  D  will
                               be too large by a  factor of:
1/4 day
1/2 day
1 day
2 days
4 days
.12
.06
.03
.01
.01
.8
.3
.16
.08
.03
4.5
2.1
1.5
1.2
1.10
      If  the  allowable dose to the critical  organ  in  a time period t|
 to t2  is substituted  for  D In Equations  (3)  through  (6),  It  is pos-
 sible  to calculate  the fraction,  k,  of q@  which must be  ingested per
 day each day from t = 0 to t2 for the delivered dose to equal the
 allowable dose.  The  lower the value of  k,  the  less  may be ingested,
 and therefore the more hazardous  the nuclide.  Used  in this  way, then,
 k has  a  physical meaning.   Also,  by  comparing one  k  value with another,
 the most important  nuclide,  under a  given  set of assumptions, can be
 determined at a glance.

     The value of k changes  with  the dose  criterion  and time period
 used for the allowable dose.   For example,  if a nuclide has  a half-
 life of  one  week, then 0.0033 rem delivered  in the first week is more
 restrictive  (gives  a  lower value  of  k) than  if the criterion of 0.17
 rem delivered  !n the  first year is used.   For example, where the criti-
 cal organ Is the LLI,  k can  be several orders of magnitude lower if the
 period zero  to one  week is used rather than  zero to  one year.  On the
other hand,  for a nuclide  with a  long half-life, which Is accumulated
slowly (like strontium-90),  a short  time period gives a  less restrictive
 k value.

     Because of these  effects,  any list of  k values  must clearly indi-
cate both  the  dose  criteria  and the  time period, t|  to t2.

     The  physical and  biological  parameters  used  in  the calculations
are given  In Appendix  A.   The annual  permissible dose values used to
calculate  l<  are:
           Total body, gonads
           Skin, bone
           A11 others
D (rem/year)
     0.17
     3
     1.5
     With the aquatic system  In mind,  it  is assumed  here that  ingestlon
begins one week after detonation.   It  is  difficult to  Imagine  Ingestion
                                 188
                                                        by a sizable portion of the population beginning  sooner, except via
                                                        the mi Ik pathway.

                                                             In cases where a parent nuclide decays  to  a  shorter-Iived daughter,
                                                        the contribution to the dose by the daughter Is included.   Where the
                                                        daughter is longer lived,  each nuclide is  calculated  separately.

                                                             For a given nuclide,  where there is more than  one  critical organ
                                                        shown in bold face type in Ref. 2,  each case was  calculated.   In every
                                                        instance, the first case listed proved to  be the  most hazardous and
                                                        is the only one included here.


                                                                             MASS EXTRACTION RATES

                                                             If we know the total  mass of earth material  (fallback, ejects,
                                                        and fallout) with which a radionuclide is  mixed,  we can compute the
                                                        Mass Extraction Rate, MER.   MER is defined as the mass  of  earth ma-
                                                        terial from which the entire quantity of the radionuclide  in that
                                                        mass must be extracted and ingested each day, by  some natural  pro-
                                                        cess, over a given time interval, resulting In  a  permissible dose.
                                                        This is done simply by multiplying the fraction per day,  k, by the
                                                        total mass of earth material, M, and is known as  the Mass  Extraction
                                                        Rate:

                                                                   MER (g/day) = k (day"1) M(g).

                                                             The total mass of earth material  is computed by first deter-
                                                        mining the fraction of the total radioactivity  produced per gram of
                                                        fallout or fallback  in the most highly concentrated samples, then
                                                        taking the reciprocal.  In such samples, refractory and volatile
                                                        particulates do not differ in their traction-per-gram values by more
                                                        than +50%.  Using the most highly concentrated  samples gives the
                                                        lowest value of M and, therefore, the  lowest values of  MER.

                                                             Assuming the crater dimensions scale as yield raised  to the
                                                        l/(3.4) power  (Ref.  3), the mass of earth material  with which the
                                                        radioactivity  is mixed scales  as the yield  raised to the 3/3.4 power,
                                                        or 0.88.  Then the fraction per gram for a  170-kt crater  is
                                                                    100
                                                                   T70
                                                                       0.88
                       0.63
times that for a 100-kt crater.  That is, the total mass of earth ma-
terial with which the nuclides from a 170-kt crater is mixed is 1.6
times that from a 100-kt crater.

     Tritium is a special case because it is not particulate.   In
cratering events, virtually all tritium appears as HTO, and  is more
uniformly mixed with the total mass of earth moved than are  particu-
lates.  Figure I  illustrates that the mass concentration of  tritium
In fallback is essentially constant from the bottom of the apparent
                                                                                                                                       189

-------
 crater down to the  working  point  315  feet  below.   Figure 2  (taken  in
 part from Ref.  4) shows the decrease  In  tritium  concentration with
 distance from surface zero.   The  highest concentrations are found
 in falI back.

      Using appropriate M values for particulates and  tritium, MER
 values were computed for all  nuclides.   (See  Tables  I through  III.)
 Nuclides having MER values  greater than  2000  g/day have been excluded.
 Also, values of MER were computed  for three different time  intervals.
 Table I  lists values of MER where to  equals the  time  required to ob-
 tain 99% of the dose at the permissible  annual dose  rates.  Table  II
 lists values of MER where t2 equals one  year,  and Table III  lists MER
 values where t2 equals 30 years.


 Interpretation of MER Values

      Using 12.4 day thallium-202  as an example.  Table I indicates that
 If an individual, by some natural  process,  managed to extract and  in-
 gest each day 100?  of the thallium-202 contained in  14 grams of the most
 concentrated fallout, he would receive 0.334  rem to the LLI, and he
 would receive that  dose in  the first  82  days  after beginning ingestion.
 Further, 0.334 rem  is 99% of the  dose he could ever  receive from
 thallium-202 regardless of  how much longer he ingests at that MER.
 Also, 0.334 rem in  82 days  is the permissible annual  dose rate of  1.5
 rem/year (not necessarily the permissible  dose rate  in 82 days).
 Table II indicates  that at  a MER  of 60 g/day,  he would receive  1.5
 rem to the LLI  during the first year.  However,  he would again receive
 1.485 rem (99?) in  the first 82 days,  or at an annual rate of 6.6
 rem/year for the 82 days, and about 0.015  rem in the  remaining 283
 days.   At a MER of  60 g/day he would  receive  0.48 rem in the first
 week after ingestion begins.   Table III  shows that at a MER of  1800
 g/day he would  receive 1.5  rem/year x 30 years = 45  rem in 30 years.
 However, he would receive 44.5 rem in the  first  82 days.

      On  the other hand, using 27.8-year  strontium-90  as an example,
 Table I  shows  that at a MER of MOO  g/day, the  individual would re-
 ceive three rem to  the bone during the first  year.   (Table  II did not
 include  strontium-90 because 128  years are required to receive 99%
 of  the  dose at  a constant MER.)  Table III  indicates  that a MER of
 only 180 g/day  are  required  to receive three  rem/year x 30 = 90 rem
 to  the  bone over 30 years.   At a  MER  of  180 g/day, a  dose of only 0.5
 rem to the bone is  received  during the first  year.  The reason  is that
 strontium-90 has a  long,  effective half-life  in  the bone; viz., 17%
 years.
The Terrestrial  Environment

What is a reasonable maximum  value  of  a  MER  in  the  terrestrial environ-
ment?  The U.S.  Public Health Service  reports data  on  institutional
total diets of children (9-12 years of age) during April-June 1968
(Ref. 5).  Samples of the edible portion of the diet for a fuI I  week
(21 meals plus soft drinks, candy bars, or other in-between snacks—
drinking water excluded) were collected and analyzed.  Twenty-one
states are represented, covering all  sections of the nation, including
Alaska and Hawaii.  Potassium intake was measured,  with a low value of
0.8 g/day in Louisville, Kentucky,  in June, and high value of 4.2 g/day
in St. Louis, Missouri, in May.   The institutional  average for  all  loca-
tions and months was 2.7 g/day.*  Since typical soils contain about
2*5 W/? potassium, the intake of  the biologically available potassium
must have resulted from actual  extraction rate of about 100 grams of
soil per day.  Virtually all of  this potassium must have come terres-
trially, because the sea contains a low concentration of potassium
(380 ppm), and sea animals do not concentrate potassium in their
muscle by more than about an order of magnitude.  So, for the terres-
trial environment, an actual extraction rate of 100 g/day would  appear
to be a reasonable overall  value for elements completely and rapidly
available from fallout to man's  food via'the sol I-root pathway.   MER
values larger than 100 g/day would  result in doses  proportionately
smaller than permissible doses.

     Harley (Ref. 6) reports that the natural uranium in the terres-
trial diets of San Francisco residents in 1966 was  413 ug/year.   Uranium
is ubiquitous in nature and is  found to be present  at about 3 ppm.   Then
the actual extraction rate for  uranium is 0.38 g/day, compared  to 100
g/day for potassium.  So for most elements, the actual  extraction rates
will be appreciably lower than  100 g/day.

     Using one week after the detonation for initial  ingestion  is much
too conservative for the soil-root pathway.  With the exceptions of
tritium, tungsten-181  and tungsten-185, the MER values of each  nuclide
in Tables I  through III increase to 100 g/day or greater if 51  days after
detonation is taken as the start of ingestion.  This is caused  simply
by radioactive decay.   The time  from detonation to onset of ingestion
required to raise MER values to  100 g/day Is shown  in Table IV  for each
nuclide.
The Aquatic Environment

     Most elements are concentrated,  some by large factors, by aquatic
food chains.  The ratio of the mass of element per mass of edible portions
of aquatic food to the mass of element per mass of water ranges from less
than one (e.g., Cl,  Ref. 7) to as much as I05 (e.g., Cd).  Therefore, the
aquatic pathway is potentially more hazardous than the sol I-root pathway.
Concentration factors are important when the specific activity method is
 Incidentally, this potassium intake results in ,i potassium-40 intake
of 2200 pCi/day, and an annual  dose of 0.060 rem to a child's total
body, or about one-third of the ICRP permissible dose.
                                                                                                                                      191

-------
 used to estimate hazards from radioactivity in aquatic foods.   The
 specific activity principle was first developed by a Working Group
 of the Committee on Oceanography of the NAS-NRC (Ref. 8).   In  their
 report, this principle Is stated:  "...if the specific activities
 (that is, the radioactive proportions of the elements) of  the  chemi-
 cal elements in the sea in the environment of human food organisms
 are maintained below the allowable specific activities for those
 elements in the human body or human food, no person can obtain more
 than an allowable amount of radioactivity from the sea, regardless
 of his habits."  In the Maximum Extraction Rate concept, specific
 activities are not used,  and as stated before, it is assumed that
 there is no influence by the stable element.  In fact, the specific
 activity could be infinite (I.e., no stable element or carrier ele-
 ment present).   It Is still essential  that extraction and  ingestion
 of a radionuclide from a certain quantity of fallout occur each day
 to receive the maximum dose, independent of specific activity.   This
 is no criticism of the specific activity method.   The two  concepts
 complement each other.   It might be possible to show that,  for
 nuclides with low MER values,  the specific activity is in  fact lower
 than the maximum permissible specific activity.   Conversly,  where
 the MPSA is exceeded,  MER values might be inordinately high.

      Also,  concentration  factors do not apply in the MER concept.
 For example,  the MER for  mercury-203 is 58 g/day giving 1.5  rem to
 the kidney  during  the  first year.   Let's assume that oysters concen-
 trate mercury by t  factor  of I05,  and  that six oysters are eaten
 each day during the year.   For a kidney dose of  1.5 rem, each  group
 of  six oysters  must extract the mercury-203 from 58 grams  of fallout
 per day,  not  58 x  I0~5  g/day.   The MER value remains fixed regardless
 of  the concentration factor.
Tritium

     Let us assume  Lelpunsky's often  quoted  value  for  tritium  produc-
tion of 6.7 x  IO-3 per  kt of  fusion.   The  MPCW  for  the  general  popula-
tion Is ICT3 yCi/cc.   Therefore,  I.I  x  ID'6  cc of  water  (a  body of
water 80 feet deep  and 7.6 miles  in radius)  is required  to  dilute all
of the tritium to MPCW.  It  is assumed  that  alI  the tritium produced
is immediately present and available  in the  aquatic system  and that
this body of water  is  never  mixed with  other water.

     However, tritium decays with a 12.26-year half-life, so that to
receive 0.17 x 30 = 5.I rem  in 30 years would  require  a  body of water
80 feet deep with a 4.1-mile radius,  and  it  is assumed that man is  in
equilibrium with this  body of water only.

     In a harbor or canal application,  for example, a  small fraction
of the total tritium would appear in  the  ocean,  harbor,  or  canal water
shortly after a detonation;  therefore,  smaller volumes of water would be
                                 192
required for dilution.   Furthermore,  turbulent  mixing  in  the ocean,
tidal changes in the harbor,  and currents in  the canal  would further
reduce the tritium concentrations.
Radlotungstens

     Tungsten-181  and tungsten-185 appear to be  potentially the most
troublesome particulates,  according to MER analysis.   Preliminary data
(Ref. 9) indicate about \% of the tungsten isotopes  in Cabriolet fall-
out  is  leached by sea water when continuously shaken  for  three weeks.
If only \% Is available,  the MER values for tungsten  must be multiplied
by 100 to compute the actual  extraction rates required to receive a
permissible dose.   Furthermore,  changes can be made  in the design of
the  170-kt explosive under consideration to greatly  reduce the quanti-
ties of the radiotungstens produced.
                         OTHER METHODS

     Tamplin (Ref. 10) and Ng (Ref.  II) have made estimates of  doses
to man which could be received through forage-cow-milk,  soiI-root,
and aquatic pathways.  They use the specific activity concept,  and
where uncertainties exist, employ values of parameters which tend to
maximize the estimates.  Also, their assumptions lead to maximum doses.
For example, they assume instantaneous equilibrium in the biological
exchangeable pool.   Ingestion begins immediately at shot time.   Tamplin
(Ref. 10),  in dealing with the aquatic system, calculates 30-year doses
to the infant bone for external activation products and fission products
from a cratering explosive of l-Mt total yield and 10-kt fission yield.
The infant  remains an  infant for the 30-year period.   The greatest dose
from activation products  is 430 rad from phosphorus-32, assuming all the
phosphorus-32 is  in  the aquatic system.  Using the same qn. of phosphorus-32
used by Tamplin (-4.2 x I016 pCi), an actual extraction rate 2.2 x I04
g/day is required for a dose of 430 rad.  His greatest dose from fission
products  is 2540  rad from antimony-126.  Again using his qg of antimony-126
(9.6 x IO'6 pCi), an actual extraction rate of 4.6 x I06 g/day  is re-
quired.  The present MER analysis indicates that many nuclides are
potentially more troublesome than either phosphorus-32 or  antimony-126,
the two nuclides appearing as most  important  in Ref.  10.   Further,  it
seems extremely improbable that an actual extraction rate  in excess of
one ton per infant per day could ever  be accomplished by any natural
process.  This comparison  illustrates  that uItraconservative assumptions,
regardless  of the method  employed, can result  in misleading conclusions.

      It is  Interesting to compare mass concentrations of the  lead-210
produced by the explosive and the  lead-210 naturally present.   In
equilibrium with  uranium-238  is  its 21-year  daughter  lead-210.   At
3-ppm uranium, the mass concentrations of  lead-210  is one  Ci per lo'2
grams of soil.  The  explosive  produces a  lead-210 mass  concentration of
                                                                                                                                       193

-------
one pCi/gram.  Therefore the mass  concentration  of  lead-210  from  the  ex-
plosive about equals that already  naturally  present.


                        ACKNOWLEDGMENT

     The author  wishes to thank  Dr.  Ralph  A.  James  for many  helpful
suggestions.
                                 194
                      REFERENCES

R. A. James and E. H. Fleming, Jr., Relative Significance  Index of
Radlonuclides for Canal Studies, Lawrence Radiation Laboratory,
Livermore,  Rept. UCRL-50050-l (Sept. 13,  1966).

Recommendations of the International Commission on Radiological
Protection, Report of Committee II on Permissible Dose for  Internal
Radiation,  ICRP
                                                                                                                          Publication 2  (Pergammon Press,  London,  1959).

                                                                                                      3.  M. D. Nordyke, The Sedan Event, AEC Rept. PNE-242F,  August  6,  1965.

                                                                                                      4.  J. J. Koranda, J. R. Martin, and R. W. Wikkerink,  Leaching  of
                                                                                                          RadlonuclIdes at Sedan Crater,  Lawrence Radiation  Laboratory,
                                                                                                          Livermore, Rept. UCRL-70630 (March 25,  1968).

                                                                                                      5.  Radiological Health Data and Reports, Vol.  10, No.  I,  January  1969.

                                                                                                      6.  John Harley, Radionuclides  in  Food.  Paper given at  the  Symposium on
                                                                                                          the Biological Implications of  the Nuclear Age,  Lawrence Radiation
                                                                                                          Laboratory, Livermore, March 5-7,  1969.

                                                                                                      7.  W. H. Chapman, H. L. Fisher, and M. W. Pratt, Concentration Factors
                                                                                                          of Chemical Elements in Edible  Aquatic Organisms,  Lawrence  Radiation
                                                                                                          Laboratory, Livermore, Rept. UCRL-50564 (Dec. 30,  1968).

                                                                                                      8.  Disposal of Low-Level  Radioactive Waste into Pacific Coastal Waters,
                                                                                                          NAS-NRC Publication 985 (1962).

                                                                                                      9.  F. L. Harrison, to be  published.

                                                                                                      10.  A. R. Tamplin, H. L. Fisher, and W. H. Chapman,  Prediction  of  the
                                                                                                          Maximum Dosage to Man  from the  Fallout of Nuclear  Devices,  Lawrence
                                                                                                          Radiation  Laboratory,  Livermore, Rept. UCRL-50163, Part  V.
                                                                                                          "Estimation of the Maximum Dose from  Internal Emitters in the  Aquatic
                                                                                                          Food Supply" (Sept.  10, 1968).

                                                                                                      II.  Y. C. Ng,  and S. E. Thompson,  Lawrence Radiation Laboratory,  Livermore,
                                                                                                          Rept. UCRL-50163, Part  II.  "Estimation of the Maximum Dose from
                                                                                                           Internal  Emitters"  (Dec.  14,  1966).
                                                                                                                                       195

-------
c^ "L ** ^ CM "» 3 ^ "

 O .*- tn O O <^ ^ £
 0» ~  W W   * -1
         a a. IT a
                 3- o. 3- :r
                          a a IT a.
EEEEEEEEEi'EEES|r£ps
       O •— to

       O O O
               O — -J
                 O O O O
                          o o o
            o o o o
                    o c o
          £ ° 2 H S '

         3 Dfn P^. "^ B)—  ^
                 ~» *- 5 1 *
                I o c» J^ 03 ro
   HHrrrmrr

   p » - ~ - a ~ ~
               H r r r r r
               •  r r r r r
               ra *- ~ >- >- •«
 ^-O-JN3CTlt*J  o:O7>
 oooooooooooo
                                 3 o
                                TO p


                                3 S
                                                                                   Table II



                                                                        Ingestion begins 1 week after detonation



                                                                                 U2 = 1 year)
Fission products
Nuclide
i131
Ba140
Ru106
Ce144
Sr89
Zr95
Ru103
Te132
Ce141
91
Y
Sr90
Nd147
Cs137





Tr*
Critical
organ MER (g/day) Nuclide
a.osd
12.8
1.0
284
52.7
65.5
40
78
32.5

58.8
27.8
11.1
30





d
y
d
d
d
d
h
d

d
y
d
y





Thyroid
LLI
LLI
LLI
Bone
LLI
LLI
LLI
LLI

LLI
Bone
LLI
T. B.





10
110
130
140
190
270
370
420
650

700
1100
1200
1200





w185
w181
Tritium
Hg203
T1202
w187
Rb86
Ta182
Ca45
C.A
Mn54
Hf181
P32
Cs134
S35
Pb203
Co58
2 1 0
Pt>
Induced activities
Tr
74
140
12.
46.
12.
24
18.
115
165

312
43
14
2
88
52
71

21
d
d
26y
6 d
4 d
h
,66d
d
d

d
d
.3 d
.1 y
d
h
d

y
Critical
organ MER (g/day)
LLI
LLI
Body tissue
Kidney
LLI
LLI
T. B.
LLI
Bone

LLI
LLI
Bone
T. B.
Testis
LLI
LLI

Kidney
0.42
2.4
18
58
60
110
140
170
180

190
240
300
500
625
820
900

1200
                                                           * day = day, y = year, h = hour.

-------
                                Table III



                 Ingestion begins 1 week after detonation



                              (t2 = 30 years)
Fission -products

Nuclide
Sr90

I131
Cs137
Ru106



Critical
Tr* organ
27.8 y Bone

8.05d Thyroid
30 y T. B.
1.0 y LLI



Induced activities
Critical
MER (g/day)
180

320
1300
2000



Nuclide
W185

Tritium
w181
Pb210
2m
Kg
Tl202
Tr
74

12.
130
21

46.
12.
d

26y
d
y

6 d
4 d
organ
LLI

Bodytis
LLI
Kidney

Kidney
LLI
MER (g/day)
12

;sue 35
60
450

1700
1800
*y = year, d=day
                      Table IV




Time from detonation to onset of ingestion requirc-d to




          increase MER values to 100 g/day




                 (tritium excluded)
t2 = 9
Nuclide
t!33
Pr143
w187
Te132
Pb203
Rb86
Ba140
Tl202
.131
I
w185
W181
9% D
t (day)
8
10
13
14
17
27
33
42

51
562
612
t, = 1 year t2 = 30 years
Nuclide t (day) Nuclide t (day)
Tl202 16 W181 110
I131 34 W185 233
Hg203 43
W185 588
W181 759







                                   198

-------
            APPENDIX A
INDUCED AND RESIDUAL ACTIVITIES
NilclirJp
Tritium
Ho7
C14
Na22
Na24
Si31
P32
S35
Q36
K12
Ca45
Ca*7
Sc45
Cr51
Mn54
Mn55
Fe55
|.-e59
Co58
Co58m
Co60m+g
Cu64
Zn65
Rb86
In114m+g
Sb124
Cs134
Eu152
Eu154
i e f\
Uy159
Mfl«l
Ta179
Ta182
Ta183
W178
W181
W185
W187
Critical
or^an
UocJy
tis.su i*
I.M
I'1 at
T. B.
SI
S
Bone
Testi3
T. B.
S
Bone
Bone
LLI
LLI
LLI
LLI
Spleen
LLI
LLI
LLI
LLI
LLI
T. B.
T. B.
LLI
LLI
i . ijt
LLI
LM

IA.I

LLI


LLI
LLI
LLI
T*
I2.2(iy
53 d
5730 y
2.60y
15.0 h
2.62h
14.3 d
88 d
3.1 X 105 y
12.4 h
165 d
4.53d
83.8 d
27.8 d
312 d
2.58h
2.4 y
45 d
71 d
9 h
5.24y
12.9 h
243 d
18.66d
50 d
60.2 d
2.1 y
13 y
16 y
144 d
43 d
600 d
115 d
5.0 d
22 d
140 d
74 d
24 h
Ar (day"1) Tfi (day)
1.55 (-4)* \,2 (I)
1.31 (-2)
3.31 (-7) 1.2 (1)
7.3 (-4) 1.1 (1)
1.11
6.35
4.85 (-2) 1.41 (1)
7.87 (-3) 7.72 (1)
6.14 (-9) 2.9 (1)
1.34
4.20 (-3) 1.63 (2)
1.53 (-1) 4.53
8.3 (-3)
2.49 (-2)
2.22 (-3)
6.45
7.9 (-4) 3.88 (2)
1.54 (-2)
9.8 (-3)
1.85
3.64 (-4)
1.29
2.85 (-3) 1.94 (2)
3.71 (-2) 1.32 (1)
1.38 (-2)
1.15 (-2)
9.05 (-4) 6.5 (1)
1.46 (-4)
1.28 (-4)

1.61 (-2)

6.02 (-3)


4.95 (-3)
9.30 (-3)
6.93 (-1)
A^ (day"1) e (Mt-V) m (g)
t
5.77 (-2) 1.0 (-2) 4>ii <4)
B.5 (-3)
5.77 <-2) 5.4 (-2) 1.0 (4)
6.30 <-2> 1.6 7.0(4)
2.7
5.9 (-1)
4.91 (-2) 3.5 7.0 (3)
8,97 (-3) 5.6 (-2) 4.0 (1)
2.39 (-2) 2.6 (-1) 7.0 (4)
1.5
4.25 (-3) 4.3 (-1) 7.0 (3)
1.53<-1) 2.6 7.0(3)
4.0 (-1)
1,0 (-2)
1.3 (-1)
1.1
1.79 (-3) 6.5 (-3) 1.5 (2)
2.9 (-1)
1.7 (-1)
1.9 (-2)
4.4 (-1)
1.6 (-1)
3.57 (-3) 3.2 (-1) 7.0 (4)
5.25 (-2) 7.0 (-1) 7.0 (4)
9.3 (-1)
6.8 (-1)
1.065(-2) 1.1 7.0 (4)
6.5 (-1)
6.9 (-1)

2.2 (-1)

3.8 (-1)


4.7 (-2)
1.4 (-1)
3.6 (-1)
r
w
t

5 (-1)
1


3.75 (-1)
1.3 (-3)
1
5.4 (-1)
5.4 (-1)




2 (-3)




1 <-l)
1


1










                200
                                                                                                                   APPKNDIX A (Continurd)
Nuclide
wlt!ft
I,1"2
Kg'0'
T1201
T1202
T1204
Pb203
Pb210
Bi207
Bl210
U233
L234
U235
U236
u237
u238
Np237
Np239
Pu238
Pu239
Pu24<>
Pu241
Am241

Br«2
S,«"
Sr"°
Y!>1
ZrM
Mo'J9
Ru103
Ru106
Rh105
AgU1
CdH5m
Snl21m
Sn123m
Sn125
Critic- at
Organ

LLI
Kidney
LLI
LLI
LLI
LLI
Kidney
LLI
LU
LLI
LLI
LLI
LLI

LLI
Bone
LLI
Bone
Bone
Bone
Rone
Bone

T. B.
Bone
1 lo nc
LLI
LLI
Kidney
LLI
LLI
LLI
LLI
LLI


LLI
T?
li?J d
74 d
46,6 d
73 h
12.4 d
3.75y
52 h
21 y
<0 y
5.0 d
1.G2 X 105y
2.48 X 105y
7.13 X lO^y
2.30 X I07y
6.75d
4.51 X 109y
2.14 X 106y
2.35d
89 y
24,360 y
6,760 y
13 y
458 y

35.3 h
52.7 H
27. H y
Mi.H d
65. 5 rl
t>7 h
40 d
1.0 y
36 h
7.5 d
43 d
76 y
125 d
9.4 d
A (day"1) T < 3.0 ('2 ) 2.(i (-1)
2.28 (-1) 1.0 (-1)
5.60 (-2) 2.3 <-l)
5.05 (-4) 2.5 (-1)
3.20 (-1) 5.1 (-2)
8.64 (-5) 4.94(2) 1. 40 (-3) 1.0(1) 3,0(2) 1.0 (-2)
6.23 (-5) 2.4 (-U
1,39 <-l) 9.5 <-l)
1.17 (-8) 4.9 (-1)
7.65 (-9) 4.U (-1)
2.66 (-12) 5.2 (-1)
7.95 (-11) 4.5 (-1)

4.21 (-13) 4.3 (-1)
8.90 (-10) 7.3 (4) 9.5 (-6) 4.9 (-1) 7.0(3) 5. 4 (-5)
2.95 (-1) 1.4 (-1)
2.13 (-5) 2.3 (4) 3,01 <-5) 2.8 (2) 7.0 (3) 2.4 (-5)
7.80 (-8) 7.2 (4) 9.63 (-6) 2.7(2) 7.0(3) 2.4 (-5)
2.81 {-7) 7.1 (4) 9.77 (-6) 2.7(2) 7.0(3) 2. 4 (-5)
1.46 (-4) 4.5 <3) 1.54 (-4) 1.4(1) 7.0(3) 2. 4 (-5)
4.15 (-6) 5.1 (4) 1.36 {-5) 2.8(2) 7.0(3) 2. 5 (-3)
FISSION PRODUCTS
4.71 (-1) 1.3 5.33 (-1) 1. ft 7.0 (4) 1
1.31 (-2) 5.25(1) l.:u (-2) 2.K 7.0 CO 2,1(-1)
(i.HT, (-5) 0.4 (3) 1. OH (-4) 5.5 7.0 CO !).0<-2)
l.OH (-2) 5.U (-1)
1.06 (-2) 2.4 (-1)
2.49 (-1) 1.5 4.61 (-1) 4.5 <-l) 3.0(2) G.O (-2)
1.73 (-2) 1.93 (-1)
1-90 (-3) 1.3
4.61 (-1) U9 (-1)
9-25 (-2) 3.7 (-1)
1.61 (-2) 6.1 (-1)


7.37 (-2) 9.3 (-1)
20

-------
                             APPENDIX A (Continued)
Nuclide
Sb124
Sb125
Sb126
Sb127
Te127m
Te129m
Tei:um
Te132
Ii:U
1*J " J
* J i*J
Cs136
Cs137
Ba140
Ce141
Ce143
Ce144
Pr143
Nd147
Pm147
Pm14°
Sm15:<
Eulf^
Critical
organ
LLI
LLI


Kidney
LLI
LLI
LLI
Thyroid
Thyroid
T. B.
T. B.
LLI
LLI
LLI
LLI
LLI
LLI
LLI
LLI
LLI
LLI
r
60
2.
12.
3.
105
34
1.
711
H.
21
13
30
12.
32.
33
284
13.
IK
2.
53
47
I.
* X (day"1) T (day) X^ (day'1)
• ^T %^

7
5
7


2

05



8
5


7
1
6


u
d
y
d
d
d
d
d
h
d
h
d
y
d
d
h
d
d
d
y
h
h
y
1.
7.


6.
2.
5.
2.
8.
7.
5.
6.
5.
2.
5.
2.
5.
6.
7.
3.
3.
1.
16
04


6
04
77
13
61
96
33
32
41
13
04
44
06
25
3
13
5M
(-2)
(-4)


(-3) 2.3 (1) 3.01 (-2)
(-2)
(-1)
(-1)
(-2) 7.6 9.12 (-2)
(-1) 8.7 (-1) 7.92 (-1)
(-2) 1.1 (1) 6.30 (-2)
(-5) 7.0(1) 9.9 (-3)
(-2)
(-2)
(-1)
(-3)
(-2)
(-2)
(-4)
(-1)
(-1)
054 (-3)
' €
6,
1.


3.
9.
5.
B.
2,
5.
6.
5.
1.
u
4.
1.
3.
2.
6.
4.
** •
7.
(MeV)
8
8


2
3
5
(i
••*
4
5
9
(-1)
(-1)


(-1)
(-2)
(-1)
(-1)
(-1)
(-1)
(-1)
(-1)
nn (g) f




3.0 (2) 2.0 (-2)



2.0(1) :*.0(-i)
•J.O (1) 3.0 (-1)
7.0 (4) 1
7.0 H) 1
12
7
9
3
2
6
9
1
4
r>
(-1)
(-1)

(-1)
(-1)
(-2)
(-1)
(-1)
(-•3)









H - clay, h - hour, y - year.


Numbers in parentheses arc exponents of 10.
                                                                                                                       o>
                                                                                                                        o
O
i-^»

2  10'

"c

u
c
o
u
                                                                                                                           10*
                                                                                                                           10
                                                                                                                                                 Sedan Tritium -
                                                                                                                                               jc

                                                                                                                                               "o
                                                                                                                                         I
                             I
                                                                                                                                                              :
       0         200        400        600


     Depth below apparent crater bottom — ft
                                                                                                                Figure  1.  Mass  concentration of  tritium vs. depth  in  Sedan fallback
                                     202
                         203

-------
                                                                                                                      QUESTIONS  FOR EDWARD  FLEMING
                      800     1600
                     Feet from surface zero
                                      2400
                                                                                                   From Alex Grendon:

                                                                                                   S i nee your method  seems  1~o  have  i nd i cated  an  annual  dose  of  16  milli-
                                                                                                   rem from potass i um-40, wh i ch  I  be Ii eve  is  much  higher  than  the  value
                                                                                                   computed by more direct  means,  have  you  analyzed  the cause  of the  dif-
                                                                                                   ference and does it suggest a  source of  error in  your  model?

                                                                                                   ANSWER:

                                                                                                   It  does seem high  and  I  admit  that.   A  value  for  adults  is  closer  to
                                                                                                   30  mi I Ii rems,  but  these  are children and as a result I multiplied  by
                                                                                                   two taking into account  the fact that their body  weight  is  about a
                                                                                                   factor of two less than  an  adult's.
                                                                                               2.   From C.  L.  Pringie:

                                                                                                   Are plant metabolism studies continuing  to determine nuclide concentra-
                                                                                                   tions in the food plants -  beans,  corn,  grass,  etc.  - grown in soil?
                                                                                                   Are such results published?

                                                                                                   ANSWER:

                                                                                                   I'm not  very familiar with  such work.   I  believe people from our
                                                                                                   Biomedical  Division  at LRL  could answer  that question better than I;
                                                                                                   and Dr.  Shore,  the Division  Leader of  the Bi omed D i v i s i on,  will speak
                                                                                                   here, I  be Ii eve it's Thursday;  and I'm sure he will  be happy to answer
                                                                                                   that question for you.
3.   From C. L. Pringie:

    Will your computations as presented be published in the Proceedings?

    ANSWER:

    Yes
Figure 2.  Mass concentration of  tritium  vs.  distance in Sedan.
4.   From E.  A. MartelI:

    Comment on the specific and total activity of cesium-137,  strontium-89
    and stront i um-90 in the cloud f rom a crater i ng shot at opt i mum  depth
    30 minutes after detonation.  What are the consequences of depositing
    the total cloud debris over approximately  1,000 square miles?

    ANSWER:

    I  don't have the numbers at hand, Ed.   I have them at the  laboratory.
                                                                                                                                    205

-------
   Moderator:  I  think the question is to answer the question as to the
   total  activity of  each of these species.  Are you prepared to speak
   to that?

   ANSWER:

    If that's the essence of the question,  I cannot and the  reason is that
   the number of curies of each nuclide produced in the excavation ex-
   plosives  is classified Secret/Restricted Data.  And that was what I was
   referring to.   I  hope that that information will shortly be unclassified
   or declassified by the AEC. Now the concentration of the cloud, on the
   other hand, is not classified although  I don't happen to have the num-
   bers handy.   I'll  be glad to write you a letter.
5.   From John Martin:

    How were the worst-case fallout samples selected?

    ANSWER:

    The calculations were scaled from Sedan.  We took many,  many samples
    from Sedan  and analyzed them both by wet chemistry and by spectroscopy
    and I  simply picked  the most concentrated sample that was obtainable
    out of those many, many samples.  And the concentrations differed per
    nuclide and, as I mentioned in the paper, the concentrations were about
    an order of magnitude higher for partlculates than for tritium.


6.   From John Martin:

    What criteria were used for the tritium values?

    ANSWER:

    I assume you mean ICRP dose criteria. Tritium - using body tissue as
    the critical organ and 0.17 rems per year to that tissue.
                                 206
        RADIOACTIVITY SOURCE  TERMS FOR UNDERGROUND

                  ENGINEERING  APPLICATION*

                      Howard A.  Tewes
               Lawrence Radiation Laboratory
                   Livermore,  California


                          ABSTRACT

          The  constraints on  nucTi.de production are
     usually very similar in  any underground  engineer-
     ing application of nuclear explosives.   However,
     in some applications the  end product  could be
     contaminated unless the  proper nuclear device
     is used.

          This fact can be illustrated from two
     underground engineering  experiments--Gasbuggy
     and Sloop.   In the Gasbuggy experiment,  appre-
     ciable tritium has been  shown to be present in
     the gag currently being  produced.  However, in
     future gas stimulation applications  (as  distinct
     from experiments), a minimum production  of tri-
     tium by the explosive is  desirable since product
     contamination by this nuclide may place  severe
     limitations on the use of the tritiated  gas.   In
     Sloop, where production  of copper is  the goal of
     the experiment, product  contamination would not
     be caused by tritium but could result from other
     nuclides:  Thus, gas stimulation could require
     the use of fission explosives while  the  lower
     cost per  kiloton of thermonuclear explosives
     could make them attractive for ore-crushing
     applications.

          Because of this consideration,  radionuclide
     production calculations  must be made  for both
     fission and for thermonuclear explosives in the
     underground environment.   Such activation cal-
     culations on materials of construction are per-
     formed in a manner similar to that described in
     another paper, but radionuclide production in
     the environment must be  computed using both


*Work performed under the auspices of the U.  S. Atomic
 Energy Commission.
                              207

-------
     fission neutron and  14-MeV neutron sources in
     order  to  treat the  "source term" problem real-
     istically.
      t"ipL/i-mfn,-c L/J um-tfjui'i'y ts i/Liifiiiu tr i,ricf  t, riv t'uu t>v —
      nuclide production for each  individual under-
      ground engineering application.
                       INTRODUCTION

     It is necessary to ascertain the  total  "source term"
(radionuclide production) resulting  from the detonation of
an underground engineering explosive to allow adequate
analysis to be formulated of both the  safety and economic
aspects of an application.  In the realm of  safety, although
the radioactivity produced is not immediately broadcast to
the biosphere, possible accidental seepage to the  surface
must be considered, as must potential  contamination of mo-
bile ground water.

     The economic aspects of the application are directly
affected in those cases where the product undergoes a re-
fining process of some sort prior to its ultimate  utiliza-
tion; if the raw material contains appreciable quantities
of radioactivity, the processing equipment must be designed
to prevent unacceptable radiation exposures to the equipment
operators.

     Finally, the question which impacts on both the safety
and economic areas is that of acceptable product contamina-
tion:  What is the initial concentration of radioactivity
and what is the cost of reducing the initial levels of
radioactivity to those required by accepted safety standards?
                 RADIONUCLIDE PRODUCTION

Sources of Radionuclides

     Fission Products.—Although the yields of the various
fission products may differ appreciably for different fis-
sile materials and are sensitive to the energy of the neu-
trons initiating the fission, existing studies1'3 enable
adequate estimates to be made of fission product production
in Plowshare explosives.
                            208
     Neutron Activation Products:   Device  Components.—As
presently defined,"devicecomponents"includethose portions
of a Plowshare explosive package  which can be subjected  to
very high time-integrated neutron fluxes.   Radionuclide  pro-
duction in these components can be extensive; for sake of
completeness, multiple neutron-induced reactions producing
radioisotopes far from the stability curve1* are included in
the calculation.

     Materials farther away from  burning fissile or thermo-
nuclear fuel are exposed to somewhat lower time-integrated
neutron fluxes; hence, first-order reactions predominate in
the production of radionuclides.

     Neutron Activation Products:  Canister and Soil.--Acti-
vation productsformed atrelativelylargedistances from
neutron sources will consist primarily of those made by  the
neutron capture process.  Whether neutron shielding material
will be employed (as is the case  for nuclear excavation  ex-
plosives) or not, the neutron spectrum incident upon the
canister and soil will include some high-energy neutrons,
and some (n, 2n), (n, p) and (n,  ») reactions will be induced
in the canister and adjacent soil.  However, the neutron
spectrum "softens" rapidly in the shielding and soil or  rock
(especially where significant water is present), thus causing
the overall predominance of (n, y) reactions.


           CALCULATIONS (CODES AND PROCEDURES)

Computation of Neutron Fluxes

     High-flux Regions.—Neutronic calculations may be made
of the explosion phase of .1 fission or thermonuclear device
using neutron diffusion or Monte Carlo computational tech-
niques.  Current versions of computer programs  using these
techniques not only provide for the calculation of  neutron
fluxes (divided into  a number  of energy groups)  as  a function
of time in any region of the device included in the problem,
but also allow the calculation of nuclide  production from
multiple reactions occurring in any of these regions.

     Existing codes also provide  for  the  estimation of  the
total number of neutrons emitted  from the  outermost region
included in the problem, again as  a function of time and
divided into several  energy groups.   Thus, these codes  pro-
duce a "source  term"  for additional calculations of relative-
ly low neutron  fluxes further  away from  the explosive.

     Low-flux  Regions.—The most definitive work5 which has
been done to date on  obtaining neutron fluxes external  to
                                                                                                                  209

-------
the explosive  involves  the use of the neutronic codes men-
tioned previously.   Instead  of incorporating only the explo-
sive  geometry  into  the  coordinate system used  in the calcula-
tion, a  large  segment of  the surrounding material (canister
and rock,  for  example)  are also  considered.  Thus, as the
nuclear  explosion proceeds,  the  interaction of the surround-
ings  with  the  explosive is treated, and a more accurate
assessment of  neutron capture times and neutron energies at
the time of capture can be made.  Figure 1 shows the tempera-
tures existing around an  explosive as a function of time after
detonation.  Despite the  obvious advantages of this computa-
tional approach, it can be put to only limited use due to
the large  amount of computer time required to  obtain results.
Thus, this method is used only to obtain some  guidance on
the behavior of specific  devices; for subsequent parameter
studies  (such  as activation  of different varieties of rock)
the neutron output  from a conventional explosive calculation
is coupled with a Monte Carlo6 code which is used to estimate
time-integrated neutron fluxes in various regions surrounding
the explosive. However,  by  using the appropriate results
regarding  explosive configuration and environmental temper-
ature obtained from the preceding more rigorous calculations,
the simplified procedure  can yield valuable and reasonably
accurate results in only  a fraction of the time required for
the more sophisticated  calculation.


               COMPUTATION OF CROSS SECTIONS
               FOR NEUTRON-INDUCED REACTIONS

     Although  a large number of  experimentally-determined
cross sections and  excitation functions are available for
neutron-induced reactions (see Refs. 7 and 8), neutron cross
sections for those  nuclides  that are involved  in the multiple
reactions  occurring in  high-flux regions are not easily mea-
surable, and are not available at this time.   Hence, appro-
priate codes are under  development to calculate these needed
cross sections.

     The computation of (n,  2n)  reaction cross sections, using
a normalized statistical  model approach,1 has  been generally
quite successful.   Although  there have been no experimental
checks of  the  validity  of this cross-section calculational
approach on  those nuclides far from stability, the use of
this model  for two  or three  mass units on either side of the
region of  stability should give  satisfactory results.

     Again,  for the  (n,o) reaction, a combination of statis-
tical and empirical  calculations10'" seems to provide ade-
quate results.  Since charged-particle emission in general
competes rather poorly  against de-excitation by neutron or
                             210
photon emission, the reaction products are not formed in great
abundance, and the accurate estimation is not as critical (at
least where gross gamma field predictions are concerned) as
is the case for the (n,2n)  and (n,y)  reactions.

     The (n,p) reaction can proceed not only by means of the
compound nucleus, but also  through charge exchange (direct
interaction).   Thus, a theoretical treatment of this reaction
becomes somewhat involved,  and an empirical predictive method12
is currently being used.

     Of critical importance for the accurate calculation of
neutron activation is an adequate predictive capability for
(n,y) reactions.  Although  these reactions have  been studied
in detail, both for the purposes of reactor and explosive
design, as well as in the formulation of cosmological theory,
recent evidence13 indicates that serious gaps exist in nuclear
reaction theory which makes extremely uncertain  the predic-
tion of (n,y)  cross sections by a theoretical approach.  For
the present, semi-empirical calculations are being used;
however, work is continuing on a more adequate and reliable
procedure.
                 ACTIVATION CALCULATIONS

High Flux Regions

     Due to the incidence of multiple reactions in high flux
regions, it has been necessary to develop "bookkeeping" codes
to keep track of the build-up and depletion of individual
nuclides in such regions.  Essentially,  the codes employ a
calculated neutron flux (as obtained from a neutronic code
output) at appropriate time intervals during the "burn" of
fissile or thermonuclear fuel and, using the required neutron
cross sections, calculate the nuclide composition within each
region of interest as a function of time.  The availability
of an extensive nuclide "grid," as well  as of a large library
of neutron cross sections, allows the calculation of multiple
reactions even on multi-isotopic elements.  Figure 2 shows
the multiplicity of cross sections which must be considered
in a calculation of this sort.

     Two major codes have been developed for this nuclide-
accounting operation.  The first, NOVA,'1* was originally
written to obtain a predictive capability for heavy-element
production in uranium targets subjected  to intense neutron
irradiation during the detonation of a nuclear device.  It
has since been rewritten slightly to allow its use with ad-
ditional target elements.
                                                                                                                 21 I

-------
     The  second  code, ACT,15 has been designed to utilize
more of the  neutron  flux  data  generated by the neutronic codes
in  order  to  give a more accurate estimate of nuelide produc-
tion in especially high flux regions.  It also has the capa-
bility of calculating the radioactive decay of the various
product radionuclides as  a function  of time.

Low Flux  Regions

     Since only  single-order reactions are considered in such
regions,  a much  simpler "accounting" code is required.  For
instance,  there  is no need to  consider the build-up of nu-
clides as  a  function of time.  Thus , the output of a Monte
Carlo  (or extended neutronics) calculation can be coupled
with the  appropriate compilation of  neutron cross sections
to  obtain  the desired list of  radioactive species formed.

     The  ACTIVE  code15'17 has  been developed to perform the
above-described  function; it also calculates the radioactive
decay of  the radionuclides formed.   It has the capability of
calculating  simultaneously the activation products in all of
the regions  used in  the Monte  Carlo  calculation and then pro-
ducing a  comprehensive compilation of radionuclides, automa-
tically summing  those produced in more than one region.
                   EXPERIMENTAL CHECKS
Limitations
     An obvious test of the adequacy of the predictions ob-
tained above may be made by comparing these results with
measured values for radionuclide production.  There are two
principal difficulties that prevent the simple accomplish-
ment of such a test.   First, there are uncertainties in the
total chemical composition of an explosive and of its environs.
This is especially true of pre-1968 tests, where the need for
careful sampling of device materials and soil had not as yet
assumed its present importance.

     Second, and more important, the chemical fractionation
occurring in underground detonations is extreme for some
elements, thus making an accurate estimate of the total pro-
duction of certain radionuclides extremely difficult.]8  *
Consequently, although the calculational check obtained by
examining experimental results may be at least semi-quantitative
for the so-called refractory elements, data relating to the
more volatile elements will probably be relatively unusable
for such verification purposes.
                            212
                         RESULTS

     Despite the difficulties outlined in the preceding sec-
tion, some reliable experimental results have been obtained
and are given (in a relative way)  in Table I.  It can be seen
that, for the tungsten activation,  calculated results are
no worse than about a factor of two different from the mea-
sured values.  It also appears that the predictive capability
is improving; i.e., Event No. 3 shows a much better correla-
tion between prediction and measurement than did the preced-
ing Nos.  1 and 2.

     Considering the more refractory elements produced mainly
in the canister and soil, it can be seen from Table I, that
here, too, the predicted production numbers are generally
within a factor of two of the observed production.

     As more adequate estimates of neutron cross sections
become available, it is probable that significant improve-
ment can be achieved in the ability to predict accurately
a radionuclide source term.
             CALCULATIONAL RESULTS AS RELATED
         TO UNDERGROUND ENGINEERING APPLICATIONS

Gas Field Stimulation

     In the Gasbuggy experiment,  a 26-Kt thermonuclear explo-
sive was detonated in a gas-bearing rock;  the resulting gas
produced from this well contained 18yCi/ft3 of tritium.2
This relatively high concentration of total tritium in the
produced gas was somewhat lower than the predicted value;
however, it emphasizes the need to reduce the tritium pro-
duction in Plowshare underground engineering explosives which
are to be used for gas well stimulation.

     Calculations23 have been carried out for the Gasbuggy
Event, allowing the emergent neutrons to impinge on Lewis
shale.21*  This work indicates that as much as 1 g of tritium25
will be formed from the 6Li(n,a)T reaction taking place in
the surroundings.  Should 30 cm of boric acid be interposed
between the neutron source and the shale environment, total
tritium production will be reduced by a factor of about 100;
about half of this tritium is produced  in the soil, while
the other half results from the  10B(n,t)2a reaction taking
place in the boric acid shielding.

     Another source of tritium which cannot  be neglected  is
the ternary fission process; approximately 0.0001 g is  formed
per kiloton of yield  6 (or a similar amount  to that produced
in the surroundings by a shielded explosive).

                             213

-------
     The actual concentration of tritium present in the gas
produced from an environment resulting from the detonation
of an explosive having such a low tritium yield cannot be
specifically assessed; required inputs for a prediction in-
clude a detailed analysis of the detonation environment, in-
cluding the characteristics of the in-place gas.

Ore Crushing

     In the Sloop experiment,27 a nuclear explosive is to
be emplaced within a copper-bearing formation and detonated;
the crushed ore will subsequently be leached with dilute
sulfuric acid to remove and recover the copper.

     Preliminary studies have indicated that one of the most
troublesome radionuclides, in the sense of being difficult
to remove from the copper during processing, is 106Ru.  Hence,
it would seem that a thermonuclear explosive with relatively
little fission would be the most desirable for use in this
application.  To date, induced radioactivities do not appear
to present much of a problem with respect to the copper puri-
fication process.  Possibly the most significant impact of
using a thermonuclear explosive would be the appearance of
tritium in the leach solution and hence, in the copper re-
covery plant.  In order to meet occupational safety standards,
it might well be necessary to conduct the refining operations
in containers which are sealed or appropriately vented to a
distant location.
                  GENERAL CONSIDERATIONS

     It can be seen that, on the basis of the preceding in-
stances, each potential Plowshare application must be care-
fully evaluated with regard to the production and distribu-
tion of radioactivity.  As a result of this analysis, the
appropriate combination of nuclear explosive and shielding
will be chosen, the optimum product treatment or recovery
plant will be designed, and appropriate research will be
initiated to ensure that the product will conform to accepted
radiological safety standards.
                             214
                   REFERENCES
                                                                                    10.
                                                                                    11.
L. E. Weaver, P. 0. Strom, and P.  A.  Killeen, Estimated
Chain and Independent Fission yields  for Several neutron-
Induced Fission Processes, USNRDL-TR-633,  U.  S.  Naval
Radiological Defense Laboratory, San  Francisco,  Califor-
nia (March 1963).

R. C. Holies and N. E. Ballou, Calculated  Activities
and Abundances of W235 Fission Products, USNRDL-456,
U. S. Naval Radiological Defense Laboratory,  San Fran-
cisco, California (August 1956).

E. H. Fleming, Jr., The Fission Product Decay Chains(Pu239J
aith Fission Spectrum Neutrons, UCRL-50243, Lawrence
Radiation Laboratory, Livermore (1967).

D. W. Dorn, "Mike Results—Implications for Spontaneous
Fission," Phys. Rev. 1S6, 693 (1962).

R. W. Gell, Neutron-Induced Activity  in the Gasbuggy
Event:  A Geometry and Temperature Parameter  Study,
UCID-15347, Lawrence Radiation Laboratory, Livermore
(July 1968).  CSRD)

E. F. Plechaty, SOUS:  A Monte Carlo  Neutron  Transport
Code, UCRL-12193,  Lawrence Radiation  Laboratory, Liver-
more (January 1965).  (3RD)

R. L. Macklin and J. H. Gibbons, "Neutron  Capture Data
at Stellar Temperatures,"  Rev. Mod.  Phys. 37, 166 (1965).

W. E. Alley, R. W. Gell, and R. M. Lessler, Semi-
empirical Neutron-Induced Cross Sections,  UCRL-50484,
Lawrence Radiation Laboratorv, Livermore (August 1968).

S. Pearlstein, "Analysis of (n,2n) Cross Sections for
Medium and Heavy Mass Nuclei,"  Nucl.  Sci. Eng.  23,
238 (1965).

N. K. Majumdas and A. Chatterjee,  "1U.8 MeV Neutron
Activation Cross-Section Measurements of a few Tellurium
Isotopes,"  Nucl.  Phys. 41, 192 (1963).

E. Saetta-Menichella, F. Tonolini, and L.  Tonolini-
Severgnini, "Statistical Model Analysis of (n,«) Reactions,
Nucl. Phys. SI, 4U9  (196t).
                                                                                                                 215

-------
 12.   R.  M.  Lessler,  private communication.

 13.   A.  Gilbert  and  S.  G.  Thompson,  private  communication.

 14.   D.  H.  Dorn,  J.  Georgatos,  and L.  Maizitis,  private  com-
      munication .

 15.   F.  W.  Guy,  private communication.

 16.   F.  W.  Guy,  private communication.

 17.   R.  X.  Lessler and F.  W. Guy, Gamma Dose Fates  and Inte-
      grated Doses frorn Neutron-Induced Residual  Radioactivity
      in  Soil,  UCRL-12339,  Vol.  I, Lawrence  Radiation Labora-
      tory,  Livermore (March 1965).

 18.   N.  A.  Bonner and J.  A. Miskel,  "Radioactivity:   Distri-
      bution from Cratering in Basalt,"  Science  250,  489 (1965).

 19.   J.  A.  Miskel, Sedan  Final  Report:   Radiochemicat Analysis,
      PNE-231F, Lawrence Radiation Laboratory,  Livermore  (1967).
      (3RD)

 20.   M.  D.  Mordyke and H.  M. Williamson, The Sedan  Event,
      PNE-242F, Lawrence Radiation Laboratory,  Livermore
      (August  1965).

 21.   H.  G.  Hicks  and G. W.  Barton, Jr., Chemical Fractionation
      of  Underground  Shot  Debris,  UCRL-12227, Lawrence Radia-
      ticn Laboratory,  Livermore (December 1965).  (SRD)

 22.   C.  F.  Smith  and P. F.  Momyer, Gas  Quality Investigation
      Program Status  Report  for  Project  Gasbuggy,  UCRL-71314,
      Rev-1, Lawrence Radiation  Laboratory,  Livermore (Septem-
      ber 1968) .

23.   A. Gilbert and  R.  W. Cell, private communication.

24.   J. H. Hill,  private communication.

25.   F. Holzer, Tritium Production in  Underground Engineering
     Explosions,  UCRL-71576  (Abstract),  Lawrence Radiation
     Laboratory,  Livermore  (February 1969).

26.  E. N. Sloth,  D. L. Horrocks,  E. J.  Boyce, and  ''..  H.
     Studier,   "Tritium  in the Thermal  Neutron  Fission of
     Uranium-235 ," J. Inorg.  Nucl. Chem.  24,337  (1962).

27.  P. F.  Zimmer  and M. A.  Lekas  (Eds.), Sloop,  PNE-1300
     (June 1967).
                            216
Table I.   Relative radionuclide production from three Plow-
          share explosive tests.

Nuc
1
1
l
l
2
3
5
5
5
S

lidea
"W
85H
87H
««W
"Ma
2P
'Cr
*Mn
5Fe
9Fe

Event
0
0
2
1.
1
0
0
0
0
0
»t. p,ti- . Measured
Predicted
No. 1 Event No. 2 Event No. 3
.4 0.4 0.8
.6 0.5 1.1
.3 0.9 0.7
.3 1.0 1.1
.1 	 	
.6 	 	
.4 	 	
.7 	 	
.6 	 	
.5 	 	
 The tungsten radicr.uclides were mainly produced in high-flux
 regions of the explosives; the other radioisotopes were prin-
 cipally formed in lower-flux regions.
                                                                                                                  217

-------
                      FIGURE CAPTIONS
Fig. 1.  Temperature/distance profiles for various  relative
         times  after start of nuclear burn,  from the neutronic
         calculations.

Fig. 2.  Principal nuclear reactions to be considered in ACT
         calculations (using a portion of the  tungsten nu-
         clides as an illustrative case).  Cross-hatched
         blocks represent stable nuclides; open  blocks rep-
         resent radionuclides.
                             218
                                                                                          10,000 p
>    1000 -
                                   Canister boundary after
                                   zero time.
                                                                                             10
                                                                                                     40
                                                                                                                  120    160     200    240     280

                                                                                                            Distance from device center — cm
                                                                                                                                             Tewes - Fig.  1
                                                                                                                         219

-------
                        QUESTIONS  FOR  HOWARD  TEWES
    From Charles Bowman:

    With regard  to available information,  how  accurately  can  krypton-85
    and  tritium  inventories  be assessed?

    ANSWER:

    Well,  the  answer to that is  if  you  are talking  about  total  production,
    I  think that the krypton-85  total production,  if  you  know the  fissile
    mater i a I and the neutron spectrum,  you couId  probab1y get the  tota I  pro-
    duction to better than  \Q%,  I would guess.  As  far as tritium  is con-
    cerned,  that's a little  trickier.   I  wout d say  about  a factor  of two
    on that.   But in genera I  we  try to  err on  the side of safety.   In other
    words,  we  will  predict  it on the high end  rather  than what we  think  is
    the  median.
2.   From Charles Bowman:

    How accurately can tritium produced  from lithium-6 in alpha reactions
    be predicted?

    ANSWER:

    Well, this is largely a matter of  judgment because you see our pre-
    dictions are just that, we've never  really been able to measure this
    in an explosion environment,  I  would have to say that, in view of the
    uncertainties and cross sect ions and neutron fluxes, I  wouId say Ii ke
    a factor of three.
3,   From Charles Bowman:

    What is the critical  conf i gurat i on of Ii th i urn-6 about the empI acement
    po i nt?

    ANSWER:

    The lithium-6 is in shale to the extent of a few parts per million so
    presumably it's sort of uniformly distributed around a detonation.  Of
    course, if a detonation  is taking place in some sort of a  layered environ-
    ment,  this might not necessarily hold.
4.  From Frank Lowman:

    What would be the fission yield from naturally occurring  fissile material
    in black shale from a  100 kiloton shot based on your calculated  neutron
    fluxes In the sol I?

-------
    ANSWER:

    This depends on the amount of fissile material  in the soil  naturally.
    I  went through this once, I  forget for precisely what yield.   I  think
    It was of the order of 100 kilotons and I  think the total  yield  that
    we were calculating was something of the order of a ton or a  few tons.
    That's tons now not kilotons.  That's natural  uranium and,  I  guess,
    thorium also in the soil.
5.  From Antonio Carrea:

    Assuming a shot in a foreign country, could an independent safety
    analysis be done without declass'*  ng information?

    ANSWER:

    At the present time, no.
                                     222
            METEOROLOGICAL REQUIREMENTS AND
       OPERATIONAL FALLOUT PREDICTION TECHNIQUES
            FOR PLOWSHARE NUCLEAR DETONATIONS

                    Harold F.  MueIler
                Air Resources  Laboratory
      Environmental Science Services Administration
                    Las Vegas, Nevada


                        ABSTRACT

      Meteorological support requirements for Plowshare
nuclear detonations are shown to depend on a number of
factors.   The importance of adequate support to the
effective planning and safe conduct of a nuclear
detonation is described.  An example of the influence
of atmospheric conditions on radioactive cloud devel-
opment and local transport and fallout of radioactive
debris is presented.   Prediction of the future state
of atmospheric wind structure, required for fallout
predictions, depends on an adequate definition of its
initial state and its rate of change.  This definition,
in turn,  is shown to depend on an upper wind-sounding
network of appropriate station density.   An operational
technique currently used for nuclear cratering fallout
predictions is described and shown to produce results
of useful accuracy.
                                                                                                                                     INTRODUCTION

                                                                                                               The measurement and prediction of certain atmospheric phenomena
                                                                                                         are vital to the effective planning and safe conduct of a nuclear
                                                                                                         detonation.  Effective planning requires a timely evaluation of local
                                                                                                         climatology in order to anticipate the probable influence of atmos-
                                                                                                         pheric conditions on detonation effects and operational procedures.
                                                                                                         The ability to avoid undesirable effects from radioactive fallout
                                                                                                         resulting from a nuclear cratering detonation depends  in part on the
                                                                                                         validity of the fallout prediction technique employed and the capa-
                                                                                                         bility to predict meteorological input to the technique.  The con-
                                                                                                         tinuing development of improved prediction techniques  requires
                                                                                                         adequate definition of those atmospheric parameters affecting the
                                                                                                         fallout process so that detailed post-detonation analysis can be
                                                                                                         performed.
                                                                                                                                          223

-------
        It  is reasonable to assume that future users of nuclear explo-
 sives  for peaceful applications will be greatly concerned with economy.
 Undoubtedly the various types of support activities, including meteor-
 ological  services, will be closely examined in order to reduce or
 eliminate as much of the effort as possible.  No attempt will be made
 here to establish specific meteorological requirements since these
 wi I I vary from one type of detonation to another.   Rather, 1  wi1 I
 attempt to describe some of the considerations in determining
 support requirements, the importance of an adequate upper wind
 observational network, and the influence of atmospheric conditions
 on  local transport and fallout of radioactive debris from nuclear
 crater!ng detonations.
          CONSIDERATIONS IN DETERMINING SUPPORT REQUIREMENTS

       The requirements for meteorological support depend on a number
 of factors.  Important among these are the expected maximum credible
 release of radioactivity to the atmosphere and the human population
 distribution surrounding the detonation site.  Geographical location,
 topographical features, proximity to bodies of water, operational
 procedures, and support contractor requirements all play a role in
 determining the extent of meteorological  support.

       Meteorological services may best be described by considering
 three phases in the conduct of a nuclear detonation.  These three
 phases are arbitrarily called the preliminary, detonation, and post-
 detonation phases.

 Preliminary Phrase

       It is during this phase that a detonation site is selected and
 organizations associated  with the project are making plans for their
 participation.   The location of on-site support facilities and
 instrument arrays to measure  detonation effects are determined. An
 examination of  climatologicaI  data at this time may reveal  important
 atmospheric characteristics bearing on these  activities.   A knowledge
 of cIimatologicaI  wind  direction frequencies,  for example,  may maxi-
 mize  the  probability of obtaining needed  radiological  data.   The
 unnecessary  location of support  facilities in  the most probable
 fallout  sector  can  be avoided.   It is also important during this
 phase to examine  climatological  data  in order  to establish  realistic
meteorological  restrictions under which the detonation is  to occur.
For example,  clear  skies may  be  desired in order that aerial photo-
graphy may be obtained.  A review  of  cIimatologicaI  data may  indicate
that certain  wind  flows are associated with clear  skies, others with
cloudy skies.   If a  choice exists,  care should  be  taken  to  choose  a
sector for the placement of radiological  sampling  instrumentation
which is consistent  with a wind  flow  which  climatology indicates is
normally associated  with clear skies.   Another  example would be the
choice of a downwind fallout sector which  is compatible with the
                                  224
desired long range radioactive  cloud  trajectory.   Timely  considerations
of this type may result in the  avoidance  of  costly delays or sacrifice
of needed data.   It is also during  this  phase  that the  meteorologist
responsible for weather predictions during the detonation phase
should be carefully studying climatological  data.   A  meteorologist's
predictive confidence should be tempered  by  a  knowledge of the clima-
tological  probability of what he is predicting.   If adequate clima-
tological  data are not available from an  existing  weather station,  it
may be desirable to obtain data at  the detonation  site  far in advance
of the detonation date.  These  data may  be particularly important
in understanding strictly local  phenomena which will  be discussed
later.

Detonation Phase

      It is during this phase that  the nuclear detonation takes  place.
The safe conduct of a detonation requires accurate meteorological
observations and predictions in order to avoid undesirable detonation
effects such as excessive air blast overpressures  and excessive  radio-
active fallout in populated areas.   It is also during this phase that
the collection of important radiological  data  takes place.  The  acqui-
sition of these data is in part dependent on adequate meteorological
predictions.

      Meteorological information normally provided in support of a
nuclear detonation is illustrated schematically  in Figure I. Sea
level pressure, a sequence of upper air  streamlines,  and  other  charts
not illustrated provide background  information on  current conditions.
Panel I  shows the predicted streamline flow  at a  particular altitude
above mean sea level (MSL) for  the  time  of  detonation.   Panel 2  depicts
the predicted shot-time winds at the  surface and  at various  levels
(MSL) above the surface; while  Panel  3 presents expected  wind changes
as a  function of time.  A predicted temperature profile (solid  line)
over  the detonation site is in  Panel  4 and  a change with  time (dashed
line) is indicated.  Panel 5 illustrates the predicted  local fallout
sector and hotline  location; while  Panel  6  shows  predicted  long  range
air parcel trajectories that are useful  to   indicate areas which  are
expected to be traversed by air potentially  containing  radioactivity.
The predicted maximum external  gamma  exposure  from radioactive  fallout
is presented by means of an exposure  versus  distance curve  illustrated
in Panel 7.  Clouds and precipitation conditions,  especially along
the expected path of the radioactive cloud,  are portrayed  in Panel  8.

      Prediction of the future  state  of  the atmosphere depends upon an
adequate definition of  its  initial  state and an understanding of the
changes taking place.  The  required  initial  state  and  rate  of change
can be obtained  from an appropriate three-dimensional  observational
network.  The network must  have a  station density, a real  extent
and observational  frequency appropriate  to  the scales  of  atmospheric
moti ons  i nvolved.
                                                                                                                                        225

-------
 Post-Detonation  Phase

       It Is during this phase that many diagnostic studies  are  performed.
 Some of  these studies  involve the use of meteorological  observations
 obtained during  the detonation phase.  The  evaluation  of a  fallout
 prediction technique,  for example, requires a detailed analysis of  the
 vertical  wind structure affecting the fallout process.  The wind
 structure observed only at the time and location  of the  detonation  is
 inadequate to fully describe the local  fallout  process,  which may have
 a duration of many hours and be affected by both  time  and space
 variations in wind structure.  Since the validity of a fallout  pre-
 diction  technique depends on its ability to reproduce  observed
 radiological  fallout data, the collection of comprehensive  radio-
 logical  and meteorological data are important to  continued  improvement
 in prediction capability.

 Upper Wind Observational  Network Requirements

       Let us  examine upper wind network requirements by  considering
 scales of motion' existing in the atmosphere.  Atmospheric  motions
 range in magnitude from the very small  scale of molecular motion to the
 very large scale of planetary wave motions.  Scales of motion affecting
 the transport of a radioactive cloud beyond the local  area  may  be
 adequately defined in  some areas by existing observational  networks
 (e.g., the Weather Bureau's network across  the  United  States).  In other
 areas, such as over the oceans, existing observational networks may
 be inadequate.  The station density of  the  upper  wind  sounding  network
 in the western United  States is shown in Figure 2.   The  average distance
 between  stations is roughly 200 miles.   A scale of  motion defined by
 this network  is  called the synoptic scale.   It  contains  such features
 as migratory  wind systems with wavelengths  on the order  of  600 to
 1,500 mi les.

       A  smaller  scale  of  motion,  called the mesoscale, contains wind
 systems  which can exist between stations in the network  just described
 and be undetected by it.   A denser network  is required to define
 adequately the location and movement of these systems.   An  example
 of this  scale of motion and its definition  by synoptic and  mesoscale
 observational  networks is shown in Figures  3 through 7.   The meso-
 scale  network was established in  support of a nuclear  reactor experi-
 ment conducted 25 June 1965,  at approximately I800Z.   Figure 3 shows
 a  synoptic scale streamline analysis of the 8,000-ft.  MSL wind  flow
 at I200Z.   (The  use of 8,000-ft data is not unique  to  the discussion;
 other  levels  could have been  used.)   At this time no unusual features
 are  apparent.  Figures 4  and  5 show  two possible  interpretations of
 the  8,000-ft.  MSL flow 6  hours later (I800Z)  at reactor  run time.
 (Synoptic wind data are normally  available  at 6-hr,  intervals.)  A
 disturbing  aspect of the  analysis  shown in  Figure 4  is the  location of
a cyclonic  circulation  in  an  area  of  moderately strong wind speeds,
since the speed  at  the center of  the  circulation  must  be  zero.  An
analysis  of the  same data,  shown  in  Figure  5, indicates the possibility
                                  226
of an anticyclonic circulation west of the Yucca Flat weather station
(UCC) at the Nevada Test Site.  Hourly wind soundings were obtained
during this period at station UCC.  The wind shift from south to
north occurred at I500Z.  Winds remained northerly through run time,
shifting back to the south one hour after the run.  If the UCC
soundings alone were available to supplement the synoptic data, one
would be hard pressed to provide a satisfactory explanation of
what had produced the shift.   A wind prediction for run time would be
even more difficult.  The analyses shown in Figures 6 and 7 include
data from the mesoscale network.  The analysis in Figure 6 corresponds
in time to that in Figure 3 and clearly indicates the presence, even
at that time, of a disturbance in the wind flow not apparent on the
synoptic scale analysis.  Knowledge of its presence could be very
important to test safety even though its movement may be unpredictable.
Several hours advance notice  of this disturbance was obtained as a
result of the mesoscale network.  The analysis in Figure 7 corresponds
in time to those in Figures 4 and 5.  It would appear from this analysis
that the interpretation shown in Figure 5 was the better of the two
synoptic scale analyses.  An  analysis of hourly data obtained from the
mesoscale network indicates that the anticyclonic circulation moved
southward into the network, then eastward, and finally recurved toward
the north, exiting the network.  At this time winds over the area
returned to a southerly flow.  It is clear that supplementation of a
synoptic scale network with a single wind sounding station at the
testing site can be woefully  inadequate.  It is likely,  in this case,
that, had an even denser or more extensive network been employed which
might have resulted in earlier detection and better definition of the
mesoscale circulation, even better meteorological  advice could have
been available.  The problem  is to achieve a realistic balance between
desired prediction accuracy and the desire to minimize expenditures.

      Certain mesoscale features of atmospheric motion are of purely
local origin.   Although the  presence of these local  features can be
anticipated, they change from day to day and from one location to
another.  Their detailed description and potential effect on detona-
tion safety may require wind  observations not available from an
existing network.  A familiar example of a local wind is the land-sea
breeze found in coastal areas.  Di urnal vari at ions in low I eve I w i nds
result from the differential  heating and cooling of the atmosphere over
the sea and  land surfaces.  During the day a wind blows from the sea
extending as far as 30 to 40  mites  inland in temperate zones and to
even greater distances  in tropical regions.  At night a weaker wind
blows from the  land out to sea extending on the order of a few mi les.
Both land and sea breezes are generally shallow phenomena, restricted
to the lowest few thousand feet, but depths of 6,500 ft. have been
observed.   If a coastal site  is chosen for a nuclear detonation, it
is important that this mesoscale feature and its diurnal variations be
understood and  its possible effects'on detonation safety be examined.

      A second example of a  local circulation which can be anticipated
                                                                                                                                       227

-------
 i s the mounta i n-vaI ley  wind.   This  wind  system  is similar to the 1 and-
 sea breeze in that it has  d i urna I osc i I I ati ons  w i th w i nds bIow i ng
 upslope during the dayt i me and downs I ope atnight.   If  a detonati on
 s i te is chosen i n mounta inous  terra in, this wind system  and its
 diurnal variation should also  be  understood and its possible effect
 on detonation safety  be considered.

       SmaIler scale turbulent  motions exist which are exhibited as
 higher frequency  wind fluctuations  than  those discussed  above.  Although
 these motions can produce  some effects  in the  local fallout process,
 the i r s i ze is smaII re I ati ve to the s i ze of the rad i oact i ve cIoud and
 therefore they do not affect  its  path appreciably.

 Atmospheric Influence on Local Transport and Fallout  of  Nuclear Debris

       Numerous examples  of the effect of the various  scales of atmos-
 pheric motion on  airborne  pollutants  can be found in  the  literature.
 An  interesting example  of  the  ef feet  of  vert i caI temperature and wind
 structure and the influence of topographical features on the  local
 transport of  a rad i oact i ve cIoud  resuI ted from  the  recent Schooner
 cratering detonation  at  the Nevada  Test  Site.   The  supplemental upper
 wind  network  established for Schooner  is shown  in Figure 8.  All
 avai IabIe manpower and equipment  were uti lized  in support of this
 experi ment,  resu11 i ng in a re I at i veIy dense network of observat i ons,
 The  Iocat ions  of  upper  wind sounding  stati ons (p i baI  and w i nd-
 finding radar)  and temperature sounding  stations (GMD),  as well as  the
 locations of  aircraft temperature soundings (NATS), are  indicated.
 The vertical  temperature and wind structures observed at certain of
 these  locations are shown  in Figure 9.   All temperature  soundings were
 taken  at  detonation time.  The times of  wind observations correspond
within  an hour  to  the time of  arrival of  the peak radioactivity at
distances comparable  to the observation  locations.  The significant
 features of these  observations are  the presence of a  low  level
temperature inversion and  a corresponding discontinuity  in vertical
wind structure.   The  temperature sounding nearest the detonation
s i te  (U20B) shows  the base of the i  nvers ion approx[mate Iy  I,800 ft
above surface ground  zero.  This  inversion layer slopes upward as
we proceed north to Site C (65 miles from ground zero) with its base
being found approximately 2,400 ft  above  the elevation of surface
ground  zero.  The  correspond!ng di sconti  nu i ty in vert i caI wind
structure is clearly evident.  The  effects of these features on the
Schooner debris cloud  are also evident.    Figure  10  is a schematic
cross-section3  (preliminary) of the Schooner cloud at the time of
initial stabilization  which occurred a few minutes after detonation.
Both a main cloud  and a base surge  cloud  are indicated.  A comparison
of altitudes of the top of the base surge cloud and the base of the
aforementioned temperature inversion indicates  that the  inversion
 layer was effective in  limiting the vertical  development of the base
surge cloud.  The corresponding vertical   wind structure shown  indicates
southeasterly to southerly winds  below the inversion  layer and south-
westerly to west-southwest winds  above.    The effect of this discontinuity
                                 228
on the Schooner cloud is shown in Figure  II.   This  figure  is  a  schematic
representation of the peak dose rates  observed near ground  level
during cloud passage.  Only relative intensities  are indicated.   This
pattern clearly shows that the base surge cloud was transported  generally
toward the north; whereas the main cloud  was  transported  toward  the
northeast.  To my knowledge,  the vertical  extent  of the  base  surge cloud
was never higher than the inversion layer as  it was transported  north-
ward.  Another interesting feature is  the apparent  "shadow"  in  the
pattern, presumably caused by the combined effects  of  limited vertical
development of the base surge cloud and the channeling of  low level
winds by the mountain ridge which reaches 9,500 feet MSL, extending
well  into the inversion layer.  This example  clearly illustrates  the
requ i rement for an adequate three-d i mens i ona I  observati ona I  network
i f accurate p red i ct i on of the I oca I  transport of  a  rad i oacti ve  deb ri s
cloud is desi red.

      The most important meteorological  input required  for the  pre-
diction of local  fallout is an accurate prediction  of  the wind
structure through which the particles  will fall.   This  implies  not
on Iy a requ i rement for the p red i ct i on  of  shot time  winds  but  also
their time and space variations.   Other atmospheric phenomena are
potentially important to the  local fallout process.  Vertical motions
such as those obse rved w i th i n mounta in lee waves'* > ^ and  convect i ve
activity (thunderstorms)6, have velocities which  are significant when
compared to the terminal velocities of fallout particles^.    In  addition,
the potential  for precipitation scavenging must be  recognized.   If  these
phenomena cannot be rea Ii st i caI Iy taken i nto account in  fa I I out pre-
d i ct i ons, the i r i nteract i on w i th the rad i oacti ve  cIoud shouId be
avoi ded.  If i nteracti on cannot be avoi ded, potent  i a I  "hot  spot" areas
should at least be delineated so that  radiological  monitoring can be
conducted and appropriate safety measures taken if  required.   Deter-
mination of the Iocati on and  i ntens i ty of these atmospher i c  phenomena
depends on an adequate observational network probably  including the use
of weather detection radar.

An_0perationaI Fallout Prediction Technique for Nuclear Cratering
Detonation
      A number of methods have been developed by various organizations
for the prediction of local fallout.  They employ similar fundamental
considerations and reflect varying degrees of sophistication.  One
such method was that originally developed by the Special Projects
Section, U. S. Weather Bureau, in 1955,8 based primarily on fallout
data from tower shots in Nevada.   The total amount of fallout and the
distribution of activity as a function of particle size and height  in
the initial radioactive cloud must be specified  in order to predict  a
downwind pattern of fallout intensities.   (A computerized version of
this method is avai I able.)  A modi f(cation of this method9 is currently
being employed for the prediction of fallout intensities resulting
from nuclear cratering detonations.  Time does not permit a detailed
description, however the major features will be  described.  This
                                                                                                                                       229

-------
modified method provides predictions of hotline radiation  intensities
required for operational application.   It  is a scaling technique which
does not require explicit definition of the distribution of activity
as a function of particle size and height  in the  initial radioactive
cloud.  Rather, the  assumption is made that an appropriate analog
event can be chosen  whose particle size-activity  distribution will
adequately  approximate  that of the event for which a prediction  is
being made.  The scaling method consists of a simple ratio technique
whereby the parameters  which  determine the hotline exposure rates
and the  location of  these exposure rates in their respective fallout
patterns are related, and then used  in conjunction with the empirical
results of  a previous event for prediction purposes.  The exposure
rate levels are normalized to one hour after the  detonation at all
downwind distances to account for radioactive decay.  The  form of
the scaling equation, where the unprimed symbols  refer to the analog
event and the primed symbols  refer to the  forthcoming event, is  as
follows:
                                  f'Y'
                                   fY
are the exposure rate  levels as a function of
distance along the fallout hotline for an H+l
hour reference time.

are the directional shears in the wind hodograph
from the surface to the top of the radioactive
cloud at time of stabilization.

are the radioactive cloud heights at time of
stab i I i zation.

are the resultant mean transport speeds from the
surface to an appropriate altitude in the radio-
active cloud.

are fractions of the total activity produced which
occur as fal lout.

are the fission or fission equivalent yields of the
nuclear devices.
      where:

      A,  A'
      h, h1


      V, V'



      ft fi


      Y, Y1
The exposure rate  level  (A1), when computed,  is applicable at a downwind
distance determined by the following equation:
                                 230
                                                                                            where:
                                                                                            X,  X1
                                                                                                      are downwind distances along the fallout hotline.
      The unprimed quantities are obtained for the analog event by an
analysis of observed exposure rate levels, meteorological conditions,
and radioactive cloud dimensions.  All  yields are obtained from the
nuclear laboratory conducting the experiment.  Estimates of h' and f'
are made by the use of empirical  relationships developed from data
obtained in connection with previous nuclear cratering detonations.'^
The quantities V  and 6' are obtained from the wind predictions
described earl ier.

      The value of a fallout prediction method can be determined by
its ability to reproduce observed radiological fallout data from the
actual release of radioactive material.  Radiological and meteoro-
logical data have been obtained for a number of nuclear cratering
detonations.  Data from several of these are presented to demonstrate
the validity of the fallout scaling technique.  The Sedan, Teapot Ess,
Johnnie Boy, and Danny Boy observed hotline H+l hour fallout gamma
exposure rates as a function of distances are shown in Figure 12.
Danny Boy was fired in hard rock while  the others were fired in
alluvium.  The range in total yield of  these detonations is a factor
of approximately 240.   The range in fallout fraction is a factor of
approximately 13.   Observed wind speeds, shears, and cloud heights,
as expressed  in the scaling equations,  also varied considerably.  Each
of these curves has been normalized to  a common set of conditions to
provide a test of the scaling technique.  The results of this scaling
normalization are shown in Figure 13.  If it were possible to account
for all the factors which contribute to the differences in exposure
rates observed for the several events,  the normalization would result
in a single curve.  Although this is not quite the case, it is
apparent that the scaling technique performs remarkably well for this
series of events.   The assumptions which were made in the development
of the scaling technique appear to account for the major differences
in the radiation  levels resulting from  these cratering detonations.
The technique satisfies the requirement for an operationally useful
radiation prediction method that can be both rapidly and easily
employed.  The method requires the minimum of  input  information
essential for any fallout prediction technique and depends realis-
tically on the empirical results of previous detonations as criteria
for radiation prediction.
                                                                                                                                       231

-------
                               SUMMARY

      The use of meteorological  data and services during the various
phases of a nuclear detonation have been described in order to point
out some of the more important considerations necessary in determining
adequate meteorological  support.

      Prediction of the local  transport and fallout of radioactive
debris resulting from a nuclear cratering detonation depends not only
on the validity of the fallout prediction technique employed but also
on the ability to predict the future state of those meteorological
parameters affecting the transport and fallout processes.   Data from
the Schooner detonation were presented to demonstrate atmospheric
influence on the base surge cloud development and the local  transport
of radioactive debris,  Prediction of the future state of  the atmos-
phere depends on adequate definition of its initial state  and the rate
of change taking place.   A case study presented demonstrates the require-
ment for an appropriate network of wind sounding stations  in order  to
define the location and movement of mesoscale wind circulations
Important to local fallout predictions and nuclear detonation safety,

      A fallout prediction technique for nuclear cratering detonations
was briefly described.  The technique provides predictions of useful
accuracy and satisfies the operational  requirements of being both rapidly
and easily employed in the field.
                                232
                            REFERENCES

I.  Glossary of Meteorology,  R.  E.  Huschke (Ed.),  American Meteoro-
    logical Society, Boston (1959).

2.  F. Defant, "Local Winds1'  Compendium of Meteorology,  T. F.  Malone
    (Ed.) pp 655-672, American Meteorological  Society,  Boston  (1951)

3.  R. F. Rohrer, Private Communication.

4.  R. D. Reynolds, R.  L. Lambreth  and M.  G,  Wurtele, "Investigation
    of a Complex Mountain Wave Situation," Journal  of Applied
    Meteorology, AMS, 7:  pp 353-358 (1968).

5.  P. Queney, et.  al.,  "The  Airflow Over Mountains" Technical Note
    No. 34, World Meteorological  Organization, p,  20 (I960)

6.  H. R. Byers, "Thunderstorms"  Compendium of Meteorology, T. F.
    Malone (Ed.) pp 681-693,  American Meteorological Society,  Boston
    (  1951 ).

7.  J. E. McDonald, "Rates of Descent of Fallout Particles from
    Thermonuclear Explosions," Journal of Meteorology,  A.M.S,, 17:
    pp 380-381 (I960)

8.  K. M, Nagler, L. Machta,  and  J. F. Pooler, Jr., "A Method of
    Fallout Prediction for Tower  Bursts at the Nevada Test Site,"
    U. S. Weather Bureau, Washington, D. C., June  1955.

9.  F. D. Cluff and T.  R. Palmer, "A Fallout Scaling Model for the
    Prediction of Gross  Gamma Dose Rates from Earth Cratering
    Detonations," unpublished manuscript, ESSA, ARFRO,  Las Vegas,
    Nevada, 1964.

0.  H. F. Mueller,  "Local Fallout and Diffusion of  Radioactive
    Material," Technical  Discussions of Off-Site Safety Programs
    for Underground Nuclear Detonations, NVO-40, U.  S.  A.  E.  C.,
    pp 216-225 (1968).
                                233

-------
                       QUESTIONS  FOR HAROLD MUELLER
    From C. Nef son:
    How can an official  state agency obtain  information from the Weather
    Bureau about the cloud path and altitude of airborne fallout from an
    U.S. or foreign nuclear  detonation?

    ANSWER:

    I suppose the  best  person to address that to would be Robert Thalgott,
    In addition to that,  I think a  lot of this  information  is being pub-
    lished.   I think  it is available  in a number of publications in the
    U.S.
2.  From M. Chessi n:

    In view of the extensive meteorological  preparations made for the
    Schooner  shot, how does  it  happen  that  increased  fallout was detected
    i n eastern Canada?

    ANSWER:

    The answer to  that  is  simply  because  it  was  carried there by the wind
3*  From Dr. RozzelI:

    Did  I understand correctly that coastal  areas and mountain valley areas
    are best as detonation  sites  because of  fairly  predictable diurnal wind
    patterns?

    ANSWER:

    No, sir, I was  not trying to  imply that.   I was  simply trying to give
    a couple of examples of  focal  circulations that  potentially could af-
    fect fallout predictions.  These are a couple of those  local circula-
    tions.
4,  From Kenneth Kase:

    Was the determination of the Schooner cloud cross-section made by
    observation of the visual cloud.   If so,  is this an accurate profile
    of the radioactive cloud?
    ANSWER:

    There were all sorts of measurements of the Schooner cloud  both visua
    and by aircraft sampling.   I'm not sure if someone  is going to speak

                                    234
    to this later or not,  but certainly the cloud shape was determined in
    several fashions and in the final  analysis will  be a composite of  these
    various types of measurements.


5,   From George Col I ins:

    In general, to what elevation must the vertical  temperature and wind
    structure be known for a typical  Plowshare experiment?   Is thfs a
    function of whether a  surface or  sub-surface detonation is involved?

    ANSWER:

    Not really.  Well,  of  course,  we're not talking  about surface  detona-
    tions here.  We  are generally interested in the  temperature structure
    up to quite high altitudes.   One  reason for this is as  input to air
    blast predictions.   But with  regard to radioactive effluent predictions,
    it is not too different in  terms  of temperature  sounding  requirements
    whether we are talking  about  underground detonations or crater ing
    events because the maximum  credible accident assumed for  an underground
    detonation usually implies  that we will  have a pretty decent sized
    cloud with dimensions  not to  dissimifar from a craterinq  detonation.
    From  H.  Tewes:

    To  your  knowledge,  was there any  real evidence of  advanced  radiation
    levels  in  Canada  resulting  from Schooner?

    ANSWER:

    I heard  there was,  Howard,  in  the press,   I  haven1t  heard  it  from  of-
    ficial sources, however.
                                    235

-------
                                            N
                                            t
                                        W-^O-tE

                                    HEIGHT  3    WIND Imph)
                                            2o  ho fg
                                           \
                                            x»
                                            I    /   /  o-
                                            $3   'a  'm   .6
     STREAMLINES OF AIR MOTION
      HT.     Dlft  3PD.
    (O.OOO   210   20

     S.OOO   ZOO   IS

     7,000   200   10

     6,000   180    5

     9,000   170    5

   Surfoc<    010    9
  2  WIND PROFILE AT TIME
     OF DETONATION
                                     TIME  6    12   18  24
                                   3 CHANGE IN WIND WITH TIME   5 LOCAL FALLOUT SECT OR
                                                                AND HOTLINE
        TEMP  -<=-                 -,

4  TEMPERATURE PROFILES     6  LONG RANGE AIR TRAJECTORIES


                                           ..I—-
                         DISTANCE
               7 EXTERNAL GAMMA EXPOSURES
                 ALONG FALLOUT HOTLINE
                                                     8  WEATHER & PRECIPITATION
                                                        LOCALL/ 6 DOWNWIND
Figure  1.     Content of Typical  Weather Briefing.

                                              236
                                                                                                                                       RAWIN


                                                                                                                                       PIBAL
                                                                                                           Figure 2.    Upper Wind Sounding Network.
                                                                                                                                                        237

-------
Figure 3.    Streamline Analysis, 8000 Ft. MSL., 12 Z, 25 June 1965.
Figure U.    Streamline Analysis,  8000 Ft. MSL.,  18 Z,  25 June 1965.
                                             238
                                                                                                                                            239

-------
Figure 5.    Streamline Analysis, 8000 Ft. MSL., 18 Z, 25 June 1965.
                                           240
Figure 6.    Streamline Analysis, 8000 Ft. MSL., 12 Z, 25 June 196;.
                                                                                                                                           241

-------
                                                                                                           K>      20      30
                                                                                                               STATUTE MILES
                                                                                                           CONTOURS - 7,000 FT.
                                                                                                                o - PEAKS
                                                                                                                                      vtalley
Figure T.     Streamline Analysis, 8000 Ft. MSL., IB Z, 25 June 1965.
                                             242
Figure 8.    Schooner Upper Wind Sounding Network.
                                          243

-------
Figure 10.    Schematic Cloud Profile « Schooner.
                                           245

-------
         KJ      20      30     40  « \
              STATUTE MILES             x.
         CONTOURS	7,000 FT.          Deoth,
              o	PEAKS           alley
Figure 11.    Schematic Dose  Kate Pattern — Schooner.
                                       246
                                                                                                 10-5
                                                                                                                                                                   JOHNIE BOY
                                                                                                                                                                   SEDAN
                                                                                                                                                                   TEAPOT ESS
                                                                                                                                                                   DANNY BOY
                                    STATUTE MILES
Figure 12.    Observed Exposure Rate Versus Distance.
                                       247

-------
                                                              JOHNIE BOY
                                                              SEDAN
                                                              TEAPOT ESS
                                                              DANNY BOY
                                                                                                        ATMOSPHERIC TRANSPORT,  DIFFUSION,  AND DEPOSITION OF RADIOACTIVITY

                                                                                                                               Todd,  V*  Crawford
                                                                                                                         Lawrence Radiation Laboratory
                                                                                                                             LIvermore,  CaIiforni a
                                                                                                                    ABSTRACT

                                                                                                    From a meteorological  standpoint there are ttio types
                                                                                              of initial sources for  atmospheric diffusion from Plowshare
                                                                                              applications.  One is the  continuous  point-source plume - a
                                                                                              &loWj small leak from an underground  engineering application.
                                                                                              The other  is the large  cloud produced almost instantaneously
                                                                                              from a cratering application.  For the purposes of this paper
                                                                                              the effluent from neither  type has significant fall speed.
                                                                                              Both are carried by the prevailing wind^  but the statistics
                                                                                              of diffusion for each type are different.

                                                                                                    The  use of constant  altitude^ isobaric and isentropic
                                                                                              techniques for predicting  the mean path of the effluent is
                                                                                              briefly discussed.   Limited  data are  used to assess the ac-
                                                                                              curacy of  current trajectory forecast techniques.

                                                                                                    Diffusion of continuous point-source  plumes has been
                                                                                              widely studied; only a  brief review is  given of the tech-
                                                                                              niques used and the variability of their  results with wind
                                                                                              speed and  atmospheric stability.

                                                                                                    A numerical model is presented for  computing the  dif-
                                                                                              fusion of  the "instantaneously-produced"  large  clouds.  This
                                                                                              model accounts for vertical  and diurnal changes  in atmos-
                                                                                              pheric turbulence3  wet  and dry deposition*  and radioactivity
                                                                                              decay.  Airborne concentrations^  cloud  size^ and deposition
                                                                                              on the ground are calculated.  Pre- and post-shot  calcula-
                                                                                              tions of cloud centerj ground level concentration  of gross
                                                                                              radioactivityj and dry and wet deposition of iodine-131 are
                                                                                              compared with measurements on Cabriolet and Buggy.
                                                                                                                                INTRODUCTI ON

                                                                                                            When a Plowshare device is detonated, a variety of radionuclides
                                                                                                         is produced  in the underground environment.  Depending on the

                                                                                                       *
                                                                                                        This work was performed under the auspices of the U.S. Atomic Energy
                                                                                                       Commission,
0     10    20

Figure 13*
                     60          SO
                      STATUTE MILES
Normalized Exposure Rate Versus  Distance,
                     248
100
120
                                                                                                                                       249

-------
particular Plowshare application some of these radlonuclIdes, particu-
larly the more volatile ones, may be released to the atmosphere.  In
the case of cratering applications, the majority of the vented radlo-
nucl Ides are attached to part IcuI ate matter and rapidly settle to
earth*  However, some of the material is either In the form of gases
or  in the form of particles which are too small to have any signifi-
cant fa!I speed*

     The purpose of this paper  is to discuss methods of predicting
the atmospheric transport, diffusion, and turbulent deposition of
the material which does not have any significant fall speed.  An
assessment of the relative accuracies of current prediction techniques
will also be made.

     Trajectory prediction techniques are common to the effluent which
might be released from an underground engineering application and from
a cratering application.  Thus, these will be discussed first.  The
diffusion and deposition of effluent from each application will then
be  discussed separately because the diffusion approach  Is different
for each application.
                         TRAJ ECTORIES

     The most common method of constructing a trajectory  is the central
tendency method.  This method assumes that the wind field  Is  invariant
between times for which  no data are available.  The best available wind
field analysis for the height of  interest  Is used.  This could be a
streamline analysis or a contour  analysis on constant pressure charts.
Isotachs aid the analysis.  To construct the trajectory, a point is
moved along with the available wind field for a time period equivalent
to the time between observation periods.  This period of movement of
the parcel is centered on the time of the analysis*

     This central tendency method  Is one of many possible  kinematic
methods of constructing  trajectories.  However, this is about the
easiest method to use, and various studies''^ have shown that there
is little difference in  trajectory accuracy among the various kinematic
methods, when the accuracies are  averaged over a variety of synoptic
situations*  In any one  particular case, one kinematic method may be
somewhat better than another.

     There are also dynamic methods of constructing trajectories
which compute the acceleration of the air parcel.  However, these
are not widely used because they  are more  laborious to construct, and
they require a high accuracy in the wind and pressure fields*  This
latter is true because the calculated acceleration is a small difference
between two fairly large terms.   Consequently, dynamic methods are
seldom used In routine trajectory forecasting.

     If the trajectory being constructed is a "hind cast," wind maps
prepared from observations are used; or if It Is a "forecast," then
prognostic charts of the wind field are used.

                                250
     What methods can be used to check the accuracy of trajectory fore-
casting techniques?  As it Is the path of parcels of air containing
pollutants that are of Interest, the best measurement of the trajectory
would be a continuous tracking of the air parcel.  However,  this is
difficult to accomplish as it takes almost continuous aircraft tracking
of a "tagged11 parcel for several days-  The tracked air parcels which
can be compared to trajectory forecasts are almost nonexistent.

     The next best method would be to track a constant level  balloon
or a constant density balloon.  Constant level  balloons have been
flown at heights of 200-300 millibars and set so that they stay on a
constant pressure surface.  Constant density balloons, which are also
known as tetroons. have been flown In the lower atmosphere,  say from
12,000 feet down to a few hundred feet above the ground, and are designed
to float on a constant density surface.

     Another method which has been used to study trajectories has been
to construct a trajectory from observed wind data and compare it to a
constructed trajectory based on forecast data.   Ironically though,  when
constant level balloon data have been available, the error in "hind
cast" trajectories has been determined to be about the same  as in fore-
cast trajectories.'*2

     Using trajectories from II balloon flights at 200 millibars during
the period of August 1949 to March 1950, Machta, in an unpublished
paper,'*2 found an average error of 32? of the total trajectory length
for an average trajectory length of 855 nautical miles (average flight
duration 15^ hours).  An Air Weather Service trajectory study at 300
millibars, for 76 cases, compared forecast trajectories to balloon data.
This gave an average cross trajectory error of  19.5? and an  average along
trajectory error of 25.9?,  This resulted in a net error of  about 32.5?.'
Moore^ had an average forecast trajectory error of 23? of the total tra-
jectory path for balloons designed to fly at 300 millibars*   "Hind cast"
trajectories prepared for 20 balloon flights, selected for good behavior,
right altitude, etc,, gave an average trajectory forecast error of 20?
of the trajectory path length of about 1000 miles.

     Trajectory computations can be easily done by computer.   By linking
a trajectory forecasting technique directly to one of the numerical
weather prediction models run by the Environmental Scientific Services
Administration (ESSA) at Suitland, Maryland, one has the advantage of
using small time steps in the central tendency method*  This is because
the numerical weather prediction models step forward  in time steps of
10 minutes to an hour, whereas, prognostic charts or observational data
are usually only available in  12-hour increments.  Hurbert et^ aJJ* ran  II
comparisons, with constant level balloons floating at 300 mTTlTbars and
72-hour trajectory forecasts prepared by the equivalent barotroplc model.
The equivalent barotropic model does calculations at the 500-millibar
surface, and then it is necessary to extrapolate upwind to 300 millibar
in order to compare calculations to the path of the constant level
balloons.  The average error  in these comparisons for flights of 72
hour duration was about 25? of the flight path  length,

                                251

-------
      Coming down in altitude to the lower levels (10,000-12,000 feet),
 there is the trajectory study done by Allen,  et a I . ~* This study was
 done utilizing trajectories originating at the Nevada Test Site (NTS).
 For the per i od of about a year four different kinds  of trajector i es
 were prepared (or available) at NTS.   They were:

      (I) A 30-hour 700-millibar forecast which was  linked to the
 output of the three-level  baroclinic  prediction model being  run
 by ESSA at Suitland, Maryland.

      (2) The duty forecaster at NTS routinely forecast 30-hour
 trajector i es f rom NTS.   During the first part of the test period,
 these were at 10,000 feet and during  the second part of  the  test
 per iod they were at 12,000 feet,   Although these forecasters d i d
 not have access to the numer i caI Iy prepared  trajector i es,  they
 did have access to the prognost i c  charts prepared at
 Suitland, Maryland.

      (3) The duty forecasters at NTS  routinely reconstructed
 30-hour trajectories using observed wind data.

      (4) Small  clusters of tetroons were launched almost daily
 and tracked by radar as long as poss i bIe.   The max imum track i ng
 t ime  was about 50 hours.   In order to minimize the ground i ng
 of  these balloons and  to optimize  their radar tractabi Iity in
 the rough terra i n of northern  Nevada,  these  baI Ioons were fI own
 at  12,000 feet.

      Over a  forecast time  period of 6  to 24  hours, the standard vector
 deviation from the tetroon trajectory  end  point and  the  NTS  forecaster-
 prepared  trajectory  end point  was  55-60$ of the total  tetroon trajectory
 length.   The  same accuracy was  obtained  by the numerical  forecast  tra-
 jectories from Suitland.   The  reconstructed trajectories done by NTS
meteorologists had a standard vector deviation  from  the  observed tetroon
trajectory of 36 to  51% of  the  tetroon  trajectory path  Iength.

     Examination of  the data also  indicates that  there  is  a  50? chance
that the vector standard error  will be  less than  47?  of  the  total  path
 length for the forecast prepared by NTS  forecasters.   For "hind  casts1'
prepared by the NTS  forecasters, there was a  50?  chance  that the  vector
error will be less than 26? of  the  total trajectory  path.  Generally,
the "h i nd cast" trajector i es were  shorter  i n  tota I path  length  than the
observed tetroon trajector i es.  There  is some  rationale  for  believing
that the tetroons, because  they are restricted  to constant density sur-
faces, will  tend to move faster than air parcels  which could move  up
and down more (see discussion at end of  Reference 5).

      It  is .1  little surprising  in all  of these  studies to  see that the
"hind cast" trajectories are not much better  than the  forecast.   The
sparseness of upper wind data would contribute  to this.   In  particular,
the terrain in northern Nevada and   the Rocky Mountain states would have
a significant effect on the path of  the tetroons studied by Allen,  et a I .
The meteorologists at NTS attempted  to allow for terrain effects on their
forecasts for the first few hours of the tra lectory.   However,  at I ate
times they relied on ESSA prognost ic charts f rom Suitland,  Maryland.   In
these numerical  models the terrain is grossly  smoothed.   This lack  of
terrain effect was also very evident in the numerically  prepared tra-
jectory forecast from Suitland.   Terrain may also help explain  why  the
average error between forecast and tetroon  trajectories  is  like 50-60*
for the Nevada studies, whereas  for  the constant level balloons at
higher altitudes the error was 20-30^.

     It is also true that long trajectories and  smooth "flow" tend  to
have less percentage error.  The smooth flow nukes  the lack of  spacial
resolution in the data less critical.   Long trajectories also tend
toward a more climatically averaged  transport  speed.

     A Iow-level trajectory study done by Peterson   compared  tetroon
trajector i es at 500-I 000 feet above  the ground,  with  reconstructed
trajectories using an adjusted surface wind, a surface geostroph i c
w i nd, a second standard level  wind,  and a 5000-foot wind.   The  tra-
jectory construct!on technique in all  cases was  the central  tendency
method.   The bas i c tetroon data  was  a card  ma i Ied back f rom wherever
the tetroon was found.  Thus the I and i ng po i nt was  known,  but not
necessarily the path between launching and  landing.

     Out of these data it was possible to show that the  reconstructed
trajectory using the adjusted surface wind, adjusted  for speed  change
with height and for veerinq with height, gave  the best fit  to the ob-
served I and i ng pos i t i on of the tetroon.

     All  of these systems of reconstructing trajectories were unsuc-
cessful  in cases of  rough terrain and in cases of interaction with
frontaI  surfaces.
     In reality it is necessary to deal  with air parcels which follow
isentropic surfaces.   Isentropic surfaces may or may not coincide with
isobaric or constant height surfaces.

     In particular,  isentropic surfaces  are nearly parallel  to frontal
surfaces and thus air parcels rise over  fronts.   Pout i ne i sentrop i c
forecasts were not and are not available to compare with observations
of "tagged" air parcels.   Isentropic "hind casts" have been used a
great deal as a diagnostic tool; this is particularly true for stratos-
pheric trajector i es.   The f ramework for   isentropic tra jectory fore-
casts is avaiIable,^,8 hut it needs to be put to routine use.

     Lastly, in closing this discussion  of trajectory forecasting  it
should be mentioned that ESSA currently   runs a trajectory forecast
program at the numerical  weather prediction unit at Suitland, Maryland.
The trajectory forecast uses a central tendency method and  linear
intprpolation between the grid points used  in six-layer primitive
equation model.9  At each hour during the computation of the  48-hour

-------
 forecast,  wind  direction  and  speed  is  tabulated at each grid point
 and  for  a  variety  of  heights.   Trajectories  are then  prepared utl-
 llzing one-hour time  steps  and  these forecast  winds.  Trajectories
 can  be run at several  different heights  and  with  several different
 starting points.   Unfortunately,  a  comparison  of  these computer
 trajectories with  tetroon data  or even reconstructed  trajectories
 has  not  been done  yet.
              UNDERGROUND ENGINEERING  APPLICATIONS

      Most  conceivable  underground  engineering  applications would be
 done  with  the Plowshare device buried too  deep for  there to be any
 significant probability of  a  dynamic  venting.   If any venting occurs,
 it  most  likely will  be in the form of a  small  continuous  leak of
 volatile radionucl ides.   This effluent would be carried downwind by
 the local,  near-surface wind  pattern.  The diffusion of this con-
 tinuous plume of  effluent would be well  described by the Gaussian
 plume diffusion model.   This  model  is represented by Equation (I):
                          -1/2
                                    *
                                                                    (i)
          2n  a
           X   =  the  concentration,  pCi/m
Where:     0   =  the  source,  pCi/sec
           y   =  the  crosswind distance  from  plume axis, m
           Oy  =  the  standard deviation  of the  crosswind Gaussian
                 distribution of  concentration, m
           z   =  the  vertical  distance from the ptume  axis, m
           oz  =  the  standard deviation  of the  vertical Gaussian
                 distribution of  concentration, m
           u   =  the  mean  horizontal wind speed, m/sec

     Various forms of Equation  (I)  have been well studied  in the
meteorological literature  for the  last  30 years.  The books by Sutton,
                                                                       10
meteorological  literature  tor  the  last  JU  years,   me  Dooks  Dy  burron,
Pasqulll.TI and the  recent (1968)  issue of  Meteorology and Atomic  Energy,12
give good reviews of  plume diffusion.   For  our  purposes here,  it  is  suf-
ficient to say that one  needs  to know the  leak  rate, the wind speed, and
Oy and oz in order to evaluate Equation (I).   If  the  leak Is surface-based
and if surface concentrations  are  desired,  then z = 0  and Equation (I)
is multiplied by two.  Much of the discussion of  this  equation  In  the
meteorological  literature  has  hinged upon  different ways of  evaluating
Oy and oz as functions of  atmospheric stability,  wind  speed, and distance
downwind.
                                254
                                                                                                      to use the many diffusion tests,  which have been done over the years,
                                                                                                      to evaluate ov and az as 
-------
      Let us assume that the fraction of nuclides produced which are
 vented to the atmosphere is independent of the explosive yield.  Then
 the Initial cloud concentration, for those nuclides whose production
 is directly proportional to the yield, is independent of yield.  This
 is because the initial volume of the volume source is almost directly
 related to yield.14  Thus, as the yield increases the nucllde pro-
 duction increases and the Initial volume, within which the effluent
 is distributed, increases in about the same proportion.  Total  ex-
 posure is dependent upon cloud passage time as well as upon concen-
 tration.   Assuming a constant wind speed during cloud passage,  the
 exposure time is directly related to a cloud dimension.  Any one
 dimension of this initial volume source increases about as the  cube
 root of the yield.  Thus, as yield increases, total exposure ex-
 perienced by an individual in the path of the effluent only increases
 as the cube root of yield.

      For those nuclides whose production is independent of yield,  the
 initial concentration is inversely proportional to the yield.   The
 total  exposure to this type of nuclide, from a passing cloud is in-
 versely proportional to the 2/3 power of the yield.

      After a day or two, when the effluent size is measured in  the
 hundreds  of kilometers,  the effluent doesn't know what its original
 size was.   Thus,  the initial  size associated with the effluent  is
 not important when one is concerned about very late time concentra-
 tions.

     Another reason that the classical diffusion theory instantaneous
 point  source solutions are not applicable to targe volume sources
 generated  by Plowshare crater Ing applications is that analytical  solu-
 tions  require the  assumption  that the atmospheric diffusivity is inde-
 pendent of  time or space.   In fact,  the rate of atmospheric diffusion
 is  dependent upon  the scale  of the process and thus increases with time.

     Therefore, at tbe Lawarence Radiation Laboratory (LRL) 
-------
 effluent  tends  to deplete some  of  its  material  to  the  ground  by  tm-
 paction of  submlcron particles  on  vegetation  or by absorption of gas
 by vegetation.   In atmospheric  diffusion  problems,  this  form of de-
 pletion  is  usually handled by multiplying an  empirically determined
 deposition  velocity times the ground  level  air  concentration.  This
 results  in  a net flux of  material  toward  the  ground.   Deposition
 velocities  have been empirically determined for different radio-
 nuclldes.   The  numerical  model  being discussed  here uses this approach,
 with a deposition velocity being specified as an input parameter.  As
 part of the concentration calculations, there results  a  ground-1 eve I
 concentration value.  This is multiplied  times  the deposition velocity
 and Integrated  over time  of cloud  passage to  calculate total  de-
 posited amount  on the ground.  The amount deposited Is also depleted
 from the  lower  part of the cloud In this  calculation.

      Another nondiffuslve depletion mechanism Is precipitation
 scavenging.   There are two forms of precipitation  scavenging, one called
 washout and the other called rainout.   Washout  refers  to the  removal of
 particulate matter by rain drops falling  through a cloud of particulates,
 colliding with  the particles, and  then carrying them on  to the ground.
 Rainout refers  to the condensation of  water vapor  on particulate matter
 and then  their  subsequent scavenging.   The washout mechanism  is the only
 one handled so  far in this numerical model.  Washout is  dependent upon
 the precipitation rate and the  particle size  of the effluent  being
 washed out.   In calculations done  with this numerical  model, the pre-
 cipitation  rate is input  as a function of time.  The coefficients which
 are associated  with particle size  are  put In  at the beginning of a cal-
 culation.   It should also be noted that the top of the precipitation
 scavenging  can  be independently specified In  this  numerical model.

      The  radioactivity decay of gross  fission products as well as specific
 nuclides  can be handled within  this numerical model.

      A typical  calculation starts  with the geometry of the stablized
 (motions  which  were initially responsible for producing  the cloud are
 no longer important) cylindrical volume source  and a Gaussian distri-
 bution of activity within this  volume.  Concentrations and deposition
 are calculated  over the time period of  interest, which may be several
 days,  according to the input atmospheric  turbulent parameters and non-
 diffusive depletion mechanisms  along the  effluent's trajectory.   If the
 calculation  Is  being performed  in  a diagnostic  sense,  after the event,
 then  the meteorological parameters are  those  which are observed along
 the trajectory.   If it is a calculation being done before the event,
 the a long-trajectory meteorology may come either from  climatology or
 from  Immediately pre-shot forecast meteorology.

      Since the  development of the  numerical model,  case  studies are
 being  done  in order to see how  well the model works against data.  Be-
 fore  presenting  some case study data,  it  should  be noted that it  is
 extremely difficult to obtain airborne  concentration measurements with
enough time  and  space resolution to determine the  "representativeness"
of  each sample.    In other words, was the  sample taken  within the
                                 258
majority of the effluent? In order to answer this question, much data
are needed.  It should be noted on the figures to follow that the con-
centrations are given in pCi/rrr with the radioactive decay being in-
cluded.  It should also be remembered that normal atmospheric back-
ground has not been subtracted from these data and that this back-
ground value is about one pCi/m*.

     The NRX/EST EP-4A nuclear rocket engine test of March 25, 1966,
was the first case study done.  As such, no climatologlcal or fore-
cast calculations were done ahead of time.  Thus, in Figure 5 we see
the diagnostic calculation using the a long-track observed meteorology
and the measurements.  All of the available aircraft data are plotted
on Figure 5.  It is obvious that much of the data was taken on the
fringes of the cloud.  An examination of the location of each filter
sample with respect to the majority of the cloud also would lead one
to this conclusion.'^  It should be emphasized that, on Figure 5 and
on the figures to follow, an initial amount of radioactivity in the
cloud and the along-track meteorology are used in the calculation.
There  Is no attempt to normalize the diffusion calculations to the
observed airborne concentrations.

     Figure 6 shows  calculations  and data  for  the Phoebus  1B-EP-4 nuclear
 rocket event of  February 23,  1967.18  |n  this  case  a  climatologicaI  fore-
 cast was prepared  ahead  of  time, using  pre-event predictions  for the radio-
 activity in the  cloud and along-track climatology for the meteorology.
 There was  no precipitation  along this effluent trajectory,  and  the  dif-
 ferences between the climatological  and diagnostic  prediction  curves on
 Figure 6 are the result  of  differences  in along-track turbulence.   Again,
 all  data available  from  aircraft are plotted  on this  figure.   Thus,  much
 of it is on the  fringes  of  the cloud or just  plain  background levels.  The
 altitudes  of the effluent involved in Figures 5 and 6 were in the  8000-
 to 12,000-foot MSL  range.

     For the Plowshare cratering experiment. Cabriolet, of January 26, 1968,
three different types of  predictions were prepared.   A climatological
forecast using pre-shot estimates of airborne radioactivity was per-
formed several weeks prior to execution.  A forecast calculation was
prepared using the pre-shot estimates for source term and forecast along-
track meteorology as of about four  hours  prior to execution.  Lastly,
the diagnostic calculation has been prepared post-shot, using observed
along-track meteorology and observed source term data for chemistry.
These three types of calculations and the observations are presented  in
Figure 7.   In this event  the climatologtcal and forecast calculations
were made using the total amount of radioactivity expected; this would
be related to exposure rate measurements  within the effluent.  This  to-
tal  included the gaseous  products.  The diagnostic  calculation on
Figure 7 was prepared using only the particulate activity.   It  is this
particulate activity which would be collected on  filters.  This difference
amounts to about a factor of two from H+l to H+IO hours.  At  later times,
say at H+50 hours, the contribution of the gaseous  products to the to-
tal activity  is  negligible.  This comment explains  some of the difference
between the forecast and  climatological prediction  and the diagnostic
on Figure 7 at times of  H+l to H+IO hours.
                                                                                                                                      259

-------
 The hollow symbols on Figure 7 are exposure rate
erted to pCi/m  with the assumption that the samp
                                                       measurements
 converted to pCi/m  with the assumption that the sample was taken
 in the middle of an infinite volume of effluent.  The solid symbols
 are filter data.  Only data which are considered to be reasonably
 representative of Cabriolet concentrations are presented in Figure 7.

      The differences  in the three types of predictions, which be-
 come  apparent around H+IO hours, are the result of there being no
 precipitation in the climatologicaI  forecast, whereas, in the fore-
 cast calculation the precipitation was forecasted to start at about
 H+IO hours.  In the diagnostic calculation, precipitation started
 at about H+8 hours.  There is also some difference between the total
 amount of precipitation forecast and that observed.

      Figure 8 gives the measured and calculated airborne concentra-
 tions for the Plowshare row-cratering experiment, Buggy, which was
 executed on March 12,  1968.  The format of the data presentation is
 the same as was on Figure 7 except that all of the measurements are
 included.  The climatologicaI  calculation is the only one presented
 here and it includes both the gaseous as well as particulate ma-
 terial.   The forecast calculation is available, but there is little
 difference between it and the cIimatologicaI  and thus it is not added
 to the figure.   Again, at times later than H+IO hours the contribu-
 tion due to the gaseous is small  compared to that due to the fine
 particulate matter.   Thus,  at these times the filter data can be
 directly compared  to the calculation.   A complete analysis of the
 Buggy event is  not finished as of the time of the preparation of
 this paper.   Therefore,  no diagnostic calculation is presented for
 Buggy.   However,  it is not expected  to differ by more than a factor
 of  two or three  from the  cIimatologicaI  calculation presented in
 Figure 8.   There was no significant  precipitation along the trajectory
 of  the Buggy  effluent.

      From these  case studies  it appears  that  the calculations made
 with  the  numerical model  lead  to  airborne concentrations over time
 periods of  a  couple  of  days,  which are within a factor of two of the
 measurements.  This  is  considered quite  good  by this author when one
 considers the difficulty of  numerical  modeling on this time and space
 scale, and when one considers  the dynamic range of  8-10 orders of
magnitude  involved  in the concentrations.

     A variety of other parameters are calculated with the numerical
model.  However, in the interest of  brevity,  only one other type of
calculation will be presented  here.  This  is  .1  calculation  of  the
deposition of material along the ground  under  the center  of  the
volume of effluent.  It must be stressed  that  this  is not a fallout
calculation.  Deposition in this numerical model  results  from a
turbulent impaction of submicron particles on  vegetation,  utilizing
the empirical  deposition velocity concept, and/or that  material  de-
posited by precipitation scavenging throughout  the  cloud.   Figure 9
 is such a deposition calculation for  iodlne-131  for  Cabriolet.   The
                                260
data on this figure come from two sources:   (I)  Public  Health  Service
(PHS) milk samples, and  (2)  material  deposited on  large plastic  sheets
which were located downwind  and  which are coated with a sticky sub-
stance.  These data are  probably only accurate to  within a  factor  of
two.  The difference between the cIimatologicaI  and  the diagnostic
curves of Figure 9 at distances  of 10-100 kilometers is one of source
term.  Pre-shot, seven to eight  times more  iodine-131 was expected to
be vented than was actually  observed.   The other significant dif-
ference is the large peak in the diagnostic  calculation about  400
kilometers downwind.   This was a result of the  interaction  with  snow
shower activity in Cabriolet. The two milk  samples  above this hump
were both collected in a "snow-out area."  The remainder of the  milk
samples was presumably collected in areas for which  there was  no
significant precipitation.  The  surface deposition data between  600
and 700 kilometers downwind  was  all  snow data.   The  snow which fell
on plastic sheets was bundled up and  taken back  to the  laboratory  for
analysis.  The range in  values at this distance  is the  result  of these
samples being collected  along a  line  which traversed the path  of the
effluent cloud.  The hump in the climatologicaI  calculation at about
1000 kilometers is a result of depletion of  effluent near the  ground
at night.  On the next day vertical  diffusion  rates  increase,  more
effluent diffuses down to near ground levels, and  then  the  dry deposi-
tion i ncreases.

     Figure 10 is the iodine-131 deposition, calculations and  measure-
ments for Buggy.  As the diagnostic calculations have not been performed,
only the climatologicaI  one  is presented here.   There was no precipita-
tion scavenging in Buggy.

     In both Figures 9 and 10, all available data  beyond about 100
kilometers are presented.  Some  locations  are obviously closer to  the
path of the cloud center than are others.
                            SUMMARY

     For the most part, trajectory predicting methods use wind data on
 isobaric surfaces and/or constant height surfaces and have accuracies
of 20-60;E of the total trajectory length over time periods of a day or
two.  Trajectories at  low altitudes and particularly over rough terrain
are the most difficult to forecast and have the worst accuracies  in the
above statistics.  It  is possible, however, to recognize meteorological
situations which would result  in a higher than average accuracy  in tra-
jectory predictions.   A significant  increase  in trajectory  forecasting
 accuracy, particularly at  low  levels, will probably  not occur  until
 observational  data becomes  available  with  more spacial  resolution than
 is  available  now.  For instance,  the  horizontal spacing between  wind
 observation stations  in the U.S.  is  around 300 kilometers.

     Air  parcels  follow  isentropic  surfaces.  As  isentropic trajectories
 do  not  necessarily coincide with  isobaric  or  constant height surfaces, it
 would be  useful  to perfect isentropic trajectory  technique  for routine use.
                                                                                                                                      261

-------
     Although the mechanisms of turbulent diffusion are not yet well
understood, there has been much experience with the use of Gaussian
plume models to describe the diffusion from continuous point sources.
Thus, in this paper only a brief review of the subject of diffusion
from continuous point sources has been done.  The only intent here
was to show that such procedures do exist and to show how they are
used.

     The diffusion of almost instantaneously produced large volume
sources of pollutants for time periods of a few days has not been
welI studied In the past.  Thus, a major portion of this paper was
devoted to discussing a numerical model, developed at LRL, of the
large cloud diffusion processes.  This numerical model uses the
similarity theories of atmospheric turbulence for horizontal dif-
fusion and permits the use of time- and height-dependent vertical
diffusiviTies.  Although not well vindicated for the diffusion of
k[lometei—size clouds, similarity theory predictions are consistent
with the available atmospheric data.

     The depletion of the cloud by ground deposition and precipi-
tation has been included in the model, but the diluting effects of
vertical shears in the horizontal wind field have not been  included.
Parameter studies indicate that the effect of any one atmospheric
parameter is not too  important on the  long-term concentration calcu-
lations.  However, the elimination of many of the real physical para-
meters  in this model would have a significant effect on predictions.
With the existence of such a numerical model, it is easy to perform
sets of calculations with different possible real physical  situations.
This could give an expected range in concentration predictions for
any particular application.  Calculations using this numerical model
for four case studies have indicated that accuracies of about plus
or minus a factor of two in airborne concentration for time periods
of a few days.  The same range of accuracy  is applicable to the  long-
range deposition calculations.  It is satisfying to this author that
these kinds of accuracies can be obtained with the model over such
a period and over such a dynamic range in the concentration values.
                               262
                                                                                                                                REFERENCES
 I.  Air Weather Service,  U.S.  Air Force,  "Constant-Pressure
     Trajectories," AWSM 105-47,  Headquarters Air Weather Service,
     USAF, Washington, D.  C., September 1956.

 2,  J. K. Angel I,  "Use of  Constant Level  Balloons in  Meteorology,
     Advances in  Geophysics, Vol.  8,  pp.  137-219,  (Academic Press,
     New York,  1961).

 3.  C. B. Moore,  J.  R.  Smith,  and A.  Gaalswyk,  "On  the  use of
     Constant Level  Balloons to Measure Horizontal Motions  in the
     Atmosphere,"  J.  Meteorol.  J_j_, 167 (1954).

 4.  W. E. Hubert,  P.  M. Wolff, and C.  L.  Cave,  "A Comparison of
     JNWP Trajectory  Forecasts  with Transosonde  Flights," Monthly
     Weather Rev.  86,  53 (1958).                          	

 5.  P. W. Allen,  E.  A.  Jessup, and R.  E.  White,  "Long Range
     Trajectories,"  Proceedings of the  U.S.  AEC  Meteorological
     Information  Meeting,  September 11-14,  1967,  pgs.  176-190,
     published  by  the  Chalk River  Nuclear  Laboratories,  Atomic
     Energy of  Canada  Limited,  Chalk  River,  Ontario, Canada as
     Report AECL-2787.

 6.  K. R. Peterson,  "Estimating  Low  Level Tetroon Trajectories,
     J. Appl. Meteorol.  5_L"No.  5], 553  (1966).

 7.  R. J. Engelmann  and W. E.  Davis,  "Low Level  Isentropic Trajectories
     and the Midas  Computer Program for the  Montgomery Stream Function,"
     Battelle-Northwest, Richland, Washington, Report BNWL-441, April  1968.

 8.  J. D. Mahlman,  "Numerical  Methods  of  Computing  Three-Dimensional
     Trajectories  for  Adiabatic and Diabatic Flows," Air Force Cambridge
     Research Laboratories, U.S. Air  Force,  Bedford, Mass., Report
     AFCRL-68-0357,  August  1968.

 9.  F. G. Shuman  and  J. B. Hovermale,  "An Operational Six-Layer
     Primitive  Equation Model," J. Appl. Meteorol. 7 (4), 525 (1968).

10.  0. G. Sutton,  "Micrometeorology,   (McGraw-Hill, New York,  1953).

II.  F. Pasquill,  "Atmospheric  Diffusion,  (D. Van Nostrand Co   Ltd
     London, 1962).

12.  U.S.  Atomic Energy Commission, "Meteorology and Atomic Energy,
     1968," U.S. Atomic  Energy  Commission  Division of Technical  Information
     David H. Slade, ed.,  July  1968.

13.  F. Pasquill,  "The  Estimation  of  the Dispersion  of Windborne Material
     Meteorol.  Mag.  90, 33  (1961).
                                                                                                                                     263

-------
14.   W.  C.  Day,  "Cloud  Dimensions  for  Cratering  Explosions,  U. S.
     Army Engineer Nuclear Cratering Group,  Lawrence  Radiation
     Laboratory,  Livermore, NCG Technial  Memorandum No. NCG/TM66-8,
     1966.

15.   T.  V.  Crawford,  "A Computer Program for Calculating  the
     Atmospheric  Dispersion of  Large Clouds," Lawrence Radiation
     Laboratory,  Livermore, Report UCRL-50179,  1966.

16.   G.  K.  Batchelor,  "The Application of the Similarity  Theory
     of  Turbulence to Atmospheric  Diffusion," Quarter!y J. Roy.
     Meteorol.  Soc. 76, 133 (1950).

17.   T.  V.  Crawford,  "Long Range Diffusion of the NRX/EST EP-4A
     Effluent Cloud," Lawrence  Radiation Laboratory,  Livermore,
     Report UCRL-50299, 1967.

18.   T.  V.  Crawford,  "Long Range Diffusion of the Effluent Cloud
     from the Phoebus  IB EP-IV  Reactor Test of February 23,  1967,
     Lawrence Radiation Laboratory,  Livermore, Report UCRL-50418,
     April  1968.
264
                                                                           Table I.  Relation of turbulence types to weather conditions.

                                                                                                                                    #
                                                                       A — Extremely unstable conditions    D — Neutral  conditions
                                                                       B — Moderately unstable conditions   E — Slightly stable conditions
                                                                       C — Slightly unstable conditions     F — Moderately stable conditions
Nighttime conditions
Surface wind
speed, m/sec
<2
2
4
6
>6
Daytime insolation
Strong
A
A - B
B
C
C
Moderate
A - B
B
B - C
C - D
D
SI ight
B
C
C
D
D
Thin overcas
or > 4/8
c loud i ness

E
D
0
D
t
< 3/8
cloudiness

f
E
D
D
                                                                        Applicable to heavy overcast, day or night


                                                                        The degree of cloudiness is defined as that fraction of the sky abov
                                                                       the local apparent horizon which is covered by clouds.
                                                                                                      265

-------
Table 2.  Relationship between Pasquill  stability categories and the
          standard deviation of the wind direction fluctuation over
          30  minutes.


                      Pasquill stability  categories

                  A, extremely unstable            25.0°

                  B, moderately unstable           20.0"

                  C, slightly unstable             15.O8

                  D, neutral                       10.0°

                  E, slightly stable                5,0°

                  F, moderately stable              2.5°
                                266
                                                                                                                                          B- MODERATELY UNSTABLE '
                                                                                                                                          C- SLIGHTLY UNSTABLE
                                                                                                                                          D- NEUTRAL
                                                                                                                                          E - SLIGHTLY STABLE
                                                                                                                                          F - MODERATELY STABLE
                                                                                                                                     DISTANCE FROM SOURCE im)
                                                                                                    Figure   I.  Vertical  diffusion oz versus  downwind distance from source
                                                                                                                for  Pasquillls turbulence types.
                                                                                                                                        267

-------
               //
                                             ^Z

                                     A- EXTREMELY UNSTABLE
                                     B- MODERATELY UNSTABLE
                                     c- SLIGHTLY UNSTABLE
                                     D- NEUTRAL
                                     E -
                                     F -
Figure  2.  Lateral  diffusion av versus downwind distance  from source
           for Pasquill's turbulence  types.
 £
 UJ
 _l
 <
 O 2
    1
 I     I     I     I     I     1     \



-Kz ABOVE INVERSION



'-BASE OF INVERSION (STABLE LAYER)

                   	

                    TOP OF MIXED LAYER-


               z ABOVE BOUNDARY LAYER •


                TOP OF BOUNDARY LAYER-
-K  AT Im ABOVE GROUND
                        GROUND SURFACE-
          -I	1	1	1	L	I	I     I     I
           '23456789    10
 Figure  3.   Model  for vertical  diffusivity as a function of height.

                           263-2^9

-------
       Z=ZT
       zk=50
zk=JCP+5

      AzT,

zk=JCP"H(


zk=JCP-5


      zk=l
                  (The tropopause for a
                  tropospheric calculation)
              Total grid points in vertical
              direction = 50
              Total grid points in radial
              direction-  100

            ——Axis of symmetry
                rj=i
                  Ground surface z. =
                   Sea level z =0^.
 p rj=ioo
rj=n
      Figure  4.  Grid  system for the numerical diffusion model.
Figure  5.  Calculated  and  measured airborne concentrations as  a
            function of  time  for the NRX/EST EP-4A event of
            March 25,  1966.
                            270-271

-------
           2.8 X10
                    Background levels —•*  tn •
                      	I   I  I I null  M~ I || ill
          2.8X10
Figure  6.  Calculated and measured airborne concentrations  as
            function of time  for the Phoebus  IB  EP-IV event  of
            February 23,  1967.
                                  272
                                                                                                     Figure  7.  Calculated and measured airborne concentrations as a
                                                                                                                 function of time for the Cabriolet event of January 26, 1967.
                                                                                                                                       273

-------
Concentration — pCi/m
— .100 ooooo oo o
o—o— tow^oio.vioo x>
	 '"1
o
X
N
Average j
concentration"/"
over 120 km'





Background le
	 ,,
-1 10°
	
\,Center point
/concentration
^X
"""


§>f \ Climatological
AV

*
%j: • i
* 1
vels v • • 1
	 j,l . .
101


ll
,x
Y5
W«
10
                             Time — hr

Figure  8.  Calculated and measured airborne concentrations  as  a
            function of time for the Buggy event of  March  12,  1968.
274
                                                                                 105
                                                                                 10
                                                                                 10
                                                                                                     	1   A...:
                                                                                                                     10
                                                                                                                       2 'I  "
                                                                                                                     10   CN£

                                                                                                                          § n
                                                                                                                     10
                                                                                                                          I o
                                                                                                                       i  £ -
                                                                                                                        5  4
                                                                                                                     10
                                                                                      10        100       1,000    10,000

                                                                                        Distance from ground zero — km

                                                                       Figure  9.   Calculated  and  measured  iodine-131 deposition as
                                                                                   function of distance  for the Cabriolet event of
                                                                                   January 26, 1968.
                                                                                                      275

-------
r
                                                                                                                                             QUESTIONS FOR TODD CRAWFORD
1 U
105

!04

103
102

101
I *•-.. End of I
**^x computation -
r *« \ 1 i
: \ :
" \
: x \ =
: « \* =
;
:
: *.Jff}\ -
=~ * Milk samples ~=
»< Surface deposi-
tion samples
	 ,| , , ,,,,„ t 	 M1
1 U
,o4|
'^
io3 |
c
io2 1
c
§
o
u
101 «

10°
•I  VL
                                    10         100       1,000     10,000
                                      Distance from ground zero — km
                  Figure  10.   Calculated  and measured iodine-131 deposition as a function
                               of  distance for the Buggy event on March 12, 1968.
                                                                                                                      I.   From Alex Grendon:

                                                                                                                          Was  it a slip of the tongue when you said that dilution was inversely
                                                                                                                          proportional to wind speed and hence earlier arrival at a given point
                                                                                                                          is accompanied by greater dilution?

                                                                                                                          ANSWER:

                                                                                                                          No,  I'm not sure of the use of the term "i nverse Iy.    If you  Iook
                                                                                                                          at concentrations as a function of distance downwind,  it's got
                                                                                                                          w i nd speed on the bottom of the denomi nator.   So as wind speed
                                                                                                                          goes up, concentration goes down.  That's what I  meant to say.


                                                                                                                      2.   From Alex Grendon:

                                                                                                                          How would you interpret the horizontal  line for the surface in the
                                                                                                                          graph of K2 vs. height?  It seems to  imply that Kz near the ground
                                                                                                                          i s i ndetermi nate.

                                                                                                                          ANSWER:

                                                                                                                          I'm not sure  I completely understand the question, but the bottom
                                                                                                                          curve on the graph  I showed was a ground surface which was a  hori-
                                                                                                                          zontal  line.  Then  I had a surface KZ coming back to some  low value
                                                                                                                          which  I think on this particular example was  ICH.  No, it  is  not
                                                                                                                          zero at the ground  and the values range at one meter from a few
                                                                                                                          hundred centimeters squared per second  at nighttime to a few
                                                                                                                          thousand in daytime.
                                                  From Frank  Baker:

                                                  Can  you  predict the  effects  of  a  heavy  rainfall  on the deposition of
                                                  radioactive fallout?  I  am assuming  that you  purposely detonated an
                                                  explosive  to coincide  with the  rain.

                                                  ANSWER:

                                                  Well,  the  example  I  showed was  a  calculation  for Cabriolet in a snow
                                                  storm and  this was  in  a  factor  of 2  accuracy.  I  am the first to
                                                  admit that our understanding of all  of  the precipitation scavenging
                                                  mechanisms and the  mechanics of a good  heavy  thunderstorm are not
                                                  very well  known. But, I  think  we can make a  good stab at it and
                                                  calculate  the effect of  a detonati6n in .a heavy storm.
                                                                                                                      4.   From T.  C.  RozzeI
                                                     276
                                                                                                                                                          277

-------
     In  the  four  case  studies  presented  for  concentration of  radioactivity
     as  a  function  of  time  in  the  cloud, what  radioactivity was measured—
     was it  total or of  one  isotope  such as  iodine-131  used in the deposi-
     tion  study?

     ANSWER:

     The curves  I showed for the  four case studies were total activity.


 5.   From  George  Collins:

     Are standard values of  diffusion parameters  such  as those of PasquiI I
     always  used  for predicting short-term micro-meso  scale dispersion
     patterns, or are  these  parameters determined from on-site measure-
     ments where  the detonation is to take place?

     ANSWER:

     There are two  sides to  that  question.   The discussion of Pasqui I I
     categories  is  related to  the  underground  engineering, small gaseous
     leak  kind of phenomena.   That could be  easily determined by a very
     general  categorization  of on-site weather and it  would be used.  The
     other question perhaps  relates  to the parameters  used in the  large
     cloud diffusion model which  is  not  necessarily  Pasquill's category.
     Those would  also  be determined  from an  examination of observed
     weather or  forecast weather  depending on  the kind of forecast or
     what  kind of calculation  you  were doing.  Yes,  on-site and near-
     cloud data  are used.
     From  L.  Anspaugh:

     Your  calculations  evidently  depend  on  an  initial measurement of cloud
     concentration.   How well  can this  initial  value  be  predicted for a
     crateri ng shot?

     ANSWER:

     They  don't depend  so much on an  initial value of concentration as they
     do on an initial estimate of total  curies  to put in the cloud.  And
     the best way of  answering that  is to refer to the two Cabriolet and
     Buggy case studies  I showed  where the  climatology,  of course, had a
     calculation and  pre-shot estimate of total curies,  and post-shot cal-
     culations have actual measurements  of  total curies.
7.  From WiIliam King:

    Empirical  values of o  and a  were obtained from observing particulate
    behavior.   Do gases diffuse in a simi lar manner or do you use different
                                    278
    values for predicting concentration of  gases?

    ANSWER:

    In the context of my talk,  we have been talking about both  gases and
    particulate.   If we have been talking about particulate,  we have been
    talking  about particles  which are  too small  to act much  like a  particle-
    act more gas-like.   So the  answer  to your  question is that  I  used the
    words particulate and gaseous interchangeably,  but with the assumption
    that the particles  are too  small to have any significant  fall speed.


8.   From C.  A.  Pelletier:

    Apart from  the health significance,  clouds of  radioactivity can be a
    nuisance to other nuclear operations by setting off stack monitors,
    contaminating low-level  experiments, etc.   Is  it possible to give
    warning  to  these facilities in terms of estimated arrival time,  and
    cloud concentrations?

    ANSWER:

    Yes.
    From Darryl  Randerson:

    The presence of  a cloud  of  radioactive  debris  is  associated  with  an
    internal  boundary condition,  namely,  a  tight gradient  of  radioactivity.
    Finite-differencing schemes tend  to "smooth-out"  this  discontinuity  at
    a physically unrealistic rate.   In  your model,  were you able to resolve
    this difficulty?

    ANSWER:

    A mutual  concentration as a function  of distance  about the cloud
    center in my model  is a  gaussian  one, and  horizontally it's  always
    gaussian.  Numerical errors don't diffuse  it faster, but  horizontally
    it is always gassian.   It's not gaussian vertically because  the
    diffusion rates  are a function  of height according  to  that slide  I
    showed and also  your deposition seems to wipe  out the  bottom of the
    cloud.
                                                                                                                                          279

-------
     SESSION I I I  - PART B

Chairman:  Mr.  Ross L. Kinnaman
   Nevada Operations Office
U. S. Atomic Energy Commission
          Las Vegas

-------
        RADIOACTIVITY  IN  THE HYDROLOGIC ENVIRONMENT

                      Louis B. Werner
                       Isotopes,  Inc.
                   Palo Alto, California
                          ABSTRACT

           Certain  proposed  uses of nuclear explosives
     for peaceful  purposes  will introduce radioactive
     debris  into the  natural  hydrologic environment.
     Consideration must  therefore be given in each sit-
     uation  to  the extent and significance to man of
     resulting  radioactively  contaminated water.  For
     contained  underground  detonations, space-time-
     concentration predictions of radioactive materials
     in ground  water  are  dependent on several factors:
     radionuclide  production  and initial distribution,
     radioactive decay,  sorption on geologic materials,
     and dispersion during  hydrologic transport.  For
     uncontained (cratering)  detonations, other aspects
     of the  hydrologic cycle,  particularly rainfall,
     and watershed characteristics must be considered.

           Programs sponsored  principally by the V. S.
     Atomic  Energy Commission have investigated these
     factors.   Examination  of their net effects on
     radioactivity concentration in water shows that
     areas,  if  any, underlain by water exceeding per-
     missible concentrations  tend first to increase
     in size, then decrease,  and finally disappear.
     Hydrologic processes at  the surface remove or re-
     distribute radioactive debris deposited on a water-
     shed  to other locations.

           Where sufficient  information is available,
     predictions of location  and concentration of radio-
     nualidee in natural  waters can be made.  Any po-
     tentially  hazardous  conditions arising from a par-
     ticular detonation can then be evaluated.
                       INTRODUCTION

     Drinking water and food derived from contaminated hy-
drologic systems are potentially detrimental to man's health
                             280
and welfare.  Concern for possible human consumption of water
contaminated with radioactivity dictates consideration of
possible contamination of the hydrologic environment.

     Radioactivity has always been present in water used by
man.  In fact, at times it has even been represented as bene-
ficial.  The prospect that harm is done by current consump-
tion or use of naturally radioactive water appears doubtful
in most instances.  However there is no doubt that potential
harm might result from uncontrolled releases of radiocontam-
inants from nuclear explosives, nuclear power generation,
and industrial uses of radioactive materials.

     The prospect for development of a major nuclear industry
based on widespread use of nuclear explosives is at hand.
Thus, it is quite appropriate to examine the Public Health
Aspects of Peaceful Uses of Nuclear Explosives.  Hydrologic
contamination is relevant to this examination.

     As we have heard, many types of nuclear explosive appli-
cations are under development.  The presence of water in
certain of these applications would be inconsistent with the
objectives of the project.  For example, construction of ef-
fective gas and petroleum underground storage capacity would
be infeasible in active water-producing media.   On the other
hand, applications such as canal construction,  or water re-
source development, inevitably would lead to contact of radio-
active materials with natural waters.  I should like to sug-
gest that the significance of water contamination is not
whether it may occur.  Rather, the significance relates to:
1) extent of the water resource which is affected; and 2) steps
which can or must be taken to preclude use of unacceptably
contaminated water.

     Prediction of extent of contamination of the hydrologic
system by radioactive contaminants produced by an underground
nuclear detonation requires analysis of the undisturbed hydro-
logic system.  Prediction also requires knowledge of the re-
lationship of the explosion zone to the hydrologic regime
and characterization of radioactive contaminants in the ex-
plosion zone water.

     Processes of sorption, dispersion, and radioactive decay
which take place both in the explosion zone and in the hy-
drosphere outside the explosion zone must be considered.
Because of unique combinations of nuclear devices, explosion
application, and hydrologic system, each event-related eval-
uation of hydrologic safety tends to be unique.

     Fortunately, the basic understanding of radioactivity
in the hydrologic environment is relatively well advanced
                                                                                                                 281

-------
in large part through programs sponsored by the Atomic Energy
Commission and its laboratories.  Important contributions
have been made by the Lawrence Radiation Laboratory, U. S.
Geological Survey and others.  Public safety and public assur-
ance programs conducted in conjunction with the weapons test-
ing program have been supported by the Me va^da Operations
Office  CJVOO).  Much that is applicable to peaceful uses  of
nuclear explosives has been learned in these studies.  Non-
testing nuclear programs have also made advances in hydrologic
safety.

     For the purposes of this paper however, I shall rely
primarily on material developed under the hydrologic safety
program of NVOO under Contract AT(29-2)-12J9.  I shall quote
occasionally from NVO-40 , (D Technical Discussions  of  Off-
site Safety Programs for Underground Detonations, and  BMI
171-016 , (- ) Hydrologic Redistribution of Radionuclides around
Nuclear Excavated Sea-Level Canals in Panama and Colombia.
This study was supported in part under subcontract  with
Battelie Memorial Institute Management Contract for Radio-
logical Safety Feasibility Inter-oceanic Canal Studies under
AEC Contract AT(26-1)-171.  For more detailed information
re ferenee to these reports is recommended.

     I should like in this discussion to cover briefly the
following points as they relate to predictions of hydrologic
contamination:

     1)  The hydrologic environment and its relationship  to
         explosion effects.

     2)  Interaction between radionuclides and water

     3)  Hydrologic transport and prediction of space- time-
         concentration of radioactive contaminants.

     U)  Confidence levels in estimation of water contami-
         nation .

     5)  Surveillance of Water Quality.

     6)  Contamination Control.

     7)  Implications of water contamination.
                THE HYDROLOGIC ENVIRONMENT

     It may be well first to review briefly the nature of
the hydrologic environment and specifically the hydrologic
cycle.   Figure 1 shows the essential elements of the hydro-
logic cycle.   Precipitation as rain or snow ultimately either

                            282
runs off into streams or lakes or infiltrates into the soil.
Percolation to the water table (zone of saturation) results.
Ground water flows in a direction dictated by hydraulic po-
tential, i.e. from regions of higher hydrostatic to lower
hydrostatic potential.   Springs,  lakes , rivers,  plants and
the ocean are replenished with fresh water.   Water leaves the
ocean, lakes and rivers Dy evaporation, and  plants by tran-
spiration .

     A d iagrammatic model containing essentially these same
features is shown in Figure 2.  Elements of  precipitation,
runoff, infiltration, recharge, groundwater  flow,  etc. are
identified.  An analogous diagrammatic model of  radionuelide
redistribution by water can be drawn as shown in Figure 3.
This model indicates movement and storage of radionuclides.

     Volatile constituents, for example tritiated  water,  will
travel all paths of the hydrologic cycle.  Soluble radio-
nuclides move with the  water except during evaporation but
are retarded because of plant uptake and sorption  on soil and
rock particles.  On the other hand, movement of  particulate
matter is largely restricted to surface water because of the
filtering action of soil and rock.

     Subsurface conditions assume particular importance because
intimate contact between water and essentially all of the
radioactive debris is possible.

     The relationship of detonation effects to potentiometrio
surfaces is shown in Figure U.  Four detonation  conditions
are depicted schematically at varying scaled depths of burial
corresponding to conditions of crater formation to complete
containment.

     If the potentiometric surface, or water table , is below
all explosion effects the hydrologic contamination possibi-
lities are minimal.  They would be limited to recharge from
surface water, downward infiltration and radionuelide transport
through unsaturated medium.   Contamination of ground water
ultimately might result.
     If the pote
beneath surface
fallback occurs.
low ground surfa
sidence crater  b
radioactive lake
tiometric surfac
low in relation
will also flow  i
in response to  e
ntiometrie surface is shallower but still
features, infill of rubble chimneys and crater
  Where potentiometric surfaces are just be-
ce infill occurs.  When an excavation or sub-
ottom is below the potentiometric surface a
 may form during readjustment of the poten-
    If loss by evaporation is sufficiently
to subsequent precipitation contaminated water
nto the ground water system from the crater
levation of the hydrostatic level within the

-------
 crater.   Outflow  could  result  if  a  crater  or rubble chimney
 intersects  confined  aquifers which  have hydraulic potentials
 above  ground  level.   This  corresponds  to an artesian condition.

     Fallout  from cratering detonations is subject to  leaching
 by  rainwater.   Contaminated water mav  infiltrate the ground-
 water  system,  run off the  surface,  or  be subject to plant up-
 take.   Ultimately, by either surface or subsurface transport
 radionuclides  may enter lakes,  streams and the  ocean.  De-
 creases in  concentration of dissolved  radionuclides  will be
 caused by dilution,  dispersion, decay  and  sorption.  Reconcen-
 tration within the biosphere is a possibility.

     Whenever  a nuclear device  is detonated below the  poten-
 tiometric surface, the  result  is  formation of a sink as  shown
 in  Figure 5.   Ground water flow will be initially toward the
 sink until  the potentiometric  surface  reaches equilibrium as
 shown  in Figure 6.  At  this time  outflow from the rubble in
 the explosion  zone begins.

     During outflow  from the explosion zone, contaminated
 water  adjacent to the downstream  side  of the explosion zone
 will immediately  enter  the hydrologic  system.   Contaminated
 water  within  the  explosion zone will be subject to processes
 that will change  the concentration  of  the  contaminant  with
 time,  such  as  dissolution  of radionuclides from explosion
 debris and  sorption  or  desorption of radionuclides upon  sur-
 faces  produced by the explosion.  Uncontaminated water enter-
 ing the upstream  side of the explosion zone also will  become
 contaminated as a result of desorption and dissolution of
 radionuclides  from rock surfaces  as it moves through the
 explosion zone.

     Only simple  examples  of contamination of the hydrosphere
 by  underground nuclear  detonations  have been discussed.  It
 is  probable that  the section of rock intersected by the  rub-
 ble chimney will  consist of zones with varying  hydraulic
 potentials  and transmissivities.  This hydrologic system,
 as  modified by the nuclear detonation, will be  complex.
 Interflow between aquifers, or outflow from craters might
 result.   An analysis of the hydrologic system and of changes
 in  the system  caused by nuclear detonations is  of utmost im-
 portance  for predictions of hydrologic contamination.
             WATER  CONTAMINATION  SOURCE TERM

     Consideration  will be given  next to movement of the con-
taminated mass of water through the undisturbed hydrosphere.
Transport equations have been developed which enable calcula-
tion of time- space- concentrations of radionuclides.  ^Pri-
mary input for these equations is the water contamination
                             284
source term.  This source term is the initial concentration
of radioactive contaminants in the explosion zone water where
it is flowing out of the explosion zone.   To provide the source
term one requires the quantities of radionuclides produced
initially and their spatial distribution  in the explosion
zone water.

     The species and quantities of radionuclides are deter-
mined by device design and composition of the surrounding
geologic emplacement medium and stemming  materials.   They
can be estimated from knowledge of device design and per-
formance .

     Radioactive contaminants probably will not be distributed
uniformly throughout the explosion zone.   Actual concentra-
tion distributions have been measured in  the field but too
few data have been obtained as yet to produce a satisfactory
theory.  Present hydrologic contamination predictions assume
conservatively that the radioactivity is  evenly distributed
through the explosion zone water, and that it is in  water
soluble form.

     To complete the source term calculation it also is neces-
sary to evaluate the effect of transporting the contaminated
water out of the explosion zone.

     Without going into a detailed discussion, it will be
appreciated that such effects will be related to the character
of the detonation and the hydrologic regime pertaining to
each detonation.

     For purposes of illustration let us  consider contained
detonations and return briefly later to consideration of
some aspects of cratering detonations.

     For the condition where flow is from the explosion zone
into the ground water system the source term input to the
transport equations will have a sharp front and a dispersed
tail as shown in Figure 7.  Dispersion, which relates to the
distribution of velocities about the mean water velocity,
in the explosion zone is responsible for  this effect.  The
radionuclide transport equation requires  a rectangular source
term.  The more complex but probably more realistic source
term is approximated with a series of step functions.

     The concentration of radionuclides in water in contact
with rubble of course cannot be derived solely from solubility
or consideration of solubility'product constants of compounds
in which they occur.  Sorption of dissolved radionuclides on
rock surfaces or sediments reduces concentrations to values
below those derived from such determinations and retards the
movement of the radionuclides relative to the water velocity.

                            285

-------
     Water in the explosion zone and in the aquifer is in
contact with large  surface areas on which sorption can occur.

     The  sorptive potential for various radionuclides on solid
surfaces  is determined by measuring the distribution coef-
ficient (Kj) for the radionuclide .  Rock and water from the
zone of interest are used, if possible, in laboratory measure-
ments  of  K
-------
the superposition of rectangular source terras as described
earlier and shown in Figure 7.   A large number of calcula-
tions are required to describe temporal-spatial variations
of concentrations of the radioactive contaminant.  To facili-
tate making the calculations, the transport equation has
been programmed for a computer.  The form of the transport
equation defined by Fenske and Holly^) is:
                exp(-Xt)
                         erfc
                             2/ Dt/B
                                      - crfc x-v(t-tp)/B
                                            2/ D (t-t
           0,0
              Contaminant Transport Equation
Where

  t    = time measured from when the explosion zone outflows
  t    = the original length of the slug in terms of time of
         transit
  x    = distance from explosion point measured along a
         streamline
  X    = radioactive decay constant of the radionuclide
  v    = the average seepage velocity of ground water
  B    = 1 +    ~   P K^ = retardation factor

  0    = porosity of the aquifer
  K,   = distribution coefficient of the radionuclide be-
         tween the solid and aqueous phase of the hydrologic
         system
  D    = dispersion coefficient

  C    = initial concentration of radioactive contaminants
   o, o
  |i   = one-half the variance of the radioactivity concen-
         tration curve
                         288
     The equation describes the transport of a slug of con-
taminated water that was originally rectangular.  The first
term in the brackets represents the effect of transport on
the front of the slug.  The second term in the brackets rep-
resents the effect of transport on the rear of the slug.
The exponential modifier preceding the bracketed expression
corrects for radioactive decay.

     The solution presented above is not a complete solution.
Several terms have been neglected because the simplication
obtained is great and the error caused by the neglect of
these terms is small.

     In most underground nuclear detonations the porosity
and permeability of the explosion zone will be higher than
the porosity and permeability of the surrounding undisturbed
rock.  As the contaminated volume of water flows into the
ground water system it will occupy a larger volume of rock
because of the smaller pore volume available and be lengthened
in the longitudinal direction because of the higher ground
water seepage velocity.  The area underlain by contaminated
water in the ground water system will be larger and of a
different shape than the area underlain by contaminated water
in the explosion zone.  This effect is illustrated in Figure 8.

     Output from the program is a series of matrices that
can be converted into contour maps predicting the area dis-
tribution of radionuclide of interest with concentration
isopleths.  The present state-of-the-art does not permit
the calculation of absolute concentrations with a high level
of confidence.  Ultimately a higher level of precision in
concentration calculation should be possible.  The probabi-
lity is high, however, that calculated concentrations are
equal to or above the actual concentrations.  At the present
time, instead of contouring concentrations, a line is drawn
bounding the area which includes, with a high level of con-
fidence, all concentrations above the maximum permissible
concentration (MFC) for drinking water.  Such a delineation
is shown in Figure 8.  Note expansion and contraction of
areas underlain by concentration in water exceeding MFC.
Similar contouring of concentrations up to SxMPC have also
been carried out.

     Whether MFC or concentrations in water above or below
this level are relevant is outside the exclusive purview
of the nuclear hydrologist.

     The objective of the nuclear hydrologist is to provide
those physical data on water contamination from which an eval-
uation of potential hazard can be made.  By AEC directive
values in current use in the NVOO safety program are based
                                                                                                                 289

-------
 upon concentrations given in USAEC Manual,  Chapter 0524,
 Standards for Radiation Protection, Annex 1,  Table II,
 Column 2, and reduced by a factor of three  to be  consistent
 with guidelines for uncontrolled areas.

      Reference has been made to hydrologic  effects in nuclear
 craters.  Craters may serve as a direct  route for transfer of
 radionuclides into ground water.  The reverse condition may
 also obtain where ground water infiltrates  into the crater
 carrying soluble radionuclides with it.   For  the  condition
 of a cratering detonation it also is necessary that transport
 of dissolved or suspended.fallout and crater  ejecta be con-
 sidered.  This situation is more complex than that discussed
 earlier but is amenable to modeling and  calculation.  Con-
 sider the transport of contaminants dissolved by  rainwater
 as developed by Charnell, Zorich and Holly.'2' As rainwater
 impinges on the soil surface, it contacts fallout radionu-
 clides, some portion of which go into solution.  Dissolved
 radionuclides are transported by runoff  or  soil infiltra-
 tion.  Infiltrating water does not enter ground water directly
 but is subject both to evaporation and to transpiration near
 the surface in the root layer.  In some  tropical  areas of
 high rainfall, runoff normally occurs in a  layer  near the
 surface rather than over the surface. Percolation to ground
 water occurs under favorable conditions.  The proportion of
 a radionuclide that travels either to a  stream or to the
 ground water depends upon the rate at which the rainwater
 percolates below the surface layer.  In  general,  rate of in-
 filtration varies with time in a manner  dependent upon pre-
 cipitation history for the watershed. Following  a dry period,
 infiltration rate is relatively high. The  rate will decrease
 during a storm,  due to alleviation of soil  moisture defi-
 ciency,  swelling of colloids, and compaction  of the surface
 by raindrops.   The total amount of dissolved  radionuclide
 removed  in runoff is determined by the ratio  of runoff water
 to total water available.

      The ground  water system acts as  a reservoir  for water
 and dissolved  radionuclides  which are eventually  discharged
 into  streams.  Migration of  a radionuclide  through the soil
 will  be  retarded  relative  to water due to sorption as dis-
 cussed earlier.

     As  this brief description suggests,  the  complexities
 of the total hydrologic  radionuclide  transport system are
 very substantial.

     Simplifying assumptions  were  necessary not only to re-
duce the problem to manageable  size,  but  for  correspondence
between the degree of sophistication  of  the transport models
and accuracy or availability  of  field  data.
                            290
     A summary of the equations which express quantities of
radionuclide removed from the watershed in terms of the
various hydrologic and physical variables and constants is
shown in Figure 9.
   Where

     R
     I

     Q
     ET

     QGW
     ANL
= rainfall rate during the time interval At

= infiltrated water

= runoff
= evapotranspiration
= ground water flow
= amount of radionuclide removed per unit area by

                                              1
            leaching alone
          = fraction of radionuclide in the water
          = unit rain
          = amount of radionuclide on the soil surface
          = total quantity of radionuclide in the runoff for
            the time interval At
          = area of a watershed
          = amount of radionuclide in infiltration

          = amount of radionuclide in ground water
          = volume of base flow over the time interval
          = total radionuclide present in the reservoir

          = ground water reservoir porosity
          = effective thickness of the reservoir
     This general model was applied by Charnell, et. al.,
to Route 17 in Eastern Panama.  For this application it was
necessary to divide watersheds into homogeneous subunits.
Figure 10 shows for the fallout zone the sub-watersheds which
were selected.  Subdivision was accomplished by considering:
1) precipitation amount; 2) precipitation runoff interrela-
tion; and 3) initial radionuclide deposition.  Size of the
areas near the canal alignment were kept somewhat smaller
than those farther removed in view of the greater variation
and concentration of fallout deposition in this region.

     As an example, at a use point just down river  from
El Real, water is contributed from both the Chucanaaue and
Tuira Rivers.  At that point, water and radionuclide would
                                                                                                                  291

-------
be contributed from sub-watersheds denoted as 6, 7 , 8, 9,
11, 12, 13, It on Figure 10.  Field information indicated
that these sub-watersheds have similar geologic and hydro-
logic characteristics.

     It was assumed that strontium in fallout might be dis-
tributed in an exponential manner away from the canal at
completion of excavation.  This was represented by one ac-
tivity unit per square kilometer (A.U. km  1 on sub-watersheds
6, 7, and 11, decreasing to 0.0001 A.U. km   on It.

     Following deposition, rainwater would leach strontium
from the fallout and carry it downstream to the use point.
A precipitation pattern was approximated by using the average
quarterly rainfall rates.  Some of the results of the cal-
culations are the following:

          After one year, about 20% of the initially deposited
          strontium was calculated to have been removed from
          each sub-watershed surface by leaching and radio-
          active decay.  Surface runoff would carry this
          material past the use point with a concentration,
          at the beginning of the year, of about 10"10 A.U.
          per liter.  Near the end of the year the concentra-
          tion of strontium-90 in the river water would de-
          crease only by a factor of 2 to 0.S x 10*10 A.U.
          per liter.  During this same period, ground water
          would contribute strontium to the use point in a
          concentration that is nearly t orders of magnitude
          lower than that by surface runoff.

          A  smaller distribution coefficient would cause a
          much higher concentration in the river water in-
          itially.  Removal by leaching would be very ef-
          fective and the.concentration in river water would
          decrease rapidly.  By extrapolation tritium with
          a  very low distribution coefficient, would be re-
          moved from the surface almost entirely by the
          first rain.  There would be a tritium surge in
          the river associated with this runoff but subse-
          quent surface water runoff would contribute a
          negligible amount of tritium to the stream.  After
          the first rain, the only device associated tritium
          in the river would come from the ground water.
          The annual contribution of tritium by ground water
          outflow from a watershed was calculated to equal
          about 10~3 of the total tritium deposited on the
          surface as fallout.
                            292
                    CONFIDENCE LEVELS

     A necessary part of any estimate of contamination by
nuclear explosion-produced radionuclides is an indication
of the confidence that can be placed in the analysis.  Field
checking of hydrologic safety program predictions is costly
and necessarily requires considerable time.  The present
hydrologic safety program therefore, lacks the field data
necessary for confirmation of contamination estimates.  For
this reason, all expressions of confidence levels must be
matters of scientific judgment.  Although they are subjec-
tive, they possess useful validity.

     The output from the NVOO-sponsored hydrologic safety
program as discussed by Fenske,^-1-'  is the temporal-spatial
variation of concentration of the radioactive contaminant.
Numbers specifying time, position,  and concentration can
have attached to them their standard deviation.  This can
be done by estimating the uncertainty of each factor con-
tributing to the analysis and combining these variances in
an error propagation equation to calculate the expected var-
iance in the analysis.  This confidence level, in other words,
specifies the most probable value and the variation about
this value that might be expected.   Considering the state-
of-the-art, these confidence levels  are low.   This technique
not only determines the error in the analysis but also de-
termines which component makes the  largest contribution to
the error and indicates where maximum improvement can be
effected.

     Alternatively, a statement of  confidence can be made
that the real concentration is equal to or less than the
predicted concentration.  Using the  philosophy of selection
of the credible but conservative input for all variables,
upper limits on concentrations of radionuclides can be made
with a high level of confidence.

     Likewise, therefore, maximum exclusion areas can be
stated with a high level of confidence.  Much lower confi-
dence levels must be associated with estimates of actual
volume of the water resource degraded by a nuclear detona-
tion.  It may reasonably be expected that future studies
will demonstrate that smaller volumes of water than presently
stated are unacceptably contaminated, and that smaller sites
or exclusion areas than presently used are acceptable for
nuclear detonations.

     It is very interesting to note  that large (order of
magnitude) errors in estimates of the absolute concentra-
tion of a radionuclide in the explosion zone water can be
                                                                                                                 293

-------
 tolerated.  Fenske illustrates this point with the  following
 example for tritium:

           Assume the probable concentration of tritium in
           the explosion zone water is 1800 times  MFC  and
           the range of possible concentrations is from 400
           times MFC to 3200 times MFC.   The actual  concen-
           tration not atypically might  be expected  to fall
           within this range 99.7% of the time. This  water
           enters the hydrologic system.  Although the upper
           limit of the range of possible concentrations is
           nearly an order of magnitude  above the  lower limit,
           the difference between the limits is equivalent
           to a decay time of only three half-lives.   At
           ground water velocities of 60 meters per  year,
           the contaminated volume will  be transported about
           two kilometers farther before decay below MFC if
           the concentration is at the upper limit of  the
           range than it is if at the lower limit.  In such
           a case the range in location  due to the possible
           range of concentration would  be about 2 kilometers.
           At the one sigma level the error in location would
           be 370 meters.  After several tens of years of
           transport this is a smaller error than  that in
           an estimate of ground water velocity and  direc-
           tion.
                        SURVEILLANCE

      The prediction of water contamination  provides  a  basis
 on which to plan post-shot water utilization.   However, once
 radioactive contamination has been introduced  to  the hydro-
 logic system,  surveillance is necessary to  provide evidence
 of arrival  or  non-arrival of contaminants at a use point.
 Normally, appearance  of water contaminated  well below  MFC
 would be of extreme interest in  order  that  a monitoring pro-
 gram  could  be  started and remedial measures initiated.  The
 measured background radioactivity of natural waters  varies
 considerably.  This scatter of data can be  attributed  to
 errors in sampling,  errors in analysis,  and natural  fluctua-
 tions within the  hydrologic system.  Assessment of the sig-
 nificance of data scatter by statistical methods  is  required
where fluctuations  in  radioactivity of the  sample are  close
to those of the natural  system.

                     (U)
     Dr. John  Sharp,     Desert Research  Institute, University
of Nevada, has developed  such  statistical methods.   Serial
correlation, quality control  and  non-parametric techniques
have been developed.  These  techniques  are intended  for re-
cognition of uptrends associated  with  breakthroughs  of
                            294
explosion radioactivity which are superimposed on the pre-
existing natural radioactivity of the  water.   Interpreta-
tion of analytical results has been aided by  computerized
statistical analysis techniques and development of a  storage/
retrieval system for monitoring data.

     An adequate surveillance program  involves collecting
and analyzing enough pre-detonation samples to establish
the natural background radioactivity of the water so  that
valid comparisons with post detonation water  samples  are
possible.  Satisfactory determinations of background  radio-
activity require the analysis of sequentially collected
samples from each sampling point.

     A post-detonation, sequential sampling program is
needed to provide assurance on a long-term basis that con-
tamination has not appeared at use points.  If it has ap-
peared at use points or monitoring points it  may indicate
the need for remedial measures or hydrologic  controls.


        HYDROLOGIC CONTROL OF WATER CONTAMINATION

     Remedial or control measures may  be instigated upon
detection of breakthrough.  They also  may be  applied  at an
earlier stage as part of a planned program of water utili-
zation in the region of nuclear detonations.

     As stated earlier, the rate and direction of flow of
contaminated ground water is influenced by the character
of the potentiometric surface.  If this is known with suf-
ficient accuracy it becomes possible to predict space-time-
concentrations of contaminants, and plan water withdrawal
so as to avoid the contaminated water body.

     Techniques for hydrologic control have been employed
for many years to control saltwater intrusion, flow of nat-
ural hydrocarbons, etc.  Such techniques also are applicable
to control of the movement of the body of contaminated water.
One can for example, visualize pumping into injection wells
outside the rubble chimney in such a way as to raise  the
potentiometric surface around the rubble chimney and  tem-
porarily immobilize the body of contaminated water.   Simi-
larly, it should be possible to divert, accelerate, or  slow
movement of contaminated water in order to optimize with-
drawal and use of uncontaminated water.  The use of  aquifer
grouting to reduce permeability  selectively has been  suggested
but not evaluated.  Whether these techniques can find appli-
cation is largely an economic question.   Certainly the  most
economic case is where contamination  control can be  exer-
cised through accurate hydrologic analysis,  a  well designed
                                                                                                                  295

-------
monitoring program, and a corresponding water use plan which
avoids the region through which contaminated water is passing.
Typically, such passage might be complete within a few years.
Dilution with uncontaminated water or water treatment could
be considered.  Other ameliorating approaches, where water
contamination becomes a limiting factor may include optimi-
zation of yield, and device emplacement.  By this means it
may be possible to avoid water bearing zones, or involvement
of hydrologic regimes which unnecessarily bring contaminated
water to use points.  In the case of cratering detonations
techniques might be developed for minimizing release of ra-
dioactive debris to the surface environment.  Since tritium
appears to represent the greatest potential for off-site
water contamination, selection of low fusion, high fission
devices would be preferable in a hydrologic environment if
other considerations are not controlling.

     For some projects, a well designed monitoring system
may provide all the protection required for public safety
if planned in conjunction with remedial measures should these
be found desirable.
         IMPLICATIONS OF HYDROLOGIC CONTAMINATION

     I would like to comment at this point on some additional
implications of hydrologic contamination.

     It has been noted that proposed commercial applications
of nuclear explosives provide a broad range of possibilities
for water contamination.

     Techniques for prediction of space-time-concentrations
have been developed and applied.  Given applicable standards,
acceptable sources of water can be delineated from unaccept-
able sources, and the extent of a natural resource, water,
that must be withdrawn from human and animal use can be de-
termined.  Optimum water utilization programs can be designed
or remedial hydrologic engineering projects undertaken.  The
analogy can be drawn with established practices for limiting
releases of radioactive wastes into the environment from
nuclear power plants, production plants, and other industrial
activities.  It should be possible to design nuclear explo-
sive applications which would result in at least comparable
safety features.

     It is important to note a basic difference between pro-
spective hazard from hydrologic contamination and some other
hazards, at least insofar as use of water for domestic pur-
poses is concerned.  This difference is related to the time
delay between detonation and potential exposure.
                            296
     In general, the time between detonation and exposure
to water contamination is much greater than obtains for
seismic effects or airborne contamination.   There is ade-
quate time for  analysis of water to determine whether un-
acceptable contamination exists.   Also, there is time to
instigate remedial measures or develop alternative water
supplies.  There is not the urgent need to  drink contaminated
water that there is to breathe possibly contaminated air.
Inadvertent use of contaminated water can be prevented.
It is difficult to conceive of applications where this is
not so.  Thus, the concern for water contamination can be
translated into a consideration of economics rather than
hazard.  The question is what does it cost  to buy safety?
It can be bought at some price perhaps as a maximum, at the
cost of an alternate, water supply for a number of years.
Consideration has been given to risk-benefit aspects of
applications of nuclear explosives.   However, hydrologic
safety is really a matter of cost-benefit.   Cost-benefit
calculations, of course, will be  associated with uncertain-
ties represented by the uncertainties of predicting the
hydrologic contamination.

     But, for any preselected criteria, the nuclear hydrol-
ogist can be expected to estimate the probable cost of in-
suring a safe water supply, and to place upper and lower
limits on his estimates.  By this means the economic feasi-
bility of a nuclear detonation for peaceful uses can be
assessed within the context of assured hydrologic safety.
                                                                                                                 297

-------
                         REFERENCES
1.   Fenske, P.  R.,  Technical Discussions of Offsite  Safety
     Programs for  Underground Nuclear Detonation.   Palo
     Alto Laboratories,  Isotopes, a Teledyne Company,  Palo
     Alto, California,  U.  S. AFr Report NVO-HO.

2.   Charnell, R.  L.,  T.  M. Zorich, and D. E. Holly,  Hydro-
     logic Redistribution of Kadionuclides Around  Nuclear
     Excavated Sea-Level  Canals in Panama and Colombia,
     Palo Alto Laboratories, Isotopes, a Teledyne  Company,
     Palo Alto,  California.  Battelle Memorial  Institute,
     U. S. AEC Report  BMI-171-016.

3.   Holly, Donald E.  and Paul R. Fenske (1966), Transport
     of Dissolved  Chemical Contaminants in Ground  Water
     Sys terns.

4.   Sharp, J.V.A.,  In  publication.
                             298
                                                                                        Water table
                                                                                                            Figure 1. The hydrologic cycle.

                                                                                                    David K, Todd, Ground Water Hydrology, Ch. 1, pg. 9
                                                                                                                     29'.!

-------
Vapor  and  Cloud    Droplet   Storage
  Figure 2.  Diagrammatic Model of the Hydrologic Cycle.
     P.R. Fenske and D. Sokol, Private Communication
                  300
Folloul Cloud ond Boie Surge
-:'_



>

L _

§—






(S)_(V) Jlntercephon on
- ] x ^\ Surface Storage


'o =»
IE:


41
Ol
O
o
k/>
-
o
a.

1 — 1
^ a,
> I

i
^
s

»


'*

(SMV)iPl










Moisture IOI1VI
llorage | ^


fchemicall
(Storage |
j
- £

a J

>
K




>.
7!


>








(S)(V)







^
ST
r*















Stream and (.file
Storage
i

•>_
5i





>
^


'






























'








l>
1
•S .v ,p(








,SMVV
JS'IVI







'





















.^ 	





>
£
^





"

Storage
                                                                                                                                                                   ,S) Soluble  Re
                                                                                                                                                                   V  Volatile  8<
                                                                                                                                                                      Paniculate
idionucl.de
idionuchde
 Rod.onucl.d.
                                                                                                         Figure 3. Diagrammatic Model of Radionuclide Transport By Water
                                                                                                                   P.P. Fenske and D. Sokol, Private Communication
                                                                                                                               301

-------
      Crater



Positions of Potentiometnc Surface
                                             Relate
                                                                            Subsidence Crater
                                                                                                                  Deeply Buned
                                                                                                    —  (Contaminated lakes formed in craters)
                                                                    (Ground water contamination only)
                                                 — (Hydrologic contamination minimal) -
                                 Figure 4. Relationship of Detonation Effects to Potentiometnc Surface


                                          P.R. Fenske. NVO-28(Revised} Chapter X, In Press.
                                                                                                                                        E 2
                                                                                                                                        E 0
                                                                                                                                         • o.
                                                                  302-303

-------
 c
 43
1.0
 o
O
   C/C,
o
O
V
 Undispersed contaminated
 water source term


Step function approximation
of source term
                                                 Dispersed contaminated water boundary caused
                                                 by flow through underground explosion zone
                                                                                                                                      6 Kilometers
                       Time
                     Figure 7. Source Term for Flow from Underground
                         Explosion Zone into Ground-Water System.
                             P.R. Fenske, NVO-40, Chapter 6
                                                                                                                                                               Path Of Ground Water
                                                                                                                                                               Movement
                                                                                                                                                                                                          Explosion Zone
                                                                                                                                                                                                     5 Kilometers
                                                                                                                                                           Envelope enclosing area
                                                                                                                                                           expected to be underlain
                                                                                                                                                           by radioactive water at
                                                                                                                                                           some time following the
                                                                                                                                                           detonation.
                                                                                                                            14.3 Kilometers
                                                                                                                                        Total Migration distance 14.5 Kilometers (approximately 145 yrs.)
                                           304
                                                                                                                                           Figure 8.  Hypothetical Contamination Prediction.
                                                                                                                                                  P.R. Fensket NVO-40, Chapter 6.

                                                                                                                                                           305

-------
                           Runoff  Nuctide Removed
                                                       Nuclide in Runoff
     ''l      Infiltration
       ,\
  l\l/\   _Evapotranspiration        Nuclide in
                                      Infiltration
                   Ground Water
                     I - ET
                               •NL = -FW.B.N          NR=r^l>N
                                         Ru                L  "J
    \l/\     tva
     A ^"TF
Root Zone
Ground Water  -' J
                   GW
          Figure 9.  Schematic Diagram of the Fallout Zone Redistribution
                      R.L. Charnell, et al ,  BMI •  171 -014
                                           306
                                                                                                                                      Figure 10  Delineation of Subwatersheds Around a Nuclear
                                                                                                                                           Excavated Sea Level Canal m Eastern Panama
                                                                                                                                                   R.L. Charnell. et al., BMI - 171 -016
                                                                                                                                              307

-------
                     QUESTIONS  FOR LOUIS WERNER
I.  From Dr.  Lowmarr
   Studies  in Panama and Puerto Rico indicate that in a tropical rain
   forest sheet transport or sheet surface erosion is practically zero
   and most of the suspended river sediments are from channel erosion.
   What is  your estimate on the reduction of the elution rate of tritium
   from the forest into the rivers as a result of this?

   ANSWER:

   Well, I'm not sure that there is going to be a good estimate of
   what this reduction will be by any means.  This will be a part, I
   think, of the considerations coming out  in the Battelle report and I
   am sure  that this question is under consideration by the Battelle
   people who are responsible for it.  For the study which was carried
   out by Charnell and others, it was necessary to make some simplifi-
   cations  which did not permit this factor to be evaluated, unfortunately.
   But, it  does appear to be true that sheet erosion  is not important.
    It appears to be true from what  I hear from some of the people at
    Lawrence Radiation Laboratory that there is another mode of uptake of
   water which  is directly by plants sort of a reverse of transpiration
   which is not an element of this model  and so there will be certain
    Adjustments that are going to have to be necessary.
2.   From Alex Grendon:

    Was p omitted  in the  equation  Kf
                                             Kd + I?
    The  legend defined p  as density, but it does not appear here.

    ANSWER:

    The answer to that is yes, it was omitted.  I  discovered it when I  was
    going over it in my notes and I did not call attention to it.


3.   From Alex Grendon:

    Why was B used as a symbol for this same expression  in a later slide?

    ANSWER:

    I think that is just  the author's license.  These were taken from two
    different investigators and one used one and one the other. I  don't
    think there is any essential  difference between them.
                                308
                                                                                                          AIRBLAST  FROM PLOWSHARE PROJECTS*

                                                                                                                      Jack W. Reed
                                                                                                                      Division  9111
                                                                                                                  Sandia Laboratory
                                                                                                               Albuquerque, New  Mexico
                          ABSTRACT

           The  purpose of airblast predictions and moni-
     toring  is to guard against strong  blast waves  being
     carried by the atmospheric acoustic  lens into  popu-
     lated areas where they  could cause hazard and  damage.
     Experience and theory,  with both high explosives  and
     nuclear tests, burst both underground and in the  airt
     have  been developed to  allow reasonable confidence
     in safety predictions.

           Standard explosion calculations  and scaling
     laws  are  used to define the source strength to dis-
     tances  where quasi-acoustic propagation physics
     becomes valid.  Underground bursts are attenuated
     by a  factor which depends on scaled  burst depth and
     the burst environment materiaI.   For  row charges  the
     source  strength approaches a line  source model with
     cylindrical blast expansion in directions perpendicular
     to the  row.

           Atmospheric refraction by strata of different
     temperatures and winds  causes nonuniform blast over-
     pressure  patterns to be propagated great distances.
     Jet stream winds may duct and even focus airblasts
     with  as large as 8X magnifications over standard
     wave  expansion at ranges of 30 to  100 miles.   Ozono-
     sphere  ducting, by warm temperatures  and monsoon
     winds at  30 miles altitudes, can cause SX magnifica-
     tion  at ranges from 70  to 250 miles.   For very  large
     explosives, these atmospheric effects can cause nui-
     sance damage and breakage to windows  and plaster  walls
     with  a  slight associated hazard to inhabitants.

           Damage claims from explosive  tests_, accidentss
     and sonic booms have been analyzed to give damage
     prediction equations in terms of incident airblast
     overpressure and exposed population.   Overpressures
     can be  calculated from  source strength and atmospheric
     propagation parameters.  Measurements in communities

*This work was supported by  the United  States Atomic  Energy
 Commission.
                               309

-------
       surrounding various explosives tests have served
       to  verify prediction procedures and interpret the
       validity of damage claims.
                         INTRODUCTION
  Purpose
       The  purpose  of  airblast predictions and monitoring is to
  guard against  strong airborne blast waves being carried into
  populated areas where  they could cause hazard and damage.  Our
  atmosphere,  on occasion, acts like a lens for focusing blast
  or  sound  waves from  explosions*  This may cause much more air-
  blast force  at great distances than would be expected from
  safe  distance  criteria which are established for normal explo-
  sives in  a nonrefracting atmosphere.  Even relatively weak but
  audible compression  waves, not usually considered to be of
  destructive  force> may break some windows when applied to the
  large pane populations in a city.  Large windows are most vul-
  nerable to breakage  and, in turn, create some significant
  hazard from  falling  and broken glass.

       Plowshare explosives, burst underground, would give muf-
  fled  airblast  waves.   The degree of muffling or attenuation
  for some  conceivable events may not be enough to counteract
  all possibilities of atmospheric focusing.  In planning, the
  yield, burst depth and material, and number of devices are
  used  to establish airblast source strengths.  Regional clima-
  tology for the particular site will allow seasonal estimates
  for propagation potentials, in terms of direction and distance
  This  allows identification of vulnerable communities and even-
  tual  damage cost  and hazard evaluations.

       If there  is  a problem, systematic blast prediction ser-
 vices may  be required.  This may entail special weather ob-
 servations and forecasts,  even to high altitudes reached only
 by rockets.  Some blast prediction calculations require
 access to  high speed computers.   Where damaging airblasts are
 possible,  they must  be monitored  so  the measurements are
 available  to  verify  predictions  and  to validate damage claims
 which  may  arise.
 Background

     Propagation  of  airblast  to  long  ranges  was  regularly
 considered  in the  conduct  of  atmospheric  nuclear tests.  For
 Plowshare applications, however,  underground emplacement of
 explosives  causes  considerable muffling of the airblast wave
 so that the resultant hazard  to remote communities  is much
reduced.  It cannot  be ignored altogether, for many useful
Plowshare explosives would use much greater  yields  than were

                            310
allowed in continental atmospheric tests and the  attenuation
from burial is not great enough to completely suppress air
wave formation.

     Considerable data have been accumulated from cratering
tests, where devices have been buried to give optimum crater
sizes.  Also, measurements have been made on a number of con-
tained underground test events at various depths  and yields.
There is very little experience with burst depths of inter-
mediate scale which might be applicable to quarrying or strip
mining so expectations from these must, for the present, be
interpolated .

     On occasion, the atmosphere, with its stratifications of
temperatures and winds, may act as a lens to converge and focus
airblast waves at distances of fifty, a hundred,  or even more
miles.  Near these foci, or caustics, ordinary acoustic ampli-
tudes may be magnified by ten or more times and cancel the
muffling effects of underground bursts where airblast is sup-
pressed by attenuation factors of ten.  Further definition of
this attenuation is thus needed and is found to be dependent
on yield, depth, and the environment material around the
explosion.
                    PROBLEM DEFINITION

E xp 1 o s do n^ Bl aj3 1^ Wa v e s

     Airburst explosives emit blast waves which are quite well
understood; they are predictable by hydrodynamics and verifi-
able by measurement.  Scaling laws are available for transform
ing airblast parameters from one yield to another, so that
prediction starts with a standard explosion, here taken to be
1 kt NE (nuclear explosives) burst in free air with no reflect
ing surfaces and in a homogeneous, calm atmosphere at 1000 mb
pressure (near sea level) and 300° K temperature (+27O c,
85° F).  Complete tables of parameters for this explosion were
calculated at Los Alamos and dubbed IBM Problem M.  The
pressure-time signature of this explosion wave at 9000 feet
range, at the end of the calculation, is shown in Figure  1.
This shows the typical explosion waveform with sharp compres-
sion, a slow decay into the long negative pressure phase, and
gradual recovery to ambient pressure as the blast wave passes.
The overpressure versus distance curve for this explosion is
shown in Figure 2.  Extension to smaller overpressures beyond
the end of Problem M and below 0.37 psi was based on empirical
data from high altitude bursts- which were little affected by
atmospheric refraction.  In low overpressure regions, of  con-
cern to off site safety, overpressure decreases in proportion
to the 1.2 power of distance.  Acoustic wave expansion
                             31 I

-------
give a  -1,0  slope but there are minor energy losses and wave-
form changes which cause the  slightly more rapid decay which
is observed.

     Scaling laws are illustrated to show that a given shock
strength, or overpressure-ambient pressure ratio, Ap/p, will
reach to distances ,  R, which  are proportional to the cube
root of yield, W.  Minor corrections for pressure altitude
are included but for most  Plowshares this can probably be
neglected.   Blast pressures at altitudes above sea level would
be reduced and on the safe side.  A target at 10,000 ft. above
mean sea level (MSL) would receive about nine percent less
than the graphed overpressure and at 20,000 ft. MSL the reduc-
tion would be 19 percent.  Extra pressure scales are shown
for millibars, metric units which have been in common blast
prediction usage, and pst  (pounds per square foot) which have
been used recently in most sonic boom studies.  Metric and
mile distance scales are also shown for convenience.

     The recorded, reflected  overpressure at long range from
an explosion is conveniently  expressed by the equation
Ap* mb = 714 (W kt NE)0*U(R kft
                   ~1 ' 2(10~3 x p mb)°'6F
                                                              (1.)
where p  is ambient pressure,  Ap  is blast overpressure, the
asterisk indicates that the amplitude  is doubled by ground
reflection, W  is  explosive yield, R  is distance, and F is the
atmospheric focusing  factor*
Underground Bursts

     For underground bursts overpressures are reduced by muf-
fling from the ground material.  The wave form  signature may
also be changed, as shown by  Figure 3, at various burst depths,
where the initial shock transmitted through the ground strikes
the air as a piston to give a "ground shock induced" (GSI)
pulse which is followed by a  "gas vent"  (GV) pulse if there
is cratering or venting.  At  shallow burst depths only the
GV pulse is observed, at optimum crater  depths  in alluvium
the two pulses are observed,  and at contained depths only the
GSI pulse gets into the air.

     Amplitude is described by a transmission factor, T,
defined as the ratio of overpressure emitted to long range
divided by the overpressure which would  have resulted from
the same explosive, but burst in free air, or
              T =
Ap (W, underground burst)

Ap (W, airburst)
                                                    (2.)
                             312
Transmissivity at close range is much complicated by several
factors and a full physical description of what takes place
is not yet available*   Only the distant observed values will
be considered here in  relation to offsite safety.  Smoothed
curves through experimental data are shown versus scaled
(according to W^'^) burst depth in Figure 4,   There is much
scatter, partly caused by non-uniform emissions from the source
and partly from atmospheric inhomogeneity over the long trans-
mission paths.  For safety predictions some allowance must be
made for this possibility of error.  Curves show that the
material environment of the burst may be quite important.
Nuclear bursts in moist materials generate a large steam
pressure which enhances the GV amplitude*  Bursts in dry rock
at optimum cratering depths have only a small venting pulse
pressure and the GSI pulse is the maximum of the two.

     Contained underground bursts under alluvium are much
attenuated in comparison with stronger waves emitted by bursts
under rock; bursts in  salt formations have appeared to give
the greatest air wave  outputs.

     Overpressures in  Figure 1 are multiplied by the appro-
priate transmissivities from Figure 4, to give overpressure-
distance curves for various explosives applications.  Some
examples are shown in  Figure 5.  These are "Standard" propa-
gation curves for hemispherical propagation from these bursts,
to be multiplied by appropriate focus factors for specific
atmospheric refracting conditions.

     If multiple charges are detonated simultaneously the
blast waves may add almost acoustically and cause greater
overpressures than would have occurred from a single burst
of the combined yield.  This may be alleviated by firing at
time intervals but the excavation efficiency may then drop
enough to make this impractical or undesirable.  Data have
only been obtained for the simultaneous detonations of rows
for ditch digging.  Maximum airblast amplitudes are propagated
perpendicular to rows  and the minima are emitted off row ends.
A multiplier for number of charges is shown by Figure 6 for
these two directions and intermediate directions may be inter-
polated.  Row charge effects are not yet well understood so
tests and studies are  continuing on this problem.  Total error
from transmissivity, row charge effect, and atmospheric vari-
ability may be by a factor of three or four.


Atmospheric Propagation

     Atmospheric refraction causes non-uniform blast pressure
patterns to be propagated great distances.  A  simplified
                                                                                               313

-------
 illustration of this is shown in Figure 7,   In a real  atmos-
 phere temperature changes with altitude, as shown by the  left
 curve, so that sound speed is also different at different
 altitudes.  Wind changes with height added to temperature-
 determined sound speeds give a sound velocity versus height
 structure , as shown by the dashed curve.  A vertical plane
 wave, as shown on the right, would be propagated through  this
 atmosphere at different velocities at different altitudes and
 become increasingly distorted with passage of time.   Sound
 rays, perpendicular to the wave front,  are curved upward  away
 from ground in layers where sound velocity decreases with
 height.  These sound rays are curved toward the ground in
 layers where velocity increases with height.

      This same bending affects rays from a point source or
 explosion, as shown in Figure 8.   A most important sound
 velocity versus height structure for explosions is where
 sound velocity decreases, then increases with height above
 ground.  Various rays emanating from a  burst curve upward,
 then are turned over by velocities aloft and return  to ground
 in a band some distance away.  Relative blast intensities may
 be predicted from the density of ray arrivals.  There  may be
 varying degrees of focusing of blast waves in these  sound
 rings.   This is usually the sound velocity versus altitude
 profile which causes exceptional disturbances, sometimes
 called caustics, at long ranges.

      There are three layered regions of the atmosphere which
 may give strong sound or blast propagation.   The lowest,  a
 surface  inversion layer, as shown in Figure 9, does  not often
 give significant focusing but instead causes wave energy  to
 diverge  cylindrically rather than spherically, and thus causes
 abnormally high blast pressures.   This  surface sound duct may
 be  generated  by a surface temperature inversion, where tem-
 perature  increases  with height above ground in a Shallow  laver
 which is  seldom  more  than 1000 feet  thick.   Inversions develop
 at  night  when  the  ground cools by radiation and, then  in  turn,
 it  cools  the boundary air layers  by  conduction.

      With  temperature  decreasing  with height,  as is  normal
 in  daytime when  the ground  is  heated by the  sun, wind  direc-
 tion  or speed may change  with  height to cause  a sound  velocity
 inversion.  In either  case,  sound  rays  are  ducted to strike
 first at ranges  of  less  than  a couple miles.   These  sound rays
are almost perfectly  reflected  by  the ground C  at least for
frequencies and wave  lengths given by most  explosions)  and
repeat their cyclic path  many  times  as  illustrated.  Even
small ground reflection  losses  become significant after being
compounded dozens of  times  so  this atmospheric  duct  is  only
of concern in blast prediction  to  a  few tens  of  miles.   In
Nevada this shallow duct  is generally blocked  by mountains
at less than 20 miles  range.

                             314
     Weather conditions shown in Figure 10 are responsible
for past occasions of extensive blast damages at exceptional
distances.   Jet-stream winds, which usually blow from the west
direction quadrant, may have speeds as high as 250 knots.
Very low temperatures and sound speeds at 25,000 to 40,000
feet are counteracted by these high wind speeds to give some
higher sound velocities toward downwind directions near tropn-
pause altitudes than at ground level.  The tropopause is where
temperature stops decreasing with altitude.  A resulting sound
ring, with possible strong focusing, mav land at 30 to 100
miles downwind ranee, depending on height and strength of
ducting jet-stream winds.

     At higher altitudes,  as shown by Figure 11, in the ozo-
nosphere there is a warm layer centered near 150,000 feet,
where temperatures and sound speeds are nearly as high as at
ground level.  Fairly steady, strong winds to 150 knots speed
blow with seasonal directions at th^se high altitudes, from
west in winter and from east in summer.  This creates sound
ducting toward downwind directions which gives a sound ring
at ranges from about 70 to 150 miles.

     Upwind, blast waves are refrae t ed av.'.av from ground and
only minor waves are diffracted or scattered into the shadow
zone, while stronger blast waves pass far overhead.  These
diffracted waves have sometimes measurable but usually inaudible
intensity, and about two percent of th^ downwind pressure am-
plitude.

     Even higher, in the ionosphere above  300,000 feet, very
high temperatures also duct waves to strike the ground at over
100 mile distances.  This ducting is usually carried in direc-
tions opposite from downwind o^onospher^ propagation.  At such
high altitudes, low air densities cause most blast wave energy
to be absorbed, so no structural damages have been reported
from this wave route.  However, high frequency pops and
rattles have been observed when ionosphere waves  from  large
explosions do reach the ground.

     At long range waves strike ground at  incidence angles
of up to 30 degrees and their amplitudes are doubled by  near
perfect ground reflection.  Microbarograph recordings  thus
show twice the free air incident values calculated  by  scaling
from Figure 2.  This doubling  is sometimes incorporated  into
expressions for the effective  focus  factor,  although the  ray
convergence by atmospheric refraction only contributes  half
of total recorded focus ing.

     Airblast magnification by  atmospheric ducting  and  focusing
is defined by a focus factor,  F, which  is  the  ratio  of  observed
or calculated amplitude or overpressure  to that  which  is

-------
obtained from standard explosion propagation or

             Ap (W; real atmosphere)
         F = 	
             Ap (W; homogeneous, calm atmosphere)

     Propagation under a surface inversion may give ducted
focus factors of F = 2 or F = 3, as shown by recordings made
10 to 20 miles from nuclear tests in Nevada.  Mountainous ter-
rain in Nevada interferes with  this propagation so there have
been no opportunities to observe results from this ducting
to longer distances.  Even at ten miles range, atmospheric
inversions may cause an explosive to sound like ten times its
actual yield.  In effect the explosion wave is nearly limited
to cylindrical rather than spherical divergence.

     Jet stream ducting may cause much larger blast magnifi-
cation.  Experiments have shown 1.6X magnification is about
average within 10 miles of an expected caustic, F = 4.2 has
been observed, and statistical  extrapolation shows that 7.5X
may well hit some houses or buildings from some explosive events.
This ducting is usually toward  eastern directions, because
jet stream winds usually have large west wind components.
Occurrence is generally limited to late fall through early
spring seasons and temperate latitudes.

     Ozonosphere propagations also give common observations
of 1.5X magnification.  The largest recorded value showed
F = 3.3 at 135 miles from a 15-ton HE (high explosive) event.

     Uncertainty about the atmosphere over such long paths
makes predictions subject to considerable error.  The changing
nature of our atmosphere makes  duplication of propagation dif-
ficult, even over time intervals of a few minutes.  Prediction
error factors of at least two,  high or low, should be allowed.
More realistic assessment for damage expectation requires con-
sideration of the whole statistical pattern of probabilities
so that serious impacts can be  held to rare occurrences.


Effects from Small Amplitude Airblast Waves

     Laboratory tests have not  broken panes with less than
10-mb overpressures, but the number of panes tested nowhere
approached the number of panes  exposed even in small cities.

     A more realistic damage level threshold for nuclear test
waves on cities can be estimated from three incidents of large,
single-strength, aged glass panes breaking from 2-millibar
recorded overpressure (1-mb incident).  At higher overpressures
                             316
there were quite a few moderate size panes broken in Johnston
Island barracks by Orange shot which gave 14 mb recorded over-
pressure.  At the Nevada Test Site, 17 millibar overpressure
is the maximum recorded at the CP-1 Control Point in Yucca
Pass, but that tore doors loose and broke ceiling light fix-
tures.  There have been several other claims of damage from
testwaves, but there were no associated pressure measurements.

     Better laboratory data are needed to relate breakage
probability to overpressure.  This may come from sonic boom
and supersonic transport studies.   Meanwhile empirical results
from the Medina, Texas, accidental explosion incident of
November 1963, furnish a useful guide to relating breakage
probability to overpressure, glass pane size, etc.   Of 12 mil-
lion panes exposed in San Antonio, 3644 were claimed broken,
by overpressures estimated to vary from 1 mb to possible 10 mb,
from destruction of 115-tons of chemical explosives.

     It was found that there were  about 19 times as many
window panes in San Antonio as there were people, and that
the average window repair cost was $15.80.  A small number
of very large panes was very costly to replace.   In summary,
as shown by Figure 12 for a typical city of 100,000 population,
the number of expected broken panes can be estimated in terms
of expected overpressures.  This estimation method  was applied
to a ranch house where one pane was broken by an explosive
test near Cedar City, Utah, in October 1968, and showed that
only 0.47 pane should have broken.

     It has also been found, and sonic boom tests are in sub-
stantial agreement, that miscellaneous damages,  cracked plaster,
broken bric-a-brac, and so on, may increase damage  claims costs
by about 40 percent over the cost  for windows alone.  Engineer-
ing details on structural responses of these miscellaneous
types are practically impossible to obtain.

     Purely economic considerations of airblast restraints on
Plowshare events must be tempered  by possibilities  for personal
injury.  There would be no direct  physiological damage to people
with less than about 5 psi overpressures, or 350 mb where ear-
drums may break.  One psi may cause injury from falls or other
reactions to startle or airblast force.  At much lower pres-
sures secondary hazards from broken or breaking glass must
be considered outside the cost-effectiveness approach.  For-
tunately there is practically no solid information available.
No one was hurt by broken glass from NTS nuclear tests nor in
the Medina incident.  There were,  however, fifteen injuries
reported from 300 broken panes'caused by a recent sonic boom
at the USAF Academy.  It is hoped that the detailed Air Force
report on this incident will assist in evaluating the hazard
potential of breaking windows.
                                                                                                                 317

-------
                         SUMMARY

     Blast predictions begin with a hydrodynamic definition
of the close-in source wave which is well-known in terms of
yield, explosive and other scalable factors.  Plowshare exca-
vation events are muffled or attenuated in varying degrees
according to scaled burst depth and material environment,
and experiments are continuing to adequately define this.

     Once an airblast wave is coupled into the atmosphere,
long range propagation depends on the vertical structure of
temperatures and winds, sometimes to great altitudes.  Sound
ducting by refraction processes can be caused by the boundary
layer, by jet stream winds, by seasonal winds near 150,000 feet
altitude, and by high temperatures in the ionosphere above
300,000 feet.  Airblast amplitudes can be calculated for these
atmospheric lens effects at long ranges.  There is confidence
in the qualitative results but there are frequent factor-of-
two errors which must be guarded against in assuring safety.

     Theories are inadequate and data are scarce for predicting
nuisance damages from small amplitude waves.  Research is con-
tinuing to refine this sector of the airblast problem as needed
for Plowshare safety and feasibility studies as well as super-
sonic transport sonic boom problems.
                            318
          REFERENCES REGARDING VARIOUS
     PHASES OF PLOWSHARE BLAST PREDICTIONS
                                                                                     7.
Cox, E.F., H.J. Plagge, and J.W. Reed, "Meteorology Directs
Where Blast Will Strike", Bull.  Amer.  Meteor. Soa.,
Vol. 35, No. 3; pp.95-103, March 195t

Cox, E.F., "Sound Propagation in Air", Handbuoh der Phycik,
Vol. 48, Chapt. 22,  Springer-Verlag, Berlin, 1958

Broyles, C.D., "IBM Problem M Curves", Sandia Corporation
Technical Memorandum SCTM-268-56(51), December 1956

Reed, J.W. and H.W.  Church, "Sedan Long-Range Blast Pro-
pagation", Plowshare Program Report PNE-202F, August 30,
1963

Reed, J.W., "Long-Range Air Blast Measurements and Inter-
pretations", Project Dannyboy Report POR(WT) 1809-1,
August 1963

Reed, J.W., "Long-Range Airblast", Operation Sailor Hat
Report POR-4057, (WT 4057), August 2, 1966

Reed, J.W., "Multiple Row Charge Blast Wave Observations
at Long Range", Project Dugout, Plowshare Program Report
PNE-607F, Spetember 8, 1966

Reed, J.W., and C.J. Vortman, "Air-Blast Measurements  -
Project Pre-Schooner II", Plowshare Program Report
PNE-512F, February,  1968

Reed, J.W., "Long Range Airblast - Project Palanquin",
Plowshare Program Report PNE-903F, July, 1967
                                                                                                                 319

-------
    -ap-+0.37PSI
                     IBM PROBLEM M.
                    9000 FT FROM A
                    1-kt NUCLEAR FREE AIR BURST
                      AT SEA l£VEL.
                         4P-0.126PSI
EXPLOSION WAVE PRESSURE-TIME SIGNATURE
            FIGURE  1
                 320
                                                                                    1000
                                                                                     100
10
                                                                                   5   i
                                                                                     0.1
                                                                                     0.01

                                                                                                                                       1000--
                                                                                                           \
                           ^ SCALED
                        
-------
TIME-
                                  A. SHALLOW
                                      GV. GAS VENT PULSE
                                      GSI. GROUND SHOCK
                                          INDUCED PULSE
     CRATERING EXPLOSION PRESSURE-TIME SIGNATURES.
                      FIGURE  3
                                                                                                     1.0
                                                                                                     0.1
                                                                                                    .001
                                                                                                         CABRIOLET
 SEDAN
\ /DANNY BOY
m
                                                                                                               100      200      300      400      500      600
                                                                                                                       SCALED BURST DEPTH  FEET/IKTNE)1'3
                                                                                                                   TRANSMISSIVITY FROM UNDERGROUND BURSTS
                                                                                                                               FIGURE  4
                                                                                                                                    323

-------
100
 50 ^
 20
0.5
0.2
0.1
             1-MT NUClfAR CRATER ING EVENT
             BURIED 1500 FT IN MOIST ALLUVIUM
            V(T"0.166)
        200-KT NUCLEAR
          QUARRY EVENT
           BURIED 1170 FT IN
             DRY BASALT
              (T-0.057)
1-MT DEEP UNDERGROUND
EVENT BURIED 7000 FT.
IN WELDED TUFF
(T = 0.021I
  10
                               105
                                                      106
                              RANGE
    EXAMPLES OF STANDARD PROPAGATIONS FROM BURIED EXPLOSIONS.
                          FIGURE S
                               324
                                                                                                                     50
                                                                                                                   §
    12        5      10     20       50    100
              NUMBER OF CHARGES  IN ROW
ROW CHARGE EFFECTS, PERPENDICULAR AND AXIAL DIRECTIONS.

                   FIGURE  6
                                                                                                                                           325

-------
     800  900  1000  1100  1200
                    /   DIRECTED
                         SOUND
                         VELOCITY
      800
           900  1000  1100  1200
             VELOCITY (FT/SEC)
                                             DISTANCE-
                 SHOCK-WAVE DISTORTION BY LAYERED ATMOSPHERIC
                 TEMPERATURE AND WIND STRUCTURE.
                                FIGURE  7
SOUND
VELOCITY
           RANGE

TYPICAL EXPLOSION  RAY PATHS

       FIGURE  8
                                  326-327

-------
1100       1150  1100       1150
    SOUND         SOUND
    SPEED          VELOCITY
          FT./SEC.
                  2         3
                 DISTANCE (MILES)
                            SURFACE INVERSION SOUND DUCTING.
                                     FIGURE  9
 50000 -
 25000 -
           1000  1100  1200
          VELOCITY (fps)
                                     10
                                                20
                       30
                  RANGE (MILES)
JET- STREAM SOUND DUCTING.
       FIGURE  10
                                                                     40
50
          60
                                          328-329

-------
                            UPWIND
                                                       DOWNWIND
900   1000   1100  1200  120

  SOUND VELOCITY (fps)
                                        RANGE (MILESI
                       OZONOSPHERE WIND EFFECT ON SOUND DUCTING.
                                   FIGURE  11
                       10
                       100
                              APPROXIMATE RANGE
                              OF MEDINA DATA
                           EXTRAPOLATION-
                        0.1             1              10

                         RECORDED OVERPRESSURE (MILLIBARS)

                      EXPECTED WINDOW DAMAGE VERSUS EXPLOSION
                      BLAST OVERPRESSURE; 100,000 PEOPLE EXPOSED.

                                  FIGURE 12
                                    33C-331

-------
                          QUESTIONS FOR JACK REED
I.  From Charles Hardin:

    How does moisture content of the air affect the blast wave?

    ANSWER:

    We pretty much  ignore  it.  To be correct, you should use a virtual
    temperature rather than a pure air temperature to calculate the
    sound speed.  That's for the water vapor content of the air and
    just a correction  in our refraction.  On the other hand, what is
    usually referred to  in questions of this type:   Is the blast wave
    reflected off of clouds and off of precipitation?  The answer is
    quite firmly, no.  The drop size is not adequate to do anything
    other than give a very, very slight attenuation to the blast waves
    or the wave length that we are involved in here.


2.  From E. A. MartelI:

    Wilt high speed westerlies above 30,000 feet  in the isthmus area
    have similar accoustic wave effects as those experienced for high
    speed jet streams at higher  latitudes?

    ANSWER:

    The jet streams in Nevada that we worry about in the wintertime
    which can cause focusing of blast waves and give troubles  in Las
    Vegas are speeds that  run typically 130 and occasionally as high
    as 200 knots in speed and I don't believe that our experience in
    the isthmian region or the tropical region show anything near this.
    The required speed for ducting from jet stream altitudes near the
    tropopause level where the temperature is very, very low—it gets
    down to as low as -100° C—then it requires at  least 60 and generally
    over 100 knot speeds to overcome that and give you a wind ducted
    propagation.  I'm not sure what the studies that ESSA is conducting
    are showing, but  I don't think that there are very many wind speeds
    much over about 60 knots at that altitude, so I do not expect any
    jet stream ducting from 30,000 feet in the canal project.  Our
    whole problem seems to be wrapped up in the ozonosphere propagation
    and caused by the winds up at 150,000 feet.
3.  From E. V. Anderson:

    What is the area of a focus zone?
                                    332
    ANSWER:

    The calculated accoustic focus has zero width.   You have infinite
    pressure over zero width.   What the real  result is we don't really
    know for sure, but we have some statistical  information which says
    for jet stream ducting from the Nevada Test  Site using a large
    number of smal I,  h igh exp los i ve tests,  that  w i th i n +_ 10 mi les of
    a calculated caustic, the  average magnification came out to be,
    considering the ground reflection as part of the magnification,
    we got an average factor of 3.15.  This is from 250 or 500  obser-
    vations.  It was  250 observations and I  think the maximum of all
    these within 10 miles of the calculated caustic was about 8-1/2  for
    a magnification factor including the doubling by ground reflection
    which you always  get.  It's pretty much of a statistical  thing.   It
    doesn't come out  as a nice, sharp focal  point like you calculate  by
    pure accoustics,  but we're not dealing with  pure accoustics, we're
    dealing with finite amplitude  and long wave  length waves and there's
    quite a bit of mix-up here.  The atmospheric turbulence also scatters
    and diffuses it so pending more statistics,  I think that you just
    need to say that  within +_  10 or 20 miles  of  a calculated caustic,
    you can get this  distribution  of magnitudes  which gives you some
    small, but finite probability  of having a pretty large magnifi-
    cation on very,  very rare  occasions.
4.  From W.  J.  Larkin:

    Since the wave has  directional  properties,  does  the  orientation  of
    the "window panes"  have an  effect on  damage potential?

    ANSWER:

    Yes, and this is mostly derived from  Civil  Defense housing  tests
    and things like that.   I  believe, and John  Blume may amplify  this,
    but there is a factor of  essentially  2 difference.   You  have  on  the
    side facing the blast about twice as  much breakage as on the  side of
    the house away from the blast.   And on the  sides of  the  house you
    have something in between.   By  the time you go out to where you  are
    only breaking I  out of 5,000 or 10,000 panes,  this kind  of  gets
    lost in  the statistics so you can't  really  identify  it.   I  know
    one building in San Antonio we  checked.  I  think there was  a
    slightly larger percentage  of windows broken on  the  back side than
    on the side facing  the blast.  So it  is statistical  and  not very
    welI defi ned.
                                                                                                                                          333

-------
                       GROUND MOTION PREDICTIONS

                            Peter C. Loux
                       Director for Geophysics
                  Environmental Research Corporation
                          Alexandria, Vi rgi ni a
                               ABSTRACT

             Nuclear generated ground motion is defined and then
       related to the physical parameters that cause it.   Tech-
       niques employed for prediction of ground motion peak
       amplitude, frequency spectra and response spectra are
       explored, with initial emphasis on the analysis of data
       collected at the Nevada Test Site (NTS).  NTS post-
       shot measurements are compared with pre-shot predictions.

             Applicability of these techniques to new areas, for
       example, Plowshare sites, must be questioned.  Fortunately,
       the Atomic Energy Commission is sponsoring complementary
       studies to improve prediction capabilities primarily in new
       locations outside the NTS region.   Some of these are
       discussed in the light of anomalous seismic behavior, and
       comparisons are given showing theoretical versus experi-
       mental results.

             In conclusion,  current ground motion prediction
       techniques are applied to events off the NTS.  Predictions
       are compared with measurements for the event Faultless and
       for the  Plowshare events^  Gasbuggy,  Cabriolet,  and Buggy I.
                             INTRODUCTION

       Under  contract with  AEC's  Nevada  Operations  Office,  Environ-
mental  Research Corporation  provides  scientific  and  engineering
support to the Effects  Evaluation  Division  by  predicting specified
effects of planned  underground nuclear  explosions.   With knowledge
of the  anticipated  effects,  safeguards  are  developed and safety  is
assured for  persons  and property within the  affected range.   In  this
discussion we will  consider  the  directly  induced seismic ground  motion
and techniques for  Its prediction.  Ground motion  predictions are
required in  order to  assess  the  probability  of damage to property and,
more importantly, to  preclude the  possibility of personal  injury.

      Energy from an  underground nuclear detonation  is transformed
into seismic waves which travel  outward from the source in all  directions.
They follow several paths and display a variety of characteristics
which can be related to effects  on structures.   Figure I  shows  a seis-
mogram composed of various elastic waves arriving at a given point at
different times.  This might represent the vertical  component of
velocity measured at the surface of the ground  at, say, 100 kilometers
                                  FIGURE 1
                          SEISMOGRAM FROM AN NTS EVENT
        -*-  TIME SCALE
                                           |^	SSEC
from an event at the Nevada Test Site (NTS).   Phases in the seismogram
include the compressional  and shear body waves at the leading edge of
this trace and surface waves, such as the Rayleigh mode, at the trailing
edge.  Analysis of such wave forms requires separation and identifi-
cation of the different modes, knowledge of their behavior in transit,
and an understanding of the influence of source parameters.  Analyzing
ground motion data in this manner makes it possible to predict damage
to structures, to forecast perception of ground motion by the general
public, and to anticipate  other effects such as damage to mines,
wells, and slopes.  With respect to this type of oscillatory ground
motion, the remainder of our discussion will  center on development of
predictive technology and  applications relevant to Plowshare events.
   PREDICTIVE TECHNOLOGY FOR UNDERGROUND ENGINEERING APPLICATIONS

Source of Seismic Waves

      Directly induced ground motion in the elastic region is a function
of several variables, such as the energy and type of explosive, source
point medium, depth of burial and geological medium properties.  Within
the immediate vicinity of the source the medium behavior  is non-linear
and complex due to high pressures and temperatures.  From the (initial)
vaporization cavity produced by the explosion a shock wave propagates,
carrying about 5Q% of the available energy.  For a  l-kt nuclear ex-
plosion, the vaporization cavity radius and pressure are approximately
2 meters and I  million atmospheres,' respect!vely, varying slightly from
medium to medium.   As the shock wave propagates radially outwards,
spherical expansion of the front and inelastic dissipation reduce the
loading intensity to a point, at a distance called  the elastic radius,
                                 334
                                                                                                                                       335

-------
where the elastic properties of the medium begin to play a significant
role.  The elastic radius is a function of the source point parameters,
being a few hundred meters for a contained l-kt nuclear event.  From
this point the medium behaves elastically and the phenomena may be
described by linear theory.  The waveform input to the elastic region
may be considered to be a function of the elastic radius and the input
pressure at this radius which in turn are functions of the source param-
eters.  The frequency spectrum of the radiated seismic waves at the
elastic radius is band-limited and also is a function of the source
parameters.2

      Most of the initial energy has been dissipated before reaching
the elastic radius, and only a small percentage of the original energy
remains to be propagated as elastic waves.   In fact, published data
for 20  large-scale chemical and nuclear explosions, ranging from yields
of  l-kt to 200-kt show  a range of conversions into seismic energy which
varies  from about 0.0216 to  less than  \%.  The largest cratering experi-
ment to date, Sedan, with a yield of about 100-kt, coupled less than
O.l!8 of its total energy into elastic seismic waves.3

       In current ground motion prediction techniques, the total yield
of  a nuclear device is considered one of the few major variables in a
conventional power  law relationship.  Postulated power law exponents for
the  increase of peak seismic amplitude with yield generally fall between
0.5 and  I.O.4  Data from about  100 contained detonations at the NTS show
peak seismic amplitudes that  increase with yield to the 0.6 to 0.8 power.
Variations  in the exponent  are attributed to source conditions, varied
seismic wave modes and their paths,  local geology of the recording site,
and  frequency of the ground motion.

       Influence of the emplacement environment on peak seismic motions
is  not yet clearly defined.  Factors which have been considered include
depth of burial and the geologic medium.  Some tentative conclusions,
with exceptions noted, are  that hard  rock tends to couple more energy
into the elastic region than unconsolidated media, and that increase of
depth of burial, also, tends to increase the seismic efficiency.5

Transmission of Seismic Waves

      A model for the transmission of seismic waves  is shown  in Figure
2.  The seismic input to the elastic  region has a frequency spectrum
which  is characteristic of  the combination of all the source  parameters.
As the  disturbance propagates through the earth,  it encounters many geo-
logical boundaries.  At each boundary, a combination of transmission,
reflection and refraction of the energy occurs, depending on  the angle
of  Incidence and elastic constants of the media surrounding the boundary.

      Other physical phenomena, such as wave mode conversion,  reverber-
ation within and between layers, scattering, and diffraction, occur
along each transmission path and compound the complexity of the total
                                 336
at  m
s  "
                                                                                                                                           337

-------
  process.  Processes  such  as  reverberation tend to  introduce notches
  and  resonant  frequencies  in  the  amplitude spectrum.  Scattering causes
  attenuation which  increases  rapidly with decrease  in wavelength of the
  pulse.   This  action  causes the earth  to act as a  low-pass filter to
  seismic  signals,  and hence,  reduces energy  in the  high  frequency
  portion  of the ground motion  spectrum.

       The signal  received at  any particular  location is not a single
  wave.   It represents the  comb i ned ef feet of waves  from  all the different
  transmission  paths within the crust of the earth.  Spurious signals
  are  also observed.   They  are  related  to wave groups arriving from
  random d i recti ons, such as near-surface waves i mp i ng i ng upon random Iy-
  located  near-surface i nhomogenei ties.

       A  final major factor  in the signal amplitudes at any particular
  Iocati on is the  i nfIuence of  the surface geoIogy at that  locat i on.
  Current  NTS data  indicate that stations located on some considerable
  depth of alluvium  record  amplitudes averaging about twice those
  recorded on adjacent hard rock sites.  Individual  station ratios of
  alluvium amplitude to hard rock  amplitude range from I  to 5, and are
  found to be  frequency-dependent.
                                 7
  Instrumentation and Data Processing

       Before discussing ground motion prediction methods,  let us first
 consider the measurements program being conducted at the NTS.  A large
 effort  is currently in progress and programmed for collection of seismic
 data.  These data are required for studies of variations in ground
 mot i on and the i r causes to comp I ement the stud i es wh i ch have been con-
 ducted and those now in progress, and to verify the validity of the
 prediction methods.
 g                              u              v
 instrumented,  often at several locations in each city.  The plan
 also designed  to collect data used to support the theoretical
 ies  and to provide an understanding of ground motions for select
logic conditions.   A large detonation is usually monitored with
 t 100 recording stations.
geol
abou
      The  instruments  used  by  USC&GS  were selected because of their
suitability  for  recording the  essential  information.   They have a wide
dynamic range and a broad band of  response to frequency.   However,  each
type of instrument has  its  own performance characteristics;  one of  the
most important is the  response to  frequency.   If  the  instrument does
not respond  as well to  some frequencies  as to others,  the resulting
                                 338

-------
seismograms will be distorted.  Knowing the response to frequency of
the various instruments, we have developed programs which remove (within
signal-to-noise-ratio limitations) distortions produced by the instruments.
An example of this is shown in Figure 4 where much of the low frequency
information is  lost without correction for instrument response.   The data
                               FIGURE 4
             SEISMIC SIGNALS BEFORE AND AFTER CORRECTION
                             UMCnBllECTEII
 from some  instruments  do not need corrections because they respond uni-
 formly to  all  frequencies of interest.  Additional programs have been
 developed  which  produce acceleration and displacement seismograms from
 measured velocity seismograms.

      Some of  the data processing which precedes the analysis will
 now be described.8  Typical velocity measurements are recorded in the
 field on analog  magnetic tape  at two or three recording  levels by
 USC&GS.  Several field tapes are dubbed onto the tape that we process.
 This tape  is previewed, the best data channels are selected, compen-
 sation is  made for  variable instrument gain, calibration  is performed,
 appropriate seismometer response correction  is made, and  finally a
 aster tape containing only usable, corrected data  is generated.
  ransorms,
processing can  be performed on  an analog computer; or, the analog
velocity traces are  digitized automatically and the processing done on
a digital computer.

      The response characteristics of one of the velocity meters
employed on the safety program  is given  in Figure 5.   In our data
processing we effectively  lower the corner frequency of this instru-
ment from I Hz  to about 0.3 Hz.
                                  340
                            FIGURE 5
               RESPONSE CURVE OF VELOCITY METER
                       AND L-S AMPLIFIER
                                                                                                                            1.0       10      100
                                                                                                                             FREQUENCY IN HERTZ
                                              1,000
      Processing of the strong  motion  acceleration  and  displacement
photographically recorded  paper traces  follows  another  course.  These
traces are digitized semi automatically  and  run  through  an editing, cali-
bration, and plot routine.   The plotted,  digitized  trace provides an
overlay trace for verification.  Peak  amplitudes, amplitude  spectra
and other parameters are then obtained  by way of digital programs.

Statistical  Analyses of Ground  Motion

      As a first attempt at establishing  a  significant  relationship
between underground nuclear explosions  and  resulting  seismic motions,
analyses were made of nuclear-generated seismic peak  amplitudes
recorded in and around the NTS.   We  note that  although the  peak  ampli-
tude represents only one characteristic of  a complicated ground motion,
it is a good measure of the overall  seismic signal  strength.   Using
standard regression analysis techniques,  we have developed prediction
equations based on the data from previous detonations in simi lar
environments to estimate the peak motions.   Examples  of these equations
for stations on alluvial layers are  shown in Figure 6.

      We must question the applicabi lity  of such equations to events
off the NTS, and also include  cratering shots  in our  consideration.
Later we will discuss applicable theories which are validated by
this NTS experience.
                                                                                                                                       341

-------
                              *****
                        d  = ^w'--

              where  W =  yield;  R = distance
                      a =  peak,  su tf ace  acceleration
                      u =  peak  surface  velocity
                      d =  peak  surface  displacement
                kl,2,3 =  regression constants

       Figure 6 .   Peak Amplitude Prediction Equations ,
                       Alluvium Stations
       We now know that we  can predict peak motions within  acceptable
 limits but the frequency content of the seismic motion  to  which
 structures respond must also be predicted; otherwise, only a  rough
 estimate can be given  for  the associated structural  response.  Again,
 on a statistical  basis, we have developed the capability to predict
 two kinds of seismic spectra.^  The first is n measure  of  the seismic
 amplitude-frequency content which is, for practical  purposes, independ-
 ent of the duration of  the seismic signals.   The second, which I  shall
 describe here,  is  the  spectrum obtained by plotting  the peak response
 of single degree-of-freedom system as a function of  the center frequency
 of the system.   For each frequency,  the seismogram is used as the input
 signal.   The value of  this type of predicted seismic spectrum is  that
 it is  used  to determine estimates of structural  response over a  large
 area surrounding the detonation point.   Statistical  analysis of the
 response  spectrum amplitudes  at several  frequencies, as a  function of
 yield  and distance dependence (similar  to the peak motion  equations
 shown  above), reveals  that both  the  yield and distance  dependence are
 functions of  frequency.  As anticipated,  higher  frequencies attenuate
 more rapidly with distance, and  the  lower frequencies increase slightly
 more rapidly with yield.  A response spectrum prediction based on this
 statistical analysis is shown in Figure  7 for a  Las  Vegas station.  AI so
 shown on the f i gure for compari son w i th  the  pred i ct i on  is  the observed
 response for the Benham event.

      Presently we are  developing techniques  to  predict complete  seismo-
grams.   This will  allow determination of  the  response of any structures
 for which mathematical  models are available.   To date several  seismo-
grams have been synthesized having characteristics very similar to those
of  real sei smog rams.  An example  is  gi ven  in  Fi gure 8.
                                 342
                         FIGURE 1
              PSEUDO RELATIVE VELOCITY SPECTRA,
                 BENHAM EVENT, SE-6 STATION
                                                                                                                      10J
                                                                                                                         ITT
            10
                                                                                                                   £ iO
           10"
                                                                                                                       -1
            10-
                           TT
                                                                                                                                  N/S COMPONENT
             -i   I  I  11 Mill   I I  I
              io~
                        PERIOD, SECONDS
                           FIGURES
SYNTHETIC SEISMOGRAM CORRESPONDING TO A STATION ON ALLUVIUM
                  DISTANCE: SO KILOMETERS
                  YIELD:    100 KILOTONS
                                                                                                                                     343

-------
      The results indicate thai  synthetic seismograms  can be con-
structed such that each:

      I.  has nearly the same Fourier amplitude spectrum as  that of
          given seismic records  of the same yield and  range;

      2.  contains the same frequencies in the same descending
          order as real seismograms;

      3.  produces similar band-pass filter (BPF) and  pseudo-
          relative velocity (PSRV) curves comparable with those
          of real sei smograms; and

      4.  reacts with model structures in a manner comparable
          with the real seismograms.
 DEVELOPMENT OF PREDICTIONS FOR EXCAVATION AND OFF-SITE APPLICATIONS

      Applicability of these techniques to new areas,  including  cratering
as well as underground shots, has been a logical  source of  concern.
Fortunately, the AEC continues to pursue a comprehensive study program
to improve prediction capabilities primarily in new locations outside
the NTS region.  A few of these studies will now be described.

Transmission Models
      The objective of wave mode studies^ is to correlate the observed
ground motion recorded at various stations with individual  elastic
wave modes having a specific travel path.  The first problem, then,  is
to identify these modes.  Wave mode identification is based primarily
on the  large body of theoretical and observational knowledge acquired
by seismologists.  Figure 9 shows a good example of one type of mode
identification utilizing properties of the radial-vertical  product wave-
form, taken from the Boxcar event.

      The product waveform at the bottom of the figure displays
compressionaI  (negative pulses at the leading edge), shear (positive
pulses at about  10 seconds), and Rayleigh modes (oscillatory wave  with
twice the frequency of the surface wave on the radial and vertical
tracer).  These product waveform characteristics are a direct conse-
quence of the particle motions associated with the classical wave
types.
                                 344
                             FIGURE 9
         PARTICLE VELOCITY SEISMOGRAM AND RADIAL-VERTICAL
                   COMPONENT PRODUCT WAVEFORM
             RADIAL COMPONENT
               rr   ^SURFACE WAVE
                         ,k   "
             RADIAL-VERTICAL COMPONENT PRODUCT TRACE
                   n .    ,   	
      Figure 10 shows  a  simplified  model of the earth's crust  in the
NTS area generated with  the  aid  of  wave modes observed  in an around
the NTS.  Also shown  are the relative  travel times  for  three of the
elastic wave modes (a  direct P wave,  refracted P wave,  and a
reflected P wave)  generated  by a nuclear detonation.  The model has
parameters of velocity and crustal  thickness similar to those  observed
and derived at NTS by  other  investigators.  The major point of  interest
is the fact that different wave  modes  arrive at a surface  location with
varying but predictable  relative times in  direct relationship  to the
physical properties of the earth, the  depth and physical character-
istics of the Mohorovicic discontinuity, and the distance of the
recording site from the  nuclear  detonation.
                                                                                                     alluv
      The presence of a layer of  unconsol i dated  material,  such  as
     ium, can cause substantial amp I i f i cati on  of  the  magnitude  of
                                                                                                     di f ferent wave modes in an alluvial  layer.
                                                                                                                                      345

-------
        The aim is to predict the effect of  the  layer on  the Fourier
  amplitude spectrum of the observed surface motion.  Models for Love and
  Rayleigh surface wave amplification,  as well as  for P and S body wave
  amplification, have been formulated and preliminary validation with
  test results is good.  Figure II  indicates comparison of theory with
  experiments for the relative amplification of  the P-wave radial
  components measured at a pair of  stations  in Tonopah, Nevada.
                               FIGURE 11
                                                                                                      A   DISTANCE (KM)

                                                                                                    ill
                20.00
                16.00
                12.00
                     TONOPAH AMPLIFICATION FACTOR
                     (R COMPONENT, P - WAVE WINDOW)
             i
8.00
                4.00
                0.00
                         I   I    I
                         THEORETICAL
                   I    I    I   T^

                   in- COMPONENT
                      HORIZONTAL
                      COMPONENT
                      INCIDENT
                      P - WAVE
                   0.00
                           4.00    8.00     12,00
                             FREQUENCY, Hz
                                16.00
      The predicted  resonant  frequency  for the station on the uncon-
solidated material  is 7 Hz, substantially the same as the measured
value.  At resonance the predicted  level of amplification is a  factor
of six and the measured value  is a  factor of  II.  Use of further
instrumentation to provide a better check of this theory is part of
ongoing effort.  These studies wi I I  provide an effective means  for
improving the predictions of frequency dependent phenomena (for example,
PSRV response spectra) at sites  located on alluvium.   The value of
                                 347

-------
such accurate prediction of resonances associated with surface geology
lies in the ability to make provision for potential  structural damage.

      I  should like to return now to the validity of the seismic
scaling exponents statistically derived on the basis of NTS data.   In
particular, we should like to have a valid theoretical description of
the behavior of seismic amplitudes at each frequency as a function of
distance from the source and as a function of source yield.  A recent
effort to describe the seismic amplitude dependence  on the distance
variable is proving fairly successful.  Briefly, the earth is treated
as a heterogeneous medium model   in the sense that  the elastic con-
stants  and the density are treated as random variables.  Wave propa-
gation in this model is solved for the case of a step function (sudden
initial pressure which decays with an infinitesimal  decay constant)
applied to a spherical boundary.  At  large distances, for the case of
a homogeneous medium, the displacement solution is a damped sinusoid
which has a characteristic wave  length proportional  to the spherical
radius.  In this heterogeneous case, a different length, the corre-
lation length, appears.  This  is defined as the distance over which the
density and elastic properties of the medium change  substantially.
For wave lengths greater than the correlation length, the medium
appears homogeneous; for wave  lengths less than the correlation length,
there is an exponential selective frequency decay with distance (due
to scattering).  This frequency selective attenuation with the
distance variable  is in qualitative agreement with the experimental
trend observed in the NTS data.

Seismic Spectrum Scaling with Yield

      A related model has been developed for the theoretical descrip-
tion of the behavior of seismic amplitudes at each frequency as a
function of source yield.''   In this model, the influence on ground
motion spectra of source parameters such as yield, depth of burial, and
medium type, have been considered.  Compared with the heterogeneous
model, the source function  is  an exponential function applied to a
spheri caI boundary.

       It is found that for a specific medium the explosive yield
exponent is frequency, depth,  and yield dependent.  For the particular
case of underground explosions at set scaled depths, the yield exponent
decreases with increasing frequency at a constant yield and decreases
with increasing yield at a constant frequency.  Also the bounds of the
exponent are medium dependent.  Comparison with the response spectrum
yield exponents statistically  derived from NTS data for a  large number
of events, as well as with specific events, shows good agreement.   In
a general way, this theory explains the experimental evidence that
smaller yield shots at a set scaled depth in a particular medium gen-
erate higher frequency ground motions that higher yield shots; and that
shots at a set yield in a particular medium generate higher frequency
ground motions the greater the depth of burial.
                                 348
                   APPLICATION TO OFF-SITE EVENTS

      Application to off-site events  will  be  shown  by  comparing
predicted and measured response spectra.

Underground Events

      Figure 12 shows the response spectrum at  a  Las Vegas  station,
generated by the Central  Nevada Faultless  event.
             10*
             10"
                              FIGURE 12
                  PSEUDO RELATIVE VELOCITY SPECTRA;
                    FAULTLESS EVENT: SE-6 STATION
                              R-295 km
            ur
                 = i  imini   i  IT
                 - N/S COMPONENT
                 -   PREDICTED
                      OBSERVED -
                    I  I  I I
I  I I  I
               lo-
ID'1        10°
PERIOD, SECONDS
                   101
      The level  of  the  predicted  (upper)  curve  is seen  to  be  slightly
conservative for this station,  some  295  kilometers  from the source,
and the shape is seen to be  a  fair approximation to the measured  curve.
Numerous comparisons of Faultless ground  motion predictions indicated
no big surprises in application of NTS data  statistics  to  this off-
site event which occurred at a  typical depth of burial.

      The composite spectrum for  stations at 90 km,  generated by  the
northwestern New Mexico Gasbuggy  event,'^ is shown  in Figure  13.

      NTS experience delivers  a prediction which  is significantly
improved when the theoretical  spectrum scaling  is taken into  account.
                                                                                                                                      349

-------
 The parameter  that  departs most from NTS experience is  the  depth of
 burial  which,  for the Gasbuqgy event, is greater than  typical  NTS
 experience.

                               FIGURE 13
              SPECTRA FOR STATIONS AT 90 km;  EVENT GASBUGGY
              10° ET
              10
              10~
                ,-1
PREDICTED
  (NTS EXPERIENCE)
 ^-PREDICTED
 \   (SPECTRUM SCALING)
                                       -OBSERVED
                10
Excavation Events
                  ,-1
  10"         101
  FREQUENCY, (Hz)
                                                    10'
       In Figure 14 are shown response spectra  at  a  station  in Las Veqas,
associated with the Cabriolet cratering  event.5

      The prediction based on NTS  experience also is  improved signifi-
cantly when theoretical  spectrum scaling is  included.  Here, as with
Gasbuggy, the parameter  that departs  most  f rom NTS  experience is the
depth of burial  which,  for the  Cabriolet event,  is  smaller  than
typical NTS experience.
                                350
                                                                                                      FIGURE 14
                                                                                    COMPARISON OF THEORETICALLY AND EMPIRICALLY
                                                                                           SCALED SPECTRA, EVENT CABRIOLET.
                                                                                           RADIAL COMPONENT; SE-6; ALLUVIUM

                                                                                       n-U
                                                                                                             I INN!   I  11113
                                                                                                NTS EMPIRICAL SCALWG
                                                                                                                               THEORETICAL SPECTRUM  —I
                                                                                                                                     SCALING
                                                                                                                                                      10*
                                                                                                                                FREQUENCY, Hz
                                                                                An unusual source of configuration,  pertinent  to  several  engin-
                                                                          eering applications, is represented by the nuclear  five-element row
                                                                          charge, Bugqy  I.  Treating the seismic data as  if  it were  caused  by  a
                                                                          single source of energy equal  to the tota I  energy  in the  row  charge,
                                                                          delivers interesting results which can be  seen  in  Fiqure  15.

                                                                                The upper curve,  based on NTS single source  cratering experience,
                                                                          is  noticeabIy higher than the observed spectrum at  f requencies  be Iow
                                                                          I Hz where significant energy exists.   In  fact, in  this frequency
                                                                          range, the measured spectrum is more closely approximated  by  that
                                                                          which would be  anticipated with only one row charge element,  as seen
                                                                          by  the  lower curve.  Above  1-1/2 Hz, the prediction based  on  the total
                                                                          Buggy I  yield  is satisfactory.  An  in-depth report analyzing  these
                                                                          i nterest i ng resuIts is in prepa ration.

-------
                               FIGURE IS

                    SPECTRA FOR BUGGY I;  SE-S STATION
             10
               ,-1
             10
               ,-2
          U
11 linn   i  11nun   	_,
   -NTS CRATER1NG EXPERIENCE
       (ASSUMING TOTAL      ~*
        BUGGY I YIELD)
   -NTS CRATERING EXPERIENCE-
       ASSUMING 1/5 BUGGY I

         -OBSERVED SPECTRUM
                      I  I I
                 10"1        10°         Ml          102
                              FREQUENCY, Hi
                             CONCLUSIONS

      In conclusion, then, we see that much  of the  technology  is  avail-
able for making sufficiently accurate predictions of  the  directly
induced ground motion resulting from underground and  excavating
nuclear detonations.  However, some work does remain  in order  to
obtain correlation of ground motion with a wider  range of geological
and geophysical parameters.
                                 352
                                                                                                     10.
                                                                                                     12.
                        REFERENCES

Higgins, G. H., and Butkovitch,  T. R.,  "Effect of  Water Content,
Yield, Medium and Depth of Burial  on Cavity  Radii,"  UCRL-50203,
1967.

Beaudet, P. R., Cassity, C.  R.,  Davis,  A.  H.,  and  deCaprariis, P.
P., "Predicting the Effect of Underground  Nuclear  Explosions," ERC
Report, NVO-I163-165,  1968.

Mickey, W. V.,  "Operation Plowshare, Project Sedan:   Seismic
Effects from a  High-Yield Cratering Experiment in  Desert Alluvium,
AEC, PNE-2I3F,  February 1963.

Murphy, J. R.,  and Lahoud, J. A.,  "Analysis  of Seismic  Peak Ampli-
tudes from Underground Nuclear Evolosions,"  ERC Report,  NVO-I163-
 166, 1968.

Klepinger, R. W., and  Mueller,  R.  A., "Analysis of Ground Motion,
Cabriolet Event," ERC  Report, NVO-I 163-I 78,  1969.

Hays, W. W., "Identification of  Elastic  Wave Types on Seismograms
from Underground Nuclear Explosions," ERC  Report,  NVO-I 163-I 57,
1968.

Davis, A. H., and Murphy, J. R.,  "Amplification of Seismic Body
Waves by Low Velocity  Surface Layers,"  ERC Report, NVO-I I 63-I 30,
1967.

Watson, 0.  L.,  "Procedure for Recording Ground Motion Velocity
from Underground Nuclear Explosions,"  ERC Report,  NVO-I163-93,
1967.

Lynch, R. D., "A Summary of  Prediction  Equations Derived from Band-
Pass Filter Data," ERC Report,  NVO-I 163-I 52, 1968.

Beaudet, P. R., "Wave  Propagation  in Heterogeneous Media,  Presen-
tation and Handout at  NVOO Panel  of Consultants Meeting,  March,  1968.

Mueller, R. A., "Seismic Spectrum  Scaling  Law,  Oral  Presentation to
be presented at 50th Annual  Meeting of  American Geophysical Union,
Apri I,  1969.

Klepinger, R. W., "Analysis  of Ground Motion and Containment  Data,
Gasbuggy Event," ERC Report, NVO-I 163-I 58, 1968.

Cassity, C. R., and Klepinger,•R.  W., Buggy  I  Ground Motion Analysis
Study, ERC Report to be issued.
                                                                                                                                      353

-------
                         QUESTIONS FOR PETER LOUX
 I.  From R. Duff:
    Can HE tests be used at a new site to help determine propagation
    paths and modes?

    ANSWER:

    I don't claim to be an expert on the equivalents of HE and nuclear
    generated seismic motions, however, I  would think that the way you
    phrased the question that yes, you probably could determine something
    about the wave mode propagation from an HE charge.  I  think the only
    place you might get into trouble is if you were trying to equate the
    seismic spectrum that you would expect to get from a nuclear charge
    from the one you measured from an HE charge.
    From Mr. C. Nelson:

    What is the average speed in miles per second in which the seismic
    motion or signal is propagated from an underground detonation?

    ANSWER:

    Why don't I just give you some numbers I  remember and you can convert
    it yourself.  Let's take the refracted wave along the end discon-
    tinuity which is out beyond the critical  distance of which,  at  the
    Nevada Test Site, is about,  as I  recall,  100 to 150 kilometers.   If
    you are outside that range,  the refracted arrival  spends  most of  its
    time in the upper mantle at a velocity of something like  8 kilometers.
3.   From Alex Grendon:

    How did the direction of the row of charges  in  Buggy  I  compare with
    the direction to SE-6 station?

    ANSWER:

    I  don't know  off-hand,  but  I  certainly  can say  something  about the
    directional properties  of this charge,  since  I  just finished a report
    on  trying  to  identify  interference  effects from the Dugout HE charge.
    We  looked  for two things  in  the  seismic information—off  the end of
    the  row  versus perpendicular to  the row.  We tried to find  linear,
    so called  classical  linear,  interference to see if any were present
    or not, and that experiment was  inconclusive because the  frequency
    that we needed to observe for interference was somewhat in the noise
    of the seismic signal and perhaps partly because the interference was
                                   354
    not present at all.   The other part of the experiment was to deter-
    mine if we could use the seismic reciprocity theorum on this kind
    of seismic data—say broadside versus end fire.   So what we did was,
    having been unsuccessful on the Dugout experiment,  we requested and
    received instrumentation on two arcs—two quarter circles coming
    from the end of the  Buggy row to the center, one at a distance of
    5 to 10 kilometers and the other was out farther and we did not find—
    so far we are still  working on it—we haven't found either reciprocity
    or the classical linear interference principles  applicable here.  Of
    course, you start thinking about where you're shooting in the source
    region; it's really  a non-linear problem you should be looking at to
    see what the non-linear shock-wave is pumping into  the elastic region
    off the end versus broadside.
4.  From Alex Grendon:

    Is this directional  factor theoretically important?


    Moderator:  I  just checked with Mr.  Reed.   We were trying to ascertain
    the orientation of the buggy row charges and our best recollection is
    that it was oriented about north 70 east.   That was the row.  The
    direction from Las Vegas to the row charge is about north 27.


    ANSWER:

    In other words the direction to Las Vegas  is more broadside than it
    is off  the end.


5.  From F. Gera:

    Can you please comment on the possibility  of applying the mentioned
    spectrum prediction technique to natural earthquakes?

    ANSWER:

    Actually we have, in fact, looked at a few earthquake spectra.
    El Centre is one and some others recorded  by the Coast and Geodetic
    Survey  at about 100 or 200 ki lometers from the epicenter and so far,
    and I  certainly wouldn't want to be misquoted here and more work needs
    to be done on this point, but so far we haven't found large differences
    in the  seismic spectrum from an earthquake whose equivalent yield, and
    this is rather tenuous to take the magnitude and find an equivalent
    magnitude-yield relationship which you can do from say 50 of the
    reported magnitudes reported by the Air Force, for example.   If you
    convert the magnitude over the yield and then plug the yield  into
    the prediction equations which deliberate spectrum and compare that
                                                                                                                                         355

-------
to the spectrum of the earthquake motion, the few cases that we've
tried don't show any large differences  between the nuclear  and earth-
quake generated motion. However, one would have to look for
differences if you were closer in to the source for example, because
obviously the source function has got to be different.
                            356
                  GROUND MOTION EFFECTS

                            by
                       J. A. Blume*
               John A. Blume and Associates
                San Francisco, California

                         ABSTRACT

          Ground motion caused by natural  earthquakes
     or by nuclear explosion causes buildings  and other
     structures to respond in such manner  as possibly
     to have high unit stresses and to be  subject to
     damage or--in some cases--collapse.   Even minor
     damage may constitute a hazard to persons within
     or adjacent to buildings.  The risk of damage
     may well be the governing restraint on the uses
     of nuclear energy for peaceful purposes.   Theory
     is advanced regarding structural-dynamic  response
     but real buildings and structures are complex,
     highly variable, and often difficult  to model
     realistically.  This paper discusses  the  state
     of knowledge, the art of damage prediction and
     safety precautions, and shows ground  motion ef-
     fects from explosions of underground  nuclear de-
     vices in the continental United States including
     events Salmon, Gasbuggy, Boxcar, Faultless and
     B&nham.
     Ground motion, whether caused  by natural earthquakes
or underground nuclear explosions,  causes  buildings and
other structures to respond and  to  be stressed.   Depending
upon the amount of the response,  the  duration of the mo-
tion, and many other factors,  the structures may be sub-
ject to damage or, in extreme  cases,  to collapse.  In
addition, ground motion  can cause or  accelerate soil or
rock slides and it can induce  waves on bodies of water
such as lakes or reservoirs.   Severe  ground motion could
also rupture underground pipelines  and sewers.  It is
essential that these effects be  predicted in advance so
that effective means can be taken to  minimize or prevent
damage and to eliminate  hazard to persons.  The public
health would indeed be impaired  if occupied buildings suf-
fered damage without warning.

*President, John A. Blume 8 Associates Research Division,
 San Francisco, California
                            357

-------
                  THE RISK AND ITS CONTROL

      It has become clear in recent years that structural
 response to ground motion constitutes a risk that is  much
 more important in the nuclear field than was originally
 contemplated.  In fact, it may well represent the limit-
 ing restraint on the yield level for planned events except
 in desolate areas.  An additional problem--even without
 significant damage--is the matter of public reaction  to
 ground motion and to its effects.  Education, briefings,
 new releases and courtesy can be most effective in this
 regard.

      In order to cope with ground motion effects currently
 and also to develop improved technology for the future,
 the Atomic Energy Commission, Nevada Operations Office,
 Effects Evaluation Division, conducts with the aid of its
 contractors continuing activity in seismic problems.   John
 A. Blume and Associates Research Division is concerned with
 all aspects of structural response and surface effects for
 Nevada events and for other events in populated areas.
 The scope of the work includes all possibly affected  sur-
 face structures and features.  We also do long range  re-
 search in related problems and provide various services
 prior to, during and after detonations.  We observed  the
 1964 Salmon event in Mississippi since we had not been in
 the program long enough to participate as we have on  all
 subsequent events at the Nevada Test Site, and on offsite
 events such as Gasbuggy, Faultless, Sterling, and Rulison
 now in progress.

      A great deal has been learned and yet there is still
 much to be done.   Some of the effort depends upon knowledge
 derived from natural earthquakes over the years.   We  have
 been in  that field for 3% decades.   However, because  of
 certain differences between the problems and the technologies
 associated with  natural earthquakes and with manmade  ground
 motion,  new techniques and much greater accuracy and  care
 are  essential  with the nuclear problem.  A careful, step-
 by-step  program has  been conducted  to acquire needed  data
 and  to  improve the  technology before crossing various
 thresholds.

     It must not. be  inferred  that all the risk is associated
with highrise buildings,  although these buildings are  the
most sensitive to distant  energy releases.   There are  a
great many more low  buildings,  commercial and residential.
This statistical exposure  increases  the probabilities  of
unusual occurrences.  A particular  problem,  especially with
low buildings, is that  there  usually are  minor Tacks  or
                             358
other defects of which the owner isn't aware until he feels
the building move.   Most of these,  however,  can be cate-
gorized as to time  or cause by careful examination.  There
are often latent conditions that would lead  to cracks or
other problems whether or not the ground was vibrated.
The motion, however, even at low levels, may trigger the
existing mechanism  sooner than under normal  conditions.
The total distress  may well be no more after a period of
time than if the ground motion had not occurred.

     Figure 1 shows the principal area of seismic field
activities in the south and central portion  of Nevada.
The large NTS events cause significant motion in the bor-
dering communities  shown and also in Las Vegas, the largest
city in the area.  Of course, we have to be  aware of all
installations whether or not they are in communities.  Our
work within the test site is generally limited to test
buildings, certain  buildings which we monitor, and the
Nuclear Rocket Development Station facilities at Jackass
Flats.  The map also shows the Central Nevada Testing Area
which was the site  for the Faultless event for which we
considered many cities and towns not shown,  including Salt
Lake City, Reno, Sacramento, etc.  As yields increase the
area of interest also increases.
                    RESPONSE DYNAMICS

     Because of the initial sparsity of strong nuclear ground
motion data we utilize all possible information from the
earthquake field in which we have been engaged for decades.
There are similarities—and also differences—between natural
earthquake and manmade ground motion data and procedures.
Figure 2 shows the measured motion of one of the strongest
earthquakes ever recorded.  The USCSGS recorded the accel-
eration time history shown on the upper diagram.  The velo-
city and displacements were obtained by integration.  The
periods, or pulse durations, increase with integration as
shown by the number of zero crossings.

     Six simple vibrating systems are shown in Figure 3.
Motion can be induced by displacing the base or the ground
as indicated.  In the elastic range in which no damage occurs
the natural periods of the first five systems would not
change with amplitude.  However, if the rocking block were
on a rigid base, its frequency would increase as amplitude
decreases.  Real buildings are. quite complex and yet they
can be modeled reasonably well in some cases.  The impor-
tant properties are natural periods, damping, mode shapes,
elastic strength, and inelastic properties beyond the linear
range.
                                                                                                                  359

-------
     A basic principle in dynamics is amplification under
resonant, or "tuned" conditions.  Figure 4 shows steady state
response under the continuous forcing of ground motion.  If
the ground  motion period coincides with that of the struc-
ture there is perfect tuning at a ratio of 1.0.  In this
case, only damping or energy absorption limits the response.
With no damping, the theoretical response is infinite.
Most modern buildings have low damping ratios--in the order
of 2% to 5% of critical, where critical refers to the amount
that would just prevent free vibration.  Fortunately, there
is seldom perfect tuning or sustained periodicity of ground
motion.  However, real building responses are greatly am-
plified and resonant amplification is a real problem because
perfect tuning is not required for response motion to greatly
exceed the ground motion.

     In practice we do not deal with simple systems or sim-
ple ground motion; both are quite complex.  The analysis
requires extensive mathematics and large, high speed com-
puters.  One very useful device is the response spectrum
which  shows at a glance how various  idealized simple oscil-
lators would respond to a particular time-history of ground
motion.  Figure 5 shows how oscillators of various natural
periods and each with 5% of critical damping would respond
to ground motion recorded at the NRDS facility at the test
site.  For example, an oscillator of 0.2-second period would
have had a peak acceleration of about O.lOg.  Because real
buildings are not simple oscillators various corrections
must be made in applying such response spectra.

     The response spectrum may be in terms of acceleration,
velocity, or displacement.  If one assumes the building is
moving in harmonic motion there are  simple relationships
between acceleration, velocity, and  displacement and one
may consider them all at once on one plot.  Figure 6 shows
such a plot for event Greeley as recorded at the NRDS facility.
Two damping values are shown, 2% and 10%.  Note how greater
damping decreases and smooths the response.  For 10% damping,
at a period of 2 seconds, the relative response velocity is
3.t cm/sec, the acceleration about O.Olg and the relative
displacement about 1 cm.


                     RESPONSE SPECTRA

     The response spectra for several real earthquakes are
shown in Figure 7 together with the  Boxcar and the Faultless
spectra for Las Vegas, station SE-6.  All have 5% damping.
The El Centre earthquake of 1940 was very strong and caused
considerable damage in the short period range.  There were
                             360
no buildings in the long period range.  The Los Angeles
response to the Taft earthquake of 1952 caused about
$10,000,000 worth of damage to limited height buildings
situated some 80 to 100 miles from the epicenter.  The
Fairbanks earthquake of 1967 caused damage to buildings
in the short period range.   The earthquake shown as Sacra-
mento 1966 occurred near Truckee, California.  This spectrum
is very interesting because new highrise buildings having
periods in the order of 1 second were just at the threshold
of minor damage.  It is also to be noted that this response
in the range of 1 to 2 seconds is very close to that of
Boxcar in Las Vegas for which no real damage has been re-
ported.  There are reasons  to believe that Boxcar was close
to a threshold of damage, perhaps at a 3-or H-sigma prob-
ability.  The Faultless event, as shown, was much less
severe in Las Vegas than Boxcar.

     There was some minor damage in Hattiesburg, Mississippi,
from nuclear event Salmon in 1964.  The response spectrum
is shown in Figure 8.   Also shown in the response spectrum
for Boxcar in Las Vegas.  There was no real damage in Las
Vegas, although over 100 complaints were received.  This is
an example of the fallacy of using peak values as criteria
without regard to period.  The low buildings in Las Vegas
(short periods) have received far less energy than those in
Hattiesburg even though the Las Vegas peak velocity is some-
what greater than Hattiesburg.  Acceleration is more mean-
ingful for low, rigid  buildings.  Note that the Las Vegas
acceleration was much  less  than at Hattiesburg in the short
period range.  The relative displacements in Las Vegas have
been much greater than in Hattiesburg.  This affects the
long period, tall buildings, of which there are many in
Las Vegas.

     Figure 9 shows the Las Vegas response spectra for the
three largest NTS events to date, Greeley, Boxcar and Benham.
Note that in some period bands one event will have the greatest
response while at other periods another event will have the
greatest response.  This is especiallv true between Greeley
and Boxcar.  Since buildings respond sensitively in accord-
ance with their natural periods, these variations are very
important.  Broad generalizations can be very misleading
for particular cases.

     Figure 10 is another way of looking at statistical
variations.  These curves are not spectra but upper and
lower envelopes of 8 spectra—all 5% damped, all for one
event, Benham, and all in Las Vegas.  These are for hori-
zontal motions at four different stations, all on desert
alluvium, and about U  miles (maximum) distance apart.
                                                                                                                 361

-------
 Since the range to the shot point was over 100 miles,  its
 variations to the four stations are insignificant.   Also
 interesting is the fact that different stations and components
 control the envelopes at various period values.   Statistical
 variations and probabilities must be considered in  predicting
 response to ground motion.

      Figure 11 shows 10% damped response spectra for pro-
 ject Gasbuggy at five different stations.   The radial  dis-
 tances from ground zero are shown in the figure. Note that
 at Farmington, 90 kilometers out, the motion at 1-second
 period approaches the acceleration of stations only 34 kilo-
 meters our from GZ.

      Figure 12 shows response spectra in various cities for
 event Faultless detonated in Central Nevada in 1968.  The
 designation SE-6 is  for a Las Vegas station.  The motion
 was felt by some persons in tall buildings at Salt  Lake City,
 440 kilometers away.

      The more people sense ground or building motion the
 more they are apt to become frightened unless pre-warned
 and the more they will complain about possible damage.   For
 this reason, and also to obtain a better coverage of motion
 over broad areas without the need for excessive instrumenta-
 tion , we have studied the threshold of human perception of
 motion.   Figure 13 shows new data recently obtained in our
 laboratory in the long period range of 1 to 5 seconds  typical
 of tall buildings and how this information adjoins  previous
 data obtained by others in the short period range.   It was
 found that acceleration is the best parameter for human
 reaction to motion.   The heavy curve indicates the  mean
 regression line and  the lighter curves the variations  at
 plus  or  minus  one standard deviation.


               BUILDINGS,  RESPONSE  AND  DAMAGE

      Figure  14  is a  "threshold ladder".   It has  no  scale
 but it does  indicate  the  various  levels  of interest.   There
 is usually a big  gap  between  human  perception of motion and
 the onset  of damage.   Many  people  in Las Vegas  buildings
have felt  the  largest  NTS  events.   The problem is to define
the damage levels.  Actually,  they  vary  greatly  depending
upon many parameters.   One  of  our major  objectives  is  to
determine these thresholds  over the  entire  spectrum of  con-
ditions .  There is no reliable formula,  criterion,  or  rule
of thumb, although many have been proposed.
362
                                                              In estimating damage and in considering safety it is_
                                                         essential to know something about the inelastic characteris-
                                                         tics of materials and buildings.  It makes a big difference
                                                         whether an overstressed material is brittle and will frac-
                                                         ture or whether it is ductile and will simply crack and
                                                         stretch.  Figure 15 illustrates a ductile frame and a brittle
                                                         wall.  The relative energy absorption characteristics of
                                                         these two systems may be judged by the area under the force-
                                                         deformation curves.  Often, the two types of systems are
                                                         combined in real buildings.  A building subject to sudden
                                                         collapse must be treated differently--safetywise--than one
                                                         that might deform but not collapse.

                                                              A 15-story building has mode shapes as shown in Fig-
                                                         ure 16 for the first three modes.  The building would re-
                                                         spond to ground motion depending on the frequency content
                                                         of the ground motion.  This particular building responded
                                                         largely in its third mode to a local earthquake in 1957.
                                                         The circles indicate where instruments measured the motion.

                                                              Figure 17 indicates how a 4-story building can be ideal-
                                                         ized mathematically as a system of lumped masses and weight-
                                                         less springs.  Note that if the floor system is flexible
                                                         (as they are in most contemporary buildings) the system  is
                                                         far coupled and indeterminate.  The stiffness matrix con-
                                                         tains 10 different elements.  Models like this are used  to
                                                         compute the response to complete time-histories of ground
                                                         motion.

                                                              The data in Figure 18 are for a Las Vegas highrise
                                                         building.  The squares represent measured response to NTS
                                                         events.  The mean peak top level acceleration is about  7
                                                         times the peak ground acceleration.  Empirical predictions
                                                         can be made with such regression line analysis when  impor-
                                                         tant parameters are essentially constant.  This is one way
                                                         to extrapolate.  The points shown generally fall within  one
                                                         standard deviation except for the small events for which
                                                         measurements are less accurate and more affected by  "noise"
                                                         or non-event conditions.  Care must be taken to note  new
                                                         trends in such data.  There are reasons why the linearity
                                                         indicated may not prevail at  greater motion.

                                                              The spectrum curve shown in Figure  19  is  for  response
                                                         to Las Vegas ground motion, 2% damping,  event  Knickerbocker.
                                                         The circles represent the measured response of tall  build-
                                                         ings in the same event after  correction  for participation
                                                         factor and modal combinations'.  The general correlation
                                                         of the circles and the line is good, although  there  are
                                                         variations for some buildings.  We  frequently  compare theo-
                                                         retical results with measured data  and  explore  any anomalies.
                                                                                      363

-------
     We also use more exotic prediction methods than empir-
ical and spectral response, although such are generally re-
served for special cases or studies.  One of these methods
is the rigorous "time-history" procedure wherein a complete
model of a real building is subjected to the complete time
history of the ground motion as a forcing function.  Fig-
ure 20 compares measured top-level motion in a 21-story
building to the same motion computed independently with
the building model and the ground motion as measured some
distance away from the building.  The comparison here is
excellent--in the amplitudes, the periods, and in the time
scale.  This indicates that the building was well modeled.
The results are not always this good.  Large, fast computers
are necessary for such complex computations.
                                \

                    DAMAGE ESTIMATION

     With no damage there is no hazard to persons.  The
motion itself is not of sufficient intensity or duration
to cause physical harm.  It is necessary to estimate the
type and degree of damage, if any, as a means of determining
whether evacuation should be recommended, or if those working
on scaffolds should be cautioned; or perhaps whether tempo-
rary bracing should be employed locally; or perhaps whether
any of these steps is indicated.

     We have developed methods of estimating damage, or
lack of damage, which take into account—in an orderly
manner--the important theoretical and practical aspects of
the complex problem.  Given a whole exposure of ground motion
from a large event, what are the probabilities of damage
and the damage forecasts for all the various communities
and types of structures and soil conditions?  This is a
problem involving structural theory, dynamics, soil condi-
tions, joint probabilities of demand and capacity, and many
other factors.  The Spectral Matrix Method which we have
developed uses predicted response velocities in 8 period
bands as shown in Figure 21.  It also includes 12 velocity
rows as shown to form a 96-element matrix of "demand".  In
addition, the various types of structures are assigned yield
point "capacities" in terms of pseudo spectral response
velocity, inelastic characteristics, reserve energy capa-
cities in the damaging range, and damping values, usually
5% of critical.  The "exposure" represents the replacement
cost of all the structures in each area.  Demand and capa-
city are assigned probability distributions and the prob-
abilities are computed for demand to exceed capacity, in
which case damage begins.  The output is damage for each
community and category of building.  This procedure is
                             364
limited only by the available data on real buildings and
ground motion.  It has been extended to cover multiple shots
from various locations.

     There are many probability problems inherent in damage
estimation.  The small figure in the lower right corner of
Figure 22 indicates demand in discrete values for convenience
here.  This is ground motion, generally highly skewed as
shown.  The ordinate is probability.  The small figure at
the upper left is for the structural capacity.  The proba-
bility distribution is often similar to Gaussian, but, of
course, without negative values.  The large 3-dimensional
schematic diagram shows the joint probability of all com-
binations of demand and capacity.  The height represents
probability, with the volume being unity.  If DEM/CAP is
less than 1 there is no damage.  If it is more than 1, the
damage extent varies in some manner as DEM/CAP.  In the
schematic shown, there is a small probability of damage.
One must be concerned with low capacities getting together
with high demands.  This operation is included in the Spec-
tral Matrix Method of Damage Prediction.  It has been ex-
tended to estimate damage in a whole country, from multiple
shots, as in damage and safety studies for the proposed
interoceanic canal.

     If there is a sufficient probability of damage we may
recommend evacuation to AEC, NVO.  We may in other cases
recommend precautionary procedures or warnings to persons
in that particular area.  The actual warning to the people
and the conduct of any evacuation measures by the U. S.
Public Health Service is the responsibility of the NVO Test
Manager.  Temporary closure of roads through an area is
sometimes recommended because of possible slope failure,
rock falls, or perhaps because of the possibility of damage
to the road itself.  In such cases local highway patrol
offices or the county sheriff's staff may be called upon
by the Test Manager to establish road blocks and to advise
motorists of delays or alternate routing.

     Predictions of ground motion effects with safety recom-
mendations are made before every major event at the NTS and
all offsite events in populated areas.  These follow pre-
shot surveys and complete coverage of all possible hazardous
conditions or structures.  During the events, instrumental
records are obtained at strategic places, and observers are
stationed at locations of special interest.  Following events,
re-surveys are made to check 'for possible damage.  A report
is prepared to show how the actual response compared to the
predicted, in view of the actual ground motion.  This sharpens
prediction capability and adds to the long range technology.
Any complaints of possible damage are carefully and courteously

                            365

-------
investigated and every effort is made to determine the real
cause or causes of any existing trouble.  If it can be shown
that the ground motion could have caused the trouble, it is
the policy of AEC to make appropriate settlement.

     All data obtained during and after the event, includ-
ing the instrumental records, are carefully analyzed and
permanently recorded.  In many cases, detailed analyses
are conducted.  All of this adds to and advances the basic
technology of predicting the effects of ground motion.  The
overall effort is conducted with checks and balances and
scientific objectivity. - Much progress is being made while,
at the same time, observing the public welfare and safety.
                            366
                                                                                                 FIGURE 1   NEVADA TEST SITES,AND BORDER COWUNITIES
                                                                                                                   367

-------
                           II   '
                   GROUND ACCELERATION
                     GROUND VELOCITY
                  GROUND DISPLACEMENT
                        10       15
                           TIME  SEC.
                                               25
   J.2
   0.1
   0
   -0.1
   -0.2
   -0.3
                                                        -8
                                                       30
      FIGURE 2  1940 EARTHQUAKE AT EL CENTRO, CALIFORNIA; NORTH TO SOUTH COMPONENT
slender rod
                                  ""1
                                        . 2
                             I    L   I
                         SPRING—* -
                            jack in the box
                           simple building
inverted pendulum
                                                          MOTION
  a rocking block
                     FIGURE t>  IDEALIZED VIBRATING SYSTEMS

                               368-369

-------
  O.20,
CD
 - 0.1«4

00
     F/Q.5 -RESPOKJSE  ACCELERATIOU SPECTRUM
            FOR  kiRDs/ ETS i  -GREELEY
                        '       DAMPIfJQ RATIO : O.O5
  o.l el
Qi
LU
  aosj
o
UJ
00
Z O.04
O
0.
00
LU
Qi
  0.0.
0.0  0.2   0.4  0.«  0.8   1.0  1.2   1.4  l.« ' J.

                 PERIOD  IN SECONDS
                                               '2.0
                          370-371

-------
• JOHN A. BlUME & ASSOCIATES, RESEARCH DIVISION -
   sfppiiffiilslli
    •: w«/q4iH XjM iK.::'-  ww:(XtX
    immlKMmm
                  '^M^Mmt
             O.I          1.0

               PERIOD IN SECONDS
       &REELEY   NRDS/E-MRD  (RADIAL)
                 372
                                                N



                                                U
                                                O

                                                O
       
       -TTT^fT"^	r-/^-
      •Jl4&±^/L '

       •il^i.i--/^'-,r
       -prkif/^>

            >r.\^
 r^-:.-t" t.-T'.rl-irtTi/iifej;—J1
_t±l4lEL_CENTROJI 940 /,-- V: I - r - -
^!U^>-.:--t_L>
                                                       X *••'•:
                                                        OKsrii |.f|]
                                                                    r-rt-/:.-Nr^-\-J
    EL CENTRO 1940
   •LOS ANGELES 1952
  - •.•<..;~jx_4vL*



    j2i^4
   _ _ji^	^	; _ i'.f^v',.^

    ir^-^^^^
S?
                                                                            -FAIRBANKS 196
                                                    SliK-m^iT'
                                                    X' ;XK> 1LOS ANGELES 1952



                                                    liltyiL,


                                                    s^zttetb/ii^"
r/-r FAIRBANKS 1967'*J~-
V . \;., , '. ;.-. , 1 \>
"X^SACRAMENTO 1966'

-^m/! riLU;J^£

y-^,-\- •<'•••••**
                   ^.^-x."i_4^::'-;4J-a
                   '   "A-J- ASACRAMENTO
                       y^-f'uk'
                   /;i-.?;>^^n7lTi

                    .nfxX^BOx^Rspe^l
             _-,/::;:L44-/.H, FAULTLESS SE^6.-r '-h

                         -^^•'^•.K j
                                                                   ^^-^tia
                IriftEiSfec^Sf
                '.' .! '^'X '' \-/' ".' ."^  ^ >.^
                                                    ~~—•:—<—. -1—14.47^—__j^—:
                                                    -r*^v •• i - -I—t-.4-;»X? i——/ , —.

                                                    —' -v-'H--H>fj>*!--*-i:-^-l--
                                                    	i	i	?L»'_iO._j. -j_._i	•'	j .
                 , x  . ; \ .'.",•>.  , ;. 1 <
                 . .: , i *  v/i'••.-:. :  -« ^
                 >'—j-1—: i-y?^T:- j— .• ; '• —


                'HM^.M^ife
                ^L. Mi-p.'J-: :^n-.: ;:.r>^ir4--H^:
                "-•,<;;r?ir-'i r ~—~ £ lur^xL'-.^^
                                                                                     N
            ^
                                                             O.I          1.0

                                                               PERIOD IN SECONDS
                                                       FIG. 7  RESPONSE SPECTRA  5 PERCENT DAMPING
                                                                 373

-------
•JOHN A. BlUME & ASSOCIATES. ENCINEERS-
                       k	y	:^,>: j.'.t.M.;.  /  x  v >:>.•; i.t.'
                       CT^VrXfx <':K>X / \. i>^^
-------
  • JOHN A. BLUME & ASSOCIATES, RESEARCH DIVISION -
                               DUH5S
                               SANDS
                               SQ.U/KSS PARK
                       O.I               1.0
                          PERIOD IN SECONDS
5% /?£S/°CW5c:  SPECTRA, US VE&AS, cVENT  BcNn'AM
                                                                               •JOHN A. BLUME « ASSOCIATES RESEARCH DIVISION-
                                                                                                                        t RADIALQ1 KMf.

                                                                                                                     "	~  " ' •  *;—r
                                                                                                                     STATION ll,K40/Ai:^
                                                                                                                                    '
                                                                                       .STATION t6,N-S(34KM)
                                                                                                   0.1               1.0
                                                                                                      PERIOD IN SECONDS
F16. II - PROJECT  GAS&UQGY,   /O'/. 5P6CTXA
                                                                                                          377

-------
•JOHN A. BlUMt «, ASSOCIATES  RESEARCH  DIVISION -

  100.0 •"
     5.L.C.  - .Salt Lake' City         '  '',';.
     Sactq -'Sacramento'.   "    •':•.-
     U.A..J-  Los Angeles       >..';.!
     S.F, VSan Francisco  (H/R -Hard Rock, All-Alluvium)
       •'                .  .    •

o.ot
Damping
0 05 FAULTLESS
\ ''.'[• • •' .i i.i ••'•'.•• 'I,'} J • • '!
01 1.0 10.0
PERIOD IN SECONDS
^78
Response Spectra Comparison of Major Cities
fRadial Component, unless otherwise noted)

'S
12
                                                                                       10'
0

0.
u
                                                                                      10"
                                                                                    Q
                                                                                    o
                                                                                    O
                                                                                   I
                                                                                      to'
                                                                                                       LINE : PettcePTtON - O.OO?45 + O.OOO?5(-jr)
                                                                                                    DEVIATION OF LINE : /S7" - tO.
                                                                                              -I	1—I—I I  I I I
                                                                                                                                      -1	1—I—I  I I I
                                                                                                    JoOLOMAN 4 YON 6ISRKE
                                                                                                             DATA
                                                                                                                        LAS
                                                                                                                                 I^L
                                                                                                                                 TtBf]\
                                    DATA (cuss an

                                             JAR, LAB DATA
                                                                                           t\ STANDARD
                                                                                          - DEVIATION
                                                                                        o.ot
                                                                                                            O.IO
                                                                                                                               1.00
                                                                                                                                                   10.0
                                                                                                                        : 7, sec.
                                                                                         F/&./3.'  PERIOD  VS.  ACCELERATION AT THRESHOLD
                                                                                                   OF  PERCEPTION.
                                                                                                       OATA O&TA/NSO FROM LAA T6STS,
                                                                                                       LAS VEGAS f/ELO TESTS, AHO  FHj. (a.

-------
   i
         il
         8
         8
         0
         8
BUILDING  MATERIAL CHARACTERISTICS
             DEFLECTION
                        ULTIMATE
                       "•-*
                       YIELD
              23456

              DEFLEaiON
                                WORK
             (a) ductile
(b) brittle
                     330-381

-------
  1st mode
T, -I25«ec.



      ground
      bosamBnt


                  2nd
                 T2 '0.4ls«c.


                                                     -ROOF
                                                 -\—12



 3rd
T, -Q24MC.
FIGURE 16  Mode Shapes ot a 15-story Building.

               382
                                                                                               ***

                                                                                              M|
                                                                                                                                      S23
                                                                                                                             Sw
                                                                                          ELEVATION
I
                                                                                                     SI3      SW

                                                                                                     S23     S24


                                                                                                     S33     S34

                                                                                                     834     844




^vV—



* s s / s

A*
,W.
DrSQ ^_
Ml -A^V^ M
DO OS





I,
O O r' O
2 -AV- Ma -AV-
(JO OK O




1
I
OK O
— M4 -AV—
O1^. O

A A ^

                                                                                                           MECHANICAL   ANALOGY
                                                               FIGURE  17  A Far Coupled System.

                                                                            383
2
                                                                                                                                                             '/.
                                                                                                                                                             y

-------
z
a
H
i—
cr
CK
LU
_l
LU
u
u
cr

Qi
a
a
a.
a
UJ
a
to
CD
a
cc
LU
Q.
0.10
0.09
aoe
O.O?
0.06
aos
Q04
OO3
0.02
OOl
n
1 1
V =
s =
- VK
















"%














^
^

III 1
- O. OOIO3 + (,.(*& X 	
0.019 (STAMOAKO O£l//ATtOfi/}
* O./Q (COGFF/CteNT Of MAWATIOM) —
!













A
f


j


i









i
^
?//
//A
Y




	







+a~

\


1
1


\


-A".
///-
//
'/






/

















«f/
• 'L
                                                                                             Response Spectra at SE-6 E/W Direction

                                                                                               0.02 Damping  (Event KNICKERBOCKER)'
                                                                                               vi v f - . si  , , i yj-/^- vi x • r \r.xi  i
                                                                                                Peak response for several tall tu
                                                                                         ,rcDDnr  lrUCtura' R«P°"se « Period of Mode in Which Response Occurred.
                                                                                   vent KNICKERBOCKER (fundamental mode unless otherwise noted).                  19
                                                                                                                 385

-------
HALF • SeCOA/D TIMS. 7/C/CS
A  A
           /\
A
                                            V
                                                                    A
            RELATIVE D/spLAce//!£ur FROM /vc-27 /eeco/2/os
                                                                       1
 y
                                   FROM COMPUTATIONS,
   FIG. 20 -  COMPARISON OF ACTUAL ANO coMpareo RELATIVE DISPLACEMENT,
            TOP PLOOfL, frUILOIHG A , GUMOMT
              U  A. SLUMS 4- ASSOCMTGS, R.eSEAR.C.H O///S/OA/
RESEARCH DIVISION^ 	 J>
wt
1*'
w«
•1
IM
3
a
z
X
O
^
© C
O
, o
o
o
o
o
o
V -
o
^
O
O
O
O
O
0
O
O
o
o
o
o
o
o
o
o
©/ © . •
3©©4r-v'©%© © f \ ©, \ Q>
b V^V* "^ 6 N° 6 o' b . O'
O
O
0
O
o
o
o
o
O;
o
o
o
0
o
o
o
o . . . .9
p O O O (N o
'& "© "©"©'©
.0,'
o
0
- o •
o
o
0

:O -
0
o
o
0
0
o
o
o
\-

-------
                         QUESTIONS FOR JOHN BLUME
    From R. L. Long:
    Is there any way to experimentally determine the resonant frequencies
    of various building types before an event?

    ANSWER:

    Yes, there are several  ways.   The most of which we employ.  One of
    the simplest and most old fashioned methods is simply to go up into
    a tall  building on a windy day and get good records and analyze these
    very carefully to avoid gust factors to make sure you are getting
    the building in its natural  swing.  The limitation of this is that
    it only brings out the fundamental mode and you're still  guessing
    as to the higher modes, so the next thing is to run a pull test if
    this is possible and we do this on test structures, but not on
    private buildings.   We simply pull the building over with a wire
    and a rigging; snap the wire, let it vibrate and record what
    happens.  The third method is by force vibration using machines to
    actually induce the type of  response needed.  We do this  also, in
    fact we have a small  machine  for this purpose,  but the problem is
    that it is very d i ff i cu11 to go i nto an occup ied pri vate  bu iI d i ng,
    and to say you want to cut their floor up and  to hook a machine into
    it.  They just don't Iike it.
2.  From Walt Kozlowski:

    What is your opinion  of  the  structural  integrity  of  the  buildings
    in the Las Vegas area with  respect to earthquakes and  with  respect
    to nuclear tests?

    ANSWER:

    First of all, let me  say that Las  Vegas operates  under Zone I  of
    the Uniform Building  Code.   Zone I  means that it  has very  low  seismic
    design coefficients.   To give you  another example, Salt  Lake City
    operates under Zone 2 with  double  the design coefficients  and  Reno
    in Zone 3 with four times the design coefficients.  Now  the difference
    is not entirely that  much,  however,  because the wind design may
    possibly govern over the seismic design.  What usually happens in  any
    talI  bui I ding in the  low seismic zone,  however, is that  wind will
    usually govern the design and means that you have a pretty  strong
    bu iId i ng on the broads i de i n the moti on that is transverse  and a
    rather weak building  in  the longitudinal direction because  they
    didn't put much wind  on  the end of the bu iId i ng when they  des i gned
    it.  So I  would say that, like most cities,  perhaps even a  little
    more so, Las Vegas could have some earthquake problems.   For example,

-------
   the El  Centre, California earthquake of  1940 if it occurred  again
   or the  Kern County,  CaIi forn i a earthquake of 1952, in my opinion
   would make the taI I  bui Idings here respond.  Whether or not  there
   wouId be damage,  I  don't know.  The more they respond the more
   chance  of damage.   Now why didn't this happen in 1952?  There were
   no high-rise bui Idings then.  The situation with regards to  nucI ear
   events  is that we j ust don't  dare do much damage to bu i  Id i ngs.  We
   don't want to do  any if we can avoid it.  So they are all being
   watched very, very  carefully.  We are using them alI as guinea pigs.
    In fact, I think  a  great deaf of information will come out of this
   program that will  be very, very useful  in a natural earthquake
   field.
3.   From Jack  Reed:

    What would be the natural frequency of the new forty-story buildings
    in Bogota  and what yield would  give peak  motions at  that frequency?

    ANSWER:

    A forty-story building,  if it's a modern  type building without many
    filler walls such as we  used  to have, could have a natural funda-
    mental  period on the order of 3 to 5 seconds, possibly even longer.
    However,  in South America they  design a frame and then come in  later
    and put  in tile walls so the  frame can't  act as it was designed.
    The resuIt is that the period is shortened, the building is stiffened
    and the  tile walls will tend  to act as structural members when the
    ground  shoe I-  f i rs t comes a I ong.  This is  unfortunate.  It is not
    exclusively South Amer i ca.  We have a Iot of these in the Un i ted
    States  and some right in Las  Vegas.  The  yield which would get out
    there is a little bit beyond  my normal scope except  to say that it
   would ta^e very, very heavy yields and Iong distances combined to
   peak  at this  period.  My guess  is that we are probably talking  10
   or 20 megatons at that great  distance.
                                390
                Remarks of Rep.  Craig Hosmer
              Joint  Committee on Atomic Energy
           Symposium on the Public  Health Aspects
               of Peaceful Nuclear  Explosives
              April  8,  1969, Las Vegas, Nevada

                  PLOWSHARE, POLITICS AMD
           THE PUBLIC INTEREST  (BANQUET ADDRESS)

     As  a friend and strong supporter of the  Plowshare  Pro-
gram,  I  am delighted at the opportunity to  come here  this
evening  to speak on its behalf.  This is a  verv irriDortant
meeting  on a tremendously interesting subject.   It  is  es-
pecially timely for a  variety  of reasons.

     Eirst,  the Senate's recent ratification  of the  Non-
proliferation Treaty will have  a positive,  long-term  imDact
on world-wide interest in applications of peaceful  nuclear
explosives.   Article V of the  Treaty deals  specifically
with this subject.   The United  States , as a nuclear  weapons
nation,  promises to make the benefits of Plowshare  avail -
able to  the  non-weapons countries  on a non-discriminatory
basis.

     Second, President Nixon has indicated  he  intends to
pursue the Plowshare program vigorously.  A positive  indi-
cation of this was  his instruction to AEC Chairman  Glenn
Seaborg  regarding a feasibility study of blasting a harbor
at Cape  Keraudren in Australia.  The project  collapsed,
but for  totally non-nuclear reasons.  Sentinel Mining Com-
pany withdrew its interest because it couldn't make a sale
to the Japanese of  the iron ore to be shipped  from  Keraudren.
But Cape Hedland and Cape Preston  are emerging as alternate
sites  for alternate companies.   An Australian  Plowshare
harbor  is still a real possibility.  You will  be hearing
about  it quite soon.  rly lips  are  sealed  for now.
                                                                                                                             391

-------
     In short, we are approaching a period of greatly ac-
celerated progress in Plowshare if certain obstacles are
overcome.  This symposium will contribute information, par-
ticularly in the public health area, which is a prerequisite
to a broad commercial program.  In addition, I would hope
that any new questions raised here and left unanswered can
be tackled by the Joint Committee at its hearing.
             PROMISE OF THE PLOWSHARE PROGRAM

     It is interesting to me that the papers being presented
and the topics being covered at this meeting are similar
to those at another seminar about 12 years ago.  That, too,
was an historic meeting for Plowshare.

     In 1956, one of the periodic Middle East uprisings
blocked off the Suez Canal to international shipping.  With
the patterns of international trade disrupted, serious thought
began to focus on alternatives to and substitutes for the
Suez Canal.  Creative minds at the Lawrence Radiation Lab-
oratory came up with one of the better  ideas:  namely, if
you can't get through the existing canal, dig a new one!
And do it with nuclear explosives.

     A year later, in 1957, the year in which the first
underground shot was ever fired, a "brainstorming" symposium
was organized at LRL to examine the concept of peaceful
nuclear explosives.  The program still  had no name and very
little money, but the scientists were certain they were on
to something important.  Sometime later, I don't recall
when, Edward Teller succeeded in attaching the Plowshare
name to it.

     Unlike today's symposium, the earlier one was cloaked
in a necessary shroud of secrecy and security.

     The now declassified papers of 1957 demonstrate the
remarkable clarity of foresight possessed by these Plow-
share pioneers.  With very few exceptions, their message
was economics—how to introduce peaceful nuclear explosives
into the marketplace at costs competitive with conventional
industrial processes and technology.

     All three categories for possible  use were mentioned--
excavation technology to build canals,  harbors, or knock
down geologic obstacles; underground engineering for petroleum
production, gas stimulation, and mining; and scientific
applications for seismic studies, neutron sources and new
element production.  With essentially zero experience in
below-surface explosions of nuclear size, the participants
recognized the key technical problem areas—radioactivity,
containment and ground motion.

                             392
               SOME OBSTACLES TO BE CLEARED

     Today, at this meeting, we are seeing where we have
come and how far we still have to go.   For a variety of
reasons, we have not moved ahead in this field as fast as
we might have.  When you compare progress in reactor devel-
opment with that in Plowshare since, say, 1960, I think
it is clear that Plowshare has been dragging.

     There are understandable historical reasons for this.
In the first place, Plowshare was, and to a large degree
still is, a government reserve.  Industry, the potential
user, was not brought in at the beginning.  Only in recent
years have we seen the development of  private industrial
interest in specific applications.  Meanwhile, classifica-
tion, parental jealousy and over-protectiveness--all human
frailties--have played their delaying  roles.

     Nor for the first decade and a half of the nuclear
age was industry particularly alert to Plowshare opportun-
ities.  In 1958, for example, it rejected out-of-hand a
joint AEC-Bureau of Mines proposal to  detonate a Plowshare
explosion in the oil shale of Colorado.   The oil companies
found a variety of superficial flaws in the project, without
examining either its underlying concepts or its potentials.
Later, of course, the nuclear test moratorium slowed Plow-
share to a crawl and hindered establishing a rapport be-
tween government and the private sector.  But that is past
history.  There is a healthy interest  now.

     Probably the most exasperating obstacles to progress
in this area have been and still are those so-called "lib-
erals" whose conscience pangs cause them to view any peace-
ful application of atomic energy in terms of a mushroom
cloud.  It strikes me as irrational that these people are
offended by attempts to develop the power of the atom for
man's benefit.  They are 100% for foreign aid and the Peace
Corps, but 100% against foreign Plowshare applications and
200% against domestic ones.  To hear them tell it, Plow-
share, by itself, is the single major  obstacle to total
and complete world disarmament.

     In addition to the assorted professors, scientists,
lawyers and literati who whine over Plowshare for philosoph-
ical reasons, a hard core of Plowshare opponents seems to
have developed within the Executive Branch of the govern-
ment itself—particularly within the Budget Bureau, the
State Department and the Arms Control  and Disarmament Agency.
Behind the scenes, this group strenuously fights to obstruct
every attempt at upgrading the program.  These people seem
to have a paranoiac distrust and abhorrence for Plowshare,
                            393

-------
 which they cannot divorce in their minds  from the  weapons
 program.   I am sure Article V of the NPT,  which  gives  Plow-
 share international respectability, must  have broken their
 bleeding hearts.

      Despite the fact that this program generally  has  strong
 support within Congress, industry, the AEC and in  most cor-
 ners of the Executive Branch, this clique  exercises  consid-
 erable clout in opposing it, by budget constriction  and
 otherwise.  For example, in early 1967, the Cabriolet  ex-
 periment was summarily cancelled by the Johnson  Administra-
 tion for fear of upsetting negotiations on the NPT and the
 Latin American Treaty on a Nuclear Free Zone. At  that time,
 I made a speech in the House of Representatives  questioning
 the judgment that led to this decision.  It is totally beyond
 me how a research program aimed at developing the  peaceful
 atom could be construed as detrimental to  efforts  at halt-
 ing the spread of nuclear weapons.

      Another more recent example concerns  the late,  lamented
 Cape Keraudren project.  The AEC was directed by the Presi-
 dent to actively and promptly study the feasibility  of the
 project.   Yet this same anonymous brotherhood seemed to do
 everything within its power to prevent the Commission  from
 getting any money, even for the feasibility study.

      Since the Limited Test Ban Treaty was signed  in 196t,
 they have never ceased forwarding overly-legalistic  inter-
 pretations calculated to eliminate the possibility of  Plow-
 share excavations.  The Treaty prohibits a nation  from
 "causing  to be present outside its national boundaries"
 radioactivity from a nuclear explosive device, warlike or
 peaceful.   They claim one single radioactive atom  beyond
 the three-mile limit would constitute a violation.   Yet
 all of our standard radiation protection guides—even  those
 adopted by the United Nations--state that  radiation  is "not
 present"  when its  measurable amount constitutes  less than
 10% of the  established maximum permissible concentration.
 Further,  these guides relate to human exposure,  not  merely
 to  abstract  presence.

      Based  on  evidence which admittedly is somewhat  tenuous,
 my  own  belief  is that the  Soviets  are anxious to remove
 the  handcuffs  of the  Limited Test  Ban Treaty from  nuclear
 excavations.   They have  plenty of  geological cosmetology
which  is in  their  self interest  to perform,  just as  we do.
 Since any treaty means  precisely what the  two most power-
ful  signatory nations  say  it  means,  I am of  the  opinion
that the LIB can be rapidly  brought  into line  with the
facts-of-peaceful-nuclear  explosions-life,  if certain  people
in our own government will stop throwing up  artificial  hurdles.
                            394
           WHAT WE HOPE TO DO THROUGH H.  R.  U77
     It is accurate to say that without
port of the Joint Committee,  the Plowsha
have been successfully sidetracked,  even
never heard of either domestically or on
scene in the form of the NPT's Article V
may not be able to overcome all the  anti
in the government, but we are going  to t
off the back burner by enacting H.R.  477
Plowshare Services Bill.  This Bill  is c
the House members of the Joint Committee
panion with similar bi-partisan support
the continuing sup-
re program might
tually buried, and
 the international
 provisions.  We
-Plowshare forces
ry to get Plowshare
,  the Commercial
o-sponsored by all
  and a Senate corn-
is expected shortly.
     Under present law the Atomic Energy Commission is es-
sentially confined to experiments involving research and
development.  Our objective is to give the AEC authority
to make Plowshare services available on a commercial basis.
Since, under terms of the Non-Proliferation Treaty, the
United States has an obligation to provide commercial ser-
vices to non-nuclear nations, the new legislation is suf-
ficiently comprehensive to accommodate foreign as well as
domestic customers.
                  PLOWSHARE--A BUSINESS

     As AEC gears up to furnish commercial Plowshare ser-
vices, there are a number of business decisions and business-
like procedures which need to be concluded.  There are still,
of course, technical areas needing additional R6D—which
is your job.  But some of the procedural and policy issues
before us in government also need resolving:

     First, exactly what the government is to furnish under
the category of "peaceful nuclear explosive services" must
be defined, and the responsibilities of the customer and
his engineering consultants must be fixed.  Within the
government, a management structure must be established to
coordinate and control the various inputs which will be
made by AEC, the Public Health Service, the Interior Depart-
ment and other appropriate government agencies.

     Second, a standard line of devices must be established,
perhaps 12 to 18 in number, providing a reasonable combin-
ation of yields and other characteristics.  After this
initial R6D effort, it will be impossible to tailor each
shot minutely to a customer's particular requirements.
The government cannot be expected to involve itself in new
                                                                                                                  395

-------
RED expenses every time another customer comes along.  The
Non-Proliferation Treaty requires that the charge for ser-
vices to foreign customers exclude RSD cost and that the
services be supplied on a non-discriminatory basis between
all customers.  Since this makes R£D expenses unrecoverable,
the only way they can be minimized is by the standardiza-
tion technique.

     Third, a price list must be posted which the NPT re-
quires to be "reasonable" and which, in any event, is neces-
sary if potential customers are to know enough about their
costs to make rational decisions.

     Fourth, in the case of foreign customers, we must re-
examine our agreements for cooperation, under which U.S.
and other nations spell out the extent of their nuclear
collaboration  to make sure that special requirements as
to Plowshare are covered.  I have  in mind such things as
 etention  of the devices under U.S. custody and control,
responsibilities.
      Fifth,  in  the  case  of  domestic  customers, we  shall
have  to  establish regulatory  control measures not  unlike
those that apply to nuclear power  reactors  and resolve juris-
dictional questions between federal, state  and local  govern-
ments .
                   REGULATION  AND  CONTROL

      This  area  of  regulation  and  control  is  as  important
to the  formation of  an  industry as  price ,  technology  or any
other factor.   I foresee  the  AEC  as the executive  agent
for the  government for  this purpose.   In  addition  to  devel-
oping the  devices  and furnishing  the  explosives  services,
AEC's role  is likely to include the following:

      --Absolute control of nuclear  explosives until their
       detonation.

      --Protection  of the  public from harm caused by radio-
       activity or seismic damage at  the  time of detonation.

      --Protection  of the  public from harm caused by radio-
       activity present in any commercial  product  result-
       ing  from a  nuclear explosion.

      --Protection  from  physical damage to  buildings or
       structures.

                             396
     In assuming this regulatory role, the AEC should be
cognizant of several characteristics of the industries most
likely to be involved in commercial applications of nuclear
explosives.   Industries such as natural gas are already
highly regulated.  The FPC strictly controls the gas pipe-
line industry.   It typically requires two years to process
an application for development of new gas fields, connec-
tions to existing pipelines, construction of new pipelines
and establishment of the rate structure for gas from such
a field.

     Other agencies are involved in the safety aspects of
pipeline construction and operation.  The recent Santa
Barbara Channel blowout bears witness to the government's
present multi-agency involvement in environmental pollu-
tion , and points to an ever expanding governmental role in
safety and pollution aspects of industry.

     The point to be made here is that the AEC should recog-
nize that it is moving into an area already strongly con-
trolled by government, and that only those additional con-
trols necessary under the Atomic Energy Act need be insti-
tuted.  Its  function as to existing controls should be that
of a coordinator in these peripheral areas.

     A possible scenario of the AEC's Plowshare regulatory
role could go like this:  The industrial applicant would
be required  to submit a detailed proposal for the project
including the equivalent of a reactor safety analysis re-
port which evaluates in detail radioactive and seismic safety
at the time  of detonation as well as possible product radio-
logical contamination.  The AEC would then conduct a de-
tailed review of the proposed project in the same way
reactor applications are reviewed.   This review would be
in parallel  with other government regulatory reviews so
that the already excessive regulatory times are not further
extended by  the AEC process.  Assuming AEC approval of the
application, provision probably should be made for a public
hearing.  Our options are either to provide a mandatory
hearing in all cases, or just on request from affected
members of the public.

     Once the project has been approved, the AEC and the
licensee would negotiate a contract covering the detona-
tion services, explosives and arrangements for adequate
insurance coverage.  Preceding the detonation itself, the
AEC would have to perform or coordinate inspections from
the public health and safety standpoint, and assure that
all emplacement and stemming procedures have been properly
performed.  Final legal permission then would be given for
detonation.   Following the shot, the AEC would be required
                                                                                                                  397

-------
 to retain control of the area as necessary to protect the
 public health and safety.

      The foregoing is not intended as a comprehensive de-
 scription of the probable Plowshare regulatory picture,
 but it does indicate the kinds of considerations involved
 and underlines the fact that large-scale applications of
 Plowshare technology are going to require carefully designed
 and intelligently administered procedures.
    DIVORCING PLOWSHARE BUSINESS FROM THE WEAPONS EFFORT

      At this point I am going to start treading on some
 toes, in the AEC in general and at the Lawrence Radiation
 Laboratory in particular.  For I do not see how Plowshare
 can really succeed unless the responsibility for its peace-
 ful explosives devices and their use is divorced from the
 weapons program, which has an entirely different underlying
 philosophy.

      In Plowshare, the primary emphasis will have to be on
 economics.   In this competitive field, economics is crucial.
 A Plowshare  device does not have to be the most efficient
 nuclear device ever built.  It doesn't have to be the
 smallest or  the lightest.  It must be safe and it must
 be clean.   But it does not have to possess the ruggedness,
 reliability  and other characteristics of a warhead.   Since
 it is not a  weapon, it will have to be designed, handled
 and used with the unique  requirements of its users in mind.
 These users  are not the Army,  Navy and Air Force.   They
 are civilians pursuing their economic enterprises in a
 cost  competitive environment.

      From  its inception,  Plowshare has been a step-child
 of the  weapons  program, both at LRL,  the Nevada Operations
 Office  and at the Nevada  Test  Site.   Until the recent series
 of Plowshare  tests--Gasbuggy,  Cabriolet, Buggy and Schooner--
 this  dependence  was desirable,  if  not absolutely necessary,
 even  though a  side  effect has  been to associate the  wea-
 pons  and Plowshare  programs  together  in  the public mind.
 Now the  time  has  come  to  separate  the two,  both in the
 public mind and  as  to  technical objectives.

      LRL, NVOO and  NTS  from  their  inception have been dedi-
 cated almost  exclusively  to  weapon devices  and tests.   They
are geared up to  satisfy  one customer-~DOD.   They  have been
a  very efficient  operation  for  this purpose,  and we  can
be thankful as a  nation for  that.   But they are not  geared
up, technically  or  philosophically, to satisfy efficiently
                             398
the El Paso Natural Gas Company, the Austral Oil Company,
the Kennecott Copper Corporation, or other Plowshare cus-
tomers .

     These weapons organizations are so traditionally geared
to conducting test programs for military weapon systems
that cost is of minor importance.  On something as vital
to our security as weapons RSD, we can't afford to quibble
over a few dollars.  But this basic attitude is incompatible
with the Plowshare program, where you must quibble over
pennies.  If they don't develop economic explosives and
emplacement methods, the whole purpose of the Plowshare
program will become academic because industrial interest
will vanish.

     The weapons scientists at LRL have an entirely dif-
ferent set of values than does the Plowshare group.  Yet
during the execution period for any Plowshare event , re-
sponsibility is transferred to the weapons people.  There
is even some evidence that Plowshare is little more than
a nuisance to the weapons organizations, and that they con-
duct Plowshare tests in the same extensive and expensive
manner that weapons test procedures dictate.

     As an example,  the LRL Plowshare engineering group
formulated an operational plan for the Cape Keraudren pro-
ject that involved operating from a ship anchored offshore.
Maximum preparation of the explosive would be done at LRL
before transportation to Australia by ship.  At the site,
operational personnel would be housed and fed on board the
same ship.  The emplacement of the explosives would be done
from the ship, utilizing barge-mounted cranes .  The vessel
would then move to a safe distance, and the row charge of
explosives fired by a radio link.  This procedure could
save Si.5 million over conventional land-based operations
with air transportation of the explosives, amounting per-
haps to 15% to 20% of the total project cost.  But the
entire concept was vetoed by the weapons test group for
the apparent reason that they simply "don't do things that
way. "

     I don't have any specific recommendations to make  in
this area tonight, but I think it is something we all can
think about--particularly within AEC.  And the Joint Com-
mittee should devote some careful attention to it during
the hearings.  We could consider whether the  Plowshare  pro-
gram should be transferred to the oversight of another  field
office, such as San Francisco or Grand Junction.  An inde-
pendent Plowshare group could have complete responsibility
for the design and fabrication of explosives,  the  conduct
of experiments, and the conduct  of the commercial  service
                                                                                                                   399

-------
itself.  It would separate weapons and Plowshare philosoph-
ically and politically, and it would assure that the pro-
gram is responsive to the civilian user's technical and
economic requirements.
              PLOWSHARE AND PUBLIC RELATIONS

     Before I leave you this evening, I would like to say
a few words about the public relations aspects of this pro-
gram.  Despite the fact that we will be conducting these
events in very remote and unpopulated areas, it still will
be necessary to conduct an active PR campaign to demonstrate
the benefits to be achieved.  I think the unfortunate ex-
perience with Project Ketch, where opposition from the
public and state officials caused the withdrawal of the
application, is an example of the continuing need to em-
phasize the benefits to society.  We found during the early
days of the reactor development program that winning public
support and defusing the nut-fringe must start early in
the project and continue actively.  For example, with an
underground engineering shot, if we could show convincingly
how this type of mining does not deface the surface of the
earth, as does strip mining, we might even end up with the
Sierra Club on our side.

     I don't think it is possible to overemphasize the
importance of developing public support for Plowshare.
Given a clear, accurate picture of the potential benefits
and the high level of scientific precautions being taken,
the public will not be unduly alarmed about possible hazards.
For its part, industry must do its homework well and prompt-
ly respond to public inquiry and hesitation.  When this is
done, this nation and the world will be able to glean the
vast benefits available by applying this new engineering
tool to man's advantage instead of his destruction.
                             400

-------
             SESSION I I I  - PART C

       Chairman:   Dr.  Delbert S.  Barth
National  Air Pollution  Control  Administration
                    Durham

-------
            ECOLOGICAL TRANSFER MECHANISMS - TERRESTRIAL*

                Wi I Iiam E. Martin, GiIbert E. Raines,
                Sanford G. Bloom, and Arthur A. Levin
                     Battelle Memorial  Institute
                           Columbus, Oh io
                              ABSTRACT

            Radionuclides produced by nuclear excavation detona-
      tions and released to the environment may enter a variety
      of biogeochemical cycles and follow essentially the same
      transfer pathways as their stable-element counterparts.
      Estimation of potential internal radiation doses to in-
      dividuals and/or populations living in or near fallout-
      contaminated areas requires analysis of the food-chain
      and other ecological pathways by which radionculides
      released to the environment may be returned to man.  A
      generalized materials transfer diagram, applicable to the
      forest, agricultural, freshwater and marine ecosystems
      providing food and water to the indigenous populations of
      Panama and Colombia in regions that could be affected by
      nuclear excavation of a sea-level canal between the
      Atlantic and Pacific Oceans., is presented.  Transfer
      mechanisms effecting the movement of stable elements
      and radionuclides in terrestrial ecosystems are dis-
      cussed, and methods used to simulate these processes by
      menas of mathematical models are described to show how
      intake values are calculated for different radionuclides
      in the major ecological pathways leading to man.  These
      data provide a basis for estimating potential internal
      radiation doses for comparison with the radiation-
      protection criteria established by recognized authorities;
      and this3 in turn^ provides a basis for recommending
      measures to insure the radiological safety of the nuclear
      operation plan.
*These studies were supported by U. S. Atomic Energy Commission,
 Nevada Operation Office, Contract AT(26- I )-!7l .
                               401
                            INTRODUCTION

      Some of the proposed peaceful uses of nuclear explosives, which
 involve nuclear cratering will result in the release of radionuclides
 to the biosphere.  These radionuclides will be redistributed by
 ecological processes and may be transported to man in the form of
 contaminated foods and water,  thus resulting in his exposure to inter-
 nal radiation.  A thorough evaluation of the public health aspects
 of these peaceful uses of nuclear explosives will  therefore require
 an evaluation of potential internal radiation doses to man, and this
 requires an understanding of the ecological transfer mechanisms
 whereby radionuclides deposited in the biosphere may be returned to
 man.

      During the past four years,  the Battelle Memorial  Institute-
 Columbus Laboratories, and various subcontractors  have been engaged
 in a program of ecological studies designed to evaluate the radio-
 logical safety feasibility of  using nuclear explosives to excavate a
 sea-level  canal  between the Atlantic and Pacific Oceans.1'3  The
 basic objective of this program is to estimate the potential  external
 and internal radiation doses to people living in or near the areas
 that would be contaminated by  radioactive debris from the proposed
 nuclear detonations.  These estimates can then be  used in planning
 the nuclear operation in such  a way that the radiological  safety of
both project personnel  and the general  population  would be assured.

      Estimates of external  radiation doses can be made on the basis
of source  term4 and fallout5 predictions, but the  models used to cal-
 culate potential  internal  radiaton doses6 also require estimates of
 the probable rates of radionuclide ingestion by the people com-
 prising the reference population.   These estimates are being provided
 by mathematical  models designed to simulate the ecological redis-
 tribution  of radionuclides and their transport to  man via contaminated
 foods and  water.

      In this paper we shall  describe some of the general  procedures
 and concepts that have been used in developing ecological  models.   As
 implied by the title, the examples used will be based primarily on
 terrestrial ecosystem studies  although the procedures and concepts
 involved may have a wider application.   Since the studies from which
these examples are drawn are not finished, emphasis will be on methods
 instead of results.

Pathways c^f Radionuclj de Transport

      Figure I is a highly generalized diagram showing some of the
major pathways of potential  radionugIide transport from the biosphere
 to man in  an area such as eastern  Panama and northwestern Colombia.  In
 this area, the subsistence economy of the indigenous population depends
primarily  upon primitive agriculture, hunting in the forests, and

                                402

-------
 fishinq in the freshwater streams and oceans.   Virtually  all  the  foods
 and water comprisinq the total  diet are derived from the  immediate
 environment.  Between 65 and 85 percent of the solid foods included
 in the diets of people now living in the area  is derived  from the
 te rres t ria I  env i ronment, i.e.,  from the forest and agricultural eco-
 systems indicated by the di agram.?»8

      Transfers from  forest and agricultural to freshwater and marine  eco-
 systems are accompIi shed primar iIy by hydro Iog i caI processes.9  Transfers
 f rom one compartment to another wi th i n the terrestr i a I  ecosystems  are ac-
 comp lished  by a variety of transfer mechanisms most of  which involve  the
 movement of water and/or organic matter.  For example,  the transfer  of
 radionucIides or stab Ie elements f rom the  leaf to the Iitte r compartment
 of  a forest may be  due to the mechanical removaI of fall out particles,  the
 washing and leaching action of rain, leaf fall, deposition of herbivore
 excreta, etc.  Transfers from the litter to the soil compartment  involve
 decay processes, I each i ng by rain, pe rcoI ation of water th rough the  soi I,
 etc.  Transfers from the soil to the fruit or other edible p^rts  of  a
 pI ant  i nvoIve root absorption, transpiration,  translocation within  the
 plant, and  a variety of metabolic processes.  A similar array of  transfer
 mechanisms  can be recognized for the pathways connectinq other compart-
 ments; but, as will  be  illustrated  later,   it  is often possible to obtain
 es 11 mates of  i nte rcompartrnen ta I f t ow rates and other paramete rs used  in
 ec'~' I cq i ca I mode ling  without having an exact knowledge of the transfer
 mechanisms  responsible for the flow.

 Genera I Approach  to Mathemat i caI  Mode Ii ng

       A mathemat i ca t mode I  des i gned to s i muI ate the ent i re process of
 radionuclide redistribution,  even to the relatively low  degree  of
 resolution indicated by Figure  I,  wouId be requ i red to  cons i der a
 large  number of  variables including  (I)  the more than 300 radionucIides
 produced  by  nuclear cratering  explosions,  (2)  one or more patterns of
 predicted  fallout deposition,  (3)  an indefinite number  of ecosystems
 and  all  the  materials transport pathways that  characterize them,  (4)
 the  physical and/or  biological  transfer mechanisms that  characterize
 each  transport  pathway,  (5)  an  indefinite  number of population  sub-
 groups  depending on  the  ecological  and  cultural  factors which  determine
 variations in  dietary habits,  (6)  a  variety  of physiological  parameters
 whien are  different  for  different  radionucIdies and may vary  with
 respect to age or other  characteristics  of  population subgroups.

      From a strictly scientific point of  view,  c  detailed  mode I con-
 sidenng all  these parameters, especially  if  it had a I ready  been tested
 under realistic field conidtions, wouId provide  an  exceI lent  basis for
evaluating potential  radionuclide  intakes by people  living  in or near
the area that would be contaminated  by  radioactive  debris.   However,
 for present purposes, it  is neither  necessary  nor practical to cons i der
all aspects of the radionuclide  redistribution  process.    Many of the
radionuclides preduced by nuclear craterinq explosions are  produced
 in  such small quantities or have such short  radiological  half-lives
                               403
that the i r contri but i ons to potentia I  i nte rnaI  rad i at i on doses are
probably negligible.  Many of the possible redistribution pathways
are of  little direct concern because they do not lead to man, and many
of those that do lead to man are inconsequential  because they
represent foods that are consumed in very small  quantities.  Further-
more ,  the experimental  data required for the development of a detailed
mode I  are ne i ther readi ly ava i I ab le  nor cou Id they be co I lected dun ng
the time ordinarily available for a  feasibility  study.   In many cases,
where  a detai led mode I  couId be  used,  it may still  be desirable to use
a simple model  because  the variations  introduced by  the detailed
model  are of little consequence, and the more sophisticated mathe-
matical approach would  needlessly complicate the overall model.

      The app roach  we have taken is  des i gned to  s i mpI ity the p rob I em
as much as possible in  order to  concentrate our  attention and efforts
on the most important parameters affecting potential dose calculations.
First, the production of 318 radionuclides was  calculated for each of
22 detonations.   PadionucIides  havinq  an inventory of less than one
Curie  28 days after any  detonation were  assumed  to make no significant
contribution to the potential  internal  dose.   This procedure elimin-
ated all but 53 of  the  original  318  radionuclides f rom more deta i Ied
consideration.   The 53  radionuclides remaining  after the first screening
were evaluated by means  of a simple  two-compartment  mode I  which, based
on conservative assumptions concerning the general  behavior of rad i o-
nuclides in the biosphere, is used to  calculate  the  maximum, probabIe
contribution of each radionucldie to the internal radiation dose.  The
22 radionuclides whose  comb ined  contributions added  up to an insignifi-
cant dose (i.e., < I  rem  infinite dose)  were then eliminated f rom further
cons i deration.   The 31  rad i onucIi des remai n i nq  after th i s step are now
being  evaluated on  the  basis of  a generalized,  muIticompartment trans-
port mode I  wh i ch is more rea Ii st tc than  the two-compartment mode 1 but
sti I I  contains  a number  of conservative  assumptions  and makes use of
parameter values which  tend to overest i mate the  potent i a I rad i at i on
dose due to each radionuclide.   This process of  elimination will be
repeated until  only a few radionuclides  need to  be treated  in the most
complex transport model.

      The advantages of  this approach  are that  the number of radionuclide
to be  considered at each step is expected to decrease as the complexity
of the model increases.   Obviously,  the most compIe- and presumably most
rea Ii stic mode I  in  the  series or hierarchy of mode Is will be no better
than the experimental  data available for formulating the model and  cal-
culating the critical  parameters.  The present state of the art may
not permit us to advance beyond  the  second or third stage  in the
hierarchy;  but to the extent that the preliminary models are valid, they
can be used to indicate  the kinds of data required  for  developing more
detailed transport mode Is for the most important radionuclides  in the
most important ecological pathways  leading to man.  The next  logical
step in this procedure  would be  to test the different parts of the  model
under  realistic field conditions, but we have not yet had an opportunity

                                404

-------
to take this step.

Modified Specific Activity Model

      The simple, two-compartment model used for the second screening
of radionucI dies  is based on a number of assumptions which Lowman
will probably discuss  in greater detail.  First, we assume that the
radionucIides and stable elements released to the biosphere by a
nuclear cratering explosion will become mixed with the stable elements
already present  in the biosphere.  Radionuclides will then be redis-
tributed by the  same ecological processes and follow the same routes
of transfer as their stable element counterparts.  If the physical
and biological processes involved in the transport of radionuclides
and stable elements to man exhibit no significant discrimination
between a radionuclide and its corresponding stable element, the specific
activity (i.e.,  the ratio of the concentration of a radionuclide to the
concentration of  the corresponding stable element) of man's diet cannot
exceed the specific activity of the radioactive debris.

       In the two-compartment model, compartment  I represents a hypo-
thetical total diet, and compartment 2  represents a critical organ of
"Standard Man. '   The specific activity  of each radionuclide in compart-
ment  I  is assumed to be the same as that of  the radioactive debris
produced by a nuclear  cratering explosion.   This  is roughly equivalent
to substituting  radioactive debris for  man's normal intake of each
stable element and neglecting the dilution that would result due to
mixing with the  stable elements already present  in the food.

      Flow  rates  in and out of compartment 2 are based on the physio-
logical data tabulated by  ICRP11 for "Standard Man."  For each element,
the flow rate from compartment  I to compartment 2 is the product of
the element ingestion  rate and the fraction  of the element ingested
that  reaches the  critical organ.  The  flow rate out of compartment 2
depends on  (a) the total amount of element,  both  radioactive and
stable, present  in compartment 2, Cb) the biological elimination
rate coefficient  of the element, and (c) the radioactive decay rate
coefficient of the radionuclide.

      For all organs, except the gastrointestinal tract, the solution
to the two-compartment model can be formulated as follows:
                   exp  (-XR  t)


                  jCO) exp <-XR  t)
[1-e
                                                 t)]
                                  (I)
                                                                      (2)
                                405
                                                                  and
                                                                              Sj(0)   is  the  initial  specific  activity  of  the  radio-
                                                                                     act i ve  debri s ,

                                                                              XR      is  the  radioactive  decay  coefficient,

                                                                                     is  the  amount of  radionuclide  in  compartment 2,
             T

            ?2 i


            AB
                                                                                     is  the  element  flow  rate  from  compartment  I  to
                                                                                     compartment  2,

                                                                                     is  the  biological elimination  rate  coefficient.
                                                                        The movement of material  through  the  gastrointestinal  tract
                                                                  cannot be adequately described  by a biological elimination  rate
                                                                  because the material does  not remain  in one place  long enough  for
                                                                  complete mixing  to occur.  An approximation for  the average  radio-
                                                                  nuclide content  of a given portion of the tract  is the product of
                                                                  the  rate at which the radionuclide enters that portion and  the time
                                                                  it takes material to traverse it.  Allowing the  radionuclide to  decay
                                                                  during the time  it takes  ingested food  to reach  a particular portion
                                                                  of the gastrointestinal tract gives
                                                                  w he re,
                                                                  and
                                                                              T2


                                                                              U_,
                                                                                       S1(0)
                                                                                                 exp
                   is the time it takes  ingested material  to
                   reach a gi ven  port!on of  the tract,

                   is the time it takes  ingested material  to
                   traverse that  portion of  the tract,

                   is the unit step function defined by,
                                                                                                                                    (3)
            U  l  (x)  = 0  for  x <  0

            U  .  (x)  = 1  for  x >  0.

      The ICRP has also  tabulated the data needed to calculate the
dose rate to a critical  organ of  "Standard Man" per unit (Y2> of
radionuclide deposited in the critical  organ.   This value is the R
term in Equation (4)  and (5)  below;  it is a constant for a given
radionuclide in a given  critical  organ.  Equation (4) and (5) are
obtai ned by mu11i pIy i ng  Equat ion  (2) and (3) by R and i ntegrat i ng
the resulting  expressions with  respect to time.  Equation (5)
applies to the gastrointestinal  tract while Equation (4) applies to
all other critical organs.
                                                                                                                                       406

-------
                    XB  (*,
                                                            (t  -
                                                                       (5)
       Equation  (4) and  (5) were used to calculate the maximum likely
 contributions of each of the 53 radionuclides whose inventory 28 days
 after at  least one of the 22 detonat ions was one Curie or more to the
 critical organs  I is ted  by ICRP.  The time interval considered for these
 calculations was f rom 28 days to 50 years after the last detonat i on.

       Arranging the calculated dose contributions in descending order
 and calculating the cumulative sum indicated that 22 of the 53 radio-
 nuclides considered would contribute a total dose of slightly less than
 one rem.  As a conservative estimate,  a dose contribution of one rem
 can be assigned to all but the 31  radionuclides whose contributions to
 the potential  dose are to be evaluated on the basis of a more detailed,
 more reaIi sti c mode I.

       The  procedure described above should resuit in highly conservative
 overest i mates  of potentlal  internal  radiation because it ignores the
 dilution effects of  several  important  processes.   In the first place,
 the estimates  of initial  specific  activity,  S|CO), are based on  the
 assumpti on  that  rad i onucIi des produced  by a  nuclear crater i ng expIos i on
 are mixed  only with  the  amounts of  stable elements contained in  the
 fireball volume.   Since  experimental data'2  indicate that the radio-
 nuclides should  be mixed with a much  Iarger  voIume of  stab Ie elements,
 the radioactive  debris actually released  to  the biosphere should have
 a much  lower specific  activity  than  that  calculated for use in
 Equations  (I) and  (2).   If  it is true  that  radionuclides and stable
elements follow  the same  transport  pathways  and exhibit the same eco-
 logical behavior, environmental and  biological  dilution,  as  we I I  as the
 rad i oacti ve decay that will occur dun ng  the process of  ecolog i caI
transport from the biosphere  to man, will  further  reduce and dilute
the specific activities  of radionuclides  in  man's  diet.   Since exclusion
of  these factors from  the two-compartment mode I  should  resuit in over-
estimates of the contributions of nearly  all  radionuclides  to the
potential,   internal radiation dose, we should  not  be far off  in  assuming
that this model provides a valid method of reducing  the  list  of  radio-
nuct i des to be cons idered in  the more detailed  mode Is of  rad i onucI i de
                                 407
                                                                                                       redistribution  in  the  biosphere  and  transport  to  man.   TFor simplicity's
                                                                                                       sake  we'll  call  the  radionuclides eliminated  in this  model  "insignifi-
                                                                                                       cant,"  and  those  remaining  we'll call  "s i gn i f i cant. "3
                                                                                                       Genera j^ Eqjjat ions  f or^ Raoj_onuc I i de JTra^sport  Mode I s
                                                                                                                                                         t  of  "significant"
                                                                                                                                                            as  i I I us t rated
      The general equation for the model  is based on the assumptions
that ( I )  the functional  components or compartments of ecosystems are
I arge enough that the average radionuclide or stable el ement content of
a compartment can be described by continuous mathematics, (2) the
radionuclide or stable element flowing into a compartment is completely
mixed with the stable element and/or radionuclide already present in
the compartment, and (31 the rate of a radionuclide or stable element
transfer  is given by the product of a transfer coefficient and the
amount of radionuclide or stable element in the transmitting compart-
ment.  Thus the total flow of a radionuclide or stable element in and
out of  a  given compartment in the food chain or food web can be formu-
lated as  shown in Equation (6) below.
           d Y.
                  N
                 n=l
                                   N
                   X. . Y.
                                             i  =  1,  2...N
            the i "*~n compartment is the compartment of reference and
            all other compartments are designated n,

            YI      is the amount of a radionuclide  in the  i"1"11 com-
                   partment (pCi),

            Yn      i s the amount of a radionuclide  in the  n^"n com-
                   partment (u.Ci),
                                                                                                                                       408

-------
          and  Xpj  are  rate  coefficients  for transfers into and
            out  of the  i^  compartments  (day"').
      *ii ~  L.
            n=l
and   N     is the total  number of  compartments

      Usually, the X.   and Xnj  values  can  be  treated as constants or
as cyclical  functions  of  time,  and  this  simplifies Equation (6) to a
system of linear differential  equations.

      Each equation of the system of equations given by Equation (6)
can be derived in different ways.  The most direct method of derivation
is possible if (a) the stable  element  content of each compartment of
the ecosystem is known, (b) all the intercompartmentaI flow rates of
the stable elements are known,  and  (c) it  can be assumed that the
behavior of a radionuclide is  identical  to that of the corresponding
stable element.   The material  balance  for  a given radionuclide  is
then g i ven by


             i -  y    J"" . Y  / j_
           dt  -        C      \(C.
                 1, 2, ... N
where,      the i    compartment is the reference  compartment and
                   all  other compartments  are  designated n,

            YJ  and Yn are the amounts  of a radionuclide  in com-
                   partments i  and n  CuCi),

            F[n and Fni  are the total  element,  both  stable and
                   radioactive, flow  rates into and  out of com-
                   partment i  (g.  element/day),

            C-  and C  are the total element, both stable and radio-
                   active contents of  compartments  i and n (g.
                   element),
            AR
                   is the  radioactive  decay  coefficient  (day"1),
                                 409
                                                                                                         I
                                                                                                                                is the radionuclide flow rate into
                                                                                                                                compartment i  from a I I  other com-
                                                                                                                                partments (pCi/day),
vi
     n#i
                                                                                                                                      i s the radi onucIi de Ioss rate
                                                                                                                                      from compartment I  to a I I  other
                                                                                                                                      compartments plus  the loss rate
                                                                                                                                      due to radioactive  decay (pCi/day),
                                                                                                                 d Yi
                                                                                                     and         	   is the rate of change of the radionuclide content
                                                                                                                 dt   of compartment i  (LjCi/day).

                                                                                                           If  the stable element contents of all  compartments are constant
                                                                                                     and  the  intercompartmentaI  flow rates are constants,  the flow rates of
                                                                                                     stable elements into a compartment must equal  the loss rate, i.e.,
                                                                                                                             N

                                                                                                                                        N
                                                                                                                            I 'I- •  iFni
                                                                                                           This, of course, implies an ecological  steady state in which  the
                                                                                                     biomass  of  the various ecosystem compartments, and the concentrations of
                                                                                                     different elements  in each compartment, are more or less constant during
                                                                                                     the  time interval considered.  Such conditions appear to be approximated
                                                                                                     in climax forest ecosystems where the annual  rates of community  photo-
                                                                                                     synthesis and community respiration are approximately equal  and  the
                                                                                                     biomasses of plant  and animal populations are approximately the  same
                                                                                                     from one year to another.  For such a system, the principal  data required
                                                                                                     to construct transport models based on Equation 7 are measurements  or
                                                                                                     estimates of compartment capacities (Cj) and intercompartmentaI  flow
                                                                                                     rates (Fjn) for the element or elements of interest.

                                                                                                           Compartment capacities can be estimated, on a unit area basis,
                                                                                                     as the product of compartment biomass  (g biomass/m^) and element con-
                                                                                                     centration  (g element/g biomass).  Many of the intercompartmentaI  flow
                                                                                                     rates can be obtained by measuring the rates of water and/or organic
                                                                                                     matter movement, and others can be inferred from these.  Bloom's and
                                                                                                     McGinnis and Golley'9 provide excelent descriptions of how these pro-
                                                                                                     cedures  may be applied to a tropical  forest eco-system.

                                                                                                           If during the time interval considered, there is an increase in
                                                                                                                                     410

-------
  the  b i omass  or  stable element  content of one or more of the compartments
  of an  ecosystem,  the system will  not exhibit the kind of steady state
  equilibrium  described above.   There  is, however, another kind of steady
  s + ate  condition which occurs when  the total stable element content is a
  constant  fraction  of the  weight or biomass of the compartment.  In this
  case,  the  f|ow  rate of  the element i nto the compartment must equal the
  sum  of  the  Ioss rates pI us the rate of  i ncrease of element content due
  to growth  of  the  compartment.  This form of steady state has been used in
  the  evaluation  of  radionuclide transport in marine ecosystems,   and it
  shou I d  be  genera I I y appIi cab Ie to  grow i ng organ i sms .
       Equation  (
  reference  (20).
                     is a oe^eraI izat i on of the de r t vation a i ven
                       d  C.
   x  "     f-  *
*<)  y    —^
                     -  Oi-  + \p)  Y              i = 1,  2,  ...  N   (8)
                          D     K.   1

             d Cr
 where,       	  is the i ncrease of tota I  eIement content due to
              dt   the growth of compartment i  (g/day),

             e      is a factorwhich converts  radioactivity units
                    +o mass  units  (g/yCi),

             f      is the fraction of  the element input to compart-
                    men *• i wh i ch comes  f rom  compartment  n ( d imens i on-
                    less ),
            L  £in =  !'
           n=l
      The relationship  indicated by  Equation  (8)  can  be  assumed  for
either plant or animal  compartments  of either  stable  or  developing
ecosystems.   As will be  (Mustrated  in the  discussion which  follows,  it
can also be applied to  cultivated crops.

A 3i mpIe Crop Mode I

      The principal food plants cultivated  in  eastern Panama  and
northwestern Colombia are banana,  plantain,  rice,  and corn.   Banana
and plantain are usually grown in  semipermanent plantations  and harvested
throughout the year.   Rice and corn are planted in fields which have been
prepared by cutting and burning the secondary vegetation or  mature forest
and harvested once or twice per year.   After a few years of  cultivation,
crop yields drop off  and the fields are allowed to revert to secondary
vegetation.

      While a great deal is known  about plant physiology and the uptake
of minerals from soils, there is no general  model  for predicting the
accumulation of fall out radionuclides  in the edible parts of plants.
Without e.-perimental  data from tracer  experiments  involving  trie princi-
pal  radionuclides, different crop  species,  and various soil  types of
interest, the use of  concentration factors  may not be reliable.  Analyt-
ical data show no consistent relationship between  the concentrations
of elements in paired samples of plant tissues and soil  extracts.21
However,  the chemical composition  of a given plant tissue is much  less
variable  than that of the different soil types on  which  it is grown.

      In  deveI op i ng a s i mpIe, conservat i ve  mode I  to obta i n rough
estimates of radionuclide concentrations in the edible parts of crops
grown in  fallout contaminated areas, we have made  the following
assumptions:

      { I)   The eIement compos i ti on of the  edible  part is constant
            and can be defined by  the  mean  element concentrations
            of representati ve samples.

      (2)   The concentrat i on of an element in the pI ant compartment
            does not  change duri ng growth.

      (3)   The ratio of elements  taken up  from the soil and via
            trans Iocation from foliage  is the same as the ratio of
            elements  in the compartment of  reference, i.e.,  com-
            partment  3  in Figure 2.

      (4)   All compartments are we i I  mi xed, in equ i Ii bri urn with
            respect to tota I eIement content and not changing  in
            biomass with respect to time.

      These assumptions imply a situation in which harvesting  is a  con-
tinuous process, the  rate of harvesting  is equal  to the growth  rate,
and the biomass of unharvested edibles  is constant.   This is a  reason-
able approximation to the harvesting of plantain and banana; and since
lifetime doses are calculated on the basis of 50 or 70 years,  it  is
not as bad as  it might appear for annual crops.  For  short-term  appli-
cations,  models could  be developed  to represent the  intermittent
character of crop growth and harvest,  but for the present application
this does not appear to be warranted.

-------
      Equation (9) shows the assumed relationship between harvesting
rate and the rate of total element input from foliage and soil.
            H (X  W ) = k    (X  W ^ + Ic     (X  W )               (Q1


where,      H      is the harvesting rate coefficient (years  ),

            X:     is the ratio of a given element to the total
                   element content of the jth compartment (dimen-
                   sion less),

            W.     is the average biomass or weight per unit area
             ^     of the jth compartment (g/m2),

            k| 3   is the trans location coefficient (years"'),

and         V.2 3   is the uptake coefficient (years"').

      Values for these  parameters can be estimated as follows:

      (I)   Since the harvesting rate and the growth rate are
            assumed to  be equal, H is the harvesting rate or
            growth rate (g/m2/y) divided by the average biomass
            .

      (2)   The average biomass, W:, of the j^h compartment is,  in
            this case,  equivalent to the average standing crop of
            foli age or  plant edibles; the value for soil is based
            on an arbitrary depth of soil, the depth of the inter-
            flow layer  for example.
      (3)
Assuming k,  -, values are very small, except for radio-
nuclides, rfie
             10 below.
                           2 3 values can be estimated using Equation
                                 "2,3
                                                                  (10)
      (4)   The ki -, values can be determined by means of tracer
            experiments such as those described by Thomasson, Bolch,
            and Gamble22 in which '34cs and other radionucI ides were
            applied to banana and coconut leaves and samples of fruit
            were collected at various times after the tracer appli-
            cation.  The transfer coefficient, k|(j$, can be determined
            from the observed exponential rate of radionuclide
                                 413
                                                                                                      accumulation in the fruit.   The rate of foliar uptake
                                                                                                      of  cesium is extremely  rapid,  and  application of the
                                                                                                      transfer coefficient for cesium to other radionuclides
                                                                                                      should  result in conservative  overestimates  of input
                                                                                                      rates.

                                                                                                Analytical solutions  for the  time  variant concentration of a
                                                                                          given  radionuclide  in each  of  the three  compartments are given  below
                                                                                          for a  pulse  input to the system.  The differential  equation  for the
                                                                                          foli age  compartment  i s
                                                                                                                  dt
                                                                                                            - (kl,2  + kl,3
                                                                                                                                                                        (II)
                                                                                                      where,
                                                                                                      and         t

                                                                                                      For t = 0
                                                                                                                         is  the radionuclide  content  of  the foliage  com-
                                                                                                                         partment on a unit area  basis  (uCi/cm2),

                                                                                                                         is  the radioactive decay rate  coefficient
                                                                                                                         (day"1),

                                                                                                                         is  time  (days).
                                                                                                                          \ Wl FA
                                                                                                                                                                        (12)
                                                                                                     W|      is the average biomass of compartment  I  (g/cm2)*

                                                                                                     FA      i s the fa I lout i nput  for the  reference  rad i o-
                                                                                                             nucIi de  (uCi/cm2).

                                                                                                The solution  of Equation (II), the foliage compartment  is
                                                                                                                             exp  -(
                                                                                                                                                                        (13)
                                                                                                                                                            (14)
                                                                                          *The  product, a|_ W|,  is the  fraction of  fallout  intercepted  by  plant
                                                                                           foIi age.

                                                                                                                          414

-------
                                  = speci f i c acti v i ty.
      The differential equation for compartment 2,  the soiI  comoart-
men t, is
                 = k
                    l,2  l
                                    k2,3 + *R> N2
                                                                  ( 15)
where,
                   is the radionucl i de content of the soi I  compart-
                   ment on a unit area basis (pCi/cm-),

                   is a hydrol og i ca I  removal coefficient (day"')-''11
            N2(0) = (1 - ^ Wj
i.e.,  the fall out not initially intercepted bv foliage is deposited on
the soi I .

      The  solution of Equation (15),  the soil  compartment is
                                                  C]
                                  = specific  activity of  com-
                                   partment  2
                        l,3
                      2,3
                                                                                                            The  differential equation  for  compartment  3,  the  plant  edibles
                                                                                                      compartment,  is
     d N,
                                                                                                                     = k,  , N,  -e  k,  ,  N,  - (H +• A0)
                                                                                                                                                  R'   3
                                                                                                      where ,
                                                                                                                         is  the  rad i onuc I i de  content  of  the  p I ant  edibles
                                                                                                                         compartment on a  unit  area basis  ( pC i /cm1- ) .
                                                                                                      For  t  =0,
The solution of Equation \9,  the plant edibles compartment,  is
                                                                                                                       kl,2+kl,3+H
                2]3  N2(0)
                                                                                                                               kH + k2,3 -
                                                                                                                                            k2,3 kl,2
                                  -kl,3)(H
                                                                                                                                                                            kl,3 ~ H>
                                                                                                                                                     
-------
      With reference to  Figure 2, the  first  term of  Equation  (21)
represents the fallout-to-foliage-to-plant edibles pathway of  radio-
nuclide transport; the second term  represents the fallout-to-soi l-to
plant edibles pathway; and the third term represents  the  fallout-to-
fol iage-to-soi l-to-p lant edibles pathway.  The movement of elements
from soil to  roots, stems,  leaves,  or  other  parts of  the  plant before
deposition in the edible part of the plant,  is not considered  in the
model.   in other words,  k2 3, is an overall  transfer  coefficient for
the general transport pathway from  soil  to plant edibles.   It  should
also be  noted that the pathway  involving the transport to plant
edibles  of materials deposited externally on foliage  rarely accounts
for more  than an  insignificant fraction  of the total  element  reaching
the plant edibles  compartment even  though  it may account  for  a major
fraction  of the  radionuclide.

      The derivation of  analytical  solutions given  in Equation  (II)
through  (22)  serves  to elucidate the general procedure.   However when
the models for different ecosystems are  coupled to obtain a general
model of  radionuclide redistribution and transport to man, a  number
of  complications  arise which  usually make  it necessary to resort to
numerical solutions.  For example,  constant  hydrological  removal
coefficients,  k^,  may not be  appropriate;  fallout input,  F^,  varies
geographically and,  in the  case of  canal excavation,  it cannot be
adequately expressed as  a single pulse.

A  Simple  Transport Model  for  Terrestrial and Aquatic  Ecosystems

      Figure  3  illustrates  an eight-compartment transport model  in which
the pathways  illustrated  in Figure  2 are coupled to  other pathways  lead-
 ing from terrestrial and  aquatic ecosystems  to man.   While the eight-
compartment model  is more complex and  more realistic  than the models
described earlier, it represents a  much  lower degree  of resolution
than  illustrated  by  Figure  I  and still  incorporates  a number of highly
conservative  assumptions.

      As  shown  in  Figure  3, man's total  diet is assumed to be  composed
of  specific quantities of fish, surface  water, plant  edibles,  and
terrestrial animals.  The quantities used were selected to represent
the population groups having  the highest fish consumption, the highest
water consumption, the highest consumption of plant materials, and the
highest  consumption of terrestrial  animals.  Describing the total diet
according to  these criteria results in a hypothetical food and water
intake almost twice as high as the  intakes actually observed  by
anthropologists  who made quantitative  dietary studies in  the  field.7*8

      Values  for the element contents  of the compartments and  for the
intercompartmentaI transfer coefficients were selected, on the basis of
data collected by field survey teams and data in the  literature, to
represent average or typical values of the sort indicated.   In cases
where "average" or "typical" values were in  doubt, other  values were
selected arbitrarily to maximize the final dose estimates.  To further
increase the conservatism of the results, fallout input was calculated
on the assumption that all detonations occur at the same time.  The
most heavily contaminated watershed was selected as the worst place
that humans could possibly be,  and dry season rainfall  rates were
used to minimize the rate of flushing from the land to the sea.

      The radionuclides evaluated by the eight-compartment model  were
the 31 radionucIides remaining  after application of the two-compartment
specific activity model, namely - 3H, I4rj, 32P, 89Sr, 90sr, 95Zr, 9^Nb,
I03RU  I06RU  I245b(  I255bj  l27mTe, l29mTej  131\f !32Te, I4lce.  l43Pr,
l44Ce, I5lsm, l55Eu,  I8IW, I85W, !88Wf l95Au,  l96Au,  2°5Hg, 2lOPbj 238PU)
^-^Pu, 240pu> an(j 24lpu_  Typical dose estimates obtained by this pro-
cedure are given in  Table I.   The calculation for zero time to infinity
indicates that the cumulative dose contributed by 5 of  the 31  radio-
nucl ides (l24Sb,  I255b, I27nrre, I5lsmj and l55Eu) would total  less
than one rem.  Allowing all  radionuctides to decay for 100 days  and
calculating the dose from 100 days to infinity indicated that the con-
tribution from II of  the 31  radionuclides would be less than one  rem.
(These II include the 5 listed  above plus 32p, 95Nbj  |32jej l43Pr< I95A(J>
and '96Au).  The data from which those in Table I  have  been selected
provide a clear indication that SH, 89Sr, 905r, l06Ru,  and some  16 other
radionuclides not shown in the  table will require further evaluation.

            TABLE I.   TYPICAL DOSE CALCULATIONS BASED ON
                      THE EIGHT-COMPARTMENT  MODEL
Rad i onucl i de
90Sr
3H
!32Te
89Sr
I06RU
I 27mjg
!5ISm
Dose (rem)
Time zero to °°
685
673
586
316
106
4.3 x ICH
5.3 x ID"3
ca 1 cu 1 ated
for
100 days to -°





2
5
680
663
-0
80
88
.2 x 10-'
.3 x 10-3
      At this point it should be strongly emphasized that the only dose
estimates in Table I  that should be taken seriously are those whose
sum is I ess than one.   The area cons i dered in obta i n i ng these f i gures
is one that would be completely evacuated during the nuclear evacu-
ation phase of the canal construction  program and would not be
reoccupied until some time after the last detonation.   It was chosen
to represent the worst case we could imagine.  We feel that this
approach provides a valid basis for identifying those radionucIides
which contribute very little to the potential radiation dose, and
that the actual contribution of all these radionuclides can be assigned
a conservative but relatively insignificant value.  The 20 radionucIides
remaining in the "significant" category at this stage of the study, are
being re-evaluated by means of more detai led models which are as
                                                                                                                                       418

-------
 reaIi st i c as we can make them on the basis of present informat i on.   In
 many  cases, this re-evaluation wi I I  have a profound effect on  the  dose
 esti mates.   For example, a recent recalculation of the tritium dose
 was based on the best i nformati on available on hydrologic red i stri-
 but i on.  The new caIcuI at i on was made for the same "hottest" watershed
 and used the same conservative dietary input, but the new dose est i mate
 for tritium is more than two orde rs  of magn itude less than the value
 g i van i n Tab le  I .
       Figure 4 shows the time dependent concentrations in  the foliage
 and herbivore (soft tissues) compartments.   The curve for  plant
 leaves reflects the initial  contami nation by fallout and the rapid
 exponential  rate of loss due to weathering.   The rate coefficient
 used in this example corresponds to a weathering half-time of 14  days,
 a vaIue reported frequently  in the I i tenature.     A grow i ng body  of
 experimental evidence*1" indicates that the  rate of  loss  from leaves
 would be better described by a two- or three-exponent model, Dut  lacking
 the experimental  data  f rorn wh i ch "typ i ca I "  va I ues of the two or th ree
 exponents  can be calculated, the si ngle-exponent mode I  is  reta i ned as
 a useful  approximation.   The curve for herbivores peaks  about 15  days
 afte r t i me ze ro,  and then decreases  at a rate eventuaI Iy approx imat i ng
 the rate of  Ioss  from  leaves.   Th i s  reflects the re I ati veIy rap i d
 turnover  time for 90Sr in soft tissues compared to  bone.

       Figure 5 shows the relative concentration in  soil  water from time
 zero to about 2,400 days.   The  turnover rate for soil  water'^ is  consid-
 erably  fastern than might be inferred  from  this graph; the slow deple-
 tion rate  for 90cr is  due to the soil's high absorptive  capacity  for
 st ron 1i urn.
           29
               To compensate  for having  used  a  low  depletion  rate  to
max im i ze  90 5 r  concent rations  in  the  terrastri a I  compartments,  and  to
rna-urfiize  the estimates  of  90sr transport  to  man  via  water  and  fish, ^Sr
concentrations  in  the  surface water  compartment  were assumed to  be  the
same as those  in the soil  water  compartment.   If  the other parameters
are correct, this  has  the  same effect  as  ignoring the  ground-water
contribution to stream  flow.

      The results  for the  fish compartment,  Figure 6,  were primarily
determined by an assumed concentration factor of  10^ and by the  assumed
time variant concentration of ^^Sr in the water.  The  rapid buildup in
the fish compartment is due to the assumption of  a fairly  rapid  turnover
time.

      Figure  7  shows the calculated 90$r concentrations in the plant
edibles compartment for only the first 80 days after fallout.  This
part of the curve illustrates the relative importance of foliar up-
take during the first few weeks after fallout.  The late-time behavior
of this curve, not shown in the figure,  would be governed by uptake
from the soi l-soi I  water compartment.

      The curve for the critical organ (bone) of man is shown in
Figure 8.  Under the conditions prescribed by the eight-compartment
model, the peak value is reached about 2,500 days after fallout depo-
sition, a time at which the concentrations in most other compartments
have declined to levels which are insignificant in comparison to the
maximum values.  The slow decline in this compartment does not
reflect the fairly rapid decline in  most other compartments.  Instead,
it is governed by the long half-life of  90$r and the slow rate of
biological elimination from the skeleton.  The integraI  of this curve
is piotted in Fi gure 9 to show the cumuI at i ve radiati on dose to bone,
the critical  organ of man for 90sr,  as .3 function of time.  Although
still increasing, its value after about  50 years is approximately
90 percent of the i nfinite dose.  This i I lustrates the uti Iity of the
simple 0 -»• « integrals for approximation.

      In this particular exampie, about  half of the 50-year dose was
due to the fish pathway,  about a quarter was due to plants,  a little
less than a guarter came from terrestrial animals, and a very small
f ract i on came f rom water.   The h i gh  contr i but i on from fish  is partly
due to assumption that fish are eaten bones and all.  In some cases
this assumption  is well borne out by direct observations.
                           DISCUSSION

      Before closing, we should again emphasize that the eight-
compartment mode I  and the resuIts presented above are provi siona I.
They are presented here only to illustrate the methods being used  to
deveI op ecoIog i caI  mode Is of radionuclide transport.  The pa rameters
used in this preliminary effort were deliberately chosen to  rep resent
the worst possible case.  There were many reasons for doing  this,  but
the major ones were  (I) to compensate for uncertainties  in the model
parameters and other input data, and (2) to increase the  level of  con-
fidence in our identification of radionucIides whose total contribution
to the potential  internal radiation dose  is  likely to be  insignifi-
cant.   Since these results were first reported about seven months
ago, £••> cons i derab I e  progress has been made toward increasing the
adeguacy of the mode I.  Additional  compartments have been  added  to
account for radionuclide transport to man from the marine ecosystem.
Fallout inputs to the "hottest" watershed have been recalculated  on
the basis of the proposed detonation schedule  (22 detonations over a
period of approximately three years).   Instead of using  "average" or
"typical" values for all the elements involved, we have  tried to  cal-
culate realistic parameter values for each element, or at  least  for each
of the elements for  which we have analytical and/or experimental  data

-------
of the proper sort.  Once the model has been refined to the extent
made possible by the data available, the  lifetime  internal dose esti-
mates for the hottest watershed will be recalculated to determine how
soon after the  last detonation  it would be safe for people to reoccupy
the fallout area.  One method of doing this would  be to let the fallout
model run continuously from the beginning of the detonation schedule
and then to introduce man into  the model at various times after the
last detonation.  A graphical method of solving the reoccupancy problem
may be even more convenient.  This would  involve the computation of
cumulative dose curves, such as shown  in Figure 9, for each radionuclide.
The effect of delayed reoccupancy could then be evaluated directly
from these graphs.

      Present plans for the canal excavation project call for the
establishment of an exclusion area,  i.e., an area  to which  local
fallout could be confined and from which people would be excluded
until some time after completion of  the nuclear excavation.  The
boundaries of the exclusion area are more than ample to enclose the
0.5  R  lifetime  external gamma dose contour of the  composite fallout
pattern.  When  it has been completed,  the ecological model will be
used to est i mate the maxi mum probable  i nterna I rad i ati on doses to
people  Ii vi ng outs i de the excI us i on  area.  Fa I I out i nput will be
calculated as equivalent to deposition along the 0.5 R external dose
contour, and  food  intakes will  be adjusted to reflect variations  in
the  diets of  different age groups and  different cultural groups.  By
adjusting the fallout  input terms, this version of the model could
also be  used  to calculate the radiation doses to which people might
be exposed  if higher  levels of  fallout were accidentally deposited  in
populated regions outside the exclusion area.

       If the  peaceful uses of nuclear  explosives for excavation projects
are  shown to  be feasible and research  activities continue in the area
of ecology, we  should have many opportunities to test and improve
these mode Is  to a poi nt of re Ii ab i Ii ty at  least equaI to the methods
now  available for predicting fallout deposition patterns and external
radiation doses.  Perhaps some  golden  day  in the not too distant
future we will  have at our disposal  a  vast  library of proven parameter
values to fit almost any combination of radionuclides and ecological
transport mechanisms.  Meanwhile, we hope the preceding discussion has
indicated some  of the procedures that  can be used, providing the results
are  judiciously  interpreted, until that golden day should arrive.
                                  421
12.

13.
                        REFERENCES

Martin, W. E., 1969.  Radioecology and the Feasibility of Nuclear
Canal Excavation, pp.  9-22 in: D. J.  Nelson and F. C. Evans (eds.)
Symposium on Radio-Ecology.  U. S. A. E. C., Conf-670503.

Martin, W. E., 1969.  BioenvironmentaI Studies of the Radiological-
Safety Feasibility of  Nuclear Excavation.  BioScience 19(2):135-137.

Klement, A. W.,  1969.   Radiological  Safety Research for Nuclear
Excavation Projects -  Interoceantc Canal Studies.  (This Symposium).

Fleming, E. H.,  1969.   Radioactivity  Source Terms for Cratering
Applications.  (This Symposium).

Mueller, H. F.,  1969.   Meteorologi caI  Requi rements and OperationaI
Fallout Prediction Techniques for Plowshare Nuclear Experiments.
(This Symposium).

Kaye, S. V. and P. S.  Rohwer.   1969.   Methods of Estimating Exposure
to Populations from Plowshare Applications.  (This Symposium).

Arauz, Reina Torres de.   1969.  Demographic and Dietary Data  for
Human Groups  Inhabiting the Eastern  Region of the Republic of
Panama.  BioScience I9(4):(in press).

McBryde, F. W. and AIfredo Costales.   1969.  Human Ecology of
Northwestern Colombia.  BioScience I9(5):(in press).

Werner, L. B.  1969.  Radioactivity  in the Hydrologic Environment.
(Th i s Sympos i urn).

Lowman, F. G.  1969.  The  Effects of the Marine Biosphere and
Hydrosphere upon the Specific-Activity of Contaminant RadionucIides.
(Th i s Sympos i urn).

International Commission on Radiological Protection.   1959.  Report
of Committee  II on Permissible Dose for Internal Radiation.  Perga-
mon Press, N. Y.  233 pp.

Flemi ng, E. H.  Persona I commun i cat ion.

Overman, R. T. and H.  M. Clark.   I960.  Radioisotope Techniques.
McGraw Hill, N. Y.

Patten, B. C.  1966.  Systems Ecology:  A Course Sequence  in
Mathematical Ecology.   BioScience I 9(9):593-599.

Olson, J. S.   1964.  Gross and Net Production of Terrestrial
Vegetation.   J.  Ecol.  52:99.
                                                                                                                                       422

-------
  16.   Mart i n ,  »'J.  E .   I 965 .   Ear I y  Food  Chai n  Ki net i cs  of  Rad i onuc I i des
       Following  Close-in  Fallout from a Single  Nuclear Detonation.
       pp.  758-790,  in:  A.  W.  Klement,  Jr.  (ed.)  Radioactive Fallout
       fj^om  Nuclear  Weapons  Tests.   U . S,  A. E.  C. ,  Sympos i urn Se r i es 5 ,
       933 pp.

  17.   Kaye, S. V. and  S.  J.  Ball.   1969.  Systems Analysis of a coupled
       Compartment Model for Radionuclide  Transfer  in a Tropical Environ-
       ment, pp.  731-739,  i n:   D.  J. Nelson  and  F. C. Evans (eds.).
       Symposium  on  Radioecology,  U. S.  A. E.  C.,  Conf-670503.

  18.   BIoom,  S.  G.   I 967.   Mathemat i caI  FormuI at i on of  the Hydrogen
       Budget  Model.   in:   H. T.  Odum, Hydrogen  Budget  and Compartments
       in the  Rain ForeJt  at El Verde, Puerto  Rico.  U.  S. A. E. C. Rept.,
       BMI-171-002.

  19.   McGinnis,  J.  T.  and  F. S.  Golley.   1969.   Elemental and Hydrological
       Budget  of  a Panamanian Rainforest.  BioScience  I9(8):fin press).

  20.   Nat i on a I Academy  of  Sciences, National  Research  Counc i I.    1962.
       Disposal of Low-LeveI  Radioacti ve Waste i  nto  Pac i fi c Coasta I
       Waters.  Pub I. No. 985.

  21.   Gamble, J.  F. and S.  C.  Snedaker.   1969.  Final  Report -
       Agricultural  Ecology.  U.  S. A. E. C. Report  BMI-I7I-020
       (i n press).
 22.  Thomasson,  W.  N., W. E. Bolch, and J.  F. Gamble.    1969.  Uptake
      and  Trans location of  '34cs, 59pe?  85sr,  and I85W  by Banana Plants
      and  a  Coconut  Plant  following Foliar Application.  BioScience
       19(7) :(in press).

 23.   Miller,  C.  F.   1963.   Fa I lout Mudide  Solubi Ii ty, FoIiage Contam-
      ination, and Plant Part Uptake Contours.  SRI  Proj. No. IMU-4021.

 24.   Channel I, R.  L.,  T.  M. Zorich,  and D.  E. Holly.    1969.   Hydrolog-
      ical Redi stri buti on  of Rad i onucI i des around a  NucI ear-Excavated
      Sea-LeveI Cana I.   Bi oScfence  I 9(9 ) : (i n press ).

25.   Raines,  G.  E., S.  G.  BIoom,  and  A.  A.  Lev i n.   I 96^ .   Ecolog i caI
      Models Apphe  to Radionucfide Transfer  in Tropical  Ecosystems.
      BioScience  19(I I):(i n  press).

26.   Bafl, S. J. and R. K.  Adams.   1967.  MATEXP,  a General  Purpose
      Digital Computer  Program  for  Solving Ordinary  Differential  Equations
      by the Matrix  Exponential Method.   U.  S. A.  E.  C.  Rept.,  ORNL-TM-
      1933.

27.  Martin, W. E.  1964.    Losses of 9°Sr,  89Sr,  and  |3II  from  Fallout
     Contaminated Plants.    Radiation Botany 4:275-284.
28.   Witherspoon,  J.  B.  and F.  G.  Taylor,  Jr.   1969.   Retention
     of Fallout Simulant Containing '54Cr  by Pine and Oak Trees.
     HeaIth Physics (in  press).

29.   Goldsmith,  W.  A.,  W.  E.  Bolch and J.  F. Gamble.   1969.   The
     Retention of  Selected RadionucIides  from Dilute  Solution by
     Panama Clays.   BioScience  I9(7):(in  press).

-------
                        Fallout
                         Weathering
Translocation-
                     Uptake
                     (Assumed
                      to bypass
                      foliage)
                                *• Harvest
             Fig.  2   Simple Crop Model Diagram
Hydrological
removal


-------
Fig.  3.  Eight-Compartment Mode I  Di agrsm
                                                                                                            Time,  days(XIO')
                                                                                       ig.  4.
Hypothetical Concent rat i on of
An i ma I  F I esh
                                                                                                                               in  Plant Leaves and

-------
3.2

2.8

2.4

2.0

 1.6

 1.2

0.8

0.4

  0
             Surface water and soil water
  I
       I
            I
                I
                     I
                          I
                              I
                                   I
                                        I
                                            I
                                                 I
    0   0.2  0.4 0.6  0.8  1.0  1.2  1.4   1.6  1.8   2.0 2.2  2.4
                       Time, days  (x|Q3)
  Fig.
5.   Hypothetical Concentration  of 90Sr in Surface  Water
    Soi I  Water
                                 429
                                                                                                     0.2 0.4  0.6 0.8   1.0  1.2   1.4   1.6  1.8   2.0  2.2  2.4
                                                                                                                    Time,days  (x|Q3)
                                                                                                            Fig.  6.  Hypothetical  Concentration of
                                                                                                                                    430

-------
                 2345678


                   Time,  days(XIO')


                                     90
Fig.  7.  Hypothetical  Concentration of   Sr  in Plant Edibles
                               431
                                                                                                 3 2



                                                                                                 2.8



                                                                                                 24



                                                                                                 2.0



                                                                                                  1.6



                                                                                                  1.2
                                                                                             O  0.8
                                                                                                 0.4
             Man  (skeleton)
0   0.2  0.4  0.6 0.8  1.0   1.2  1.4  1.6   1.8  2.0 2.2  24

                  Time , days (x|04)
                                                                                                    Fig. 8.   Hypothetical  Concentration of
                                                                                                                                              jn Man (Skeleton)
                                                                                                                                 432

-------
    6.4

    5.6

    4.8
rT 4.0
 O
 *. 3.2

    2.4

     1.6

    0.8
                                     Cumulative dose
        0   0,2  0.4  0.6  0.8  1.0  1.2   1.4   1.6   1.8  2.0  2.2  2.4
                            Time , days  (x|Q  )

          Fig.  9,   Hypothetical  Radiation  Dose,  Cumulative,  to Man
                                     433
                                                                                                                            QUESTIONS FOR WILLIAM E.  MARTIN
                                                                                                         From Dr.  Pendleton:

                                                                                                         Cesium-137 has been  shown to increase by a factor of  about three
                                                                                                         between trophic levels.   Do your evaluations include  this factor
                                                                                                         for dose estimation  for men?

                                                                                                         ANSWER:

                                                                                                         To answer that truthfully,  I  have to look at the 200  values that go
                                                                                                         into the equations.   This does  happen in many of the  food chains as
                                                                                                         a result of the differences of  intake and elimination coefficients,
                                                                                                         so that there are cases where these concentrate in the food chain
                                                                                                         and other cases where they  do not.
    Moderator:   To briefly  summarize  for  the  record  what  Dr.  Pendleton
    just said,  he  feels  that  it  is  important  to  consider  such factors
    and  for example if you  do have  an increase of  a  factor of three  for
    each trophic level and  you are  talking  about as  many  as three  trophic
    levels,  then your final estimate  could  be low  by a  factor of ten if
    these factors  are not taken  into  consideration.
    ANSWER:

    I  agree  with Dr.  Pendleton  100?.   But  making  precise measurements  in
    some cases we feel  that even  if  we checked  our  equations,  we  do  get
    these buildups,  but then when  we look  at  the  specific  activity con-
    cept, in other words the idea  that the transfers  of the stable ele-
    ment and the radionuclide will  be the  same  ratio,  we come  to  the
    conclusion that we have created  radioactivity somewhere in the pro-
    cess and we wind up with no radioactivity in  the  biosphere when  it's
    produced by an explosion.  I  have not  been  able to explain this  re-
    sult.
2.   From Dr.  Pendleton:

    Radionuclides on the soil  surface may be transferred to foliage by
    rain splash or dust.  Have secondary transfers of this kind been
    studied?

    ANSWER:

    No.  In fact in the model  we*re using, runoff is somewhat unrealistic
    in that the nature of runoff is not surface runoff, but overflow in a
    very shallow hole in the soil  near the surface.  So we are assuming
    that that layer is a mixed type which, of course, it is not.  In any
    case, we have made no effort to include the splash back from soil to
    foliage.
                                    434

-------
3.   From M.  Chessin:

    To what extent are national  or international  radiological  safety  ser-
    vices or commissions involved in radiation hazards evaluations  of  the
    nuclear sea level canal  projects?

    ANSWER:

    I  don't know the answer to that.  We are given to make dose estimates
    as realistically or as critically as we can,  so that they  can be  com-
    pared to any criteria or standard that is adopted.  We have ourselves
    nothing to do with the establishment of these standards.
4.   From M.  E.  Wrenn:

    Milk in Jamaica and some areas in Florida currently  contain  concentra-
    tions 10 to 100 times more cesium-137 than we would  predict  using
    transfer coefficients characteristic of more temperate  latitudes.
    Other areas of the world have been identified where  cesium-137  in
    milk is in  the similar excess of  expected values.  These include
    New Zealand, Australia and more recently Chile.   Do  your transfer
    coefficients for cesium-137 reflect these anomalously  high values
    or the more usual  estimates?

    ANSWER:

    I  heard about these results and I  find them intriguing.   I don't  know
    why this should occur.  I  don't know their ^ransfer  coefficients  from
    cesium-137.   This  is one of the radionuclides that drops out of con-
    sideration  on other bases.
                                    435
                                                                                                            THE EFFECTS OF THE MARINE BIOSPHERE AND HYDROSPHERE UPON THE
                                                                                                                   SPECIFIC ACTIVITY OF CONTAMINANT RADIONUCLIDES

                                                                                                                                    F.  G.  Lowman
                                                                                                                             Puerto Rico Nuclear Center
                                                                                                                                Mayaguez,  Puerto Rico
                                                                                                                    Fusion and fission pmducts as well as neutron-
                                                                                                              induced radionuclides Dill be produced by the use of nuclear
                                                                                                              explosives for excavation,  Stable elements from the geologi-
                                                                                                              cal matrix which are vaporized at the time of detonation Dill
                                                                                                              be vented in the same form as the radionuclides and Dill
                                                                                                              dilute the radionuclides to different specific activities
                                                                                                              depending upon the yield a>id design of the explosive, the
                                                                                                              neutron flux,  neutron cross-sections for the stable ele-
                                                                                                              ments and the  homogeneity of the rock.   Padionuclides in
                                                                                                              the cloud and fallout may be further diluted by pulverized
                                                                                                              rock on which  they plate althouah the chemical forms may or
                                                                                                              may not be the same.  This fallout material may be deposited
                                                                                                              into the sea and will react with sea water and its contained
                                                                                                              salts to precipitate or co-precipitate some radionuclides
                                                                                                              and release others as colloids or solutes where they will
                                                                                                              be subject to  further dilution by the stable elements in sea
                                                                                                              water.   The radionuclides will be subjected to varying amounts
                                                                                                              of physical and chemical dilution according to the physical
                                                                                                              environmental  parameters.  In some estuarine and upwellinq
                                                                                                              areas of high  biological productivity,  the radionuclides a>id
                                                                                                              corresponding  stable elaments may become incorporated into
                                                                                                              cycles involving the biosphere,  hydrosphere and bottom
                                                                                                              sediments in which the added material will remain in the area
                                                                                                              for longer periods of time than that expected from physical
                                                                                                              mixing and dilution.
                                                                                                              Health physicists have traditionally and effectively  defined
                                                                                                        hazards resulting from the  ingestion of radionuclides  in water  on the
                                                                                                        basis of maximum permissible concentrations  (MPC) of the contaminants
                                                                                                        in drinking water.  Radioecologists have occasionally  tried  to  apply
                                                                                                        MPC values for water directly to problems provided by  contaminated
                                                                                                        food organisms, usually with unsatisfactory  results  (Lowman,  et al,
                                                                                                        1957).  Major errors result  from the application of  MPC values  to
                                                                                                        food because the MPC values  for water were calculated  for conditions
                                                                                                                                          4 3t>

-------
  in which no allowance was made  for  isotope dilution  in the environ-
 ment or in food webs  leading to man.

        In I960 another method of assessing hazards  in the marine
 environment was proposed by the National Academy of  Sciences-National
 Research Council, Committee on Oceanography and Fisheries  in their
  I960 summary report.  The method was based on the  use of the maximum
  permissible specific activity  (MPSA)*  for radionuclides  in critical
 organs and tissues of man.  Values  of  MPSA may be  derived  from the
  data provided by the  International  Committee on Radiation  Protection
  (ICRP).  The method  is  based on the premise that marine organisms do
  not discriminate between  isotopes of most elements** and that the
  specific activities  in  food  items cannot exceed those  in the environ-
  ments.  This relationship exists because the radionuclides derived
  directly or  indirectly  from the environment undergo  additional
  isotope dilution from the corresponding stable elements  in the food
  organ i sms.

        The MPSA  approach relates a given radionuclide to the corres-
  ponding stable  element  and may  be used for hazards prediction by
  determining:   (I) the distribution  of  the stable elements  in the
  biogeochemical  system,  (2) physical and isotope dilution rates for
  the radionuclides  in  the environment and  (3) biological half-lives  in
  food organisms  of man.   The approach provides a method for the step-
  by-step evaluation of  isotope  dilution of an introduced radionuclide as
  it passes through the hydrosphere,  geosphere and biosphere to man.  The
  method does  not require the determination of environmental and bio-
  logical compartments  for each  radionuclide or detailed transfer routes
  and rates in food webs.  Values for elemental compartments in both
  the environment and  the organisms vary greatly under natural conditions
  and minor errors in  the measurement of compartment values may introduce
 serious errors  in prediction.***  In most marine areas the total  bio-
 mass usually accounts for I0~6 or less of the total mass of the
 biogeochemical  system actively associated with biologically-important
 elements.  Because of this, the organisms normally exert an insignifi-
 cant influence  upon the distribution patterns of added contaminants.
 They may, however, provide transport of radionuclides to man through
 his food.
 * MPSA used  in this  report  refers to the  amount of  the  radionuclide  in
   yCl  per gram of  the corresponding stable  element  allowed  in  the  critical
   organ of man.  The  specific activity which  is  allowed  is dependent on
   the annual radiation dose  levels  recommended by the ICRP for the
   general population  in which it  is  possible  to  identify the population
   group expected to  receive  the highest dose.  Equal to  1/10 the con-
   tinuous exposure allowed to occupational workers.

 **ln the case of the  very light elements, organisms usually discriminate
   against the heavier  isotopes.
***See next page.
                                  437
      A simplified approach to predicting hazards in the marine
environment may be based on the documented premise that environ-
mental mechanisms provide the predominant controls for the distri-
bution and movement of individual  radionuclides and that the organ-
isms reflect the resulting patterns.  For most plants and animals the
patterns are modified by biological  turnover times which determine the
rates at which the organisms approach the specific activity of any given
radionuclide in the medium in which  they live.

      The MPSA approach is subject to errors In those cases where
diluent stable elements are not in the same chemical  or physical
form as the introduced radionuclides.  These errors are also of
consequence in the use of the MPC  method.  In the sea the transition
elements and other elements which  tend to form complexes with organic
material are mainly involved in this type of error.   Thus,  the uptake
of iron by diatoms is enhanced for newly-added iron in comparison with
"aged" iron (Johnston, 1964).   Stable zinc is mostly  chelated in sea
water while newly-added zinc is largely ionic for appreciable lengths
of ti me (Bernhard, M. - persona I  commun i cat ion).   Fortunate Iy, the
errors introduced by differences  in  physical  and  chemical  form may be
assessed by polarography,  micropore  filtration, dialysis,  analysis of
exchange reactions and by extraction methods.

      The specific activity method may be applied to  feasibility studies
for a sea-level  isthmian canal  in  Western panama  or northwestern Colombia
as follows:

      I.  Calculate the specific  activity in the  ejecta for all
          radionuclides produced  in  amounts greater than 1.0
          millicurie per megaton of  explosive yield.   Assume  the
          radionuclides to be diluted by  the vaporized and  melted
          material.  Delete from  consideration the elements whose
          radionucIides occur at  an  initial  ratio "specific
***Transfer coefficients for most stable elements change with the
   total  amounts of element available in the environment.   This is
   especially true for many of the trace elements.   Thus,  the uptake
   of iodine in the thyroids of animals is not directly related to
   the amounts of available iodine;  "iodine block"  may occur with the
   presence of excessive amounts of  the element in  the environment.
   Under these conditions the accumulation of iodine-13! tracer would
   be reduced in the thyroids.  Similar relationships of transfer to
   total  amount of available element exist for iron, cobalt, strontium
   (plus calcium) and several  other elements.  In areas of fallout
   the specific activity of each radionuclide, at the time of depo-
   sition, may be expected to be fairly constant but the amounts of
   deposited radionuclides and corresponding stable element will both
   vary greatly according to the fallout pattern.  The transfer co-
   efficient for a given radionuclide from the environment to primary
   producers (or to higher trophic levels) may thus, also vary
   significantly according to fallout pattern.
                                                                                                                                        438

-------
           act i vity" /"ma•imum perm i ssibIe spec i fic act i
           (SA/MPSA) of less than I .0.
                                                       vi ty"
       2.  For the radionucIides ejected with SA/MPSA ratios
           greater than one, dete rmi ne the d i str i bution patterns
           ot the correspond i ng stable elements in the waters,
           sediments and organisms of the marine areas near the
           proposed routes.

       3.  Measure and calculate physical dilution rates, sus-
           pended sed i ment  contents, sed i ment adsorpt i on rate s and
           sedimentation rates  in the marine areas of interest.
           Use these data  to calculate physical and isotope dilu-
           tion and sedimentation of added radionuc h des.

       4.  AssembI e data on  turnover rates in food organisms of
           marine origin.   Calculate b i o Iog ical delay in transfer
           of rad i onucI i des  th rough food to man.

       5.  If estimates of  daily intal-e of rad i onuc I i des are
           desired for use  in MFC considerations of foods from
           other sources, calculate the concentration of each
           radionucIide per unit weight of food by multiplying
           the specific activity of the radionuclide (gCi/q) by the
           we i i_ih t of  the correspond i ng stab I e el ement in the unit
           we i qht of  food.   Use data for human feeding habits to
           determ i ne  totaI   daily i ntake .

       These  calculations have been done and are presented elsewhere.
 (Ting,  R. Y.  I }h ~J I.   The present discussion is concerned with the
 envi ronmentaI  and biological factors which influence and alter the
 specific activities  of the radionucIides ejected  from the excavations.

       The specific  activities of  tn*:- mate rial  ejected  f rom the nuclear
 excavations  are  directly  dependent upon  trie  design and efficiency ;>f
 the explosives.   Any  reduction  in  the  production  of  radionucIides will
 result  in proportionate  decreases  in  the specific activities of these
 nuclides  in  the  ejecta.  The estimates  of  radionuclide  production used
 in this  paper are based on the  "Planning Information  Statement" of the
 USAEC  (Warner,  1957) and the report of  Ng  (1965)  on  neutron activation
 of the terrestrial environment  f rom unde rground e•DIos i ons.  Warne r
 provided  data for the  amounts of three  radionucIides of  geological
 origin, sodium-^4, phosphorus-32 and calcium-45,  in  the cloud  and fall-
 out.  The  amounts of phosphorus-32  and calcium-45  were  3  x  10"^ the pro-
 duction values reported by  fig  for  the same  nuclides.   The  latter
 values were for total  activation and were  not  corrected  for neutron
 shielding, scavenging  during  venting or  special emplacement techniques.
 The ratio, 3 x 10"^, was used  in the present work  to estimate,  from
Ng, the amounts of the other  radionuclides  in  the  cloud  and fallout
which would be produced from activation  of  the geological matrix.
 Estimates  for production of  vaporized and melted  rock  are  based on
the  reports of Boardman, Fobb and McArthur (I9i"1), Johnson, Higgins
and  Violet (I959); and Nordyke and Williamson (I9n5).

      The ratio Specific Activity/Maximum Permissible Specific
Activity for individual r.adionucIi des in the fa I I out and cloud may be
used  t ~i determ i ne wh i ch of th--.- nuc I i des provi de potent i a I hazards to man .
SA/MPSA va I ues greater than I  for rad i onuc I i des produced by a  I fit ;-,hr,t
in granite are shown in Table I, Column 3.   The changes  in specific
act i  vi tv •" t  the ejecta w i th s i ze of  detrn at i on are shown in F i gu re I .

      ^rom a tota I of  72 r,ud i onuc I i des p reduced in amou nts greater than
I  millicurie per megaton of explosive yield,  23 would be ejected  in
the  fall out and cloud  at specific activities  greator than those all owed
in man.   These include tritium,  sod i um-24,  phosphorus-32, calcium-45
ca I c i urn-4 7,  scandium-'!?, scandi urn-48, manganese-? 4 ,  manganese-56, arsenic
7n,   bromine-82,  rubidium-86,  stronti urn-89,  mo Iybdenum-99 , cadmiurn-I I 5,
i od i  ne- I 3 I ,  technet i um- I 32, bar i um- I 40 , wo I f ram- i -r-, wo I  f ram- I 87 , go 1 d-
198,   and lead-203.  Three mechanisms  tend to reduce  the  specific  activ-
i1ies of the radionuclides in marine  waters;  physical radioactive dec^y,
isotcoe dilution by the corresponding stable  element in  sea-water and
co-precipitation  intn  or adsorption  onto the  bottom sediments.  Although
manqanese-56 would initially occur in the cloud and  fallout at a
specific activity 345,00'' times  that  allowed  in the  Gl  tract of man,
i ts   short physical half-l'fe of  2.57  hours  could  cause it to decay to
th^   specific activity  allowed in man  in 2 days.   Scandium-47 would also
decay to MPSA in 2 days, gold-198 in  3.3 days,  cadmium-M5 in 4 days,
bromine-82 in 4.9 days, arsenic-76 in 7 days, wolfram-187 in 8.4  days,
rubidium-86  in 9 days  and scandium-48 in 9.7 days.  PadionucIides which
would decay  to MPSA in  10 to 30  days  include  sodium-24 and te I lunum-
132   (13 days), mo I ybdenum-91^ (16 days), calcium-47 (23 days) and
lead-203 (23 days).  Eight of the 72  radionuclides would require  II
wpel-s or longer to decay t... the specific activities  allowed in man, if
they  we re not di luted  with tne corresponding stable elements  in the
environment.   These include barium-I 40 (77  days),  iodine-131  (126 days),
strontium-89 (165 days), wolfram-185  (167 days),  phosphorus-32 (196
days), caIci um-45 (620 days),  manganese-54  (754 days) and tritium
(97,000  days).

      Cons iderable physical and i sotope d i Iut i on occurs  in the sea.
Tritium, in  fallout from underground  nuclear detonations, would occur
mainly as tritiated water and would  be diluted by normal water in marine
areas ~>f turbulence.   The water content of  most marine organisms  is
less  than 0.9 grams/gram of living material,  however, hydrogen from
rioter a I so may be i ncorporgte d i nto carbohydrates, lipids and  proteins
by marine plants, including phytop I ankton.   Even here the h\drogen con-
tent  of  the  organisms  seldom exceeds  that in an equal amount  of sea wat^r
so that  the  organisms  normally concentrate hydrogen at tactors of one  or
less  .  Ca I ci um-45 , stront i um-i:M and  wo I f ram- I 85 f rom nuc I ear  excavat i ons
would also not be concentrated significantly by marine organisms  over
the  amounts  in the water.   In contrast, the other radionuclides
added to the sea at specific "activities greater than those allowed in
                                                                                                                                        440

-------

J*.
w > > o
9* IB n 9
»si:
< A 0) O
A O H* i->
O. 1
CB h-> Mi O
» C h-
°" £ 3* 5*
§ £E
g-g ».
5 Si
« H>
O 9
5 ° 8-
« Ea
M O
rr MI
~ * 9








U> 00 O to ui
*-J M Ui K*
»-*
ro w a* i- .p- h- a« oo u» *-
X- X *^ X X X • X- • X X >t • X •
O O OOO Q OOO O
.p. ro t-t ^ f. To H* M ui i--
V*) CO M I—1 l-^ -C' I-O ^J VO to


xxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxx
oooooooooo o^o o o_p o o
**J O OJ O id
OOOX X O X O O X OOOOX OO
OOO O O
Ui VO CO 00 GO

EE^S^ESE^SSS^SES
ooooooooooooooooo
h- tO
O O 10 O O
vo "ro ° o o
a* 9 M w
oo o o oooooooooo
+ + TT 11
o
ooooooooooooooooo
o p
»-* o
oooo ooooooooo oo

J **J Wi 4>
*-^poc-
o
s* ri-i"
X • X X X
O OOO
vO
ON h-
o

X X X X X
^o o o o o
O O •"• W '-n
to ro j>
O X X O X
Ml-' •-•
o o o
t-> t-1 M
O M UI

X X X X X
o o o o o
Wid J> Ui
o
o o o o
O O VO O O
B
c r
o o n o A
B s
CO
z
s
8-

CD
3
1?







5
n
c
A
*

rr
X
D
3-
3
s
1
D


H
ro

>

dilutic
3

1
o
s
1
CD
o
Ml
Ml
5
o
£
CL
D>
CO
o
1
CO
r-h







enviror
i
9
rr
B>




S
S
M
O

rt









s
V
9
CL
I-*
c
A
rr
o
s
rr
g
9
rt
9

00.
c
A
A
•o
A
CL
rr
o
a.
c
rr
A
rr
o







I
rt
s-
n
o
CO
Ml
A
9
rr
s
s
m
o
III
A
1
1
o
Ml
CL
(•*
rr
s-
E
Ml
o
Ml
s

Q)
-1
a.
0
Q.
o
D













$


D
<
-J
o
3
CD
=>
-f
QJ
-t-
cr
(D
ro
ements
CD
CD
-(-
CL
c
ro
ro
-1
a>
a.
o

Q.
Wl
-f
o
D)
n
CD
OJ
cr
c
CD
l/l
01
Ifl
o
E
=J
o1

O D) Q)
i 3 cr
^ -J
CD O —
Q) -t-
— CD D)
3 -h —
C — O
n -i D
-• => n
CD
I/) O CL
O 01
£-1
0 S 0
fli H- ZJ-
D s:
-f t= O
one
S CD CL
~D Q)
CD
f. X CD
u- o n
=J — CD
O < CL
CD
ro cu
t specific
for optimu
nv i ronment
— D)
CL -l -t-
	 Q| —
— -+ <
-f n -f
O => CD
=5 ID I/I
Q) — l£]
re ate r than
n granite.
re shown.
=J~ H -4
CD 3~ =*•
CD O
Ql t/)
3 Q. ro
O Oi
C -< Ql
-+ —
m D 0
o -Q ro
-* C Q.
-1 —
ro i3
CL
man, and for which II weeks or more would be required to decay to
MPSA, are accumulated by marine organisms to levels many times those in
sea water.   Thus, phytopIankton are able to concentrate phosphorus,
34,000; iodine, 5,000; barium, 17,000; lead, 40,000; and manganese,
4,000 times the levels in  a corresponding weight of sea water.  If
the corresponding radionuclides of these elements deposited in fall-
out were not di luted in the environment and in  food organisms eaten
by man, potentially hazardous amounts of the radionuclides could be
ingested by some individuals.

      The ratios SA/MPSA shown in Figure I  change with  size of
detonation.  This ratio for the thermonuclear reaction  product, tritium,
differs from the other radionucIides by increasing with size of deto-
nation.  The fi ssi on products decrease i n ratio, SA/MPSA, by factors
of about 25 with increase  in energy yield of the explosive from 100 kt
to 10 Mt.  The same ratio  for radionuclides from activated rock
decrease by factors of about 5 through the increased yield range.
Neutron-activated components of the device also decrease in SA/MPSA
ratio with  larger detonations, but do not follow consistent patterns.

      Most  of the calculations for environmental dilution of radio-
nucl ides in the present work are  based on a I Mt detonation.  Con-
siderations of other size  shots require corrections for total  amount
of radionuclide and the degree of initial  isotope dilution.  Shown in
Figure 2 are the amounts of stable elements required to dilute the
potentially hazardous radionuclides tritium, phosphorus-32, calcium-
45, manganese-54, strontium-89, iodine-131, barium-140  and wolfram-
185 to maximum permissible specific activities  after deposition of
fallout from devices ranging from 200 kt to 10  Mt explosive yield.
Tritium from a 10 Mt detonation would require 50 times  as much environ-
mental dilution as from a  200 kt yield.  This results from the produc-
tion of 50  times as much tritium in the large explosive with essentially
no isotope  dilution from the vaporized rock, iodine-131 and barium-140
wouId a I so  be subject to i nsi gni f i cant i sotope  dilution by the ejecta
although the production of these, and other fission products would not
change with explosive size.  As a result, iodine-131 and barium-140 would
require the same amount of isotope dilution in  a 200 kt and a  10 Mt
detonation.   In contrast,  strontium-89 and wolfram-185, both derived
from the device, would undergo appreciable isotope dilution before
ejection and would require decreasing amounts of environmental dilution
by stable strontium and tungsten with  increased size of detonation.
Phosphorus-32, calcium-45 and manganese-54 would be produced mainly
by neutron activation of the geological matrix  in  increasing amounts
with  increased explosive yield.  Because vaporization of rock  would
not  increase  as rapidly, about twice as much environmental  dilution
by stable phosphorus, calcium, and manganese would be  required for a
10 Mt as for  a 200 kt detonation.  Because only these eight radio-
nuclides would require further dilution after ejection  from the exca-
vation, corrections  for explosive yield may be  calculated  relatively
easily from the curves shown  in Figure 2.

-------
                  OOKt
                                 IMt
                          ENERGY  YIELD
                                               lOMt
Figure I.   Ratio of specific activity to maximum permissible
specific activity for radionuclides ejected from excavations
at specific activities greater than those allowed in man.
Based on the assumption that the radionuclides are mixed with
vapori zed rock.
                              443
                                                                                                                    id6
                                                                                                                HI
                                                                                                                2
                                                                                                                ?  I01
                                                                                                                                                     ,32
                                                                                                                                                     Ca
                                                                                                                                                       ,45
                                                                                                                                                     Bo1
                                                                                                                                                      ,131
                                                                                                                                                       ,140
                                                                                                                                                        54
                                                                                                                                                      .89
                                                                                                                     10'
                 100
                 Kt
                                                                                                                                                      J85
5   IMt  2
ENERGY YIELD
                                               10 Mt
Figure 2.   Grams of stable element required to dilute radionucIides
in the fallout and cloud to MPSA for 200 kt to 10 Mt detonations  in
granite.   For radionucIides requiring more than II  weeks to decay
to MPSA with no envi ronmentaI  di Iut ion.
                              444

-------
      The  interactions of tritium, phosphorus-32, calcium-45, manganese-
54, strontium-89,  iodine-131, barium-140 and wolfram-185 with the
marine waters and  their dissolved salts, colloids, particles and organ-
isms are strongly  dependent upon the area of introduction.  Marine
estuarine  and open-sea regions  are present on both the Atlantic and
Pacific sides of the proposed canal sites  in the Darien region of
eastern Panama and the northwest corner of Colombia.   In addition, a
large semi-enclosed body, the Gulf of Panama, with seasonal upwelling,
a year-round counter clockwise  surface current  and rich fisheries for
shrimp and fish meal connects with the western  terminus of Route  17,
through the estuarine Gulf of San Miguel.

      The  surface  circulation of the Atlantic and Pacific oceans  in
the vicinity of Panama and Colombia are subject to seasonal fluctuations
(Figures 3 and 4). From January to April, the  Doldrums move to the south
and the dry northeast trade winds prevail  in the  Isthmian region.  The
dry season is a period of strong water currents in both the Pacific
and Caribbean areas and marked  upwelling of nutrient-rich deep water in
the Gulf of Panama around the Pearl  Islands.   In  late April or May the
wind system moves  northward and the Gulf of Panama is then influenced
by the Doldrums and rain-bearing southwest winds.  Upwelling ceases in
the Gulf of Panama, the surface currents weaken, and the rainfall
increases  by a factor of 6 to 7 (Smayda,  1966).  The total annual
volume of  fresh water entering  the Gulf  is 9,2  x  I010 m3, an amount
equal to 2.5 percent of the total volume of the Gulf or enough water
to form a  fresh-water  layer 3.2 meters thick over the entire water
surface.   The greatest annual precipitation occurs over the San Miguel
drainage basin, the site of Route  17.  The net  sea water flow in the
Gulf of San Miguel results from river runoff although the Gulfs of
Panama and San Miguel are subject to diurnal tides which range from
4 to 6 meters  in height.  These tides cause strong tidal currents,
especially in the  Gulf of San Miguel which resuspend and redistribute
bottom sediments twice each day.   In contrast,  the maximum tidal
excursion  on the Caribbean coast is  less than 0.76 m and this area
receives only small amounts of  runoff from Panama; however, the Gulf of
Uraba receives large amounts of silt-laden water from the Atrato River
in Co Iomb i a.

      In summary,  the Gulf of San Miguel, the near-shore areas of the
Gulf of Panama and the Gulf of  Uraba exhibit many characteristics typical
of estuaries.  The Pacific coast of Colombia and the Caribbean coast of
Panama are "oceanic" environments.  The Gulf of Panama is unique with
its characteristic dry-season upwelIing-water,  which moves to the north
of the Gulf before surfacing.

      Estuarine areas differ from the open sea  in several features
which alter the relative influence of the water, organisms and bottom
sediments  upon radionuclide distribution.  In the sea only limited
sedimentation occurs.   In contrast, relatively  high rates of sedimen-
tation are  common  in estuaries  as a result of direct settling of
suspended  sediments,  chemical precipitation, co-precipitation and
                                 445
sorption of fresh-water colloids to particles.  These physicochemical
reactions result mainly from the electrolytes of sea water interacting
with the material introduced by rivers.  Most of the sedimentary
products are deposited on the bottom.

      One of the estuarine areas which could receive significant
amounts of high specific activity tritium, phosphorus-32, calcium-45,
manganese-54, stront i um-89, iod i ne- I 3 I , bari urn- I 40, and wo I f ram- 185  is
the Gulf of San Miguel.  The distribution patterns and transport of
these radionuc I i des would be determined mainly by their chemical
characteristics which  govern their interactions with the suspended
sediments, the accompanying stable-element fallout and the bottom
sediments.  The radionucl ides may be  divided into two groups:   (I) trit-
ium, calcium-45,  strontium-89 and iodine-131 would undergo little or no
interaction with  the dissolved, suspended and bottom material  and would
be subject mainly to physical  dilution; and (2) phosphorus-32,  mangan-
ese-54, barium-140 and wolfram-185 would be strongly sedimented by
phys i cochemi cal  mechan i sms.

      Tritiated water   in fallout would  rapidly mix with the  water in
the Gulf of San Miguel as a result of turbulence  from tidal  currents.
If the worst possible  case deposited  50 percent of the fallout  tritium
and other radionucl ides into the Gulf,  about 6 x  10^ m^ of water would
be required to dilute  the tritium to  MPSA.  The Gulf of San  Miguel
contains about 4 times this amount of water.  The worst possible case
assumes maximum venting of tritium from the excavation with  all  of the
tritium as water and equal deposition of tritium and the other  radio-
nucl ides in the area of fallout.   Under actual  conditions the  depo-
sition of tritium probably would be lower than that for the  other radio-
nuclides and its  specific activity would decrease rapidly to levels
below that allowed in  man.

     Other radi onucl i des which would  be diluted to MPSA by the  stable ele-
ments  in solution in water of  the Gulf  of San Miguel  are calcium-45,
strontium-89, and wolfram-185.  Thus,  of the eight potentially  hazardous
radionucl i des only phosphorus-32, manganese-54, iodine-131 and  barium-140
wou I d  requi re add! ti ona I  i sotope di I ution (Tab I e  I ) .
estuary, usually by channel erosion.  The flooding rivers, entering
the estuary, are unable to maintain their current velocities, except
during ebb tides, and as a result drop much of their suspended sediments
which sink at rates dependent on the mass and size of the particles.
Upon mixing of the river water with the saline water of the estuaries
the dissolved and colloidal iron, manganese, aluminum, titanium, zircon-
ium, scandium and silica precipitate into hydrous gels because of the
increased pH and electrolyte content of the water.  Under these
                                                                                                                                       446

-------
condi tions colloidal  clay particles  also coacervate.   S imu1taneousIy,
with the precipitation of the colloids,  magnesium  and  calcium  from the
sea water prov ide limited exchange for some  of  the cat i ons adsorbed  to
the suspended river sediments.   Not  all  cations, however,  are  released
                                      CARIBBEAN  SEA
                                                                                                                                                 CARIBBEAN   SEA
                                                                                                                     PACIFIC
                                                                                                                     OCEAN
                                                                                                                       Figure 4.  Surface circulation during the dry
                                                                                                                                  season' in ocean waters off Panama.
          Fi gure  3.   Surface  circulation  during  the wet
                     season  i n  ocean  waters of f  Panama.

-------
by ion exchange.  Zinc, cobalt, copper and ruthenium often are che-
lated to sediment particles in forms that cannot be desorbed by
alkali or alkaline earth metals (Jones,  I960; Johnson, CutshalI
and Osterberg,  1967).

      Hydrated oxides of iron, manganese and aluminum may be termed
"scavengers" because of their ability to remove ions from solution
(Goldberg,  1954).  The scavenging action of these gels is due  largely
to surface  adsorption of ions with charges of opposite sign from that
of the scavenger.  The charge on ferric hydroxide gel in sea water is
electropositive*—on hydrated oxides of manganese it is negative.  Iron
hydroxide,  accordingly, should co-precipitate negatively charged ions
and manganese oxides, positively charged ions.  Under natural con-
ditions, ferric hydroxide  in sea water is found to concentrate multi-
valent ions of  both charges.  Muds, some organic particles and colloidal
materials found in waters  contaminated with radioactive fallout usually
have  positive surface charges and alSo are capable of adsorbing nega-
tively charged  ions  (Amphlett,  1961; Rubentschik et al, 1936).

      Phosphorus-32, manganese-54 and barium-140, added to estuarine
regions, are  rapidly co-precipitated and adsorbed to the surfaces of
suspended and bottom sediments.**   Approximately 90 percent of carrier-
free  barium may be removed from solution by ferric hydroxide and under
natural conditions, where  the precipitates may be formed slowly, more
than  90 percent of the manganese may be  incorporated into the precipi-
tate.

      Phosphorus-32  is rapidly adsorbed onto suspended organic and
inorganic detritus and to  bottom sediments.  Pomeroy, Odum, Johannes
and Ruffman (1967) observed that phosphorus-32, introduced into
estuarine regions, was adsorbed quickly  and  locally near the sites of
introduction  and was not transported appreciably by water during short
* According to Amphlett  (1961) ferric hydroxide floe, when formed
  under alkaline conditions  in fresh water,  is negatively charged.

**Another radionuclide,  lead-203, would be potentially hazardous the
  first week or two after fallout.   Iron hydroxide and aluminum hy-
  droxide effectively co-precipitate lead from alkaline solution
  (Gibson,  1961) and El Wakeel and Riley (1961) suggested that most
  of the  lead sedimented from sea water is adsorbed onto ferro-
  manganese minerals.  According to Chow and Patterson (1962) about
  99 percent of the particulate  lead entering the oceans is sedimented
  from the sea water in shallow near shore regions.  Krauskopf (1956)
  showed experimentally that lead was efficiently co-precipitated from
  sea water by ferric hydroxide and that it was also sedimented by
  adsorption onto clay minerals and organic detritus.  This is in
  agreement with the observation that phytoplankton are able to con-
  centrate lead by factors of 40,000 over the amounts in water.  Revelle
  et al,  (1955) suggested that hydrous manganese dioxide can co-
  precipitate lead from sea water.

                                 449
periods of time.   The radionuclide reached equilibrium between the water
and sediments within 24 hours.   In addition to being adsorbed to sedi-
ments phosphorus  is almost quantitatively co-precipitated with ferric
hydroxide gel.  Sedimented phosphorus-32 does not remain permanently
associated with the sediments.   Pomeroy, Smith and Grant (1965) reported
that the exchange of phosphate  between the water and the sediment was
controlled by two mechanisms:   one an inorganic sorption reaction and
the other controlled by biological  exchange,  probably between adsorbed
micro-organisms and the water.   In surface fractions of sediments
poisoned by formalin, the rate  of  inorganic exchange of phosphorus was
only 1/2 to 2/3 the rate of the  inorganic plus biological  exchange for
sediments containing living micro-organisms.   If bacteria compete on
a I i ke basi s for  other biolog icaIly important elements then they must
exert a profound  effect upon these trace elements in sediments.

      Iodine-131  is not co-precipitated efficiently by hydrous oxide
gels.  Horma and  Greendale (1959)  tested co-precipitation of iodine-131
by ferric hydroxide but could only carry down 13 percent of the element.
Iodine-131 was found by Gemmel  (1952) to be 88 percent removed by
bacterial and algal sewage sludge,  and to subject to rapid turnover by
the bacteria.

      The co-precipitation of  iodine by hydrated oxides of iron,  mangan-
ese and a Iumi num  wouId not be sufficient to reduce the speci f i c
act!vi ty to that  a I I owed in man.   Similarly,  stab Ie i od i ne in the water
of the Gulf of San Miguel  would  supply only about 1/2 the amount
required to reduce the specific  activity to that allowed in man.
Although  iodine-131 would equilibrate rapidly with the stable iodine
i n the sedi ments, the mechan i sm  wouId be of Ii ttle practice I  vaIue s ince
it wouId be necessary for the  rad ionucli de to equ i Ii brate wi th the iodi ne
in the sediments  about 20  cm thick.   A nine-day  exclusion period
would allow the radionuclide to decay to MPSA, however, after mixing
with the  stable iodine in the water.  Although phosphorus, manganese,
barium and  lead would be almost quantitatively precipitated and sedi-
mented to the bottom, only manganese-54 and barium-140 would be diluted
to MPSA by the top centimeter of sediment shortly after time of fallout.
Phosphorus-32 and  lead-203 would require mixing with  II and 60 cm depth
of sediment to reach MPSA immediately after fallout.  At 30 days after
detonation phosphorus-32 would  require mixing with about 3 cm of sedi-
ment and manganese-54 with 0.01  cm.  All other radionuclides would have
been reduced to specific activities  lower than those allowed in man
(Table  I).

      All of the above calculations are based on a  I Mt detonation  in
granite.   In some  instances ;a total yield  larger than  1 Mt may be
detonated at one time.  If a total of 5,  I Mt detonations were fired
simultaneously and 1/2 of the total 'fallout was deposited  in the Gulf
of San Miguel, isotope dilution by the water would not be adequate to
                                450

-------
 reduce the specific activities of tritium, phosphorus-32 ,  manganese-54
 or barium-140 to MPSA at 30 days post-shot.  If tritiated water were
 deposited in the fallout at the same efficiency as the other fallout
 material the specific activity of tritium  in the Gulf of San Miguel 30
 days post-shot would be about 2-1/2 times  that allowed in man.  As
 stated before, the deposition of tritium  in the immediate fallout may
 be expected to be  I ower than that for other radionuclides and the
 specific activity  in the marine waters would be lower than  indicated
 above.  Phosphorus-32, f rom the 5 detonat i ons , wou I d requ i re mixing
 with only 13 cm of bottom sediment to be  di luted to MPSA.   Manganese-
 54 and barium-140 would be diluted to acceptable values by 0.05 and 0.15
 cm of bottom sediments respectively.  It  thus appears that with the
 poss ible exception of tritium the radionuclides from the s imu I taneous
 firing of 5 I  Mt explosives wou Id not p rov ide significant hazards to
 humans  in the Gulf of San Miguel after 30  days following detonat i on .

       Probab I y one of the most critical  marine areas for fallout at
 I east in regards to fisheries—is the Gulf of Panama.  Sedimentary
 processes would also operate in this region because of (I)  the twice
 daily resuspension of the near-shore bottom sediments by tidal currents;
 (2) the finely-divided precipitates of iron, aluminum, manganese,
 silica,  titanium and 21 rcon lum supplied  by rivers;  (3) the  part i cu-
 late organic detritus which, at t i mes may egua I  the amounts  of suspended
 sediments and  (4)  the stable fallout elements.   In  addition  to sed i -
 men tat ion,  wind driven surface cur rents  and the upwelling  of deep
 currents in  the northern part of the Gulf during the dry season,  would
 result in significant dilution and transport of water out  of the Gulf
 into the open  ocean.   Dilution and transport from  the Gulf  of Panama
 would also occur during  the wet season but would not be as  pronounced as
 duri ng the  dry  season .

       The Gulf  of  Panama is approximately circular  in shape  and has
 an  area  of  28, 850  Km2 ,  the  max i mum dimensions  being 175 Km  in a north -
 i   '!, direction  and 245  Km  in  an east-west direction.   The waters  are
 relatively shallow  with  91.4  percent of  the Gulf  being less  than  200
 meters deep.  The  total  volume of  the Gulf of  Panama is about 2.1  x
       F i QU res  4  and  5 A  show the main features of the Gulf of Panama
during  the  dry season.   The Co I omb i a Current f I ows north a I ong the
Pac i tic  Coast  of  Co I omb i a  at ve I oc 1 1 1 es  of  30 to 40 cm per second
and  d i v i ded  i nto  two parts  in the  area of  the Pearl  Islands  with the
major portion  flowing west  across  the mouth  of the Gulf  of Panama and
and  a sma Her portion flowing counterc lockwise north of  the  Islands.
As the current exits from  the Gulf  of  Panama it  joins  the current coming
across trie entrance  and  flows southwest  into the Pacific Ocean.   This
current pattern appears  to  influence the distribution  patterns of
those stable elements which  rapidly  precipitate  upon addition  to sea
water from river outflows.   Just south of, and in  the  entrance to,
the Gulf of San Miguel, enhanced amounts of  i ron ,  scandium and
w -g
S ?
                                                                        T CT O)
                                                                          — 3
                                                                        (- (D Q>
                                                                        — til
                                                                        0)

                                                                        0> C
                                                                          D - -1 O
                                                                          0) -4- 0> S
                                                                         .
                                                                        — O") — I'D TJ
                                                                        3 0) u-i in
                                                                         3 c   £

-------
manganese occur  in the bottom sediments  (Figure 5C) and  for all of these
elements, larger fractions of the total  amounts may be extracted from
the sediments toward the center of the Gulf of Panama  (Figure 5D).
These extractable fractions probably  represent, mainly,  iron, scandium
and manganese precipitated from river additives.  Fallout, co-
precipitated by  the hydrous oxide precipitates would also tend to be
concentrated in  the sediments of the  same  area.

      The upweI Iing that occurs in the Gulf of Panama  during the dry
season contributes significantly to the  circulation  in that body of
water.   The deep water currents which upwell  in the northern part
of the Gulf are  shown  in Figure 5A and the area affected by upwelling
is shown in the  surface-density diagram  (Figure 5B).   The  increased
densities indicate the areas of upwelling.

      The volume flow, per second, of the  currents  in  the Gulf of
Panama,  may be  calculated by multiplying the  cross-sectional area of
the  current by  its average velocity at right  angles to the cross-
section  plane.   The  results of these  calculations are  as follows:
Current
Co 1 omb i a
Current
Entering Gulf
of Panama
Leaving Gulf
of Panama
Width in
Meters
1.6 x
4.0 x
5.0 x
I05
I04
I04
Depth i n
Meters
50
20
20
Average
Velocity
m/sec
0. 175
0.125
0.175
Volume of
Flow
m^/sec
1 . 4 x 1 O6
1 .0 x I05
1 .7 x I05
       Only  about 7 percent of  the  water in the  Colombia Current  flows
 into the  Gulf  of Panama and an excess  7 x 10^ m^/sec  of water  flows
 out of the  Gulf  of Panama in excess  of  that flowing  into  it.   The
 source of this water is to be  found  in  the upweI Iing'reported  by
 Smayda (1966), Forsbergh (1963)  and  Schaefer et al,  (1958).  The
 area of upwelling (Figure 5B)  comprises about  1/8  of  the  surface
 area of the Gulf of Panama and would result from an average  upward
 flow of deep nutrient-rich water of  about 1.7 m/day.   In  the area of
 upweI ling the  added water equals about  70 percent  of  the  volume  added
 through surface  flow of the Colombia Current.

       Because  the surface and  deep currents do  not travel  in the same
 direction a shear zone  exits at  their boundaries.  A  model of  physical
 (and isotope)  dilution  may be  made using simplified assumptions  as
 follows:

       I.  AI I significant mixing  takes place in  the upper mixed layer.
                                  453
                                                                                                            2.
          Vertical mixing in the mixed  layer occurs
          24 hours.
                                                                                                                                                           n less than
      3.  Vertical mixing through the thermocline is slow and
          for the purposes of the calculations may be considered
          negligible.

      4.  The vertical distribution of current velocity ranges
          from zero at the upper edge of the thermocline to a
          maximum at the surface.  Analogue and digital models
          of mixing were developed and were applied to specified
          conditions of fallout in the Gulf of Panama.

      In addition to physical  mixing, corrections were  made for
biological  delay of radionuclides moving through food chains to man.
A mathematical model was developed in which it was assumed that an
initial  specific activity of zero in an organism for any radionuclide
will come to equiIi bri urn w i th  the envi ronment after n gi ven period
of time, dependent upon the  biological  half-life and the increase of
activity in the food.  Neglecting isotope effects, the  specific
activity in the organism can never exceed the specific  activity in
the environment.  The calculation of the delay which a  particular
organism experiences in coming to a maximum specific activity is thus
a caleu(at ion of the rate at wh i ch the  organ i sm ach ieves equ i Ii bri um
with its environment.  Plankton were assumed to equilibrate with sea
water in less than 24 hours.  Thus, the plankton and sea water were
considered as one unit in all  calculations.  The Gulf of Panama was
divided into four areas based  upon commercial  fisheries.  Area "A"
is shown in Figure 6.

      The worst possible case  for the deposition of  fallout from a
one Mt detonation in the Gulf  of  Panama would occur  if  the entire
fallout pattern were deposited in the confines of the Gulf.   This
would also constitute the worst possible case for the Gulf of San
Miguel.   The results of the  calculations for iodine-131  in the area of
heaviest fallout in the Gulf of Panama  are shown in  Figure 6.  Although
the specific activity of the radionuclide in the water  exceeded MPSA  for
man, the specific activities in the molluscs,  crustaceans  and fish
remained below MPSA because  of biological  delay.  Similar  calculations
for tritium showed that the  specific activity in the water or food
organisms of man would not exceed MPSA.

      If the specific activities  in food organisms are  calculated as
shown above, and the amount  of stable element per unit  live-weight of
organisms is derived from analyses of organisms collected  in the area
of interest, the amounts of  the radionuclide in uCi  per unit live-
weight may be calculated.  Thus the.results of the analyses and cal-
culations may be applied in  cases where the concentrations of radio-
nucl ides have been calculated  on  a maximum permissible  concentration
basis for foods from a wide  variety of  sources or in cases where the
                                                                                                                                       454

-------
limitations on  food utilization are based  on  the maximum permissible
specific activities allowed in the critical organs of man.
                                 455
Figure 6.  The  calculated specific  activities of water  (A  and  B)  and
molluscs, crustaceans and fish  (C)  in  an  area of the Gulf  of  Panama
receiving the heaviest concentration of  fallout from a one Mt
detonati on.

                                                                                                                                                                               MPSA
                                                                                                                                       10           IOO
                                                                                                                                            HOURS
                                                                                                                                                                 KXX)       IO.OOO
                                                                                                             Section A.  I
                                                                                                                        ,131
                                                                                                                        A   Physical dilution
                                                                                                                        B   Physical dilution plus  radioactive  decay
                                                                                                                        C   Specific  activity  In  mollusc  and  crustacean  soft  parts,
                                                                                                                            and  fish   muscle

                                                                                                                                            456

-------
                             REFERENCES

 I.   Amphlett,  C.  B.   Treatment and Disposal  of Radioactive Wastes,
     Pergamon,  Lond.  (1961)

 2.   Boardman,  C.  R.,  D.  D.  Rabb and R. D.  McArthur.   AEC TID 7695
     (1964).

 3.   Chow,  T.  J.  and C.  C. Patterson.  Geochim et cosmochim, Acta
     1962,  26_:263.

 4.   El  Wakeel, S. S.  and J. P. Riley.  Geochim. et cosmochim, Acta,
     1961,  22:110.

 5.   Forsbergh, E. D.  InterAmer. Trop. Tuna Comm., 1963, 7^:1.

 6.   Gibson,  W. M.  NAS-NS 3040 (I96'l).

 7.   Goldberg, E. 0.  J. Geol., 1954, 62:249.

 8.   Honma, M. and A. E. Greendale.  Engr.  Chem.,  1959, 5J_:697.

 9.   Johnson, V., N. Cutshall and C. Osterber.  Water Resourc. Res.,
     1967,  3_:99.

 10.   Johnson, G.  W., G.  H. Higgins and C. E. Violet.   J. Geophys. Res.,
     1959,  6£: 1457.

 II.   Johnston, R. J., J. Mar. Biol . Ass., U. K., 1964, _M:87.

 12.   Jones, R. F.  Limnol. Oceanogr.,  I960, 5_:3I2.

 13.   Krauskopf, K. B.  Geochim et cosmochim, Acta,  1956, 9_: I.

 14.   Lowman,  F. G., R. F. Palumbo and D. J. South.   AEC UWFL-51 (1957).

 15.   National Academy of Sciences-National  Research Council.  The
     Biological Effects of Atomic Radiation, Summary Report,
     A/AC.82/GL-358 (I960).

 16.   Ng, Y. C.  AEC UCRL-14249 (1965).

 17.   Nordyke, M.  0.  and  M. M. Williamson.  AEC PNE-242F (1965).

 18.   Pomeroy, L.  R., E.  P. Odum, R. E. Johanes and  B.  Roffman.  Int.
     Sytnp.  Disp.  Radioact. Wastes  into Seas, Oceans and Surface
     Waters,  IAEA (1966).

19.   Pomeroy, L.  R.,  E.  E. Smith and C. M.  Grant.  Limnol. Oceanogr.,
     1965,  10:167.
                                 457
                                                                                                                       QUESTIONS FOR  FRANK G.  LOWMAN
    From Walt Kozlowski:

    Your study of the Panama Zone seems impressive indeed.  In view of
    all  you know, do you consider a nuclear generated panama sea-1 eve I
    canat feasible from a safety viewpoint to man? - to marine environ-
    ment?

    ANSWER:

    The  Panama Canal Commission should answer this, but I  guess I  could
    give my personal opinion.   With proper controls,  I  think that the
    radioactive contamination  problem would not keep  the canal  from being
    bui It.   There is to be control  over fisheries and control  over  move-
    ment of people,  but as far as radioactivity,  I  don't think there is
    a problem there.
    From M.  E.  Wrenn:

    Your estimate for  production of  iron-55 relative to manganese-54
    appeared low to me when compared  for example with amounts detected
    from the weapons tests in 1962.   Are your estimates of  iron-55
    production  realistic and what is  the basis of the estimate?

    ANSWER:

    The basis for these estimates is  the Warner Report, the guideline
    given to us by the AEC.   I  don't  know If I  want to comment on that.
    I  work with the numbers that are  given me.   This is all  1 can do in
    this case.   I think that they are close enough that the errors that
    would occur would  not greatly change the results that we came up with.
3.   From J.  Cohen:

    How would you compare your MPSA approach with that of Fleming's MER?

    ANSWER:

    I  think this approach is similar to one Dr.  Fleming had before and
    our numbers came out pretty close,  although  we don't agree at alI
    on the basis for arriving at our numbers.   I  have to look at this
    one more  closely before I  can see how they  do - whether they do agree
    or not.   If I may I  would like to make a short statement on this
    cesium thing.  We studied cesium in the soil  at the Eniewetok test
    site where there are large amounts of rain and many tropical areas.
    Anyway in that area, the cesium was taken up very highly compared to
    strontium-90 and the reason was that there is a very short potassium
    shortage in the soil and some of the plants  couldn't get enough
                                                                                                                                       458

-------
 otassI urn and so they were tak i ng up ces i um i nstead.   One way to prove
that there was a potassium shortage was to take a  bottle of potassium
chloride solution and a paint brush and paint stripes  on the  leaves
of the plants as we went by and  three days later there was a very
bright green stripe where we painted the potassium on.  There Is a
definite potassium shortage In some tropical  areas.
459
                                                                                      AEC CONTROLLED AREA SAFETY PROGRAM

                                                                                             Donald W. Hendricks
                                                                                          Nevada Operations Office
                                                                                        U. S. Atomic Energy Commission
                                                                                               Las Vegas, Nevada
                                                                                                  ABSTRACT

                                                                                 The detonation of underground nuclear explosives and
                                                                           the subsequent data recovery efforts require a comprehensive
                                                                           pre- and post-detonation safety program for workers within
                                                                           the controlled area.

                                                                                 The general personnel monitoring and environmental
                                                                           surveillance program at the Nevada Test Site are presented.
                                                                           Some of the more unusual health physics aspects involved in
                                                                           the operation of this program are also discussed.

                                                                           The application of experience gained at the Nevada Test Site
                                                                           is illustrated by description of the on-site operational and
                                                                           safety  programs established for Project Gasbuggy.
                                                                           The  general  theme of  this  symposium  is  directed  toward  the  public
                                                                     health  aspects  of  the  Plowshare  program  where public  is  in  the  context
                                                                     of  non-p rogram  re I a ted res i-dents  living  outside  the test  or p roject
                                                                     area.   The health  and  safety  of  the workers within the on-site  or
                                                                     controlied area are  of equal  concern  to  the Atom i c Energy Comm i ss i on.

                                                                           For  a better understanding  of the  operations at  the Nevada  Test
                                                                     Site  (NTS),  some knowledge  of the site  is  necessary.

                                                                           The  first slide  (Figure I)  shows  the NTS and the general  area
                                                                     around  the NTS.   The Nell is Air  Force Range  is closed  to  the public
                                                                     and therefore provides to  some extent a  buffer zone between test
                                                                     activities and  the general  public.

                                                                           The  next  slide (Figure  2)  shows the  NTS proper.   The  site  is
                                                                     located in Nye  County  about 65 miles  northwest of Las  Vegas.  The main
                                                                     entrance  to the site is at Mercury which contains the  base  camp with
                                                                     off i ces,  Iaboratories, warehouses, 11vi ng  quarters,  and  recreat i ona I
                                                                     facilities for  the workers who live there.
                                                                                                      460

-------
      To the north of Mercury are the Frenchman and Yucca Flat areas.
These were the primary testing areas for atmospheric detonations prior
to the signing of the Limited Nuclear Test Ban Treaty.  These areas
are now used for underground testing in vertical holes with the bulk
of the tests being conducted in Areas 3, 7, 9,  10, and 2.  From the
center of the forward test areas in Yucca Flat, it is some forty mi les
to the nearest off-site permanent residence.

      The main control point is  located midway between the Yucca and
Frenchman Flat areas.

      Area  12 contains the main  tunnel complexes.  These tunnels are
mined into the side of Rainier Mesa to give  larger work areas for
more complex experiments than can be placed  in the vertical holes.

      Pahute Mesa provides facilities for testing at higher yields than
are  feasible  in Yucca and Frenchman Flats.

      The Nuclear Rocket Development Station  is set aside for the
testing of  nuclear engines for rocket vehicle  application.

      Several nuclear excavation experiments have been conducted at
the  NTS, among them  the Sedan event in Area  10, Buggy  in Area 30, and
the  Cabriolet, Palanquin, and Schooner events  in Area  20.

      Before  describing radiological safety  procedures, a few words
should be said about how  releases of radioactive effluent at detona-
tion time can occur  in nuclear explosives testing.  Since the signing
of the Limited Nuclear Test  Ban  Treaty,  all  United States nuclear
explosives  tests  have been conducted in  an  underground environment.
The  majority  of the  tests conducted since the  treaty have been designed
to be  fully contained  (that  is,  release  no  radioactivity to the atmos-
phere).  Only  In  the  case of such things as  excavation or aggregate
production-type experiments  is any  release  of  radioactive effluent at
detonation  time anticipated  and  even in  this case the  fraction of
radioactivity released  is designed  to be small  compared to the total
amount of radioactivity produced.

      For experiments designed to be fully  contained  it must still be
recognized, however, that some radioactivity can be released by
accident.   Such releases are customarily separated  Into two rather
loose categories  referred to as  "venting" and  "seepage."  Venting can
be roughly  defined as a prompt release of radioactivity usually
occurring within  a few minutes after the detonation and frequently
resulting in  a visible and radioactive dust  cloud.  Seepage may also
start shortly after  detonation but  usually  does not produce a visible
cloud.   It  Is characterized  by a low-level,  long-term  release of
highly fractionated  fission  products consisting primarily of noble
gases and volatiles.  The few ventings which have occurred, on the
other hand, have  generally been  relatively  unfractionated and have
lasted for only a very short period of time.   Causes of these
                                  461
effluent releases are not always readily determined.  Seepage has
been bound to occur through firing and diagnostic cables  leading to
the explosive, through fissures in the soil, or in and around the
emplacement casing where stemming or grouting material has been shifted
by the detonation.

      Causes of ventings are even more difficult to determine than for
seepages.  It appears, however, that such things as shallow burial and
local weaknesses in the geological  medium can combine to produce vent-
i ngs.

      With this rather sketchy background, the more unusual portions of
the on-site health protection program can be described.  The industrial
safety, fire protection, and medical  problems encountered In testing
programs are typical of the heavy construction and drilling industries
and will not be discussed here.

      At the present time the Nevada Operations Office has two^con-
tractors who provide on-site radiological safety services.  At the
Nevada Test Site the Reynolds Electrical  and Engineering Company (REECO)
provides these services.  At sites  other than the NTS our contractor Is
the Eberline Instrument Corporation.   The services which both contractors
provide are basically the same.

      Each contractor maintains an  active on-site  environmental  surveil-
lance program, provides training as necessary,  and controls and  documents
any radiation exposures to on-slte  workers by use  of personnel  dosimetry
and bioassays.

      Because some of the health physics problems  which are encountered
are unique to nuclear explosives operations, and particularly to drilling
and tunneling operations,- it is necessary that monitoring personnel
receive at least a portion of their field experience working on  drill
rigs and In tunnels.

      Prior to each test, air sampling units and remotely operated gamma
exposure rate measuring units are placed around the surface ground zero.
These units document any release of radioactive effluent.  In addition,
the exposure rate units which comprise what is more commonly referred
to as a remote area monitoring system (or RAMS) provide an early
indication of any release and can provide information on exposure
rate levels at stations where re-entry is required.  The RAMS units
in current use normally have a six-decade readout capability ..from
about one mR/hr to 1,000 R/hr.  The output of these units is returned
by hardwire or r-f telemetry to the control point for evaluation by the
Test Manager and the testing laboratory.   Should a release of radio-
active effluent occur, standard procedures have been developed for
estimating the quantity of radioactivity released to the atmosphere
based on meteorological conditions  and an assumed source geometry.

      This equipment is, of course, installed, checked out, and


                                 462

-------
 calibrated well prior to the detonation.

       Based on the meteoroIogical and maximum credible radiation
 predictions presen ted at the first pre-shot weather briefing,  areas
 around the i mmed iate test area are cleared of all  personneI  not
 necessary for the final pre-shot preparations.  Additional  weather
 briefings prior to detonat i on t i me may expand or shift the areas  to  be
 cleared of personnel.

       For tests which are predi cted to cause significant mot i on f rom
 se i sm i c ef fects, personneI  may a I so be removed f rom tunnel  or under-
 ground work areas, dri I I rigs may be shut down, and personnel  gener-
 al I y  requ i red to be  in non-precar i ous Iocat i ons.

       Prior to the event, geophones wh i ch mon i tor  se i smi c act i v i ty are
 also placed in the vicinity of the surface ground  zero.   After the
 event, these geophones monitor the progress of the underground chimney
 as it works its way toward the ground surface.   Personnel  are kept
 outside the surface ground zero area until a surface subsidence occurs
 or until the geophones indicate the underground growth of the  chimney
 i s complete.

       FoI Iow i ng the detonati on, and after geophone and RAMS  read i ngs
 i nd i cate it is safe to re-enter the test area,  an  initial  rad i at i on
 survey is made of  the detonat i on  s i te.   Mon i tor i ng personneI  are
 equipped with  anti-con tarn i nat t on  cIoth i ng and resp i ratory p rotecti on
 equ i pment.   The rad i at i on survey  includes the emplacement casing,  any
 instrument  holes,  cables, and the diagnostic  or timing and  firing
 trailers.   The  radiation survey data  is  relayed to the control  point,
 recorded, and  evaluated.  As  soon as  the evaluation has  established
 that  there  are  no  significant radiological  hazards,  scientific  personnel
 are permitted  to re-enter to  recover  their data and equipment.  For
 those  rare  cases where  a  radiological  problem exists,  monitors  are
 provided  for each  recovery  party  to  assure that they do  not  exceed
 permissible exposure  standards.   In  such  a case, scientific  personnel
 are also appropriately  dressed  in anti-contamination clothing  and
 p rov i ded w i th resp i ratory protect i on.

      Pri or to the detonat i on a rad i oIog i caI  safety  check stat i on  is
 established at the re-entry point to control  personnel access  and  to
 assure that re-entry personneI  are appropri ately outfitted.  Should
 a radioactivity release occur,  personnel  and  equipment are monitored
 upon exit from the area and can be given  preliminary  decontamination
 at this check station  if  necessary.

      Under normal  conditions for those events  designed for contain-
ment,  no radiation  problems exist and the check station or access
control trailer is  moved to within a thousand feet or  so of surface
ground zero as soon as the  initial su rveys and  data  recover i es  are
completed.  Movement of the check station to  a  location close to  the
emplacement site reduces the size of the  area under  control and permits
463
                                                                     resumption  of  normal  operations  in  those  areas outside  the  immediate
                                                                     empIacement s i te.

                                                                           Following the  detonation  it  is  normally necessary  to  re-enter
                                                                     the  detonation  zone  (usually  by  drilling)  to obtain  samples  of  the
                                                                     rad i oact i ve deb r i s.   These  samples  are  used for  determination of
                                                                     explosive yield and  for  other diagnostic  information.

                                                                           The next  slide  (Figure  3)  shows three methods  of  post-shot
                                                                     drilling used  at the  Nevada Test Site.

                                                                           The next  slide  (Figure  4)  depicts a  general  circulation system
                                                                     of  the drilling fluid for the drill  rig.   This fluid  circulates from
                                                                     a pump through  a hose to the  dri I I  stem.   It then  flows  down the
                                                                     drill  stem  and  out through  the  drill  bit  thereby cooling and  lubri-
                                                                     cating the  bit.  The  fluid  then  returns to the surface  through  this
                                                                     annulus carrying the  cuttings in suspension.  Since  several  drilling
                                                                     f I u i ds may  be  used such  as  mud,  water,  air (and  in the  case  of  gas
                                                                     fields, natural gas), the treatment at  this point  depends on the  fluid
                                                                     used.   At the  NTS  some form of  mud  is customarMy  used  for  post-shot
                                                                     dri I I ing.

                                                                           As drilling  proceeds, a point is  reached where  circulation  of the
                                                                     drilling fluid  is  lost.  This is desirable since,  if  circulation  is not
                                                                     lost,  radioactive  mud can be  returned to  the surface as  the  drilling
                                                                     nears  the radioactive melt  zone.  Circulation  is  lost because the
                                                                     fluid  flows out  into  the fractured  zone near the detonation  point.

                                                                           In some  cases  radioactive  gas,  or radioactivity contained in
                                                                     steam  produced  by  the fluid contacting  the thermally  hot detonation
                                                                     zone,  forces its way  to  the surface through the  annulus  or  drill
                                                                     stem.   To reduce effluent releases  to the  atmosphere and minimize
                                                                     personnel exposures  from this source, several treatment methods are
                                                                     available.   One method consists  of  making  this .3 closed system  so
                                                                     that material  returned to the surface  is  placed  back down the hole.
                                                                     For cases where this  method is  not  practical, the  fluid or  gases  can
                                                                     be  run th rough  a vent i I at ion  system cons isting of  mud or chip  traps,
                                                                     a charcoal  filter  system, and released  to the  atmosphere.  This system
                                                                     removes essentially  all  radioiodine from  the effluent so that for
                                                                     practical purposes only  the noble  gases are  released.  Quantities of
                                                                     radioactive effluent  released are  such  that  they are seldom detectable
                                                                     outside the immediate work  area.

                                                                           Personnel  are  assigned  for radiation monitoring on and around the
                                                                     drill  rig during the re-entry.   At the  same  time air samplers  and RAMS
                                                                     units  are set  up around  and on  the rig  venti lation system to measure and
                                                                     document any release of  radioactivity.

                                                                           The next slide (Figure  5) shows one method of  obtaining  a sample
                                                                     of  The radioactive debris.   A coring tool is  lowered on  a wire line
                                                                     into the center of the drill  string and forced out into  the hole wall.
                                                                                                      464

-------
The coring tool is then raised to the surface with the sample wedged
inside.  At the surface radiation monitoring personnel remove the
sample from the tool and package it for shipment to the  laboratory
sponsoring the test.

      After recovery of samples, the post-shot sampling hole is sealed
off, the drill rig and tools are decontaminated if necessary, and
any radioactive waste  is cleaned up.

      Procedures similar to those described are used on almost all
nuclear explosive tests regardless of whether they are conducted for
weapons testing or Plowshare.  Specific procedures will vary somewhat
from event to event, depending on the type and purpose of the experi-
ment and individual circumstances.

      To show specific application of some of these procedures, the
next slide (Figure 6)  shows the exterior of the access control trailer
used for Project Gasbuggy.  Note the cribbing and tiedowns for pro-
tection of the trailer against ground motion.

      One view of the  interior of the access control trailer is shown
 in  the next slide  (Figure  7).  The bins and cabinets are used for
storage of protective  clothing, spare parts, and miscellaneous equip-
ment.  Not visible  in  this view are a  large hot water tank, sink, and
shower for personnel decontamination.

      The next slide (Figure 8) shows the Gasbuggy RAMS array used on
the day of detonation.  Note that on this particular event two units
were placed  in the downhole stemming.  This procedure gives an early
warning should radioactive effluent begin to work  its way up through
the stemming.

      The final slide  (Figure 9) shows the RAMS array used for the
postshot drilling.  The Gasbuggy nuclear explosive was placed in the
20-inch diameter emplacement hole by  lowering the explosive on the
end of a 7-inch diameter drill string.  Stemming was then placed
inside the 7-inch string and in the annulus between the 7-inch string
and the 20-inch casing.

      The initial re-entry into the Gasbuggy chimney was made by
drilling with natural  gas  to a depth of about 3,260 feet at which
point the drilling fluid was changed to a water-bentonite mixture
because of wet-hole conditions and cement buildup on the drill pipe.
Four RAMS units were placed on a circle of about 300-foot radius
around the emplacement hole.

      For that portion of  the drilling which used natural gas as a
dri I ling fluid, a gamma ray scinti I I at ion detector was placed on the
exhaust line to detect any release of radioactivity in the gas.   For
that portion of the drilling which used the water-bentonite mixture.
                                 465
RAMS units were placed on the mud line and on the mud storage tank.
The data from the downhole RAMS units and from other detectors mounted
be low the ri g ,f loor were also aval I ab le.

      In addition to the equipment shown, an air sampling array was
established for zero time with equipment and facilities available
for calibration,  maintenance, and repair of electronic equipment as
welI  as a mobi le  sample analysis laboratory.

      Sample of the drilling fluid returns were collected and analyzed
in these facilities as well  as the usual air, soil,  water, and vege-
tation samples.

      The maximum radiation  exposure of any on-site  worker for the
Project Gasbuggy  detonation  and subsequent post-shot drillback was
less  than \0% of  the maximum permissible guidelines  for the experi-
ment.

      In summary, the general Nevada Test Site radiological  safety and
documentation program is readily adaptable for use on Plowshare experi-
ments conducted at sites other than  NTS and will  provide adequate con-
trol  of employee  radiation exposures.
                                                                                                                                      466

-------
CALIFORNIA         >       N                1      ARIZONA



   SOUTHERN NEVADA AND NEVADA TEST  SITE VICINITY



                       FIGu-AE KO, 1
                               467
                                                                                                      .

                                                                                                   ,   \.M  E'V  A  D^A I   /•£  »»„«  j
                                                                                                    \   1     I            lm  ,'     ta   ~    I
                                                                                                         = 30    ,/
                                                                                                         —.	.
                                                                                                                                  14; I    CONTROL
                                                                                                             •NUCLEAR ROCKED    |   (401)',
                                                                                                            DEVELOPMENT   '  '             %
                                                                                      •i T S BOUNDARY i_^U*i

                                                                                      :OUNTY LINE	
                                                                                       >HF.A OOUNDAflY	_
                                                                                       VWED ROADS
                                                                                      jIRT ROADS
                                                                                       "^VADA   TEST  SITE

                                                                                              GRAPHIC SCALE

-------
Method 1
                                                                Method 2
             Three methods of postihot drilling at NTS.
                     FIGURE NO. 3
JNNI 1
—^-~~~ -j
^._
^
tl
f!
!
T*
I
aL
I
/E
M~-^L_/aL -v^ji yii - =2= ^""^i^W
1 "~irmr-w=*ji Gid^ / C^ti
] IF-*. _^._~_^ — _ --gf-4= 	 — — ,, 	 IL ^ i
IP — Ik J IT H ^Y~
'*-•
Is
.ij
;^j
vH_s
F ^ Circulation of drilling fluid. From the mud
~ pump (A) the fluid goes to the swivel (B). from the
,- swivel down through the kelly (C), through the drill
P; stem (D) to the bit (E). At the bit the drilling fluid
!^~ washes the cuttings from the bit and the bottom of
zT the hole and carries them back to the surface through
L, ^ the annul us (F). At the surface, o pipe carries the
^r^. cuttings in suspension through a shale shaker (G).
£ which removes the cuttings from the drilling Fluid*
ij; From the shaker the drilling fluid goes to the mud
•^ pit (H) and the whole cycle is begun again.
^5
                                                                                                                                   FIGURE NO.  4
                                                                                                                                                 470

-------
' T;1 ur;' 'i";''ij"3''ii


iSMiMliiAV;
^	^|_U-i,|  „, .
 1 '  i i!i'  11 '   iv1
i:i;i1il:i!liii!l!i,i'nii,lllli!iJlM!i
              ,i
     nwlr m.
    il ,1 Wi nlir.1 i!!i A
                                   3T
                                                             Hint?
              Figure 6:  OUTSIDE VIEW OF ACCESS CONTROL TRAILER



                                471-472

-------
e 7:    INSIDE VIEW OF ACCESS CONTROL TRAILER
                              NORTH
    GRODNO ZERO
    TERMINAL- BOX,
 APPRO* ZMIi-E^. TO    |   N>f\O
 C.P. MWN TERM. BOX
                                                    I   '  F1sure  8:  PROJECT  GASBUGQY
                                                                   RAMS  ARRAY   AT
                                                                   SGZ
                                           473-474

-------
475
                                                                                    QUESTIONS FOR DONALD HENDRICKS
                                                             I.   From Tom  Rozze 11:
                                                                 How  long  is monitoring for seepage continued after each shot?

                                                                 ANSWER:

                                                                 As  long as necessary, sometimes the seepage has  lasted for a few hours
                                                                 and  other times  it has lasted for a number of days.  We try to monitor
                                                                 it until we are  sure that it has stopped.  I should mention that In
                                                                 some cases we are able to stop these seepages.   It depends strictly
                                                                 on how they occur.   If it is coming through the stemming inside the
                                                                 emplacement casing, we are able to put cement or something in there
                                                                 to try and stop  it.  If  it's leaking from just broken ground or a
                                                                 crater, stopping  it  is not always possible.  You can pour a cement pad
                                                                 over it and  it wi11 continue to leak around the edges and we will
                                                                 monitor it as  long as it is seeping.


                                                             2.   From Robert Karsh:

                                                                 Under your definition of a "contained" detonation, how much gaseous
                                                                 radiation release  is permissible before you conclude the detonation
                                                                 was  not contained?

                                                                 ANSWER:

                                                                 We,  on occasion,  have small releases as mentioned before from cables
                                                                 around the emplacement hole - in general they range from a few curies
                                                                 and  by few  I mean a few  10's to 100 curies or so and my personal opin-
                                                                 ion  is that they  are satisfactorily contained.  They are not,  in general,
                                                                 detectable outside the immediate ground zero area.
3.  From Sidney Porter:

    You stated that a total  of \0% of Gasbuggy allowed exposure was the
    maximum.   What was this  allowed exposure and how was the actual ex-
    posure measured?

    ANSWER:

    The guidelines which were used, and note I am addressing myself only
    to on-site workers here, the guidelines are those which are contained
    in AEC Manual, Chapter 0524 and are essentially similar to those con-
    tained in Part 20 with minor differences, but in this case It's three
    rem per year external exposure, five times N-18 and the rest of that.
    I  didn't bring the exact numbers, but these are measured from film
    badges, pocket dosimeters and that sort of thing.  There was also a
    urinalysis done on those people for whom any internal exposure of
    tritium was suspected.

                                    476

-------
4.  From Robert Karsh:

    A radioactive nature  lover from Las Vegas recently tripped the moni-
    toring device at Kennedy airport with dust  in his pants cuffs.  Does
    this Imply excessive distribution of vented radiation?

    ANSWER:

    Well,  I would like to know the details on the story.  We heard the
    same rumor and checked  it out and the last  I heard there was no
    foundation to the story,


5.  From Sydney Porter:

     In Project Gasbuggy,  what was the total exposure  in man-rems?  How
    was this exposure received?  How can  it be  reduced  in future opera-
    tions?

    ANSWER:

     I guess  I should clarify one thing, when those down-hole rams detected
    the  leakage of gas, the radioactivity coming up through the stemming,
    rather, the first sign  of this was seen at  something  like five hours,
    and when  it  indicated that the  levels as measured by  the down-hole
    rams were continuing  to rise somewhat, the  cables were cut and the
    hole was  sealed off.  Something  less  than a curie of  noble gases was
    released.   I believe  it is in the neighborhood of one curie which is
    the reason, of course,  the PHS monitors could not see it off-site.
    As far as the original  question goes, only  two individuals associated
    with the project  received external exposures as measured by film badges.
    A radiological monitor  received 70 mrem while one of the laboratory
    scientists received  105 mrem.  The monitor's exposure is believed to
    have been incurred while working with radioactive sources during
     Instrument calibration.  The scientist's exposure was probably in-
    curred at the Nevada  Test Site while  working on another project.
    Neither exposure  is considered to be  related to any release of radio-
    active material from  the Gasbuggy detonation.

    From the day of the detonation through April 1969, there have been no
    measurable internal exposures (as determined by urinalysis).
                                    477
                PUBLIC HEALTH SERVICE SAFETY PROGRAM

                         John R. McBride
           Southwestern Rad iolog icaI  HeaIth Laboratory
                        Las Vegas, Nevada
                             ABSTRACT

            Off-Site Radiological Safety Programs conducted on past
      Plowshare experimental projects by the Southwestern Radiological
      Health Laboratory for the AEC will be presented.

            Emphasis will be placed on the evaluation of the potential
      radiation hazard to off-site residents,  the development of an
      appropriate safety plant  pre- and post-shot surveillance activ-
      ities, and the necessity for a comprehensive and continuing
      community relations program.

            In consideration of the possible wide use of nuclear ex-
      plosives in industrial applications,  a new approach to off-site
      radiological safety will be discussed.
      The Public Health Service Safety Program began in 1954, when the
U. S. Atomic Energy Commission (AEC)  and the Public Health Service (PHS)
entered into a contractual  arrangement called a "Memorandum of
Understand i ng. ~'

      This document stipulates that the PHS is responsible for assuring
the safety of the publ ic -  off the test site proper - from any nuclear
tests conducted by the AEC.  Although the original  document referred to
the Nevada Test Site,  just  north of Las Vegas, we have since participated
in tests conducted in  New Mexico, Mississippi, Alaska,  Central and
Northern Nevada, and the Pacific.

      There were four  oriiginal objectives of the PHS program:

         1.  To verify the  off-site radiological situation associated
with tests to insure protection of the public from radiological and other
effects of nuclear testing; and, in the event unacceptable situations
develop, to effectuate appropriate protective actions as required.
                                                                                                                                          478

-------
          2.   To document,  through  radiation monitoring and environmental
 surveillance,  the radiation  exposure to off-site areas.

          3.   To assure the public,  through personal contact and a program
 of community relations and public  education, that all reasonable safe-
 guards are being employed  to protect public health and property from the
 effects of testing.

          4.   To investigate  incidents  involving radiation or its effects
 which could  result in claims against the  U. S. Government or create un-
 warranted adverse public opinion.

       In recent years these  objectives  have been supplemented with three
 additional objectives:

             a)  To document  any  increase  in environmental levels of radio-
 activity due to nuclear testing.

             b)  To conduct special  studies to determine transport phe-
 nomenology of  radioiodine  in environmental and biological systems and to
 determine its effect on man.

             c)  To assist  other agencies  in the protection of the public
 from injury  due to the seismic effects of nuclear tests.

       The surveillance program was  initially  limited to the area within
 approximately  300 miles of the Nevada Test Site.  Subsequently, the pro-
 gram objectives were expanded to  include  the 22 contiguous states west of
 the Mississippi  River,  and to the other areas when tests are held outside
 th i s reg ion.

       Keeping  the aforementioned objectives in mind, the PHS program can
 be subdivided  into six general categories:

          J.  Monitoring  and  surveillance  programs.

          2.  Population  and  milk cow statistics and distribution.

          3.  Community  relations and public education.

          4.  Veteri nary  i nvestigat Ion.

          5.  Med icaI  i nvest!gat ion.

          6.  BioenvironmentaI research.

      At this point  I would  like to briefly review with you the essence
of these  six categories and then take you through an actual  Plowshare
project, Gasbuggy, to  Illustrate how the program and objectives are
carried out.
                                 479
      Monitoring and surveillance includes routine surveillance of  air,
water, milk, and vegetation,  and event-oriented  surveillance performed
by mobile teams in conjunction with specific  events.   Detailed  population
and milk cow surveys are conducted around  sites  prior to tests.  This
census is detailed as to numbers of adults and ages of children by  specific
location.  The survey includes all  individual  family cows as well as grade
grade A dairy cows.

      The results of monitoring and surveillance efforts just mentioned
are continuously scrutinized  to determine  the possibility that  there was
or will be significant ingestion or inhalation of radioactivity.

      The Southwestern Radiological  Health Laboratory (SWRHL) operates a
sophisticated and extremely sensitive whole-body counting facility  as a
part of our Medical Program.   The mobile monitors and aircraft  crews are
more directly exposed to any  effluent cloud than the general  population.
As soon as possible, these men are returned to the laboratory,  appropriate
bio-assays are made, and each man is given a  whole-body scan to determine
the amount and distribution of radionuclides  in  the body.  These data,
together with dose estimates  derived from  radioactivity in milk and water
samples, furnish conservative estimates as to the maximum doses that could
have been received by the general population.

      Continuous efforts are  made to retain good relations with the public
through personal contact, the dissemination of timely information on
nuclear events, and an explanation of the  steps  being taken to  assure
public safety.  An important  part of this  program is the day-to-day con-
tact of SWRHL monitors with the people in  the performance of their  duties.

      To the general public,  nuclear explosions  instantly recall the
horrors of Hiroshima.  This association and the  resulting fears must be
treated with respect by the field monitors, who  at the same time explain
technical details of the particular event  being  conducted and the associated
safety measures that have been or are being taken.  In many cases the
public actively participates   In the safety program by operating air, milk,
and water sampling stations as well as exposure  rate recorders.

      The safety program is not only concerned with radiation effects on
man, but the animal population as well.  The veterinary or animal  investi-
gations program was originally established during the atmospheric testing
days to  investigate claims of beta burns to domestic  livestock and wild-
life.  Although since the advent of the limited  test ban treaty, the
number of such claims has diminished considerably, we still, from time-
to-time, receive complaints from ranchers with sick animals.   Each of
these claims  is carefully and thoroughly  investigated and the  disease or
ailment  is diagnosed.  The veterinarians assigned to this program work
closely with  local veterinarians and participate actively In professional
veterinary organizations.  In addition to these activities,  an experi-
mental beef herd,  in excess of 40 animals, has been maintained on  the
Nevada Test Site,  from which  samples of bovine tissue and bone are taken
periodically to determine the concentrations of  fission  and  activation
                                                                                                                                      480

-------
products.  A comprehensive study of wildlife on and adjacent to the test
site has, and is, being conducted in cooperation with other agencies to
assess the radionucl ide content of edible species.  The results of these
studies are available in the open literature and show no radiation either
to the animal or the consuming public.

      Physicians on the laboratory staff, trained  in radiation medicine,
investigate claims of personal injury from the public.  They also operate
what is called the Medical Liaison Officer Network, also referred to as
MLON.  This network is comprised of physicians in almost all of the
50 states who are knowledgeable  in radiation injury.  Local investigations
in the area  immediately surrounding the NTS are made by the Laboratory's
physicians, whereas those at greater distances are handled through the
MLON physicians.  Whichever method Is used, local  specialists may be called
into the  investigation for consulation or assistance; for example, in an
investigation involving a skin condition, a dermatologist may be consulted.

      The philosophy of the MLON  is not to state simply that this is or
is not a  radiation  injury, but rather to make a definitive diagnosis.

      Simultaneously with the above mentioned action programs, the
Laboratory conducts  long-range safety studies as part of the BioenvironmentaI
Research  Program.   As an oversimplification, this  program's mission  is to
investigate  the  transport and biological effect of radionuclides as they
move from the source to man through the food chain.   Initially, the pro-
gram was  established to  investigate the behavior of radioiodine, although
other radionuclides of concern are or will be  investigated.  Again, stated
quite simply, the objective of this research is to develop reliable pre-
dictive  models,  whereby having a  known source term and known meteorologi-
cal conditions,  you can predict  to an accuracy of  H factor of two at the
90% confidence  level the amount  of radioactivity  in the food chain avail-
able to  man  within  a fallout area.   It is anticipated that our investi-
gations  into radioiodine will permit  us, by mid-1969, to predict the
average  peak  levels of radioiodine  in the milk of  dairy cows fed feed
from a fallout area - when the source of radioiodine and the meteoro-
logical  conditions  are known.

      Other  speakers have referred to "Project Gasbuggy.    I too would
like to  use  it as ;i typical Plowshare underground  engineering experiment
and  illustrate how  the above-mentioned safety program operates.

      As  has been mentioned, Gasbuggy was detonated on December 10, 1967,
[n a gas-bearing media approximately  55 air miles  east of Farmington,
New Mexico.  The actual concept  of the experiment  was developed some
years before, and in 1965 the Laboratory was first approached to do a
paper study of the environment.  This feasibility  study, with partici-
pants from many AEC contractors  and the Lawrence Radiation Laboratory,
resulted  in the conclusion that the project could  indeed be carried out
with safety and a promise of success  in fulfilling the technical  objec-
tives.  When the agreement was signed on January 31, 1967, between the
Government and industry, the full program effort began.
                                 481
      At this point, our Laboratory made the initial contact with
officials of the State Health Department of New Mexico.  We outlined
the project as proposed by the AEC and asked the State's assistance in
conducting the Off-Site Radiological Safety Program.  Working in complete
partnership, the staffs of the Laboratory and the State commenced the
initial gathering of census data on population, domestic livestock,
wildlife, and other environmental media necessary to develop, a compre-
hensive program.  After receiving source term information and possible
meteorological  conditions, these data together with the census data
were consolidated and analyzed,  and a draft operational safety plan was
developed.  This plan, which pointed out certain limiting conditions,
i.e., evacuation areas or the need for post-shot protective action pro-
cedures, was forwarded to the AEC for review.

      The AEC safety review considered all  factors  affecting the safety
of the project;  among these were the depth  of  the device,  the proximity
of an aquifer to the detonation, and the location of gas production wells
with respect to  ground zero.   The device was considered to be overburied
by safety standards at the Nevada Test Site since it was emplaced at a
depth of 4,240 feet.  A device of the same  yield would be considered
safely emplaced  at a depth of approximately 1,200 feet.  The nearest
aquifer was considered to represent no problem since the lowest  water-
bearing formation was approximately 560 feet above  the shot point.   The
site chosen for  the project is on land leased  by the industrial  partici-
pant, El Paso Natural Gas Company; the only wells in the area belong to
them, and the closest production well  was 3,400 feet from ground zero.
As an added precaution, all  producing wells within  a five-mile radius  of
ground zero were physically separated from  the gas  transmission  system.
Nevertheless, the AEC hypothesized all possible failure modes which
could release radioactivity into the atmosphere, the ground water,  or
into the natural gas production  system.  Although these failure  modes  were
considered highly unlikely,  the  AEC authorized the  Laboratory's  compre-
hensive radiological safety program for Project Gasbuggy.

       In accordance with the operations plan,  the SWRHL pre-shot prepa-
rations were begun in June 1967.  During the summer of 1967, the census
was completed out to a distance  of 100 mi Ies of the shot point.   In
addition, all mining and tunneling operations within 50 miles were lo-
cated.  As the census information was collected, SWRHL personnel dis-
tributed printed information to  the public  explaining the nature of the
experiment and answered questions by the local  population regarding
their activities.  The community relations  program  was intensified during
later periods when the SWRHL Project Officer and the State Health
Department officials visited local officials in the surrounding  com-
munities.  The  initial environmental sampling was begun in August 1967.
This  included the collection of  daily air samples at 35 locations around
the site; the collection of milk from 22 stations - 13 representing
family milk cows and nine grade  A dairies;  34 water sampling stations
were established, 6 representing municipal  water systems, the others
open or well water sources.
                                                                                                                                      482

-------
       A new dimension was added to the environmental  sampling  program  for
 Project Gasbuggy in that 15 samples of natural  gas from producing  wells
 in the area were sampled and analyzed pre-shot.  Natural  gas produced  in
 the San Juan Basin was known to contain measurable quantities  of Radon-222.
 Some had hypothesized that the ground shock and resulting ground motion
 from the explosion would shake the medium to such an  extent that the
 amount of Radon found would*markedly increase in the  natural gas.   Inci-
 dentally, this did not happen.

       A network of thermoluminescent dosimeters (TLDs)  and film badges
 was established at 50 stations surrounding the  test site in October of
 1967.  The TLDs are, in our opinion, reliable personnel  monitoring devices
 with a low sensitivity of 4 mR.

       Medical and veterinarian activities began during  the summer of 1967
 when the respective officers made visits to various state and  local physi-
 cians and veterinarians and briefed them on the safety  programs as. well
 as the medical aspects.

       Approximately 30 people from SWRHL and the State  Health  Departments
 of New Mexico and Colorado were assigned to the program and were on
 station on December 1,  1967.  A short training  course was given for State
 personnel  on procedures to be used and all  personnel  were oriented with
 the area around the site.  At shot time of December 10,  33 personnel were
 on station.  Including monitoring teams in two aircraft  orbiting the site.

       As you alI  know,  the experiment was fully contained.  Had there
 been any prompt venting or seepage from the project,  we would  have been
 fully prepared.   An on-site remote area monitoring system would have
 telemetered  information back to the AEC control  point,  and the aircraft
 teams would  have  measured and tracked any airborne radioactivity.  This
 Information  would have  been Instantly available to the  PHS Project Officer
 who was  in constant communication with  the mobile ground  monitoring
 forces.  These teams  would  have been deployed  into the  path of any
 cloud  to assess actual  radioactivity levels at  downwind distances.  Should
 the situation  so  warrant, the populace  could either be  asked to remain
 Indoors during the  cloud  passage  or to  evacuate in accordance  with a pre-
 arranged plan.

       In addition to this emergency type  action, our protective action
 plan  incorporates provisions  to reduce  radioactivity  levels in the food
 chain.  These may Involve the covering  of forage  used by  milk cows, sub-
 stituting "clean" forage, or  as a  last  resort diverting milk supplies to
 cheese or other dairy products to allow for  radioactive decay.

      Since there was no venting, the environmental sampling program was
greatly reduced shortly after the experiment; otherwise,  these programs
would have been continued until background  levels  were reached.  (A re-
duced safety program has been continued at the Gasbuggy site in connection
with the flaring operations of the  experimental well.)
                                 483
      It is our conclusion that from the safety standpoint the project
was a success.  The population was not exposed to any airborne radio-
activity from the event;  no evidence has been found of any contamination
to the ground or surface waters;  and there has been no migration of radio-
nuclides Into other gas-producing wells or the existing natural  gas dis-
tribution system.  We also believe we were well  prepared so that our per-
sonnel could effectuate pre-developed emergency procedures to Insure the
protection of the public health had an unforeseen accident occurred.

      In closing,
for the future .
I  would  like to  leave  you  with  a thought  and  a  challenge
      As you all  know, the Atomic Energy Act of 1949 reserves exclusive
jurisdiction to the AEC for all  health and safety matters connected with
the detonation of nuclear devices.   If the use of nuclear explosives
proves to be a success in the recovery of gas, oil,  or minerals.  It is
doubtful that either the AEC or the PHS would have the manpower or other
resources to handle all of the possible commercial  utilization of this
new tool.  What then?  Some discussion is presently taking place  that
industrial organizations could accept the safety responsibility along
with the site development, drilling, etc.

      What is the role of the State?  PHS?  AEC?  What kind of safety
program  is adequate to protect the public when the appl ication of this
energy  is moved from the experimental Into applied use.   Who decides
when this transition takes place?  How many experiments are necessary to
conclude the program is no longer experimental?  How many experiments
are necessary before existing comprehensive safety programs can be
reduced  in scope?  Does this new resource enter into the same category
as an oil refinery, a chemical plant, or a nuclear power plant?  There
are, of course, other questions relating to public health, dealing with
appropriate standards as to the consumer product.  These will be covered
in other papers.   Nevertheless,  public health agencies must think of the
future now for, if industry is to seek the benefit in the peaceful
application of nuclear explosives,  the time to consider the  inevitable
changes  Is fast approaching.  The questions I have raised and to be frank
I  do not have the answers are mostly jurisdictlonal  in nature.  We can
not afford, however, to become involved  In such jurlsdictional disputes,
when the need for adequate protection of the public's health  is at stake.
                                                                                                                                      484

-------
                        QUESTIONS FOR JOHN R. McBRIDE
I.   From Robert Karsh:
    Do you monitor children who are known to be strategic bio-concentrators
    of iodine-131, or do you merely extrapolate from measurements on cows,
    milk,  and adult employees?

    ANSWER:

    Although this didn't happen with a Plowshare experiment, we do have ac-
    cidents that occur and we make all the effort that we can to prevent
    them.   One of the weapons shots did vent and activity was sent north
    over the Test Site and a community called Hiko.  There were about 80
    people living in the town and we monitored every one of them including
    the children.  And for some reason if you extrapolate from milk to
    people, you will find that their dosage should have been about five
    times higher than they actually were.  I  think part of this is be-
    cause the FRC standards assume that a child drinks a liter of milk
    and I  don't think this is so.  We do monitor, we do look at the
    children very closely and we are concerned with them.
2.  From Robert Karsh:

    What warning system  is used or contemplated when iodine-131 is found
    to be too high  in the mi Ikshed?

    ANSWER:

    We have a source term -  this  is given to us before the shot occurs -
    so we can calculate  from the amount that under certain meteorological
    conditions that should exist at distance.  This is worked out before
    the shot even goes.  Now if, and by the way I  serve and Dr. Carter
    serve as members of  the  AEC Safety Panel before each shot, and if it
    appears that this  is in  excess of the FRC guides, the shot is post-
    poned until favorable conditions develop.  Now even with all  this
    care is taken,  if the meteorology changes and it does, we take immedi-
    ate action.  In a case say  in the collection of milk from family cows,
    when we sample the milk, we take all the milk available.  Therefore,
    the family is not the receptor.  In other cases, we are prepared to
    bring clean feed in  for  the cows.  We are also prepared to substitute
    milk and of course notify the appropriate state and local officials
    of this action  in advance.

3.  From F.  Chin:

    Could you comment on the extent of the PHS role in assistance for
    off-site seismic effects which you briefly mentioned as a supple-
    mentaI  activity?
                                    485
ANSWER:

Since we have so many people in the off-site area and we have con-
tact with miners and ranchers and the populous in general, we more
or less do this as an additional duty.  We take the ground motion
experts'predictions, and then warn the populous of the shot ad-
vising for instance to stay out of a mine during this period,
asking to stay off of scaffolding and precarious perches and high
places.  Basically, we have been used to carry the message.
                                                                                                                                          486

-------
                     STATE AND LOCAL SAFETY PROGRAM

                      G. D. Carlyle Thompson, M.O.
                        State Director of Health
                     Utah State Division of Health
                      Salt Lake City, Utah  84113
      This paper wilt give emphasis to the need for an increasing role of
 the states, along with the Federal agencies^  in the Plowshare  Program in
 order to assure state and local confidence with respect to the safety of
 their residents as the Federal government seeks new methods to benefit
 society.

      First will be stressed the age-old principle of control at the source.

      Other factors to be discussed are monitoring;  standards and their use;
 control action; public relations; predictions and the need to  have certain
 advance knowledge of tests - even if security clearance is necessary for
 appropriate state representatives; the state  and local government respon-
 sibility to their citizens;  the isolation of  national decision making from
 state and local concern and responsibility; cost assessments and their
 responsibility; and research as it relates to the ecological system as
 well as  the direct short- or long-term effects of radioactivity on man.
      The  threat  to  human  health  of  radioactivity  in the environment has
 received  growing attention  in  the post-war  period, and has caused health
 officials in  the United States considerable concern.  The almost unlimited
 possibilities  for useful  application of radioactivity or operations re-
 sulting  in  radioactivity  will attract the intellectual and practical
 efforts of mankind  for centuries to come.  How well these applications are
 thought through  in  advance will determine whether this new tool will be a
 blessing  or a  curse to society.

     Much evidence  has been accumulated to date to show the feasibility of
controlling radioactivity at levels which will not result in unacceptable
hazards.  At the  same time we must not forget that radioactive fallout in
the 1950's from weapons testing was of such a degree and composition of
 long-term half-life nuclides that it may be many years before we actually
are certain about any resulting hazard.  Thus, past experience and the vast
                                    487
complications of the subject argue against any complacency about our present
level of knowledge.   We simply cannot take it for granted at this juncture that
our past control of  radioactive exposure has been adequate nor that it will
continue to be adequate without greatly increased attention to the entire
subject and greater  planning effort directed toward  major decisions concerning
use of the new tools we have found.  This symposium  is  I" '*"'* " '^i-
cation of this concern and a response for that concern.
                                                                                                                                                                itself an indi-
     Control  of environmental  pollution at the source has been regarded as
the most effective means of removing or forestalling threats to the health
of the population.  The philosophy is still  sound,  and must be applied in all
cases to the limit of practicality,  and especially  in the case of radio-
activity, since everyone agrees that no unnecessary radioactivity should be
imposed on the environment.  When the standard practice of treating effluents
becomes impractical,  as seems evident in the Plowshare Program, the decision
as to whether or not to continue promoting the possible benefits of a program
to society revolves around questions of how adequate are our predictions and
measurements of contamination and what are some long-term effects of pursuing
a certain course of action.  The subjects thus opened up include monitoring,
standards, controls,  public relations, methods of  prediction,  state and local
government responsibility, the isolation of national decision  making from
state and local government concern and responsibility, costs of surveillance
and related actions,  and planning of research.

     Utah's geographical position with respect to  the Nevada Test Site has
served to emphasize the critical responsibility devolving on state and local
health officials  in protection of the population against radioactive con-
tamination, especially when source control is not  feasible.  Several papers
earlier in this symposium have identified our downwind location.  Other
states have been  involved  in the usual sources of  radioactivity, but many of
these do not present the problems of extensive monitoring or the critical
public relations problems which have been experienced in connection with
tests in Nevada.

     As a result of the 1962 contamination experience, which  involved Utah milk
supplies to a high degree, Utah was obliged to move  into an extensive moni-
toring and laboratory program which it could not have supported without
substantial financial help from the Public Health  Service.  The  1962 event
has been reported before and will not be elaborated  here except to say that
it has sensitized people  in Utah to the potential  hazard which exists at the
Nevada Test Site.

     As  indicated by SLIDE  I, at the present time Utah has eighteen  air
monitoring stations which operate twenty-four hours  a day throughout the
year.  Operators  are instructed to call the State Health  Division  personnel
involved, night or day, when readings of atmospheric  radioactivity exceed
a certain pre-determined  figure.  This  is calculated  to give  early warning
for the purpose of intensifying the regular milk monitoring procedures.
Bi-weekly samples from milk tankers  (routes shown on  the  slide)  covering
all major grazing areas in the state are analyzed for  lodine-131,  stronttum-89
and -90, cesium-137, and  barium-lanthanum-40.  The  existence  of  this monitoring
                                                                                                                                          488

-------
network in 1962 would have better prepared Utah for that event.  The Utah
network has gradually evolved since that time.

     SLIDE II  indicates air monitoring results collected in Salt Lake City,
and shows examples of types of results obtained with this monitoring net-
work.  The first peak resulted from the cratering shot of 1962; the second,
in the same year,  is from an unscheduled venting at the test site; the next
three peaks are those resulting from Chinese testing; and the final one  is
from the scheduled venting at the Nevada Test Site  in December  1968.

     In the middle and  late  1950's the Salt Lake air monitoring station,
the only station  in continuous operation,  identified atmospheric fallout
from the Nevada Test Site at  levels 5 to 7 fold greater than the 1962
Salt Lake City peak shown  in  Slide  I.

     The pattern of deposition of fallout over the  state from this "Schooner"
shot is indicated  by SLIDE  III which shows the air  results of each of the
Utah stations.  Charts  for each of the Chinese shots show a similar pattern
for  both air and milk.

      In addition,  a statewide monitoring system for detection of tritium in
water  is now getting underway.  These activities, related almost entirely to
earlier testing programs,  will become more important as the testing activities
 increase, whether  due to weapons  testing or Plowshare projects.

     Not only  is  the Utah  monitoring system presently considered to be an ab-
solute minimum commensurate  with  the possible hazards involved, but it is
furthermore our opinion that  the  system must be expanded in the future if
the  proposed Plowshare  Program continues.  One of the reasons for this is
the  past history of prediction failures which were  related initially to
weapons testing programs.  There  is ample evidence  in Utah to show that the
most careful meteorological  predictions of fallout  paths do not materialize
 in every case, and that without an extensive monitoring system there is no
way of detecting the possible exposure of the population resulting from
certain atmospheric testing activities.  And, for that matter, there is no
way to assure  the  population  that fallout did not occur. .
     Constant updating of  laboratory capability  is also a necessity, re-
sulting  in added expenses  far beyond those originally contemplated.  For
example, at considerable extra cost, we have recently ac'quired a liquid
scintillation counter to handle our tritium samples.  We are now faced with
the acquisition of an additional chemist because our original staff is far
overloaded in view of the  increasing amount of envi rionmental monitoring
found necessary.  This will be  intensified, of course, as activities involving
nuclear fission increase in the area.
                                    489
     Assuming that monitor ing capabi1ities are adequate, the question of
standards is the next important consideration.  Much work has been done in
this area both nationally and internationally, and ther exists an abundance
of highly technical reports related to the subject.  What is sometimes
lacking is interpretation in a way which will make application of the
standards practical as well  as sound in the sense of protecting public health.
This problem is being attacked from many angles and hopefully will yield to
an adequate solution; however, it must be recognized that new scientific
information is being accumulated at such a rapid rate that we will never have
a set of standards which are not subject to revision as new evidence comes in.

     Differences of opinion with regard to standards are inevitable.  This
has been so throughout the history of  environmental controls, and radio-
activity could not be expected to constitute an exception.   State and local
health departments must rely heavily on the resources of the Federal
Government and others in developing standards, but in the final  analysis they
must assume full  responsibility for the precise levels of protection which
are applicable to a given segment of local  populations.  Therefore,  they
cannot blindly accept standards which  are handed down from some other agency,
but must evaluate them thoroughly with whatever resources they can develop.
One such resource in Utah is the Radiological Health Advisory Committee.  This
committee was appointed in Utah after  the 1962 incident, and is composed of
well-known and highly respected experts in their fields.  The committee's
recommendat ions are respected and prov i de the HeaIth Division with a factual
and effective base for action.  The committee acts as a clearing house for
technical  radiological health information and is responsible for recom-
mendations to the State Board of Health on various points,  including standards,
operating surveillance and control  programs.

     A foreseeable complication in the area of standards development is in
the increasing number of ways by which human beings can be  exposed to radio-
activity.   This grows out of the great usefulness of radioactivity both to
science and industry, as previously mentioned, and the guarantee that under
these circumstances inventive minds will  be devising new applications con-
tinuousIy.  Standards are often based  on exposure from a singIe source,
and shielding and other requirements are based on the single-source,
multiple-exposure concept.  Not only are some states potentially exposed
to nuclear testing as an important source of irradiation, but they must
be cont i nuaI Iy concerned w i th mu11 i p1e exposures i n numerous rad ioact i ve
devices which may come to be in almost constant use.  This  seems to suggest
a need for rather comprehensive planning in the standards-setting process.

     The question of control action more often than not relates to controls
over a rather specific use of radioactivity, as radiography, isotope use,
laboratory experimental use, etc.   In  general, it can be said that good
progress has been made in this area and controls so far adopted are achieving
some success.  In Utah, the word "control" conjures up a necessity of taking
action with respect to use of foodstuffs, and possibly water, resulting
from incidents which occur beyond the  State's limits of jurisdiction,
such as at the Nevada Test Site.   In 1962, Utah found  it necessary to
actually apply certain controls to the use of milk, but the problems related
                                                                                                                                          490

-------
 to that e-perienet: '.uke us sensitive to the  need  for continual  refinement
 of plans which will  be brought into effect  in  the event of another major con-
 tamination i nc i dent.
      It must be recognized that if  our  monitoring  capabilities are adequate
 and if  the information achieved through monitoring is  properly assembled
 and evaluated,  the term "control" might possibly be  extended to some efforts
 at curtailment  of Plowshare types of  testing.   This  question was never ser-
 iously  cons idered in connection with  weapons  testing,  which have a strong
 defense connotat i on.  It is obv i ous that it must be  cons idered  in all cases
 of peaceful application of nuclear  energy.

      While this paper does not presume  to determine  the  need for nuclear
 testing, weapons or Plowshare, nor  to determine the  validity of its purpose,
 it does presume that once this determination  is made to  fulfill government
 policy, all effort must be devoted  by the Federal  government to protect the
 health  of the publ ic.

      Apart f rom the reaI  dangers to the human  population  which rad ioact i v i ty
 causes, there is another question embodied  in  the  term "public relations"
 which has great significance,  not only  in Utah  but everywhere else in the
 country, and possibly in the world.   Radioactivity is  a  glamour subject,
 and has attracted wide attention, even  on the  part of  the average citizen.
 Sometimes, besides being fascinating, it is as  someone said, a  little "scary"
 and this gives  rise to problems which state heaIth departments must face.

      A  good and effective public  relations program in  this area is absolutely
 essential  under any circumstances,  but  it must  have  equal priority with con-
 trol  action in  the case of  radioactivity,  and  particularly the type of
 radioactivity which originates beyond the State's  borders as a resuit of
 planned action  by man.

      The State  and local  agencies must  be prepared to  reassure the public
 that  no hazard  exists just  as  often as  they must be  prepared to take controI
 act ion.   Somet i mes the  most i nnocuous release  in the press about the e^ist-
 ence of  radioactivity in  any concentration will evoke  a  strong public reaction
 which needs to  have  a counter  reaction  by  responsible  officials.  At no time
 should  the  public  be  fooled about the true facts,  but  obviously, when no
 hazard  exists, the  State  agency should  be  in a  position  to state this fact
 unequ i vocably and  with so I id backing  from sc i ent i f i c measurements.   Th i s   is
one of  the major  reasons  for the extensive monitoring  and laboratory capa-
 bilities already mentioned.

     This problem also requires some  expertise  in  dealing with the press,
which again devolves on the State and local officials.   Even the best scien-
tific information can be quoted incorrectly and produce a near public panic
as the result of misinterpretation.    Obviously, much energy should be
directed toward  the prevention of such misinterpretation.

     One aid  in  connection with these problems could come from detailed
knowledge which  might be available with  regard to  planned tests.  In  the
past certain tests of necessity were shrouded in secrecy, and release of
advance  information even to State officials was possible only to a very
I  imited  degree.  As testing becomes more compI icated, it becomes more and
more necessary that State officials have complete details of planned tests
prior to the event, in order that mon itorinq and other activities can be
geared to meet the needs.  If release of such information to these officials
requires security clearance, this should be provided automatically, after
the necessary checks, of course, to insure adequate security.  It seems
likely that no one can provide all  of the complicated monitoring needed if
there is no hint as to the specific isotopes which are likely to be pro-
duced.  Again, as important as this knowledge is to those conducting the
tests, it is equally important to State and local  officials who have the
responsibility of protecting the citizenry within their jurisdiction, and
of avoiding misinterpretations of information which could lead to panic
or other undesirable results.

     An aspect of the overa fI probI em wh i ch needs more emphas is is the i so-
I at ion of nat ionaI  dec i s i on-mak i ng f rom state and I oca I  concern and
responsibility.  It seems unlikely that ;i Federal  Agency making a decision
whether or not to conduct a test program can have the same sense of re-
spons i b i  Ii ty to a spec i f i c popuI at i on group as  a state or I oca I  heaIth officer
who has to cope with the results of that decision.  At the State level, the
health agency has almost daily contact with many of the peopIe who may be
involved in any adverse developments, he has almost daily contact with
industry officials who might be involved,  such  as the dairy  industry, and
he is go i ng to be he Id more d i rec11y accountabIe for any adverse effects of
the dec i s i on-mak i ng process.  InvoIved here, of course, is the public
relations problem previously mentioned, but it   is not a matter alone of
pub lie re I at ions.

     The day-to-day decisions of the State health officer are put to test
in a practical  sense and reacted to more promptly and directly than can
ever be the case for a similar official at Federal  level.  Even if the
State official  desires to hide behind thri  curtain of Federal standards and
responsiIibity, he cannot long exist in this position.  Sooner or  later,
he will  have to face up to his responsibilities or turn his  task over to
someone who will.  The point is that the State health officer or his author-
ized representative must be directly informed of all pertinent data of any
testing program which may distribute radioactivity over the  State area.

     This,  of course, raises the question of who shall bear  the costs of
added surveillance and control  procedures.  Some basic monitoring costs are
the proper responsibility of state programs, but  it seems logical that the
Plowshare program,  being essentially of a research and development nature,
should absorb most of the cost imposed on States for radiation monitoring
related to this program, and also of the associated control.

     As has been mentioned previously, the cost of monitoring can  become a
major item for a state,  and could be completely beyond state capabilities.
This will vary with each state.  Currently, however, few states,  if  any,
are adequately prepared.  Nevertheless, if the  hazard  is  imposed by  decisions
                                                                                                                                           492

-------
to aid society through development of new processes, those  responsible  for
the. decision should see to  it that states have enough resources to provide
the basic essential monitoring, and to expand  it as  necessary  to meet new
needs, whether these develop from expanded uses of radioactivity or  from
advances in knowledge which dictate greater  sophistication  in  monitoring and
analysis capabilities.  This need will continue to vary with the States.   It
is most critical for Utah because the State  is both  relatively small and  its
location is readily subject to effects from  the testing programs.

     Other costs, which hopefully can be avoided, but which still must  be
considered as possibilities, relate to control action found necessary when
food or water become contaminated beyond acceptable  use  levels.  Utah's
1962  incident was estimated to result  in total cost  to  industry of about
$80,000 and total cost to government, beyond normal  activities, of about
$37,000.  Compared to the high cost of testing such  an explosive, these costs
are small, but  for states of small population these  are  large, and much more
so when repeated and when added to other related costi ^ctt\ as monitoring
and  laboratory  services.  Deliberate  planning to  experiment with peacetime  uses
of atomic energy certainly  should  include a  positive plan  to pay such costs,
however  large they may  become.  Acceptance of this philosophy  might  succeed in
transferring some  of the  direct responsibility mentioned  previously  from
 local  to  national  level.

      Another cost  considered  to  be an essential  part of  the activities  under
discussion, although  not  exclusively  attributable to them,  is  that of
 research.   Not  only  is  basic  research involved,  but  also  some  applied
 research  as  it  relates  to the  eco-system and the  long-term results of small
 deposits  of  radioactivity in  the  environment.  These small  deposits  cannot
 be considered  immediate hazards  under any  circumstances,  and yet they might
 eventually  be  serious  hazards,  particularly  when  they involve  isotopes  with
 long half-lives.

      A research program to investigate all  aspects of this problem cannot be
 simple and  certainly will  be costly.   Most  of this research is already  being
 done, but again,  Utah's peculiar  relationship to the testing area  seems to
 argue for an even more complete effort in  this particular area, as well as
 projected research activities for a  long time in  the future.   While  we  are
 emphasizing Plowshare activities  at  this Symposium,  it  is not  too  late  to
 also emphasize the need for support  of research  activities already  underway
 or that should  have been  undertaken  as a part of  the weapons  testing program.
 If this is  not accepted in advance,  it may  prove difficult to  accomplish
 afterwards.   For example, the Utah-Nevada-Arizona fallout study was  initiated
 after the event of 1962.   This year  we are finding great difficulty  in
 continued financing for a series  of  reasons none of  which we   in Utah are
 able to accept.  Such research should not exclude the development  of better
 methods of  monitoring as  well  as  development of  control  methods which might
 some day  become necessary.

      Again,  as  mentioned  previously,  the allocation  of  this type of  cost  to
the  Plowshare  program should be done with  the full  realization that  it  may
 lead to decisions to curtail  the  testing program.   Certainly  this  is not  too
                                     493
much to ask in the interests of not only the population  in Utah  but  popula-
tions through the country and possibly the world.

     It should also be mentioned that there are still wide gaps  in our  knowledge
covering the direct short-term effects of radioactivity on man.  This  became
evident when we were pressed for decisions about how high atmospheric  levels
could get and for how long before we would declare a crisis and  instruct the
public on special protective actions.  Existing standards relating to  this
matter simply are inadequate to be of real practical value.  At  least,  in Utah,
I  believe we would take control action at lower levels of exposure than the
current standards seem to suggest.  While it may be true that some of  the re-
search in this area needs to be financed by other agencies, it again seems
logical that the Plowshare program needs to be given rather direct responsi-
bilities of this nature.
    Whi le
 is bec*"si
this  paper  has given emphasis to radiation  hazards  by  fallout,  this
s of our  past experience.  We must now also  be concerned  with  seismic
                                      events.  To this end the  Atomic
                                      Energy Commission  and Public
                                      Health Service need to  confer
                                      with  the states  now so  that a
                                      full  understanding of the scope
                                      and possible  effects of such
                                      testing will  develop.
                                                                                                           _JUNE;JU_Y_ 1962 _ OC1 - NCW     OCT- NOV-1964  NOV^ISeS  JAN -196'  DECT968
                                                                                                                                             494

-------
                    QUESTIONS FOR G. D. CARLYLE THOMPSON


     From Hal Mueller:

     Was any  iodine-131 detected  In cow's milk by your network as a re-
     sult of  the December  1968 detonation?   If yes, how much and where?

     ANSWER:

     No


     From Mr. Phelps:

     Earlier  in the  symposium,  it was stated that the Director, State Health
     Department, Utah was  informed about the cloud trajectory and radio-
     nuclide  composition with regard to Plowshare cratering events.  Do
     you inform other groups  (i.e., the University of Utah Radioecology
     Program) of the possibility of fallout and its probable deposition
     pattern?

     ANSWER:

     This has been a changing matter because in the beginning the Informa-
     tion we  received was  restricted to our own official  use.  This was not
     shared.  Later on as  we got  information that could be shared,  we did
     so.  Because again the classification of this information we got was
     not fully understood.  I  think the differences that have arisen have
     resulted in clarification.    I understand now that the information
     that we are going to  recieve, we will  be able to share.   I  can't say
     that is going to be the case though,  because I haven't received the
     i nformat i on yet i n regard to some of  the future tests.  I  th i nk there
     have been some pI aces for mi sunderstand i ng in Utah on th i s very poi nt.
3.   From Walt Kozlowskl:

    You mentioned "unacceptable hazards,
    which  would be "acceptable?"

    ANSWER:
would you describe some hazards
    Well,  I  think this gets back to the discretion of  the designer to
    learn  how much radiation imposed on the population is really neces-
    sary.   This is the old  discussion of what is necessary.   From our
    standpoint, we don't believe that radiation  coming to Utah Is an
    area over which we have direct control.   If  it is  determined to be
    necessary by national policy then we need to have  the information
    ava i lable to monitor and to take corrective  action should it arise.
    I  presume that if  the predictions that we are going to get were indi-
    cative of high level  fallout,  we would protest it.  1  have a committee,
    though,  which I'm  sure  would meet to discuss this  point.   The committee
                                    495
                                                                already  has  adopted a  policy about which  I  testified  before  the Joint
                                                                Committee on Atomic Energy and  responded  to the  fact  that  we didn't
                                                                like  the new standards  and therefore we would  use our own  judgment
                                                                in  these standards.  So I don't  believe  I can  answer  that  question
                                                                anymore  precisely than  to deal  with  it  in the  nature  of  the  event,
                                                                should  it occur, and we would probably  have to look at it  and  make
                                                                our own  judgment.
                                                            4.   From Walt  Kozlowski:

                                                                Who are  some of the well  know experts on the  radiological  health
                                                                advisory committee?

                                                                ANSWER:

                                                                We have  two practicing  radiologists, we've  had  a  recent  change  because
                                                                of illness, but at all  times these men  have been  highly  respected  in
                                                                their  field in the state  of Utah.  We have  had  some  health physicists.
                                                                We've  had  some men from industry.  We have  the  leading physicists  from
                                                                our three  large universities.  We have  nine people -  I don't  know  if
                                                                I have covered them all or not.
                                                            5.   From  Dr.  Pel letier:

                                                                How many  air  sampling  stations  do  you  think  it  is  necessary to have
                                                                in Utah to  assure  your people that they  were not exposed  to the cloud
                                                                of a  g 1 ven  event?

                                                                ANSWER:
                                                                Th
  is is a question the legislature asks me every time  I go for money.
As long as we don't have any event, they think we don't need the  sta-
tions.   We didn't have any trouble this year after the December event.
Actually, the stations which we operate are partly owned by us and
partly owned by the Public Health Service which we operate, and some
of them, of course, are using different types of instrumentation  for
which we are getting comparative results.  But I  would think we would
need about what we now have and if we maintain this, we would be  able
to determine the fallout in any movement from outside  the state.   I
don't believe every state would need the coverage we have as they
move farther away from the Test Site.
                                                            6.   From Robert Karsh:

                                                                The Dugway CBW incident last year made it apparent that the state of
                                                                Utah did not get advance information of what was being tested on
                                                                March 13.   Are you  now getting this advance information In the radio-
                                                                active field?  Minnesota is now concerned with the possibility and
                                                                legality of state rules more stringent than those of the AEC.  Does
                                                                Utah foresee this?

                                                                                                 496

-------
    ANSWER:

    Just to clarify that first part of the question, I  believe we are now
    involved in being informed from Dugway about all of the events that
    occur there.  Heretofore, we were only involved in the biological
    events,  not the chemical events.  We were also  involved in the beryl-
    Mum events at Dugway.  But the setup which is now in operation is
    the same for chemical events as for biological events.  With respect
    to the radiation aspect, we haven't had any event since December, but
    I  have been assured that we will be fully informed of anything that
    we need and we are having some of our staff visit the Southwestern
    Radiological Health Laboratory for technical consultation with regard
    to sharpening our capability on our own instruments with respect to
    some of the isotopes that have been mentioned here in this conference.
    We do use the Southwestern Radiological Health  Laboratory, of course,
    for reference for specimens on a number of things and we split speci-
    mens  with them.  I might also say, going back to the former question,
    that one of the reasons we are able to operate these stations as eco-
    nomically as we are because we  locate them  in connection with our air
    pollution program for other air pollutants and  so we are able to have
    a separate device while the man power  is common.  The daily changing
    and checking of motors and pads and testing samples  is done by the
    same person in multiple areas.  This reduces the cost substantially
    to what you would have to do  if you were just operating a fallout
    network as we were originally.

    (Second part of question.)   I think we have already given indication
    to that answer by indicating  how our own rad health advisory committee
    reacted to the new FRC standards when they were adopted a few years ago
    and prepared the statement which  I used to testify before the Committee.
    When the chairman of the Committee asked me who was going to apply the
    standard in Utah, he said, "Aren't you?"  and  I said, "Yes, we are,"
    and he said, "Well, that's the answer to your question."  So I  presume
    we will apply the FRC standards in our own way  in Utah; if that's
    writing a Utah standard why  it will have to be a Utah standard I  guess.
    It does pose a problem and that's what I said  in my paper:  that I
    think we have to have some full discussion of these standards.   As you
    remember back  in those days  it was said that you were changing the
    rules of the ball game just as you are about to score a touchdown and
    there is some bad reaction to that in several of the states.  I wouldn't
    be surprised  if Minnesota is one.
7.  From John Martin:

    To what extent does your state health safety program on radioactive
    fallout exposure cooperate or collaborate with  local universities and
    private industry researchers?

    ANSWER:

    I  don't know of any private  industry researchers in this area in Utah.
    There are some in the universities and  I'm sure  I can say that the com-
    munication can be Improved in this respect.

                                    497

-------
  SESSION IV - BASIC RADIATION
      PROTECTION GUIDANCE

  Chairman:   Dr. Gordon Dunning
Department of Operational  Safety
 U.  S. Atomic Energy Commission
           Germantown

-------
                       THE PHILOSOPHY
        BEHIND THE FEDERAL RADIATION COUNCIL GUIDES

            Paul C. Tompkins, Executive Director
                 Federal Radiation Council*
                          ABSTRACT

          The basic philosophy of the FRC in making recom-
     mendations for the control of radioactivity associated
     with normal peacetime operations is given in FRC re-
     port I.  Radiation Protection Guides for application-
     to activities such as Plowshare would be derived on
     the basis of this philosophy.  Considerations involve
     a balance of benefit versus risk for each Plowshare
     activity that is proposed for industrial application
     using potential exposures small in comparison to the
     basic guide of 0*1? rem per year as the primary ref-
     erence condition.

          Alternate approaches to achieving an appropriate
     balance have been suggested.  These include alloca-
     tion of a fraction of the 0.17 rem per capita per
     year to each relevant activity; setting a universally
     applicable MFC for each nuclide of interest, and the
     concept of the dose commitment.  Data to show the
     benefit in terms of the national need for the re-
     source in question (e.g., gas production) and the
     risk as indicated by the amount of residual radio-
     activity is a prerequisite to setting guidance for
     using Plowshare techniques in conjunction with con-
     sumer products available to the general public.
     It is a privilege for me to have the opportunity to dis-
cuss with you today the general philosophy of the FRC in the
formulation of basic guidance in radiation protection for use
in Federal agencies.  In order to gain an appreciation of the
general philosophy used by FRC, I should start with a descrip-
tion of how the FRC operates and the general nature of some
of its principal recommendations.  Formation of the FRC re-
sulted from a government-wide review of radiation protection
responsibility conducted in 1959 by the Director of the Bureau
of the Budget, Chairman of the Atomic Energy Commission, and
the Secretary of the Department of Health, Education, and
Welfare.  The decision to conduct such a review was in response
*The views expressed are those of the author and do not neces-
 sarily represent the official views of any Federal agency.
                            498
to the public confusion and concern over fallout hazards
associated with atmospheric testing of nuclear weapons, and
the fact that there appeared to be no single agency within
the executive branch of the Federal Government responsible
for the formulation of radiation protection guidance.

     The study group concluded that, under the prevailing
scientific assumption that any exposure to ionizing radiation
is associated with some risk of causing harmful biological
effects, the derivation of basic guidelines for radiation
protection involves reaching a balance between total health
protection, which can be achieved only if there is no radia-
tion, and the benefits from activities causing the exposure.
This balance in turn involves health, economic, social, and
ethical considerations of such a nature that the person or
persons making the decisions represented by that guidance
should be publicly accountable.  No single agency could be
found with the appropriate breadth of responsibility and juris-
diction, and it was recommended that the President be advised
by a Federal Radiation Council on radiation matters directly
or indirectly affecting health, including guidance for Federal
agencies in the promulgation of operating radiation protection
standards, and in the establishment of programs of cooperation
with the States.

     The President accepted this recommendation and created
the FRC by Executive Order 10831, August 14, 1959.  The Council
was made statutory in September 1959, by an amendment to the
Atomic Energy Act of 1954 - PL 86-373 (section 274h).

     The Council now consists of the Secretary of Health,
Education, and Welfare (designated by the President to serve
as Chairman); Chairman of Atomic Energy Commission; Secretaries
of Defense; Commerce; Labor; Agriculture; and Interior.  The
Special Assistant to the President for Science and Technology
also serves as an adviser to the FRC; he has always taken a
strong interest in the activities of the Council and has been
quite influential in the formulation of many of the basic
guidelines that have been adopted.

     Administratively, the FRC is treated as an independent
agency.  Staff members are employees of the Council and are
independent of any operating agency.  For example, we prepare
and submit our budget directly to the BOB and appear before
the Congressional appropriation committees just as all other
agencies.  The heart of the FRC operation is vested in its
Working Group.  Members of the Working Group are senior tech-
nical representatives appointed by the various Council mem-
bers to convey to the FRC staff the agency interest and views
in matters being developed for consideration by the Council.
When the Council is engaged in a specific project, the work
                                                                                                                  499

-------
 is conducted by means of task groups of technical people in
 Government, and when appropriate, consultants from the scien-
 tific community, representatives of State agencies, industry,
 and labor.  The law states:  "The Council shall consult qualified
 scientists and experts in radiation matters, including the
 President of the National Academy of Sciences, the Chairman
 of the National Council on Radiation Protection and Measure-
 ment, and qualified experts in the field of biology and medicine
 and in the field of health physics."  We accordingly have a
 contract with the Academy to support an advisory committee
 to the FRC, and a contract with the NCRP to review in depth
 the biological and physiological models used by the FRC in
 developing its guidance for strontium-89, strontium-90, and
 cesium-137.

      A sincere effort is made to get unanimous agreement on
 recommendations going to the President, because upon approval
 by the President and publication in the Federal Register,
 these recommendations become official guidance for Federal
 agencies.  If there is a controversy (and this happens quite
 often), the basic issues are isolated with the assistance of
 the WG and various alternatives are considered.  Attempts are
 then made to resolve the differences by appropriate meetings
 of officials directly below the Secretary level to reduce to
 a minimum the unresolved issues that must be solved by the
 principals themselves.  The basic philosophy of the FRC is
 given in FRC report 1 and is similar to that of the NCRP and
 also that of the International Commission on Radiological
 Protection (ICRP).   All three organizations have made it clear
 that their guidance deals quite differently with two distinct
 conditions of exposure:   (1) in which the occurrence of the
 exposure  is  foreseen and can be limited in amount by control
 of the  source,  and  by the development of proper operating
 procedures;  (2)  in  which the particular exposure is accidental
 (i.e.,  has not  been planned) and which can be  limited in amount
 only, if  at  all, by remedial actions.

      In 1962, the FRC  explained the  distinction between these
 two  types  of  exposure  conditions when it took  the position
 that  its  Radiation  Protection  Guides  (RPG)  in  FRC report 2
 should not be used  to  determine when  remedial  action to reduce
 or limit  the  intake  of iodine-131  from atmospheric  testing
 of nuclear weapons  should  be initiated.   It  pointed out to
 the JCAE that the RPG's were originally developed for appli-
 cation as guidelines for the protection of  radiation workers
 and the general public against  exposures  that  might result
 during normal peacetime operations in  connection  with the
 industrial use of ionizing radiation.   The  term  normal  peace-
 time operation referred specifically  to the  peaceful  applica-
 tions of nuclear technology  where the  primary  control is placed
on the design or use of the  source.   Since  the  numerical values
                            500
and the guides were designed for the regulation of a con-
tinuing industry,  they were  necessarily set so low that the
upper limit of Range II,  as  shown in FRC report 2, is con-
sidered to fall well within  the levels of exposure acceptable
for a lifetime.  Furthermore, to provide the maximum margin
of safety, the upper limits  of Range II were related'to the
lowest possible level at  which it was believed that nuclear
industrial technology could  be developed.

     These guides  for normal peacetime operations are not
intended to be a dividing line between safety and danger in
actual radiation situations; nor are they intended to set a
line at which protective  action should be taken, or indicate
what kind of action should be taken.  There is, of course,
an essential difference between environmental radioactivity
resulting from a long term permanent industrial operation and
that related to intermittent production from individual wea-
pons tests or series of weapons tests.  With the former, it
is predictable that introduction of radioisotopes into the
environment will persist  at  a known rate throughout the life
of the source.  On the other hand, weapons tests are sporadic
in nature and the  radioactivity produced will rise at the time
of testing and decline at various rates for different isotopes
after conclusion of a test or series of tests.  As applied to
an intermittent source, such as fallout from weapons testing,
average annual intakes of radionuclides equivalent to the
RPG's for normal peacetime operations should be used as an
indication of when a need for detailed evaluation of possible
exposure hazards and a need  to consider if any protective action
should be taken under all the relevant circumstances, including
the probable continuity or repetitiveness of the activities
leading to the release.of the radionuclides to the environment.

     There is substantial agreement between the ICRP and the
FRC philosophies in guidance applicable to industrial prac-
tices, fallout from atmospheric testing of nuclear weapons,
and accidental release of radionuclides to the environment.
However, there is a substantive difference in  the two philos-
ophies  regarding the applicability of the numerical values
for RPG's.  In its report 9, the ICRP said:   "Accordingly,
any dose limitations recommended by the Commission refer only
to exposure resulting from technical practices that add to
natural background radiation.  The dose limitations are there-
fore intended to include such exposures as those  that result
from mining, from flight at  high altitudes, or from the pres-
ence of radioactive materials such as radium,  uranium, or
thorium in concentrated form. '

     The FRC philosophy as applied  to  such technological
practices as mining and high altitude  flying  is  encompassed
                                                                                                                  501

-------
in two recommendations in FRC report 1.  The applicable para-
graphs read:  "There can be no single permissible or accept-
able level of exposure without regard to the reason for per-
mitting the exposure.  It should be general practice to reduce
exposure to radiation, and positive efforts should be carried
out to fulfill the sense of these recommendations.  It is
basic that exposure to radiation should result from a real
determination of its necessity.

     "There can be different Radiation Protection Guides with
different numerical values, depending on the circumstances.
The Guides herein recommended are appropriate for normal peace-
time operations."  As we have interpreted the Radiation Pro-
tection Guides in report 1, mandatory extension of the numerical
values in that report is not necessarily appropriate and each
activity of this type may be considered separately and on its
own merits under the FRC philosophy.  As a matter of faqt, on
the basis of competent scientific advice, the FRC has already
set aside mandatory application of the RPG approach in deriving
its recommendations for radiation protection associated with
underground uranium mining.  The guidance in this case is
derived from an evaluation of the epidemiological information
derived from the DHEW study of lung cancer rates in uranium
miners as related to exposure expressed in a unit called the
Working Level Month.

      In common with the practices of the NCRP and ICRP, we
accept the  concept that there is no threshold in the relation-
ship  between exposure to ionizing radiation and the possibility
of  causing  adverse biological effects.  We also accept the
concept that this relationship is monotonic; that is, the
probability of causing a harmful biological effect increases
with  the radiation exposure.  As do most professional bodies
concerned with deriving appropriate practices involving radia-
tion  protection, we utilize many of the principles derived
from  the assumption that the relationship between radiation
exposure and the probability of causing harmful biological
effects varies linearly with the radiation dose, although we
recognize that such a cause-effect relationship is not true
in  the real world.  Acceptance of the  linear hypothesis pro-
vides a basis for deriving an appropriate course of radiation
protection, but it by no means implies that the FRC accepts
this  relationship as a fundamental law of nature.

      The concept that guidance for radiation protection in-
volves reaching a balance between the benefits derived from
the activities causing radiation exposure and the risk result-
ing from radiation exposure has led to the development of
several different ways of examining both the benefits and the
risks.  Acceptance of the linear hypothesis as a basis for
the development of radiation protection guidelines and practices
                             502
permits the conclusion that the total risk increases with the
total man rems regardless of how these man rems may be dis-
tributed among various individuals in the population at risk.
However, when there is a choice we usually consider that a
very small change in incremental exposure per individual, even
though it may affect a larger population, is preferable to
a course of action that would limit the population at risk
at the cost of a sharply increased radiation dose per indi-
vidual .

     A significant concept that has grown in the FRC is that
reduction in risk is correspondingly achieved by a reduction
in total man rems and cannot be achieved by simply spreading
the same exposure over a larger number of people.  This con-
cept has been influential in the distinctions drawn by the
FRC in developing its Protective Action Guides (PAG) for coping
with uncontrollable exposures.   An extension is the view that
a particular radiation environment considered unacceptable
for one person should also be considered unacceptable for all
persons.  The guidance developed for categories 2 and 3 in
FRC report 7 resulted directly  from this concept.  For example,
category 2 is concerned with the transmission of strontium-89,
strontium-90, or cesium-137 to  man through dietary pathways
other than through milk during  the first year following an
acute contaminating event.  This involves the use of feed crops
for animals, including dairy cattle, and plant products used
directly for human consumption.  The intent of the guidance
for category 2 is that the purpose of protective action is to
prevent unacceptably contaminated produce from entering the
market.   The population at risk may be hypothetical and the
PAG for these nuclides and crops assumes all of the crops are
utilized in the immediate local area.  If the contamination
level is unacceptable, as derived in this hypothetical case,
major contributors to the potential intake should be prevented
from entering the market.

     Application of the linear  hypothesis is also fundamental
to the concept of the dose commitment as first developed by
the United Nations Scientific Committee on the Effects of
Atomic Radiation.  The dose commitment in this case may be
defined as the mean population  dose per year of practice, and
has been used to evaluate the relative risk associated with
activities as divergent as fallout from atmospheric testing
of nuclear weapons and the significance of radiation exposure
associated with medical practice.

     Of the various ways in which the risk side of the pro-
jected balance may be evaluated, the FRC prefers to examine
the dose commitment in relation to the basic RPG's as given
in FRC report 1 and against the average dose rate associated
with natural background radiation, as well as the range of
                                                                                                                  503

-------
 dose rates occurring naturally in various occupied parts of
 the world.  These relations allow one to gain some perspective
 on the significance of the practice or proposed practice in
 a way that allows for qualitative as well as quantitative
 ignorance of yet unr^cognizp.l radiation effects, and automatic
 weighting for various somatic effects, as well as genetic
 ef fects.

      There is no known way by which the benefit side of the
 balance can be quantitatively evaluated in a manner made pos-
 sible on the risk side through utilization of the linear hy-
 pothesis.  The FRC has not a lopte J the often made suggestion
 that it should pro-rate the basic guide of 0.17 rem per capita
 per year on the basis of relative benefits, so that the sum
 of dose commitments from all activities would not exceed the
 basic RPG.  We find this "pie cutting" approach objectionable
 for several reasons.  The first is that the approach presumes
 clairvoyance regarding various applications, not now visualized,
 and the benefits that might be presumed to accrue from them.
 The second is that the RPG is not a dividing line between
 safety and danger so that simple compliance with the P.PG
 itself is rmt an a priori justification for the degree of
 control exercised.  Another reason is that both control capa-
 bility and national need for the activity may be expected to
 change with time.   Continuous review of national needs, as
 well as keeping estimates of dose commitment under surveil-
 la nee,  appears a more appropriate way to approach formulation
 of Presidential policy guidance concerned with activities re-
 sulting in human exposure.

      The  FRC  has not developed radiation protection guidance
 with the  specific  application of the peaceful uses of nuclear
 explosions  in mind.   Under  the FRC  philosophy it is doubtful
 that a  single numerical  criterion applicable to all potential
 applications  of the  Plowshare type  would be meaningful.  Each
 application  such as  nuclear  excavation,  gas stimulation,  and
 metal extraction from  low grade  ore  involves such a diversity
 of benefits and  potential dose commitment  that a single number
 applicable  to  all  would,  at  this time,  appear to be meaningless.

     The  Plowshare Division  ~>f AEC  in  its  cooperative research
 program with  the Department  of the  Interior and  industry  is
 developing quantitative  information  on  the radionuclides  pro-
 duced , what nuclides appear  in the consumer product and in
 what quantities, and informat ion  on  the  distribution of the
 consumer products.   An important  part  of this "source term"
 is the average release rate  of nuclides  such as  T and 9SKr
 to the environment per unit  of time.   From the laws of radi^-
active decay, the environmental  burden will  stabilize when
the number of radioactive atoms  decaying p°r unit time in the
environment equals the amounts added to  tlr3  environment during
the same unit time.
     Sinc^ both T and 85^r are by-products of other activities
such a3 the nuclear power industry, it would appear appropriate
that the addition of these nuclides from Plowshare activities
be small compared to the total environmental burden from all
activities.  In addition to technical considerations, both
l-'gal and political consideration? rnav became involved.  F^r
ex^r.p 1 e, petroleum products with a hiehcr than natural T/H
rat io may bo used for the manufacture of other products.  If
these uses result in the hydrogen being inccrr orated into food,
the interpr'-'' tat ion of the Delaney amendment by the Food and
Drug Administration would have to be resolved within the FRC
as an integral part of its guidance.

     In summary, the development by the FRC of guidance ap-
plicable to activities such as the Plowshare program would
involve an estimate of the dose commitment that might be in-
volved, an evaluation of the national need for the resources
that could be made available from the program plus possibly
some legal and political considerations that could influence
the particular form the guidance mirht take.

-------
                    QUESTIONS FOR PAUL TOMPKINS
From Wait Kozlowski:

At what specific levels do you expect the environmental burden
to stabilize?  Upon reaching these  levels, be they safe or unsafe,
would it then become necessary to shut down the radiation sources?

ANSWER:

Well, in order to answer that question,  I would have to make more
assumpti ons than I  am wi I Ii ng to make.   Fi rst of a I I, you wouId
have to pick the nuclide,  you would have to pick the specific
disposal type, and so forth.  This will  give a different answer
for practically any nuclide you want to  mention and I  have not
had occasion recently to do a check on the total environmental
burden of certain nuclides, so  I don't think I  could honestly
answer at what level I would expect any  of these nuclides, such
as krypton-85 for example, to stabilize.  As I   indicated, when
you are putting in more than will be removed by decay, the level
will increase.  When you are putting in  less than will be removed
by decay, the level will decrease.  The  point I  tried to make
was in an activity such as Plowshare where it is a repetitive
program and this will involve the release of certain known
quantities of radionuclides, these  levels, based on the frequency
and the quantities, can be predicted, and one can get an advance
fix on the potential dose commitment.  But I  would have to have
the data on the number of shots per year, the number of ki lotons
per year, the fractions of these ki lotons or megatons or whatever
it  is that is fission versus fusion fuel and then perhaps I  could
answer  it.

With regard to the second part, our philosophy  in so far as it  is
possible  is to anticipate.  The question of shutting down radiation
sources is not the kind of question that the FRC would attach a
number to.  The concept involved there is that you are dealing"
with a danger line of go,  no-go sort of  operation.  This may be
appropriate for certain legal or regulatory applications which   I
am not capable of talking about, but certainly on a policy level
within the Federal government it would certainly not be approached
in this manner.
From Robert Karsh:

You have made crystal clear that when you weigh benefits against
risks, everything depends upon what you put in the balance pans.
How do you decide when national security and public welfare go
into the same pan or  into opposite pans?
                                506
    ANSWER:

    Well,  I  would answer that in two ways also.   The requirements of
    national  security are in a pan all  by themselves.   I  think it
    is obvious that the nation will  do  things where it feels that
    its national  security is at stake that it would not tolerate
    for a  lesser  reason.  I  have been personally of the conviction
    that weapons  testing was never started because  it's safe,  that
    is not true,  nor was it  stopped  because it's overly dangerous.
    The real  reasons were political,  strategic—many,  many factors.
    But whenever  act i v i t ies  i nvoIvi ng the nat i ona I  secur i ty are done
    because  of national  security,  there is quite often a  risk  side
    to that  particular activity.   Now,  with regard  to  industrial
    applications, or sources that would also be  sources of exposure—
    Plowshare, for example.   There the  benefit has  to  do with  social
    development,  the real  need for power,  the real  need for the re-
    source and, as I  indicated,  we cannot put a  quantitative state-
    ment on  that.  In  the last analysis,  it becomes a  high level
    poIi ti caI  judgment as to when  and how thess  two thi ngs come i nto
    coi nci dence.
3.   From George  Anton:

    Please remark on  the  future  of  the  benefit  versus  risk  philosophy.

    ANSWER:

    I  think  as a philosophy  it  is probably  not  only going to  remain  in
    force, but will  in  fact  be extended to  many new activities, many
    environmental  contamination  problems that have not yet  quite  been
    so formally  examined  in  this particular way.  As a concept,  I  think
    it has a lot to offer.   It has  very strong  deficiencies in making
    it easy  to apply  in a systematic  way to a wide variety  of con-
    ditions.  Conventions for balancing benefit-risk  in radiation or
    in any other activities  are  simply  not  as mathematically  firm
    as the ICRP  approach  to  computing the appropriate  MFC's and so
    forth.  I  don't know  if  this really answers your question, but
    if your  notion is that a different  or more  formal  philosophy
    might replace it, I rather doubt  it.
                                                                                                                                      507

-------
     APPLICATION OF  ICRP RECOMMENDATIONS  RELEVANT TO  INTERNAL DOSE*

            K.  E.  Cowser,  W.  S.  Snyder, and  E. G. Struxness
                        Health Physics Division
                     Oak R i dge Nat iona I Laboratory
                         Oak Ridge, Tennessee
                               ABSTRACT

            The -intent of this paper is to review several of the
       basic concepts of radiation protection (with emphasis on
       internal dose) currently recommended by the International
       Commission on Radiological Protection (ICRP),  to summarize
       the assumptions and methods used in the calculation of in-
       ternal dose,  and to illustrate by example the  practical
       application of the pertinent guidelines,

            Tuo broad subject areas are considered:   (1)  standards
       of radiation  protection and (2)  bases  of internal  dose  es-
       timation.   Topics  discussed Dithin  the framework of radiation
       protection  standards  include maximum permissible dose,
       categories  of radiation exposure, maximum permissible dose
       commitment^ simultaneous internal and  external exposure,
       multiple organ exposure, and size of the exposed group.
       Discussion  of internal  dose  estimation  is limited  to selected
       items that  include the  body  burden of radionuclides and the
      calculation of absorbed dose, the dose equivalent,  the
      derivation of maximum permissible concentration (frfPC), the
      relationship of stable element intake to the l-^PC, and short-
      term and chronic exposure situations.
                            INTRODUCTION

      The  International  Commission  on  Radiological  Protection  (ICRP)  is  an
 i nternat ionaI Iy  recogn i zed  author ity  which  sets  values  of  maximum  per-
m i ss i bIe exposure  to  ionizing  radiation.  Var ious  nat i onaI organ i zations
serve a similar  funct ion  in the i r  respect i ve countries, and  in  the United
States thi s  i ncIudes the  Nat ionaI  Counc iI on Rad iat ion  Protect ion and
Measurements (NCRP) and the Federal Radiation Council (FRO.  The re-
latively minor differences  in the  recommendations of these oroanizations
concerned with limits of permissible  radiation exposures seem to reflect
^Research sponsored by the U. S. Atomic Energy Commission under contract
 with the Union Carbide Corporation.
                                                                                                        differences  in  the  publication  dates of  their  respective  recommendations.
                                                                                                        Information  contained  in  this paper  is drawn principally  from  publica-
                                                                                                        tions of  the ICRP and  NCRP  and  from  selected  interpretative  writings  of
                                                                                                        those who have  served  on  commi ttees  of these organizations.
                  RADIATION PROTECTION STANDARDS

     Recommendations of the ICRP are intended as guides to those respon-
sible for radiation protection and not as codes of practice or legal reg-
ulations.  These later concerns are rightfully the prerogative of national
authorities.  The application of radiation protection standards  is  intended
to prevent acute radiation effects and to limit to an acceptable level
the risk of such late effects as leukemia and premature aging.

Maximum Permissible Dose

     The bas i c recommendat ions of the Comm ission are in terms of radiation
doses to the whole body or to particular organs of the body.  From these
radiation doses are derived maximum permissible body burdens, maximum
permissible intakes, and maximum permissible concentrations of radio-
nuc I i des.
     To some e-tent, exposure to any
but at permissible dose levels, this risk
probability  of severe somatic or genetic
over n long period of time.''  Any severe
would be limited to an exceedingly small
Thus, it probably would be necessary to s
and use statistical  methods to detect any
permissible doses.  Faced with this diffi
"linear hypothesis" - i.e., that risk is,
port ionaI  to dose.  A I though conf i rmatory
assumption is believed to be, if not accu
z i ng rad i at i on enta iIs a risk;
  s believed to carry a negligible
  njury to an individual exposed
somat ic injury, such as Ieukem i a,
port i on of the exposed group .
tudy large groups of individuals
 effects at the level  of the
culty,  the ICRP has assumed the
 to a f i rst approx i mat i on, pro-
 proof  i s Iacki ng, th i s
rate,  on the conservative side.
     The rna-imum permissible dose (MPD) is then established  in  light of
current know I edge and attempts to balance as far as possible the risk of
the exposure against the benefit of the practice.   Also considered  is the
possible danger involved in remedial actions once the exposure  has
occurred.  The Commission's recommended mavjmum permissible doses are
appropriate for those situations in which the  levels of radiation or radio-
active contamination can be control  led.

     Concern i s expressed by the Comm ission for the tota I   intake of  rad i o-
nuclides by individuals in various applications of radioactive  materials
to be expected in the future expansion of atom ic energy and  for single
types of population exposure that mioht take up a di spreport i onate  share
of the totaI  permissible dose.'   "The use of the term critical has here
been extended to describe nuclides, articles of diet, and  pathways  of
exposure which deserve primary consideration as being the  mechanisms of
                                                                                                                                        509

-------
principal exposure of  individuals.1   Clearly,  it  is necessary to consider
multiple sources of potential radiation exposure  in planning for the growth
of peaceful uses of nuclear energy.

Exposure of Occupational Workers

     Two changes have  been made  in the maximum permissible dose rate
recommended for occupational exposure.  In  1934,  the ICRP adopted a maxi-
mum permissible dose rate of 0.2 R/day (or  1 R/week for a 5-day work week)
for total body exposure.6  This  level was subsequently reduced to
0.3 rem/week in 19507  and to 5 rem/year (or 0.1 rem/week) in 1956.8
Reductions in MPD did  not result from positive evidence of damage due to
the use of the earlier permissible dose levels.   Rather, consideration
was given to the lack  of evidence to prove  that a  threshold dose existed
below which no genetic or somatic damage would  result and to the prob-
ability of a large future increase in radiation use as the nuclear industry
expanded.  The  intent  was to  limit the genetically significant radiation
exposure of the population and the probability of somatic injury by
reduc i ng Ii fet i me doses."

     Values of maximum permissible dose are applied to both external and
internal exposures.  The present maximum permissible dose equivalents*
as recommended  by  ICRP for occupational exposure  are summarized in Table  1.
Values  recommended by  NCRP,  FRC, and the  International Atomic Energy
Agency  (IAEA) are  listed for comparative purposes.^»^'  The formula for
accumulated dose,  5(N-18), where N  is the  individual's age in years, is
intended to provide  some flexibility  in occupational exposure situations
when  the need  arises.   Considering the  13-week  permissible exposures
(Column  2) where the formula applies,  it  is seen  that 12 rems could be
accumulated  in  one year.  However, all four authorities emphasize that
workers  who have accumulated a dose  higher  than that permitted by the
formula  should  not be  exposed at a rate higher  than 5 rems/year until
the accumulated dose  is lower than that permitted by the formula.  The
formula  implies that occupational  exposures should not be permitted for
 individuals whose  age  is  less than  18 years.  However,  in countries where
this  occupational  age  restriction  Is  not  limiting, the  ICRP12 and the  IAEA1*
recommend  that  exposures to  the  whole body, gonads, blood-forming organs,
and  lenses of  the  eyes should not  exceed 5  rems  in any one year; and the
accumulated dose at  age 30 should  not exceed 60 rems.

      Columns 3  and 4 of Table  1  indicate that not all agencies have recom-
mended  spec i f ic vaIues i n each case  for the annual and accumuI ated occu-
pational dose.  However, with the  exception of  the lens of the eyes, there
are no  differences  in  the recommended values.   The ICRP  increased the
 limits  for the  lens  of the eyes  to 15 rems/year and 8 rems/13 weeks since
the  lens does  not  seem to assume greater  importance than other tissue
from  X-, gamma-, and beta-radiations.14'15  However, for radiation of
 *Dose  equivalent (rem)  = absorbed  dose (rad)  x  modifying  factors.  For
  the sake of  convenience,  "dose" will  be  used hereafter  instead of "dose
  equivalent. '
                                 510
Table 1.   Recommended maximum permissible dose equivalents for occupational
          workers.

                 .                ...   Max i mum permissible   ft      ,  j. j  j
                 Maximum dose equivalent     ,     K ,   .   .      Accumulated  dose
     Or9an          (rem) in 13 weeks         (reTTyear      equivalent (rem)
Red bone marrow
Tota 1 body
Head and trunk
Gonads
Lenses of eyes

Skin


Thyroid


Bone
Hands, forearm
feet, and
ankl es
Al 1 other
organs
3
3
3
3
3
8
8
10
15
8
10
15
15
25
38
40
5
8
- I,A,N,F
- I,A,N,F
- N,F
- I,A,N,F
- N,F
- I,A
- N
- F
- I,A
- N
- F
- I.A
- I,A
- F,N
- 1
- A
- F
- I,A
5 -
5 -
5 -
5 -
5 -
15 -

30 -


30 -

30 -
75 -


15 -

1 ,A,N
I,A,N
N
I,A,N
N,F
I.A

1 ,N,F,A


I,N,F,A

I,N,A
I,N,F,A


I,N,F,A

51N-18) - I,A,N,F
5(N-18) - 1 ,A,N,F
5(N-18) - N,F
5CN-18) - I,A,N,F
5IN-18) - N,F













   F = FRC;  FRC identifies its values as  Radiation  Protection  Guides  (RPG).
   A = IAEA.

   N = NCRP.

   I  = ICRP.
                                                                                                                                       51 I

-------
 high linear energy transfer a  lens modifying factor of 3 and a Quality
 factor of 10 are applied.16  For the MPD in 13 weeks there are a number
 of differences.  The differences result from the 1960 decisions of the
 'JL.PP   and FRC   in  1 Qr 6 to set for simplicity the ma•imum permissible
 quarterly values at  1/3 the annual  permissible dose and '"'f the ICRp'
 in 1966 to set the maximum permissible quarterly values at 1/2 the annual
 perm!ss i bIe dose.

      It is apparent  that *DT chrcn.c e-posure to ionizing radiation (,-.. .t
 including planned special exposures or emergency e-,posures) that there
 ore three principal  ICRP regulations:  (1) no more than 1/2 the annual
 permissible dose to  any body 'jrgan in a smqle Quarter,  (j) no more than
 5(N-13) rem to the orqans for wi-ich the formula is app I i c at I e; _a~d (3>
 no more than the annual permissible dose tor the other organ? . *-L

 Exposure of Members of the Pub I ic

      The present annual dose levels recommended by the ''-"-(-,  IAEA, NCPP,
 and FPC tor members of the general  population are listed  in Table 2.
 With but  one exception (see fo-tnctes "d" and "e"),  the values listed
 are 1/10  of the maximum permissible dose equivalents permitted  in one
 year for  occupational workers (see Column 3 of Table 1).^'-^-  It is  seen
 that the  FRC does  not have Padiat i on Protect i on Guides (PPG)  *or some
 organs.   However,  in his Memorandum for the Presi dent,--  the  chairman  of
 the FRC recommended that "where no Pad i jt i on Protect i on  Gu i des  are pr :>-
 viJed,  federal  agencies continue present practices."  This is taken by
 these authors  to mean that the dose levels  (and concentration guides)  to
 be  foil owed  by  ^9jer 3 I  agencies in  such  cases  should be  those recommended
 by  the  ICRP  and "JCPP.  Thus,  there  appear to be no important  differences
 among the  recommendations of  these  authorities concerning permissible
 exposure  levels for  members  of  the  general  population.

      There are  a number of  reasons  why  permissible  dose  levels  for mem-
 bers of the  general  popuI at i on  should  be  less  thin  those  for  occupational
 workers.   According  to  I CRP, ~~   "It  is  not desirable  to expose members  of
 the public to doses  as  high as  those  considered  to  be  acceptable  for
 radiation  workers; members of  tht public  include children  who might be
 subject to an increased  risk and who  might  te  e-nosed  during  the  whole
of their lifetime;  members of the public  (in contrast  to  radiation  workers)
do not make the choice  to be exposed, and they m.iy  receive  no direct bene-
fit from the exposure;  they are not subject  to the selection, supervision,
and monitoring  required for radiation work, and they are exposed  to the
risk of  their own occupation."
     The Comm ission defines a  genetic  d< >
hypothes i s " and "no thresho I d" as r urnp 1 1 ii
sessment of the genet i c burden or  qenet i
Specifically, they re-'cnmend tr it  the  ge
I at i on f rom all rad i at ion sou re es , e -c I u ze a re involved.  But the  limitations of  this
                                                             ou i danre must be recoqn ized.   The e-posure situation  to  which the  I CPP
                                                             f ornu I a app I i es wou I d be e • pec ted to be cont i nuous  over  the  e~- tended
                                                             time period involved.  Any e> pcsu re must  be  justified  by  the  need for
                                                             its associated cause and not permitted simply  because  the  expected  dose
                                                             wou I d :>t M I be  I ess  than some  specified  level.   In  considering  special
                                                             or one-in-a-Iifetime situations, one must keep  in  mind  that  no  single
                                                             type of population e-.pi-sure should be permittod  to  take  up a  dispropor-
                                                             tion j t K  share of the total dose.

                                                                 The  I CPP suggested that the size of  the  group  be  determined  by the
                                                                                                                                        5I3

-------
     S = percent of total population,

     K = average dose per 30 years to members of the total population
         as a result of exposure to the group, and

     I  = average dose per year^to  individual members of the group.

     On the basis of occupational exposure at 5 rems/year total body
exposure and assigning  1.0 rem for the value of K,30 the size of the
occupational group  is 0.756 of the whole population; and each member of
this group may accumulate 60 rems by age 30.  When the entire population
is considered, S, as expected, takes on the value of 100^; i.e., when
K = 5 rems/30 years and  1 = 0.17 rem/year.  Firm values of K have not
been recommended, since  ICRP believes the apportionment of permissible
genetic dose  is best left to the various countries.

SimuItaneous ExternaI and  InternaI Exposure

     Occupational exposure includes consideration of dose contributed
by external and internal sources.  The total dose must be controlled;
initial recommendations  simply considered the reduction of internal
exposure by the fraction of MPD contributed by external exposure.31
Subsequently, the Commission provided a set of rules governing the
addition of doses from  penetrating external exposure and exposure to
long-lived bone seekers.32  These rules are enumerated as follows:
(1) No reduction need be made  in maximum permissible external dose if the
body burden of a radionuclide  is less than one-half of the maximum per-
missible;  (2) the total  body exposure to external radiation should be
reduced from  5 rems/year to 1.5 rems/year  if the body burden is greater
than one-half but  less  than the maximum permissible; and (3) the total
body exposure should be reduced to zero if the body burden equals or
exceeds the maximum permissible.  Presumably, for simultaneous external
and internal occupational exposure to short-lived radionuclides, the
recommendations for quarterly and annual dose listed in Table 1 would
apply.

Multiple Organ Exposure

     Exposure to radionucl ides released to the environment may result
in dose to several  organs.  In those  instances in which a mixture of
radionucI ides are taken  into the body and the resultant doses in several
organs are of comparable magnitude, the combined exposure is considered
to constitute essentially whole body exposure.33  The limitations
imposed on occupational exposure to the gonads and the blood-forming
organs then apply,  and  the dose to each of the organs must be restricted
to not more than 3  rems/13 weeks, 5 rems/year, and an accumulated dose
of 5(N-18) rem.

     More recent guidance by the ICRP considers the permissible occupa-
tional  exposure when several body organs are concurrently exposed.
If external exposure of whole body has resulted in red bone marrow or
514
                                                                     Table 2.  Annual dose levels for members of the public.
Organ or Tissue
Gonads and red bone marrow
Total body
Lenses of the eyes
Other single organs
Skin, bone, and thyroid
NCRPa
(rem)
0.5
0.5
0.5
1.5
3
FRCb
(rem)
0.5°
0.5C

1.5d
ICRP
(rem)
0.5
0.5
1.5
1.5
3e
IAEA
(rem)
0.5
0.5
1.5
1.5
3e
                                                                     Hands, forearms, feet, and
                                                                       ankles
7.5
                    7.5
                              7.5
                                                                     —    These levels are based on NCRP's simple recommendation that
                                                                     the permissible dose to members of the population at large be re-
                                                                     duced to not more than 1/10 of the occupational  values.

                                                                     —    The FRC does not recommend Radiation Protection Guides for
                                                                     individual organ doses to the population other than gonads and
                                                                     whole body.

                                                                     —    The FRC specifies that the RPG for gonads shall  be  5 rems in
                                                                     30 years for average population groups on the assumption that the
                                                                     majority of individuals do not vary from the average by  a factor
                                                                     greater than 3; thus, the permissible annual  dose to gonads and
                                                                     whole body for average population groups would be 0.17 rems.

                                                                     —    The FRC recommends RPG's for the thyroid of 1.5 rems/year for
                                                                     individual and 0.5 rem/year to be applied to the average of suit-
                                                                     able samples of an exposed group in the population.

                                                                     —    The  ICRP and IAEA recommends 1.5 rems/year to the thyroid of
                                                                     children up to 16 years of age.
                                                                                                      5I5

-------
 gonad doses  in excess of 2.5 rems/year (> 1/2 'PD), no two or more organs
 shall be exposed at more than one-half their respective MPD (Column 3,
 Table 1).  The dose to three or more body organs should not e-ceed me-
 half ot their respective MPD.
                 BASES OF  INTERNAL DOSE ESTIMATION

      The dose actual ly received Pv ^an as a consequence of radionucl ides
 re I eased to the environment wi I I depend upon many factors.  The physical
 habit? and characteristics of  the individual (aqe, sex, physical  condi-
 tion, eating habit1.-,, hygienic  standards, etc.) influence the quantity of
 radioactive material to which  he may be e-posed and the amount of material
 that may assimilate  in various organs.  Dose will also depend upon the
 physical ana chemical properties of the radioactive material  and  the  n-cde
 of exposure (i.e.,  i nhaI ation,  i ngest i on ,  punc tu re w<~ und ,  submers i on  in
 contaminated air or w,-jter, et. .).   The p.iucity of d.jta to evaluate the
 effects of these factors on dose has made it necessary to limit the number
 ot factors considered and to  use simplifying assumptions in the calcula-
 tion o * body burden and ma• i mum permissible concentrations."

      The principal assumptions made by the Commission  in establishing tr ۥ
 maximum permissible body burdens and the maximum permissible cone entra-
 tions for occupational  exposure are as follows:"    (1 ' Exposure is con-
 tinuous for a 50-year period   to a  constant  level  of rnnta^ i nat i en;  (2)
 calculations are based on the so-called "standard man" whose h,iPits and
 characteristics have been defined  (i.e.,  mtai-e rate  of water and air,
 excret i on rate,  organ mass, element distribution, and  biological  parame-
 ters);  (3)  the organ is homo gen 120 us i n compos ition and density and  the
 radioactive material  is distributed uniformly within  the organ;  (4) the
 chemical  form of a particular radionuclide is classified simply as  so I u-
 ble or  insoluble;  (5)  the radionuclide is  eliminated  exponentially  from
 the body  organ,  i.e.,  the fraction  of  organ  burden eliminated per day
 is  constant;  and (6)  any  daughter  i so topes re ma in pre^nt  in  the  tissue
 where they  are  produced except for  biological  elimination  that occurs
 at  their  characteristic elimination  rates.   The only modes  of e-p-sure
 tabulated by  ICRP  are  inhalation and  ingestion, except  in  a  few cases
 where submersion  in  air presents the greatest hazard.   The  health  physi-
 cist must make appropriate  adjustments  when  population  exposure situations
 and other exposure modes  are  involved.

 Maximum Permissible Body  Burden

     The maximum permissible  body burden,  g,  is based  on that amount  of
 the radionuclide  which is  deposited  in the  totaI  body  and  produces the
maximum permissible dose  rate  to the body  organ of  interest.-^'  Thus,
to assess the s i en i f icance of  an intal-e of radioactive  material,  it is
 necessary to \- now the rates of  r ad i at i r.n dose  rece i ved  by  the various
 orggns and tissues of the body  as a result of  the  deposition  f rc>m  that
 i n ta ke.   The a ver aoe 'Jose rate  per mi crocu rie deposited  in any  part of
the body i s then
     D=qx3.2x10'xex1.6

       =51 A g x — rem/day
                                                                                                                                          10
 1
100
             q = mi crocu ries accumulated in the total  body,

     3.2 x 10  = number of disintegrations per day from 1  uC i ,

             £ = £ EF (OF) < DF),  the eff^.-five absorbed energy  per
                 disintegration,  NleV (An explanation of these terms
                 appears later in the te>t. ),

    1.r * 10~6 = ergs per MeV,
           100 = ergs per gram of tissue per  rad,  and

             m = mass in grams of the tissue.

     Two somewhat different criteria have been used by the Comm i ss i on
to determine maximum permissible  dose values.  ~  For bone-seeking
radionuclides such as strontium-90 and pIutonium-239,  the estimate is
based  on a compar ison with rad i um-226 and dauqhter products.  f-'e M ance
has been placed on the considerable e-pprience gained  f rom clinical find-
ings concerned with internally deposited radium.  The  ma•imum permissible
body burden of 0.1  \iq of radium-226 is considered to correspond to an
average dose rate of 30 rems/year to occupational  empIoyees.  For all
other  radionuclides the body burdens are set  to limit  the dose received
by various organs of the body to  the values listed  in  Column 3, Table  1.

     A number of metabo lie routes must be considered  in internal  contami-
nation.  The possible fate of radionuclides tal-en  into the  body depends
on the mode of entry (inhalation, inqestion,  skin absorption, or punc-
ture wound) and on the physicochemicaI  properties of the  material  (size,
shape, and density of particles,  and chemical  form and solubility).  The
distribution of an ingested  isotope in the body is determined by a number
of factors, and these are illustrated by a simple diagram  (Figure  1).
For a  continuous inqestion of P u^i/day, the fraction of  ingested  radio-
nuclide reaching the blood is f ^  and the fraction of nuclide in the  blood
that reaches the critical organ  is f';.  The parameter f->  is the fraction
of the body burden in the critical organ and qfo  is the burden of  the
radionuclide in the critical  organ.   The fraction of that  taken  into the
body by inqestion that  is retained by the critical organ,  f,  is  the
product of f i, f' T .  The compa rtment mode I  reflects  a constant elimination
rate,  \, from the rritical organ.  Critical oroan  refers  to the organ  of
the body wii«i>t damage by the radiation  results  in  the  jreatest damage  to
the body.  Frequently,  but rv->t always,  this is  the organ  that accumulates
the greatest concentration <;f the radioactive material.   Guidance  is
furnished by the Cnmmission  on appropri.'ite values  for  each  of these
parameters  in standard  man as we I I as on the  retention of  particulate
matter  in  lungs jn.j or  the crntents and  residence  times  in  the nastro-
intestinal tract. "J.J0  Possible  revisions to  the  lung model have  been
considered by a T,isk Croup of ICRP Committee  2.^'   A  Task Group of  ICRP
                                                                                                                                        5I7

-------
                                                       ORNL DWG. 69-3433

                PARAMETERS CHARACTERIZING THE DISTRIBUTION
                         OF  AN INGESTED RADIONUCLIDE
             P = intake rate.

             f ( = fraction of ingested radionuclide reaching the blood.

             f 2 = fraction of radionuclide in blood reaching the critical organ.

             f 2 = fraction of body burden in the critical organ.

             A = fractional elimination rate.
Figure 1.  Parameters characterizing the distribution of an ingested radionuclide.

                                       518
Committee 4 has more recently developed the models required to calculate
dose due to a short-term or acute single  intake of radionucIides.  De-
tailed  information has been furnished about the metabolism of thirty-one
radionucIides most frequently encountered as  internal contaminants of
        4"1
workers.
42
                                                                                                              The dose equivalent in rem corresponds numerically to the product
                                                                                                         of the absorbed dose in rad by appropriate modifying factors.   One of
                                                                                                         the modifying factors is the quality factor,  OF (formerly referred to
                                                                                                         as RBE), which now relates to linear energy transfer (LET).  Another
                                                                                                         modifying factor is the distribution factor,  DF,  that expresses the modi-
                                                                                                         fication of biological  effect due to non-uniform  distribution  of intern-
                                                                                                         ally deposited isotopes.  An example is the relative damage factor, n,
                                                                                                         applied in certain cases to the particulate component of energy (i.e.,
                                                                                                         all energy other than x or y) emitted by radionucIides deposited in the
                                                                                                         bone.  Other factors in the effective absorbed energy term given above
                                                                                                         are E, the energy (MeV) absorbed per disintegration, and F,  the ratio
                                                                                                         of disintegrations of daughter to disintegration  of  parent.  Thus,
                                                                                                         insertion of the appropriate modifying factors in the effective absorbed
                                                                                                         energy germ converts the absorbed dose (rad)  to the  dose equivalent (rem).

                                                                                                              The cr i ticaI  organ burden,  Q,  or the totaI body burden, q,  is g i ven
                                                                                                         by one of two equations. ^
                                                                                                                       5.4 x 10 5 m R
                                                                                                                                       pCi
                                                                                                                                                                            (2)
                                                                                                                        Ra.  Ra
                                                                                                                                                                            (3)
Equation (2) follows from equation (1) when R is the dose rate in rem/year,
and it applies to all  organs except bone.   Equation (3) applies in the
case of a- and 8-emitting radionuclides that localize in the bone and
relates the maximum permissible body burden to a permissible bone burden
of 0.1 uCi of radium-226.  The constant in this equation is derived from
the permissible body burden of radium-226  (0.1  uCi), the fraction of
radium-226 in the bone of that in the total  body (0.99), and the effective
absorbed energy of radium-226 and its daughter products (110).

Maximum Permi ssi ble Concentrations

      Maximum  permissible comcentrations (MPC) for all organs other  than
the Gl tract  are computed on  the basis of a constant  level of exposure
and the single exponential model  leading  to the equation^
                                                                   (4)
                                                                                                                                         519

-------
     The  solution  of  this equation when Q = 0 at t = 0 is
        =  effective decay constant =
                                     0.693
      T  =  effective half-life (T T. )/(T +T ), days;
                                r b    r  b     '
     T  =  radioactive half-life, days;
     T  =  biological  half-life,  days;
      t  =  exposure  period (taken as 50 years for occupation exposure),
          days;
      P  =  rate of  uptake of  the  radionuclide by the critical body organ,
          uCi/day.

The  amount of material  depos i ted in  the cr i 11caI  organ is equa I to the
product of the  concentrat ion of the  rad ionucIi de in air or water taken
into  the  body,  M(yCi/cm'),  the  average rate of intake, I(cm-Vday), and
the  fraction of  the  radionuclide initially retained in the critical organ,
^a* or  ^w*  Thus P =  Mlf.   For  occupational  exposure at the MPC of the
radionuclide  in  water,  M =  (MPC)W and in air,  M = (MPC)a.

      It is clear from equation  (5) that the body  burden and the associated
dose  rate increase throughout the exposure period, which  is taken as 50
years for occupat ionaI  exposure.   By substitutinq appropriate values of
P in equation (5), the  expression for maximum  permissible concentration
     MPC =
               cQ
                -7                                 -4
 in  which c = 10   for  inhalation and  c  =  9.2 x 10   for ingestion of
 water when the MPC is  for occupational  exposure of  40 hours per week.'*''
 It  is usuaI Iy assumed  that standard man consumes half his  daily intake
 as  air and water during the 8-hour working  day.   For cont i nuous occupa-
 tional  exposure the MPC values should be  divided by 2.92,  except for
 submersion as the exposure mode where they  shouId be d iv ided by 4.38 to
 correct for i ntake and occupancy factors.   Equation (6) can be mod i f i ed
 for parent-daughter radionucIides and for the  Gl  tract  as  the critical
organ.

      For  internal  exposure the  pattern of dose delivered at the MPC  is
 illustrated for a  few radionucI ides in Figure  2.  The permissible dose
rate  for  a  particular organ (Column 3, Table  1)  is  attained after an
occupational  exposure at  the constant MPC value  for 50  years.   Theoret-
 ically, a I though a  constant dose rate is never ach i eved w i th cont i nuous
                                520
                                                                                                              30
                                                                                                              15
                                                                                                           1  8
                                                                                                           S  7

                                                                                                           I  6
                                                                                                               5

                                                                                                               4

                                                                                                               3
                                                                                                                    Limiting rate to thyroid, skin, or bone
                                                                                                                      I
                                                                                                                     Limiting rate to kidney, liver, lung.
                                                                                                                          muscle, spleen, etc.
                                                                                                                             "Pb
                                                                                                                                    Limiting rate to
                                                                                                                               __ Radionuclide for
                                                                                                                          /      which T—*•«
                                                                                                                                    I    I    I
                                                                                                                                                      total body or gonads
                                                                                                              0    1    2    3   4   5    6    7   8   10  20   30   40  50  60
                                                                                                                                   Period of Exposure (years)
                                                                                                                 Plot of dose equivalent versus years of exposure at the constant level of MPC.

                                                                                                     Figure  2.   Plot of  dose equivalent versus years ot  exposure at the constant
                                                                                                                 level  of MPC.
                                                                                                                                           521

-------
deposition, 99? of the equilibrium value Is reached after a time period
corresponding to six effective half-lives.  The intake of iodine-131
with an effective half-life of 7.6 days will reach an equilibrium thyroid
burden and a dose rate of 30 rems/year to the thyroid after about 7 weeks'
exposure at the MPC.  For radionuclides such as strontium-90 and
p-lutonlum-239 with long effective half-lives, 100? of the permissible
occupational dose rate is reached after 50 years of exposure at the MPC
but, in the case of strontium-90, only B6t of the bone burden is reached.
The fact that the dose rate after 50 years of exposure may exceed the per-
missible rate is not viewed with alarm, since few, if any, workers will
be so exposed.  Although the permissible dose rate for very long-lived
radionuclides is only achieved after 50 years of exposure, any safety
factor  is more apparent than real.   In practice,  individual workers are
likely  to be exposed for only a  few years early in their work experience,
and the permissible dose commitment will, in fact, be nearly achieved.

     The most recent guidance on MPC values for strontium-90 considers
that metabolic data provide a sounder basis for the estimation of MPC
values  than the exponential model used previously  in the recommendations.
"Extensive experimental data  indicate that the strontium-calcium ratio of
mineral derived from diet  in newly formed bone is about 0.25 of the cor-
responding  ratio  in the normal human diet.  Data are also available on
the average concentrations of stable strontium and stable calcium in
normal  human diet and bone of  large  populations."  There was no change
made  in the permissible body burden of strontium-90, but the MPC values
for bone as the critical organ were  increased by a factor of 4, and the
MPC values  for total body as the critical organ were increased by a
factor  of  2.

Maximum Permissible Dose Commitment

     The MPC or MPI are satisfactory concepts from the standpoint of
more or less continuous exposures.  Only  recently  has the  iCRP provided
detailed guidance on single exposures to  radionuclides inhaled or in-
gested, and  it emphasized the problem associated with rapid buildup in
the body of radionuclides having long effective half-life.48  An oc-
cupational  worker who acquires a bone burden of strontium-90 such that
the dose of  15 rem  is received during  13  weeks of  the year, following
a  single exposure or quarterly exposure,  will continue to receive a bone
dose of this magnitude for many  years thereafter.  Thus, the worker would
be  restricted to work  In environments that add  little, if any, additional
exposure.

     To avoid the possible restriction of an employee's activity, the
ICRP has  introduced the concept  of maximum dose commitment.  An annual
maximum dose commitment  is the dose  resulting from the intake of radio-
nucl ides corresponding in amount to  intake at the MPC for  1 year.
Figure  3  Illustrates the application of the concept of maximum permissi-
ble dose commitment.4'  Curve A  represents the dose rate to the critical
body organ as a function of time, t, following a single short-term  intake
of time, T, of a radlonuci ide.   It is a maximum permissible dose commitment
                                 522
                                                          ORNL-DWG 68-9822
       >R
                                      TIME (years)
                                                                     50+ T/2
Figure 3.   Curves illustrating the maximum permissible dose commitment concept.
                                                                                                                                       523

-------
 if the area under this curve (integrated dose) from t = 0 to 50 + T/2 years
 is equal to the area under curve B for this same period.  Curve B rep-
 resents the dose rate to this same body organ when the person is occupa-
 tional ly exposed to the MPC of a radionuclide for a period Y years.   If
 T = 1/2 year, the exposure is the maximum permissible dose for single
 exposures or for exposures on a quarterly basis.  In every category  of
 max i mum permi ss i bIe dose commi tment, the area under curve A equaIs area
 under curve B equals RT, the area of the rectangle in which R is the
 maximum permissible dose rate appropriate to the critical body organ for
 the radionuclide as given in Column 3 of Table 1.  For any exposure  at
 the MPC the dose rate approaches the value R, as shown by the dotted
 curve C, and in every case reaches the value R at or before 50 years.

      The concept of dose commitment has application where members of the
 public may be exposed.  An earlier study made use of this approach in the
 assessment of the safety of waste releases to the Clinch River at Oak
 °idge National  Laboratory," and a paper to be given at this conference
 iI Iustrates another application.

 SingIe or jhort-Term Exposure

      The  ICRP has indicated that up to one-half of the maximum permis-
 sible dose commitment may be accumulated in a quarter of a year.^*-
 These commitments may be taken in any pattern during the quarter interval,
 from single,  near instantaneous exposures to continuous exposures.  In
 the case of internal exposure to radionucl ides having short effective
 half-lives, this  corresponds to a quarterly dose at twice the dose rate
 permi tted on  an annual  basis, or to rece i v i ng one-ha If the annual  dose
 in 13 weeks.   For internal  exposure to radionucIides having a long ef-
 fective half-life,  this corresponds to a total  intake of the radionuclide
 equal  to one-half of that which would be permitted for continuous ex-
 posure at the MPC for 1  year.  The dose equivalent over a 50-year period
 would  numerically equal  one-half  of the annual  permissible dose.   This
 relationship  between dose  from a  single or short-term exposure and dose
 f rom cont i nuous exposure has  been demonstrated  by K.  Z.  Morgan.  -^

 Consj de ration^ of  Stajjle^ El ement  Intake

     Many  factors have an effect  in  determt n i ng  the  vaIue for a  max imum
 permissible limit.   One  such  factor  is the  relative  abundance or  scare i tv
 in the diet of stable  isotopes with  similar chemical  properties  of the
 radionuclide.    When data are  lacking on  the metabolism of  a particular
 radionuclide  in the  human body, as  is  frequently  the case,  information
on the intake and elimination of  stable isotopes  of  the  element  in the
critical body organ  may  be used  in the calculation of  permissible  levels.
 It is assumed that the distribution of  the  normal  stable isotope  in  the
body organs is typical of the distribution that would  result from  chronic
exposure to radionuclides of  the  same  eIement and  that an  equ iI i br i um
condition exists between the  stable  isotope in the body  organ  and  in  the
dietary  intake.   When this is the case,  it follows that  for  a  stable
524
                                                                      i sotope
                                                                             55
                                                                                O.o93 m C
                                                                           rn =  mass in  grams  of  the  tissue,
                                                                           C =  average  concentration of  the  element  in  the  critical  organ
                                                                               (grams of  element per gram of wet  tissue),
                                                                           1  =  average  da iIy  i ngesti on of an element  (a/day),  and T  and f
                                                                               are as defined previously.

                                                                      By substituting equation (7)  in equation  (5)  for  an equilibrium situ-
                                                                      ation and letting P =  l*fw (where  I* is equal  to  the  permissible intake
                                                                      of the radionuclide,  or (MPC)W times the  standard man intake of water),
                                                                      it can be shown that
                                                                           g element in  organ
                                                                                                    0.693 m C
                                                                                                       If
                                                                                                                                         (8)
                                                                      Values of  (MPC)   calculated  from equation (8)  will  then correspond to
                                                                      similar values listed in ICRP Publication 2 for cases where stable ele-
                                                                      ment data  was judged  to  be acceptable and was  used  to calculate maximum
                                                                      permissible concentrations.   Thus,  it can be seen that the Commission
                                                                      considered stable element intake in its derivation  of maximum permissible
                                                                      concentrat ions.
                                                                                                       525

-------
                            REFERENCES
I.   International Commission on  Radiological  Protection,  Recommendations
    of the  International Commission  on  Radiological  Protection  (as  amended
     1959 and revised  1962),  ICRP Publ.  6,  p.  9,  Pergamon  Press,  London
     (1964).

2.   Ibid, p. 10

3.   International Commission on  Radiological  Protection,  Recommendations
    of the  International Commission  on  Radiological  Protection  (adopted
     September  17,  1965),  ICRP  Publ.  9,  p.  12, 15,  Pergamon Press,  London
     (1966).

4.   ICRP Publ. 6, op_ cpf,  p.  26.

5.   International Commission  on  Radiological  Protection,  Principles of
     Environmental Monitoring Related to the Handling of Radioactive
     Materials  (Report of  Committee 4),  ICRP Publ.  1, p. 9, Pergamon
     Press,  London  (1966).

6.   L.  S.  Taylor,  "History of  the International  Commission on Radiological
     Protection (ICRP)," Health Physics I,  97 (1958).

7.   Recommendations  of the International  Commission on Radiological
     Protection and of the International Commission on Radiological
     Units—1950, National  Bureau of Standards (US) Handbook 47 (19511.

8.   International  Commission on Radiological  Protection,  "Report on 1956
     Amendments to  the Recommendations of the International Commission on
     Radiological Protection (ICRP)," Radiology 70. 261 (1958).

9.   ICRP Publ. 6,  op_crtj  pp. 17, 18, 26.

10.   International  Atomic Energy Agency, Basic Safety Standards for Radiation
     Protection,  Safety Series Publ.  9, p.  9, Vienna (1962).

II.   K.  Z.  Morgan,  "Present Status of Recommendations of  the ICRP,  NCRP,
     and FRC,"  presented at the Health Physics Society Meeting in Los
     Angeles,  June  14, 1965; to be published  in Progress in Nuclear Energy
     Series XI I,  Vol.  2, Pergamon Press, London.

12.   ICRP Publ. 9,  op_c_rt_,  p. 9.

13.   IAEA Publ I.  9, op_cii, p. 17.

14.   ICRP Publ. 6,  op_cjt,  p. 9.

15.   ICRP Publ. 9,  op_c_[t,  p.  10.
                                   526
16.  Morgan, "Present Status of Recommendations of the ICRP, NCRP, and
     FRC," op_ cij, p. 8.

17.  "Maximum Permissible Body Burden and Maximum Permissible Concentrations
     of Radionuclides in Air and in Water for Occupational Exposure,"
     National Bureau of Standards (US) Handbook 69 (1959).

18.  Federal Radiation Council, Background Material  for the Development
     of Radiation  Protection Standards, Report No. I, U.  S. Government
     Printing Office, Washington, D. C. (May I960).

19.  ICRP Publ.  9, op_ cjjf, p. 10.

20.  K. Z. Morgan  and J. E.  Turner (ed.). Principles of Radiation Protection,
     p. 511, John  Wiley and  Sons, Inc., New York (1967).

21.  Federal Radiation Council, Background Material  for the Development
     of Radiation  Protection Standards, Report No. 2, p.  9, U.  S.
     Government  Printing Office, Washington, D.  C. (Sept. 1961).

22.  ICRP Publ.  9, op_crt_, p. 13.

23.  A. S. Fleming, "Radiation Protection Guidance for Federal  Agencies,'
     Federal Register, p. 4402 (May 18, I960).

24.  ICRP Publ.  9, op_crt^, p. 8.

25.  Ibid, p. 15.

26.  ICRP Publ.  6, op_c_rf_, p. 31.

27.  ICRP Publ.  9, op_crt_, p. 16.

28.  ICRP Publ.  6, pj>_cH^, p. 32.

29.  Morgan, Principles of Radiation Protection, op clt,  p. 517.

30.  ICRP Publ.  6, op_ cl±, p. 32.

31.  International Commission on Radiological Protection, Recommendations
     of the  International Commission on Radiological Protection  (Report
     of Committee  2 on Permissible Dose for  Internal Radiation),  ICRP
     Publ. 2, Pergamon Press, London (1959).

32.  ICRP Publ.  6, op_crf_, p. 15.

33.  Ibid, p. 29.

34.  ICRP Publ.  9, op_ cit_, p. 12.

35.  ICRP Publ.  2, op_crf_, p. 6.
                                                                                                                                         527

-------
 36.  Ibid,  p. 8.

 37.  Ibid,  p. 10.

 38.  Ibid,  p. II.

 39.  ICRP Pub I. 6, op cit.

 40.  ICRP Pub I. 2, op_ cit.

 41.  ICRP Task  Group on  Lung Dynamics (P.  E. Marrow, chairman), "Deposition
     and Retention Models for Internal  Dosimetry of the Human Respiratory
     Tract," Health Physics 12,  173 (1966).

 42.  ICRP Task  Group of  Committee 4 (G. C. Butler, chairman), Eva Iuation
     of Radiation Doses  to Body  Tissues from Internal Contamination  Due
     to Occupational Exposure (In press)

 43.  ICRP Publ. 2, 0£_cn_, pp.  13,  15.

 44.  Ibid.  p. 16.

 45.  Ibid,  p. 16.

 46.  Ibid,  p. 17.

 47.  ICRP Publ . 6, 0£ c_rf_, p. 39.

 48.  ICRP Publ. 9, o£C_rt_, pp.  10,  12.

 49.  K. Z.  Morgan, "Assumptions  Made by the Internal Dose Committee  of
     the International Commission on Radiological Protection," paper
     presented at Sixth Annual Meeting  of  the Gesellschaft fur Nuclear
     Medizin, Wiesbapen, Germany, September 26-28, 1968.

 50.  K. E.  Cowser, W.  S. Snyder, ejf_ aj_., "Evaluation of Radiation Dose
     to Man  from Radionuclides Released to the Clinch River," IAEA
     Symposium on  Disposal of Radioactive Wastes Into Seas, Oceans,  and
     Surface Waters, Vienna, Austria, p. 639 (1966).

51.  S. V.  Kaye  and  P. S. Rohwer, "Methods of  Estimating  Exposures to
     Populations from Plowshare Applications," paper presented at Symposium
     on Public Health Aspects of Peaceful Uses of Nuclear Explosives,
     Las Vegas,  Nevada, April 7-11,  1969.

52.  ICRP Publ.  9, o£ crt_, p. 10.

53.  Morgan, Principles of Radiation Protection, op cit,  p. 324.

54.  ICRP Publ.  2, op_ crf_, p. 27.

55.  ICRP Publ.  2, og_ c_rf_,  p. 33.
  DEVELOPMENT OF REGULATORY CRITERIA APPLICABLE
TO CONTROL OF RADIATION  EXPOSURES  TO THE POPULATION
  FROM  PRODUCTS CONTAINING RADIOACTIVE MATERIAL

                          by
          L.  R. Rogers  and Forrest  Western
           U.  S. Atomic Energy Commission
                Germantown, Maryland
                       ABSTRACT

       Under the Atomic  Energy Act  of 19S4, as
 amended,  the Atomic  Energy Commission is re-
 sponsible  for regulating the possession, use
 and  transfer of byproduct, source and special
 nuclear  materials  in accordance with safety
 standards  established  by rule of  the Commis-
 sion  to  protect health and minimize danger
 to life  and property.   This paper describes
 some  of  the basic  considerations  in establish-
 ing  safety criteria  and regulations for author-
 izing  the  transfer and use of byproduct mate-
 rial  (radioisotopes) in products  for distri-
 bution to  the general  public.   It discusses
 problems  encountered in extending the broad
 guidance  provided  by the Federal  Radiation
 Council  (FRC) and  by the International Com-
 mission  of Radiological Protection and the
 National  Council on  Radiation Protection and
 Measurements (ICRP-NCRP), which  is limited
 to total  exposures of  individuals and popu-
 lation groups to radiation from  many sources,
 to appropriate controls on radioactivity in
 an individual consumer product  which represents
 only  one  source of population exposures.   The
 paper  also discusses possible approaches to
 accomplishing the  regulatory objectives  of
 providing  reasonable assurance  that  (1)  the
 contribution of an individual product to total
 exposures  that might be permitted under  FRC
 and  ICRP-NCRP guidance should not be dispro-
 portionate to the  benefits to be  derived,  and
 12)  appropriate efforts are made  to  limit  ex-
 posures  to the population from  individual
 classes  of sources of  exposure  as far as
                               528
                                                                                                                           529

-------
     practicable.   Existing criter
     pertaining to the control of
     to the population from produc
     active material is purposely
     scribed,  and additional consi
     must be taken into account fo
     of further criteria and regul
     applicable to the possible wi
     bution of products containing
     rial as a result of the Plows
     exp lored .
                                  ia and regulations
                                  radiation exposure
                                  ts into which  radio-
                                  introduced are de-
                                  derations which
                                  r the development
                                  ations which are
                                  de-scale distri-
                                   radioactive mate-
                                  hare Programs  are
     Previous speakers have described experimental Plow-
share projects designed to determine the feasibility of
using nuclear explosives to aid in the production of pro-
ducts such as natural gas, oil and copper.  The Atomic Energy
Commission recognizes that in evaluating the feasibility
of such uses of nuclear explosives, criteria and controls
for protection of the health and safety of the public using
the products are of primary importance.  A key factor is
to minimize the amount of residual radioactivity that may
become associated with the products.  It is for this rea-
son that major objectives of the Plowshare program are to
develop information that will assist in the determination
of exposures to the public from the use of products pro-
duced by nuclear explosives and to investigate means of
reducing the amount of radioactivity associated with the
product.  This information will permit the progressive and
timely development of regulations which are related to the
specific conditions prevailing at the various stages of
development of the use of nuclear explosives.
                           need project, the production
                           timulation, it is too early to
                           s as to regulations which might
                           es of such products.  The pur-
                           scuss some of the general con-
                           evelopment of regulations applic-
                           tion of natural gas and other
                           uced with the aid of nuclear
     Even for the most adva
of natural gas by nuclear s
support detailed suggestion
be imposed on wide-scale us
pose of this paper is to di
siderations in the future d
able to commercial distribu
products that might be prod
explosives.

     The distribution on a commercial scale of products
such as natural gas, oil and copper to be produced by
nuclear explosives involve factors that differ in many re-
spects from those that have been taken into account by the
Atomic Energy Commission in its present regulations.
                            530
Exemptions from regulatory control of various products that
have been established by the Atomic Energy Commission were
not developed with Plowshare-produced products in mind and
cannot be considered to be directly applicable to such pro-
ducts.  However, there are many factors, which have already
received extensive consideration by the Atomic Energy Com-
mission in controlling the distribution to the general pub-
lic of other products containing radioactive material, that
are also pertinent to the development of regulations for
the control of Plowshare products.  It is useful at this
point to review these common factors.

     Basic considerations for the development of criteria
and regulations designed to protect the public health and
safety, including those related to authorizing the use of
consumer products containing radioactive material exempt
from regulations, are contained in the recommendations of
the International Commission on Radiological Protection,
the National Council on Radiation Protection and Measure-
ments, and the Federal Radiation Council.  (These groups
are commonly known as the ICRP, the NCRP, and the FRC,
respectively.)  In summarizing quantitative recommendations
of these groups for limiting exposures of the general pub-
lic to radiation, we shall use the term, Radiation Protec-
tion Guide, adopted by the FRC.  The corresponding term
adopted by the ICRP is Dose Limit.

     Quantitative recommendations of the ICRP, NCRP and
FRC establish Radiation Protection Guides for limiting
exposures of the general public to radiation.  For indi-
vidual members of the general public, the Radiation Pro-
tection Guide for whole-body exposures is one-half rem per
year.  Corresponding Guides for limited portions of the
body are higher by factors that range from 3 to 15.  For
the total population, it is recommended that the average
genetically effective exposure should not exceed 5 rems
in 30 years.  For the present purpose, the most pertinent
Radiation Protection Guide established by the FRC provides
that as an operational technique, where the individual
whole-body doses are not known, a suitable sample of the
exposed population should be developed whose protection
guide for annual whole-body dose will be 170 mrem per
capita per year.  These exposure guides do not include
either exposures to radiation from naturally-occurring
sources or exposures to radiation from medical procedures.

     Both the ICRP and the FRC consider that the primary
purpose of Radiation Protection Guides for individual
members of the general public is to provide guidance for
limiting levels of radiation and radioactivity in man's
                                                                                                                 531

-------
environment  and recognizes  that  it may  not always be prac-
tical to  assure that  there  will  not be  some  individuals
who will  receive  greater  exposures than  specified in the
guide.  For  example,  in paragraph  70  of  its  Publication 9,
the ICRP  states:
      "The  Maximum  Permissi
      lished  for  occupation
      are regarded  as  upper
      to be individually  mo
      that  the  Maximum Perm
      The dose  limitation f
      more  theoretical cone
      ards  for  the  design a
      so that it  is unl_ike 1
      viduals in  the public
      fied  dose.  The  effee
      by observing  individu
      sampling  procedures i
      cal calculations, and
      from  which  the exposu
ble Doses that have been estab-
al (emphasis supplied)  exposure
 limits, and the doses  may have
nitored and controlled  to ensure
issible Doses are not exceeded.
or members of the public is a
ept ,  intended to provide stand-
nd operation of radiation sources
 • (emphasis supplied) that indi-
 will receive more than a speci-
tiveness of this is checked, not
als,  but by assessments through
n the environment and statisti-
 by a control of the sources
re is exoected to arise..."
 Both  the  ICRP  and  FRC  use  these
 tection Guides to  develop  alterna
 controlling  exposures  from radioa
 ment,  expressed in terms of avera
 groups of individuals.  While  the
 dations better reflect  the nature
 standards of radiation  protection
 for selecting  groups of individua
 should be taken make them  difficu
 after discussing the selection of
 concludes (paragraph 74) :
       ndividual Radiation Pro-
       tive recommendations for
       ctivity in the environ-
       ge exposures of selected
       se alternative recommen-
        of the environmental
       , lack of precise criteria
       Is over which averages
       It to apply.  The ICRP,
        appropriate groups,
     "Because of the innate variability with an apparently
     homogeneous group, some members...will receive doses
     somewhat higher than the Dose Limit.  However, at the
     very low levels of risk implied,  it is likely to be
     of minor consequence to their health if the Dose
     Limit is marginally or even substantially exceeded.

The ICRP further observes (paragraph 75) that:

     "In some situations...it may not  be practical to make
     the detailed studies necessary for the identification
     of the critical group.   To allow  for individual var-
     iability it will then be necessary to apply an oper-
     ational  'safety factor'  to the derived concentration
     limits applicable  to a member of  the public.  ...How-
     ever,  as the values to be recommended for such factors
                            532
     would vary over a wide range, depending on the par-
     ticular circumstances, no generally applicable values
     are given in this report."

     Qualitatively, the ICRP, the NCRP, and the FRC gen-
erally recommend that, within Radiation Protection Guides,
exposures to radiation be kept as low as practicable.  The
ICRP adds (paragraph 87):

      . . .that it is important to ensure that no single
     type of population exposure takes up a dispropor-
     tionate share of the total.  The way in which this
     is  done will depend upon circumstances which may
     vary from country to country, and will be determined
     by  national, economic and social considerations."

     Recommendations of the FRC, like those of the ICRP,
which we have just quoted, are based on the nature of the
risks to health of radiation exposure which have been
discussed by Dr. Tompkins.

     Considerations such as these led the Federal Radiation
Council  to include, in its first recommendations on radia-
tion protection guidance, approved by the President May 13 ,
1960, the following general recommendations on the use of
the Radiation Protection Guides:

     "It is recommended that:

          1.  There should not be any man-made radiation
     exposure without the expectation of benefit result-
     ing from such exposure.  Activities resulting in
     man-made radiation exposure should be authorized
     for useful applications provided recommendations
     set forth herein are followed.

          2.  The term 'Radiation Protection Guide' be
     adopted for Federal use.  This term is defined as
     the radiation dose which should not be exceeded
     without careful consideration of the reasons for
     doing so; every effort should be made to encourage
     the maintenance of radiation doses as far below
     this guide as practicable.
                                                                     3 .
                                                                          5.   There can be no single permissible
                                                                     or acceptable level of exposure without re-
                                                                     gard to  the reason for permitting the expo-
                                                                     sure .   It should be general practice to re-
                                                                     duce exposure to radiation, and positive
                                                                     effort should be carried out to fulfill the
                                                                                                                  533

-------
          sense of these recommendations.   It  is basic
          that exposure to radiation should result from
          a real determination of its necessity.

          7.  The Federal agencies aDDlv these Radiation
     Protection Guides with judgment and discretion, to
     assure that reasonable probability is achieved in
     the attainment of the desired goal of protecting
     man from the undesirable effects of radiation.  The
     Guides may be exceeded only after the Federal agency
     having jurisdiction over the matter has carefully
     considered the reason for doing so in light of the
     recommendations in this paper."

     It is within this framework that the AEC, as a regu-
latory agency, works in developing appropriate criteria,
standards and regulations governing the control of sources
objectives in developing safety criteria are to provide
reasonable assurance that:

          (1)  appropriate efforts are made to limit ex-
     posures to the population from individual classes of
     "sources-of-exposure" as far as practicable;

          (2)  the exposures of the general public to
     ionizing radiation from all sources will not exceed
     levels recommended by the Federal Radiation Council
     and approved by the President; and

          (3)  the contributions of individual classes of
     "sources-of-exposure" to exposures of the public are
     not disproportionate to their net contributions to
     the national welfare.

     In undertaking to meet these objectives, we find that
different classes of "sources-of-exposure" involve consid-
erations that require different regulatory controls and
specific criteria for limiting their respective contribu-
tions to exposure of the public to radiation.  Whenever
an activity or a product that constitutes a new "source-
of-exposure", or a substantial modification of an exist-
ing one, is proposed, it becomes necessary to review ex-
isting regulatory requirements to determine what modifi-
cations may be desirable to assure that our objectives
will continue to be met.

     In considering the development of criteria and con-
trols to limit exposures of the public to radiation from
                            534
byproduct material contained in consumer products, it may
be observed at the outset that it will generally not be
practical to achieve AEC objectives by regulating users of
the product.  Not only would the effort required to effec-
tively regulate the user be expected to outweigh the rea-
sons for introducing the byproduct material into the pro-
duct, but the impact on the user would generally be unac-
ceptable to him.   Consequently, our interest is in the
development of criteria for determining whether or not the
characteristics of a particular product sufficiently limit
its potential for exposure of members of the public to jus-
tify exemption of its use from regulatory control.  Assur-
ance that an exempt product meets specified requirements
must then depend  upon regulations applicable to the pro-
ducer, importer,  or distributor of the product.

     In practice, the manufacturer or importer of a pro-
duct containing byproduct material is prohibited from
transferring the  product for distribution to the public
unless the product is shown to meet the requirements estab-
lished in a specific license which authorizes the distri-
bution.

     The Commission has developed general criteria for
exempting the use of byproduct material in products that
depend on the radioactivity to perform a useful function,
as in the case of self-luminous products.  These criteria
appear in the Federal Register of March 16, 1965.  The
key provisions of these criteria are:

     "2.  Approval of a proposed consumer product will
     depend upon  both associated exposures of persons to
     radiation and the apparent usefulness of the product.
     In general,  risks of exposure to radiation will be
     considered to be acceptable if it is shown that in
     handling, use and disposal of the product it is un-
     likely that  individuals in the population will receive
     more than a  small fraction, less than a few hundredths,
     of individual dose limits recommended by such groups
     as the International Commission on Radiological Pro-
     tection (ICRP), the National Council on Radiation
     Protection and Measurements (NCRP), and the Federal
     Radiation Council (FRO, and that the probability of
     individual doses approaching any of the specified
     limits is negligibly small.  Otherwise, a decision
     will be more difficult and will require a careful
     weighing of  all factors, including benefits that will
     accrue or be denied to the public as a result of the
     Commission's action.  ..."
                                                                                                                 535

-------
      "9.   In evaluating proposals  for  the  use  of  radioactive
      materials  in consumer products  the  principal  consid-
      erations are :

           C a)  The  potential external  and  internal exposure
                of individuals in  the population to radia-
                tion from the handling,  use and disposal
                of individual products;
           Cb)  The  potential total accumulative radiation
                dose to individuals in  the  population  who
                may  be exposed to  radiation from a  number
                of products;
           C c)  The  long-term potential  external and inter-
                nal  exposure  of the general population from
                the  uncontrolled disposal and  dispersal  into
                the  environment of  radioactive  materials
                from products authorized  bv the Commission;
                and

           (d)  The  benefit that will accrue  to or  be  denied
                the  public because  of the utilitv  of the
                product by approval or  disapproval  of  a
                specific product."

      "1.   At the  present time it  appears unlikely  that  the
      total contribution to the exposure  of the general  pub-
      lic  to  radiation from the use of  radioactivity in  con-
      sumer products will exceed small  fractions of limits
      recommended  for exposure to radiation from all sources.
      Information  as to total quantities  of radioactive  mate-
      rials being  used in such products  and the number of
      items be ing  distributed will  be obtained  through
      record-keeping and reporting  requirements applicable
      to the  manufacture and  distribution of such  products.
      If radioactive materials are  used  in  sufficient  quan-
      tities  in  products reaching the public so as  to  raise
      any  question of population exposure becoming  a signif-
      icant fraction of  the permissible dose to the  gonads,
      the  Commission will,  at  that  time,  reconsider  its  pol-
      icy  on  the use of  radioactive materials in consumer
      products."

      These criteria  were  intended  to be  specifically  ap-
plicable  only to products  into  which radioactive material
is incorporated for  the  purpose of performing  a useful
function as part of  the  product such as  its use in  self-
luminous devices.    While  the  criteria may  provide  some
guidance on an approach  to development of  criteria  for
Plowshare  products,   there are many new factors introduced
                            536
in the use of products produced by nuclear explosives such
as the type of the product; the nature of the processing
and distribution systems;  the critical pathways of exposure
to man; and the type and size of population groups that
will use the various products.

     Safety criteria and conditions of exemption specifi-
cally applicable to each Plowshare-produced product should
take into account considerations such as the following:

     (1)  The contribution of the Plowshare-produced
     product to the national welfare.

     (2)  The feasibility  of limiting radioactive con-
     tamination of the product, as released by a licensed
     producer or processor, to  acceptable levels.

     (3)  Possible and probable exposures to individuals
     and population groups as a result of exemption of
     the product from regulation under specified condi-
     tions .

     Among proposals to use nuclear explosives for the com-
merc ial product ion of various products, only the proposal
for use in the production  of natural gas is in an advanced
stage.  Project Gasbuggv and future Prejects Rulison and
Dragon Trail are designed  to provide information on the
feasibility of commercial  production of natural gas by this
means.  These experiments  should provide much of the infor-
mation needed to formulate controls on the distribution of
gas and conditions under which  use of the gas might be ex-
empted from regulation.  Addit ional studies will be required
to provide information on  matters such as methods of re-
ducing the amount of byproduct  material in gas to the ex-
tent practicable and relationships between concentrations
of gas introduced into various  collection and distribution
systems and resultant exposures of persons and groups of
persons.

     Without attempting in any way to prejudge the results
of data collection and evaluation effort that is really
just beginning, I thought  you might find it instructive
if I were to sketch out what appears to be a likely way
for regulations to evolve.  I would expect us to feel our
way through several stages of development of criteria and
controls as gas from test  wells is introduced into distri-
bution systems in an increasing amount as information is
developed about the concentration of byproduct material
in F1 low share-produced gas  and how that gas moves about  in
distribution systems.
                                                                                                                  537

-------
     It seems reasonable in the first place that certain
points of control in a gas distribution system would be
specified beyond which the further distribution and use
of the gas would be free of regulation, or, if you will,
the gas would then be an exempt consumer product.  As in
the transfer and distribution of other exempt consumer pro-
ducts, the person introducing the gas into the distribution
system would be required to meet such limits on the radio-
active content of the gas as might be determined by the
Commission to be necessary for the protection of the pub-
lic health and safety.

     The limits on maximum concentrations of radioactivity
in the gas would be applied at specified points of control
in the distribution system.  These limits would be derived
from criteria for acceptable levels of radiation exposure
to a suitable sample of exposed population groups using
natural gas or products produced from gas at various stages
in the distribution system.  In deriving the limits it
would be necessary to take into consideration the radio-
nuclide and its chemical form, the dilution afforded in
the distribution or processing system prior to the first
point of use of the gas, the nature of the use of the gas
(i.e., home uses, manufacturing of products, industrial
heat, etc.), and the relationship between concentrations
in the gas or product at the point of use and exposures
to people.  For example, if gas were used for industrial
heat to generate power where combustion products would be
vented through a stack, the concentrations of radioactivity
that could be permitted would probably be substantially
higher than if the gas were used for cooking or nonventeo
heating in the home.

     The criteria for acceptable levels of exposure to a
suitable sample of exposed population groups must of course
be compatible with both the quantitative and qualitative
recommendations of the Federal Radiation Council.  This
means that the concentration of byproduct material in
natural gas should be reduced to the extent practicable.
In view of the increasing importance of other sources of
exposure to ionizing radiation, the contribution of by-
product material in exempt natural gas produced by nuclear
stimulation should not take up a disproportionate share of
total exposures of the public to radiation from all sources.
It is too early at this time to estimate what that share
might be.

     We do not believe it will be appropriate or reason-
able to establish a single limit, that is applicable to
all situations, in terms of either concentrations of
                             538
radioactivity introduced into a distribution system or
limits on radiation exposure to the public.  For example,
we suspect that it will be desirable in the developmental
phase of the production of natural gas by nuclear stimu-
lation to carry out tracer experiments in distribution sys-
tems using some of the gas produced in experimental pro-
jects.  Such experiments would be useful in developing data
on such items as the behavior of gas in distribution sys-
tems, dilution factors, and critical pathways of exposure
to man that are essential to the development of limits.
The limits on concentrations of byproduct material permitted
to be introduced into a pipeline distribution system for
such tracer experiments could, of course, be substantially
higher than limits on large volumes of gas produced by nu-
clear stimulation for ultimate distribution on a commercial
basis.

     It is likely that the regulatory controls which will
initially be imposed on the introduction of gas into com-
mercial channels will differ from those used at a later
time when the technology has been more fully developed,
pathways of exposure and affected population groups have
been better identified, and the accuracy of theoretical
exposure models has been confirmed by field assessment.
As the commercial production phase is fully realized, it is
possible that both the methods and specific requirements
for control will vary from one gas field to another to
achieve common objectives in limiting exposures.  This
could result from important differences among gas fields
and the areas they supply, such as differences in composi-
tion of the gas, production rates, collection and distri-
bution systems, and a difference in size or nature of con-
sumer groups using the gas.

     There are, of course, many questions that will have
to be resolved as the Plowshare nuclear stimulation projects
move forward.  For example, how should the exposure cri-
teria and limits be related to the total volume of gas pro-
duced by nuclear stimulation as compared to the total vol-
ume produced by conventional means particularly as this
ratio increases with the use of the nuclear stimulation
technique?  How do we determine all of the important path-
ways of exposure and take into account the variation in
exposure among users of the gas?  The AEC is depending upon
the information and data being developed in the Plowshare
experimental program to assist in answering some of these
questions and to serve as the basis for formulating those
controls necessary for the protection of public health and
safety.  I would like to point out that any proposed regu-
lations that would be developed would, of course, first
                                                                                                                 539

-------
of all be reviewed at the  highest level  in the  Commission
and  would then be  published for  public comment  before  being
put  into effect.

      The criteria  and controls  for authorizing  the distri-
bution and  use of  other  products which may be produced as
a result of the  Plowshare  program will probably differ from
those which will be developed  for regulating the distribu-
tion and use of  natural  gas produced by  nuclear stimula-
tion.  However,  the basic  approach discussed in this paper
would probably be  about  the same.
                                540
                                                                                                                      QUESTIONS  FOR LESTER ROGERS
From George Anton:

Since the  benefit in the risk  versus benefit consideration  fs not
really measureable, is not the actual interim practice  in estab-
lishing criteria a matter of minimizing practicable exposures for
the activity being considered?

ANSWER:

I  think the answer to that question  is yes.  It is  a matter of mini-
mizing practical exposures for the activity that is being considered.
Of course  once you minimize it, one  then has to evaluate what likely
exposure there is to be and then a decision has to  be made on the
basis of that benefit-risk balance.
                                                                                               2.  From Charles Hardin:

                                                                                                   Would you care to comment  on  the Question of jurisdiction or
                                                                                                   regulatory responsi bi Ii ty  for radi onucIi des re leased  i nto consumer
                                                                                                   products from Plowshare  Projects, when such Projects  are conducted
                                                                                                   in Agreement States?

                                                                                                   ANSWER:

                                                                                                   I'll  be gI ad to comment  on tht s.  I  th i nk we shou1d ho Id  in mi nd
                                                                                                   the comment  I made at the  beginning of my paper and that  is to
                                                                                                   the effect that the question  of just how the regulatory pattern
                                                                                                   will  develop for Plowshare is somewhat of an open question.  But
                                                                                                   I  wi I I answer in light of  the present regulatory relationship
                                                                                                   between the Agreement States  and the Atomic Energy Commission.
                                                                                                   Now for those of you  who do not understand what the Agreement
                                                                                                   State Program is, in  1954  under the Atomic Energy Act, the
                                                                                                   Atomic Energy Commission was  given  its responsibility for the regu-
                                                                                                   lating of all types of atomic energy activities.  There was some
                                                                                                   question about the role  of states in this area and in 1959, there
                                                                                                   was an amendment to the  Atomic Energy Act, Section 274, which
                                                                                                   authorized the Commission to  relinquish  its regulatory responsi-
                                                                                                   bilities for bi-product  materials,  source materials,  quantities of
                                                                                                   special nuclear material less than  a critical mass, when  the governor
                                                                                                   of a state certified  or  entered  into an agreement with the Commission.
                                                                                                   There were certain activities which were reserved by  the Commission,
                                                                                                   including the regulation of the production utilization facilities,
                                                                                                   nuclear power reactors.   One  other  area that was reserved by the
                                                                                                   Commission was to regulate the transfer of products  intended  for
                                                                                                   use by the general public when this transfer was made by  manufacture
                                                                                                   in an Agreement State.  Now the Commission's regulatory  responsibility
                                                                                                   for the transfer of products  by manufacture  in an Agreement State
                                                                                                                                  541

-------
is limited to the safety of the product  itself and the manufacturer
must have a license from the Atomic Energy Commission to transfer
that product.   The in-p!ant safety, the manufacturing of that product,
is a responsibility of the Agreement State.  So under the present
regulatory relationship, the Atomic Energy Commission would  regulate
the release'of Plowshare products by the manufacturer and the manu-
facturer would need a  license  from the Atomic Energy Commission  in
order to release that product  in Agreement States as well as in Non-
Agreement States.
                                 542
PLOWSHARE RADIATION PROTECTION GUIDANCE

              H. M. Parker
Environmental and Life Sciences Division
      Battelfe Memorial  Institute
      Pacific Northwest  Laboratory
          Rich I and, Wash i ngton
                                                                                                                                 ABSTRACT

                                                                                                              The recommendations of the ICRP and the NCRP were developed
                                                                                                       primarily for occupational radiation exposures.  They were later
                                                                                                       modified and applied to non-occupational exposures of populations.
                                                                                                       Theset with appropriate interpretations, can be used to provide
                                                                                                       Plowshare radiation protection guidance.

                                                                                                              Exposures from Plowshare operations will tend to be acute,
                                                                                                       arising from radionualides of relatively short half-life^ but
                                                                                                       will have some chronic aspects due to small amounts of long-lived
                                                                                                       radionuclides generated.  In addition, the neutron activation process
                                                                                                       of Plowshare technology will produce radionuclides not commonly
                                                                                                       encountered in routine nuclear energy programs.

                                                                                                              How these radionuclides contribute to personnel exposure
                                                                                                       is known for only a few situations that may not be representa-
                                                                                                       tive of Plowshare exposure.  Further complications arise from
                                                                                                       differences in radionuolide deposition and physiological sensi-
                                                                                                       tivity among individuals of different ages and states of health
                                                                                                       in the exposed population.  All parameters necessary to evaluate
                                                                                                       such exposures are not available,, even for good quantitative
                                                                                                       approximationst resulting in the need for interpretive experience.
                                                                                                                                INTRODUCTION
                                                                                                       Nuclear energy has shown us  its destructive for
                                                                                                 to  the application of radiation protection guidance to Plo*
                                                                                                 pe^ + ab I I cihArt .
                                                                                                                                      543

-------
        The development of nuclear energy programs was accompanied by effec-
  tive  radiation  safety programs.  An exceptionally good radiation safety record
  resulted.  The  constructive application of nuclear energy to Plowshare pro-
  grams should  be accomplished with a similar radiation safety performance
  record.  Well-balanced plans to assure radiation safety for all Plowshare
  programs are  a  necessity.

        As with  any  safety program, the commonly undiscussed balance between
  the benefits  to be  gained and the risks to be  incurred needs to be made so
  that  the appropriate radiation protection guidance can be used.  The difficult
  questions for selecting  radiation protection guidance for Plowshare are:  Who
  will  make the benefits versus risks balance?  And then once made, who will
  accept the balance?  It  is too much to anticipate a balance that will  be
  accepted by everyone.  What, then is the reasonable course of action?

         It would appear that only professional  authoritative groups, such as
  the NCRP, FRC,  or the ICRP, are in a position adequately divorced from the
  controls and  influences  of government, trade unions, and the public to provide
  the necessary benefit-risk balance, and hence, the selection of the appropriate
  radiation protection guidance.  To provide guidance is not to be confused with
  determining performance.  The AEC and the Public Health Service both have
  major  roles in  assessing and evaluating environmental  conditions resulting
  from Plowshare  activities.  They both have the important role of determining
  just how well  Plowshare programs meet the prescribed radiation protection
  guidance.


                                DISCUSSIONS

        Presently available radiation protection guides include the publications
 of the NCRP,   ICRP,  FRC and the IAEA,   All  of  these recommendations are based on
 limiting  and controlling  the radiation dose to the individual,  be he a radiation
 worker or a member  of the general  public.   All  concentration limits that are
 derived are ultimately based  on  controlling radionuclide intake and depositions
 so as  not  to exceed  some  prescribed  dose  limit.

        One or  more of the NCRP or  FRC  guides may  be translated  into recom-
mendations for Plowshare  radiation protection  guidance.   For example,  some
may suggest the  prescribed guides  for  the  public  exposee or  for the general
public  can yield recommendations directly  applicable to  Plowshare radiation
protection.  Others  may advocate the use of the dose  limits  for the radi-
ation  workers  as Plowshare control  limits.  A  few  may  advocate  dose Iimitb
even higher than the annual  limits recommended  for  radiation workers because
of  the  relatively short durations of the Plowshare  radiation exposures.   I
would suggest  that only the guidance for the public exposee  and  for the
general public can be unequivocably  identified as applicable for  Plowshare
radiation protection guidance.

       Several  factors need to be considered in selecting the proper radiation
protection guidance for Plowshare.  The principal factors of  concern are the
size of the group to be exposed by a Plowshare program and the  extent  to which
                                      544
the group can be monitored and moved  to control  its  exposure.   These factors
may not always be the same for each Plowshare program.   This is perhaps the
most troublesome and often least appreciated  aspect  of  some current deliber-
ations on this subject.   By accepting the concept of different guidance for
different Plowshare programs,  the risk versus benefit balance  can be made more
justly.  Before developing the potential  of this approach,  a short review of
the basis for the various radiation protection guidance for the workers,  the
public exposee, and the  general  public may be helpful.

       For the radiation worker, dose I i mi f's  were established  such that a
lifetime of occupational exposure within the  dose limits would not result in
deleterious effects that would be objectionable to the  individual  or to his
physician.  The public exposee is identified  as the  maximumly  exposed individual
of the general public.  His exposure  is limited to 0.5  rems per year primarily
to avoid exposure of the fetus,  although his  general state  of  health and  age
are important factors also.  For the  general  public, the radiation dose guid-
ance is based on genetic mutation considerations.

       Guidance for the  occupational  exposure to radiation  is  given by the
Equation, Dose = 5(N-1B), where the dose is  in rems  and N is the age of the
individual.  This expression determines the acceptable  occupational dose
that may be delivered in a well  distributed pattern  of  both low dose and low
dose rate to the whole body.  The critical  organs, in determining the whole
body limit, are the gonads and the red bone marrow.   It is  important to
remember that the pattern of exposure needs to be relatively uniform with no
short periods of high exposure followed by long periods of  little or no expo-
sure.

       The exposure controls for the  non-radiation worker are  defined  in two
ways.  The public exposee, or individual, should, have his radiation exposure
limited to 0.5 rems per  year;  however, the general public as a whole should
receive exposure at a rate not exceeding 5 rems in 30 years, or about 0.17  rems
per year.  The rate of accumulation of this exposure should be relatively
uniform.   It would not be a good practice to  exceed  the 0.17 rems/yr rate.

       A more detailed review of these dose  limits  indicate that there are
three categories of occupational  limits:  1)  the critical organ, 2) the  limit-
ing organ, and 3) definable special cases.  The 5CN-18) dose guidance  is applie
to the critical organs.   A dose of 15 rems per year  is defined as  the  maximum
permissible for the  limiting organs.   Special definable cases are  treated
individually.  Two cases of common interest are potentially pregnant women,
whose dose is to be  limited to 0.5 rem per year, and the fingers of  the  hands
and the forearm.  The fingers may receive up  to 75  rems per year;  while  the
transition area, the forearm, is permitted up to 30  rems per year.

       Now, to return to the concept of different guidance for different Plow-
share programs.  If a small group of   individuals will  be' involved  in a
Plowshare  program and if this group can be totally  monitored  and  their dose
controlled by actions taken after the Plowshare event,  should  this become
necessary, then control  of exposures  to near the public exposee  limit  of
                                                                                                                                            545

-------
0.5 rems per year seems appropriate.  By  individual monitoring, their actual
radiation exposure from all sources  is known.   If a  large group of  individuals
will be involved, such that individual monitoring or subsequent control  is not
feasible or possible for any reason, then the general public guidance should
be used and their exposure should be  limited to  5 rems per 30 years, or  about
0.17 rems per year.

       Some may advance the concept  that  the short duration of the  exposure
for Plowshare detonations provides  increased latitude and tends to  permit
higher doses than those normally  recommended for the general public.  Such
an approach  is not to  be recommended  because even short-term radiation  levels,
equal to or approaching those  established as acceptable  for radiation workers,
may not be without some deleterious  effect  to special groups within the  general
population, particularly those in early pregnancy.

       The very  wide  variations between the makeup of a  worker population and
a  general population  support  the appropriateness of  the  public exposee or the
general public  limit  guidance.  Not many  would  advocate  the exposure of
pregnant women,  children,  the elderly,  sick or  chronically  iI I to doses  com-
parable to those permitted  safely to a  select group  of radiation  workers or to
a  group whose  exposure was  monitored and  was controllable to a reasonable
extent.

        The ability  to monitor and control the  radiation  dose to  the population
 involved  should  be  realistically determined to  decide  if the public exposee or
 the general  population guidance should be used.  The radionuclides  to  be en-
 countered  and  their exposure path to and  in the body should  be determined so
 that the  allowable  dose for each radionuclide can  be established.  The  envi-
 ronmental  pathways  and dietary habits of  the population  can  be used to  deter-
 mine the  permissible rates of  intake for  each  radionuclide.   Dilution  factors
 and radiation  control practices appropriate to  the specific  needs of the
 Plowshare program can be defined—all within the radiation  protection  guidance
 currently available.   One really needs to practice the old  cliche,  "Expect
 the Unexpected," in each step of this calculation.

        What about considerations arising  from possible multiple  sources of
 exposure?  Others have recommended reduction factors for the general  population
 limits of  10 or 100 to 0.5 rems per year or 0.005 rems per  year  In the assign-
 ment of acceptable dose accumulation rates to particular radionucl ides to  make
 allowance for multiple radiation source contributions.   Let's  think about
 such calculations.   They do not affect the basic dose guidance for Plowshare.
 They are a type of "allowance  factor" to be applied in calculating doses to be
 permitted from particular radio isotopes.  If, for a given Plowshare program,
 three radionuclides were present for ingestion  and each of  these had the whole
 body as the critical  organ, then allowing  1/3 of 0.5 rems per year or  1/3  of
 0.17 rems per year for each radionuclide would   be in order,  however,  the basic
 guidance  has not changed.  If  some other unrelated source of exposure could be
 identified,  then an appropriate allowance also  should be made for  it.   However,
 a practical  analysis of the recommendations to  use reduction factors of 10  or
 100 arbitrarily for all Plowshare programs immediately runs into difficulty.
 While keeping radiation exposure at the  lowest  practical level is our prime
546
                                                               and absolute objective, it is, however, not appropriate to prescribe mandatory
                                                               control limits with unneeded conservatism.  One should consider multiple
                                                               radiation sources exposures of the general public only as they become identi-
                                                               fied.  It is not necessary to develop Plowshare protection guidance from such
                                                               a restrictive position.

                                                                      One can always consider the likelihood that a Plowshare population will
                                                               also be in a position to receive substantial  multiple source exposures from
                                                               unknown activities.  With the limited current Plowshare program and the diverse
                                                               locations where future programs may be conducted, the potential  for exceeding
                                                               the population control limits from multiple sources exposures unknowingly
                                                               seems remote.  To impose the more restrictive controls at this time is to apply
                                                               an unjust, improper benefit-risk burden on the developing Plowshare program.

                                                                      Guidance at 5 rems per 30 years or  less also seems advisable when
                                                               considering the use of Plowshare products  by  the  general  public.   Consider
                                                               the tritium contamination in Plowshare-assisted natural  gas  wells.   The
                                                               distribution of this natural  gas and  its small  amount of  tritium  to homes
                                                               over very wide parts of the country can lead  to the exposure  of a  very  large
                                                               population under unmonitored  conditions.   This is clearly a  general  population
                                                               exposure in its fullest sense.

                                                                      One might consider the benefit-risk balance made  by a  family  with
                                                               respect to natural  gas associated with Plowshare  programs.   I  dare  speculate
                                                               that many a family would make the benefit-risk balance at a  higher  cost  of
                                                               gas and the absence or near-absence of tritium.   Similar  considerations
                                                               enforce and support actions to very seriously keep radiation  exposures as  low
                                                               as practical.  There is more  in the benefit-risk  balance  than company  profits
                                                               and technical  safety.   Each family will  have  its  own  criteria for measuring
                                                               benefits and risks and hence,  the general  acceptability of Plowshare-linked
                                                               products.   One should  be reluctant to break with  the  long standing  guidance
                                                               on exposure of the general  population in any  Plowshare program.   It  would
                                                               seem prudent to advise exposure control  limits no more restrictive  and no  more
                                                               liberal  than those used for some time now.  Any change would  call  for  a  complete
                                                               review of  the technical  basis for change by the NCRP  or  FRC.

                                                                      We  cannot arbitrarily  decide what cost will  be attributed  to  Plowshare
                                                               radiation  protection activities due to the selected radiation protection
                                                               guidance or what cost  can  be  devoted  to ecological  studies to support  dose
                                                               estimations.   Each situation  may be unique, and adequate  information needs to
                                                               be collected before, during and after each program to demonstrate  that a com-
                                                               pletely safe program within the dose  guidance is  attained.   The conditions
                                                               of each Plowshare program will  determine the  cost required to provide  total
                                                               adequate,  but not excessive,  radiation protection.

                                                                      Two questions of thoughtful  concern:   What are the international  legal
                                                               aspects of programs on foreign soils?  What recourse  might occur  if  improper
                                                               programs  were planned  or actually performed?   The treaties authorizing U.S.
                                                               Plowshare  programs on  foreign soils will undoubtedly  determine the  levels  of
                                                               exposure  that will  be  anticipated.
                                                                                                     547

-------
        Some  International  authoritative  review body would seem to have a
 role  to play  in  providing  assurances that necessary and adequate precautions
 and care were taken  In  planning  and executing each test.  Perhaps an arm of
 the  IAEA could provide  this  help.   It wi11  be a challenging task.   It needs
 to be performed  soundly, but on  a  very timely basis.  An overseei—not a
 roadblock—is needed.
                                  SUMMARY                                       "•

        It  appears  appropriate  to  evaluate  each Plowshare program  individually,
 providing  the necessary -studies and  population considerations, so that one may
 use the correct dose limit guidance  for determining acceptable conditions.  The
 AEC and the Public Health Service need to  give careful attention to collecting
 and analyzing environmental  exposures and  dose data so that we may learn from
 experiences and assure safe conditions.  We  need to maintain the good record
 of  the nuclear energy program  by  not making  unsafe errors  in estimating the
 consequences of any Plowsare programs.

        Plowshare can be performed safely.  To do so requires good judgment,
 sound application  of existing  radiation protection guidance, and sufficient
 funding to meet the needs of practical safety programs.  A safe approach
 using the  public exposee  or the general population dose control limits, as
 the situation may  demand, is necessary to  helpvassure the rapid development
 of  Plowshare programs.  A high priority should be assigned to developing methods
 to  apply the existing radiation protection guidance so that Plowshare programs
 may proceed  safely.

        There seems  to be  no  doubt but that the peaceful applications of
 nuclear energy  in Plowshare  programs will  develop as rapidly as funding and
 commercial opportunities  present  themselves.  The safe history of the nuclear
 Industry,  the  long-term potential  benefits, and the varied applications for
 developing Plowshare  technology may  be at  stake if authoritative and sound
 radiation protection  methods are  not Incorporated in all Plowshare applications.
 If Plowshare does not get off with a safe, well accepted record of radiation
management and control, then its  potential  benefits will be doubly difficult
to develop.   It would be  a  long and  difficult task for Plowshare to attain e
right finish after making a wrong start.
                   QUESTION FOR HERBERT M.  PARKER
 From R.  Duff:
 Will  you  comment more quantitatively about  the  non-linear effects
 of  low  level  radiation exposure  recently  discovered?

 ANSWER:

 Most  radiation  protectionists  are generalists who  have  some  com-
 petence  in  reviewing the work  of others.   It has taken  three decades,
 remember, to  get some sense  into this despite the  fact  that  the very
 best  radiobtologtsts in the  world have been working on  it.   I  think
'it  would  be very imprudent of  me to comment at  great  lengths.   I
 would refer the questioner to  the genetic case  which  is the  one,  I
 think that  socially is the most troublesome.  I say that partly on
 the grounds that it's not too  bad if we  louse up this generation, but
 if  we louse up  the next hundred generations, that's a different  issue.
 Work  in the area of genetics is essentially done through the out-
 standing  findings of Russell and Russell  at Oak Ridge.   Those  of  you
 who were  at the other symposium  I addressed about  a month ago heard
 a superb  review by Dr. Russell  in terms that those of us who are  not
 geneticists,  like myself, could really understand  and  I  believe that
 is  going  to be  published by  Lawrence Radiation  Laboratory.   I
 wouldn't  know a finer quick  reference to  what really  has been  found
 out about effects of low dose  rate and  low  dosage  both, in this case
 of  course in  the mouse and carried over  inferentially to the human
 case.  Male and female cases are very different and there may  be
 some  experts  in the room who would volunteer to fill  this in more
 fully.   I would rather not.
                                      548
                                                                                                                                            549

-------
SESSION V - EXISTING AND REQUIRED RESEARCH FOR DEVELOPMENT OF
         RADIATION PROTECTION GUIDANCE FOR PLOWSHARE

               Chairman:  Mr. Charles L. Weaver
                Bureau of Radiological Health
                 U. S. Public Health Service
                          Roc kv iI I e

-------
         METHODS OF ESTIMATING POPULATION  EXPOSURES  FROM
                     PLOWSHARE APPLICATIONS*

                Stephen V.  Kaye and  Paul S. Rohwer
      Health Physics Division, Oak Ridge National Laboratory
                       Oak  Ridge,  Tennessee
                             ABSTRACT

             When estimating doses to populations  it  is necessary
       to divide the total population into groups  that have param-
       eters of similar type and magnitude in order to identify
       critical population groups.   Age groups constitute  the most
      ' basic and generally useful way of dividing  the total popu-
       lation for estimating dose.   Models for estimating  dose,
       particularly the internal dose from inhalation and  ingestion
       of radioactivity,  should be written as a function of age.
       The importance of considering age-dependency is emphasized
       by the fact that some of the internal  dose  parameters change
       by as much as a factor of ten for some radionuclides when
       comparing a one year old with an adult.  A  computer code
       called INREM has been written which can consider all internal
       dose parameters as a function of age.   The  major limitation
       in using this computer code  for all radionuclides is the
       paucity of age-dependent input data for many radionuclides.
       Tritium,  iodine,  cesium,  and strontium nave been studied in
       detail with INREM and the results and  interpretations are
       discussed.   Another code,  EXREM,  computes the  external dose
       rates and cumulative doses from both beta particles and
       gamma photons from submersion in a radioactive cloud, sub-
       mersion in contaminated water and exposure  above a  contam-
       inated land surface.   This code can consider up to  25
      Plowshare  detonations  and a  variety of combinations for
       calculating doses  and dose rates  in relation to a detonation
       schedule.   The  importance  of using both  INREM and EXREM to
       estimate the total dose  to a population  group is stressed.
                           INTRODUCTION

      Not many years ago almost all estimates of internal radiation
dose were based on biological parameters developed for a notional
^Research sponsored by the U. S. Atomic Energy Commission under
 contract with the Union Carbide Corporation.
                                 550
adult radiation worker known as "standard man.-   The standard man con-
cept has been useful for estimating radiation dose to the adult radiation
worker.  When this concept is applied to the general population, the dose
estimates are inadequate because standard man represents only a relatively
small group  in the general population.  Most health physicists recognize
this shortcoming and considerable effort has been expended to develop
methods for estimating potential doses to other groups in the population.
Additional effort is justified here because potential sources of radi-
ation exposures to the general population are increasing at a rapid
rate.  We do not mean to imply that every source of potential exposure
represents a real hazard to man.  Everyone knows that the atomic energy
industry has an excellent record of safety both for the worker and for
the public.  The point which we wish to make here is that, in order to
maintain this outstanding safety record, the expertise for estimating
exposures to the general population must keep pace with expanded uses
of atomic energy.  In the past few years we have seen a phenomenal
growth in nuclear power generation, and possibly in the near future we
will see a beginning of the utilization of the Plowshare concepts.
Thus, emphasis should be placed now on further development of methods
for estimating the expected doses to various groups comprising the
general population.

Objectives for Estimating Dose

      Not all situations require estimation of expected dose; sometimes
an upper limit or conservative estimate of dose is adequate.  One of
the most important objectives of a program for estimating potential
radiation doses from a Plowshare application is to provide evidence of
compliance with regulations and guidelines safeguarding the public
health.  Some of the recognized authorities publishing guidelines and
regulations on radiation exposure limitations include the International
Commission on Radiological  Protection (ICRP), the National Council on
Radiation Protection and Measurements (NCRP), the Federal Radiation
Council (FRO, U. S. Atomic Energy Commission CAEC), and the state
regulatory agencies.  One of the hoped for achievements of the Plowshare
sponsored research at ORNL is that present efforts to predict expected
doses from various Plowshare applications will be successful in
providing some of the necessary ground work for the FRC and AEC regu-
latory groups to set guidelines applicable in this area.  Presently,
there are no specific guidelines or regulations dealing with the pos-
sible population exposures from Plowshare applications.

      The preliminary predetonation safety of the operation can be
evaluated usually with conservative methods such as those recommended
by Ng ejt aj_.  of the Lawrence Radiation Laboratory.' The technique
which they have adopted for predicting the maximum radiation dose to
man from internal sources is based upon the specific activity concept.
The conservative aspects of this approach were analyzed  in detail by
Kaye and Nelson,^ as were the many factors which could affect the
usefulness of this approach for assessing the possible radiological
consequences of activity releases.  The limitations appear to be most
                                                                                                                                       551

-------
restrictive for terrestrial environments where there may be  incomplete
mixing and unequal availability of the radioisotope and  its  stable
analogue.

      Ng and co-workers have emphasized that the preshot prediction
should not serve the sole purpose of preshot rad-safe analysis, but
it should also provide guidance for the post-shot documentation.  They
point out that this guidance may  include where to measure, what to
measure, and even the precision required for the measurements.  Since
the post-detonation analysis is based on actual measurements,  it can
be expected to yield results which will be  useful for  improving the
predetonation predictions of safety.

      We believe that there  is a  distinct possibility that the future
of Plowshare applications may be  influenced more by public acceptance
than  by any other  important  factor.  Proposed operations may meet all
of the  requirements of the recognized authorities that  have  pertinent
regulations and guidelines,  but the public  may not want  to be  sub-
jected  to any radiation dose resulting from a Plowshare  application.
We believe that public opinion will exert a strong enough  influence
to require very detailed hazard analyses which estimate  the  expected^
dose  to each population group exposed by any peaceful application
of nuclear explosives.

       Each new application may be expected  to benefit from the  lessons
 learned from previous applications.  Eventually, this feedback should
result  in an accumulation of data necessary to make good dose  predic-
tions.

Essential  Information for Dose Estimates

       The  information required for a program to estimate dose  to members
of the  general public has  been divided arbitrarily  into  five categories
by Kaye et^aj_.^ for activity releases to the environment.  The five
categories of  information are:   1)  inventory of radionucI ides  produced
and fractions released to the environment;  2) environmental dilution
or concentration  factors;  3)  intake and/or exposure-time factors;
  4) biological parameters and habits characterizing the  populations
being exposed; and  5) dose-estimation equations.  The  extent  of this
 information  indicates the complexity of dose estimation  for  the
general  public.   A successful program requires the cooperation of
many  individuals  and groups and careful  integration of  the essential
information to provide maximum effectiveness in protecting public
health.

Modes of Exposure and Exposure Pathways

      A  "mode of exposure"  is the manner  in which a person is exposed.
The principal modes of exposure expected to be responsible for most,  if
not all, of the potential exposures from peaceful nuclear detonations
are represented schematically in  Figure 1.  The modes of external
552
                                                                     exposure are submersion in a radioactive cloud, exposure above <) con-
                                                                     taminated landscape, and submersion in contaminated water.  The modes
                                                                     of internal  exposure are inhalation and ingestion of radioactivity.
                                                                     For external exposure, the radiation source is exterior to the body of
                                                                     the person being irradiated; and when  either the person or the source
                                                                     is removed,  the person ceases to be exposed.  Internal  exposure is a
                                                                     different case because the radiation source is inside the body of the
                                                                     person, and  the exposure may continue  for years after the last intake
                                                                     of radioactivity,  if the effective half-time of the radionuclide in
                                                                     the body is  sufficiently long.

                                                                           Exposure pathways are the actual  routes  of exposure for  a par-
                                                                     ticular mode.   Consider the ingestion  mode;  the pathways for this
                                                                     mode are the different intakes  of contaminated foods and beverages.
                                                                     Submersion in  water would  probably be  made up  of two pathways,  bathing
                                                                     and swimming.

                                                                           The modes of  exposure (and the exposure  pathways  making  up  these
                                                                     modes of exposure)  which will  result in the  largest dose equivalents
                                                                     to the population  groups depend upon many  factors.   Of  primary  impor-
                                                                     tance is the type  of nuclear application,  i.e.,  gas stimulation,  ore
                                                                     fracturing,  underground cavity  formation,  or cratering  for a canal  or
                                                                     harbor.  Many  applications will  have to be evaluated separately before
                                                                     generalizations can be formulated regarding  the importance of  the
                                                                     various modes  and  pathways of exposure.

                                                                     Ecological  Systems  Analysis as  a Method for  Predicting  the Expected Dose

                                                                           Although systems analysis is a relatively new technique  to  the
                                                                     field of ecology,  it has been  used successfully for a number of years
                                                                     in many other  areas of science,  engineering, and business.  In  this
                                                                     respect, we  define systems analysis as  the study of the dynamic be-
                                                                     havior of a  system of coupled compartments.  The major  question to  be
                                                                     answered with  the  systems  analysis methodology is,  "How much of the
                                                                     radioactivity  released to  the environment  will  expose man both  internally
                                                                     and externally as  a function of  time?"

                                                                           We visualize the coupling of compart-.^nts as  routes for  the
                                                                     transfer of  materials between compartments making up the system.   This
                                                                     may be represented  graphically  by a coupled  compartment diagram,  and
                                                                     differential or difference equations may be  written for the  inventory
                                                                     of materials in each compartment.  Because of  the interconnections, or
                                                                     coupling of  compartments,  no one compartment functions  on its  own;
                                                                     the dynamic  behavior of each compartment is  determined  by the  net
                                                                     effect of all  of the other compartments.  Thus, it  is necessary to use
                                                                     a computer to  solve the equations to determine the  temporal  responses
                                                                     of all of the  compartments making up a  system.  An  example of  a famil-
                                                                     iar system for health physicists is a  pasture  contaminated by  fallout
                                                                     containing radioiodine.  The gross compartments of  interest  in this
                                                                     system include soil, runoff, forage, cattle, beef,  and  dairy products.
                                                                                                      553

-------
       To utilize the systems analysis approach for assessing the expected
 dose from an environmental  release, the following three steps are in-
 volved: 1) environmental measurements and experimentation,  2) param-
 eter identification, and 3) systems analysis.  The ecological  research
 must be carefully planned and carried out to measure the environmental
 transfer coefficients  which quantify the inter-compartmental  transfers.
 The environmental transfer coefficients of a system are the most im-
 portant and unique parameters required for systems analysis.  The
 second step, parameter  identification, is applied to the field data
 which are plotted as a function of time.  Parameter identification is
 the actual assignment of a numerical  value to the coefficient based on
 experimental data.  Problems of uniqueness and time-varying parameters
 are encountered here, but considerable help is available from techniques
 available in other fields.  Steps 2 and 3 are independent of the type
 of data (biological or physical) because these steps are mathematical
 and, as stated above, have already been highly refined by work in other
 fields.  Many excellent systems analysis computer codes have already
 been written and may be used without major change for environmental
 hazards analysis.  For  instance, the MATEXP and SFR-3 systems analysis
 codes written for nuclear reactor dynamics studies were used by Kaye
 and Ball4 in the systems analysis of  a coupled compartment  model  for
 radionuclide transfer in a tropical environment.  The MATEXP code
 utilizes a transient analysis while the SFR-3 utilizes a frequency
 response and a sensitivity analysis which relates parameter uncertain-
 ties to performance uncertainties.  Sensitivity analysis has great
 promise for identifying critical pathways and critical  population
 groups.  If we let ARj  represent the response of a compartment of
 interest (change in concentration of  radioactivity in a potential  food
 item)  to AP:,  a change in a parameter (the environmental  transfer co-
 efficient is increased  or decreased), then we can define sensitivity
 mathematically as
             Lim
                AP-K)
iR,

AP
                       j
                           3R.
                           3P.  '
                                                                   (1)
This  relationship  can  be  used  to indicate  which  parameters are most
accountable  for  the  radioactivity  in a  particular  food  item and thus
may suggest  some remedial action to divert this  radioactivity to a
compartment  which  has  negligible inputs  to man.  Complex environmental
systems which have multiple couplings with feedbacks are readily
adapted to systems analysis if the transfer coefficients are known.
Environmental transfer coefficients are  not easy to determine and the
need for them has not always been apparent.  However,  information on a
few systems  is already available in the  literature to formulate envi-
ronmental  transfer coefficients  which can  be used  in working models.
RadioecologicaI   research underway at Oak Ridge National Laboratory
is producing a body of information on radionuclide cycling which is
useful for systems analysis.
                                 554
                                                                                        Considerable  emphasis  is  being  placed on  systems  analysis  as  a
                                                                                  major technique in  proposals  supporting  the  International  Biological
                                                                                  Program (IBP).   It  may  be  that  IBP will  result  in  the first  large
                                                                                  scale test of  environmental  systems analysis, and  thus  lay the ground-
                                                                                  work for more  extensive applications  in  environmental dose estimation.
                                                                                       DEVELOPMENT OF AGE-DEPENDENT MODELS  FOR  INTERNAL DOSE

                                                                                        To identify the  critical  population groups,  it  is  necessary,
                                                                                  when estimating doses  to  populations,  to  consider  the total  popu-
                                                                                  lation in terms of homogeneous  groups  having  parameters  of  similar
                                                                                  type and magnitude.  Age  groups constitute a  basic and generally use-
                                                                                  ful  way of dividing the total population  for  estimating  dose.   Models
                                                                                  for estimating dose, particularly the  internal  dose from inhalation
                                                                                  and ingestion of radioactivity,  should be written  as a function of
                                                                                  age.  The importance of considering  age-dependency is emphasized by
                                                                                  the fact that certain  of  the  internal  dose parameters change by as
                                                                                  much as D factor of  ten for some radionuclides  when comparing  a one
                                                                                  year old with an adult.   If the exposure  continues over  a  long
                                                                                  enough period, the aging  of the person becomes  a factor,  i.e., the
                                                                                  biological parameters  and the intake function may  change, and  the
                                                                                  internal dose computations should be made using the applicable input
                                                                                  data.

                                                                                        Guidance is given  in ICRP Report 2  for  developing  equations  for
                                                                                  estimating internal  dose  to the various organs  of  standard  man re-
                                                                                  sulting from ingestion and inhalation  of  radioactivity.   These basic
                                                                                  ideas can be used for  developing a model  which  has each  term expressed
                                                                                  as a function of the age  of the individual.   Such  a model can be  used
                                                                                  to compute the dose as a  function of age, which may be useful  in
                                                                                  identifying the critical  population  groups as recommended  by the  ICRP
                                                                                  in Report 7.6
                                                                                  All  Organs Except the Gl  Tract

                                                                                        The rate of change  of organ burden B is given by


                                                                                                   ^p = If  - XB CuCi/day),                            (2)

                                                                                  where I  = daily intake (pCi/day),

                                                                                        f  = fraction of I  deposited in the organ, and

                                                                                        X  = effective elimination constant (day  ).

                                                                                  This expression is a modification of Eq. (5) of  ICRP Report 2, and may
                                                                                  be expanded to apply to the i**1 radionuclide in the k"*~n organ for a
                                                                                  person born at tb.  The age of the individual at time t (usually
                                                                                                                                        555

-------
revision of Eq. 1 which is rearranged for solution as a non-homogeneous,
first order, linear differential equation:
      —r;r-+ \.. (t - t,) B., =  I.  (t - t,, t) f.,  Ct - t.) (pCi/day).  (3)
       dt     ik       biki       b       ik       b

Note that I   is written as a  function of age, t -  t  , and as a function
of time,  t.   This equation  is now of the form

                 B' + a(t)  B = b(t),

where a = X., (t - t,  } which we  let equal  X.. (r), and
            ik       b                       i k
 In  this  formulation,  both  s  and  r are  dummy variables.   It follows that
 the solut ion  to  Eq.  (3)  for  organ burden  is g i ven  by
           =  exp
~r  b
-J.t  xi
                                     ds  (uCi)
       The dose rgte dDjk/dt is  simply  the  product  of  organ  burden,
 times the effective absorbed energy  per  gram [z j ^(t-t^l/m^tt-ttj)]
 of  critical  organ,  times  a  constant  to convert MeV to rems, and  is
 written
       dD
         ik
        dt
                        Crem/day)
                                                                   (5)
 The  next  step  is  to  write the integral  form  of  the  equation  by  substi
 tuting  the  right  side of  Eq.  (4)  for  Bik(t-tb,  t)  in  Eq.  (5), and
 chanqinq  the sequence of  integration  so that we integrate  first with
 changing  the  sequence  of  integ
 respect to t  as  written  here:
                                 556
                                                                                     Dik
                                                                                                                   ,(r)dr
                                                                                                 rt-t
                                                                                           exp  | -/      xjk-
                                                                                                    b
                                                                                                                                                                           (6)
The limits of integration have been changed  to account for  the change
i n sequence of i ntegration.   It is imp licit  that for  t <  t ^,  I.  and
eIk are equal to  zero.   Both t and s in  Eq.  (6) are dummy variables
and they may be interchanged to obtain the final  form which applies  to
any organ except  the Gl tract:
                                                                                                                                         t-tb,  t) fik(t-tb)
                                                                                                                                         , /"f2  e.. (s-t. )
                                                                                                                                         ' /      i k     b
                                                                                                                                         J t    m. (s-t. )
                                                                                                                                    ds  )  dt   (rem).
                                                                                                                                                          (7)
Equation (7) above is the model  which is programmed in the INREM code
for cumulative dose to all  organs except the Gl  tract.

      The relationships of  the time variables used in  Eq.  (7)  are
illustrated with the following time scale:








                                                                                                      The reference point (tQ) is usually set equal to the time of the first
                                                                                                      detonation for convenience.  All other points in time are evaluated by
                                                                                                      their position relative to tg.  The time of birth (t^) of the individua
                                                                                                      need not occur before tQ as shown here; it may take on any value equal
                                                                                                      to or less than t^.  The beginning and the end of the time period for
                                                                                                      which dose is to be integrated are designated t, and ^2* respectively.
                                                                                                      Radioactivity entering the body prior to t1  is not included  in the dose
                                                                                                      calculation; therefore, ti usually is set equal  to the time at which
                                                                                                                                       557

-------
 radionuclide intake begins.  The variables t, s, and r are dummy vari-
 ables of  integration for the three integrals in the equation.

       This model implies a continuous intake changing with age and time,
 and alt other terms changing with age.  Since the hand solution of Eq.(7)
 is not practical, it is in a computer code called INREM.  Great flexi-
 bility is built  into the code so that many radionuclides, body organs,
 and age groups can be handled in one run of the computer.  The code
 handles standard-man calculations as well as age-dependent calculations.

       The radionuclide  intake (pCi/day) is one of the primary input
 data required for an age-dependent calculation.  This information is put
 into INREM as "points"  from a graph of pCi/day intake vs. time since
 the reference detonation.  There is one graph per age group and the
 number of points taken  from each graph is usually determined by the
 number of inflections in the curve, since the computer actually recon-
 structs the graph by a  linear interpolation between points.  INREM
 accepts up to 100 such  intake points per age group and up to 25 age
 groups.
 Gl  Tract as the Critical  Organ

       For dosimetry  purposes, the  ICRP Report 2  recognizes the Gl
 Tract as being  divided  into  four segments  (stomach, small  intestine,
 upper large intestine,  and  lower  large  intestine).  This requires that
 a different equation  be written to  estimate the  dose to each segment
 as  a  result" of  the passage of radioactivity.  Such equations must
 include  the time  required for the  intake to reach the segment of
 interest,  the time required  for emptying the segment, the mass of the
 segment  plus contents,  and the fraction of the ingested radioactivity
 which  is  absorbed by  the  blood.  An alternative  way of estimating
 the dose  to the Gl tract  from any  intake is to relate the  intake to
 dose  received from intake at the (MPC)g or (MPC)W.  The advantages
of this approach are  that only one equation is required and that it  util-
 izes the MPC for the critical segment which already has built into it
all  the factors mentioned above.
write
       If the maximum permissible dose  rate  is 0.3  rem/wk, then we can
            0.3/7
            A. (MPC). .
             J       'Jo
                                                                   (8)
where A- = intake (cnrVday) of air (j = 1) or water  (j=2), and
         = the maximum permissible concentration (pCi/cm')
            of the i    radionuclide  in air (j=l) or water (j=2)
            where the i^*1 radionuclide is soluble  (a=1) or
            insoluble (a=2).
                                  558
The dose from any single intake can  be computed by direct substitu-
tion into Eq.(8)  and by assuming that the simple proportion holds.
Rewriting Eq.(8)  by substituting the single uCi intake,  Sj, for uCi
in the denominator gives
                   0.3/7 S.
                              (rem).
This equation applies to standard man only,  and must be multiplied by
a modifying factor,  h (I), to make it age dependent.  The dose to a
person in the Ith age group is given by
                                                                                                                            0.3/7  S.hU)

                                                                                                                            A.  (MPC). .
                                    (rem)
                                                                 (10)
for a single intake.  The subscript n is an index for standard man.  As
written in Eq.(IO), h(t) is the product of three modifying internal
dose variables found in Eq.(14) of ICRP Report 2, and which are ratioed
to their respective standard man values.  Other variables, such as
residence time of food  in the critical segment could be included also,
but no body of age-dependent data is available for these parameters.
Thus,
      hU> =
                                                                                                                                       fujo/finja
                                                                                                                                                                       (11)
where mp = mass (g) of the critical segment of the Gl tract of an

individual   in the ith age group,
      e.   = effective absorbed energy (MeV) of the  i   radionuclide of
        I iOL
             type a in the critical segment of the Gl tract of an
             individual in the i   age group, and
     f.  .  = fraction of the  intake from  inhalation  or  ingestion of the
       llJa   jth radionuclide of type a reaching the  critical  segment of
             the Gl tract of an  individual  in the i1"" age group.

As a matter  of convenience for  simplifying the final form of  the model,
 let
      0.  
-------
      If we assume a continuous intake of  I. uCi/day as a function of
age and time, the cumulative dose model can'be written  in the  integral
form after substitution of the age-dependent correction factors for h(JU:
D.. (t  t,,t.) =   0.3/7      f 2  I.(t-t.,
 U"  '  2  b    A. (MFC)..   I      '    b
                  jn      'jo-1 t,
                                          tj pi
-------
       The concentration,  Cjp^(t),  is derived  from the  nuclide chain
 equat ions for rad ioact i ve decay.   For a  s i nqIe  environmenta1 re I ease, an
 explicit expression for  the concentration  at  time t  of  the  i    radio-
 nuclide in a pathway is  denoted by
            C—expf-x,!),  , = ,.
C  „ exp(-X.T)+T
 >      P   '
                                            Y..(T)X.
                                             'J     J +
                                                                          l, (16)
              o •
       i-1
       7T
       VT,=[
              if k=i-l
     exp(-i.T)  - exp  (-X.T)
           (X.-X.)T
             i   J
       A .  = rad iologica I  decay  constant  (hours   ) of the
                                                            rad ionucI i de,
       f.  =  fraction of  nuclei  of  the
             i -H    nuc I i de  in  the  pathway,
                                          radionuclide which decays to the
     CT  „  =  q  .  Y.,
      ipi    ypia i
     g  .   =  location correction  factor  for the  i   radionuclide, the p
            mode of exposure, and the  i   location, and
      Y.
           yield
                       of the environmental release.
      To determi ne the concentrat ion of a radionuclide in a chain con-
ta i n i ng more than one pathway, contr i but ions for the nucIi de are summed
for each pathway which is unique up to that radionuclide.

      The concentration,  MC[D£(t),  at time t of the i    radionuclide re-
sulting from M environmental releases is obtained by evaluating Eq.(16)
where
      C°
       ipt
and where
                                                                      (17)
                                 562
                                                                                                            t   = time (hours)  of  the  M   environmental  release,
                                                                                                                      for the M   environmental  release,

                                                                                                                            Mth

                                                                                                      C   (T ) = the concentration at time T,, of the i    radionuclide resulting
                                                                                                   M-1 ip £  M                               M
                                                                                                                  from the f i rst M-1  env i ronmenta I  re I eases.

                                                                                                      Obv i ousIy, on I y d i g i ta I  computer solut ion  is  pract ica I  for the externaI
                                                                                                      dose model because the complexity of the calculations involves multiple
                                                                                                      detonations, decay chains with  branching,  severa I  modes of exposure,
                                                                                                      and the Iarge number of radionuclides usually cons i dered.   The EXREM
                                                                                                      code has flexibility in handling probI ems  of  vary i ng compI ex i ty.   Up to
                                                                                                      fifty dose rates and/or total doses  may be computed  for each nuclide in
                                                                                                      each mode of exposure.  This code prints out  separately the doses and
                                                                                                      dose rates from the gamma photons and the  beta particles of each  radio-
                                                                                                      nuclide,  as well as the total dose and total  dose  rate  by  summing the
                                                                                                      beta and gamma contributions (for some assessments,  dose rate as  wel I
                                                                                                      as total  dose is important).  The latest version of  this code is  described
                                                                                                      in more detail   in a publication by Turner.


                                                                                                                   USING EXREM AND INREM TO ESTIMATE DOSE

                                                                                                            A simple problem is postulated to apply the  methodology discussed
                                                                                                      in this paper.   There are two reasons for  including this problem.  First,
                                                                                                      to identify the type of input data required to carry out the computations,
                                                                                                      and,  second, to illustrate the  format of the  results of the dose compu-
                                                                                                      tations for a cratering type of Plowshare  application.

                                                                                                            Many radiologicaI-assessments of a contaminating event are based
                                                                                                      on conservative assumptions.  Frequently,  life-time or  infinite gamma
                                                                                          from erosion,  infiltration into the soil  profile,  wind, removal by
                                                                                          animals,  plowing,  etc.,  will  tend to decrease the  radiation field also.
                                                                                          Radioactive decay  can be viewed as a loss of radioactive atoms from
                                                                                          the system, commonly denoted  by the radioactive decay constant, Xr,
                                                                                          and the environmental inputs  and losses can be described by the
                                                                                          algebraic sum of the appropriate transfer coefficients.  For simplicity,
                                                                                          we consider only the net coefficient here, denoted as the environ-
                                                                                          mental  transfer coefficient,  Xe, which leads to the relationship
                                                                                                      where X
                                                                                                      A = *e + Xp ,                                           (18)

                                                                                                  is defined as the  effective decay constant.  Substituting the
                                                                                                                                        563

-------
corresponding half-times  into Eq.(18) gives the  following relationship:

                T T
            T=TTF  •                                              
                 e  r
where

      T  = effective half-time,

      T  = environmental  half-time, and

      T  = radioactive  ha If-life.

 In the treatment of the hypothetical  problem  which  follows,  we compute
 both expected doses using T  = TeTr/Te+Tr  and  conservative doses  using
 T - Tr and compare one  with  the  other.

      The  levels of radioactivity  we  choose are  completely arbitrary
 and are  not  related to  any real  Plowshare applications.  Figure  2  is a
 block diagram representing in abstract  form the  problem  we postulate and
 analyze  in the  following pages.

      The  type  of application postulated  is a project  requiring  two
 cratering  detonations  which vent to the atmosphere. Only  "Cs  and     Ba
 are  vented,  leading to exposure  of the  population by the modes shown  in
 Figure  2.


 Outl i_ne_gf_ Hypothetical Prpbjejn

 f.   Source Term
     A.   Production  vented per detonation  = 1  Ci     Cs-  Ba.

     B.   Detonation  schedule:  Det. No.  1  at t=0  and Det. No.  2 at  t=30  days.

 I I.  Radioactive Cloud
     A.   Time to reach  the location of interest = 4  hours.

     B.   Time to pass  over the  location  of interest  =  1 hour.
                                           10~14/cm3 = 10~8uCi/cm3,  where
     c-   Concentration in cloud = 106yCi
         10~^/cm  is the location correction factor relating the fraction
         vended and the concentration per cm3of air at the location  of  interest.
     D.   Inhaled vCi  per  detonation by a person in the t*" age group =
         10~8pCi/cm3 x cm  air breathed in 1  hour by that person.

III.  Deposition of  Fallout on Landscape

     A.   Exposure to contaminated landscape.

         1.   Concentration = 10 pCi  x 10~  /cm  = 10  uCi/cm ,
             where 10"13/cm^ is the location correction factor
             relating the fraction vented and deposition per cm
             of land surface at the location of interest.
    2.  Height above  landscape for which dose  is to be
        estimated = 100 cm.

    3.  Environmental half-time of    Cs on the  land surface =  1
        year; thus, the effective half-time of  '3'Cs on  land
        surface  is 0.97 years.

B.  Ingestion of food.

    1.  Age-dependent parameters in the INREM code are evaluated
        with the information  in Tables 1 and 2.
    2.  Maximum concentration of ^ Cs In food after each
        detonat ion =  10  yCi/g; the maxi mum i s reached on
        the  14th day  following the detonation.

    3.  Radionuclide  intake (uCi/day) = I' x C.
    4.  Effective half-time of    Cs in the food is one year.

Transfer of Radioactivity to Surface Waters
A.  Submersion in water.

    1.  Concentration = 106uCi x 10-I3/cm3 = 10~7yCi/cm3,
        where 10  Vcm  is the location correction  factor
        relat i ng the f ract ion vented and the concentrat ion
        per cm-' of water  at the location of interest.

    2.  Use factor = 0.5  hours/day.

    3.  Env i ronmentaI  ha If-t i me of     Cs i n the surface water
        is 20 days;  thus,  the effective half-time of 137Cs in
        surface water is  also 20 days.

B.  Ingestion of water.
    1.  Treatment similar to  item I I IB.

    2.  Maximum concentration of   3  Cs  in  surface water
        after each detonation = 10~"uCi/cm ; the maximum
        is reached on the second day following the  detonation.
    3.  Effective half-time of 137Cs in the surface water is
        20 days.
Populat ion

A.  Demographic data  included in Table  3.
B.  Median age = 28 years.
C.  NM = NF = 5000.

D.  WM = wp.

E.  w for entire population estimated at 1.3 based  on  current
    U. S.  values for population size, birth rate, and  life ex-
    pectancy  at birth.
                                  564
                                                                                                                                        565

-------
 Results of Calculations for Hypdthetical  Problem

     The cumulative total  body dose curves generated  with  the  INREM and
 EXREM computer codes for all  modes of exposure are shown  In Figure 3.
 Only estimates applicable to adults are plotted for  internal  dose.
 Submersion in the radioactive cloud is unique because the exposure  lasts
 only a relatively short time (one hour in the case of the example
 problem).  Consequently,  the radioactive ha If- Iife is used for this
 calculation because the source term represents an  average concentration.
 The expected cumulat ive dose due to submers ion in  contami nated water  is
 so  low (3.5 x 10   mrem)  that it does not appear on  this  graph.  On the
 other hand, Figure 3 shows that drinking the same  water results  in a
 dose commitment of 2.2 x 10   mrem, almost one hundred times  larger.
 Obviously, increasing  the use factor from 0.5 hours  per day for  submer-
 sion in water to 2 or  3 hours per day would  not result in doses  even
 approaching those from drinking the same water.  The magnitude of the
 differences in doses here is independent of  the concentration of radio-
 activity in water, but is dependent on  the type and  energy of the
 radiafion emitted.  A  similar comparison  can be made of the relative
 hazard from submersion in a radioactive cloud and  simultaneously breath-
 ing the same air.  From Figure 3 it can be seen that inhalation  of radio-
 activity results in an internal  dose almost  four times as great  as the
 external  dose from submersion in the radioactive cloud.   It seems probable
 that the dose from inhalation will  always be higher  than  the  submersion
 dose,  especially for radionuclides  having a  long biological half-time.
 The expected  doses which  are  plotted for  ingestion of  contaminated food
 and exposure  to  a contaminated  land surface  are  strictly  functions of
 the arbitrary  input parameters  and  are  not intrinsicly related as
 are the  dose  estimates  for  submersion  in  water  vs. drinking water and
 submersion  in  air vs.  inhalation.   It  is  interesting,  nevertheless, to
 compare  the expected dose (effective half-time  = 1 year)  from the land
 surface  to  the conservative dose (effective  half-time  = radioactive
 half-life = 30 years).  Essentially all of the  expected dose  is ac-
 cumulated by the  fifth  year after the  initial detonation, whereas the
 conservative dose is considerably higher  and  still  increasing after
 60  years  (the  asymptotic  condition  is not approached  untiI approximateIy
 150  years).  The  magnitudes of the  expected  and conservative doses
 from the contaminated  landscape  are entirely dependent upon the arbi-
 trary choice of effective half-times for  this hypothetical case, but
 it  raises a question that merits further  consideration.   For any dose
 integration period,  what  is the  magnitude of conservatism of dose cal-
 culated with
            T = T  (conservative dose) vs. a dose calculated with T =
T T
 e r
T +T
(expected dose)?  If F(t) represents the magnitude of conservatism for
a specified time period due to use of the radioactive half-life only,
then
            F(t) =
                   DT
-------
problems presented elsewhere  include detailed discussions of the age-
dependent parameters in the  INREM code, emphasizing the need for data
describing the population for which dose estimates are being made.^'^
The input data for the  INREM code for this hypothetical problem are
given in Tables 1 and 2.  Although the variation of one of the age-
dependent parameters may appear to make it controlling (as does total-
body mass in this case, see Table 1), our previous work has shown that
the smaller variations of other age-dependent parameters should not be
neglected when estimating expected doses for various age groups. '
The accumulation of dose from internal exposure  is shown in Figure 6
as a function of time and age at the start of intake.  With the exception
of the first exposure year, the various age groups retain their relative
positions throughout the exposure period.   If we assume that all age
groups have equal biological  sensitivity to radiation exposure, those
individuals 10.5 years  of age at the time of the first detonation com-
prise the cr i t icaI popuI at ion group on the  basis of this analysis.
While it  is of  interest to  identify the critical population group by
age,  it  is  important  in population exposure situations to  identify the
age at a  specific point in  time.  These  identifications are necessary
because one age-dependent  parameter  (daily  radionuclide  intake)  is
dependent not  only upon the age of the  individual, but also upon the
radionuclide concentrations in the  intake media.  Radionuclide concen-
trations  in the  intake  media may vary considerably as  functions of time,
particularly  in  transient  exposure situations where the concentrations
attain  peak values for  brief  periods and then decline  steadily.  The
parameters currently  programed  in the  INREM code as age-dependent
variables undoubtedly  will  be shown to be functions of additional factors.
For  example, the effective half-time term  (Te) may require evaluation as
a function of  ambient  temperature as  well as age.  As  we  improve our
capabilities  for estimating doses to  populations, ever  increasing
 specificity will  be  required to  identify the critical  population group.

     The estimated  genetic  doses  to  individuals within  the various age
groups  are  given in  Table  3.  We assume  the genetic dose  is equal to
the  estimated  total-body dose due to  internal exposure plus the estimated
external  dose.   There  is very little  difference  among  these estimated
genetic  doses,  primarily because external exposure constitutes approxi-
mately  75 percent of  the total dose; and external dose, as currently
estimated with the EXREM code,  is not age dependent.   The genetically
significant dose to  the population  is estimated  to be  0.386 mrem,
slightly  exceeding the  highest  individual genetic dose estimate.  This
undoubtedly results  from the assumptions used  in evaluating the future
child expectancy factor (w).  However, one  would expect the genetically
significant dose to  approach the  individual genetic dose  in this situ-
ation for two  reasons:   1)  every  individual  in the population receives
approximately  the same  genetic dose, and 2) the  median age  (28 years)
of the  population  is well  below  the age  (50 years) assumed as the upper
age  limit for  child  bearing.
                                  568
                          CONCLUSIONS

    Estimating radiation doses to populations from Plowshare appli-
cations is a difficult and complex task.  The assessment is difficult
because more bioenvironmental information than is presently available
is needed in order to make the assessment realistic.   The desired
input includes information on the source term, release and movement
of radionuclides in the environment,  biological  and demographic
characteristics of the populations exposed,  and  dosimetry parameters.

    We believe that an important objective in assessing population
exposure situations should be to derive the  best estimate of the
expected dose from all modes of exposure. Furthermore, knowledge
of the expected dose from each important exposure mode is a prerequisite
for setting specific guidelines and regulations  for Plowshare applica-
tions.  Such dose estimates must be made carefully for another reason—
they will  be scrutinized by a public  that will want to know the best
estimate of the dose (risk) from a given Plowshare application (benefit).
There is every reason to believe that the public  will  be  extremely
interested in all  Plowshare applications, and that the success of  Plow-
share may very well depend upon the public's  acceptance of  the risks
i nvolved.

    Estimating expected doses requires knowledge  of the deposition
and redistribution of radionuclides in the environment as welI  as  com-
plete account of product utilization.   Systems analysis offers promise
for predicting the amount of radioactivity released from  given Plow-
share applications that may expose man both  internally and  externally.
The systems analysis technique is well  suited for this application
because it is a powerful  predictive tool  capable  of evaluating complex
situations.  Data  already obtained from field studies  can be used  in
systems analysis,  but additional  studies will  have to  be  carried out
to extend its application to Plowshare projects.

    Estimation of  the expected dose as a function of age  is the first
step toward identification of the critical population  group.   More
data are required  to evaluate the age-dependent  parameters  in the INREM
code.   These data, incomplete for many radionuclides at the present time,
necessitate assumptions which lead to conservative dose estimates
rather than the preferred estimates of expected  dose.   Currently,  the
critical population group, defined as that group  expected to receive
the highest dose,  is oftentimes identified by age relative  to c  given
point in time.  As our capabilities develop  for  estimating  population
dose,  consideration of additional  factors influencing  dose  will
facilitate identification of the critical population group with greater
speci f icity.

    The genetically significant dose  is another  important consideration
in the overall evaluation of population exposures, particularly when
large numbers of individuals are involved.  The  additional  information
required for this  estimate is a demographic  description of  the population.
                                                                                                                                       569

-------
 When all  individuals within the population receive the  same  total
 expected  dose, the genetically significant dose to the  population
 approximates the genetic dose to the individual.  It is unlikely,
 however,  that the total  expected doses resulting from Plowshare  events
 will be equal for all  age groups; in that case, the accuracy of  the
 demographic information  is as important as the accuracy of the age-
 dependent dose estimates for the ultimate estimation of genetically
 significant dose.

     The Plowshare Program encompasses a variety of applications.
 Each application, and perhaps each event, will  have distinguishing
 characteristics; thus, each will require specific radiological-safety
 considerations.  The methods presented here represent our progress
 to date in developing a  comprehensive methodology for assessing  the
 potential  radiation hazards to the general  population.   This method-
 ology is  constantly undergoing revision as a result of  experience.
 In spite  of anticipated  changes in methodology, the central  theme
 will continue to stress  the best possible estimates of  expected  doses
 to the populations affected by each significant release of radio-
 activity  to the environment.
                         ACKNOWLEDGMENTS

     The authors are deeply  indebted  to William  Ooyle  Turner of the
 Computing Technology Center  at Oak Ridge  for  alI the  computer pro-
 gramming in the INREM and EXREM codes.  He  is also  responsible for
 developing the mathematical  approach used in  the solution of the
 nuclear chain  equations  which  appear in the models  for external dose.

     Considerable thanks  are  also due to E. G. Struxness and K. E.
 Cowser  who participated  in the many  discussions which  lead up to the
 formulation of  this paper.

     Although the contents of this paper deal  with the use of peace-
 ful  nuclear detonations  in general,  much  of the ground work was laid
as a result of  our  participation  in  the radiological-safety feasibility
study for  constructing a sea-level canal   with nuclear explosives.  The
feasibility study was supported  by contract AT(26-1)-171 between the
Battelle Memorial Institute, Columbus Laboratories, and the U. S.
Atomic Energy Commission, Nevada Operations Office.
                                 570
2.
                           REFERENCES

    Ng, Y.  C.,  C.  A.  Burton,  S.  E.  Thompson,  R.  K.  Tandy, H. K. Kretner,
    and M.  W.  Pratt,  1968.   Prediction of the Maximum Dosage to Man from
    the Fallout of Nuclear  Devices  IV.  Handbook for Estimating the
    Maximum Internal  Dose from Rad ionuc I i des  Released to the Biosphere,
    UCRL-50163, Part IV.

    Kaye, S.  V., and D.  J.  Nelson,  1968.   "Analysis of Specific Activity
    Concept as Related  to Environmental  Concentration of Radionucl ides,"
    Nuclear Safety 9: 53-58.

3.  Kaye, S.  V., P. S.  Rohwer, K. E.  Cowser,  and W. S. Snyder, 1969.
    "Predicting Radiation Dose Equivalents for Populations  I. Dose
    Models  and Methods  of Application,"  BioScience 19: 238-41.

4.  Kaye, S.  V., and S.  J.  Ball, 1969.  "Systems Analysis of a Coupled
    Compartment Model for Radionucl ide Transfer in a Tropical  Environ-
    ment,"   pp. 731-739 in  Proc. Sec. Nat. Symp. on Radioecology  (Ann
    Arbor,  Mich.,  May 15-17,  1967).   CONF-670503.

5.  International  Commission on Radiological  Protection, 1959.  Recom-
    mendations of  the International  Commission on Radiological Protection
    (Report of Committee 2 on Permissible Dose for  Internal Radiation).
    ICRP Pub.   2.  Pergamon  Press, London.

6.  International  Commission on Radiological  Protection, 1966.  Prin-
    ciples  of  Environmental Monitoring Related to the Handling of
    Radioactive Materials  (Report of Committee 4).   ICRP Pub. 7,
    Pergamon Press, London.

7.  Rohwer, P. S., and 'S. V. Kaye,  1969.  Age-Dependent Models for
    Estimating  Internal  Dose  in Feasibility Evaluations of  Plowshare
    Events.  Plowshare Research and Development Progress Report for
    October 1, 1967 to April   1,  1968, ORNL-TM-2229.

8.  Turner, W. D., S. V. Kaye, and P. S. Rohwer, 1968.   EXREM and INREM
    Computer Codes for Estimating Radiation Doses to  Populations  from
    Construction of a Sea-Level Canal with Nuclear  Explosives, Report
    K-1752, Computing Technology Center, Union Carbide  Corp.,  Nuclear
    Division,  Oak Ridge, Tenn.

9.  International  Commission on  Radiological Protection,  1964.  Recom-
    mendations of the International Commission on  Radiological Protec-
    tion (as Amended 1959 and Revised  1962).   ICRP  Pub.  6,  Pergamon
    Press,  London.
                                                                                                                                       571

-------
10.  United Nations, 1958.  Report of the United Nations Scientific
    Committee on the Effects of Atomic Radiation, General  Assembly
    Official  Records:  Thirteenth Session, Suppl. No. 17 (A/3838),
    New York.

11.  Kaye, S.  V., and P. S. Rohwer, 1968.  Estimating External Dose in
    Feasibility Evaluations of Plowshare Events, Plowshare Research
    and Development Quarterly Progress Report for April 1, 1968 to
    June 30,  1968, ORNl-TM-2249.

12.  Turner, W. D., the EXREM  II Computer Code for Estimating External
    Doses to Populations from Construction of a Sea-Level  Canal with
    Nuclear Explosives.  Report CTC-8, Computing Technology Center,
    Union Carbide Corp., Nuclear Division, Oak Ridge, Tenn.  (In Press).

13. Rohwer, P. S., and S. V.  Kaye,  1969.  "Predicting Radiation Dose
    Equivalents for Populations   II. Results Obtained with the Dose
    Models."  BioScience  19:  326-330.
                                  572
Ul
to
-\

o
c
c

Ql

-0
CD
l/l

3"

l/l
CD
<
O
to

c
3
-f
CD
Q.
(/)
H-

-+
CD
VI
S
o
Qt

f
3
•+
O
-J,
Q
n
c
~
c

CD
01
3


<

m
o
O
o
3
O
VI

c?
<
S

o
o
3
c
3
CD

5"
0.


CD
Q.
-f
O

3
O
C
Q.
CD
O
3

~<
H-
3~
CD
Q.
Ol


**
3
H-
Q)

CD

O

H-
01
T?
£
H-
CD
-1
0)
3
Q.
CT
?
CD
0)
CD
in

CT
Ql
CD
Q.

O
3

-f
0)
TD
C
O)
-r-
-1










01
IQ
CD

CO
3
T3
in


3
?
01
VI
CD
3
o
o
_,
3

O
i
H.
o'
3

o
3
-+
3"
CD
-o
0

cr
CD
Ql
ID
CD

CD"
•o
CD
3
Q_
CD
3
CD
O


-f
3-
CD
Ul
CD

cr
O
-3

§'
O)
o
3"
in




W IS)
73 — O T3
Ql 3 -h •
Q. -+

oi n — •
-»• 3 O
— Ql *: 33
O -f l/i O
3 — 3-3-
» O O) £
3 -1 CD
— Ql CD-I
33 m Ql
TJO < 3
O CD Q-
T) 3 3
C 3 -+ tfl
cr — in •
• t/i <:
O •
is) o ;c

TJ O T-<
CD 3 H CD
ID 3) 1
3 Q. IS5

3 O vD
T)O ~
n in >
CD — T)
in o -i
Ul Ql —


r — "D — •

3 O O
Q. -f OD
O CD *-*
3 n
-(-
— o

" 3J
• CD
-o
O
^0

So
~D O

£ ?.
	 1-
§ if
Ul CD


O —

O
Q) 3
Q.

— (D
3
O in
n in
CD CT
in CD
™ S
CD U)
CD
-5 _t.
T3 O
CD" —
Q. 3
-f
0 ^
>
o
(D
1
i
CD
3
Q.
CD
3
-4

c?
Q.
CD
01

0

m
in
•+
|

3
0

—
_(.
CD
-i
3
_

O
o
I/)
CD


3
-n
CD
01
in
cr
^
?
m
£

01
-f

o
Ul
-*



rf
O
~1
01
*

Q.
6'
O
(0

o
I
Qi

-t-
3"
O
Ol
01
01
3
Q.

C?
T3
O
H-
in
|Ov

•^1
^
^
vO
S


























V

o





—





0
Ul




0
8
O





o
Ul




o




—
^J

X
o









o
8






ro
o


Ul

o





!£





o
$




Ul
o
8





O
Ul




0




—
c^

X
0









VO
Ul
o






cr.
Ul


o







*;





o
a




±
§





o
ui




O




—
£1

X
o









CD
o






Ul
o


Ul

o





0





o
S




ro
Ul
§





o
ui




o




*o
-J

X
o
a*








c^
ts)
Ul






w
Ul


i







00





o
ro




Ul
o
o





o
Ul




o




-~J
o

X
o
CTi








^
O






o
Ul


o







^





0
00




00
o
o





o
Ul




o




Ul
£.

X
o
a\








^
o






vD
O


?  "8
                                                                                                                                        573

-------
Table 2.  Ingestion of    Cs (pCi/day)  in  food  as a  function of time after the first
          detonation.
Time after
the first
detona-
tion
(days)
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
224
409
589
774
1139
1504
1864
3650
7300
}Ci/day intake in food
(0-1 yr> (1-5 yr)
0 0
.0096 .010
.019 .021
.029 .031
.038 .042
.048 .052
.058 .063
.077 .084
.13 .15
.27 .29
.46 .50
.69 .75
.86 .94
•.94 .02
.96 .04
.93 .01
.94 .02
.95 .03
.95 .04
.96 .05
.97 .06
.98 .06
.0 .08
.05 .14
.18 .29
.37 .50
.60 .74
.77 .93
.85 .01
.87 .03
.32 .44
.93 .01
.66 .72
.47 .51
.23 .25
.12 .12
.058 .063
.0019 .0021
0 0
at any time for individuals
(5-10 yr) (10-15 yr)
0 0
.014 .015
.028 .030
.041 .046
.055 .061
.069 .076
.082 .091
.11 .12
.19 .21
.38 .42
.66 .73
.99 .09
.24 .37
.35 .49
.38 .52
.33 .47
.34 .49
.36 .50
.37 .51
.38 .52
.39 .54
.40 1.55
.42 1.58
.50 1.66
.70 1.87
.97 2.18
2 . 30 2 . 54
2.54 2.81
2.65 2.93
2.67 2.95
1.90 2.10
1.33 1.47
.95 1.05
.67 .74
.33 .36
.16 .18
.082 .091
.0028 .003
0 0
in each age class.
(15-20 vr) (>
0
.016
.033
.049
.066
.082
.098
.13
.23
.46
.79
.18
.48
.61
.64
.60
.61
.62
.64
.65
.66
.68
.70
1.80
2.03
2.36
2.75 ;
3.04 ;
3.17 ;
3.20 ;
2.27
1.60
1.14
.81
.39
.20
.099
.0033
0

20 yr)
0
.013
.025
.038
.050
.063
.076
.10
.18
.35
.60
.91
.13
.23
.26
.22
.23
.24
.25
.26
.27
.28
.31
.38
.55
.80
'.10
'.33
.43
.45
.74
.22
.87
.62
.30
.15
.076
.0025
0
                                                                                                          Table 3.   Table of  information  relative  to  genetic  dose.
k (years)
0-1
1-5
5-10
10-15
15-20
20-25
25-30
30-35
35-40
40-45
45-50
50-55
55-65
65-75
75-85
>85
d, (mrem)
0.347
0.336
0.365
0.379
0.360
0.355
0.355
0.355
0.355
0.355
0.355
0.355
0.355
0.355
0.355
0.355
\2
180
800
1,050
1,000
900
740
600
550
600
600
560
570
890
600
300
60
•v
2.74
2.74
2.74
2.74
2.73
2.38
1.45
0.70
0.27
0.06
0.004
0
0
0
0
0
d. x N. x w.
171
737
1,050
1,040
885
625
308
137
58
13
1
0
0
0
0
0
                                                                                                                                           10,000
                                                                                                                                                                           5,025
                                                                                                           The total  dose (external  exposure + internal  exposure)  accumulated to age
                                                                                                           50 years,  the age assumed to be the upper limit for child bearing.


                                                                                                           Calculated with information obtained from:   U.  S.  Bureau of Census,
                                                                                                           Statistical  Abstract of  the United States.  1968 (89th edition),
                                                                                                           Washington,  D. C. (1968).
                                       574
                                                                                                                                              575

-------
                               ORNL-DWG 68-9201
  Modes  of Exposure
Figure 1.   Modes of  Exposure.
          576
                                                                                                                                  ORNL-OWC 69-3272
                                                                                  Figure 2.   Simpl ified Block Diagram of Hypothetical  Problem.
                                                                                                           577

-------
                                                                             OftNL-DWG 69-327'

f' ,
//'
//--•
\^
\ //'
"' ^
f"


.•"
' X
X
X
/
f f

,''''-'""
.-
r '- ' '
LAND SU
FOOD



SU6MEHS




TOTAL CONSERV
-----•"""


FACE



- — — ""'
ON III .,»




ATIVE DOSE 	

J-"-- 	





---'


	 EXPECT


	
	 1
LAND SURF
FOOD






SUBMERSION


ED DOSE ( I • -^*-


	
CE









It_ ,


                                   TIME  AFTER  INITIAL  DETONATION   ( YEARS )

               Figure 3.  Doses  Accumulated  in the  Period 0-60 Years  Following the
                          First  Detonation for the  Hypothetical Problem.
                                                                                ORNL-DWG 69-3271
                                                                   Tr/T= 100
                                                                    T,/T=30
                                                                    VT.IS
£     5
                                                                    VT-5
                 FIqure
                                 TIME   UNITS  OF  DOSE  INTEGRATION
                             Reduces the

-------
                                                         WML-WrC (.9-3275
                    TIME AFTER INITIAL DETONATION  ( m«nlhi)
Figure 5.   Doses Accumulated  in the First Year  Following the First
            Detonation for  the Hypothetical Problem.
                                580
                                                                                                                                                               ORHL-DWC 69-3J73
                                                                                                     Figure 6.   Age-Dependent  Variation in  Internal  Dose During the  Period
                                                                                                                0-10 Years  Following the First  Detonation for the  Hypothetica
                                                                                                                ProbI em.
                                                                                                                                          581

-------
                         QUESTIONS FOR STEPHEN KAYE
     From C. E. Me I son
      In your discussion, what "dose'1 were you talking about,  skin  dose,
     gonade dose, "whole-body dose,  lung dose,  or what?   To  what
     structure does "cumulative dose" refer?

     ANSWER:

     The radionuclide we were dealing with was cesium-137 and the
     critical body organ for this nuclide is total  body.   So  these were
     totaI body doses.
 2.  From Frank Lowman:

     Microgram and microcurie frequency distributions  of  trace elements
     and radionuclides in plants and marine animals are  log-normal extend-
     i ng over an order of magn i tude or more i n most populations.   Ti pton's
     and Foster's data suggest that this may also be true for humans.  How
     would one adjust considerations of Standard  Man to protect the  3  to
     \Q% of the population group concentrating 5  to 7  times  the arithmetic
     mean amount of  a radionuclide concentrated by individuals of  the
     populat ion?

     ANSWER:

     You better send this one to the ICRP   This  really is not a problem
     which  we  are  able to deal with  right now  since, as Dr.  Lowman has
     pointed out,  this is true that  most all of these  measurements of
     stable elements in  the  biota and  in the different organs of man are
     known  to  follow the  log-normal  distribution  and,  of  course, this can
     be  handled  nicely statistically,  but there is  this part of the popu-
     lation then which would  be  neglected when we  are  calculating  doses
     based  on  the  mean individual.   I  think that  this  problem has been
     discussed by  Dr.  Tipton  who  has conducted most of the analyses for
     Standard  Man  and  I know  it's  something that  she continues to work on,
     in  fact,  she  has  various models which show the statistical  distribution
     of  these  concentrations  in various  populations.   I don't think this
     problem actually  comes under  the heading of this paper and I  would be
    glad to refer it  to Dr. Tipton at some time  for you.  Dr. Lowman.  This
     really is in her  area and the ICRP.   It's not up to one individual, I
    think, to comment on something  like  this.


3.   From Robert Patzer:

    Does the EXREM Code  include  inhalation of  radioactive material from
    dry fallout which is re-suspended in air—for example by wind?
                                    582
ANSWER:

The EXREM Code deals only with the external  exposure,  the radio-
activity which is outside the body.   If  the  radioactivity is re-
suspended, then we would calculate the  dose  due to inhalation,  if
it's taken back into the body, using the INREM Code.
From Robert Patzer:

Does the INREM Code  handle intake of radionucIides from contaminated
consumer products?  For example--contaminated natural  gas to food
and air in a home.

ANSWER:

Yes, the input to the INREM Code is microcuries per day and it makes
no difference what the medium is—whether it's water,  food, it could
even be with a slight 'ittle change in the mode I  or the way we put
the input information in,  it could be through a wound.
From S.  G.  Bloom:

You stressed age dependency in the INREM Code.  What about the depend-
ency on i ntake rate?  In part i cuIar,  aren't f.  and A j n funct i ons of
intake rate?  What are the relative errors in neglecting intake
dependency  versus  age dependency?   How do these errors compare w j th
the uncertainty in the biological  parameters?

ANSWER:

As the Code is now written, the lambdas are not a function of the
intake rate, so wherever this is known to influence the elimination
rate, we have not  taken this into consideration.  You have to under-
stand that this .1  very general, working-type model which is not
intended for any one  little, specific application,  like  if you were
only dealing with  one pathway of exposure.   If you were specializing
in th.at with one radionuclide, you would develop a specialized model
for that.   But we're talking about a model which will handle hundreds
of radionuc)ides,  many different modes of exposures and  it also
considers all of the detonations so that we cannot write a model
which would restrict  its use.  Therefore, it has to be general.  But
when we do have data on parameters, then we can make changes  in the
program.  No computer program, as far as  I am concerned, i s ever
final.  We are always updating this and our  limitations here  in this
internal program are that we cannot find the necessary parameters  for
let's say most of  the radionuclides as a function of age of the indi-
vidual.  We have  it for tritium,  for cesium,  for strontium, for  iodine.
When we get out of that small  little group, then we have some  infor-
mat i on, but we have to fill in w i th conservat i ve estimates or
                                                                                                                                          583

-------
sometimes we fill in with the Standard Man values.  But  I'm sure
that as time goes on, we wi II get more and more  information so
that we wi I I be able to calculate the age dependent dose  for many
more radionuclides.  This  is our hope.
                                 584
                                                                                                            EXPOSURE-DOSE RESEARCH FOR RADIONUCLIDES
                                                                                                                                                        NATURAL GAS
                                                                                                                        D. N. McNeils and R. G. Patzer
                                                                                                                  Southwestern Radio log i cal HeaIth Laboratory
                                                                                                                          U. S. Public Health Service
                                                                                                                               Las Vegas, Nevada
                                                                                                                                   ABSTRACT

                                                                                                                 The fate determination of specific radionuclides in
                                                                                                           natural gas stimulated by underground engineering appli-
                                                                                                           cations is being examined.  An experimental program, now
                                                                                                           in its initial stages, is using gas artificially labeled
                                                                                                           with krypton-85 and tritium under simulated domestic
                                                                                                           situations.  The following topics are being investigated
                                                                                                           in this study:

                                                                                                                 I.  The concentration of the radionuclides in a
                                                                                                                     gas-heated home.

                                                                                                                 2.  The build-up of contamination on appliances
                                                                                                                     in the kitchen environment.

                                                                                                                 3.  The concentration in foods as a function of
                                                                                                                     radionuclidej food type and preparation.

                                                                                                                 4.  The maximum exposure plausible under specified
                                                                                                                     conditions.
                                                                                                                                  INTRODUCTION

                                                                                                           Since  its beginning, the Plowshare program has moved steadily
                                                                                                      forward  from the  initial cratering concepts for canals, mountain passes,
                                                                                                      harbors  and  dams  to underground engi neeri ng appIi cat ion concepts such
                                                                                                      as economical methods for enhancing the recovery of petroleum, minerals
                                                                                                      and gas.   It is in this  latter category, i.e., underground engineering
                                                                                                      applications, that we have addressed this study.   More specifically, we
                                                                                                      are directing our initial research program at  investigating certain
                                                                                                      parameters of natural gas from the Gasbuggy cavity.  Gas field appli-
                                                                                                      cations  are  being considered first because of their advanced status
                                                                                                      relative to  petroleum products and minerals, proximity of users to
                                                                                                      the product, and  the relatively short time from production to user.

                                                                                                           Project Gasbuggy,  conducted jointly by the U. S. Atomic Energy
                                                                                                      Commission,  the El Paso  Natural Gas Company, and the U. S. Bureau of
                                                                                                                                       585

-------
 Mines was a nominal  26-kiloton nuclear explosive  detonated on
 December 10, 1967,  some 4,200 feet below the floor  of  the San Juan
 Basin in New Mexico.   In addition  to objectives of  determining produc-
 tion enhancement and developing prediction  capability  and technical
 engineering knowledge, an additional  goal of the  experiment was the
 determination of the gas quality with respect to  radioactivity.   It
 should be noted that Project Gasbuggy was an experiment  and gas from
 the stimulated and  surrounding wells is not being distributed to  any
 consumer.

       A fission device would be expected to yield such particulate con-
 taminants as cesium-137 and strontium-89, but the majority of such
 particulates would  settle out or be filterable before  use of the  gas  in
 any commercial  or domestic application.  Gas cleaners  are usually
 required in a production plant to  remove dust and solids  in the lines.
 Filters, liquid bath scrubbers and dry cyclone scrubbers are types
 normally used and can have efficiencies for particulate material
 upwards of 99%.  Many field production systems also use gas and liquid
 separators which collect liquid droplets from the stream.1
       In addition,  certain gaseous  contaminants  would  probably be
 present.  Some of the major gaseous isotopes  resulting  from a fission
 event are iodine-i3l, xenon-133 and krypton-85.   All but  krypton-85
 i	 _i	1. i— i r i •. —  •  _   _?_LJ_  j_.._  _._  i —   —i — i j i— -'i owed
                                                                  half-
                                                                 cal
 fission  explosive.^  Ihe  activation product,  carbon-14  t5,5bb-year
 half-life),  may also be produced in certain applications  in sufficient
 quantities to warrant consideration.

       A  fusion  device could yield tritium (12.3-year half-life) up to
 amounts  of about 5  x I04  Ci/kt.3 Concentrations  in Gasbuggy gas from
 I  to 7 months post-event  remained at about  17 pCi/ft3 normal temperature
 and  pressure  (NTP)  for tritium,  and  2.8 pCi/ft3  NTP for krypton-85.4
                             OBJECTIVES

      The research project recently  initiated at the Southwestern
Radiological Health Laboratory is directed at determining the ulti-
mate fate of those radionuclides in gas which, because of their half-
life and concentration, could be of concern, e.g., tritium, krypton-85
and perhaps carbon-14.  The two major objectives of this study are:

      I.  To develop human exposure and/or dose estimates from
          experimental data such as:
          a.  Concentration of radionuclides in various
              foods prepared under realistic conditions on
              or in c  gas range.
                                 586
          b.  Concentration of radionuclides in a home where
              unvented gas appliances such as space heaters,
              dryers, water heaters,  refrigerators and
              ranges are used.

          c.  Buildup of the contamination on appliances
              and home surfaces in the vicinity of the com-
              bustion equipment.

      2.  To suggest values for radiation  concentration guides
          for specific radionuclides  in gas (RCG)Q for commercial
          and domestic use.
                            CALCULATIONS

      There are several  calculations which may be performed to yield
a suggested (RCG)g for tritium in natural  gas.  Some of them, partic-
ularly those which rely  on consumer habits and habitat, are fraught
with assumptions.  Variations in assumptions for the number, design
and use of the different domestic gas appliances and in dilution
volume and ventilation rates for a home can induce a wide range in
derived (RCG)g values.

      In this report the term specific tritium activity is defined as
the tritium concentration per gram of protium CyCi/g hydrogen).  Two
calculations are presented which extend the calculation to a theoreti-
cal limit because of the assumption of maximizing the specific tritium
activity in man and his  food water.  They are used to highlight areas
where experimental measurements are essential.  The calculations are
performed first for a continuous occupational exposure situation and
then the (RCG)g for the  general population is discussed.

      The first of these calculations considers only ingestion of
tritium via water in foods and beverages prepared on or in a gas
range.  The maximum permissible concentration of tritium in water
(MPC)W for continuous occupational exposure as accepted by the  Inter-
national Commission for Radiological Protection (ICRP) and the National
Committee on Radiation Protection (NCRP) is 0.03 uCi/cm3.5,6  The  ICRP
report also cites 2,200  cm3/day7 as the water intake through food  and
fluids for a standard man.  The standard man could then continuously
ingest 0.03 yCi/cm3 x 2,200 cm3/day or 66 yCi/day as tritium oxide
(HTO) in his food and water.  However, only that portion of his food
which is cooked is assumed to contain tritium, and at concentrations
dependent on its water content.

      The standard man's water intake is assumed to be distributed
between three classes of food:
      I.  Meat, fish and poultry (m
      2.  Beverages (b)
      3.  Vegetables (v)
                                                                                                                                           f, p)
                                                                                                                                       587

-------
      A sampling of 31 vegetables and 36 various "main course  items,
i.e., meat, fish or poultry, from a USDA^  listing shows that the average
water content for the cooked vegetables  is about 88% and for the cooked
meats, poultry and fish about 5\%,  The per capita diet in the United
States for  1967^ shows that the average daily  individual consumption
is approximately 270 grams of meats, fish and  poultry, all
of which are assumed to be cooked for the purpose of this calculation.
In addition, 404 grams of vegetables are eaten daily of which  80%  is
assumed to  be cooked.  Coffee, tea and cocoa  in the powder form are
about J>.2%  water and average about 98% water content as beverages.  The
18.8 grams  of powder consumed daily  is equivalent to 18.2 grams dry
or 910 grams as beverages.

      If a  tritium  intake of 66 uCi/day  from cooked food water  is
permissible then the acceptable concentration  in food water  is:
 (MPC)W
	Total H20 intake (2,200 g)	
H20 intake from cooked foods (1312 g)
                                                              = 0.05
                                                                    yCi
      For a particular class of food the projected intake rate would be:

0.05 yCi/g x fraction by weight of H20 x consumption (g/day) = uCi/day

      The tritium can be distributed over that portion of the diet
assumed to be cooked in the following manner:

0.05 pCi/g x 0.51 (water content) x 270 g (m,f,p/day) =  6.93 uCi/day
0.05 gCi/g x 0.88 (water content) x 323 g (v/day)     =  14.26 pCi/day
0.05 pCi/g x 0.98 (water content) x 910 g (b/day)     = 44.81 uCi/day
                                                Total   66.00 pCi/day

      The specific tritium activity in c given food will depend on the
amount of tritium that is exchanged with protium  in the food solid and
water.  The maximum value would be obtained  in the hypothetical case
of assuming that all of the hydrogen is exchangeable and allowing the
exchange to equilibrate.  In this first calculation we assume that
only hydrogen in the water fraction exchanges and that there is no
tritium enrichment factor introduced by a concentration mechanism in
the food.

      For the combustion reaction:

                       CH4 + 202 -+ C02 + 2H20

the tritium in the gas is expected to be completely converted to HTO.
The combustion of each standard cubic food (scf) of CH4 (0.7168 g/l)
yields 45.7 g of H20.  The tritium concentration  in the gas necessary
to yield the (MPC)W value in body water under the foregoing assumptions
would be:
                                  588
                                                                                          45.7  g  H20
                                                                                            scf CH4
                                                                                                                               0.05
                          g H20
                                   =  2.28 uCi/scf CH4
      The second calculation, based on maximizing the specific tritium
activity in man, is broader in scope but only slightly more restrictive.
The major assumption is that the specific tritium activity in any
human exposed to the gas combustion products could not, in the absence
of any enrichment mechanism, exceed the specific activity in the gas.
This is true for infinite inhalation, ingestion and absorption insult.

      Hydrogen accounts for about \0% by weight of the human body,  and
the limiting specific activity can be calculated from the maximum per-
missible body burden for occupational exposure, i.e., 10-^ uCi.  For a
70 kg man this amounts to 0.14 uCi/g of hydrogen.   Since a standard
cubic food of CH4 weighs 20.3 grams of which 5.08 grams are hydrogen,
the theoretical  limiting concentration is:

      0.14 uCi/g x 5.08 g of H/scf of gas =  0.71  uCi/scf of gas

      Since a large fraction of  a population could be exposed to radio-
nuclides by extensive application of gas field  stimulation programs, the
general population genetic dose  guide of 5  rem/30  years or 0.17  rem/year
is applicable."^  This guide is  1/30 of the  occupational  guide of 5
rem/year.  The values in the gas from the two calculations become:

             (based on limiting  Sp^H activity in  food water)  =
         1/30 (2-28 x I06 pCi/scf) = 7.6 x  I04  pCi/scf (CH4)
                                                                                                                 Q (based on limiting  Sp^H activity  in  body  protium)  =
                                                                                                               1/30 (0.71 x I06 pCi/scf)  = 2.4 x  I04 pCi/scf
                                                                                                            If we had applied (a)  the correction  factor of  O.I  recommended
                                                                                                      by the NCRP1 '  and in Title 10,  Code  of  Federal  Regulations,  Part 2012
                                                                                                      for permissible levels of radiation  in  unrestricted areas and  (b)  a
                                                                                                      correction factor of 1/3 suggested in the Code  of Federal  Regulations
                                                                                                      for time averaging of suitable  samples  of the population, then the
                                                                                                      same guide of  1/30 would be  applicable.
                                                                                                            Th
                                                                                                      i nherent ly
                                                                                                      or externa
                                                                                                      the two va
                                                                                                      tration of
                                                                                                      for the ca
                                                                                                      very conse
                                                                                                      that of thi
                                                                                                      same value
                                                                                                      assurance
                                                                                          foregoing calculations are,  like other RCG calculations,
                                                                                           limited because of assuming there  is no additional  internal
                                                                                            dose  contribution from other  radionuclides.  Neither of
                                                                                           ues  is presented to suggest a  maximum permissible concen-
                                                                                           tritium  in gas but rather to suggest a point of departure
                                                                                         i.cultion of realistic values.   The  values calculated are
                                                                                         irvative because they are based  on the worst possible condition,
                                                                                            specific tritium activity  in  man  or his diet attaining the
                                                                                           as that  in the gas.  AI though  these vaIues wouId g i ve
                                                                                          that  individuals in the population  would not receive radiation
                                                                                                                                       589

-------
 doses from tritium in excess of appropriate limits,  they  may  lead  to
 unreasonable limitations in the development of  nuclear energy  utili-
 zati on.


                             STUDY DESIGN

       The studies at the Southwestern  Radiological Health Laboratory
 are designed to yield experimental  data which can  be used as  input for
 realistic (RCG)g values for each of the radionuclides of  concern.
 The philosophical considerations in setting a reduction factor for
 use of the gas by the general  public are beyond the  scope of this
 study.

       The experi mentaI  program recent Iy has commenced w i th the setti ng
 up of a small  2,000-cubic foot laboratory which contains  six fume  hoods,
 each  having an exhaust capacity of  about 1,000  cubic feet-per-minute.
 A conventional  domestic gas range has  been installed with a metered
 inlet manifolded to allow for either contaminated  or clean gas to
 enter the combustion chambers.   The gas pressure and flow rate are
 recorded throughout an  experiment.   The range burners themselves are
 equipped with  electronic ignition to eliminate  problems associated with
 a p iIot  Ii ght.

       Commercially available technical  grade CH^ which  contains
 5 uCi/scf  tritium in one case  and 5 yCi/scf krypton-85  in the  other,
 was procured for the initial  phases of  the study.  The  original  plans
 to use gas  from the Gasbuggy cavity had to be altered for a number of
 reasons.  Although pre-shot methane levels were in excess of 85%,  in
 samples  one  to  seven months post-shot methane accounted for only 37 to
 44% of the  tota I  gas  in  the cav i ty.  Carbon  d i ox i de  I eve Is, ori g i naI Iy
 less than  1% were  then  about 36£.4   Finally, some  post-shot gas
 samples  contained  up  to  about 0.18$ of  h^S.     The gas  would require
 processing prior  to being put to  representative use.  Plans to use  the
 cavity gas, after  processing, are being  considered for  later in the
 program.

      The actual  laboratory studies  using  a contaminated  gas have  begun
and data will be  forthcomi ng short Iy.

      I.   Water heated in uncovered  vessels  in  the oven and on
          a top burner is being used to establish the range of
          radioactive concentrations that may be encountered in
          food  cooked w i th contami nated methane.  The t i me
          required for the concentration to equilibrate can be
          measured simultaneously.

      2.   Foods  which represent constituents in  man's diet are
          being  prepared under both typical and  extreme con-
          ditions to evaluate contamination mechanisms.
                                 590
      3.   Cryogen i c samp lers and liquid bath scrubbers are
          be i ng used to measure air con cent rat i ons .   High
          efficiency filters collect that portion of the
          contamination associated with parti cu lates.
          Some exploratory work wi I I  have to be con-
          ducted to optimize the collection efficiencies
          for each  of the  radionuc I i des .

      The proceeding calculations emphasized the requirement for data
on tri t i um-proti urn exchange coef f icients, equilibrium cond i tions and
exchange  rates.  Air concentration measurements for carbon-14,
krypton-85 and tr i t i um upon con t ami nated  methane combust i on are a I so
considered essential  input to (RCG)Q evaluations.  We hope that in
conducting some of  these measurements the magnitude of the potential
exposure  will  be established and a comprehensive calculation of the
       can be undertaken.
      Our preoccupation with tritium in this presentation is not
meant to imply an estimate of the relative importance of the radio-
nuclides considered.   Depending on the design and environment of the
nuclear device,  tritium or some other radionucl i de could be the
limit! ng nuc I i de.
                                                                                                                                       591

-------
                            REFERENCES

I.   Francis, Jr., A. W. and Morris, R. L.  Gas Separators, Heaters,
    and Cleaners.   In:  Gas Engineers Handbook, pp. 4/63-4/67, The
    Industrial  Press,  1966.

2.   Ward, D. C., Atkinson, C. H. and Watkins, J. W.  Project Gasbuggy —
    A Nuclear Fracturing Experiment.  Journal of Petroleum Technology,
    pp.  139-145, February, 1966.

3.   Jacobs, D.  G.   Sources of Tritium and  Its Behavior upon Release to
    the Environment.   AEC Critical Review Series, U. S. Atomic Energy
    Commi ssion/Di vis i on of Techni ca I  I n format i on , p . 24 ,  1968.

4.   Smith, C. F. and Momyer, F.  F.  Gas Quality Investigation Program
    Status Report for  Project Gasbuggy.  PNE-G-IO,  Lawrence Radiation
    Laboratory,  September  18,  1968.

5.   Report of Committee  II on Permissible Dose  for  Internal Radiation,
    Recommendations of the International Commission of Radiological
    Protection,  1CRP Publication 2, p. 41, Pergamon Press, 1959.

6.  Maximum Permissible Body Burdens  and Maximum Permissible Concen-
    trations of  Radi onuc I i des  in Air  and in Water for Occupational
    Exposure, Recommendations of the  National Committee on Radiation
    Protection,  National Bureau  of Standards  Handbook 69, p.  24,
    U.  S. Government Printing Office, June 5,  1959.

7.  Report of Committee  II on Permissible Dose  for  Internal Radiation,
    Recommendat i ons of the I n tern at i on a I Commi ss i on on Rad i o I og i ca I
    Protection,  ICRP Publication 2, p.  152, Pergamon Press, 1959.

8.  Watt, B. K.  and Merrill, A.  L.  Compos i ti on of  Foods .  In:  Agr i -
    culture Handbook  No. 8,  pp.  6-67, U. S. Government Printing
    Office,  1963.
9.
10.
12.
    Agricultural Statistics — 1968, U. S. Department of Agriculture,
    p.  597, U.  S. Government Printing Office,  1968.

    Background  Material for the Development of Radiation Protection
    Standards,  Staff Report of the Federal Radiation Council,
    Report No.  I, U. S. Department of Health, Education and Welfare,
    Section V,  5.5, p. 27, May 13, I960.

    Maximum Permissible Body Burdens and Maximum Permissible Concen-
    tration of  Radionucl i des in Air and in Water for Occupational
    Exposure, National Bureau of Standards Handbook 69, p, 6,
    U. S. Government Printing Office, June 5,  1959.

    Code of Federal Regulations, Title  10— Atomic Energy, Office of
    the Federa I  Reg i ster, Nationa I Arch i ves and Records Serv ice,
    General Services Administration,  p. 129, January I, 1967.
                                592
                                                                                                      13.  Project Gasbuggy—We I I  Test Data September 1967 to September 1968,
                                                                                                          Volume M, p. 245, El  Paso Natural  Gas Company.
                                                                                                                                     593

-------
                     QUESTIONS FOR DAVID N. McNELIS
    From C.  E.  Nelson:

    How and  when does tritium migrate from gas  to food?  During cooking?
    During the  cooling phase in the room after  cooking has stopped? Both?

    ANSWER:

    We do not have any experimental  data to present at this time.  How-
    ever, I  would think that both in varying amounts would be appropriate.
2.  From Walt Kozlowski:

    You stated that one of the goals  of  Gasbuggy  was the determination of
    the gas quality with  respect to radioactivity.  You then set about
    determining acceptable radioactive  levels.  What cost factor would
    be required to process Gasbuggy gas  to meet these  levels?  And is so
    much processing required  that Gasbuggy type developments are not feasi-
    ble?

    ANSWER:

    Of course Gasbuggy was an experiment, and the gas  from  it  is not in-
    tended for consumer use.   As far  as  this pertains  to other stimulation
    events, I  think that  this question would be more appropriately put to
    other agencies.
                                   594
THE FATE AND IMPORTANCE OF RADlONUCLIDES PRODUCED IN NUCLEAR EVENTS

B. Shore, L. Anspaugh,  R.  Chertok,  J.  Gofman,  F.  Harrison, R. Heft,
        J. Koranda,  Y.  Ng, P.  Phelps,  G. Potter and  A.  Tamplin
                    Lawrence Radiation Laboratory
                      University of California
                        L i ve rmore,  CaIi forni a
                           ABSTRACT

            Some  of the  major programs  at  the Bio-Medical Division
      concerned with the fate and importance of the  fission  pro-
      ducts j the  radionuclides  induced  in  the device materials^
      the  radionuclides  induced in the  environment surrounding
      the  device3  and the tritium produced in Plowshare  cratering
      events will be discussed.

            These programs include (1)  critical unknowns in  pre-
      dicting organ and  body burdens  from  radionuclides  produced
      in cratering events; (2)  the analysis with a high-resolution
      solid state gamma  ray spectrometer of radionuclides in com-
      plex biological and environmental samples; (3) the char-
      acterisation of radioactive particles from cratering detona-
      tions; (4)  the biological availability to beaglest pigs and
      goats  of radionuclides in Plowshare  debris; (S) the biolo-
      gical  availability to aquatic animals of radionuclides in
      Plowshare and other nuclear debris and the biological  turn-
      over of critical nuclides in specific aquatic  animals; (6)
      the  biological availability of  Plowshare  and other nuclear
      debris radionuclides to dairy cows and the transplacental
      transport of debris radionuclides in the  dairy cow; (?) the
      persistence and behavior  of radionuclides^ particularly
      tritium,  at sites  of Plowshare  and other  nuclear detonations;
      and  (8)  somatic effects of Low  Dose  Radiation:  Chromosome
      studies.
                                                                                                                                  INTRODUCTION
                                                                                                              The  major objectives  of  the Bio-Medical  Division at the
                                                                                                        Lawrence Radiation  Laboratory  at Livermore are:

                                                                                                              I.  To develop  a predictive ability for estimating the impact
                                                                                                        of  the release of  radiation and radionuclides upon the biosphere,
                                                                                                         This  research  was  performed under the auspices of the U.S. Atomic
                                                                                                        Energy Commission.
                                                                                                                                          595

-------
and in particular upon man, from any credible type of nuclear event:
reactor releases, reactor accidents, nuclear accidents, nuclear testing,
nuclear war, or peaceful uses of nuclear explosives.

      2.  To uti Ii ze the developi ng pred ictive ab iIi ty to mi n i mi ze
the radiation burden to man from nuclear events,  planned or un-
planned, during the period pending development of a mature and com-
plete predictive ability.

      3.  To develop appropriate countermeasures  for credible nuclear
events at any step along the  route from the source of radionuclides
to man, with the objective of minimizing the radiation burden to man
before or after access of the radionuclides to his tissues.

      4.  To evaluate the bioenvironmental feasibility of planned
Atomic Energy Commission utilization of nuclear explosives for peace-
ful purposes, such as Plowshare events.

      5.  To determine the effects of  radiation on man -  in particular
the effects of  chronic exposure to  low doses of radiation or  moderate
doses delivered at  low  rates.

      The four  main divisions of our program are  (I) the  prediction
before  each event, on a  global  basis,  of the ultimate body and organ
burden  likely to be delivered to man by external  radiation and  by
each of  the radionuclides  likely to be produced  in the event;  (2) the
documentation or quantitation of the  life  history of the  radionuclides
produced  in the event;  (3) the  determination of any effects on man of
radiation from  internal  and  external sources; and (4) the development
of  countermeasures to minimize  any  radiation burden to man.

      Many of our  major  programs are directly  involved  in research on
the fate  and  importance  of  radionuclides produced in Plowshare events.
Each of  these could well  be  the subject of a 30-  to 40-minute presenta-
tion, but because  of time  I  can  present only highlights and represen-
tative  portions of  several of these programs.  The  programs discussed
today are described  in  greater  detail  in the published text of  this
Symposium.  They and other  programs are described fully  in publica-
tions from the  Division  and  in  those that  are presently  in press.
     PREDICTION OF ORGAN AND BODY BURDENS FROM RADIONCULIDES
                   PRODUCED IN PLOWSHARE EVENTS

       We have developed a method for estimating the total  maximum
 internal dose to the whole body and organs of man and the  contri-
 bution of individual radioncuIides to this dose.   This program has
 been so designed that the predictive approach allows us to supply
 quantitative guidelines at three important phases of the Plowshare
 Excavation Program:
                                596
      I.  In preshot rad-safe analysis, we can determine whether or
not a particular event can be conducted without exceeding existing
tolerances.

      2.  In guidance for postshot documentation, we can indicate
what should  be measured, where it should be measured, and with what
precision it should be measured.

      3.  In guidance for device  design, we can indicate the maximum
amount of a  radionuclide that can be produced and subsequently re-
leased to the environment without exceeding prescribed tolerances.

      This predictive approach is described in a series of  reports.
The first part presents the approach used to estimate the fallout
levels as a  function of cloud travel time for periods up to 50 hours
after detonation.  In the second, we show how these fallout estimates
can be combined with radionuclide production estimates and  biological
uptake relationships to arrive at estimates of burden and dosage for
man.  The third part shows how this predictive approach can supply
guidelines for the design of  nuclear devices for peaceful purposes.

      The fourth part is a handbook which lists the input parameters
required for the estimation of dosage.   When considering the public
health and safety, one must not underestimate the dosage that can be
delivered to man and his organs after detonation.   It is also important
not to overestimate the dosage, and as  data become available from other
Division programs in such critical  areas as the fraction of certain
radionuclides released to the atmosphere on small  particles (<50 u in
diameter) and the availability in certain biological  systems of  certain
radionuclides, the estimates  of some radionuclide dosages will  be re-
placed by more appropriate values.   For many radionuclides, our  experi-
mental  programs have used debris  from Plowshare cratering events to
generate the appropriate data.

      The last two parts of the series  present our approach for  pre-
dicting the  dosage to man from aquatic  foodstuffs and an analysis of
the transport of nuclear debris by  surface and groundwater.

      The four major sources  of radioactivity from a  typical  Plowshare
cratering event are fission products, neutron activation of the  environ-
ment, neutron activation of the device, and tritium.   Estimates  have been
made of the  organ and body burdens  from each of the radionuclides pro-
duced in each of these sources of radioactivity.  Examples  of these
estimates are presented in Tables I  and II.  Table I  presents the esti-
mated maximum dosage to the child's whole body and bone from plutonium-239
fission products, assuming wet deposition by rainout  at 12  hours after
detonation.   Table II  presents the estimated maximum dosage via  milk to
the child's  whole body and bone from activation products produced in
granite by neutrons, also assuming a wet deposition by rainout at 12
hours after  detonation.  It is to be emphasized that  these  values repre-
sent the estimated maximum dose as a consequence of wet deposition by
                                                                                                                                       597

-------
 rainout and that a maximum deposition via dry deposition would lower
 these estimates by more than an order of magnitude.

       Another application of our approach deserves comment.  Using
 this approach, concentrations were estimated of certain radionuclides
 in grass and milk following a nuclear test that was presumably some
 7000 to 8000 miles away.  The estimated and measured concentrations
 are presented in Table 111.  The close correspondence between the
 estimated and measured values indicates the overall capability of  this
 approach.
    SOLID-STATE DETECTORS  IN THE QUANTITATION OF GAMMA-EMITTING
       RADIONUCLIDES  IN BIOLOGICAL AND ENVIRONMENTAL SAMPLES

       Several programs in the Division are concerned with quantitating
 the  life history of the radionucIides that interact with the biosphere.
 Essential to these programs has been the development of a high-resolution,
 anticoincidence-shielded  gamma spectrometer to analyze complex,  low-
 level mixtures of gamma-emitting radionuclides in environmental  and
 biological samples.

       Formerly, gamma-emitting radionuclides in environmental  and
 biological samples could be determined only by techniques involving
 radiochemicaI separation followed  by spectrometry with sodium iodide
 scintiIlators.  These techniques were frequently so laborious and  time
 consuming as to discourage the extensive samplings required in Plowshare
 experiments.  There is no doubt that the introduction of the solid state
 lithium-drifted germanium  CGe(Li)] detector has revolutionized  gamma
 ray spectroscopy, primarily because of its striking improvement  in spec-
 tral  resolution over the sodium iodide detector.   This advantage is  il-
 lustrated by a complex gamma  ray spectrum (Fig.  I)  from particulate
 fallout,  presumably from a Chinese  test, counted  on the filter paper
 on which  it  was collected. The usefulness of this spectrometer  in
 biological experiments is  illustrated also in Figure 2, which  shows
 spectra from samples  of feces,  plasma,  milk and  urine from a  dairy cow
 24 hours  after it was fed  radioactive debris  obtained at the  site  of a
 nuclear detonation.   Radiochemical  separation and purification were  not
 required  to  obtain  these data.

       This spectrometer (Fig. 3) has  given excellent resolution  and  at
 the same  time  has been  highly efficient  in the assay of  large volume
 as well as small  volume samples.  Other  gamma ray spectrometers  with
 Ge(Li) detectors and  anticoincidence  shielding have  been  reported  in
 the literature.  While  they may  serve the  purposes  for  which they  were
 designed, none has achieved as high resolution and  sensitivity in
 counting small as well  as  large samples  (e.g., up to 200  ml) as  the
 spectrometer developed  by  us.   It can quantitatively  analyze radio-
 nuclides with specific  activities of  as  little as 0.02  picocuries  per
 gram of material present either alone or as a part of a complex  mix-
ture of radionuclides." It is particularly suitable  for  rigorous studies
of the slow incorporation of low levels of radionuclides  into biological
or environmental systems.
                                  598
      Four special  features of the spectrometer contibute to its
exceI Ience:

      I.  The incorporation of a planar Ge(Li)  detector of large
surface area (6 cm x 3 cm)  and one centimeter depletion depth,
developed especially for this spectrometer.

      2.  The Ge(Li) detector is surrounded  by  a plastic phosphor
(anticoincidence)  shield, and the two are operated in anticoinci-
dence to reduce the Compton continuum.  This enhances the weak  spec-
tral lines and consequently improves the sensitivity.

      3.  Inside the vacuum chamber, a cooled first-stage field-effect
transistor (FET) preamplifier adjacent to the Ge(Li)  detector insures
maximum resolution.

      4.  The anticoincidence and coincidence spectra are recorded
separately to improve the counting sensitivity for radionuclides
whose decay schemes involve coincident events.

      Our research on solid state detectors  is  continuing.  Significant
progress has been  made in establishing a reliable basis for selecting
high-quality germanium for large volume Ge(Li)  detectors.  A set of
standard tests has been devised that has resulted in  high yields of
good detectors.  It is now practical to consider a whole-body animal
counter with eight 20-square-centimeter detectors.  This would represent
a truly significant advance in whole-body counting.  We are also
developing a Ge(Li) detector system for field use in  conjunction with
Plowshare excavation experiments.  A field laboratory, trailer-housed,
will have a counting system with a supei—insulated cryogenic system to
maintain the Ge(Li) detector at -I85°C.  This is necessary to insure
low consumption of  liquid nitrogen under field conditions.

      As the applications of nuclear energy increase, man will  be con-
tinuously exposed to radiation from the released radionuclides that be-
come localized  in his body.  Accordingly, one of the most crucial prob-
lems will be to assess the effects upon man of  low or moderate doses of
radiation delivered at very low rates.   It has been suggested that ex-
posure to 10 rads may cause biological harm under some circumstances.
But what about  lower doses? Is all radiation harmful? Should the extrapo-
lation to a zero-rad dose be  linear or curvilinear?  If  it should turn
out that the correct extrapolation  is a  linear one, then  it will be
crucial to determine very accurately at very low  levels the  radionuclide
content of man's food and water.  Such  data on  gamma-emitting radio-
nucl ides can be obtained only with a system of  the resolution and
sensitivity described here.
                                                                                                                                        599

-------
  FRACTIONAL RELEASE, TRANSPORT, DEPOSITION, AND REDISTRIBUTION OF
          RADIOACTIVITY FROM PLOWSHARE CRATER ING EVENTS

      The broad objectives of this program are to document the total
amount of radioactivity released by specific nuclear cratering events,
particularly at the Nevada Test Site, and to study the transport, the
deposition, and the redistribution of the debris.  The solid state
spectrometers described in the preceding section are used to quanti-
tate the gamma emitting radionuclides.  Studies at the Nevada Test
Site are particularly emphasized in this program, which  is expected to
contribute strongly to the Bio-Medical Division's predictive effort
by providing the necessary data for reliable checks of proposed theories
and models.

      This program  is a broad,  long-range one  that began with the
Schooner Event and  will be repeated on several Plowshare events to
establish  good statistical data on the parameters of  interest.  We  will
make  long-term air-activity  measurements at times up to  1000 hours  after
detonation to record not  only the primary distribution but also the
secondary  redistribution  that occurs.  These measurements bear directly
on the  question  of  how  soon  re-entry  can be permitted for purposes  of
add!tionaI excavation following Plowshare events.  We wiI I a I so f ieId
very  large-volume collectors to get  large amounts of airborne debris
for  subsequent  feeding  experiments.   The collection of  large amounts of
such material  from  the  air rather than from the ground will  remove  many
problems of  contamination associated  with such studies.   In  addition,
we  hope to cooperate with several  investigators throughout the country
who would  be able  (as  part of their  normal  programs) to  supply us with
meaningful  biological  samples  for the quantitation of radionuclide  con-
centration.   Analysis of  such samples with our high-resolution counting
facilities should yield valuable  information on the transport of  radio-
nucl ides  after  Plowshare  cratering events.

Fractional Release
       Our immediate objective after a cratering event is  to determine
 the total radioactivity released into the environment.  The most  ap-
 propriate method is to measure the radioactivity within the cloud at
 early times.   These measurements have been made in the past by  air-
 craft sampling in conjunction with photographic techniques.  The
 measurements  made in this manner can be criticized because  of the great
 variability of concentration within the cloud.   The Lawrence Radiation
 Laboratory recently initiated a much improved  method on Schooner:
 several  hundred samplers suspended from parachutes were dropped
 through  the cloud.   Some of these drop-packages have sequential sam-
 plers and provide data on cloud concentration  as a function of  verti-
 cal  height.  The Bio-Medical Division actively participated by  helping
 in  the package design and by performing the gamma spectroscopy  on the
 recovered filters.   Thus data are being obtained on the  isotopic
 fractionation of the cloud as a function of three dimensions as well
 as  on the total  activity contained in the cloud.
                                 600
       Information about the dispersal of the radioactive cloud as a
function of extended time and distance is desirable.   In Schooner,
we participated in this area only by performing gamma spectroscopy
on several filter samples supplied by the Nevada Aerial Tracking
System of the Edgerton, Germeshausen and Greer Corporation.  In the,
future we hope to extend these studies to cover more accurately
conditions of cloud shear and to secure more extensive sampling.
We will use whatever direct data are available, but our main effort
will probably be to reconstruct transport phenomena from our own
deposition data and those of other groups.

Deposition and Redistribution

      The major purpose of this program is to study the deposition
of debris at distances from a few thousand feet to several  hundred
miles.  Eventually we hope to field about 100 stations to obtain sam-
ples of airborne debris and fallout material.  The radionuclide con-
tent of these samples will be determined  by gamma  spectroscopy.  By
using programmed samplers to obtain both  air and ground samplers as
a function of time,  we will  study the dependency of deposition  and
fractionation on time and distance.   With  such  data from several
events, we will  be able to assess the relationship between  air  and
ground contamination.

      One of  the important practical  questions  for a  variety  of
hoped-for applications of the Plowshare Program is how soon work crews
may re-enter an area for additional  excavation  and other operations.
Since some of our studies will  continue for periods up to 1000  hours
after the event, they should help provide  answers  to  this question.

      On the Schooner Event, we fielded 13 stations to collect  air
samples.  These instruments were located  at various points  on the
six- and fifty-mile arcs as well  as  at the sites of animal  experi-
ments.  Each instrument consisted of  a bank of  six sequentially
operated air pumps and high-efficiency convoluted  air filters.   An
unique feature was a low-cost electronics  system for  sequential  pro-
gramming of the samplers either in a  logarithmic or linear  function.
In addition,  a sensitive radiation detector was developed that  auto-
matically turned on the samplers by  detecting gamma rays,  thus  al-
lowing unmanned  operation at inaccessible  locations.   Figure  4  il-
lustrates a typical  station with the  samplers six  feet off  the  ground
and the programmer and batteries beneath.

      The several  hundred samples obtained in this program are  cur-
rently being analyzed for their content of gamma-emitting radio-
nuclides by solid-state spectroscopy.  These data  will  allow  us to
reconstruct the radionuclide concentration (pCi/m5) as a function of
time at several  locations.
                                                                                                                                        601

-------
       Preliminary data on one of the most prominent radionuclides,
 tungsten-181, are presented in Figure 5.   Station  Tl,  the  hottest
 station on the 50-mile arc, was located near Tonopah,  Nevada.   Station
 S25 was located on the six-mile arc.  Other data suggest that  the hot-
 line passed close to S25.  Station S8 was located  upwind from  ground
 zero, and initial concentrations of radioactivity  at this  station were
 qu i te Iow.

       Several points of interest are presented in  Figure 5.  At station
 Tl on the 50-mile arc, the peak concentration of tungsten-181  occurred
 10 hours after detonation (integrated over six hours)  and  was  6400
 pCi/nv3.  At this time, t(je concentrations of tungsten-181  at stations
 S25 and Tl were equal, although Tl was 44 miles from S25.  At  station
 S25, very significant redistribution of debris was evident,  and at 30
 hours after detonation relatively large amounts of debris  were still
 airborne.

       In terms of re-entry, the data at S8 are perhaps the most
 interesting.  This station was one mile upwind from ground zero, and
 although the initial concentrations of activity were low at  100 hours,
 this was the station that registered the greatest  amount of  activity.
 Again very significant redistribution of  debris is indicated.

       Figure 6 illustrates the early distribution  of  iodine-131  for sta-
 tions S25  and S27 in the six-mile arc and for station  Tl on  the 50-mile
 arc.  It is  worth noting that at 10 hours after detonation the  distri-
 butions  were about equal  and  that at 40 hours significant  redistribu-
 tion had occurred at stations S25 and S27.

       Figure 7 is a similar plot for tellurium-132.  Again we  note the
 equal  concentrations of  activity 10  hours after the shot at  six and
 50 miles and the  redistribution  40 hours  after the shot.

       Several  other radionuclides are being  quantitated, and in addition
 data  at  later times will  be similarly quantitated  to study the  effects
 of redistribution  of  radioactivity.

 Sharpening of Predictive Ability

      A rigorous attempt wilI  be  made to  assemble  the data obtained on
 the fractional release, transport, deposition and  redeposition of radio-
 activity along with all other available data to gain a complete knowledge
of the amount of activity released and  its transport and impact upon
man.    In addition, these experimentally obtained values will  be compared
with  those predicted by other programs  in the Division.  As a result,
our ability to predict the consequences to man of a Plowshare detonation
will  be refined and sharpened  from event to event.
                                  602
        THE ANALYSIS OF RADIOACTIVE PARTICLES PRODUCED IN
                   PLOWSHARE CRATERING EVENTS

      The major sources of radionuclides that enter the biosphere fol-
lowing nuclear events such as Plowshare detonations are the radio-
active particles introduced into the atmosphere after the detonation.
We have therefore established a Particle Analysis Program whose im-
mediate objective was to obtain a complete quantitative description
of the radioactive particle population produced by specific nuclear
detonations.  The long-range objective of the program was to determine
how particle populations change as detonation conditions change, and
thereby to establish a capability for predicting the characteristics
of particle distribution from the specifications of detonation condi-
tions.  Success in achieving these objectives would provide essential
information on the possible occurrence of "hot spots" following nuclear
events.

      The radioactive isotopes produced by nuclear detonations are
distributed among the particle classes and particle sizes in a manner
that varies from isotope to isotope and from detonation to detonation.
Our studies on radioactive particles from the Plowshare Events Sedan,
Palanquin, Cabriolet, Buggy, and Schooner indicate that the partitioning
of the radionuclides produced by cratering detonations follows a pattern
that can be understood in terms of a three-stage condensation process.

      The first stage of condensation occurs in the underground cavity
produced by the detonation.  The refractory radionuclides, those whose
boiling points are significantly higher than the melting temperature
of the environmental soil, are quantitatively scavenged by the molten
material that lines the cavity.  Other radionuclides are incompletely
scavenged in this stage.  In the subsequent rupture, the molten cavity
liner breaks up into particles that constitute a distinctive class,
referred to here as slag particles.  Both the radioisotopic composi-
tion and specific isotopic abundance  in this particle appear to be
relatively  independent of particle size, indicating that the radio-
nucl ides in the slag particles are distributed within the particle
volume.

      The second stage of condensation occurs during the passage of
the cavity gas through the strongly-shocked and crushed overlying rock
or soil, up to the time of venting.  During this stage the  radio!sotopes
of intermediate volatility complete their condensation.  However, since
this crushed material is not melted, the radionuclides are  surface-
deposited rather than volume-deposited.  The radioactive particles formed
during this process are for the most part separated  from the remaining
radioactive gas at the time of venting and fall to the side to  form  the
crater  lip.  This particle class will be referred to here as  lateral
ejecta.

      The third stage of condensation occurs after venting.  Only a
small fraction of the crushed soil through which the radioactive gas
                                                                                                                                       603

-------
has moved remains with the gas after venting occurs.  Therefore, the
highly volatile species are found to be significantly enriched  in this
soil fraction.  The volatility of the  individual radioisotopes  may be
inherent as in the case of gold or arsenic  isotopes or  it may be due
to the isotope's having a rare gas precursor as  in the  case of  fission-
product barium or cesium isotopes.  Again the condensation  is on non-
molten particles and consequently  leads to  surface deposition of the
radionuclides.  The particles  in this  class will be referred to here as
vertical ejecta.

      The partitioning of the  radionuclide  population among the particle
categories can be determined from the  fission yields  in conjunction
with several  assumptions derived from  the foregoing phenomenological
description.  These assumptions are that refractory radionuclides are
 in  the main  scavenged  by the slag  particles, that aerial  filter sam-
ples of  the  radioactive cloud  contain  as their  major  components verti-
cal ejecta and slag  particles,  and that close-in tray samples contain
 most of  the  lateral  ejecta  and slag  particles.   The partition values
 for typical  refractory,  volatile,  and  intermediate  species  for  four
 cratering  events are  given  in  Table  IV.


             METABOLISM OF  PLOWSHARE  NUCLEAR DEBRIS  IN
                       PIGS, DOGS,  AND GOATS

       This program is concerned with the  metabolism,  including  the
 biological  availability, in large mammals  of the radionuclides  present
 in nuclear debris from Plowshare events.   Studies of  the biological
 availability of radionuclides in complex  mixtures  such  as nuclear  debris
 are essential since the data are often different and  more meaningful
 than those obtained after feeding the radionuclide  as a single  chemi-
 cal species.  Accordingly, we have initiated  feeding and inhalation
 studies of nuclear debris in pigs, dogs,  and goats.   Pigs (peccaries)
 were chosen because their gastrointestinal  physiology closely resembles
 that of man and because pork is an important constituent of the diet,
 dogs (beagles)  because their renal physiology closely resembles that of
 man,  and goats because of their suitability for inhalation studies  in
 the field.

       In one part of this program, debris  from specific Plowshare
 cratering events is administered orally to pigs and dogs.  The  animals
 are analyzed daily by whole-body counting for gamma ray-emitting radio-
 nucl ides as are their urine and feces.  At appropriate times, animals
 are sacrificed for specific organ analysis to determine the distribution
 of long-lived radionuclides.  Wherever appropriate, beta-emitting  radio-
 nucl ides are quantitated in this and other Division programs after
 radiochemical separation and purification.

       In other studies, pigs are placed in metabolic cages located on
 an arc within the predicted path of the radioactive cloud.  Their  feed
 is allowed to become contaminated by  fallout, and is then fed daily for
 a week.   The radionuclide contents of their organs, urine, and  feces  are
 then  determi ned.
604
                                                                            These  experiments  yield  several  kinds  of  information  about the
                                                                      radionuclides:   their  identity and  relative  concentration  in  specific
                                                                      nuclear  debris,  their  absorption  across  the  intestinal  wall,  their
                                                                      body  retention times,  and the  body  distribution  of  long-lived  radio-
                                                                      nucl ides.

                                                                            Figure 8 presents  distribution data  from an experiment  in  whjch
                                                                      debris was orally administered  to a pig.   The results obtained for
                                                                      antimony-122 are representative of  data  obtained for molybdenum-99,
                                                                      tellurium-132, gold-198, and tungsten-187, in which  10  to 30 percent
                                                                      of the ingested  radionuclide was absorbed  across the gut wall and
                                                                      excreted by  the  kidney.  The remaining fraction was eliminated in the
                                                                      feces.

                                                                            Figure 9 presents  data on cerium-141 from the same experiment.
                                                                      Little or no cerium-141, lead-203, ruthenium-103, manganese-54,
                                                                      barium-l40/lanthanum-l40 from the debris was absorbed across the gut
                                                                      wall and excreted by the kidney.  Most of these radionuclides were
                                                                      eliminated in the feces  in the  first two to three days.  Figure  10
                                                                      presents data on iodine-131, the only radionuclide absorbed to a  large
                                                                      extent; 73 percent of the initial' dose was excreted in the urine.

                                                                            After  eight days, antimony-122, tungsten-187 and  lead-203 were no
                                                                      longer detectable by whole-body analysis.  Two percent or less of
                                                                      molybdenum-99, cerium-131, tellurium-l32, gold-198,  manganese-54  and
                                                                      barium-l40/1anthanum-l40 was detectable.   The only radionuclide re-
                                                                      maining in appreciable amount after eights days was iodine-131, whose
                                                                      retention at that time was six percent of the administered  dose.

                                                                            Studies similar to these have now been  completed in pigs and in
                                                                      dogs with debris from the same event and  from different events.   The
                                                                      metabolism of some of the radionuclides varies between animals and
                                                                      among  events.  In summary,  our results  indicate the importance of
                                                                      critically evaluating the biological availability of  radionuclides
                                                                      produced in nuclear events.

                                                                            The biological availability and the tissue distribution  in  goats
                                                                      of the gamma-ray-emitting radionuclides from  a radioactive  cloud  were
                                                                      measured at the Nevada Test Site in conjunction  with  a cratering  event.
                                                                      At each of three stations,  all   located  three  to  4.6  miles from ground
                                                                      zero,  a lactating goat was  stationed during the detonation  in  such a
                                                                      manner as to receive only the inhalable fraction of  the radionuclides
                                                                      taken  in by two air samplers.   Thirty  hours after the detonation, the
                                                                      goats  were killed and their major organs  were removed for quantitation
                                                                      of their gamma-emitting radionuclides.   The nuclides  molybdenum-99,
                                                                      iodine-132,  iodine-131, ruthenium-103,  antimony-122,  tungsten-187 and
                                                                      barium-l40/lanthanum-l40 tended to be more readily absorbed across the
                                                                      lung;   cesium-141, gold-198 and   lead-203 were  less readily absorbed.
                                                                      Most of the  radionucltdes were  found in highest concentration  in  the
                                                                      upper  lobe of the right  lung.   Table V  presents data  on the radionuclide
                                                                      content of some of  the organs  of the goat nearest the hot-line.
                                                                                                      605

-------
       THE BIOLOGICAL AVAILABILITY OF DEBRIS RADIONUCLIDES
                          IN THE DAIRY COW

       The dairy cow represents an important link in the food  chain  to
 man by which not only radioiodine but many other radionuclides  can  enter
 his diet.  In countries like ours, in which dairy products  contribute
 a significant portion of the total diet, this may well  be the major
 route of isotope transfer, particularly for infants and children.   Con-
 sequently a program was*instituted to determine the biological  availability
 to the cow of radionuclides in nuclear debris.

       This program involves work in several interrelated areas. The
 first Is concerned with the biological availability of  radionuclides  in
 debris from nuclear events, the second with the biological  availability
 of pure radionuclides, the third with environmental studies,  and the
 fourth with in vitro studies of radionuclide binding to plasma  and  milk
 proteins.

       In a representative experiment on biological  availability, a
 lactating cow was fed debris from a Plowshare cratering event.  Figure
 II presents the data on the iodine-131 content in milk,  plasma, urine
 and feces.  Of the administered dose, 61 percent was excreted in the
 urine and seven percent was secreted in the milk.  These data may be
 contrasted with comparable values of 14 percent for urine and two per-
 cent for milk for debris from an underground event  that  accidentally
 vented.   They agree well,  however,  with data from an experiment in
 which sodium iodide labelled with iodine-131 was administered orally.
 In both  debris experiments, the plasma-to-milk ratio for iodine-131
 was unity after 72  hours,  and thereafter the plasma levels  exceeded
 those of milk,  because iodine binding to plasma proteins prevented
 its excretion  by  the  mammary gland  or the kidney.

       Figure  12 presents  data on the relatively unavailable fission
 products barium-UO/lanthanum-140.   Figure 13  presents data on  tungsten-181;
 about seven percent of  the  administered radiotungsten appeared  in the
 urine  and 0.5 percent  In the milk.   In  the experiment described here,
 manganese-54, zIrconium-95/niobium-95,  cerium-141,  neodymium-147 and
 lead-203 were not observed  in  milk,  urine or plasma.  Figure  14 presents
 a  spectrum of the gamma-emitting radionucIides  In the feces;  solid state
 detectors have clearly quantitated manganese-54,  zirconium-95/niobium-95,
 molybdenum-99, ruthenium-103,  antimony-122,  antimony-124, iodine-131,
 tellurium-131, tellurium-132,  iodlne-133,  barium-140/lanthanum-140,
 cerium-141, neodymium-147,  tungsten-181,  tungsten-187, gold-198, lead-203
 and others.

      Table VI  compares the recovery of orally administered radionuclIdes
from several  sources:   two Plowshare cratering events, an underground
accidental venting and commercially available pure  radionuclides.   Of
particular interest are the data on  iodine-131, which show  a variation
 in the metabolic pattern from one kind of event to another.
                                 606
      In a study of maternaI-feta I  transfer.  Plowshare  debris,  six
weeks after the detonation, was administered  to  a near-term pregnant
cow; a total  of one kilogram was given  in  gelatin capsules,  at  a  rate
of 200 grams per day for five days.  At 48 hours after  the last admini-
stration, the cow was anesthetized  and  sacrificed.   Tissue and  blood
samples were taken from both  the fetus  and the cow.   Data  from  this
experiment are summarized in  Table  VII. All  values  are compared  to
the cow plasma values normalized to unity, so as to  point  up the  de-
gree of concentration of specific radlonuclides  in specific tissues.
The nuclide tungsten-181  appears to concentrate  in maternal  mammary
gland, spleen, kidney, liver  and bone and  particularly  in  fetal bone.
The last finding is in accord with  other results from this Laboratory
indicating that bone-plasma ratios  as high as 200 or 300 to one can be
reached in the bones of immature rats.   The gold-198 seems to localize
in the maternal kidney.  The  iodine-131 is concentrated in both the
maternal and fetal  thyroid; 4.5 percent of the administered dose  was
taken up by the maternal  thyroid and 6.7 percent by  the fetal thyroid.
The concentration of iodine-131 per unit weight  of wet  tissue was
twice as high In the fetal  thyroid  as in the  maternal thyroid.  The
other radionuclides detected  in the other  studies were  either absent or
present only in very small  amounts  in some organs.

        METABOLISM OF DEBRIS  RADIONUCLIDES IN AQUATIC ANIMALS

      The release of radionuclides  in or near the hydrosphere results
in their uptake by aquatic organisms in the food chain  of  man.   At
nuclear installations such as nuclear reactors of nuclear  fuel  produc-
tion or processing plants, radionuclides are generally  released at  low
regulated rates into established ecosystems.  At the sites of nuclear
detonations, large initial  releases of  radioactivity are followed by
continuous long-term releases of small  amounts  leached  from the initially
deposited source.

      Accordingly, a program was initiated to obtain information  bearing
on the problems of radioactive  contamination of  the  hydrosphere from
Plowshare and other nuclear events.  It involves several different aspects:
(I) assessment of the biological availability of radionuclides in nuclear
debris, (2) evaluation of the biological turnover of critical elements
in specific aquatic animals, (3) elemental analysis  of  aquatic organisms
and their environmental water,  and (4)   investigation of the  mechanisms
of accumulation of specific elements.

      The biological availability of radlonuclides from nuclear debris
is a function  in great part of  the matrix of the debris particles;  and
aquatic organisms can acquire radioactivity by  ingesting  radlonuclfdes
either  in solution or  in particulate matter.  Therefore experiments  were
designed to study the  influence of physical and chemical  form on the
availability.  The source of the debris material was either contained
underground events or fallout and crater  lip material  from  cratering
events.  This particulate matter was separated  into  particle-size  frac-
tions which were then  leached with various solutions to determine  the
                                                                                                                                       607

-------
distribution coefficients of the contained  radionucl ides;  representa-
tive aquatic animals were then exposed to water that had circulated
through the debris.

      Table VIM presents distribution coefficients  in synthetic sea-
water of debris radionucl ides from a cratering event.  The distribu-
tion coef f i cient is
                                 - F
where FS =  the  fraction of  the  total  activity  on  the  solid,  I  -  F   =  the
fraction of  the total  activity  in  the liquid,  V = the volume of  tne liquid
in mi I IiIiters  equiIibrated with W,  and  W  =  the weight of  the  material
in grams.   Comparable  data  are  available for other radionuclides.   Different
distribution coefficients were  obtained  for  many  of the radionuclides in
debri s  in  an underground-contained event.

      The  biological availability  of the debris  radionuclides  to specific
aquatic animals has been  evaluated in the past in the system shown  in
Figure  15.   Typical  data  on representative marine and freshwater animals
are  presented in  Tables  IX  and  X.   These data  and data on  other  radio-
nucl ides show that a nuclide can  be metabolized  quite differently  by
different  aquatic animals.   We  are presently determining biological
availability in 2000-galIon aquari a in whi ch the  changes in  the  concen-
tration of stable elements  and  radionuclides in  the water, the sedi-
ments and  the animals  can be followed for extended periods of  time.   For
proposed Plowshare excavations, we plan  to study  appropriate debris sam-
ples  from  past Plowshare tests  in  aquatic animals indigenous to  the pro-
posed s ites.

       Table XI  presents  concentration ratios of  radionucI ides  in fresh-
water and  marine animals  after  exposure  to water  circulated  through
debris  from a cratering  event.

       We have also studied  the  biological  turnover of certain  radio-
nucl ides in bivalve and  molluscs  and other animals.   Accumulation  and
 loss  of the nuclides were followed in the Laboratory  under we I I-control led
conditions:  constant  concentrations of  radionuclides and  stable ele-
ments,  controlled temperature,  and specimens selected according  to size.
These parameters were  then  varied  independently   in order to  identify  the
factors most critical  in affecting biological  turnover.  Concentration
factors and biological turnover were assessed  simultaneously.

       The  elements most  studied to date  are zinc, manganese, cobalt,
 iron, europium, chromium, arsenic, cesium, and plutonium.   From  the re-
sults,  we  can conclude that the concentrations of some elements  are not
under homeostatic control,  and  that the  animals  contain pools  of the
elements with which the  corresponding radionuclides are not  readily
                                   608
equilibrated.  They suggest further that anyone who proposes to use
published concentration factors for predictive purposes should be aware
of the precise conditions under which they were determined.


         THE PERSISTENCE OF RADIONUCLIOES IN THE ECOSYSTEMS
                     OF NUCLEAR DETONATION SITES

      This program is concerned primarily with the behavior of long-
lived radionuclides in the ecological  and biological  systems that
re invade nuclear detonation sites.  The unique aspect of this research
is the use of the detonation site as a natural laboratory in which real
environmental parameters affect the movement of a radionuclide.   Field
studies were initiated in 1964 with a study  of old detonation sites at
Eniwetok Atoll  in the Marshall Islands.  The major emphasis was  on
tritium and carbon-14, two radionuclides that had not been looked for
in the resurveys conducted by the University of Washington Laboratory
of Radiation Biology.  At the present, most  of the radioecologicaI  re-
search in this program is being conducted at the Nevada Test Site.

      An example of the kind of research carried out  at the sites of
Plowshare excavations is our studies at Sedan Crater.   I  wiI I  particularly
emphasize our studies on the fate of residual  tritium because of  its
potential impact on the biosphere.

      Approximately one million curies of residual  tritium as THO was
injected into the mass of earth deposited around the  crater by the
detonation.  In 1966, we began studies at Sedan Crater on  the behavior
of this tritium in the soil  Cejecta),  the invading plant  species,  and
the animal  populations that subsist on the vegetation.

      To study tritium distribution in an open ecological  system,  we
first had to develop specialized analytical  methods to extract the
interstitial  water from soils and the  tissue or unbound water from plant
samples and from the body water of  mammals.   These methods consist pri-
marily of lyophilizing the material  in glassware specially designed to
collect the water from each sample.   The resulting samples are assayed
for tritium by Iiquid scinti I I at ion tehcniques.  Tissue-bound tritium
is determined in  plant and animal  tissues by a modified Schoniger method
followed by liquid scintillation counting.

      At Sedan Crater, we found essentially  equilibrium concentrations
in the soil water of the plant root zone, in the tissue water of  the
plant stems and leaves, and in the transpirationaI  water  released by
the aerial  portions of the plant.  Tissue-water tritium concentrations
in plants growing on Sedan ejecta are  presented in Figure 16.

      At the end of the annual growing season, the specific activity  of
tritium  in the solid phase of the tissues of herbaceous plants such  as
the Russian thistle (Sal so I a kali)  was almost equal to that found in  the
tissue water of the plant.  These data are presented  in Figure 17.   This
                                                                                                                                       609

-------
 i HC or per 3+ i on of tr i t i urn i nto The organ i c rratter syntnes i zed by D I ants
 growing en Sedan ejecta is mainly responsible for the tritium concen-
 trations found  in small mammals, reptiles, birds and even  insects
 Iiv ing  in the Sedan area .

       Some tyoical oody-water tritium concentrations in mammals at
 Sedan Crater are presentee" in Figure 13.   Tritium concentrations in
 the body water  in tne most abundant nan me' at 5edan, tne k3rcaro-c r^r
 ij)j poJorys rer_r / a^ni ) . were more closely re!a*eo to t<--o:-f of  tissue  bourd
 frlTTum "n plariT Tissue than they were to tnose of  soil-water tritium,
 which vary seasonally at the depth of the burrows.

       The effects of seasonal rainfall  on the soil-water tr i t i urn prc-
 file in Sedan ejecta are readily observed in the 
-------
has been measured quantitatively down to doses  in the region of  10 to
20 rads.  Within such studies, however, no method has ever been pro-
posed for determining the relevance of observed chromosome damage to
the production of important somatic effects of  such radiation  in
humans or other intact mammals.  The somatic effects of consequence
are predominantly carcinogenesis,  leukemogenesis, or other bases for
life shortening.  Only if the chromosome abnormalities cause cancer
will such studies bear directly upon the question of whether low-
dose radiation produces human cancer or  leukemia.

      The concept that abnormalities  in chromosomes might be the
cause of cancer was  proposed by Theodor Boveri  in  1902.   If this is
so, a specific abnormality or set  of abnormalities should be un-
failingly associated with cancer.  The known effect of radiation
on  chromosomes, plus the Boveri concept of a chromosomal cause of
cancer, suggested an approach that could provide relevant answers to
the central question.

      The point to be settled first  is whether  the concept that an ap-
propriately  imbalanced cell chromosome constitution, of whatever origin,
would  lead to  a malignant tumor.   Our approach  to this question  and  its
relation to  low-dose radiation effects are  in three successive phases:

       I.   Is there a specific single chromosome abnormality, or a
specific set of abnormalities,  in  human cancer?
       2.   If  there is,  can radiation produce such  abnormalities?
 can  be studied  on  human cells  in  culture  rather  than  on  humans.
                                                                   This
       3.   If  radiation  can produce such  abnormalities,  is  their  pro-
 duction  linear with dose down  to low doses?   Particularly,  is there a
 true threshold dose?

       For  our experiments, electronic scanners  and  computer processing
 of  the scan  information were used, and faster,  more accurate methods of
 preparing, observing,  recording, and analyzing  chromosome  data were
 developed. Suitable cells were selected,  and their individual chromo-
 somes were measured and separated into groups by  computer  processing,
 with computer-programmed "cut-off" points  for the group  boundaries.  A
 sufficient number of cells is  measured so  that  the  results  are statistically
 significant with a high degree of confidence.

       We are  pleased to say that we have achieved the objective  of
 developing a  relevant  study system for low-dose radiation  in relation to
 human carcinogenesis and leukemogenesis.  Our research  indicates the
 existence  of  an invariant common to unlimited proliferation  of human
 cells in vitro and to  malignant growth in  humans.   This  invariant  is in
 the form" of a marked excess of E-16 chromosomes,  either  absolute or rela-
 tive to other classes  of chromosomes.  Our studies  of  14 established human
 cell  lines show that the E-16  chromosomal  imbalance is present without
 exception  and is strong in every case.  We appear to be  nearing  the point
where it is possible to say that E-16 chromosome imbalance is an in-
variant of established human cell lines.  In addition, studies on
10 cases of human cancer, including both malignant effusions and
several  primary solid cancers, also demonstrate the E-16 chromosome
Imbalance.

      Of great interest are our studies on the effects of viruses on
human cells.  Virus alteration of normal diploid human cells to esta-
blished  lines had, of course, been accomplished by other workers,
using SV-40 virus and others.  Indeed, at this time,  of the three
major known modalities of cancer induction (viruses,  carcinogenic
chemicals and radiation)  only viruses have been unequivocally able
to alter diploid eel Is to established human  eel I  Iines.  We have
studied  human cells that  had been converted  into a permanent line
with SV-40 virus.  Chromosome studies of these cells  show that SV-40
virus-altered cells show  the same E-16 chromosome imbalance previously
demonstrated by us for spontaneously established  human cell  lines and
for human cancers (effusions or solid tumors)  studied directly.   Thus
a  known  oncogenic virus produces  the E-16 chromosome  imbalance in the
course of In vjjfro alteration of  diploid human cells  to altered  cells
with malignant proliferative properties.

      The major objectives  ahead  are:

      I.  Ascertainment of  whether or  not E-16 chromosome imbalance
determines malignant behavior of  cells thus  imbalanced.

      2.  Ascertainment of  whether or  not radiation can  imbalance
human diploid cells in culture with  respect  to E-16 content and
concomitantly transform such cells into established ceil  lines.   Such
studies  are underway at present.   Wholly irrespective of  the  E-16
chromosome issue, the question of whether or not  established  cell  line
production is possible with  radiation  alone  is one of the most central
Importance^ in the entire  area of  the somatic effects  of  radiation.

-------
          SELECTED PUBLICATIONS OF THE BIO-MEDICAL  DIVISION
             OF PARTICULAR RELEVANCE TO PLOWSHARE EVENTS
       Anspaugh, Lynn R., Special  Problems of  Thyroid  Dosimetry:
 Considerations of I'31  Dose as a  Function of  Gross  Size  and
 Inhomogeneous Distribution, UCRL-12492, Lawrence  Radiation  Laboratory,
 Livermore (March 25, 1965).

       Anspaugh, Lynn R., John W.  Gofman, Ora  A. Lowe  and Walter H. Martin,
 X-ray Fluorescence Analysis Applied to Biological Problems.   In Proceedings
 of 2nd Symposium on  Low Energy X- and Gamma Sources and  Applications
 (March 1967) p. 315.

       Anspaugh, Lynn R. and William L.  Robison, Quantitative  Evaluation
 of the Biological Hazards of Radiation Associated with Project Ketch,
 UCID-15325,  Lawrence Radiation Laboratory, Livermore  (May 8,  1968).

       Burton, C. Ann and Michael  W. Pratt, Prediction of the  Maximum
 Dosage to Man from the  Fallout of Nuclear Devices.   III.  Biological
 Guidelines for Device Design, UCRL-50163 (Pt.  Ill Rev.  I),  Lawrence
 Radiation Laboratory, Livermore (1968).

       Chapman, WilliamH,,  The Changing Frequency of  Thyroid  Carcinoma
 and Hashimoto's Thyroiditis as Related to Diagnostic  Criteria, Iodized
 Salt and  Radiation,  UCRL-50376, Lawrence Radiation  Laboratory, Livermore
 (1968).

       Chapman, WilliamH.,  H. Leonard  Fisher and Michael W.  Pratt,
 Concentration Factors of Chemical  Elements in Edible  Aquatic  Organisms,
 UCRL-50564,  Lawrence Radiation  Laboratory, Livermore  (1968).

       Chertok,  Robert and L^zanne  Lake,  The Availability  in the Peccary
 Pig of Nuclear Debris from  the  Plowshare Excavation, Buggy.   (In preparation)

       Chertok,  Robert and Suzanne  Lake,  A  Field Study of the  Availability
 in  the Domestic  Pig  of Nuclear  Debris  from the Plowshare Excavation,
 Schooner.  (In  preparation)

      Cranston,  Fred P.  and  Lynn R. Anspaugh, Preliminary Studies in
Nondispersive  X-ray Fluorescent Analysis of Biological Materials, UCRL-50569,
 Lawrence Radiation Laboratory,  Livermore  (January 6,  1969).

      Fisher, H. Leonard, Prediction of  the Maximum Dosage to Man from
the Fallout of Nuclear Devices.  VI.  Transport of Nuclear Debris by
Surface and Groundwater, UCRL-50163 (Part VI), Lawrence Radiation
Laboratory, Livermore.   (In preparation)

      Geesaman, Donald P., A  Study of the  Effects of  Insoluble Alpha-Emitting
Aerosols on Deep Respiratory  Tissue, UCRL-50387, Lawrence Radiation
Laboratory, Livermore (1968).
      Gofman, John W., The Hazards to Man from Radioactivity.  In
Engineering with Nuclear Explosives (Proceedings of  the Third Plowshare
Symposium, University of California,  Davis,  April  21,  1964),  TID-7695
(1964).

      Gofman, John W., J. L.  Minkler  and  R.  K.  Tandy,  A Specific Common
Chromosomal Pathway for the Origin of  Human  Malignancy, UCRL-50356,
Lawrence Radiation Laboratory,  Livermore  (Nov.  20, 1967).
                                                                54
      Harrison, Florence L.,  Accumulation and  Distribution of Mn   and
Zn65 in Freshwater Clams.  Proc.  2nd  Natl. Symp. of  Radioecology,
Ann Arbor, Mich., AEC, ESA, and Univ.  of  Mich., May  15-17, 1967, in press.

      Harrison, Florence L.,  Concentration Factors - Their Use and Abuse,
UCRL-50347, Lawrence Radiation  Laboratory, Livermore (Nov. 7, 1967).

      Harrison, Florence L.,  Physical  and Chemical Characteristics and
Biological Availability of Debris from Underground Nuclear Detonations,
UCRL-50596 (in press).

      Harrison, Florence L. and Dorothy J. Quinn,  Short-Term  Studies
on the Accumulation and Distribution  of 46Sc,  5lCr,  59Fe,  60Co and
I55EU in Anodonta nuttalliana Lea, UCRL-71607,  to be submitted to
Health Physics.

      Hatch, F. T., J. A. Mazrimas, G. G. Greenway,  J J. Koranda and
J. L. Moore, Studies on Liver ONA in  Tritiated  Kangaroo Rats  Living
at Sedan Crater, UCRL-50461,  Lawrence Radiation Laboratory, Livermore
(1968).

      Heft, Robert E. and William A.  Steele, Procedures for the Systematic
Separation and Analysis of Radioactive Particles from Nuclear Detonations,
UCRL-50428, Lawrence Radiation  Laboratory, Livermore (May  17, 1968).

      Heft, Robert E., The Characterization of  Radioactive Particles from
Nuclear Weapons Tests.  Advances  in Chemistry,   in press.

      Koranda, John J., Preliminary Studies of  the Persistence of Tritium
and Carbon-14 in the Pacific  Proving Ground.  Health Physics  II,  1445
(1965).                                                      —

      Koranda, John J., Agricultural  Factors Affecting the Daily  Intake
of Fresh Fallout by Dairy Cows, UCRL-12479, Lawrence Radiation  Laboratory,
Livermore  (March 19,  1965).

      Koranda, John J., Residual Tritium at Sedan Crater.  Proc. 2nd
Natl. Symp. on Radioecology,  Ann Arbor, Mich.,  May  15-17,  1967  (in press).

      Koranda, John J., J. R. Martin and R. W.  Wikkerink,  Residual Tritium
at Sedan Crater.  Part  II. Soil and Ejecta Studies.  UCRL-50360,  Lawrence
Radiation  Laboratory, Livermore (Dec. 7,   1967).
                                                                                                                                        615

-------
      Koranda, John J., J. R. Martin and R. Wikkerink, Leaching of
Radionuclides at Sedan Crater.  Advances in Chemistry (in press).

      Ng, Yook C., C. Ann Burton and Stanley E. Thompson, Prediction
of the Maximum Dosage to Man from the Fallout of Nuclear Devices.  IV.
Handbook for Estimating the Maximum  Internal Dose from the Deposition
of Radionuclides Released to the Biosphere.  UCRL-50163  (Pt.  IV),
Lawrence Radiation Laboratory,  Livermore (1968).

      Ng, Yook C., C. Ann Burton and Stanley E. Thompson, Prediction
of the Maximum Dosage to Man from the Fallout of Nuclear Devices.   IV.
Handbook for Estimating the Maximum  Internal Dose from Radionuclides
Released to the Biosphere, UCRL-50163 (Pt.  IV ADD.  I), Lawrence  Radiation
Laboratory, Livermore  (1968).

      Phelps, Paul L., Keith 0. Hamby,  Bernard  Shore  and Gilbert D. Potter,
Ge(Li) Gamma-Ray  Spectrometers  of High  Sensitivity  and Resolution  for
Biological  and Environmental Counting,  UCRL-50437,  Lawrence Radiation
Laboratory, Livermore  (May 24,  1968).

      Potter, G.  D.,  David R.  Mclntyre  and  Deborah  Pomeroy, Transport
°f  Fallout  Radionuclides  in the Grass to Milk Food  Chain Studied with
a Germanium Lithium-Drifted Detector.   Health Physics 16, 297  (1969).

       Potter, Gilbert D.,  Deborah Pomeroy  and David R. Mclntyre, Residual
Gamma-Emitting  Radionuclides  in Nevada  Range Cattle as Observed  with a
 Lithium-Drifted  German!urn Detector,  UCRL-70812  (1967).

       Potter, Gilbert D.,  David R.  Mclntyre and Gerald M, Vattuone,
Biological  Availability  of Radionuclides from an Accidental Nuclear
Venting  in  the  Dairy Cow.   (In preparation)

       Potter, Gilbert D.,  David R.  Mclntyre and Gerald M. Vattuone,
 Biological  Availability  of  Radionuclides  in the Dairy Cow from Cabriolet
 (a Plowshare  nuclear cratering event).   (In preparation)

       Potter,  Gilbert D.,  Gerald  M.  Vattuone and David R. Mclntyre,
 Maternal-Fetal  Transfer  of Orally  Administered  Radionuclides  from  Buggy
 (a Plowshare  nuclear cratering event).   (In preparation)

       Potter,  Gilbert D.,  Gerald  M.  Vattuone and David R. Mclntyre,
Biological  Availability  of Radionuclides from Schooner in the Dairy Cow.
 (In preparation)

       Saunders,  E. W.  and  C.  J. Maxwell, Paralleling  Planar Ge(Li)
Detectors  for Counting Large  Volume  Biological  Samples,  IEEE  Transactions
on  Nuclear  Science NS-15 No.  I, 423  (1968).

       Stone,  Stuart  P.,  Chromosome  Scanning Program at LRL.   Part  I.
Chromo,  a Set of  Chromosome Pattern-Recognition Programs, UCRL-50364
Part I,  Lawrence  Radiation Laboratory,  Livermore (Nov. 25,  1967).
                                   616
      Tamplin, Arthur R., lodine-131, lodine-133 and Cow Milk,
UCRL-I4I46, Lawrence Radiation Laboratory, Livermore (1965).

      Tamplin, Arthur R., Discussion on  "Thyroid Irradiation  in  Utah
Infants Exposed to lodine-131." Scientist and Citizen 8_(9),  3  (1966).

      Tamplin, Arthur R., Estimation of  Dosage to Thyroids of Children
in the U.S. from Nuclear Tests Conducted in  Nevada During 1952 and
1955, UCRL-70787 (November 1967).

      Tamplin, Arthur R., Prediction of  the  Maximum Dosage to Man  from
the Fallout of Nuclear Devices.  I.   Estimation on the Maximum Contamination
of Agricultural Land.  UCRL-50163  (Part  I),  Lawrence Radiation Laboratory,
Livermore (1967).

      Tamplin, Arthur, R.,  H.  Leonard Fisher and WilliamH. Chapman,
Prediction of the Maximum Dosage to  Man  from the Fallout of Nuclear
Devices. V.  Estimation of  the Maximum Dose  from Internal  Emitters
in Aquatic Food Supply.  UCRL-50163  (Pt.  V),  Lawrence Radiation
Laboratory, Livermore (1968).
                                                                                                                                       617

-------
                         TABLE I
                                                                                                                          TABLE II
ESTIMATED MAXIMUM DOSAGEa VIA MILK TO THE CHILD'S




 WHOLE BODY AND BONE FROM 239PU FISSION PRODUCTS
ESTIMATED MAXIMUM DOSAGE" VIA MILK TO THE CHILD'S WHOLE BODY




    AND BONE FROM ACTIVATION PRODUCTS PRODUCED IN GRANITE
Radionuclide
>3
-------
                               TABLE III
  ESTIMATED AND MEASURED CONCENTRATION OF RADIONUCLIDES

                          IN GRASS AND MILK
Forage (pCi/kg)
Radionuclide
131i
137Cs
"MO
140Ba
132Te
Estimated
5000
19
1110
5550
900
Measured"
5000
43
1050
5740
1510
Milk (pCi/kg)
Estimated
1000
3
82
33
9
Measured"
930
2
20
71b
7
 Potter, G.  et al.,  "Biological Availability of Radionuclides in Fallout
 from the Chinese Nuclear Test of December 1966," Lawrence Radiation
Laboratory, Livermore, Rept.  UCRL-70301 (1966).


Determined as    Ba/    La.
                                  620
                             TABLE IV


RADIONUCLIDE DISTRIBUTION VALUES FROM CRATERING EVENTS
Fraction of nuclide in:
Slag
144Ce
132Te
137Cs
106D
Ru
137Cs
141Ce
137Cs
141Ce
137Cs
131j
181w
1.
0.
0.
0.
0.
0.
0.
0.
0.
0.
0.
,00
393
133
264
060
922
103
695
100
538
715
Lateral ejecta

0.
0.
0.
0.
0.
0.
0.
0.
0.
0.

.553
.442
063
015
074
474
302
590
457
283
Vertical ejecta

0
0,
0.
0.
0.
0.
0.
0.
0.
0.

.054
.425
673
925
004
423
003
310
005
002
Cratering event
All events
A
A
B
B
C
C
D
D
D
D
                                                                                                                                  621

-------
                           TABLE VI







RECOVERY OF ORALLY ADMINISTERED RADIONUCLIDES FROM




                        THE DAIRY COW
Nuclide
54Mn


74As

88y
95Zr

"»x
Mo


103Ru

122Sb
124Sb
131I
Event or
chemical form
PC Ia
PC IIa
MnCl2c
PC II
Na3As04
PC II
YCl,
PC I
Zr oxalate
PC I
UGVb
(NH4)2Mo04
PC I
PC II
RuCl3
PC I
SbClj
PC I
Percent
Feces
110
83
85
49
45
104
88
76
98
80
82
104
109
101
93
105
114
42
of administered
Urine
NDd
ND
-



O 00
•— Ui O O O O
Ui
i— Ui
i— O [\J tsj
tM O O Ul Ul
r\j

H ^ •—
C^J ^ Oo i— Ui
O*- U) ^ -J
O 0 O 0 O
Ui
o
2 w
D 3 S g
ro



ooZ^^2
GO D
— *"



2 ^
M >f* so
W -J Ui U) rf*
t~' O O O ui
o

ISJ
o

*~ CT* O
ro o o
.. z
Ul UJ ^ 00 Ul
K- 0 O O ui
Ui










vO
s°
o
^
o"
fit


H
(D
O
*"0
cr

5
»
c



o
Ul
c



£
ui^
cr

^
00
-J

o
3)

o
U















INHALABLE F
43
o >
s ^
S 1
1 ?
0 -
5 6
H o
2 z
"i C
o
r
B
w
en
^
JO
O
s






















a
o
z
G
O
LIDE CONTEN
H
—
O
OQ
O
hcl
• ORGA
2
en
O

O
o

H

<
n
K

O
M


M
D
























TABL.
n
<























-------
  s|
Ev

mic
>   _   °
^   js   S
y   £   v
•g   3   «
£   S   "3
S   «   E
                                                                                            g
                                                                                            o>
                                                                                            X
                                                                                            U
                                    TABLE VII
     TISSUE/PLASMA RATIOS'  OF MATERNAL  AND FETAL TISSUES FROM A


PREGNANT  COW FED  DEBRIS FROM PLOWSHARE NUCLEAR CRATERING EVENT
Sample
Maternal plasma
Maternal spleen
Maternal pancreas
Maternal mammary
Maternal bile
Maternal placenta
Amniotic fluid
Maternal kidney
Fetal kidney
Maternal thyroid
Fetal thyroid
Maternal muscle
Fetal muscle
Maternal liver
Fetal liver
Maternal blood
Fetal blood
Maternal RBC
Maternal bone
Fetal bone
Fetal cartilage
Maternal marrow
Fetal marrow
Total pCi in
Admin, dose 2.
pCi/100 g
Mat. plasma 8.
t pCi in 100 g tisi
* Tissues with tisi
ND Not detected
181w
*-° *
1.56
"•"„
1. 40
0. 003
0.62
°'35*
8.60
0. 26
0. 60
0. 005
0. 094
0.026^
3. 14
0.033
0. 05
0.069
0.096
1.41*
21.2 *
12.8 *
0. 19^
1.14
i n
07X 10 2
46 X 103 9
196 A
Au
1.0
0. 52
0. 18
0.45
0. 12
0. 40
ND ^
10.09
0.06
ND
ND
0.04
0. 03
0. 93
0. 025
0. 83
ND
0.68
0. 60
ND
ND
ND
ND
Q
.6x 108
. 37 X 10
13II
1.0
0. 19
0. 21
0. 51
0.61
0.69
0. 31
0.45
1.26,
5,450.0
10, 500.0
0.05
0.05
°-32*
1.27
°-67*
1.97
0. 12
0. 10
0.67
0.66
ND
0. 87
Q
2. 79 X 10 2
2 1.21 X 105 1
sue/pCi in 100 g maternal plasma (wet
sue/ maternal

plasma

ratio >1. 0

103,,
Ru
1.0
ND
ND ^
K1*
3. 7
ND
ND
9.8
ND
ND
ND
ND
2. 2
ND
ND
ND*
2.8
ND
ND
ND
ND
3-5*
6. 1
g
.76 x 10
.33X 102
weight)


124Sb
'•o*
25-3*
4-2*
4-4*
49.0
ND
2L6*
88.0
4. 7
ND
ND
3-°*
3.4
ND
ND*
3. 8
ND*
8. 0
ND
ND
ND
ND
ND

ND
2.3



137,,
Cs
l-°*
169.0
230. 0
115-°*
2,840.0^
340. 0
9'6*
423.0,
128.0
ND
ND
111.0^
71. 0,,
200.0
118.0
26.0
27.0*
37.8,
34.0
45'5*
30.0,
33'°*
27.4

ND
0.05



140
Ba
1.0
•50*
1.06
16'5 *
X-3 I
3.0
°'2 *
8. 10
0. 12
ND
ND
0. 21
0. 16
0. 44
ND
1.0
ND
0.29
55-° *
113.0
91.0 *
4. 30
76.0 *
D
6. 38x 10
1. 33 X 102



4°K
1'° *
2.90,
4'55*
2-25*
1'10*
3-3°*
0. 26
3.56*
4.20
ND
ND
4'27*
3. 87,
2-14,
2.38*
3.20*
4. 50,
4. 55
ND
5.70*
3. 80
9-64*
2.32

ND
99. 0



                                       62lt-625

-------
                              TABLE VIII
DISTRIBUTION COEFFICIENTS IN SYNTHETIC SEA WATER OF DEBRIS
            RADIONUCLIDES FROM A CRATERING EVENT
                                                                                                                                TABLE DC
Size of particles in fraction
Radionuclide > 1000 < 4000 |i >250 < 1000 |i > 62 < 250 )i < 62 u
Mn 3,400 4,900 4,100 Z, 500
58Co 4,500a 15,000a 6, 500a 180a
59Fe NDb NDb NDb NDb
103
Ru 4,900 2,900 1,000 1,400

124Sb 520 160 74 83
14°Ba/140La 260a 52a 19a 40a

141Ce 47, 000a 3, 100a 2, 400a 8, 200a
a Fractional standard deviation of data > 0. 20.

Not detected.

p A n|f ll\] 1 U . 1 .11 IK UUr'H^il'lN 1 ICrt. 1HJ1NO UN IIOOUJ^O *~l I ivirnvllt J^ r^iii««^^J" ~.** * „„— - » —
SEA WATER CIRCULATED THROUGH DEBRIS FROM A CRATERING EVENT


Days
Animal and Tissue Exposure Mn Ru Sb I Ba/ La
Fish, whole body 6 270b 2,200 7,100 320,000 290,000
(Gobiosoma bosci)
Clam, edible portions 20 960b 1, 700 520b 16, 000 16, 000b
(saxidomis giganteus)
Crab, muscle 20 1, 800b 1,400 2, 300b 210,000 310,000
(Cancer productus)
Crab, viscera 20 1, 700b 14,000 11,000 9,500,000 2,100,000

Sea. Water
Day 6 280b 2,900 6,600 4,500 220,000

Day 20 470b 3,900 13,000 31,000 230,000



14 >Ce
c
1, 100b

l,400b
V
690,000°


110

250
                                                                                          Corrected for decay to time of detonation of event.
                                                                                          Fractional standard deviation of data > 0. ZO.
                                                                                          Low level* not quantitated.
                                  626
                                                                                                                                     627

-------
                                      TABLE X
                                                                                                                                   TABLE XI
      RADIONUCLIDE CONCENTRATIONS IN TISSUES OF FRESHWATER ANIMALS




         EXPOSED TO POND WATER CIRCULATED THROUGH DEBRIS FROM A




                                  CRATERING EVENT
CONCENTRATION RATIOS OBSERVED IN FRESHWATER AND MARINE ANIMALS




        EXPOSED TO WATER CIRCULATED THROUGH DEBRIS FROM A




                              CRATERING EVENT
D R d' I'd C ' a C'/k
Animal and Tissue Expolure 54Mn 103Ru 124Sb 131I 14°Ba/14°La I41Ce
Fish, muscle 7 b 4, 100C b b t 620

Fish, viscera and skeleton 7 I 2,400 6,100 230,000 360,000 2,100
(Carassius auratus)
Clam, edible portions 21 440C 6,200 15,000 150,000° 180,000 b
(Anadonta nuttalliana)
Crayfish, muscle 21 I 1 t I 47, 000C 3,500°
(Astacus sp. )
Crayfish, viscera 21 6,000 39,000 12, 000C 4,300,000 4,600,000 16,000
(Astacus sp. )

Pond Water
Dav 6 830 3 100 3 600 28 000 1 10 000 620

j j
Day 20 NDa 5,300 8,800 84,000 150,000 ND


Days of
P
Fish, whole body FW 7
SW 6

Clam, edible part FW 2 1

SW 20
Crustacean, muscle FW 21

SW 20
Crustacean, viscera FW 21


SW 20
a
Low level, not quantitated.
u

54Mn


lb

440b
"NDC
2b
a

4b
6,000
NDC

4b




Concentration ratios:
103Ru 124Sb 131I 14°Ba/14°La 141Ce

082 8 3 3
081 7 13 a

1.2 2 2b 1.3 a
V V, K Vi
0.4b 0. lb 0.5 0. lb 4°
Q 3b 3, 500b

0.4 0.2b 7 1.3 6b
7 1.3b 51 31 16,000
NlF

4 0.9 300 9 2,800b



Fractional standard deviation > 0.20.
 Corrected for decay to time of detonation of the event.




 Low level, not quantitated.




C Fractional standard deviation of data > 0.20.




dND (not detectable)
                                                                                                 "Not detected

-------
                   Figure   I.  Comparison of two spectra from the same air-filter  sample
                              (presumed Chinese test).  Upper spectra obtained  with a
                              4x4 in. NaI  (Tl) scintillation system.  Lower spectrum
                              obtained with our 8-cm^ planar Ge(Li)  detector.
.239,
                              239NP,187W,  132Te
                                             24Na
          TMo
  24 - hr  feces
       -'-
^;v-a;4^;...:.  ..I.
  .'  .."""   :'-^v-—-: \
                                  239Np, 132Te, 187W
 239,
    Np
  24 - hr plasma
               Figure  2.  Gamma-ray spectra  from various biological materials from
                           a dairy cow that had been  previously fed radioactive debris
                           collected at the site of a  nuclear detonation.
                                                  630-631

-------
                                                                             1*1

                                                                              U •*-
                                                                              O O C
                                                                              Q,  .-
                                                                              VI VI
                                                                               — C
                                                                              O ^1 Q-


                                                                              D) > ID
                                                        CONTROL BOX
                                                                               AIM-SNOW

                                                                                SHIELD



                                                                                 AIR INTAKE
                                   BATTERIES
Figure  4.  Sequential air-sampling station fielded on Project Schooner.


                                 632-633

-------
                                                                                             10'
                                                                                             I0h
                                                                                        o
                                                                                         CL
                                                                                             10'
                                                                                                • = S25

                                                                                                • = S27

                                                                                                A=T1
                                                                                                O.I
                                                                                                                                 10
100
10
                                                                                                                         HOURS-
                          10
                                HOURS
F i gur
             5.  Air concentration of tungsten-181 as a function of time
                 observed  after Project Schooner.      6J4
                                                                                         F i gure  6.  Air con cent rat ion of iodine-131  as a function of ti me
                                                                                                    observed  after Project Schooner.

                                                                                                                         635

-------
                                                                        CM
                                                                         Q

                                                                            zi  — o
                                                                            £  a"1

                                                                            O  ""
                                                                            y  M- ^
                                                                            «L    Q
                                   "b
   100

uj 90
(/)
§80



<70
   60

u. 50
O

I- 40
z
w ,«
o 30
cr
uj2o


    10
     0
                                             WHOLE-BODY

                                    A	URINE

                                    •	FECES
 |         234567

                         DAYS

Figure 8.   Uptake,  retention and excretion in pig of antimony-122 from
          debris from Plowshare cratering event that was orally admin-
          istered  to the animal.

                      636-637
8

-------
                                    	URINE
                                              FECES
Figure  9.  Uptake,  retention and excretion in  pig of cerium-141  from
          debris from Plowshare cratering event that was orally
          administered to the animal.
                                                 WHOLE-BODY
                                                 URINE
                                                 FECES
Figure  10.  Uptake, retention and excretion in pig of iodine-131  from
           debris from Plowshare cratering event that was orally
           administered to the animal.

                       638-639

-------
                               T
                               T
                                DEBRIS  FED  COW
                                1311 (Tl/2  8.05 D)
                       -Urine
                                              Feces
0.10
    -I
                       _L
              _L
24      48      72      96      104
AFTER  ADMINISTRATION (HRS.)
                                                         144 156
         Figure I I.

            640
lodine-131 content of milk, plasma, urine and feces gf
lactating cow fed nuclear debris from a Plowshare cratering
event.
icy
                                                                                              I        I         I

                                                                                        DEBRIS  FED COW

                                                                                                    La
                                                                                     I400  / 140
                                                                                        Ba /
                                                                                                                    Feces
                                                                              10' -
                                                                           o>
                                                                          O
                                                                           E
                                                                           Q.
                                                                          O
                                                                              10
                                                                               rl
                                                            10
                                               I
                                                                        24      48       72      96      120
                                                                       AFTER  ADMINISTRATION   (HRS.)
                                                      144
    Figure 12.  Barium-I40/Ianthanum-I40 content of milk, plasma, urine and
       64]    feces of lactating cow fed nuclear debris from a Plowshare
             cratering event.

-------
                             CMntmEL NUMBER
Figure  14.  Radionuclide content of  feces  of animal fed nuclear debris
            from a Plowshare cratering  event.

                             61(2-61(3

-------
1
1
1
1
L.
Aquarium

11

'I., .IL «n/'- Filter

X _ 	 ». -v A
f ^\\ T
( 1 '
' 1 " 1 '
\ PUMP

I-;.'-': :"!•.*;"• vv.'Wi'-.»"
.vi:.;f-:--.:--V:^:U::^.Y.* •» ^% . . •


| 1 — . . . . — J

S
rilter
Figure 15. System used in determining biologica availability of Plowshare
cratering debris to aquatic an mals.
2!
TISSUE WATER TRITIUM CONCENTRATIONS
IN PLANTS GROWING ON SEDAN EJECTA
JULY 1968
•

1 1 1
• 4
• • 4 -«
4 i
• •
4 « 4 44 -
1-
°- H
Jt V) <
* " |oi
«*•*•* ^ mo<
^n ^£ CD
4 -1- ^
•• * 4 • •
" .1 . - 4 + - - 1 -J 	 1 	
DO' 1000' 2000' 3000'
DISTANCE FROM LIP
6. Tissue-water tritium concentrations in plants growing on
Sedan ejecta at Sedan Crater.
IO
o
i_
D
01
u_
"o S *Q "b
|lU/LUdQ He
6ltlt-6l»5

-------
               Eg
               a: uj
               H V)
               L_ I-

               "5
               UJ <
               a. _i
               CO Q.
                             LJ
                             t£>
                             O
                             a:
                             o
                      LJ


                      CO
                      co
                                                                   x      -=

                                                                   y  <  i

                                                                   i  o  9
                                                                   CC  CO  Q.
                                                                   I-  -I  UJ

                                                                   "^  CO

                                                                   CD    -  CD
                                                                   =>  CO  3
                                                                   [ECa:
                                                                   X  UJ  X
                                                                   to  x  to
                                                                                                     I



                                                                                                .   I
                                                                                                  O X

                                                                                                  ~X?

                                                                                                      E
                                                                                                      a.
                                                                                                     Q
                                                                                                     tr
                                                                                                     LJ
                                                                                                     UJ
                                                                                                     =>
                                                                                                     co
                                                                                                     CO
                     1	1	1	1	1	1	1	T
I06
                • = DIPODOMYS


                0=PEROMYSCUS  MANICULATUS

                A=BEETLES(ELEODES ARMATA)

                • = AMMOSPERMOPHILUS LEUCURUS


                W= HORNED TOAD


                •= HORNED LARK OR FINCH
                                                                                                                 E

                                                                                                              s  3
OCT       FEB       MAY      SEPT      JAN      APRIL      AUG       NCV

1965   |  '1966  |    ,966   |   I96f.  I    l967   I   '967  |    ,967   |    ,967
                                                                                    APR       MAR       III! V

                                                                                    ,968   1   ,968   I    ,968
               Figure  18.   Body-water tritium concentrations  in  manmaIs livinq at  Sedan

                            Crater.
                                                      6146-614?

-------
          SOIL WATER TRITIUM-20A CRATER LIP STATION  1966-1967
    10'  -
"x

 E
   I05








   I04


    3.0
          (XJT Hyi DEC JAN FEB M«R »PB UK JUH JUL »us SEP OCT MOV DCC JAM Fa MAR APR MJ»  Jl|m JUL «UC SEP OCT HOV OEC JAM FEB My! A^BMy J1JH JIX Al|c
     2.0 •
=   1.0-

S  o..
                                                                   1967
                                                      RAINFALL-NTS-BUY STATION
                                      ll-        !•        ••-•-•     ••    I--    •••
                    Figure  19.   Effects of  seasonal  rainfall on  soil-water tritium profile

                                 in Sedan  ejecta.
                                                                                                 N  o  —  oo   r-  oo o

                                                                                                 0)  «'  M  6   —  10 00
                                                                                                 00  IO  OJ  10   —  —
                                                        o.
                                                       Q
                                                           6U8-6U9  j

-------
                     QUESTIONS  FOR  BERNARD W. SHORE
     From  Dr.  Sternglass:

     To what extent  is  research  planned to  follow up on the  indication
     that  strontium-90  may  be  incorporated  in genetic material  leading
     to  increased fetal  and  neonatal  deaths both  in experimental ani-
     mals  and  man?

     ANSWER:

     The first thing  I  would want  to  say  is the processes of data would
     indicate  that strontium-90, when incorporated  in genetic material,
     will  result  in  increased  fetal and neonatal  deaths both in experi-
     mental animals and in  man.  The  other  point  I would  like to make
     is that the  AEC  and the National  Institutes of Health are  supporting
     much  research in the area of  low dose  effects of radiation and these
     studies  include  studies on  the effects of strontium-90 on  genetic
     material; we do  some In our own  laboratory, but the tests  have
     not been  developed.  But  I  think in  the past the problem has been
     one of developing  an appropriate system.  Quite obviously  the system
     has to be one at the genetic  and biochemical level because the
     changes you  see  are going to  be  very small and are going to re-
     quire a  lot  of what is called basic  or fundamental research in
     this  area.   It might very well be that the limit on strontium-90
     or any environmental pollutant does  require  research until we
     know  what causes cancer or  causes leukemia, what causes unbalanced
     cell  growth, and one of the fundamental processes of regulation
     and control  in humans or  animals.  So  research is being done in
     the area  of  relationship  between  radionuclide and population and
     in genetic material such  as chromosomes and nucleic acids  and
     their possible effect on  fetal and neonatal deaths.
2.  From Darryl Randerson:

    You mentioned that your gamma-ray spectrometer could resolve radio-
    nuclide concentrations as small as 0.02 picocuries.  What is the
    significance (accuracy) of this number?  What are the advantages
    of your spectrometer measurements as compared to activation analysis
    techniques which have as good or better resolution?

    ANSWER:   (Paul  Phelps)

    The significance of being able to detect very low levels of radio-
    nuclides allows the establishment of uptake by plants and animals
    subjected to low levels of fallout.   For example, 10 pCi of
    cesium-137 contained in two liters of cow's milk can be ascertained
    to an  accuracy  of + 20%.   In addition, this spectrometer may be
    used for determinirTg activation products produced by neutron acti-
    vation  procedures.   In fact, the quality of neutron activation
    analysis is dependent upon the resolution of the spectrometer.

                                    650
                                                                                                          Activation  analysis has no applicability for determining radionuclide
                                                                                                          contamination,  but is very useful  in elemental  analysis.
651

-------
    RADIOLOGICAL SAFETY RESEARCH FOR NUCLEAR EXCAVATION PROJECTS
                     INTEROCEANIC CANAL STUDIES

                         A. W. Klement, Jr.
                   U.S. Atomic Energy Commission
                          Las Vegas, Nevada
                              ABSTRACT

            The general radiological problems encountered in nuclear
       cratering and nuclear excavation projects are discussed.
       Procedures for assessing radiological problems in such pro-
       jects are outlined.  Included in the discussions are source
       term, meteorology, fallout prediction and ecological fac-
       tors.  Continuing research requirements as well as pre-
       and post-excavation studies are important considerations.
       The procedures followed in the current interoceanic canal
       feasibility studies provide examples of radiological
       safety problems 3 current solutions and needed research.
       Many of the papers presented at this symposium have discussed re-
search directed toward development of radiation protection guidance for
Plowshare projects or the application of such guidance.  There are
several areas  in which radiological safety problems can be attacked
in this regard.  These will be discussed here in terms of current ap-
proaches and some of the requirements for their improvement.  The con-
text  in which they are presented here may be broader than some workers
in the field would consider.  Much of this discussion will reflect
experience in the current interoceanic sea level canal feasibility
studies conducted under the auspices of the Atlantic-Pacific Interoceanic
Canal Study Commission.  In these studies, a great deal of research
has been conducted and additional needs have become apparent.  A brief
description of the interoceanic canal studies will be given here,
especially of the nuclear safety aspects.  For more detailed informa-
tion on the overall program, reference is made to other publications
(1-5).

       The objectives of the interoceanic canal  studies are to investi-
gate the various aspects of construction of a sea level canal in the
                                 652
American isthmian region.  Primary consideration  is given to excava-
tion along routes in the vicinity of the Panama Canal by conventional
means (Routes 10 and 14) and along routes in eastern Panama (Route  17)
and northwestern Colombia (Route 25) by nuclear means, or a combina-
tion of nuclear and conventional means (Figure I).  Under considera-
tion for nuclear excavation is a canal cross section providing a
navigation prism 1,000 feet wide and 60 feet deep.  Route 8, along
the Nicaragua and Costa Rica border, involves a conceptual  study only
and will not be discussed here.  Initial  possibilities that were con-
sidered for nuclear excavation along Routes  17 and 25 included the
elements in Table I.  While studies of the plans  for excavation have
not been concluded and will  undoubtedly be different from these, this
table indicates the extent of the program under consideration.

        In connection with these studies several  comprehensive  pro-
grams were established and are continuing.  The Atomic Energy
Commission's role in these studies included  nuclear safety  programs
in (I) airblast, (2) ground  shock, (3)  radioactivity,  and (4)  nuclear
operations.  Of these,  the radioactivity  studies  are by  far  the most
extensive.   Other studies conducted by the Army Corps  of  Engineers,
which to some extent provide information  of  importance to nuclear
safety acti vities,  include (I)  topography, (2)  geology,  (3)  hydro logy,
(4) medico-ecology, (5) nucI ear excavation design, and (6) conventionaI
engineering.  While the discussion here is directed toward  radiological
problems, these should be kept in context with  the overall purpose and
other problems of equal or greater significance.

       An assessment of a radiological  situation  in connection  with  a
nuclear excavation project involves a number of factors.  First,  a
description of the kinds, nature and amounts of radioactivity  pro-
duced in proposed nuclear detonations is  required.  Also, the  time
sequence of radionuclide production is important.   Together  these may
be designated the "source term."  The nuclear devices  contemplated
for future excavation projects are relatively low  in fission nuclide
production.   Much of the radioactivity  produced will  be through neutron
activation of surrounding materials.   While  many of the radionuclides
so produced are short-lived,  they must be considered from the  stand-
point of total amounts  produced.   Therefore, the ability  to  estimate
production of these nuclides becomes important.  Through  tests  in the
Plowshare program reliable estimates can  be  made of neutron-activated
material associated with the device,  as well as the fission  products.
This constitutes one area requiring study along with device  design
experiments.

       Radionuclides produced through neutron activation  of  environmental
material surrounding the device are, of course,  dependent on the  ele-
mental constituents of the material  which varies  with  geographical  lo-
cations.  Estimates of  production of these radionuclides  must  be  based
on assumed constitution of the media in which devices  will  be  emplaced.
Where samples of such media  can Da obtained  and chemical  analyses made,
                                                                                                                                        653

-------
 the assumptions involved are improved.   For feasibility studies  of
 large-scale nuclear excavation projects,  such as the proposed  sea
 level canal, it is not practical  to examine material  at such em-
 placement site.  However, data obtained from a variety of forma-
 tions and geographical locations  provide a basis for estimating  a
 range of values for activation products.   In general, it would seem
 that these estimates would be adequate  for planning purposes.  Ad-
 ditional experience through testing in  different media may improve
 our ability in this regard.

        The next area of concern is the  distribution of radioactivity
 in the detonation process.  Because of  its immediate importance,
 atmospheric transport and deposition is considered first.  The ele-
 ments required for estimation of  atmospheric transport and deposition
 include estimates of the radioactivity  released to the atmosphere.
 This varies over ;i wide range for a given nuclear yield and depth of
 burial;  again, it is dependent on the detonation environment.  Also
 again, the better the environment is known, the better assumptions
 can be made in this regard, and our ability to predict these factors
 will improve through testing in different media.  Based on some  actual
 geological data estimates of these factors were made in the canal
 studies.  A similar situation exists with regard to the dimensions  of
 nuclear cIouds, another i mportant eIement i n pred i ct i ng fall out.

        Through theoretical considerations and a great deal  of  experience
 in atmospheric weapons tests, close-in  or local  fallout prediction  models
 have been developed which have proven reliable within the uncertainties
 of the elements mentioned above.   These,  of course,  require knowledge
 of meteorological  conditions.  Here,  it is important  to have reliable
 data,  more than climatological.   For  preliminary or  feasibility  studies,
 it is necessary to ascertain the  frequency of favorable conditions,
 i.e. conditions under which fallout  is  confined  to acceptable  radia-
 tion levels within a designated sector  or zone.   Where such information
 is poorly  known (and orographic situations require  assessment),  field
 programs  are required  to  obtain it as  is  the  case in  the  canal  studies.
 With these data and  assumptions,  estimates can  be made of  locally de-
 posited  radioactivity.  However,  areas  of  weakness  in  our  ability to
 assess this  factor are  (I)  washout and  rainout effects,  (2)  transport
 and  deposition of  tritiated  water, and  (3)  transport and  deposition
 beyond the  local fallout  zone.  These,  especially the  first  two, are
 not  at all well-known and constitute  items  needing further  research.

       The remainder of the  technical problems with assessing  radio-
 logical situations deal with  biological transport and  its consequent
effects on man.  The external gamma radiation situation can  be assessed
from the treatment of deposition mentioned above.  Situations  so assessed
which indicate an unacceptable situation obviously preclude the  need
for assessment of possible  internal human  radiation exposure.  However,
the  latter contributes to total exposure and  in certain cases can be
critical.  It is by far the most difficult assessment  to make because
                                  654
of its complexity and its dependence on  specific environmental  informa-
tion.  The process involves tracing radionuclides through food  webs to
man.  Here, it is necessary to consider  also the radioactivity  which
was not released to the atmosphere.  For example, ground water  contamina-
tion needs consideration.  Information required includes data on human
populations and habits, particularly dietary data.   The nature  of the
population and its habits will  determine the ecological data needed.
These, of course, vary widely with geographical  regions as does the ex-
tent of available knowledge concerning them.  As in the canal study
situation, field studies to some degree  at least are required.

       Mathematical  models, ranging from very simple to highly  com-
plex, have been developed to estimate internal  radiation exposures
to human populations.  In general, the very simple models are highly
empirical and leave much to be desired in assessing complex situations.
On the other hand, the highly sophisticated models require data which
are not available and are highly theoretical, perhaps only mathematically.
Compromises have been suggested which appear to be practical, even
though some assumptions must be made.  In general,  reasonable and
practical field studies supplemented by  existing information can pro-
vide the basic animal and plant population data required.  A great deal
is known with regard to many food webs and transport of a number of
radionucIides through them.  For some food webs and some radionuclides,
it is necessary to make assumptions, and in a number of cases with few
current bases.   It is in these areas where continued and additional
research is required.  The behavior of some elements in man should be
among these research goals.

       The effects of radiocontamination of plants and animals  other
than man, as it may  indirectly affect man, should be considered.   In
some cases, because of other activities  (rapid urbanization or  develop-
ment) radiation effects could easily be dismissed.   In any case, some
assessment is possible at present.

       The last element to be discussed here is radiation protection
guidance.  To some extent all of the above should be considered  in
discussions of radiation protection guidance.  The application  of our
knowledge of radiation effects, and the lack of  it, to the establish-
ment of guides are obvious and have been discussed by others here.
Considerable research is being conducted in this area, and as methods
and techniques improve, the bases for radiation guides will become more
sophisticated.  As mentioned above, some advances can  be made through
research  into the behavior of certain radionuclides  in man.  The major
problems in the area of radiation protection guidance  seems to  be  in
the application and  interpretation of guidance.  Arguments of these
problems often go far beyond our technical  knowledge.  The balance
of risk and benefit  concept  is a difficult one to apply.  The scales
used for the balancing are seldom adjusted  properly.   This  is an area
where the researcher as well as the applied scientist  and engineer
can contribute to solutions of problems.   If the problem  is approached
                                                                                                                                       655

-------
and reported in a scientific manner, at  least the balancing  process
can be made easier in many respects.

       The current interoceanic sea  level canal feasibility  study
offers a good example of problems  in radiological safety, along with
other safety problems.  The proposed project  is the  largest  and most
complex of any to date which could  involve  nuclear excavation.  Also,
it has involved the most detailed  study  of  radiological  safety of any
proposed project to date.  The approach  being used  in  the studies in-
volving nuclear excavation will be  described  briefly below.

       The studies were begun assuming nuclear excavation designs
for Routes  17 and 25  developed  in  the  1964  study which  are summarized
in Table  I.  The final plans, yet  to be  arrived at, will depend on
geological  investigations, current  cratering  technology  and  safety
considerations.  Based on  these preliminary designs and  future nuclear
devices contemplated  for the projects, estimates were  made of the radio-
nuclides  that would be produced  in  each  detonation  (6,  7).   As men-
ti oned above, the chemi caI compos i t ion of med i a of  detonat ion po i nts
were  assumed  initially.  Based on  nuclear cratering experience to date
and assumed  geology,  the percent of radioactivity entering the atmos-
phere and cloud  heights were estimated for  each detonation (4).  These
provided  preliminary  source term  information.

       Also,  the  radionucI ides  produced  were  analyzed  as to  their pos-
sible importance with regard to  internal radiation  dose  to man.  This
 involves  a process  of elimination  from a list of several hundred radio-
nuclides.   A  number of these can  be eliminated on the  basis  of their
very  short half-lives or the very  small  quantities  produced.  The re-
mainder are  analyzed  C8-IO) from  the standpoint of  their contribution
to potential  total  internal radiation exposure, either  to critical
organs or  whole  body  exposure.  For this purpose, data  for and methods
of estimating exposure recommended  by the  International  Commission on
Radiological Protection  (ICRP) were employed.   In addition,  analyses
were  made  employing the specific activity concept in a very  conserva-
tive  manner  (7, 9,  II).  For example, one can arrive at  "Maximum
Permissible Specific  Activities"  (MPSA's) based on  ICRP  values of
Maximum Permissible Concentrations  (MPC's)  and stable element concen-
trations  in "Standard Man."  From  these  a  list can  be made of the
relative  importance of each radionuclide, then assuming  the  MPSA's
to be reached, those  contributing  to about  99^ of the  internal dose
can be determined.  The remainder  would  be  of  little significance.
Other similarly conservative estimates can  be made, thus confirming
the adequacy of this  approach.  The purpose of this analysis  is not to
ignore some radionuclides  but to determine  which require more intense
study and especially  to determine which  stable element analyses should
be made in field samples.

       Two weather stations were established on each route being con-
sidered for nuclear excavation.  From these stations meteorological
                                   656
data were obtained for fallout prediction purposes (4).  Operations were
for about 18 months on Route 17 and wi II  be for about 24 months at one
station on Route 25 (June 1969).  Using wind data obtained over about
a year, preliminary estimates of fallout indicated an area which may
require evacuation of the indigenous population.  Subsequently, an
analysis was made to determine the days on which specific detonations
could be conducted and the fallout confined to this exclusion zone.
A similar process was carried out to determine days on which there would
be no long range airblast damage.  This provided an overall  calendar
of acceptable days for all proposed detonations.  With these a schedule
for each detonation was made for planning purposes.  Using this schedule,
all available meteorological  data available, and a rapid computer model
developed for this purpose,  specific fallout predictions were made for
Route 17 excavation.   The latter are currently in process for Route 25.

       These predictions are in the form of external  gamma lifetime i so-
dose contours for each detonation and a  total  for all  detonations.   From
basic source term data, these can be converted to quantities of each
radionuclide deposited.  These provide  a  preliminary  basis on which to
assess the radiological implications involved  in nuclear excavation.
The total lifetime external  gamma O.I R  isodose contour for  Route 17
was well within the initially selected  exclusion zone.   However, be-
cause of the uncertainties involved in  the estimates  and the possibility
of unusual changes in wind patterns, it  was not felt  that the exclusion
area should be reduced in area.

       Concurrent with the meteorological  field studies were other
studies.  Among these were ecological  investigations  (8).  These con-
sisted of literature, field  and laboratory studies in  human, terrestrial,
freshwater, marine, and agricultural ecology,  as well  as hydrologic
modeling studies.  These provided a reasonably detailed description of
the areas in the various fields although,  except for  seasonal  variations,
few studies of dynamics were made.  Human  populations  were described with
regard to location and dietary customs,  as well  as other demographic
variables such as population-area trends  of the various groups.  About
five distinct population groups are involved.

       Food webs leading to  man were identified and elemental  chemical
analyses of environmental samples provide information  on the biological
availability and concentration of stable  elements in  the various systems.
With these data, ecological  transport models can be realistically modified
to represent more nearly the actual situation, and assumptions of radio-
nucl ide transfer coefficients are facilitated.  As mentioned earlier
the  latter are currently poorly known for many situations, and this is
so particularly for the geographical areas of  interest to the canal
studies.  However, with the field and laboratory data along  with
available data in the  literature,  it is felt that reasonable assump-
tions can be made.

       The overall dose estimation model  provides for total  radiation
dose estimates,  internal and external.   Estimates are made for each

-------
 distinct  population  group  and  for  elements within each group, e.g. in-
 fants.  This  process of  dose estimation  has not yet been completed.

        As mentioned  throughout this  discussion, a number of  initial
 or preliminary  assumptions were used in  the assessment.  Nuclear exca-
 vation  plans  may change  because of various factors such as actual
 geological  data obtained,  the  results  of  chemical analyses becoming
 available (12), and  additional  experience in test programs.  Also,
 changes may be  made  in nuclear device  design and thus  in the radio-
 activity  produced.   As these changes are  made or occur, the radiolo-
 gical  situation must be  reassessed.   In  fact, while it does not ap-
 pear probable from  information available  to date, it  is possible
 that nuclear  plans may require changes to provide more favorable
 radi olog icaI  s ituations.

        One of the important objectives of  a feasibility study is to
 determine where problems may exist and suggest operational solutions
 to them.   For this reason  the  studies  mentioned here  include analyses
 of operational  methods and techniques  as  integral parts of the studies.
 It is  here that provisions are made  for  uncertainties  in estimates.  In
 nuclear operations plans are included  facilities for detailed timely
 forecasts of  radiological  situations for  each detonation and means of
 limiting  detonations to  times  when situations will be most favorable
 from the  standpoint  of safety.   Also,  included are provisions for sur-
 veillance of  si tuat i ons  foI low i ng  detonat i ons and means for i n i t i at i ng
 countermeasures on a timely basis.

        Along  with the studies  described here, an analysis of existing
 radiological  protection guidance was made  (10), since comparison of
 estimates with  some  guidance is  necessary to an evaluation.  The
 establishment of  protection criteria for  nuclear excavation of a canal
 is  clearly  beyond the scope of  the canal  feasibility studies, and no
 attempt will  be made  to do this.  However, it is felt that the studies
 will be useful  in this regard  and  some possibilities will  be suggested.
 The approach  in the  canal  studies has  been to present the best esti-
 mates possible  in a  scientific  manner  so that a balance of the bene-
 fits and  risks  can be  made as objectively as possible.  The results
 will be presented so that  comparison with any criteria will be pos-
 sible.  Perhaps the judgement  involved in this balance should be
 among the bases of radiation protection guidance established for this
 and other specific applications of nuclear energy.   Perhaps research,
 in  its  broader aspects, along such non-technical  lines is  as important
as approaches to the biological effects of radiation.
                                 658
                             REFERENCES

 I.  Atlantic-Pacific  Interoceanic Canal Study Commission.   1968.
    Fourth annual report.  Washington.  in, 67 pp.

 2.  Hughes, B. C. 1968.  Nuclear excavation design of a transisthmian
    sea-level canal.  Trans. Am. Nuclear Soc. 9(2).  (Also, U.S. Army
    Engineer Nuclear Cratering Group, Livermore, California, tech.
    memo No. 6).

 3.  Battelle Memorial  Institute.  1967. Bioenvi ronrnental and radiological-
    safety feasibility studies, Atlantic-Pacific  Interoceanic Canal.
    Colombus Labs., U.S. AEC report BMI-I7I-003.  99 pp.

 4.  Ferber, G. J. and R. J. List.   1969.  Prediction of external gamma
    dose from nuclear excavation.  BioScience  19(3).  (in press)

 5.  Martin, W. E.   1969.  BioenvironmentaI  studies of the radiological -
    safety feasibility of nuclear excavation.  BioScience 19(2):  135-137.

 6.  Vogt, J. R.  1969.  Radionuclide production for the nuclear excavation
    of an isthmian  canal.  BioScience  19(2): 138-139.

 7.  James, R. A. and  E. H. Fleming, Jr.  1966. Relati ve s i gni f i cance
     index of radionuclides for canal studies.  University of California,
    Livermore, U.S. AEC report UCRL-50050-l.   10  pp.

 8.  Various.   1969.   (Along with references 4-6,  20  papers  dealing  with
    radiological safety  in the canal studies program will appear  in
    BioScience during  1969.  Also a series of  reports on the various
    ecological and  radiological safety  studies have  been  issued as
    U.S. AEC reports  BMI-I7I-OOI through -016,  including  references
    3,  |0, and  I I  Iisted here).

 9.  Kaye, S. V.  and D. J. Nelson.  1968. Analysis  of  specific activity con-
    cept as related to environmental concentration of radionuclides.
    Nuclear Safety  9(1):  53-58.

10.  Cowser, K. E.,  S. V. Kaye, P. H. Rohwer, W. S. Snyder and
    E. G. Struxness.  1967. Dose-estimation studies related  to  proposed
    construction of an Atlantic-Pacific interoceanic canal  with  nuclear
    explosives:  Phase  I.  Oak Ridge National  Laboratory, U.S.  AEC
    report ORNL-4IOI.  x, 210  pp.

II.  Lowman, F. G.  1967. Phase  I  -  final  report, estuarine and  marine
    ecology.   Puerto  Rico Nuclear Center,  Battelle Columbus Labs.,  U.S.
    AEC report BMI-I7I-007.  85  pp.

12.  Hill, J. H.  1968.  Chemical  analysis of  samples  from interoceanic
    canal Route  17.  University  of  California,  Livermore, U.S.  AEC
    report UCRL-50555 .  66  pp.
                                                                                                                                       659

-------
                             TABLE I
                PRELIMINARY EXCAVAT'C'. DESIGN DATA
                  (ISTHMIAN CANAL STUDIES-I 964)
No. Detonations

Devices per Row

Devi ce Yields

Depth of Burial

Total Yield per  Row

Total No. ot  Devices

Total Yield per  Route



*TotaI  Iength  100  mi.
  Route  17
 (48.5 Mi .)

     22

     4-38

200 KT - 10  MT

675 - 2100  Ft.

  8.4'-  30  MT

    267

    292  MT
 Route 25
(39.3 Mi.i

  19

  4-45

  Same

  Same

9 - 30 MT

  223

  245 MT
                                                                                                                                 661
                                660

-------
                      QUESTIONS FOR ALFRED W.  KLEMENT
 I.   From R.  M.  Stewart:

     In the Route 17 canal  in Panama,  what portion  of  the  excavation
     might be nuclear?  What maximum total  yield  is contemplated?

     ANSWER:

     On Route 17 in the preliminary studies,  it was intended that this
     route be excavated completely by  nuclear means.   We now have actual
     geological  information on this route  and this  indicates that there
     are some problems and  we are considering various  methods of exca-
     vating some 20 miles of that route by a  different system of nuclear
     excavation, a  combination of nuclear  and conventional, or a com-
     pletely  conventional means.   This decision has yet to be made as
     there are still  studies being made on it.

     The maximum total  yield contemplated,  and  again  I  have to go back
     to the preliminary design,  for any one row charge the highest was
     30 megatons.   This is  still  being considered.   We would like to re-
     duce this to the lowest we can and'still  do  the job and there is
     a  possibility  that this would be  done.   But  at this stage we're
     some ways from what  actual  design we  have  to have to  excavate the
     canaI.
 2.   From  George Collins:

     Would  you  care to  comment on  possible adverse ecological effects
     resulting  from a sea  level canal other than the possible radiolo-
     gical  effects?   (For  example  -  intermingling of different species
     of marine  flora and fauna from  the two oceans.)

     ANSWER:

     This, of course, is an area in  which  I am not competent.  I  can
     only say that a  look  at this  problem  is being made under the
     auspices of the Canal Study Commission by those, hopefully,  who
     are competent.   It is not an  integral part of the Nuclear Safety
     Studies of course and it's beyond the general area you would ex-
     pect our office here  to undertake.
3.  From E. A. MartelI:

    How will physical properties of radioactive cloud debris in the
    wet isthmus environment compare with those for Nevada cratering
    tests?
    How well  can debris cloud heights be predicted for large
    cratering shots in the wet isthmian environment?
                                                               3ld
                                     662
    ANSWER:

    First of all we have no experience with large scale cratering events
    anywhere.   This Is an area we certainly need information on and to
    continue in a large scale project using large yields, it's essential
    that the experimental Plowshare program continue In order to obtain
    information which can be used.   At the present time, we are forced-
    to scale from the smaller shots that we have had in Nevada and ma-
    terials are considerably different.   Our largest test, Sedan, in
    alluvium was very interesting.   Along Route 17, I  think there is
    no a I Iuvium.
    With regard to the properties of the radioactive cloud, I  think this
    is the same thing.  We are still scaling from what experience we
    have.   We certainly need, as I  mentioned,  experience in various
    environments in order to get a  better handle on this.
4.   From Danny T.  Carrara:

    Over what period of time would the 30 miles of nuclear excavation
    take place in  Model No.  25 if this model  is adopted?

    ANSWER:

    This would depend on the final design.  Whatever system is arrived
    at.   It  would  seem to me, based on our preliminary estimates, that
    this could be  conducted  perhaps over a period of 18 months, perhaps
    two years.  Certainly,  the data we have indicate  that nuclear safety
    would not prevent us from doing this, but there are other operational
    problems that  may.  For  example, with Route 25 we're talking about
    a total  construction time for the entire canal on the order of 15
    years and the  nuclear excavation part of this is relatively small.
    The same is true of Route 17, except it is a much shorter route and
    will take a much shorter time.
                                                                                                                                            663

-------
              PLANNING REQUIRED IN THE DEVELOPMENT OF
                 RADIATION PROTECTION GUIDANCE FOR
                UNDERGROUND ENGINEERING APPLICATIONS

                           Robert H.  NeiI I
                     U.  S. Public Health Service
                         Rockvi Ile, Mary I and
                              ABSTRACT

            The potential variety of engineering applications
      from the peaceful uses of underground nuclear explosives
      indicates an increased need for applicable radiation pro-
      tection guidance to protect the public health of poten-
      tially exposed populations.

            To insure the orderly development of such uses,
      additional operational data as well as bioeffects data
      will be required to develop appropriate criteria and
      guidance to inform health officials and the public of
      the significance of possible exposures.  The required
      planning includes an evaluation of the potential bene-
      fits and risks as well as  the size and age of popula-
      tion, multiplicity of sources, likely and unlikely
      future uses, and the total environmental impact.
                             INTRODUCTION

      ThIs paper  is addressed to pIann i ng in the deveIopment of rad i-
ation protection guidance for fission products and neutron induced
activities incorporated into consumer products resulting from fully
contained Plowshare projects.  The subject of guidance relating
to excavation projects and of applicable guidance in the protection
of public health  in the immediate  post-shot period are both being
covered elsewhere  in this symposium.

      Safety of consumer products  is of direct interest to the
Department of Health, Education, and Welfare; particularly to the
new Consumer Protection and Environmental Health Service of which the
Environmental Control Administration is a component.

      If the world in which we live had no financial limitations and
we were able to work in a totally  orderly way, I  could present a logi-
cal  sequence of questions to which we could address ourselves; and as
we answered each question, we could then proceed to the next perhaps
                                  664
as  foI lows:

       I.  What are the actual  radionuclides  and  actual  concen-
          trations that will be  in each of the consumer products
          obtained from Plowshare?

       2.  What are the amounts of consumer products that will
          be used by the public?

       3.  What would be the resultant whole body and other organ
          doses obtained by different populations?

       4.  Then having satisfied ourselves of the actual quanti-
          tative exposures, we could then tackle and answer the
          question, ''What are the long-term effects of this low-
          level exposure?"  Assuming that we could quantitate
          this risk to everyone's satisfaction, we could then
          proceed to obtaining ,3 consensus on the levels of
          risk wh i ch wouId be acceptabIe to all  concerned.

       Unfortunately,  as we all  know,  definitive conclusive, absolute
answers to these questions cannot be  answered to everyone's satis-
fact i on.

       But in order  to facilitate the  constructive use  of Plowshare
applications for the  betterment of society,  we must  demonstrate  what
tnese  potential risks of radiation exposure  are so they can then be
weighed against the anticipated benefits.   And this  belongs in the
pub Ii c forum.

      Congressman Craig Hosmer of the Joint  Committee  on Atomic  Energy
emphasized the importance  and  need to set  clear,  firm  guidance in  this
area,  and he reiterated"most strongly the  need to help  protect the
public health  by insuring  safe  consumer  products.

      Now then, who sets  the standards?  By  law,  the Federal  Radiation
Council has  specific  responsibilities in providing a first  level of
guidance to federal  agencies.   The AEC has been  assigned the  responsi-
bility of conducting  the  Plowshare program for the purpose  of  investi-
gating and developing peaceful  uses  for  nuclear  explosives.   While
the AEC controls the  execution  of a  Plowshare project,  the  acceptability
of any resulting products  involves the mutual  responsibility  of  both
the Public Health Service  and  the involved state  health departments
as well as the general  public  and the scientific community.   In  short,
the community  represented  here  today  has a mutual responsibility and
partnership  in assessing  the health  significance  of  Plowshare  projects.
Obtaining the  required  evidence of theoretical  calculations and  empir-
ically observed data  is of  greater importance than the identity  of the
particular organization that may have the  last word  in  setting the
allowable exposure  level.
                                                                                                                                         665

-------
                              DISCUSSION

       In August 1959 the President assigned  the  primary  responsibility
 for the collection,  collation,  analysis,  and interpretation of data on
 environmental  radiation to the  Department of Health,  Education, and
 Welfare.  The  intent was to separate the  responsibility  of evaluating
 the radioactive health hazards  from the responsibility of encouraging
 the use and development of radiation.   As part of  the discharge of
 this responsibility, the Bureau of Radiological  Health has systemat-
 ically gathered the  data on levels of  observed contamination  of radio-
 activity in the environment from our surveillance  networks, other
 federal agencies,  state health  departments,  the  AEC-sponsored national
 laboratories and others.  They  have all  been published each month  in
 Radiological Health  Data and Reports,  with interpretive  analysis when
 possible and without interpretation if time  did  not permit.   In this
 manner the results have been available for interpretation by  the
 scientific community as well as the general  public.   The importance
 of publishing  the  data in the public forum to permit  independent
 evaluations cannot be overly stressed.

       Perhaps  the  most important element  of  any  planning is the need
 to educate the public to the facts.  I  think we  can safely anticipate
 concern and fear (whether real  or imagined)  from certain sectors of the
 public and I think the most vital  ingredient in  our planning  is imagin-
 ation— imagination to anticipate the questions which  will be  raised.
 We must be eble to present the  data and the  interpretation of the
 data and have  it available for  others  to  interpret.

       The PHS  is pleased to sponsor this  symposium since it provides an
 ideal  mechanism to bring together all  of  the diverse  interests involved
 in the public  health aspects of Plowshare,  including  the Federal Radia-
 tion Council,  the  AEC,  other federal agencies, state  health department
 officials,  representatives of industry, AEC  laboratories and  many
 others.   And in bringing us together,  it  provides  a mechanism to pre-
 sent the different points of view  depending  upon one's primary interest
 in Plowshare.

       As a  representative of the  PHS,  I would  like to comment on the
 philosophy  of  "unnecessary  radiation exposure.11  If we consider a dose-
 effect relationship  from ionizing  radiation, we can observe effects in
 a  population at very  large  doses.   Increases  in the dose can  produce an
 increase in  the incidence of an observed  effect.   The order of magnitude
 of  such  doses  required  to produce  such effects involves  levels of expo-
 sure of  50  rem  or  several  hundred  rem  depending on the particular study
 being  referenced.  The  levels that  we  are concerned with here are of
 the order of a  few times  natural background which  is O.I  rem  per year.
 The question arises as  to how one can extrapolate  the observed data
 back by  a factor of 500 or  1,000 which  is the  region of  public health
 interest.  What  is the  shape of  the curve?  Whi le  the evidence of the
Russels at Oak Ridge suggests the presence of a threshold in mice, we
can ill afford to make  such  an assumption.  So we extrapolate linearly
                                 666
without using a threshold.

      If one assumes that the incidence of an observed effect is
attributable to natural background radiation, values of I0~5 for the
probability of observing an effect in a population could be noted.
Two extreme positions that have been taken from this are as follows:
Multiplying the probability of IO"5 times the U. S. population of
2 x 108 would produce 2,000 effects.  Hence producing a man-made
increment in dose equal to natural background would result in 2,000
effects in the U. S. population.   This is a patently absurd mathe-
mat i caI  extrapoI at i on.

      The second extreme position that has been espoused is to say
that the probability of an effect in an individual of 10"^ is so small
as to constitute a negligible risk to an individual and can be for-
gotten.   This extreme position is equally absurd.

      The correct conclusion to be drawn here is to avoid unnecessary
radiation exposure,  and I  think we all recognize the shared responsi
bility or partnership  in endeavoring to reduce all unnecessary radia-
tion exposure in our planning.

      Recently one witness at the Joint Committee on Atomic Energy
hearings on effects  of  radon daughter products  in uranium miners
suggested that we should await the epidemiological evidence of
observed effects in  the miner population before establishing a lower
level  of permissible exposure.  This approach is untenable to me.

      Congressman Hosmer stated and stressed the importance of develop-
ing standards for radioactivity in consumer products to insure proper
protection of the public.

      The radiation  protection guidance must establish not only annual
doses but must also address itself to the rate of accumulation of
dose.   For example,  while the cumulative thyroidal doses to children
from iodine-131  in fresh milk during the decade beginning in 1957 are
observed to be far less than the cumulative radiation protection guides,
the rate of exposure in 1957 of I  rem/year exposed those born in those
years at a rate of 10 times natural background.
     FACTORS
                THE DEVELOPMENT OF RADIATION PROTECTION GUIDANCE
      Perhaps one of the most succinct statements regarding the develop-
ment of effective standards for the protection of man's health was made
by the Surgeon General  of the Public Health Service, Dr. William H.
Stewart, at the hearings held by the Senate Commerce Committee in
August  1967.  He stated the following:

     "I.  The standards should be truly relevant to man's
          health.  We must assure that such a standard  is
                                                                                                                                       667

-------
          addressed  to the  prevention  or control  of a health
          hazard  in  man's environment.

     "2.   The  standard must be realistic and attainable.   A
          health  protection standard must be attainable within
          the  state  of the  art and at  a financial  cost which
          is  not  truly prohibitive.  Otherwise,  the standard
          would become in  fact 
-------
                    QUESTIONS  FOR  ROBERT  NEILL
 From  James  Leonard:

 In  reference  to the  benefit-risk  concept  as  applied  to  problems of
 radionucI ides in the environment,  do you  see any  role for  public
 opinion  surveys in determining  acceptable activity  levels?  For
 example,  should the  public be asked  such  questions as these:
 Would you  favor use  of  nuclear  explosives to reduce  the cost of
 natural  gas delivered to your home by "x" cents per  million  BTU's
 if  such  use increased the probability of  some form of radiation-
 initiated  health effect (say an increase  in  still births by  "v"
 incidences  per  100,000  population)?
 No,  l  dont'  th i nk quest i ons  such  as  these shouId  be  re legated  to
 a  public  opinion poll,  nor that one  should  decide  these  things  by
 persona I  op i oion.   f  th i nk,  however,  that the mechan i sm,  for
 example  th i s Sympos i urn  wh i ch we are  ho Id i ng here  today,  in  br i ^g i no
 together  under one roof the  various  interests,  certainly  the  leg i s-
 lative interests in  the presence  of  Congressman Hosner of the  Joint
 Commi ttee i nd i cat i ng  his concern  and  interest  in  the  area of pub!i c
 healtn aspects of Plowshare  applications,  as positive evidence  of
 this fact.
 From  James  Leonard:

 Would  you favor  use  of  nuclear  explosives  to  reduce  the  cost of
 natural gas delivered to  your home  by  "x"  cents  per  million BTU's
 if  such use increased the  probability  of some form of  radiation-
 initiated health effect?

ANSWER:

This  is rephrasing this general question that I  said that  it would
be  so  nice to have a final, conclusive, definitive,  absolute answer
to  solve to everyone's satisfaction as to  what constitutes the  long-
term effects and what is an acceptable risk.   I  think, though, that
we aM have 3 shared responsibility in assessing this  and  I, for
one, would not be in a position today  to try  to  describe the specific
amount in wh i ch  I wouId be  i nvoIved here.
                              670

-------
SESSION VI  - SOME IMPLICATIONS OF LARGE SCALE USE OF
               PLOWSHARE TECHNOLOGY

       Chairman:  Mr. William M.  Trenholme
         Arizona Atomic Energy Commission
                     Phoenix

-------
              INDUSTRY POTENTIAL OF LARGE SCALE USES FOR
                     PEACEFUL NUCLEAR EXPLOSIVES

                           Paul L. RusselI*
                           Bureau of Mines
                           Denver, Colorado
                              ABSTRACT

            The industrial potential for peaceful uses of nuclear
      explosions is entering a critical stage of development.
      Should Project Qasbuggy, an experiment to determine to
      what extent an underground nuclear explosion can stimu-
      late the production of natural gas from low-permeability
      formations, prove a technical or economic success, a
      great step forward will have been made.  Should other exper-
      iments now being considered in natural gas, oil shale,
      copper, coal, water resources, underground storage, and
      others, also demonstrate technical or economic advantage,
      it is conceivable to expect peaceful nuclear explosions  to
      grow from our current rate of one or two experimental shots
      per year to hundreds of production explosions per year.
      This growth rate could be severely restricted or reduced to
      zero if public safety and environmental control cannot be
      exercised.
                               SUMMARY

      The use of nuclear explosives has been proposed for a wide
range of peaceful applications.  Such use will be made only if
nuclear explosives show economic advantages over conventional
explosives.  To date we have no demonstrated economic commercial
application.  Until the experimental research program shows that
economic use is feasible and practical, nuclear explosives will  be
used for research, and the total  number of experiments per year
will be smalI.

      This paper reviews the principal  proposed peaceful  applications
for nuclear explosives and discusses each proposed use briefly.   An
estimate of future requirements for nuclear explosives is made.
* Research Director, Denver Mining Research Center, U. S.  Bureau of
  Mines, Denver, Colorado.

                                  671
                            INTRODUCTION

      As early as  1945 the possibility of using nuclear explosives
 for peaceful purposes was a subject for speculation.  By June,  1957,
 the Plowshare Program was formally established by the Atomic Energy
 Commission (AEC) for the purpose of developing and demonstrating
 such peaceful applications.  Since the first underground experiment
 in the fall of 1957, the AEC has conducted well over 200 underground
 nuclear explosives as well as a small  number of surface cratering
 tests.

      Although the majority of these nuclear tests were defense
 oriented, they, and a few Plowshare shots, have all  contributed data
 useful in the development of peaceful  applications.   Tests have been
 conducted in eight rock types—tuff, salt, basalt, dolomite, granite,
 rhyolite, alluvium, and sandstone—providing a wide  variety of data
 on many aspects of rock fracture and breakage, ground shock, and
 radioactivity.  This information was used in planning the apparently
 successful Gasbuggy experiment in sandstone, and is  the basis for
 planning other Plowshare projects.

      This paper will list and briefly discuss most  of the proposed
 peaceful  applications for nuclear explosives.   It will also consider
 the apparent numerical  requirements of future use and consider timing
 of such needs.  Technology of nuclear explosive use  will  be covered
 very briefly, since this alone is a major subject.
                         NUCLEAR EXPLOSIVES

      Nuclear explosives are unique.   They release vastly larger
quantities of energy per volume and at a rate a thousand times more
rapid than the fastest chemical explosive.  Nuclear devices are
compact, being packaged in a case 7 to 14 feet long and 20 or less
inches in diameter, with energy yields ranging from less than I
kiloton Ckt) to hundreds of ki lotons.   The small  package size permits
a nuclear explosive to be placed more  easily and at  fees cost than
chemical explosives with an equal energy yield.

      Nuclear explosives may be of the fission or fusion type, and
in either case can be constructed to produce within about 20 percent
of any desired yield.  This permits design of projects with satisfactory
safety factors, and fairly reliable prediction of radiation, rock
breakage, and seismic motion.

      All proposed peaceful uses for nuclear explosives that will be
discussed in this paper are based upon either "crater" or "chimney"
formation.  Both of these features have been well covered by other
speakers here.  For our purpose we wi I I  consider a crater a hole in
the ground surrounded by a raised lip, or rim.  We wi I I  consider a
chimney a cylinder or column filled with fragmented rock and completely
                                                                                                                                       672

-------
contained within the earth.  Figure I  shows the sequence of formation of
a nuclear explosive-created chimney, and as shown, radial fracturing
accompanies cavi ty format ion.   Th i s. radia I  fracturi ng is an i mportant
feature for many proposed Plowshare uses.  Figure 2 shows the generally
accepted profiles for nuclear crater formation based on depth of
exp1os i ve bur i a I.
                   GENERAL PLOWSHARE APPLICATIONS

      Plowshare applications, as proposed, fall  into two general
classes,  (1) contained explosions, ana (2) cratenng explosions.
Under the contained classification we might  list the following possible
uses:   (a) Oil and natural gas stimulation;  (b) j_n sjtu copper (and
other mineral)  leaching;  (c)  in situ shale oil pToduct i on; (d) under-
ground  storage faci I i t i es  for gas, water, waste, and other materi a Is;
 (e)  development of water  resources;  (f)  and  other uses.  Under the
cratering classification  we would have a general heading "Excavation,
which would  include the  following:   (a)  Canal excavation; (b) harbor
 formation;  (c) ore stripping;  (d) highway and railroad cuts;  (e)
production of  aggregate  for dam construction; (f) construction of
slide-dams;  and  (g) other.

       In  genera 1 ,  the use of  nuclear explosives  for the conta i ned
type expIos i on  has  rece i ved more  cons i deratI on recent Iy than the
 crateri ng type expIos i on  because,  in the former  case,  rad i ati on
problems  are  at  a  minimum and  do  not come into conflict with current
 treaties.   Let  us  examine in more detail some of the contained type
 uses.

Application  to Natural Gas Stimulation

      One promising use  for an underground nuclear explosion is aimed
at stimulating  the production  of  natural gas from low-permeability
formations.  Currently one experiment is underway, and two others  are
being planned  for  the very near  future.

      Gasbuggy  is  the Project  for an experiment  jointly sponsored  by
the  U.  S. Government  and  the El Paso Natural Gas Company.  A 26-kt
explosive was  fired on December  10,  1967, at a depth of 4,200 feet
 in the  Pictured Cliffs gas reservoir near Farmington,  New Mexico.   This
was  the first experiment  in the use of a nuclear explosive to stimu-
 late gas  production.  Because  this explosion was contained there was
no venting of gas or  radioacti vi ty,

      Evaluation of this  experiment  is well  along, and preliminary
results appear quite  promising.

      Dragon Trai I is the Project name for a proposed experiment to be
conducted about  17 miles  southwest of Rangely, Colorado, using a 40-kt
explosive in the Mancos B formation, at a depth of 2,700 feet.  Because
                                673
                                                                                                  3 MICROSECONDS
500 MICROSECONDS
   A FEW  SECONDS
  TO A  FEW HOURS
    FINAL
CONFIGURATION
                                                                                                            FIGURE   I. -A  Typical Sequence Of  Events  When  A Nuclear
                                                                                                                        Explosion Is  Detonated  Underground.
                                                                                                                                   674

-------
s
<
o
CD
                                     675
the Mancos B is a uniform gas reservoir,  the results  of  this experiment
should be of considerable aid in the evaluation  of other reservoirs.

      Project Rulison,  another gas reservoir experiment  is proposed for
a site in western Colorado,  about 13 miles southwest  of  the town of
Rifle.  Here a fhicl-  interbedded sand and shale  formation is estimated
to contain over 100 billion  cubic feet of natural  gas per section.

      The ideal results at RuIison would  be to produce a chimney
1,600 to 1,700 feet in  height to cut the  major gas-bearing strata.   The
initial  experiment probably  will  not produce a chimney of this  height,
but future experiments  would attempt to achieve  such  a configuration.

      If nuclear explosive stimulation is successful, the Rulison field
will  be highly productive, and a major portion of  the gas in place  can
be produced.  More than 100  individual shots of  200 kt each may be
needed to fully develop the  60,000-acre holdings of Austral  Oil
Company.   Research will determine whether seismic  effects will  permit
200-kt production shots.

      Pinedale and Wasp are  gas-stimulation projects  being considered
for western Wyomi ng.   For Pinedale,  initial studies are  underway and
actual testing may hinge on  the resuIts of Gasbuggy and  Ruli son, but
no planned date for this project has been set.  The study of Wasp is
in its very early stages and the execution date, if any, is very
uncerta i n.

AppIi cat i on to In Situ  Copper Leaching

      Leaching is the  process of dissolving metal  values from an ore,
remov ing the resulting  solution from the  undissolved  mater i a Is  and
extracting the valuable consti tuents from the so Iut i on.   Leach  i ng of
copper ores was used  as-early as 2500 B.  C., and has  become an  important
method of producing the lower grade of ores today.  Roughly 12  percent
of domestic production  was derived from this method last year.

      In situ  leaching  of ore broken by nuclear  explosions has  been
studied for some time  and is considered to present a  high potential
for use in marginal and submarg i naI  depos i ts.

      Projecl^ 5 loop is  a proposed joing Government-Kennecott Corpor-
ation i n sj^tu copper  leaching experiment, near Safford,  Arizona.   If
successful   it would,  (I) eliminate the necessity of mining and handling
hugh quantities of material, (2) increase the nation's available
domestic copper supply  by allowing the economic  development of  copper
ore deposits now beyond the  scope of current mining techniques  and
costs, and  (3) permit   large-scale mining  operations with a minimum
disturbance to the landscape.

      Project Sloop presents a high potential  for development  of economic
uses for nuclear explosives, and at the present  rate  of  progress might be

-------
conducted in 12 to  18 months.  Commercial  development might  require
detonation of 30 to 50 explosives of 50-kt each  if  seismic effects
permi t.

Application to  In Situ Shale Oil Production

      That a nuclear underground explosion,  under given  conditions,  will
produce a ch i mney of broken  rock has been  demonstrated  in  tuf f,  gran i te,
alluvium, and dolomite.   This  feature  is  the basis of a  proposed in  situ
recovery experiment for  shale  oil production from the vast oil  shale
deposits of  Colorado.

       Project Bronco experiment  proposed  for the Piceance  Basin of
Colorado would  use  a 40- to 50-kt explosive  to create a  chimney of broken
shale  some  250  or more feet in height.  This chimney would then be used
 as a retort vessel  to recover oil  by heating the shale  in  place.
 The retorted shale  oil would be pumped to the surface,  and additional
 treatment would follow for producing gasoline, diesel oil,  and other
 petroleum products.

       There has been a great deal  of  interest in Project Bronco by  a
 group of companies, but the execution of  this project  seems  months  in
 the future.  No firm estimate of potential  requirements has  been made,
 but if all  were to go well, 100 to 300 explosives of over  50-kt might
 be used.

 Application ^for jjnderground Storage Space^

       The concept of using nuclear explosions to produce underground
 storage space  is based upon the chimney formation technique,  the open
 spaces or voids in the broken rock and of the chimney  would be used  to
 store gas,  oil, water, or waste products.

       Project Ketch- is an experiment proposed by the Columbia Gas
 Corporation for the underground storage of  natural gas  in  Pennsylvania.
 In the planning stage, it involves the detonation of a  24-kt explosive
 3,300 feet below the surface in a thick impermeable shale  formation.
 It has been estimated that some 450 million standard cubic feet of  gas
 at 2,100 psi might be stored in the nuclear-produced chimney.

       This  and similar storage applications appear quite attractive
 under certain conditions and in certain sections of the United States.
 It is estimated that between 5 and 25 nuclear shots of  this  type might
 occur in the next  10 to (5 years.   Yields would vary,  but  are estimated
 at about 50-kt each.

Application to Water Resources

       Nuclear explosives may prove  effective in the very complex
                                  677
problem of water management.  The U. S. Geological Survey  (6)* states:
"Nuc I ear detonat i on wou Id be no more than an a I ternat i ve to convent! on a I
engineering means for managing water.  Regardless of the means, nuclear
or conventional, effectiveness of a management scheme may be  limited
by a hydrologic feature remote from the principal management works
(detonation site).  Thus, capability and acceptability  of the scheme
can be judged only when the whole hydrologic system is  known intimately
and rather widely."

      It is further stated:   "Effects of nuclear detonations under-
ground are relatively large in dimension and exceedingly coarse in
'finish'."  Such dimension and finish must be in scale  with thickness
of strata and other dimensions of the natural  environment.   Precise
fitting of detonation effects to minute dimensions of the environment
is impossible.  Principal  side effects of detonations — air  blast  (if any),
ground motion, and both prompt and residual  radiations — must be of
acceptable intensity lest nuclear detonation be socially or politically
impracticab le!
      Project Aquarius is  a
study of nuclear explosives  for w
not reached the scheduling stage.
                            joint U.  S.  Government-State  of  Arizona
                            for water management.   The  project has
                            tae.
      Use of nuclear explosives for water management  is  indefinite,  but
it would appear that from I  to 5 experiments  may  be performed  during the
next 5 to 10 years.   Further use is dependent on  success  of  these
experi ments.

Application to Excavation

      Of the many potential  applications  of nuclear explosives, exca-
vation is perhaps the most obvious.   Some broad uses  proposed  are
mining, removal  of overburden, quarrying,  recharge of  aquifers and
waste disposal,  storage of fluids,  harbor excavation,  canal  excavation,
flood control, highway and railroad cuts,  and slide dams.

      Several  of these proposals have received serious consideration
and study; others are in a very preliminary planning  and  consideration
stage.  (will very briefly  review  those  that have attracted the most
attention.

Cana I  Excavat i on

      Much engineering effort has been directed toward determining the
feasibility of constructing  canals  by nuclear cratering.  The  concept
has been demonstrated on a small scale and appears feasible.   The
future uses for excavation of a trans-isthmus canal is being studied
                                                                                                      Underlined number in parentheses refer to items  in  the  bibliography
                                                                                                       at the end of this report.
                                                                                                                                      678

-------
 and i nvoIves a great number of factors,  including the current  Test
 Ban Treaty, radiation, air blast, and seismic shock.   A  decision  is
 not apt to be reached in the immediate future, but research  continues
 and resuIts Iook very p rom i s i ng.

 Highway and Railroad Cuts

       This type of excavation  which parallels canal  excavation
 research was the subject of a  joint study by the Sante Fe  Railroad and
 the California Highway Department.  The  principle of  application  appears
 feasible and needs only the proper site  and economic  condition for
 poss i ble use.

 Harbor Excavation

       Here again the principles involved are basically the same as for
 canal  or surface cut excavation.   Harbor excavation  (Project Chariot)
 was studied for Alaska and is  currently  of high interest in  Australia.
 A test excavation might be made in a year or two,  but future use
 appears very I i mi ted.

 Overburden Removal
       Overburden covering an ore deposit might be  removed  by either
 single or multiple cratering blasts.   This  use has  been  studied and,
 as expected,  such use is rather limited  in  the rather  densely  populated
 United States but may be more favorable  in  some less densely populated
 fore ign areas.

 Recharge of  Aquifers  and Waste_ Disposa I

       Either  a  crater or chimney would be excavated by nuclear explosives
 in a favorable  geologic  formation  to which  surface water or waste could
 be channeled  for storage.   This  is  a potential  use that needs more study.

 Flood  ControI and Storage  of  FIu i ds

       For  this  use either  a  thowout crater  or  subsidence crater produced
 by  nuclear explosives  might  be  used to catch flood water or store
 liquids.   This  potential usage  does not  appear  economic and its early
 use  i s  doubtfu I .

Quarrying and/or  Slide Dams

      For this  application a nuclear explosive  would be used to break
 Iarge quantities of rock.   If the rock were con f i ned to a canyon or
stream bed it might create a useful dam.   Both  uses have been considered
for dam construction.

      All of the above proposed  uses are  somewhat limited at present
by the Test Ban Treaty.  For those not familiar with this Treaty,  it
                                  679
basically states that all  radiation produced from testing must be kept
within the boundaries of the country conducting the test.  Because
nuclear explosions of the excavation type produce radiation as well  as
air blast and seismic shock, areas for use appear somewhat limited.
With this in mind, it is not expected that a rapid growth of  nuclear
explosive excavation will  take place.   Unless a sea-level canal  is
cut, total excavation type blasts should number less than 10  during
the next five years.
                PROBLEMS IN USE OF NUCLEAR EXPLOSIVES

      There are a number of hazards that must be considered where
nuclear explosives are planned.  Because the purpose of  this symposium
is to expI ore many of these in deta i I,  I  will  ment ion only the major
hazards — radiation, air blast, and ground shock—which we might look
at in a Ii ttIe more deta i I.

Ground Shock

      In many cases the most serious  problem encountered in the use of
nuclear explosives may be the seismic wave.   A large part of the energy
of both contained and cratering explosions is carried off by the shock
wave, wh i ch traveIs outward f rom the  explosion point, losinq ene rgy by
heat i ng, crush ing,  and deforming the  rock.  Eventually the shock
pressures fall below the elastic limit of the medium and become an
elastic wave.   As this elastic wave spreads  concentrically, its ampli-
tude decreases rapidly with distance.   When  the wave reaches structures
or other habitation, it may cause cracking of plaster or other damage
if the particle velocity is high enough.   Since buildings and other
structures themselves are elastic, they may  respond to the seismic
wave as free oscillators and amplify  or reject the motion of the
ground.   In generaI, the Iarger the explosion, the further away we
may expect buildings and other damage to occur.

Rad i at i on
      Seeing that radiation in
major items of this symposium,
touch upon the subject.
its  numerous forms and effects are
I  would be foolish to do more than
      There are two sources of radioactivity from an underground
nuclear explosion.  One is the direct products of the nuclear reactions
(f i ss i on products and tr i ti urn).   The second is the rad i onucIi des i nduced
in the  surrounding media by the  neutrons that are expIos i on byp roducts.
Where the explosion is contained, little if any of the radioactivity
escapes to the atmosphere.  In the case of cratering explosions, con-
siderable radioactivity may be vented.  In either case,  a great deal is
known about all aspects of the radiation problem, and continued research
is producing cleaner nuclear explosions.  Thus, the future for Plowshare
I ooks prorni s i ng .
                                                                                                                                       680

-------
Air Blast

      Air blast may be a serious problem  in  some  cratering shots.  The
hot gasses vented at extreme pressure may  cause a high  velocity  blast
wave.  As this blast wave traverses  structures, •'-he  resulting  differ-
ence in air pressure, acting on the  separate surfaces,  produces  forces
that can cause structural damage.   In addition to static  pressures,
there are dynamic pressures  resulting from the air movement  accom-
panying the passage of the blast wave.

      As the  blast wave  travels  away from its source,  the over-pressure
at  the  front  steadily  decreases  and  the pressure  behind the  front  falls
off in  a  regular manner.  As this  progresses, structures  or  persons  in
the vicinity  experience  first an  over-pressure and then an under-
pressure.   Obviously,  the  safety  criteria used  for a particular  project
wi  I I  depend on the  area  involved.
                  ECONOMICS OF NUCLEAR EXPLOSIVE USE

       Although there may be a few cases in which costs  are not important,
 these will be rare indeed.  There are several  basic major cost items
 involved  in the use of nuclear explosives:  Device and  emplacement
 costs; fielding costs, including safety; and hole-size  and device
 requirements.  More emphasis on the economics of individual  projects
 will have to be developed as commercial uses for nuclear explosives
 expand.
                      TIME SCHEDULE OF FUTURE USE

       Nuclear explosives will be used commercially only if  they  show
 economic advantages over conventional explosives.   To date  we have  no
 such demonstrated application, which means that nuclear explosions  will
 be of a research nature with immediate use limited to probably less
 than 5 per year.  This rate of use should continue for from 2 to 5
 years.  Within 5 years, it is estimated that research and testing in
 natural  gas stimulation and copper leaching will indicate economic
 feasibility.   If such is the case, the use of nuclear explosives may
 expand to 10  to 30 per year.   This rate should grow during  the coming
 years (especially in gas stimulation) to possibly  100 or more explosions
 per year.   Growth in other areas is dependent on successful  test pro-
 grams that are expected to develop rather slowly.   There is  the  poten-
 tial  for a few "one-shot" type uses developing within the next 10 years,
 which may  include harbors and canals and overburden removal  and  water
 management.

       It is expected that commercial  use of cratering-type  explosions
 will  grow  very slowly and under strict limitations.   Non-cratering  or
 contained  explosions offer the earliest and potentially the  largest
 field for  future nuclear explosive application.
                                  681
                             CONCLUSION

      I  have very briefly listed and discussed those nuclear explosive
research projects now being conducted or planned for future consider-
ation.  I  have attempted to evaluate these to some extent and to
estimate the growth of nuclear explosive use for the next few years.
This projection of future use is only my own estimate;  I  am sure some
feel that the growth will be much more rapid, while others will  feel  I
am overly optimistic.   Only time will  permit an evaluation of our
opinions.   However, I  again state that I  feel future use  depends on
demonstration of economic feasibility.   Growth in  use will  be rather
slow and,  to some extent, will  be based  on development  of  capabil-
ities to field such use.
                                                                                                                                       682

-------
                         REFERENCES

I.  Coffer, H. F., H.  E. Grier, and H. H. Aronson.  The Use of Nuclear
   c-"-'~-'•	 in Oil  and Gas Production.  Procee
    Explosives           .
    Congress, 1967, 21 pp.
                                            .     e  se o   ucear
                                            d i nqs WorId Pet roIeum
2.  Coffer, H.  F., G. H.  Higgins.   NuclearExplosives for Oil  and Gas
    Stimulation and Shale Oil Recovery.  Pres. at the Southwestern
    Legal Foundation's Eighth Annual  Institute on Exploration  and
    Economics of the Petroleum Industry, '-larch f-j-3, 1968, 35 pp.
    Coffer, H.  F., and E.  R. Spiess
               osives—The Answer
                                  Commerclal Application of
       _, ,  .. .., _. _ _.  ..  _r .	.   uommerc lai  «ppiicarion or
   Nuclear  Explosives—The Answer to Oil Shale7   Pres.  at Third
   Annual Oil Shale Symposium,  Denver,  Colorado,  April  14-15, 1966,
   I ? nn
4.  "Excavation"  Part II  of the Proceedings of the Second Plowshare
    Sympos i urn,  Lawrence Rad i at i on Laboratory (Livermore), UCRL-5676,
    May  1959.

5.  Kruger,  Paul.  Nuclear Civil  Engi neerinq.  TID-23748 Atomic
    Energy Commission, 1966, 329  pp.

6.  Pi per, Arthur M.  Potent ia! Application of Nuclear Explosives  in
    Development and Management of Water Resources—Preliminary Canvass
    of the Ground-Water Envi ronment.  TEI-873, Atorni c Energy Commi ssion,
    1968, 173 pp.

7.  Ward, D.  C. and C. H. Atkinson.  Project Gasbuggy—A Nuclear
    Fractu ri ng  Experi rnent.  Soc i ety of Petro I eum Eng i neers of AI '1E,
    SPE-1273.

8.  Wi I son,  A.  R. W. ,  E. B. Render, and E.  K. Carter.  An Evaluation
    for Australian Purposes of Proposed CiviI Engineering and Mining
    Applications.  TID-4500 Atomic Energy  Commission,  1364,  219 pp.
                            683
                                                                                                APPROACHES TO  THE CALCULATION OF LIMITATIONS

                                                                                                ON  NUCLEAR DETONATIONS FOR  PEACEFUL PURPOSES*

                                                                                                                G.  Hoyt Whipple
                                                                                                           School  of Public  Health
                                                                                                            University of Michigan
                                                                                                             Ann Arbor, Michigan
                                                                                                    The long-term  equilibrium  levels of  tritium,
                                                                                              krypton-8 5 and carbon-2 4 which  are acceptable in
                                                                                              the  environment  hat1 e been estimated on  t he  fo I low-
                                                                                              ing  premises:  J '  the three  isotopes reach  the
                                                                                              environment and  equilibrate  throughout  it  in periods
                                                                                              shorter than their  half lives}   2) nuclear  detona-
                                                                                              tions  and nuclear power constitute the  dominant
                                                                                              sources of these  isotopes,   3)  the doses  from these
                                                                                              three  isotopes add  to one another and to  the doses
                                                                                              from other radioactive isotope s released  to the
                                                                                              environment} and  4) the United States,  by  virtue
                                                                                              of  its population}  is entitled to 6% of the world 's
                                                                                              capacity to accept  radioactive  wastes.

                                                                                                    These premises lead to  the conclusion  that
                                                                                              U.S.  nuclear detonations are  limited by carbon-14
                                                                                              to  60  megatons per  year.  The  corresponding limit
                                                                                              for  U.S. nuclear  power appears  to be set  by
                                                                                              krypton-85 at  100,000 electrical megawatts,
                                                                                              although data  for  carbon-2 4  production  by  nuclear
                                                                                              power  are not  available.

                                                                                                    It is noted that if the  equilibration  assumed
                                                                                              in  these estimates  does not  occur3 the  limits will
                                                                                              in  general be  lower than those given above.
                                                                                                                  INTRODUCTION

                                                                                               This paper presents the  results of  some calculations of
                                                                                         three radioactive  isotopes produced and,  in present  practice,
                                                                                         released to the environment by  nuclear explosions and  by the
                                                                                         production of nuclear power.  The three  isotopes are tritium
                                                                                         (hydrogen-3), krypton-85 and  carbon-14.   These, among  the

                                                                                         ••"The  work reported here was performed under the auspices of
                                                                                          the  U.S. Atomic  Energy Commission while  the author  was a
                                                                                          summer visitor at the Lawrence Radiation Laboratory,  Liver-
                                                                                          more ,  California.
                                                                                                                       684

-------
long-lived radioactive isotopes produced  in nuclear  fission
and fusion, are the most likely to disperse throughout the
environment.  There are few physical, chemical, or biological
mechanisms which tend to concentrate these isotopes  within
any phase of the environment.


                       THE PREMISES

     The  first  step  is the calculation  of the  steady state
concentration limit  for each  of  the  three radioisotopes.
The calculations  are  founded  on  three assumptions.

      1.    All of  each of  the  three  radioisotopes  is  released
to the environment in a  time  shorter than its  radioactive
half  life.

      2.    Each  of these  isotopes equilibrates  with  the  cor-
responding stable isotope,  which is available  in  the environ-
ment, in a time shorter than half life.

      3.    The  quantities  of  stable  isotopes  in the  environ-
ment  available  to dilute  the corresponding radioactive
 isotopes are those given  in  the  last column  of Table 1.

      It is to  be noted in Table  1 that  the hydrogen  in  the
 water of ice and sediments has been taken to be unavailable
 for dilution and that only one-tenth of the  hydrogen in  the
 water of the oceans is presumed  to  be available for  dilution.
 Only the hydrogen in land organisms and one-tenth of that  in
 sea organisms  has been taken to  be  available for dilution.
 The carbon in  undecayed organic  matter  and in  coal,  oil,  tar
 and gas has been neglected,  and  only one-tenth of that  in
 the oceans and  in sea organisms  has been taken as available
 for dilution.
                RADIOLOGICAL CONSIDERATIONS

      The maximum dose considered permissible for a person
 other than a radiation worker is 0.5 rem per year (2).
 Table 2 gives the specific activities (pCi per gram of  stable
 isotope) which will produce C.5 rem per year by several
 routes of exposure:  1) breathing, or in the case of krypton-85,
 standing in an atmosphere at the maximum permissible concen-
 tration,  2) drinking water at the maximum permissible  con-
 centration,  3) eating food that will produce the maximum
 permissible daily intake, and 4) having the maximum permis-
 sible body burden in one's bodv.  Table 2 indicates that the
 limiting specific activities for tritium and carbon-It  are
 those in the body itself, while that for krypton-85 is  set
 by  air.

                             685
Table 1.  The quantities of hydrogen, krypton and carbon
          available in the world for dilution.
Hydrogen in:
     Oceans
     Lakes and rivers

     Ice
     Atmosphere

     Sediments
     Organic material
          Total
Total (1)

1.6xl023g

5.5xl019g
2.txl021g

l.txlO"g
2.2xl022g

M.OxlO"g
Assumed to be
available for
  dilution

  1.6xl022g

  5.5x10' 9g
  7.0x10' 6
                                                   1.6xl022g
     Volume of the atmosphere     t.3xl02*cc
     (at 0°C, 760 mm)

     6 of krypton per  cc of air   W.3xlO"9g/cc

     Krypton in the atmosphere     1.8xl016g
                 1.8xl016g
Carbon in:
     Troposphere                  5.5x10 "g         5.5xl017g

     Oceans                       U.0xl019g         i*.0x!0leg

     Lakes and rivers             3.2xl017g         3.2xl017g

     Land organisms               1.0xlOI7g         1.0xl017g
     Sea organisms                8.0xl016g         8.0xl015g

     Undecayed organic matter     3.9xl018g
     Coal, oil, tar,  gas          7.Uxl0leg            -	

          Total                                    5.0xl0leg
                                                                                                                 686

-------
 Table 2.  Bases for the calculation of annual replacement
           rates.
1.   Radioactive half life

2.   Max.  perm,  body burden (3)

3.   MFC-  in public air (2)

4.   MFC*  in drinking water (2)
                                      Units
 5.  Max. daily intake in water (2)  uCi/day
                                               H-3

                                              12.3

                                              100.
                                                      Kr-85
                                                               C-14
                  10.4    5,6 n 0

                            30

UCi/cc   2xlO"7   3xlO"7   IxlO"7

yCi/cc   3xlO~J     -      8x10'"
 Specific activity'"" limit set by:

 6.  Breathing

 7.  Drinking water

 8.  Eating food

 9.  Max. perm, body burden

10.  Limiting specific activity

11.  World capacity at the
     limiting specific activity

12.  Annual replacement rate
                                    uCi/g

                                    uCi/g

                                    uCi/R

                                    uCi/g

                                    pCi/g
         0.6

         0.3

         0.2

         0.01

         0 .01
                                                      70.
                                                      70 .
    1 .

    1 .

0 .005

0.002

0.002
                                      Ci      2x10'"  IxlO12  IxlO11

                                    Ci/vear   IxlO13  7xlOl°  IxlO6
 Notes

  "MFC stands for maximum permissible concentration.

 -'''Specific activities are in uCi per gram of  stable  element.
                                                                                                       ble  2  gives  the  limiting  specific  activity
                                                                                                       hree radioisotopes,  i.e.  the  specific  activity
     Row 10 of Table
for each of the thr
of each isotope which will deliver an average radiation dose
of 0.5 rem per year to every person in the world.  These spe-
cific activities,  with the corresponding stable isotopes avail-
able for dilution  given in Table 1, permit one to calculate
the world capacity for each radioisotope;  these world capaci-
ties are given in  row 11 of Table 2.

     Each of the three radioisotopes decays with a character-
istic radioactive  half life.  Thus there is for each isotope
an annual replacement rate which will just maintain the world
environment at the limiting specific activity.  These annual
replacement rates  are given in row 12 of Table 2.

     The figures in the last three rows of Table 2 are not
suitable limits for two reasons.  First, these figures make
no allowance for the differences between the calculated pre-
dictions for an average individual in the  population, and the
actual exposure received by any particular individual.  The
Federal Radiation  Council (4) and the U.S. Atomic Energy Com-
mission (2) have both stipulated a factor  of 1/3 for this pur-
pose .
     The second reason why the wo
Table 2 are not suitable limits i
for the summing of the doses from
from all other man-made radioisot
from other man-made sources of ra
"persons in the general populatio
receive an exposure exceeding 0.5
to natural background and medical
to allow for the summing of doses
and other sources of radiation a
rid capacity figures in
s that they make no allowance
 the three radioisotopes,
opes in the environment, or
diation.  The intent is that
n at any age...  should not
 rem per year in addition
 exposures."C5).  In order
 from various radioisotopes
factor of 1/10  is appropriate.
                                                                                                            ALLOCATION

                                                                                         In considering the long pull, one must face the matter
                                                                                    of allocation:  to how much of the world's capacity is each
                                                                                    geographical unit entitled?  To what portion of this share
                                                                                    is each nuclear undertaking entitled?

                                                                                         The United States constitutes about 7% of the world's
                                                                                    surface and in 1966 had about 6% of the world's population  (6),
                                                                                    On the other hand the United States is at present using  about
                                                                                    30% of the world's energy  (7).  If the principle of one  man,
                                                                                    one vote is extended to one man, one polluter, the United
                                                                                    States' allocation is about 6% of the world's capacity to
                                                                                    accept radioactive wastes.

-------
     Nuclear explosives (fission and fusion) and nuclear power
(fission) are today the dominant sources of the three radio-
isotopes considered in this paper.  Whether an equal share of
the available capacity is to be allotted to each of these under-
takings, or whether more of the capacity goes to one than the
other is a matter to be decided on the relative importance of
explosions and power.  As an illustration, but surely not as
a recommendation, the following calculations have been made
by allocating a half of the U.S. capacity to nuclear explosions,
a half to nuclear power.

     Table  3 summarizes the radiological and allocational con-
siderations, and  indicates  that about  1/1000 of the replacement
rates  in the last row of Table  2  is  appropriate for U.S. nuclear
explosions,  and an  equal amount for  U.S. nuclear power.
          Table 3.   Summary of considerations.




Radiological

     Individual variation from the  average

     Summing of doses from various  isotopes
                                                                                                                                       Factor
                                                                                                                                        1/3

                                                                                                                                        1/10
          PRODUCTION OF THE THREE RADIOISOTOPES

     The production of the three isotopes under consideration
by nuclear explosions is a function of several factors:   a) the
fission to fusion ratio,  b) the atomic composition of the
explosive device and its associated equipment,  c) the compo-
sition of any neutron shield that is used, and  d) the compo-
sition of the soil in which the explosive is detonated.   These
factors may be manipulated for engineering purposes, and are,
further, veiled by security classification.  The estimates for
the production of the three isotopes by nuclear explosives
have been based on the declassified information in the upper
portion of Table t.

     The corresponding production figures for tritium and
krypton-85 are given in the lower portion of Table 4.   Note
that no figures for the production of carbon-14 by nuclear
power appear in Table 4.  Such production certainly occurs
by neutron capture in nitrogen whenever air and neutrons get
together, but no estimates of production rates appear to have
been made.

     Tritium may be produced in nuclear reactors by neutron
capture in hydrogen-2 and in lithium-6.   It has been estimated
that the amounts of tritium produced by these reactions in
power reactors may perhaps equal the tritium produced by fis-
sion (13).  As a consequence, the tritium production figure in
Table 4 should be increased from 14 to perhaps 30 Ci per elec-
trical megawatt-year.
                                                                                     Allocation
                                                                                          United States'  share of world capacity

                                                                                          Share allotted  to nuclear explosions

                                                                                          (an equal share is allotted to nuclear

                                                                                           power)

                                                                                                                combined factor
                                                    0.06

                                                    1/2
                                                                                                                                         0.001
                             689
                                                                                                                  690

-------
Table 4 .   Product ion rates of the three radioisotopes.
Nuclear explosive s

     fission to fusion ratio (8)     10 kt fission for 1 Mt fusion

     10 kt of fission (9)            1.46xl024 fissions

     krypton-85 fission yield (10)   2.93xlO~3 per fission

     krypton-8 5 production
     tritium production C 8,9)

     carbon-14 product ion(8)
290 Ci per 10 kt  fission,
i.e. per 1 Mt fusion

IxlO7 Ci per Mt fusion

15 Ci per Mt fusion
Nuc 1 ear powe r

     electrical to thermal ratio     1 MwCe)  for 3 MwCt)

     1 Mw(e) for 1 year (11)         9.86xl023  fissions

     krypton-85 fission yield (10)   2.93xlO~3  per fission

     krypton-85 production           480 Ci per MwCe)  in  1 year

     tritium fission yield (12)       9.5x10 5 per fission

     tritium production              14 Ci per  Mw(e)  in 1 year
                             691
                                                      LIMITS  ON  NUCLEAR  EXPLOSIVES  AND  NUCLEAR  POWER

                                                     In  Table  5  the  production  figures  developed  in  Table 4
                                                for  tritium,  krypton-85  and  carbon-14 have  been used to deter-
                                                mine  the  limits  imposed  on nuclear  explosives and nuclear
                                                power by  1/1000  of the world  replacement  rates, given in
                                                Table 2,   It  is  evident  from  Table  5 that the limit  on U.S.
                                                nuclear  explosions is  set by  carbon-14  at about 70 megatons
                                                per  year  and  that U.S. nuclear  power is limited by krypton-85
                                                to about  150,000 electrical  megawatts.
                        DISCUSSION

     Under the idealized conditions used i
90% of the final equilibrium specific acti
reached in about three half-lives, say 35
and krypton-85, and 20,000 years for carbo
to release more than the equilibrium rates
such averages must be compensated by relea
equilibrium rates in other years.   This is
on credit and does not violate the Atomic
requirement that exposures mav be averaged
longer than one year (2),  provided the lim
activities are not exceeded.
n these calculations,
vities will be
years for tritium
n-14.  It is possible
 in some years, but
sing less than the
 analogous to buying
Energy Commission
 over periods no
iting specific
                                                     The  premise  that  the  three  isotopes  are  released to the
                                                environment  in  periods  shorter than  their half-lives  should
                                                be  questioned.  If  it  can  be  shown,  or  if it  can  be  arranged
                                                that  90%  of  the limiting isotope  can be restrained  from enter-
                                                ing the environment  for three or  more half-lives, the limiting
                                                rates in  Table  5  may be increased by a  factor of  ten.

                                                     The  premise  that  the  three  radioisotopes equilibrate
                                                throughout the  environment in periods shorter than  their half-
                                                lives is  tenuous.   However, to the  extent that equilibrium
                                                is  not established,  specific  activities will  be higher in some
                                                locations than  would be the case  in  complete  equilibrium.  If
                                                the portions of the  environment  that are  at higher  than equi-
                                                librium specific  activities lie  on  human  food pathways, then
                                                limits lower than those in Table  5  must be used.

                                                     The  factors  used  to allow for  individual variations from
                                                the average, for  the summing  of  doses,  and for rationing may
                                                be  considered as  conservative safety factors.  Safety and
                                                conservatism receive great, perhaps  undue emphasis  in radia-
                                                tion .  However, in  considerations of the  environment, it is
                                                wise  to set  aside certain  portions  to lie fallow  for future
                                                and unforeseen  needs.
                                                                                                                  692

-------
Table 5.  Limits on nuclear explosions and nuclear power
          for the United States.
                                    H-3
                                              Kr-85
                                                         C-1H
World annual replacement rate,
     Ci/year (from  Table 2,
     row  12)

The United  States'  share for
     nuclear explosives, or
     power, Ci/year (see
     Table  3)

 Limit  imposed  on nuclear ex-
     plosives, Mt/year

 Limit  imposed  on nuclear power,
     Mw(e)
Ixl0l!     7xl010      IxlO6




IxlO10     7xl07      IxlO3


1,000     21(0,000     67


7x10"     150,000
                             693
     The concept of balancing risks against benefits has been
worked very hard, perhaps to exhaustion, in radiation protec-
tion.  In the present context this concept leads to two ques-
tions of singular subtlety:  risks to whom?  benefits to whom?


                       CONCLUSIONS

     The deliberations presented here lead to the conclusions
that on the long view U.S.  nuclear detonations are limited by
carbon-lH to an average rate of 70 megatons per year, and that
the corresponding limit for U.S. nuclear power appears to be
set by krypton-85 at 150,000 electrical  megawatts.  These
limits can be raised if means are devised to prevent the escape
of the limiting radioisotopes to the environment.
                                                                                                                  694

-------
                           REFERENCES
10.

11.

12.


13.
A.  Poldervaart,  ed.   Crust of  the  Earth3  Geological  Society
of  America, New  York,  p. 121-123,  1955.

U.S.  Atomic Energy  Commission  Rules  and Regulations,
10CFR20.

International  Commission on Radiological Protection,
Report of Committee  II on Permissible Dose for  Internal
Radiation, Health  Physics .5:1,  1960.

Federal Radiation  Council, Background Material  for the
Development of Radiation Protection  Standards,  Report
No.  1, p. 30,  May  13,  1960.

National Council on  Radiation  Protection and Measurements,
Radiation Protection in Educational  Institutions,  NCRP
Report No. 32, p.  7, July 1, 1966.

L.  H.  Long, ed.  World  Almanac,   Newspaper Enterprise
Association, New York, 1968.

P.  C.  Putnam, Energy in the Future,  Van Nostran, New  York,
1953.

F.  W.  Stead,  p. 128 in Engineering  with Nuclear Explosives,
TID-7695, 1964.

J.  A.  Miskel, •& . 153 in Engineering  with Nuclear Explosives,
TID-7695, 1964".

American Institute of  Physics  Handbook, 2nd ed, D.  8-225.

Atomic Energy Desk Book, p.  353, Rheinhold, 1963.

E.  L.  Albenesius and R.  S.  Ondrejein, Nucleonics IB:  No.  9,
p.  100,  1960.

J. E.  Blomeke ,  F. E. Harrington, Management of  Radioactive
Wastes at Nuclear Power Stations,  ORNL-4070, January  1968.
                                695
                                                                                                               QUESTIONS FOR HOYT WHIPPLE
                                                                                              From Alex Grendon:

                                                                                              Did you  take into account the annual  production of carbon-14 and
                                                                                              tritium  by cosmic radiation?  Do you  know if  these amounts are
                                                                                              significant in relation to potential  production by man's  activities?
                                                                                             ANSWER:

                                                                                              I do not  have the  f i
                                                                                             of these  two isotope
                                                                                             of the rates that  I
                                                                                             do a I i ttle s imple  a
                                                                                             statement, wh ich  is
                                                                                             ticular re lease rate
                                                                                             wouId uItimateIy
                                                                                             mi I Ii rem  per year  fr
                                                                                             one i n the room who
                                                                                             recaI I, carbon-I 4  an
                                                                                             smaI I  part of the  na
gures w i th me, but the natural  p roduct i on rates
s,  as  I recaI I, are smaII, very smaII fract ions
have been speaking about  here and  I think if  you
rithmetic, you'll help me gain confidence in  this
based on  a poor memory, which said  that  the par-
 which is one  thousandth of the release  rate  that
d to 0.5 rem per year would lead to 0.5  of a
om the United  States alone.  There  may be some-
remembers the  breakdown well enough, buf as  I
d tritium from natural causes constitute a very
turaI background exposure.

-------
ROLE OF INDUSTRY  IN THE ENVIRONMENTAL HEALTH AND SAFETY ASPECTS
            OF THE DEVELOPING PLOWSHARE  INDUSTRY

                      Norman Hi I berry
               Professor of  Nuclear  Engineering
                   University of  Arizona
                           ABSTRACT

         It -is  first pointed out that no person or organisa-
   tion has a more vital interest in the early establishment
   of an effective health and safety program within which
   commercial operations based on Plowshare technology can
   be carried on with assurance than does that facet of in-
   dustry which is directly involved in the attempt to prove
   out these Plowshare applications.  The formulation of
   such a code must be a matter of the highest priority to
   all concerned.

         To accomplish this task successfully, however, re-
   quires the exercise of a truly hard-nosed objectivity
   both on the part of the Governmental agencies who bear
   statutory responsibility for ensuring the public health
   and safety and also on  that of the industrial groups who
   are trying to realize the significant economic potentials
   inherent in the Plowshare technology.  While it is abun-
   dantly clear that achievement of a sound and reliable
   public health and safety code is imperative for both
   regulatory agencies and operating industry, it must also
   be recognized that both groups serve the inescapable ad-
   ditional responsibility of acting as the public's trustees
   to assure the healthy development of a new technology which
   may well prove to be of vital importance to the Nation.
   The basic nature of the joint operating procedure required
   in order to provide an effective way of fulfilling these
   common obligations is then examined.

         The discussion then turns to the present stage of
   the developmental progress of the potential Plowshare in-
   dustry.  Scientific breakthrough has long since been ac-
   complished and scientific feasibility has been quite
   generally proven.  For a number of important possible ap-
   plications even technological feasibility has been estab-
   lished.  In these cases the demonstration of economic feasi-
   bility and the attainment of public acceptance are the two
   factors that still remain to be achieved before a full-fledged
                              697
if still infant industry becomes a reality.  Industry alone
is capable of determining economic feasibility.  It is also
upon industry that the primary responsibility for gaining
public acceptance will fall and with all other factors
"go" it will be this latter factor, the public's willing-
ness not only to tolerate but actually to "buy," that will
determine whether there is to be a business or not.

      Whether or not any proposed commercial application
will prove to be economically feasible and whether or not
public acceptance can be achieved will depend critically
on the nature of the essential health and safety activities
required and on the associated costs of these activities.
For industry to proceed with effectiveness,  three immediate
measures are particularly needed.

      First, a tentative, "best-as-of-the-moment" health
and safety code covering operational procedures  and end
product specifications should be formulated to  serve as  a
test set of rules for immediate field use and as a con-
crete, "point-of-departure" statement in  the development
of the eventual regulatory code.   The upcoming  technolo-
gical feasibility tests in the Plowshare  program should
then be used to evaluate its commercial applicability and
to guide its evolution toward regulatory  status.   Here joint
action is obviously imperative.

      Next, if the foregoing is to be meaningful,  the re-
search and development aspects of these upcoming tests with
respect to health and safety,  important as they  are,  must
be scrupulously separated,  at  least costwise, from the
necessary health and safety operational activities  as speci-
fied in the provisional code.   No  matter  how cogent,  con-
siderations of budgetary expedience must  not be  permitted
to intervene either within the Governmental  agencies  or
within the participating industrial organizations.   Honest,
"unloaded" operating costs are an  absolute must  if the tests
themselves are to be meaningful.

      Finally,  it must be recognized that time is  one of
the most significant factors in determining  the  success or
failure of any industrial endeavor.   The  present case is no
exception.   The time factor must be kept  continually  in mind,
for delay can spell defeat for a commercial  activity just
as surely as can technological failure.  Whenever a contem-
plated course of action will impose delay, it is vitally
important that the anticipated advantages be weighed metic-
ulously against the possible detriments lest the hope of
small gains inadvertently lead to the achievement of total
ruin.  Here again the truly judicial sort of appraisal
                                                                                                                                  698

-------
       required can be realized only  to  the  extent  that  open  com-
       munication and joint evaluation procedures can be estab-
       lished.

             Success in implementing  the required joint  operations
       with due regard to individual  responsibilities is antici-
       apted.
       Mr. Chairman, Fellow Panelists,  Colleagues.   I am particularly
 happy to have the privilege of  being a member  of this  panel discus-
 sion and this on two distinctly different  counts.   In  the  first place,
 having not only officiated at the birth of  the nuclear energy health,
 safety,  and b i o-medi caI  research programs  but  also  having  nursed
 them around the clock for their first  twenty years, attending this
 symposi urn is very much Ii ke comi ng back to  a family reunion to see
 how the  children and grandchildren are doing.

       In the second place, I  feel  highly complimented  by my industrial
 colleagues to be asked by them  to present this  discussion  of the nature
 of industrial responsibilities  in the  area  of  environmental health and
 safety.   My position as  university professor and ex-National Laboratory
 director speaking in behalf of  industry is  not quite as anomalous as
 it might appear at first  sight  since I  have served on  the  Board of
 Directors of the Atomic  Industrial  Forum for the past  seven years.
 Thus what I  have to say  reflects  this  latter experience fully as much
 as it does the  former.

       Before proceeding to my discussion of industry's role in environ-
 mental health and safety,  I  would  like  to make  one point emphatically
 clear.   Nowhere during my  long  career  in the nuclear field have I  found
 a  more deep-seated  respect for  a  fully  effective health and safety pro-
 gram than  I  observe  everywhere  within  the nuclear industry.  I  realize
 that in  these days  it  probably  verges on the immoral to suggest that
 any  segment  of  industry is  indeed  actively  safety conscious.  I  am con-
 vinced,  nonetheless, that  no  individual  or  group is more keenly and
 more  completely  concerned  with  achieving a  totally safe operation  than
 is the nuclear  industry.   A major  segment of this industry's top manage-
 ment  has come up  through the  nuclear laboratories and nuclear energy
 production facilities where traditionally an acute consciousness of
 the  need to  monitor every conceivable source of potential  trouble  and
to do so ceaselessly is bred  into the very marrow of their bones.   No
one  is more aware than they that the one nuclear accident that we  can
never tolerate  is the first.  True, although all of us  are vitally
concerned with the overall nuclear health and  safety program,  each of
us must perforce operate within quite different areas of responsibility
and thus  may differ amongst ourselves concerning the most suitable ways
of achieving the goal of a totally safe operation.   With respect to the
nature of the goal, however, and to the necessity for attaining it.
                               699
there exist no differences at a I I  - we all  share a common conviction.
Indeed from the industrial point  of view,  unless that goal  can be ef-
fectively achieved, there can be  no significant nuclear industry.  It
is for this reason that that facet of industry which is directly in-
volved in attempts to prove out the industrial feasibility  of econom-
ically promising Plowshare applications is  vitally concerned with the
early establishment of an effective health  and safety code  within
which commercial  operations based  on Plowshare technology can be
carried on with assurance.  Such  a code is  in a real sense  the legal
skeleton upon which the operating  musculature of sound safety practice
can be fixed.  Such a code will  not spring  full formed from the waves.
It must evolve, but it can do so only if  some primeval  form exists
f rom wh i ch a Iogi caI  evolut i on can foilow.   The formuI at i on of th i s
elemental safety structure must be our first order of business and a
matter of the highest priority to  alI  concerned.

      Now it is quite clear that the statutory responsibility for
generating this essential tentative code,  for developing it through
its evolutionary stages to full  regulatory  status and for its enforce-
ment when established, must lie with the  government agencies.  With
the very considerable body of data already  available both in the fields
of blast phenomena and of radiation effects, one might question why the
first steps toward such a code have not already been taken.  The answer
to that to produce even a wholly  tentative  and purposely elemental  code
is not so simple as it might appear.  Permit me to  illustrate with an
example from our national nuclear  history.

      I  had the privilege of living right  at the center of  the first
case of  the development of nuclear safety  requirements.  That was  in
connection with the design of the  X-IO nuclear reactor at what 'S now
Oak Ridge National Laboratory, with that  of the Hanford production
reactors at Richland, Washington,  and with  the design of the chemical
Processing facilities at both locations.   The need for radiation safety
guidance was first propounded in  emphatic  fashion by the physicists
at the Metallurgical  Lab as early  as March  or early April  1942 and
was seconded by the chemists shortly thereafter.  Prior to that, in
early February 1942,  a medical examination  program, with radiation ef-
fects constituting a  principal objective,  had already been  established
at the Laboratory.  Following this, a radiation monitoring organiza-
tion was set up during February and March,  and an instrument division
was organized to design and produce the necessary monitoring devices.
When the full impact  of the radiation problems  inherent in nuclear
reactors was recognized, a Health  Division  was established in April
which included the existing medical examination and radiation monitoring
activities and which also initiated intensive medical and biological
research programs  in radiation effects on  living systems and  in the
toxicology of the  radioactive and  other esoteric materials with which
we were deaIi ng.

      The first order of business  of this Health Division was to come
up with a statement on reactor shielding requirements since the X-IO
                                                                                                                                       700

-------
reactor was already  in the design stage.   It  was  fortunate  that the
reactor physicists, the reactor engineers,  and  the  bio-medical  personnel
had to live together.  With only the  sketchiest of  data  available and
with their own early experiments  indicating that  those prior data were
in some instances suspect, the bio-medical  staff  did the normal, to-be-
expected thing.  They  looked  at the  data  and  decided on  what that raw
data would  indicate  a  safe "permissible level"  to be. Then on  the
basis of the general state of experimental  statistics in biological
investigations,  they  introduced a  safety  factor of  ten.   Since  the data
in this case were at  least partially suspect, they tossed in a  tentative
additional  factor of  ten.  Finally,  since no  accident could be  tolerated,
not only on the  basis  of  the  value of the human lives that might be
directly  involved  but  also because an accident  could breach the military
secrecy and thus endanger the entire National security,  they decided
to  really  play it  safe and put  in another factor  of ten  or so.   Here
was where  juxtaposition of personnel paid off,  for when  the bio-med
 personnel  announced their permissive dose specification, the physicists
 and in particular  the engineers nearly exploded.   There  were comments
 that  the  proposed  exposure level  was far lower than the  level of cosmic
 rays  to which man  is exposed during his  lifetime.  This  blast didn't
 seem to shake the life scientists too much.  However, when they saw the
 engineers' figures on what their proposed  level was going to mean  in the
 thickness of the shielding that would be required to achieve an attenu-
 ation of the reactor  radiation down to their stipulated level,  they were
 shaken.   It was a sort of "fi I I-aI I-space-with-concrete-leaving-a-smalI-
 hole-in-the-middle-for-the-reactor" deal.  At this point, the hard-nosed
 give-and-take of arguing out a fully safe  but practicably achievable
 reactor shielding design got under way,  and  in due course a suitable
 design was achieved.  True,  the bio-medical  staff did retreat from their
 original extreme position, but they did  so without compromising the real
 safety of the reactor.  What they did  do was to trim some of the "super-
 super" factors  they had put  in.  These had been  introduced not because of
 requirements  implied  in the  available  data or even the  known uncertainties
 in the data,  but because of  that very  basic  human reaction that, if safe
 is safe, doubly safe  must per se be  better - a sort of  inverse "over-
 kill" philosophy.

       Now  I suspect that  I have overstated somewhat the exact values of
 the safety factors that were actually  involved in this  case, but I have
 not overstated  the case  itself in the  slightest  in terms of the opera-
 tional philosophy  it  portrays.  The project  never could have met its
 schedules had it not  been for the intimate,  hard-nosed  give-and-take
 between the reactor designers who, to the  best of our belief at the
 time, held the  Nation's military survival  in their hands, and the bio-
 medical personnel  who we held responsible  for the health and safety
 both of the future reactor operators and of  the civilian population
 who could conceivably suffer serious damage  by faulty design.  The out-
 come of that dialogue was that each group, under the spur of the other,
 exercised a degree of critical evaluation of their own  scientific and
 technological positions that it would have been essentially impossible
 to have achieved otherwise.   They arrived at the solution both demanded -
701
                                                                    full  safety  - and  they  arri ved at that solution  wh i le keep ing wi th i n  the
                                                                    bounds  of  technological  and economic  feasibility.

                                                                         The  situation  we  face today,  in  its  basic  managerial  aspects,  is
                                                                    strikingly similar.   The compulsory physical  juxtaposition  of the dif-
                                                                    ferent  concerned groups  within a  single organizational  structure  Is. ab-
                                                                    sent, and  the dramatic,  driving sense  of urgency obviously  does  not ob-
                                                                    tain.   Otherwise,  the two situations have much  in  common.   For example,
                                                                    there can  be  no question  but that both the  government agencies and  the
                                                                    Plowshare  industries  involved  share the firm conviction  that  a fully
                                                                    safe operation  is  imperative;  the agencies  are under  statutory require-
                                                                    ment to ensure  it, and the  industry cannot  endure  without it.   I would
                                                                    also say that while  the  present state  of scientific and  technological
                                                                    data within the nuclear  business  is enormously improved  over  that
                                                                    existing in  1942,  nonetheless  the data  in the Plowshare  field  are suf-
                                                                    ficiently  inadequate  to  tempt  anyone devising a  safety code to adopt
                                                                    the "doubly safe"  philosophy until strongly persuaded by circumstance
                                                                    to do otherwise.   Finally,  it  is  also  true  that  here as well as in the
                                                                    historical instance,  the  bio-medical fraternity  which must necessarily
                                                                    constitute the core of the  governmental agencies involved are not only
                                                                    explicitly charged by statute  with responsibility for essentially
                                                                    guaranteeing  the public  health  and safety,   but implicitly, by the very
                                                                    existence  of  the statute  under  which they operate,  they are  also made
                                                                    joint trustees of  the public  interest  in the attainment of the benefits
                                                                    which successful exploitation  of  the field might yield.  Had  it been
                                                                    otherwise, the statute would simply have prohibited the potential ap-
                                                                    plications a  much  simpler solution than strangling  the cat with the  hot
                                                                    butter  of  a body of  prohibitive health and  safety regulations.  It seems
                                                                    to me that we face much the  same  situation we did twenty-seven years ago,
                                                                    and I believe that the same  basic motivations exist on the part of the
                                                                    regulators and the regulated.   Today both groups require a fully safe
                                                                    operation  and, even though their  reasons for so doing may be quite dif-
                                                                    ferent, this  in no way alters  the identity  of their joint purpose.
                                                                    Again both are concerned with  the achievement of  a  technological  and
                                                                    industrial goal, one  that could prove to be of vital   import  to the nation
                                                                    as a whole.   The significantly  augmented national reserves of proven
                                                                    recoverable natural  resources  available to our economy without recourse
                                                                    to transport  outside  the  protection of our geographic boundaries which
                                                                    could result  from  a  successful  Plowshare enterprise and the  impact of
                                                                    this altered  domestic situation on our  international  relationships and
                                                                    policies provides one case  in  point.  The present Plowshare  stakes may
                                                                    lack the urgent crisis character  of the wartime case but, if evaluated
                                                                    for the long  run,  they could eventually prove to be of equally vast
                                                                    nat i onaI s i gn i f i cance.

                                                                          In one  area, however,  the differences are marked.  In  a regulatory
                                                                    society any scientific and technological cohabitation between regulators
                                                                    and the regulated  may indeed be deemed  far more  immoral than are certain
                                                                    more generally practised  varieties of  the act.  Be that as it may and
                                                                    as difficult  as it obviously may  prove to be to  achieve, ws  must find
                                                                    a means of generating a  true government agency - Plowshare industry
                                                                                                    702

-------
 dialogue - if we are to be successful in the enterprise on which we
 are all engaged.  All the government agencies involved must know and
 really understand the full industrial implications of the measures
 they propose.  On the other hand, industry must know how safe is
 safe.  In their eyes it could turn out not to be safe enough.  Industry
 must also know precisely upon what safety depends, on an across-the-
 board basis, and fully understand in what way, because only thus can
 regulation be translated into rational  operating procedure.   The im-
 mediate and urgent problem is that of establishing such an effective
 dialogue.  In my view this meeting constitutes a useful first step.
 More meetings with perhaps a quite different "meeting format" might
 be the next step.  But whatever the answer, it will  have to be sought
 actively by all  concerned; passivity can only spell  frustration and
 disastrous delay if not indeed total  defeat for our time.

       But having made these comments, what bearing do they have on the
 question at hand?  What is the nature of the industrial involvement
 and of its responsibilities,  direct and indirect,  as far as the environ-
 mental  health and safety aspects of  its proposed commercial  Plowshare
 activities are concerned?  Acturally the answers depend on the way in
 which one projects his views  of these operations into the future.   The
 major Plowshare  operations themselves might become a government monopo-
 lized business with industry  simply  hiring the government  to do a  job
 for them.  If this were to be the case,  however, a Plowshare industry
 of the magnitude one can readily foresee,  should the envisioned activi-
 ties prove to be commercially feasible,  would  put  the government among
 the top elite of Fortune's Five Hundred.   Unless the Commission's
 statutory mandate to use its  powers  to  strengthen  competitive private
 enterprise were  revoked,  I  find it difficult to  imagine such 3 develop-
 ment as even  remotely  probable.   However,  it is  an admittedly possible
 outcome and,  should it  occur,  industry's  direct  role in health and safety
 matters would be essentially  nonexistent  as  far  as the  direct Plowshare
 phases  of  a  project were  concerned.   Industry  would  still  be directly
 concerned  with the  health  and  safety  aspects of  product processing and
 control,  but  only with  respect to the problems  involved in  the commercial
 distribution  of  those products.   It would  also be  vitally,  if  indirectly,
 concerned with the  costs of the  government's health  and safety activi-
 ties  in  its Plowshare operations,  since these costs  could well  determine
 the  total  feasibility of any project.   Important as  these concerns  may
 be,  they require  at most no more  than modest direct  industrial  involve-
 ment.

      If, however, the operating  role of the government  in Plowshare
enterprises should eventually be  limited strictly  to  the actual emplace-
ment and detonation of the nuclear explosive (which operation,  like its
health and safety monitoring activities, must remain  a  statutory
monopoly of the Commission for any foreseeable future)  while  preparation
of the site in readiness for the emplacement and detonation  becomes the
responsi b iIity of the concerned  industry, then industry's respons i b i Iit ies
with respect to environmental  health and safety  assume  a very  different
guise.  They are  no longer matters of indirect concern; they now Iie at
                                703
the very core of the considerations which determine the feasibility of
a project in the first instance and, if  feasibility seems assured, they
play a dominant role in the operations that follow.  Since I  am personally
convinced that a viable industry based on Plowshare technology can be
established in the near future only if industry plays this sort of major
management role, I  will assume that this is the case in the discussion
that follows.  I must emphasize, therefore, that what I  have  to say
has validity only to the extent that my  assumption itself proves to be
vaI id.
      It is easy to argue that, in this activity, industry has no responsi-
bility and hence no role whatsoever.  The Public Health Service holds
under Congressional mandate the country-wide responsibility to ensure
the protection of the national health.  The Atomic Energy Commission is
charged by Congressional statute with the ultimate responsibility of
ensuring the public health and safety in those specific instances in
which these might be affected by nuclear activities.  None of these
concerned organizations can abdicate these responsibilities either in
whole or in part.  Moreover, any governmental agency with regulatory
responsibilities must emulate Caesar's wife.  Not only must it make
certain that other possible interests can in no way influence its regu-
latory judgments,  it must assure that not even an appearance of such a
possibility could exist.  Thus, for  industry even to suggest any direct
initiative role  in the development of the regulatory code under which
its operations must be-carried out would obviously be totally untenable.
Clearly, those who would argue that  industry should have no part, how-
ever remote, in this procedure have a persuasive case.

      However, as  I pointed out earlier, the trusteeship for insuring
health and safety  is inextricably enmeshed with the trusteeship for
realizing Plowshare benefits, and industry bears a very direct responsi-
bility with respect to the  latter.   Industry clearly faces a very real
dilemma.   If it takes the easy path  and washes  its hands of any part
whatsoever in the development of the  regulatory code,  it avoids all
possible hint of collusion - and a  lot of hard work - but  it may, by
the same token, consign  its incipient enterprise to an  infant's grave.
On the other hand, even  to gesture toward the other extreme of playing
a direct role in the development of  the regulatory code would  in my
estimation not only be both inappropriate and inadvisable  but would
also constitute an act of self-immolation on a truly pyrotechnic
poli t icaI pyre.

-------
      But there is a defensible middle ground, and  it  is  this  that  both
industry and government must seek, difficult  as  that search  may  be.   As
to what constitutes safety and proper protection of health,  the  public
itself, through the medium of  its governmental structure,  must say.   No
matter how knowledgeable  industry may be  in health  and safety  matters,
its position is inescapably one that bears the appearance of bias if  not
of bias itself, and even  the appearance of bias  vitiates  its opinions
and judgments except  insofar as they  lend weight to the government
findings by their  concurrence.  Where  industry can  properly  contribute
(and where  its  responsibility  to the public  under its  Plowshare  benefits
trusteeship would  dictate that it  must)  is  in making  it quite  objectively
clear  just  what are the  associated costs  to  the  economy of the proposed
regulatory  measures.   It has  been  my experience  that  by and  large in
situations  of  this kind  no one is  more  interested in  this sort of demon-
strably objective  information  than is  the regulatory  body itself.  It
has  no desire  to  do its  work with  its  overall vision  blurred by" a fog
of  uncertain  or totally  unavailable  data  from the economic areas of con-
cern.   It welcomes all the trustworthy  information  it can obtain on the
true impact of its operations upon the  activities it  affects.   Certainly
 the Atomic Energy Commission has a keen realization of its "secondary
trusteeship" role, and I believe this  is  true of most other regulatory
 bodies.  While I  occasionally fume at  what sometimes  seem to be  need-
 lessly involved and ponderous regulatory  procedures,   I have never
 doubted the sincerity of the Commission's interest in attaining the
 full benefits which are  latent within the fields of nuclear  science
 and technology and which can be realized within  its mandate to ensure
 the public health and safety.  And I  must confess that after numerous
 direct challenges by the Commission I  have yet  to suggest any  very ef-
 fective methods for simplifying its regulatory  operations.

        I am convinced that cooperation between Government and  industry
 in establishing an effective  regulatory operation  is as much needed
 today as it was among the scientists and engineers in setting the
 safety standards twenty-seven years ago.  I  believe that the will to
 cooperate also exists provided a suitable framework for such coopera-
 tion could be established.  While the mechanism of the official  publi-
 cation of a proposed regulation, of submitted comment, of official
 hearing, of rework, and of republtcation, etc., etc., etc.,  eventually
 produces a result of sorts, the cumbrousness of the method almost
 guarantees that the progeny so engendered will  display appreciably
 less than genius rating,   (will return to this  later with a positive
 suggestion that I hope may prove to be of some  value.

       Let us now turn from the area of code generation to that of
 field operations which  I have assumed will  eventually be carried on
 largely by industry under such a code.

       Here again, under present operating condictions, "participating
 industry" has essentially no role in the  direct Plowshare phase of  the
 project's field operations other than  to take part in the planning and
 to pay a share of the bills;  a share,  I might add,  that seems  to be
                                  705
growing asymptotically toward "full cost" with perhaps  improvident
speed.  Under present  law a Plowshare project  is of necessity a govern-
ment enterprise  in which industry may participate.  Such an  industry,
however, must exercise its participation by serving in effect as a
contractor to the Commission.

      Let me break in here with an essential aside.  To keep my com-
ments on contracts in proper focus, I  should warn you that after the
War, General Nichols told me that it took the Manhattan District
lawyers eighteen months to straighten  out the contracts I  had arranged
during the first six months while the  project was under OSRD auspices.
I've  learned a little about contracts  since, but I'm still  no legal
expert.  However, I've had a lot of experience in observing how these
things actually work out, which may or may not be of the way they are
supposed to do legally, and it is from this  observational  standpoint
that  I speak.

      Now back to the argument.   As things now stand,  the Plowshare
operator is the government,  and the liabilities of  its  subcontractors,
including its "participating industry" partners,  are covered  by  the
government.   The government assumes full  responsibility  for all  as-
pects of the necessary health and safety  measures,  and  industry  has in
essence no responsibility except  to obey  explicit instructions.  Here
no code need to promulgated,  for  the regulator  is also the only  pos-
sible operator.  Should an  accident  occur under present  circumstances,
the i ndustriaI  contractors,  i nclud i ng  the i ndustr iaI parti ci pants,
would, I  suspect, actually  be numbered  among the  injured parties rather
than among those liable and  might thus  escape  both the direct financial
liabilities and the  indirect public  relations  liabilities which  would
otherwise be entailed.  This being Las  Vegas,  I would bet a modest  sum
on the operating contractors escaping  public damnation essentially  un-
scathed, but I  wouldn't risk ,-3 plugged  nickel  that  the participating
industries would receive  that same public treatment.  The former were
just doing a job for  the  government  and under  the government's direct
supervision, but the  latter were  the instigators  of  the  affair who
pushed the government into  undertaking  the task.

      If there is to be any private industry based on Plowshare  tech-
nology, we«must clearly shift to  the position  I  postulated at the start
of my presentation,  and then the  above  situation  becomes markedly more
aggravated, for now  the entire operation, except  for the actual
emplacement of the nuclear  explosive and  its detonation, becomes the
direct responsibility of  private  industry.   From  a  purely practical
viewpoint, I am convinced that when  this  happens, regardless  of  legal
technicalities, industry  must face the  fact  that, at  least as far as
public opinion is concerned,  it  will be presumed  to  carry the primary
operating responsibilities  and liabilities for  all  phases of  the
enterprise including  that of environmental health and safety. For
example,  the government has  fired so many underground shots without
incident that should  any  accident happen, it would  be essentially
impossible to convince the  public that  the cause  was other than
                                                                                                                                      706

-------
 negligent preparation of  the  site.

       Now important as these  considerations are  at this point,  I am
 not primarily worried about the  financial  liabilities  involved.  I  am
 sure that adequate insurance  will  be  available when required, and  I
 have no doubt that as long as it is  really needed, Price-Anderson
 coverage will continue to take care  of  any situation which might create
 financial obligations beyond  the limits of the private  insurance
 limits.  But no Price-Anderson equivalent  can be contrived that can
 "cover" the  i nd i rect, pub Ii c  re I at i on Ii ab iIi t ies wh i ch wouId be
 involved and which could  prove to  be  fully as disastrous to industry
 as would the financial losses involved.   It  is this fact that convinces
 me that however legally sacred the Commission's  specific mandate may be
 for insuring the  public health and safety  in all  Plowshare activ-
 ities, the brutal  facts of the matter will prove to be that should
 the public health  and safety  suffer,  it will be  private industry
 pr i nci pa I Iy, not  the Commi ss i on, that will f i nd  i ts neck i n the pub I Ic ' s
 gu i I lotine.   It certa inly behooves  i ndustry to make certa i n not on Iy
 that any Plowshare enterprise it undertakes fully satisfies applicable
 governmental  regulations  but,  even more, that  it is indeed safe beyond
 any thinkable doubt according to its  own analysis and experience.

       Now obviously,  the  first step  in  undertaking any planned Plowshare
 enterpri se must be the acqu i s it ion of forma I government author i zat ion
 to proceed.   This  serves  a  three-fold purpose from industry's point of
 view.   In the first place it  protects qualified  industry from the
 serious,  industry-wide damage  that would ensue should some  incompetent,
 foolhardy operator undertake  a project  which ended in disaster.  In
 the  second place,  "passing  one's exams"  is a well understood facet of
 our  society  and is accepted as proof  of  qualification.  This definitely
 carries over into  authorization  proceedings, and  achieving authoriza-
 tion  does become a valuable tool in gaining public acceptance for a
 project.   Finally,  and perhaps most  importantly,  the regulatory code
 constitutes  an  invaluable check  list  for industry's own safety analysis
 and  its associated  program of  health  and safety  investigations.  Also,
 the authorization  proceedings  themselves, when successfully negotiated,
 provide an  important  endorsement to the  project  management that their
 safety  homework has  been  well  done and that it is highly unlikely that
 there  are any hidden  holes  remaining  in  its arguments.

       Authorization  constitutes a "necessary condition,  but it is not
 necessarily  a "sufficient condition"  to assure total  safety.  As recent
 events  in other technological   areas have shown,  government authorization
 provides  no  ironclad  guarantee of safe operation.  Consequently, as
 long as  independent sources exist from which cogent question and compe-
 tent answer can be obtained,  industry will  be wise to avail  itself  of
 their counsel and advice as well.  No source of help should be ignored,
every unwet heel should be explored no matter how minor its effect  on
the safety as a whole might seem to be.   After all, one such heel
accounted for Achilles' demise.
                              707
       In the final analysis, however, industry must rely on its own
 internal competence in arriving at its final determination that its
 proposed operations are fully safe.  There are many modes by which
 industry can achieve such competence ranging from major environmental
 health and safety divisions to compact, tightly knit but broadly
 competent evaluation groups.  Whatever the mode chosen may be, however,
 its effectiveness is determined by three factors.  The first and
 foremost is the intellectual quality and scholastic training of its
 members.  The second is the breadth, depth, and appropriateness of their
 practical experience - the factor that gives them an instictive "feel
 of safety" as it were.   The third factor is the degree of true commun-
 ication that exists between themselves and their top management,
 Obviously .the ideal  situation is realized when one or more top exec-
 utive officers could personally qualify for service within their own
 nuclear safety unit.  But, however its internal nuclear safety competence
 is achieved, industry must place its ultimate decision-making reliance
on that competence;  and, until  it has achieved such competence and has
 gained full  confidence in it, it had better stay out of nuclear-based
enterpri ses.

      Continuing public concern and occasional outcry concerning all
 things nuclear constitute a major hazard in realizing the very real
 industrial  benefits that are inherent in the nuclear field.  This
 public concern has served one very useful purpose, however.  Industry
 is no  less  a part of the public because it is organized as industry.
 In its days  of nuclear naivete, it responds to nuclear affairs precisely
as does the  lay public; that is, with a deep-seated belief in the
existence of unknown dangers and with serious apprehension as far as
any direct  involvement in nuclear affairs is concerned.  The result
 has been that those industrial  concerns that have tentatively ventured
 into the nuclear business have either had sufficient acumen to build
unquestionable competence in nuclear safety and to do so on an urgent
and comprehensive basis or they have gotten completely out of the
 business in  a hurry.  This has acted as an excellent societal bandpass
 filter.  It  has automatically eliminated from nuclear activities the
vast majority of our society's normal fringe of foolhardy operators.
Furthermore, it has insured that the sound participants do so on a
 level  of competence that they might fee! unnessary in some less
 sophisticated field even though the actual hazards were essentially
comparable.   The result has been that the nuclear industry is acutely
 safety conscious.   It has built up exceptional internal competence  in
matters of  nuclear safety, and in many instances it is already prepared
to make its  own operating decisions in those cases in which, in its
opinion, its own "sufficiency" conditions establish tighter overall
 limitations  on its operations than the statutory "necessary" condi-
tions demand.

      To summarize.   The Government can advise on nuclear safety,  it
can and hopefully will  establish a well-considered code of safety
standards and regulations, and it can prevent the undertaking of any
                                                                                                                                      708

-------
nuclear enterprise that  it believes will  imperil the  public  health  and
safety.  It can authorize a project  it judges  to be safe  and monitor
it for adherence to the  approved designs  and operating  procedures.
But there its authority  stops as far as the direct  initiation of  any
given commercial enterprise  is concerned.  Only the responsible
industry itself can give final approval to proceed with the  actual
field operations, and thereby it assumes  the ultimate responsibility
for all phases of the project's affairs  including  the liabilities
involved in  its environmental health and  safety aspects.   Indeed  it
would almost appear from recent occurrences that what is  actually
developing  is the very  strange situation  in which  an  industrial  decision
to proceed  under a  government authorization becomes  interpreted,  at
least by the public,  as constituting a  corporate endorsement of  the
scientific  and  technological  validity of  the  government code and
regulations under which the  approval  is granted.   Regardless of  how
this  may eventually turn out,  it  certainly  emphasizes the importance
of establishing an  internal  nuclear safety  competence that is inferior
to none within  government  or without.

       Before turning  to the final  section of  my discussion,  I would like
to  interject a  footnote on this  matter  of safety  competence.  One of
the  most  serious hurdles that industry  has  faced  and  is still facing
 in  the path of  achieving fully  effective nuclear  safety judgments and
 consequent design and operating decisions in   its  Plowshare projects
 ari ses from the unava i  labi Iity of essentiaI  perti nent data,  wh ich are
 presently held as classified information under AEC security  rules.
 t have been assured by  the Commissioners that this problem  is recognized
 and that it is being placed in the hands of the Senior Responsible
 Reviewers.  Once again  the Senior Reviewers step into the communica-
 tions breach which security classification always generates.  The
 machinery  which this voluntary Review Board provides sometimes seems
 frustratingly slow, but whatever the cost in  slowness, it is more than
 paid for in the total objectivity which  it achieves.    Its performance
 in the reactor field was outstanding, and I  have every reason to believe
 it will be equally so  in the present instance.

       Now  where do we  stand and what do  we do next?

       As far as the Plowshare program  in general  is concerned, it has
 successfully emerged from the laboratory as far as scientific feasi-
 bility is  concerned and is ready for technological test and, hopefully,
 for eventual full economic exploitation.  At the moment we are actively
 engaged in pilot studies in a number of  important applications to
 determine whether technological  feasibility can be demonstrated.   When
 this has been accomplished the demonstration  of economic feasibility
 and the attainment of public acceptance will   constitute the  two factors
 that still  remain to be achieved before a full fledged if still  infant
 industry becomes a reality.  Industry alone is capable of determining
 economic feasibility.   Indeed industrial  "personality" being as distinct
 a characteristic of an  industrial organization as it is,  what
may  be economically feasible for one industrial entity may not be so
 for  another and vice versa.  As a rgsult, the determination  of economic
                                709
feasibility of any given operation  is only fully valid  for  the organi-
zation that carries out the pilot tests and  from them makes  its own
determination of the feasibility of commercial operations.  General
paper studies of economic feasibility may furnish  illuminating guide
lines in determining whether a real test is worth the gamble or not
and, if it seems worth while,  in planning the test.  In the ultimate
result, however, generalized economic conclusions are likely to be of
no more than strictly marginal usefulness in any specific case.

      It is also upon industry that the primary responsibility for
gaining public acceptance falls.   With all  other factors "go", it
is this latter factor,  the public's willingness not only to "tolerate"
but actually to "buy" that determines whether there is  to be a business
or not.

      As the Plowshare  program now stands  we  find  ourselves in the
midst of an active joint government/industry  program that,  hopefully,
will result in the demonstration  of  the technological  feasibility  of  a
number of  promi sing applications  and also  prov i de  vaIi d  preIi mi nary
data on their economic  promise.  Once this  has been accomplished
successfully,  however,  it is industry that  must take the lead  in under-
taking the essential  next steps if  the applications  visualized  are  to
become a part of our  private enterprise  system,  for  it alone can decide
whether the probable  commercial benefits to be gained justify  the
investment required and  the  economic risks  involved.  Whether  at this
point a given industrial  unit  will  find a given  project  to  be  econom-
ically feasible  will  depend  in part, as noted  above, on  the  peculiar
capabilities of  the interested organization  itself  and in part on the
applicability to the  specific  test  situation  of  the  complex of
technologies involved.   With technological  feasibility proven, there
is no major factor in this complex which is of  greater importance not
only in determining the  economic  feasibility  of  the  project but also
in determining industry's ability to gain public acceptance than that
concerned  with the essential  public  health and  safety activities
required and the associated  costs of these activities.   Thus for the
national Plowshare program to  proceed  with effectiveness and dispatch,
it seems to me three  immediate measures are particularly needed.

      First, in  order to achieve  any really  lasting  progress,  a tenta-
tive health and  safety code  covering design criteria, operational
procedures, and  end product  specifications, should  be set up  in
standard regulatory form to  serve as a trial  set of  rules for  immediate
study and  test use in the field operations  involved  in the  up-coming
experimental projects.   The  necessary  information  is available  in a
variety of  forms and  in  a variety of places and  is  already  being used
by the AEC and its various contractors in  insuring  the environ-
mental  health  and safety of  all present nuclear  detonations.   What  is
needed immediately is not new  data but an exercise  in the formulation
of the available data into an  effective code  of  operating procedures
and an analysis  of its operating  consequences.   Such a tentative code
would also serve as a concrete, "point-of-departure" statement  in the

-------
 development of the eventual  regulatory code.   The contemplated  techno-
 logical  feasibility tests in the Plowshare program would  provide  an
 exceI Ient means by which to evaluate its commerc ial  applicability and
 to guide its evolution toward regulatory status.  Here joint  action
 is imperative if the resulting code is to meet the criteria outlined
 earlier in this paper.  However, under these  circumstances joint  action
 's possible without prejudice because in this situation industry's
 contribution can be confined to the presentation of  a  running analysis
 of the strengths and weaknesses of the trial  code in actual day-by-day
 practice as it sees it.   In addition, the validity of  its account can
 be weighed by concurrent government observation.  The  government
 agencies can then modify the rules or not, as they see fit,  in  the
 Ii ght  of cI ear Iy observabIe operation a I  exper i ence.   It seems to  me
 that such an operation would promote the maxi mum of  critical  observa-
 t i on on the part of all  concerned, wouId reduce any  tendency  on the
 part of anyone involved  to resort to pressure tactics  in  order  to
 substi tute treasu red be Ii ef  for dete rm i nab Ie  fact, and wouId  prov i de
 the best possible opportunity to arrive  at a  regulatory code  that
 would  not only insure  the environmental  health  and safety of  the  public
 but would also protect the public interest in the benefits that
 successful  exploitation  of the Plowshare technology  seems capable of
 prov i d i ng.

       Next,  if the foregoing e-.ercise is to be  meaningful within  the
 adjunct economic framework ,  the research and  development  aspects  of
 these  upcoming tests with  respect to health and safety investigations,
 important as they most definitely are, must nonetheless be scrupulously
 separated,  at  least costwise,  from the necessary health and safety
 operat ional  activities as  specified  in the provisional  code.  Th i s I
 rea I i ze  can  be ope rat i ona I Iy d i ff i cu11.   Moreover, no  one knows better
 than  I  how  cogent the  cons i derat i ons of  budgetary expedience  are  that
 argue  for  burying these  costs  as unsc rambIeabIe shards in the  total
 heap of  operational  budgetary  artifacts.   In  this case, nevertheless,
 no matter  how  hard it  may  be to  unscramble the  activities and however
 tough the  resulting  budgetary  sledding may be,  such  budgetary integra-
 tion simply  cannot be  allowed  either within the governmental  agencies
 or within the  participating  industries.  Honest,  "unloaded" operat i ng
 costs are an absolute  must  if  the  tests  themselves are to be  meaningful.

      Finally, throughout each such  exercise  it must be recognized by
all concerned  that time  is one of  the most significant  factors  in
 determi n i ng  the success or fa i Iure of any  i ndustr i a I endeavor.  The
 present case is no exception.   In  the university  or  the research  labor-
atory, we can  usually  downgrade  the  importance  of  time  and do so  safely.
This is neither a matter of  sloth  nor neglect of  duty.   It is just true
that in the  laboratory cautious  conservatism  and  the desire for perfec-
tion outweigh  the need for speed.  But this is  not true of an industrial
activity.  The time factor must  be kept continually  in  mind,  for  delay
can spell defeat for a  commercial activity just  as surely as can  direct
technological  failure.   Whenever a contemplated course of  action  will
impose delay, it is vitally important that the anticipated advantages
be weighed meticulously against the possible detriments lest the hope
of small  gains inadvertently lead to the achievement of total ruin.
Here again the truly judicial  sort of appraisal  required can be realized
only to the extent that open communication and joint evaluation proce-
dures can be established.

      In conclusion, I  would simply like to reiterate what I  at least
implied earlier.  As far as the nation is concerned, all of u5 connected
one way or another with the Plowshare business are in the same boat.
As is true with all industrial  activities dealing with hazardous
materials, the operations  with  which we are concerned do bear potentials
for serious damage to the  public health and safety if carried out
blindly and without due regard  for safe practice.  Everyone  involved
will  reap the whirlwind if any  of us sows the wind with some act of
thoughtlessness or negligence.   We are all convinced that accidents
are made, they do not "just happen," and that proper safety practice
scrupulously followed by all not only can but will insure that they
will  not occur.  Each member of the team has his own role to play in
th i s ach i evement, and everyone  i nvoIved is mutually dependent on the
others to attain the necessary  total  safety surveillance.  It should
be noted also that the cornerstone of safety practice is quality of
performance not quantity of service.  True safety can be smothered
within the overlap arising from an unbridled proliferation of safety
measures.  I  believe that we would all agree that a taut ship manned
with a crew notable for its high personal abilities and its skilled
teamwork rather than its astound i ng numbers, and equipped with every
essential tool of the nuclear safety trade can maintain a total
blockade on nuclear accidents and do so indefinitely.   It is this
that constitutes our mutual goal.

      In add it ion,  if we p I ot our course  in th i s way , we will a I so
have taken the necessary steps  to assure that our second objective,
the realization of the benefits  inherent  in Plowshare technology,
will  be attained if they prove  to be technologically feasible and
economically attainable.   If despite our best efforts commercial
utilization eludes us at the present, we will at  least have the
satisfaction of knowing that our enterprise failed honestly at the
hand of a sympathetic and  fully educated  reason and that it was not
the inadvertent victim of  a well-meaning but misguided emotion.
                                                                                                                                     712

-------
                ROLE OF THE ATOMIC ENERGY COMMISSION

                            W.  L. Oakley
                   U. S. Atomic Energy Commission
                        Germantown, Mary I and
                              ABSTRACT

            Public health aspects of nuclear explosions fall into
      two categories:  (I) operational safety during the conduct
      of the explosion; and (2) the regulation of by-product
      material resulting from the explosion.  By statute, the
      AEC has the responsibility for both assuring operational
      safety and regulating by-product material.

            Current AEC safety and regulatory practices are des-
      cribed; future problems or needs discussed; and relation-
      ship to federal, state and local governments outlined.
       It  is with  considerable  trepidation  that  anyone presumes to
speak  on  the  future  role  of  a  government agency  in a hypothetical
future.   As  I  am  sure  you are  well  aware,  there  are many  factors that
bear on this  subject,  not the  least of which  are the prerogatives of
the U. S. Congress and the President  in matters  of executive branch
organization  and  reorganization.   Thus, anyone  has to speak on this
subject with  certain qualifications.

       I take  some cheer,  though,  in the fact  that one of  the things
carved in stone  in Washington  is:   "What is past is prologue."  With
this in mind,  I believe we can look at the present responsibility
and authority  of  the Atomic  Energy  Commission  (AEC) and their source
In the Atomic  Energy Act  and draw  some conclusions about  the probable
role of the AEC  in the event that  Plowshare technology finds large-
scale  use.

       For purposes of  simplification,  I would  like it understood that
I  am speaking  about the role of the AEC solely  in connection with the
use of Plowshare technology  in the  U. S.  However, in light of our
obligations under Article V  of the  Non-Pro Iiferation Treaty, it is
clear that the AEC will also have  a role in furnishing nuclear
explosion services in  other  countries.
                                713
      The basic mission of the AEC  is  found  in  the  Atomic  Energy Act
of  1954, as amended, where the AEC  is  charged with  promoting,  "the
development and utilization of atomic  energy for peaceful  purposes
to the maximum extent consistent with  the common defense and
security and with the health and safety of the  public."  The Act
further charges the AEC with establishing "by rule, regulation, or'
order, such standards and instructions to govern the possession and
use of special nuclear material, source material and by-product
material as the Commission may deem necessary or desirable to
promote the common defense and security or to protect health or to
minimize danger to life or property."

      It is also worth noting that the Atomic Energy Act stipulates
that subject to the paramount objective of assuring the common  defense
and security,  atomic energy  should be directed  "toward improving the
pub Ii c we I fare, i nereas i ng the standard of Ii v i ng,  strengthen i ng free
competition in private enterprise,  and promoting world peace."
Strengthening  free competition in private enterprise has provided  a
keynote that the AEC has  faithfully followed  in  developing  all  the
peaceful uses  for atomic  energy,  including Plowshare.   Basically,
this provision has been taken  to mean  that in developing any partic-
ular use for atomic energy that the AEC role  should  be  to continue
its development only  until it  can demonstrate the practicality  of a
part i cuIar  use.   Once that has  been done,  the AEC has  tried to
confine its role to the minimum necessary  to meet  its  health and
safety or other responsibilities  and to leave exploitation  of the
developed technology  to industry  or other  entities which  have such
roles  in our society.

      To i mpIement the Act,  a  Commi ss i on  is estabIi shed,  composed of
five Commissioners appointed  by the President, one of  whom  the
President designates  as Chairman.   The Commission  is,  of  course, the
policy making  body of the  AEC.   The agency the Commission heads is
then divided basically into  two distinct  and  deliberately separate
areas, one  under a General Manager  and one under a  Director of
Regulation.   For purposes  of  understanding AEC  roles,  this  distinction
is very important.

      Under the General Manager are the operational  and promotional
functions of the agency.   These functions  include  research  and  devel-
opment programs, such as  Plowshare, in which  technology is  developed
to be made  avai lable  to others.

      The Director of Regulation is responsible  to  the Commission  for
the licensing  and regulatory responsibilities  laid  down in  the  Atomic
Energy Act.  These include the licensing  of reactors,  special  nuclear,
source, and by-product materials; the development of proposed  standards
for radiation  protection  as  well  as corresponding  rules and regulations;
the inspection of licensees  for compliance;  and the development and
administration of programs with the States in  the  field of  licensing
and reguIation.

                               714

-------
       Both  the operational  and regulatory  sides  of  the  AEC  can  be
 expected to have a continuing role in Plowshare  in  the  event  of  its
 Iarqe-scale use.

       Up to now,  the operational  side of the  AEC  has  been concerned with
 developing  the technology for peaceful  nuclear e-olosions,  including
 carrying out the necessary  e-perirents to  determine  the  feasibility ot
 various applications,  such  as excavation,  qas stimulation,  qas  storaae,
 coppe r I each ing,  and oil  shale recove ry.   In  these  experiments,  such
 as Gasbuqay, the AEC has  been responsibly  for insuring  the  health  and
 safety of the putt lie.

       On the regulatory  side of  the AEC,  in  anticipation of the  even-
 tual  commercial use of  this technology,  the  staff has been  looking at
 the question of regulations for  distribution  of  products such as
 natural gas that will  be  produced  with  the aid of nuclear e•pIos ions.

       Before proceeding  further  to tall-  about a  "future  role,   however,
 I  think it  would be desirable to  say a word  about "present  status" of
 the Plowshare technology.  As we  see it, the  program  has entered a
 transition  period where  some of  the applications  are  approaching a
 practical or "commercial" level.   I  stress the words, "entered,"
 "some" and  "approaching.    None of the  applications  being developed
 have  as yet reached that  stage; nor will they all reach  it  at the same
 time.  Some applications  are more  advanced than others  and  will  there-
 fore  be ready for commercial  use  sooner.

       Since Plowshare began some  twelve vears ago, we have  always
 foreseen  and have been working toward a situation t n which  the
 AEC will  be providing a "commercial"  nuclear  explosion  service  for
 "developed" activities.   We have also recognized that because of
 the uneven  rate of  development of  the  various applications, we would
 continue  to have  an  experimentaI program.

       To  provide  for this future,  Mr. Hosmer  has  introduced legis-
 lation  in the  U.  S.  Congress,  supported by other members of the  Joint
 Committee on  Atomic  Energy,  which  would provide the AEC authority to
 carry  out detonations for other than  strictly AEC research  and develop-
 ment  purposes.  This  legislation also charges the AEC with making
 provisions  in  its contracts,  for the  service, relating to the pro-
 tection of  health and minimization  of danger  to life or property.

      Regard ing this future  "commerc i a I " explosion service,  I  believe
 it  is clear as  far as we  can  see that the  legal  requirement for  the
government  to maintain custody and  control  of +he nuclear explosive
wi  I I continue.  Therefore,  the "cormercia I" nuclear explosion service
will consist of the design  and fabrication of the nuclear explosive,
 i ts trans portat i on to the empI acement site, supervision of  its
emplacement, and  its arming and firing.  The  service is aiso seen
as   including appropriate  technical  reviews of the proposed detonation.
such as those necessary to fulfill AEC safety responsibilities connected
wItn the detonat i on.

       In other applications,  where we would still be conduct i ng
research and deveIopment experiments,  I  do not foresee the situation
being much different than it  currently is.

       In the foregoing discussion I  hope  I have conveyed my feeling
that, because the program has been evolving gradually in the commer-
cial direction,  we do not foresee a dramatic, clear-cut transformation
or Plowshare.  We expect a continuing evolution, not a revolution.
this is true not only for the technology, but also for the standardized
procedures Deeded *or comrrerciat operations in such areas as security,
i ndemn i f i cati on, s i te d i soosaI  and health and safety.  I  believe
various "roles"  will  evolve just as the  technology and procedures
evoIve.

      Having set the  stage for +he *u + ure, I  would like to ^urn new +o
a more detailed  discussion of how the future role of the AEC might
evo I ve for provi d t ng  a "convnerc la!" nuclear explosion service, with
particular reference  to the nealth and safeTy field.

      Essentially,  I  believe  the health  and safety role of the AEC can
be expected to rema in the same as it is  now.   From an operational
standpoint, whether tne detonation is for experi menta I  purposes or for
commerci al  applications,  the  AEC wiil  ijodoubtealy oe responsiDle  for a
final evaluation to insure that steps are taken or available to avoid
any effects of the nuclear explosions materializing  into a hazard to
Ii fe or property.

      A very significant step toward handling the safety function in
a coTimecc i a I  s i tuat i on has a I ready been  taken in our current orccedjres
for work i nq w i th i ndustry in  joint exper i ments.   Starting with the
Ru1tson expe ri ment,  the AEC has been expecting  industry to coI Iect the
required data and to  develop  a comprehensive safety plan.   In  these
early join4" experiments with  industry and until  appropriate criteria
are developed and published,  +he AEC is  working closely with  industry
to provide guidance in the development of these safety plans.

      Accordingly, using the  rationale that our current procedures
provide seme usefu1  clue to o'jr fu*-re activities, I'd like to sketch
briefly how we handle the safety function in joint experiments with
i ndust ry today.

      First, I  want to emphasize tnat safety, even in these joint
experiments where industry is assuming a greater role, is not  simply
an  added factor  to be considered after an exper i ment is des i gned.   11
is not, so to speak,  an appendage to the main body of an experiment.
Ratner, safety  is an integral part of an experi ment, f rorn  its  i ncept i on,
through the planning, the selection of the proper explosive,  its
                                                                                                                                     716

-------
f i eId i ng and executi on.  Th i s may seem  to  be  an  obv i ous  poi nt,  but  we
so often hear safety spoken of as something apart  from  an  experiment--
an afterthought to its actual design—that I  believe it  is essential to
emphasize that safety  has to be  bui It  into any  future Plowshare project
from the start, just as  it  is today  in  our experiments.

      Currently,  the Division of Peaceful  Nuclear  Explosives (DPNE)  has


Plowshare nuclear experiments  in conjunction  with  the  scientific
 laboratories.  This  procedure  insures  that all  the experienced
      uur r en i i y ,  i ne ui v i b i un or redc«TU i INUC i ear cxp i Ob i veb v ur^n > iidb
   igned responsibility to the Manager of the Nevada Operations Office
   00) to work with industry in the planning and execution of these
   iwshare nuclear experiments in conjunction with the scientific
iauoratories.   This procedure insures that all the experienced
organ t zat ions and techn i caI  and operat i ona I resources that have
already safely detonated hundreds of nuclear explosions  are available
in the planning and execution of joint industrial experiments.  This,
o
a

of  course,  includes our hosts for this important symposium—the U.  S.
Public Health Service.

       As the detailed safety plan is developed setting forth the
monitoring and safety procedures, it is reviewed by Nevada's Effects
 Eva Iuati on Di vi s i on and other participating agenc i es such as the U. S.
 Public Health Service.  Every effect of the explosion is analyzed in
 terms of its potential for creating a hazard.  Specific problems not
 previously encountered can be referred to consultants from universities,
 i ndustry, or other government agenci es hav i ng expert i se in the probI em
 area.

        In addition, plans for the explosion are reviewed by the Test
 Evaluation Panel.  This panel's primary responsibility is to ensure
 that every feasible measure  is taken to prevent inadvertent releases
 of radioactivity.  Extensive reviews are made by the panel of the
 construction of the emplacement hole, the geology of the site, the
 location of other holes in the vicinity and the stemming plan for the
 emplacement hole.

       After all the detailed planning, reviewing, cross checking and
 double checking is completed, and the Manager of NVOO is satisfied
 that the explosion can be conducted safely and that precautions
 have been worked out  to cope with any eventuality,  no matter how
 remote, execution authority  is requested through DPNE from the AEC.
 Final responsibility  for assuring the safety of any nuclear detonation
 resides, of course, with the AEC and the AEC must give specific
 authorization  for each detonation.

       The AEC's safety responsibility does not end  with authorization
 of the detonation.  Safety reviews continue up to the actual detonation.
 At any time, up to the final second, an AEC Test Manager can stop the
 test if any indication arises that it might create  unacceptable hazards.

       That briefly is the safety role the AEC plays in joint experi-
ments with industry.  Let me add that we recognize  the need for and
are developing some generalized guidance and criteria for radiation,
                                717
ground motion, and air-blast so  that  industry  can  know  with  some
certainty what will be  required  of  it  in  connection  with  Plowshare
projects.  Until  formal criteria are available,  however,  we  will  con-
tinue to work closely with  individual  compan ies  in providing  them
guidance on these matters.

      I  might add at this point that the AEC also has a general re-
sponsibility for seeing that the data on which our reviews and
evaluations are based are continually  reviewed and refined.   In
order to fulfill  this responsibility, the AEC supports an active
research and development effort in subjects related to safety.  A
specific example of this general  effort in the case of Nevada is  its
Panel of Safety Consultants, composed of recognized authorities in
such f ie I ds as hydrology,  geology,  structure I  eng i neeri ng, geo-
physics  and soi I  and rock mechanics.  This Panel  reviews the safety
program associated with nuclear testing and recommends what
directions new research should  take.

      In order to make this  as  comprehensive a  commentary  as  possible,
I'd  like now to touch briefly on  the AEC's regulatory role in the
event of large-scale  use of  Plowshare technology.

      The Atomi c  Energy Act  of  1954, as amended,  p rov i des  that the
AEC  is responsible for governing  "the possession  and  use of  special
nuclear  material,  source material and by-product  materia I...to
protect  health  or to  minimize danger to life or property."  By-
product  material  is defined  as   "radioactive material  (except special
nuclear  material)  yielded  in or made radioactive  by exposure  to  the
radiation  incident to the  process of producing  or utilizing  special
nuclear  material." As the radioactivity intermixed  in  products
recovered by using Plowshare technology would be  "by-product"
material  under this definition,  it  will  be subject  to regulation by
the AEC.

      The  AEC regulates by-product  material  by  granting  licenses or
exemptions from licenses where  appropriate.   That is,  no person  may
manufacture,  produce,  transfer,  acqu i re, own, process,  i mport or
export by-product material  unless he has been granted a  license  or
an exemption by the AEC.

      The regulatory  process as  it  applies to the distribution of
products containing by-product  material  was discussed earlier in an
excellent paper by Dr. Western  and  Mr.  Rogers—for those of you  who
didn't hear it I  urge you  to obtain a copy and  read  it.  Since they
covered  the topic so  thoroughly,  I  don't intend to go into detail
here.

      Briefly,  as Dr.  Western and Mr.  Rogers indicated,  the distri-
bution of Plowshare-recovered products on a commercial  scale involves
different factors than those considered by the  AEC in its  present
                                                                                                                                     718

-------
 reg j I a^'ons .   Accord! ng I y,  regu I at i ons ,  specifically addressed to
 P'cwshare applications, will  have to be  developed.   This is not to
 say that our  present regulations  and experience wilt not provide some
 usef aI  qu i dance.   Here aqa i n,  as  we  found in our discussion of oper-
 ational  safety, and as Dr.  Western gnd ".r. Rogers also pointed out,  in
 controlling the public distribution  of other products contain i ng
 radioactive material,  there  are many factors that have received
 extensive consideration by  the A£C that  are also oerTinen* to the
 development of regulations  *or the control or distribution of Plow-
 share  products.

       For example, the AEC  !~-as exempted  from license certain consumer
 products, such as I (jwi ^ous  wristwatch dials or compass need les, con-
 taining by-product materiai.   In  those cases, it is simply not prac-
 tical  to regulate users of  the product.   Instead, the AEC has developed
 criteria for  determining whetner  the product sufficiently limits its
 potential for exposure to members of the public to   ius+i*y exemption
 of its  possession and  use from regulatory control.   In these cases,
 regulatory  controls are applied to the producers, importers or
 distributors  of the product  to assure that tr.e exemct product meets
 the spec i f i ed requ i rements.   The  consume1" product exempt i on s i tuat i on
 is similar  to tne situation  of Plowshare recovered  products where
 again  it is not feasible  to  license  directly all the users o* products,

      Dr. Western and  Mr. Rogers  pointed out some of the consider-
 ations  that should be  taken  into  account in developino suitable criteria
 for distribution  of  Plowshare  products.   These include:

       I.  The contribution of  the Piowshare-produced product  to
          the national  we I fare.

      2.  The feas i b i I ' ty c*  iimi t i ng rao ioact i ve contarn i nat i on
          of  the  product, as released oy a licensed producer  or
          p rocessor, to accfiptab I *? I eve I 5 .

      3.  Possible and probaole exposures to individuals and
          population groups as  a  result  of  exemption of  the
          product from regulatory  control  under specified
          Condi t ions.

      In  addition to these general considerations,  as  in other  areas of
 regulation of  radiation, the development  of  criteria and regulations for
 distribution  of Plowshare-recovered  products  will be gu;ded by  the
 recommendations of the  International  Commission  on  Radiological  Pro-
 tect i on,  the  Nati  ona I Counc iI  for  Rad i at i on  Protect i on  and  Measurements,
 and the Federal Radiation Council.

      There are two other points that  Dr.  Western and Mr. Rogers
brought out that  bear repeat rng in this  brief  summary of  the i r
remarks.  First,  our regulatory staff  does  not believe  it will  be
appropriate or reasonable to estaolish a  single  limit applicable  to
                                719
all situations.  Second, it is  likely that the regulatory controls  that
will initially be imposed on distribution of Plowshare-recovered
products will differ from those at 3 later time when the technology
has oeen more fully developed, when pathways of exposure and the
affected population groups are better identified, and when the accuracy
of theoretical exposure models have been confirmed by field assessment.

      In conclusion,   think it can safely be said that the role of
the AEC in the event of large-scale use of Plowshare technology is
expected to evolve gradually with time and the changing state and
needs of the technology.  We believe this is both administratively
w i se and technicaI Iy sound.   We hope you agree.
                                                                                                                                      720

-------
               ROLE  OF  THE  PUBLIC HEALTH SERVICE

                         Raymond T.  Moore
                  Bureau of  Radiological  Health
                      RockviIle, Maryland
                             ABSTRACT

            The Public Health Service must assume the role of the
      overall Public Health Coordinator, seeking to afford the high-
      est level of health protection both to the nearby population
      as well as to the more distant groups.  Data will be given
      relative to the limited experience the PHS has had in the re-
      moval of populations from areas of suspected hazards.  Problems
      inherent in the evacuation of civilians of all ages 'Jill be
      discussed.
     The privilege one feels  in being able to participate in an event of
this kind always  is heightened when he also  is a member of the sponsoring
organization.   I trust my est fmat i on of the vaIue of th i s sympos i um is not
biased by my dual capacity.   I am convinced that our efforts here have
been greatly needed.
                            have needed this symposium to help us lay the
      I am going to talk about the role of the Public Health Service in the
 large-scale use of nuclear explosives for peaceful purposes.  It will  be-
come clear, as I  proceed, that woven through this talk is a theme, which,
however often you may have heard it at this symposium or elsewhere,
deserves to be repeated.  It is that the public health role in assuring
the protection of the health and safety of the public is absolutely
critical to the future of projects for the peaceful  uses of nuclear ex-
plos i ves.

     My symposium presentation will be made in two parts.  The first
part,  which is applicable to the detonation phase of Plowshare projects,
witI  be devoted to a case-history narration of two events illustrating
public health protection on a large scale.
                               721
     The second of the two principal pa^ts of this  presentation  is a d i s-
cussion of the role that the Public Health Service  should have  ir- evalua-
ting each Plowshare project trom a public health viewpoint both  for the
operat ionaI  and post-operat ionaI phases.

     We will  begin our narration by discussing the case histories of two
events which represent a rich source for guidelines to Plowsahre safety.
The events were quite different in many respects.   In fact,  in one of
them, ch I or i ne gas,  rather than rad iat ion,  was "the agent of  potent i a I
heaIth impa i rment or,  poss i bIy, death.   In  one very important respect,
however,  the events  were quite s mi Iar and  it was because of  this s im i-
larity that  they were chosen for this talk.   In  both events  neither  seri-
ous injury nor death was caused by hazardous  agents against  which protec-
tive act ion  was ta ken;  yet,  in each case, measures  were adopted  wh ich
represented  something close to the ultimate in precautions for safety,
including  the evacuation of  hundreds  of  people.

     Each  act i on program,  in  other words, rather  compIeteIy ref(ected the
Pub Iic HeaIth Serv i ce v i ewpc i nt of  what  one shouId  do  when conf ronted w i th
a potential  for the  impairment of  human  life  on a  large  scale.   One should
prepare for  the worst.   One  should  cover, or  try  to  cover, every  eventu-
al ity.   One  should recognize  that  public health protection can be exer-
cised only when adequate plans have been developed  and tested.  The
Salmon Event  of Project Dribble was the  detonation of a  five-kiloton
nuclear device 2,720 feet  underground  in a  formation known as  the Tatum
Salt Dome  r.ear Hattiesburg, Mississippi, in the fall of  1964.  The PHS,
under a Memorandum of  Understanding with AEC,  had certain  responsibilities
for the civilian popuI at ion  who Ii ved  adjacent to the act i ve test s i te.
These responsibilities  were  not different from those we  exercise  here at
Nevada.

     I  shall  not detail  all  the preparations  here.   These  included a great
amount of  environmental  surveillance,  the coflection and analysis of
meteorological  data,  studies  of milk  from the area's dairy industry, the
establishment of communications networks for  the  rapid dissemination of
information  to operating personnel  and the  public.

     Most  of  our work with people  was  in conjunction with  the  evacuation
of 451  persons, representing  105 families,  from portions of the  off-site
area selected on the basis of  fallout  predictions  for  the  anticipated
weather conditions and  ground  motion.  We called  on  every  family  which
was to be  evacuated.   We knew the  first  and  last  names  and, sometimes,
the nicknames of each member  of every  evacuee family.   We  knew who was
sick and  what ailed  them.   We made almost daily checks  on  the  condition
of the ill and the enfeebled  elderly,  knowing how  this  may change hourly.
Incidentally, the change may  come  in  forms  one may  not  always  anticipate,
as when a  married daughter in one  family decided  to come home  to have her
baby just  before the shot.

     We knew how and where we were going to move  each  sick person,  having
made arrangements with his physician  and,  when necessary,  with hospitals.
tt was decided to have the sick moved not only by personnel  trained  in
                                                                                                                                    722

-------
 this  work but  by  local  people  who  would  have moved the  ill in this com-
 munity  in any  emergency.   This proved a  wise decision,  since the appear-
 ance  of  fam iliar  taces  on  mov i ng day had a caIm i ng ef feet on pat i ents.
 It is necessary to emphasize,  I think, that planning  for the evacuation
 and care of  people must take  into  consideration the  individual needs of
 each  evacuee.

      Having  decided to  move sick people  by ambulance  in advance of a shot,
 we soon  had  to make another decision, which was whether the sick were
 physically able to make the trip back home.  Before-and-aften conditions
 are  not  always the same.   Furthermore, persons moved  into hospitals are
 no longer home patients,  but  hospital cases.  They are  subject to hospital
 feed i ng, care, and rout i ne and may be re I eased only with the consent of
 their physicians  or if  they sign themselves out.  One of our evacuees re-
 mained  in the  hospital  for ten days.

      All evacuation expenses  were  borne  by the project, including, of
 course,  payments  for ambulance services, hospitaIization,  and other
 medical  care.  All  evacuees were paid a  specific  sum  per adult and a
 specific sum per  child  for each day they were away from their homes.
 Payments were  made by check,  and facilities were  at hand for immediately
 converting checks into  cash.

      Surveys made of people in advance of their evacuation and in con-
 nection  with the  security  of  their properties provided excellent op-
 portunities  for the establishment  of confidence,  understanding,  and
 personal  relationships  which  provided a solid basis for our public
 re I at ions program - and very often, in fact, were the major content of
 that  program.  During these discussions, people were  individually informed
 concerning all project  activities, and sometimes  were informed by us
 before they  had a  chance to read about it in the i  r newspapers,   The vaIue
 of these relationships  cannot  be overemphasized.

      It  cannot be overemphasized that the very  best relationships  must  be
 established  between  State  and  local police,  other public safety  personnel,
 and the  local  medical community.   People tend to  have confidence,  par-
 ticularly  in a relatively  small community,  in what they are told by the
 police chief or sheriff's  deputy or the president of the local medical
 society.   No outsider's communications skill  can match a few reassuring
 words from a local authority who people know and often may regard  as
 f r i end.  The most s ignIf i cant  non-techn tea I  f i nd i ng produced by  th i s
 public relations program was the knowledge that a  comprehensive  off-site
 radiological  safety  program can be conducted in a  populated area fjrovided
 the peopIe's_confJdence  in the operation is  established and maintained.

     Operation Safeguard provides my second  case history of a large-
 scale action program for safety and public  health  protection.   Six hundred
and one persons,  all of  them ill and aged,  were evacuated  in this  instance.
The locale was  Baton Rouge, Louisiana.   The  agent  for death or health im-
pairment was  chlorine gas".   The time of  peril  for  tens of  thousands of
people ran for  64  days.
                               723
     It started on September 10, 1965,  when Hurricane Betsy, rampaging
through the Louisiana capital,  tore a barge from its moorings and swept
it ten miles down the turbulent Mississippi River before it sank in
60 feet of water with a cargo of four 150-ton tanks of chlorine under
pressure and in liquid form.  The end came on November 12 when the barge,
its cargo intact,  was plucked from the Mississippi  mud by a giant crane.

     One hesitates trying to name all the public and private agencies in-
volved during the 64 days spent protecting people and in the salvage opera-
tions.   They included the Army, Navy, the State Departments of Welfare and
Hospitals, and the Board of Health, the State Police, the Louisiana Civil
Defense Agency, area hospitals, the Red Cross, medical societies, and the
U. S. Public Health Service.  Early in October 1965, the Departments of
Welfare and Hospitals of the State conducted a three-day survey of the
ill and the aged within an area extending five miles on all  sides of the
sunken barge.  Between 500 and  700 patients were estimated to be there.

     In late October arrangements were made with the Fourth Army to send
two hospital trains with seven  litter cars and one kitchen car each and
five litter buses for evacuation.  Twenty ambulances and five buses were
supplied by the Department of Hospitals.

     Around this period and for some time afterward, the fear grew that
a small leak might develop in a valve in one or more of the tanks.  Had
this occurred,  the resultant hydrochloric acid might have eaten away the
remainder of the valve and 150  tons or more of potentially lethal
chlorine would have been released, much of it blown as gas to the surface
of the river.  It was against this eventuality that Public Health Service
personnel  analyzed air and water samples approximately every 30 minutes
around the clock.

     In add i t ion to planning for evacuat ion of the sick and the aged,
preparat i ons were made for a mass exodus of peopIe.  Evacuat i on routes
were selected and maps were reproduced by newspapers and television
stations.   Shelters were set up at strategic locations and 40,000 cots
and blankets were furnished from Public Health Service medical stocks.

     It is unlikely that any potential, or even actual, disaster ever
resuI ted i n a commun i cat i ons system more compIete than the one in use at
Baton Rouge in the fall of 1965.  To describe it would take more time
than we can allow.  Its existence was a recognition of the paramount  im-
portance of communications to efficient operations management, as well as
to keeping the public quickly and accurately  informed of developments at
a I I times.

     The first evacuation train  left Baton Rouge on November 10; evacua-
tion was completed 22 hours  later.  Fear vanished the day the barge was
raised with its four chlorine tanks  intact.  With the exception of two
elderly heart patients who died en route and one too sick to be moved,
all evacuees were back home by  November 14.  As for others  in the area,
schools and businesses were closed in Baton Rouge on barge-raising day,
                                                                                                                                    724

-------
November 12, and people generally  remained  in  their  homes, as  urged  by
authorities, or left the city for  the country  upwind  from the  site.

     One illustration, among many, of the degree of  preparation  at
Baton Rouge for a disaster which never occurred  is provided  by the  first-
aid station custom-built from an obsolete X-ray  bus  by  a Public  Health
Service officer and Army soldiers.   It was  equipped  especially to care
for chlorine gas and burn cases.   A  filtering  device was available  to
clear chlorine gas out of the station and replace  it with pure air.  Four
pressure inhalators were available for the  administration of drugs  against
lung congestion which  is the worst effect of the gas.   Drugs and ointment
were on hand for the treatment  of  chlorine  burns of  the skin and eyes.
But there were no chlorine emergencies.  There were  colds and  minor  cuts
and bruises, fractures of  fingers  or toes.  The most serious  injury  was
a  broken  leg.

     Although  the  examples provided by  the  Baton Rouge  incident  and  the
Mississippi  nuclear  Project  Dribble are different  in many  respects,  never-
theless they  reflect an  off-site condition  of  the  kind  we can  assume might
develop as  Plowshare projects  become more  widespread.   In each case, large
numbers of  people  were under conditions of  possible  exposure to  agents
potentially hazardous to health.

      As  long as  these events are experimental, we  are going  to have to
 program  safety and health  protection for Plowsahre as though we  expected
 the most  improbable event  to occur.  The public must know  that safety
 preparations for possible  events have been made or the  public  will  not
 condone,  much less support,  efforts to perfect Plowshare technology.

      The second part of my presentation concerns the role of the Public
 Health Service in evaluating each Plowshare project  from a  public  health
 viewpoint.   It is recognized that the conduct of a Plowshare nuclear
 detonation is an AEC responsibility by statute.  The AEC controls  the
 execution of all  phases of the operation involving the  nuclear device,
 Including site preparation,  emplacement, detonation, disposition of
 radioactive substances, and health and safety.  In my judgment,  it  is  the
 responsibility of the Bureau of Radiological  Health, i.e.,  the PHS,  to
 make a public health evaluation of each Plowshare project.   This evalua-
 tion should relate to the operational aspects'of the actual  event,  and
 the production, handling,  storage, distribution, and use of  the  resulting
 products.   The review and  evaluation should be initiated as  soon as suf-
 ficient preliminary information is received and developed.   As part of
 the evaluation,  the known as well as the unknown information relating  to
 public health would be delineated.  The technical  evaluation will  encom-
 pass the usual operational considerations for the immediate  off-site area
 at the time of detonation, as well as considerations of the  long-term  and
 long-distance implications such as the distribution  of  consumer  products
 resulting from certain nuclear explosive applications.

      It  is the mutual  responsibility of industry of  several  States  and
 Federal  agencies to insure that any resulting radiation exposure from
Plowshare projects is kept as low as practicable and within  acceptable
                                725
 limits.  At this time  it  is mast appropriate to discuss  the applicable
gu i dance for rad i at ion exposure.   In my judgment, th i s sympos i urn contr i b-
utes to a free exchange of ideas and information that will be helpful as
we attempt to resolve problems  in this area.  Because of the uncertainties
 in the distribution of radioactivity in the final consumer product,  it is
extremely important that both Federal and State Health agencies be knowl-
edgeable as to the sources of radioactivity that may result in an,exposure
to the popuI at i on.   In order to carry out the i r respect i ve respons i b iIi t ies,
public health officials should be kept currently and fully informed of
proposed projects  and resulting releases of radioactivity.

     The basic guidance for public health consideration of  radiation ex-
posure is that promulgated by the Federal  Radiation  Council  (FRO  and
directed by the President to  be used  by Federal  agencies.   The FRC was
established in 1959 by Public Law 86-373 to provide  a Federal  policy on
human radiation exposure.   A  major function of  the Counci I  is  to  "  .  •
advise the President with respect to  radiation  matters, directly or  in-
directly affecting  health,  including  guidance for all  Federal agencies
in the formulation  of  radiation standards  and in establishment and exe-
cution of programs  of  cooperation with  States .  . .  ,"

     The Radiation  Protection Guide (RPG),  which  is  defined by the FRC as
the radiation dose  which  should not be  exceeded without careful considera-
tion of the reasons for doing  so for  the general population, is 0.5 rem/yr
whole body dose for an individual.  This guide  is applicable to normal
peacetime operations and  is not intended to  apply to  radiation exposure
resulting from natural  background or  the purposeful   exposure of patients
by practitioners of the healing arts.   There can, of  course, be quite
different numerical values  for the RPG,  depending upon the circumstances.

     As an operational  technique,  where  the  individual whole body doses
are not known,  a suitable  sample of the  exposed population should be
developed whose protection  guide for  annual  whole body dose wilt not
exceed 0.17 rem per capita  per year.

     The Radioactivity Concentration  Guide  (RCG)  is  defined as the con-
centration of radioactivity in the environment which  is determined to
result in whole body or organ  doses equal  to the RPG.  The use of RCG's
is an operational technique which provides  a means to evaluate potential
human exposure based on measurement of  environmental  concentrations of
radioactivity.   An  RCG must be based  on  an  RPG and is applicable only
for the circumstances  under which the use  of the corresponding RPG  is
appropriate.

     Effective radiation  control  measures  for any health  hazard will
require the establishment  of  radiological  safety procedures and guidance
for health agencies to reduce any potential  hazard to an  individual or
the public to as low a degree as practical.  Establishment of these control
procedures requires value  judgments in  which the potential  risks of the
hazard are weighed  against the benefits to be derived.  Because of  this
need, the health agency must  have sufficient technical  information  related
to the problem to derive  workable control  procedures.  This  is needed along
                                                                                                                                     726

-------
 with scientific knowledge concerning the biological  effect of the ionizing
 radiation to adequately evaluate the magnitude of the hazard under the
 given condition.  All agencies involved in the peaceful  nuclear explosives
 program must understand that this guidance is needed to assure protection
 of the individual and the public and to permit anticipated benefit to the
 public.

      Other groups concerned with population risk should be consulted to
 assist in the review of all factors which may affect the impact of the
 guidance on the consumer.

      Concentration guides provided by the NCRP and ICRP, supplemented by
 guidance provided by the FRC, are applicable to total exposure of the
 public to radiation from all sources (except medical  uses and natural
 background), and do not provide specific guidance for exposures to indi-
 vidual sources.  Appropriate guides for n particular application of nuclear
 energy should be based on the following considerations:   (1)  Activities
 resulting in man-made exposure should be authorized  only under conditions
 for which it is determined that the benefits outweigh the risk; (2)  Within
 these conditions, radiation exposures should be limited to such levels that
 the reduction in risk associated with any further reduction would not
 justify the total effort.

      It is my understanding that radiation limits for Plowshare Projects
 will be established by the AEC's regulatory group under the procedures
 set forth in the Code of Federal  Regulations.  However,  the limits for
 commercial  products associated with Plowshare applications may not be
 developed until  the projects change from an experimental  to an industrial
 application phase.   Further, it is recognized that the FRC has applied
 general guidance for these applications.  For instance,  the present AEC
 position regarding  regulatory limits for natural  gas  applications limits
 is as follows:               —

           "The AEC  has not developed regulatory limits which are
           directly  applicable to the gas storage application and
           it is expected that the results of  the experiment would
           be used as a partial  basis for developing  such limits.
           These limits may be some small fraction of  the FRC guides
           or of  the recommendations of  the ICRP and  NCRP.   After
           satisfying the experimental  requirements,  any  commercial
           use of storage gas from the chimney containing radio-
           activity  would be subject to  appropriate regulatory ap-
           proval.   Such approval  would  be granted only after a
           determination has been  made that use of the gas would
           not result in a significant increase in the radiation
           exposure  normally received by the general  public."

      It seems clear to me also  that there can be no  planning compatible
 with a  given use of  explosives  without  close  cooperation between the
.developers of the explosive device and  public health  authorities.   No
 device  ought to  be  brought to a mature  state  of development by nuclear
                                727
specialists working independently.   If the public health is to be adequately
protected, input from public health specialists must be accepted at an
early stage.

     Looking  back over the Plowshare experience,  I  believe the capability
probably is available to insure that nuclear explosives can be used for
peaceful purposes, on a large scale, either without human and environmental
exposure or with exposure at acceptable levels.  As yet this capability
has not been  demonstrated.  Nor do I think that the American public fully
believes the capability exists.  I  trust,  however,  that the time may be
nearing when  we can agree, from the public health standpoint, that Plowshare
is ready to move forward as a tool  for progress.   This, ladies and gentlemen,
is the goal we seek.
                                                                                                                                      728

-------
            ROLE  OF  A STATE HEALTH DEPARTMENT

           IN  AN  UNDERGROUND NUCLEAR EXPERIMENT

                    Thomas M. Gerusky
                   Department of Health
                 Harrisburg, Pennsylvania



                         ABSTRACT

          When Project Ketch was first announced to
     Pennsylvania state officials, the Department of
     Health, under its legal responsibility to protect
     the health of the citizens of the state, was quick
     to realize that a thoroughf independent review of
     the proposal was indeed necessary.  Although the
     project was terminated  by the sponsoring company
     before on-site preliminary evaluation work was
     begun, it is believed that the Department 's ap-
     proach was sound and practical.   This study and
     the planned joint effort of the state and the
     Bureau of Radiological  Health will be discussed
     in detail.
     We, in Pennsylvania State Government, were involved
for approximately two years  in a proposed Plowshare experi-
ment entitled Ketch.  Our experiences, our reactions, and
the reaction of the public sector is  important to discuss,
especially if future Plowshare programs are to succeed in
the Northeast.  This is that story.

     Project Ketch is a joint proposal by the Columbia Gas
Corporation and the Atomic Energy Commission to create an
underground gas storage reservoir with nuclear explosives.
Since gas storage is essential in providing adequate service
at reasonable cost during times of peak demand, it would
seem appropriate to provide  such storage capacity in areas
removed from the gas fields  where demand was increasing beyond
the present capacity of the  gas delivery system.

     The experiment should naturally  be carried out in geo-
logical formations which would provide adequate safety and
                           729
still fulfill the requirements for adequate gas  storage.
Pennsylvania seemed to be an ideal location for  such an
experiment because of its location in the rapidly growing
Northeast and its tight geological structure.

     Early in 1966, we were officially informed  that the
Columbia Gas System Service Corporation and the  Atomic
Energy Commission were seriously considering Pennsylvania
as a site for the Ketch experiment.  My first reaction,
and I think the reaction of many state officials, was one
of disbelief.  A nuclear device being exploded in our back-
yard?  Unbelievable!   Nevada, with its sparse population
and open spaces, was a far cry from the populated Northeast.

     However, after we recovered from the initial shock and
began to consider the situation in more detail, we all re-
alized that it was not our responsibility to react from
emotion, but only from cold, hard, fact and reason.

     What were our responsibilities?   Only one--to evaluate
the experiment from the standpoint of public health  and
safety and approve or disapprove  of the proposal.  But im-
mediately, many other obvious questions arose.   What were
the facts?  What kind of information  did we need to  evaluate
the project?  Where  would we get  the  expertise to evaluate
information we did receive?   And, although it  was never really
raised in public, one question continued to gnaw in  the backs
of our minds   .  . "Could the Atomic  Energy Commission be
relied upon to conduct the experiment in the safest  possible
manner, especially when they were also attempting to promote
the use of nuclear explosions by showing that  such projects
could be conducted at reasonable  costs?"  Did  the AEC have
a review mechanism similar to that which has worked  so ef-
fectively in the reactor licensing program?  What was this
mechanism?

     Very little information was  immediately available on
the safety aspects of underground nuclear explosives.  The
literature was almost devoid of good  references.  How much
of the information was classified and could we gain access
to it?

     Meetings were held with representatives of the various
state agencies which would have to be involved.  The list
is longer than one would imagine.  Besides the Department
of Health, it included:

     1.   The Department of Forests and Waters, which was
          responsible for leasing the use of state lands;

     2.   The Department of Mines and Mineral Industries ,
          which has responsibilities for gas and oil well
          drillings;
                                                                                                                730

-------
     3.   The State Geological Survey, which had interest
          in the information to be obtained during the eval-
          uation phase of the project;

     4.   The State Fish and Game Commissions were involved.,
          because of possible effects on the wildlife;

     5.   The Public Utility Commission, which regulates
          the local gas industry; and

     6.   The Department of Commerce, because of its role
          in the developmental aspects of the atomic energy
          industry.

     In January of 1966, former Governor Scranton signed into
 law the Atomic Energy Development and Radiation Control Act.
 This law provided, and I think rightly, that the developmental
 aspects of atomic energy be placed in the existing Pennsyl-
 vania Department of Commerce and that regulatory activities
 be placed in the Department of Health.  It.also provided for
 an Advisory Committee to assist both Departments in the ad-
 ministration of their respective endeavors.  These nine com-
 mittee members were appointed by the Governor, confirmed by
 the Senate, and represented the varied interests in and as-
 pects of atomic energy, and included individuals from indus-
 try, labor, education, medicine, radiology, health physics,
 and related sciences.

     The Committee is directed to make recommendations to
 the Department of Health, review rules and regulations, and
 furnish such technical advice as may be required on matters
 relating to the control of radiation.

     The Ketch proposal was discussed in detail, and as more
 and more information became available, the Governor and the
 Departments requested a complete evaluation of the project
 including appropriate recommendations.  A special "Ketch"
 subcommittee was established by the Advisory Committee to
 provide additional scientific expertise in areas which were
 not covered by individuals on the main committee.  It was
 chaired by an expert in nuclear engineering and presently
 the Dean of Engineering at The Pennsylvania State University.
Additional experts in the areas of geology, geophysics, and
 underground engineering were appointed to the Ketch subcom-
mittee .

     Besides numerous contacts in Pennsylvania with officials
of the AEC Plowshare Program, the Lawrence Radiation Labora-
tory,  the Public Health Service, the AEC Nevada Operations
Office, and the  gas company, a group of representatives of
the subcommittee and the various departments visited the
                           731
Nevada Test Site and the Nevada Operations Office to^discuss
the project in greater detail and to have some additional
specific questions answered.  At no time were we told that
the information was not available.

     We were also invited to the Gasbuggy symposium, and I
received a personal invitation to work with the Public Health
Service's environmental monitoring team during the briefing
sessions and during the actual Gasbuggy detonation.  There
was no question that an effective rapport was being estab-
lished between the Federal and State Governments to assure
that joint decisions concerning the safety of the project
could be made.

     The "Ketch" subcommittee had, in the meantime, completed
its work on reviewing the proposal.  The report was accepted
and forwarded to the Governor and the Departments concerned.
The report and its recommendations are indeed the most sig-
nificant single document from Pennsylvania on this project.

     One of the problems arose from the method in which the
"Project Ketch" proposal was submitted.  The proposal was
separated into five distinct phases as follows:

     1.   Site evaluation and confirmation

     2.   Execution

     3.   Chimney environment measurements

     4.   Storage facility development

     5.   Operation

     The Phase I portion of the project included exploratory
drilling, logging and pressure testing, safety surveys, per-
meability and high pressure tests, and some surface construc-
tion.  The Advisory Committee concerned itself primarily
with a technical review of Phase  I only, since much of the
information needed to verify the  safety of the project could
only be obtained during that phase.  Its conclusions and
recommendations can be summarized as follows:

     The committee believed that  adequate details  concern-
     ing the test work to be done during Phase I could be
     established by the AEC and the gas company as  the
     Phase I portion proceeded.   Therefore, the committee
     recommended that approval be given to proceed  with
     this phase only provided:

          1.   That the phase would encompass  all  data and
               calculations necessary  to confirm the site

-------
               acceptability and that certain questions
               raised in the complete report would receive
               adequate attention.

          2.   That an opportunity would be provided at the
               end of Phase I for an effective safety re-
               view by the AEC, utilizing the Panel of
               Safety Consultants, the Test Evaluation
               Panel, the Test Manager's Advisory Panel,
               and for Commonwealth representatives to
               review the findings before aDproval would
               be granted for Phase II.

          3.   That there would be assurance of appropriate
               compensation for any property damage or un-
               likely personal risks.

     To quote directly from the report:

          "Commonwealth approval to proceed with Phase II
          and the subsequent phases of the project should
          be given after the Phase I evaluation, if it is
          found that a favorable decision by the AEC was
          based on an adequate and competent safety review
          to ascertain that the test would be accomplished
          without injury to people, either directly or in-
          directly, and without acceptable damage to the
          ecological system and natural and man-made
          structures."

     Governor Shafer, in letters to Chairman Seaborg and the
Columbia Gas Company, granted Commonwealth approval to pro-
ceed with the first phase of the project, listing the stip-
ulations of the Advisory Committee's recommendations.

     The project, as many of you know, is now in a state of
limbo, or in one of the other states in proximity to Penn-
sylvania.  Why was the project postponed?

     One of the first recommendations made during discus-
sions with the parties involved, was that an effective, large
public information program be established jointly by the
AEC,  the Commonwealth, and the gas company.  It was obvious
that the reactions of individuals in the public would be
similar to our first reaction.  Pennsylvania has been one
of the leaders in the atomic energy field.  There are now
13 operating or planned power reactors in the state.  There
has been no adverse public response to these projects, mainly
as a result of an effective long-term public relations pro-
gram.  Nuclear reactors are an accepted risk.  However,
nuclear explosives are not.
                           733
     The response to our recommendation for a joint public
information program went unheeded.  Yes, public forums were
held in the area; many man-miles were traveled by represen-
tatives of the Lawrence Radiation Laboratory, the AEC, the
PHS, and the Columbia Gas Company to explain the project in
detail to all interested groups.  But once the adverse public
reaction had begun, primarily out of fear, it was impossible
to stop.  Citizens groups were formed, signatures were ob-
tained, and vocal critics of the project garnered much news-
paper space.

     The following slides,  which were made from selected
newspaper headlines,  can tell the story much better than
I can.

     The title of this presentation is "The Role of a  State
Health Agency in an Underground Nuclear Experiment. '   Our
role in this experiment ended rather abruptly,  but  it  should
have been two-fold--to protect the public  health, naturally,
but also to inform the public of that role and  the  steps
we were taking to carry it  out.

     However, we, as  a health agency, should not be placed
in a position of promoting  the project.  This  is the respon-
sibility of those agencies  and companies which  are  proposing
it.  I  strongly urge  that the experience in Pennsylvania
not be  quickly forgotten, but that an immediate  effort be
made by the Atomic Energy Commission to establish an effec-
tive Plowshare informational campaign.   With proper  direc-
tion, such a program  could  have stopped the groundswell be-
fore it became unmanageable, and would have allowed  for a
proper and unemotional evaluation of the safety of  the pro-
ject.

     What did we all  learn?  A real lesson in the potent
power of public opinion;

-------
                    QUESTION FOR THOMAS M.  GERUSKY
From P.  R.  Frederick:

You have implied informed public opinion will  support  Plowshare pro-
jects.  Do you have evidence of this?   It seems  unrealistic to me
based upon Utah's attempted fluoridation of  water  supply experience!
Very formidable and we I I-organized  opposition  developed.

ANSWER:

We have information that an uninformed  public  will  react the opposite
way.  I  think an informed public reacted the proper way  in the reactor
field.  I  think it can react properly  in this  field also.
                               735
             STATE PARTNERSHIP IN ENVIRONMENTAL HEALTH
               AND SAFETY PHASE OF PLOWSHARE PROJECTS

                        S i mon Ki nsman,  Ph.D.
            California State Department of  Public Health
                        Berkeley,  CaIi forn i a
                              ABSTRACT

            When experiments on projects involving Plowshare
      devices are conceived, the state chosen for the project
      should be invited to participate in planning the health
      and safety aspects and be prepared to actively partici-
      pate in the D-Day phase as well  as the post-detonation
      activity.

            In California nuclear science technology and compe-
      tence have preceded the social acceptance  and use of
      nuclear devices for large scale  Plowshare  projects.
      However, the environmental surveillance program of the
      Bureau of Radiological Health in the State Department
      of Public Health has established an operative program
      which will be ready and able to  function as an active
      participant or in a support role in environmental
      health phases of nuclear projects scheduled in the
      State.

            A description of our present program will be
      included in this paper.   This will enable  the attendees
      and readers to realize capabilities which  will be
      activated for participation and/or support roles dur-
      ing Plowshare activities in the  State or in a neih-
      boring state if the need arises.
                                                                                                                                                        neigh-
      The people who planned this seminar prepared a logical  outline
for the entire program and then requested speakers to cover the
respective subjects.  The theme of this portion of the seminar was
the "role of the state," with the previous speaker covering the
underground engineering and this paper covering the role of the
state in cratering.   I  was not familiar with the cratering exper-
iments and consequently suggested an alternate title, which is a one
sentence precis of this paper, namely, that the state in which the
cratering experiment is being conducted should be an integral  partner

                               736

-------
in the project, with the neighboring states  being  alerted,  informed,
and ready to exercise their  role  in case  the  scheduled  project  did  not
proceed as planned.  In each  state, the environmental health  phase  is
naturally handled by its health department.

Background  Information or  How  it  was  in California

      On May 28,  1957, the AEC  detonated  the  "Boltzman" nuclear device
at 4:55 a.m.,  at the Nevada  Test  Site.  About 6:00 p.m.  the same day a
portion of the  cloud from  this  shot swung northwest across California
through the area north of  Lake  Tahoe.   It encountered  localized
thunderstorms  and  the resulting rainout gave  measurable levels  of
radiation  in scattered  localities.  Both  the California Disaster
Office and AEC  monitoring  teams checked these areas on  May 28 and 29
and reported that  the rad i ati on I eve Is  found  were  not dangerous.
However,  in view of the State Health  Department's  responsibility
for the health  of  the public in general and  the  safety  of domestic
water supplies  in  particular,  a field  survey  to  get firsthand detailed
information was deemed desirable.

      S i nee  in format ion regard ing the  exact  path of the radioactive air
mass was  not available to  the  Department, the northeast quarter of  the
State  lying north  of U. 5. Highway  40  and east of  U. S.  Highway 99  was
selected  for study.  The plan  followed  was that  most of the major high-
ways were  to be traversed  with  gamma  survey  instruments.  Water, mud,
and snow  samples were to be  taken where background radiation  indicated
fallout had occurred or where  possible  concentration of radioactivity
could have occurred  (i.e., water  reservoirs,  stock ponds, other water
catchment  areas).

      Due  to the magn itude of the task, assistance in mon i tor r ng and
sample collection  was requested from  Butte,  Plumas, and Shasta  County
Health Departments.  Field monitoring  instruments  were  furnished by the
California Disaster Office.   RadioanaIyses of the  samples were  done by
the Sanitation  Laboratory  using the California Disaster Office  Radio-
logical Laboratory truck which  was  assigned  to the Division of  Labora-
tories .  The truck was moved to Qu i ncy  for th i s  study.   Seventy samples
were collected  for analysis  and approximately 1,400 miles of  highway
were monitored  with gamma  survey  meters.

      Of the 70 samples only  3  (the snow  samples at Donner Summit, Gold
Lake and Lassen Summit) had  significant radioactive content.  None of
these snow banks drained directly to domestic water reservoirs.   Water
from the reservoirs supplying the Quincy  water system showed  barely
measurable amounts of radioactivity.  These  findings were not considered
to be of public health significance due to the small size of  the
reservoi rs (w i th a h i gh fIow-through rate) and the rap i d decay  charac-
teristics of fallout radioactivity.

      A report  of these findings was included  in the July report  to the
Governor's office.  The comment that radioactivity  in the three snow

                                737
samples was above the limit considered "safe for continuous ingestion"
received wide publicity  and resulted in several  follow-up inquiries from
residents and recreational  users of the Sierra Nevada area.

      Because of the i n tense pub I i c i nterest ,  and in order to ver i f y
the earlier conclusions,  a  second survey was made August 7 through. 9.
Lassen Volcanic National  Park,  Lake Almanor, Quincy, Gold Lake,  Beck-
worth, Donner Summit, and the highways between these areas were  checked.
Thirty samples were collected and approximately  600 mi les of  highway
were mon i to red w i th gamma survey meters .   No background  rad i at i on was
found above norma I  nor were any of  the water samp I es found to conta i n
measurab I e amounts  of rad i oact i v i ty .   The on I y snow samp le obta i nab I e
was from a small residual snow  bank in Lassen  Park.   The  radioactivity
found was about the same  as that found on the  first sampling.

      These studies were  executed  under a 1955 law on  radioactive
wastes which states, "No  person shall  bury,  throw away, or in  any
manner dispose of radioactive wastes  in such a manner  as  to endanger
the lives or health of human beings.1

      In the first  calendar quarter of the fol lowing year the  U.S.S.R.
was conducting atmospheric  tests of nuclear devices.   On  March 29,  1958,
the California State Department of  Agriculture collected  some  samples
of leafy vegetables which were  submitted to Dr.  Hardin Jones,  of  the
Donner Laboratory at the  University of California,  Berkeley,  for
radi oassay .  The rad ioact i ve content  of twe I ve samp les of el even  k i nds
of leafy vegetables collected from  nine different localities  in  the
North Coastal, San  Joaquin  and  Sacramento Valleys of California
ranged from 1970 to 41,800  disintegrations per minute  for the  unwashed
vegetables.  The radioactivity  of  the washed vegetables was much  lower
than that found on  the  unwashed samples.   The  radioactivity was  charac-
terized as mixed fission  products.

      In January 1959,  a  paper  entitled, "An Analysis  of  the  Public
Health Implications of  the  Proposed Tracer Study of Grcund Water Replen-
i shment Ope rat i ons  in Los Ange les  County" was  subm i tted  by the Un i ver-
s i ty of California, Berkeley, to the California State Department of
Public Health.  The introduction in this paper states, "The University
of California, Berkeley,  has presented a research proposal to the Los
Angeles County Flood Control District concerned  with the application
of tritium to ground water tracing.  The immediate objective  of  the
study is to determine the water users benefiting from reclamation
operations in the Upper  Canyon  Basin of the San Gabriel  River.  The
long-range interest of  the District is to confirm the extent  to  which
the water reclamation program in the various basins of the San Gabriel
River is effective in replenishing the ground  water bodies of the Main
Basin and within and downstream of the Montebello Forebay.  The primary
interest of the Sanitary Engineering Research  Laboratory of the  Univer-
sity  is to estab lish the utility of triti urn as a means of tracing
underground waste travel.  A further interest  is the general  phenomenon
of hydrau I i c d i spers i on   in f I ow through porous med i a. "
                               738

-------
      The second paragraph of the Conclusions states, "The  hazard of
the investigation to the consumer in  Los Angeles County has been
demonstrated to be  insignificant.  The  benefits of the investigation
to the consumer are highly significant.  A more economical  develop-
ment of the regional water resources  will result in direct  material
benefits to all  inhabitants.  A better  understanding of pollution
movement in underground formations wilt be achieved with attendant
improvements in water quality.  The study is an opportunity for
nuclear science to  aid in solving a common problem in Southern Cali-
fornia, that of a rapidly increasing  demand for water and clearly
limited water sources."

      On January 23,  1959. the State  Board of Public Health adopted a
"Policy of California State Department  of Public Health on  Radio-
active Tracer Studies," which contained six criteria.  The  proposed
tritium tracer study met the six criteria but never materialized.
It was rejected by  adverse local public opinion.

California Environmental Surveillance Program - 1969

      The essential features of this  program are a radiochemical
laboratory and a representative sampling network.  The environmental
media sampled are (I) Air, (2) Rain,  Fallout, and Soil, (3) Domestic
Water, (4) Sewage,  (5) Milk, and (6)  Diet.  The samples are collected
by 105 volunteer members of our local health departments.  The  loca-
tion of the sampling stations and the number of stations for each of
the six media sampled are shown in the  following Figures I  through 6.
Table I  is a summary of the environmental surveillance sampling and
analyses.

      These facilities and networks were tested and described in  1967
in an article by Amasa Cornish and George Uyesugi entitled, "Detection
of Elevated Fallout Levels in California, January 1967." The abstract
of the article which was published in Radiological Health Data and
Reports,  Vol.  9, Number 9, September  1968, is quoted:

            "California received a heavy fallout of radioactive
      debris beginning 4.5 days after a foreign nuclear device
      was detonated in the atmosphere on December 27, 1966.
      Highest air particulate levels  occurred in Berkeley and
      Sacramento.  Values obtained after allowing 3 days decay
      were 98 pCI/m^ of air for both.  Other air sampling
      stations had  lesser amounts of  fallout and Fresno
      received essentially no fallout.  All milksheds in
      California were contaminated to some extent with
      radioactive iodine.  Del Norte  and Humboldt milk with
      397 and 280 pCi/liter,  respectively, contained the
      highest concentrations of iodine-131.  These values
      were estimated to result in thyroid doses to children
      of  33 and 23 mrads, respectively.  The apparent half-
      life for iodine-131  in  the environment was calculated to
                                                 CALIFORNIA
                                               AIR  NETWORK
                               LOS ANGEILE
                                                           0BARSTOW

                                                        SAN BERNARDINO
14  STATIONS
SAN
                             739
                                                                                                                            FIGURE 1
                                                                                                                                740

-------
   EUREKA
   CRESCENT CITY
             ALTURAS'
           (REDDING
           OUINCY
     FORT BRAGG
    C
   , POTTER VALLEY

  SANTA ROSA
          CALIFORNIA
     RAIN,  FALLOUT,  & SOIL
            NETWORK
                CSSLI
              'SACRAMENTO
            BERKELEY   UE yiNING
                       FRESNO

                          DEATH VALLEY
C SOIL ONLY
SAN LUIS OBISPO

       0BAKERSFIELD     NEEDLES

   SANTA BARBARA
              £ SAN BERNARDINO

           I LOS ANGELES
23 SOIL STATIONS              5A-N
21 RAIN & FALLOUT STATIONS
                    FIGURE 2
                       7-11
   CALIFORNIA
DOMESTIC WATER
    NETWORK
                                         38 PURVEYORS
                                                            FIGURE 3
                                                               it'/

-------
        CALIFORNIA

     SEWAGE  NETWORK
               BERNARDINO

           ZNGELBSH-A. COUNTY'


      •*%*ORANGE COUNTY
FIGURE 4
   74 7j
        CALIFORNIA

       MILK NETWORK
                                 MENDOCINO
                                   10 MILKSHEDS
FIGURE 5
   M.I

-------
    KRESCENT CITY
  >EUREKA        SUSANVILLE
     REDDING •        •

                 OUINCYA
                    •SACRAMENTO
                (BERKELEY
                  CALIFORNIA
                   DIET STUDY
                                    BISHOP!
                                FRESNO
SAN LUIS OBISPO
              BAKERSFIELD
                                 NEEDLES 4
      SANTA BARBARA
                      0 SAN BERNARDINO
                   LOS ANGELES              •
20 SAMPLE POINTS
                                           ;
                                 BRAWLEY  I
                                 >}&S-	•*
        TABLE  I
   »    SUMMARY
ENVIRONMENTAl SURVEILLANCE
  SAMPLING AND ANALYSES
Media
Sampled
Air
Fal lout
Water
Sewage
Mi Ik
Diet
Snow
Specials
SampJ i ng
Stations
14
21
50
20
10
20
12
12
Samp 1 ing
Frequency
Dai lyj
Quarter I y2
Month 1 y
Monthly
Monthly4
Quarterly^
5/Year
I/Year
Yearly
Samp les
4,224
92
600
480
120
80
60
240
5,896
Tota 1 s
Ana lyses
6,276
368
904
960
360
520
60
480
9,928
                                                                                             I.  Gamma scan for 8 isotopes reported as one (I) analysis above.
                                                                                             2.  20 stations sampled quarterly; the Berkeley station is sampled
                                                                                                month|y,
                                                                                             3.  10 stations sampled on work days only; 4 stations sampled every
                                                                                                day.
                                                                                             4.  Does not take into account increased sampling for continuing
                                                                                                atmospheric nuclear tests.
                                                                                             5.  From 1960-1964 the individual  foods composing a diet were sampled.
                                                                                                In  1964 the diet sampling replaced the food sampling.
                             FIGURE  6

-------
             be  3.2  days.
tion to our radiological  surveillance network,  California
 activities in its Bureau of Radiological  Health,  namely,
iation Control Program which consists of Registration  and
 X-Ray Generators, the facilities in which they are
 educational  assistance to the operators of this equip-
 The Radioactive Material Control Program which includes
 consists of  a Licensing and Inspection group  as required
 Agreement.  However, California and several other states
rol of Radium which has never been regulated by a  Federal
       In  addi
 has  two other
 (I)  The X-Rad
 Inspection  of
 operated, and
 ment;  and (2)
 Radium.   This
 by AEC/States
 exercise  cont
 agency .

       The State  also  has  considerable manpower and equ i pment  i n the
 State  Disaster Office,  including  (I) radiation measuring and cali-
 bration devices  and facilities  and  (2)  a statewide communication net-
 work tied in with  the State Highway Patrol and the Police and Sheriff's
 Offices.  Last year the State Department of Public Health and the State
 Di s aster  Of f i ce  si gned a  memorandum of  understanding for cooperat i ve
 part i ci pat ion  in hand I i ng emergency i nci dents  i nvol vi ng rad ioact i ve
 materials.  This cooperative activity  includes the authority to im-
 pound  or  quarantine the radioactive material  involved  for the pro-
 tection of  the public.  We have had two training courses recently on
 management  of  incidents involving radioactive material.  These were
 sponsored by the State Health Department and  the U. S. Public Health
 Serv i ce .  In revi ew i ng th i s i n format i on , \ t becomes obv i ous that the
 State  has a rather complete radiation protection program.

 Role of State Health  Department in P I owsh_a_re_  Projects

       With  such equipment, facilities and competence available in a
 number of states—the Utah State program having been described in detail
 to you yesterday — the states are ready  to assume the responsibility, in
 the  Plowshare Program, granted them under the Federal Constitution,
 which  is  the protection of public health.

      This  role  is beautifully described by Herman E. Hi I leboe, M.D.,
 DeLamar Professor of  Public Health Practice, Columbia University,
 School  of Public Health and Administrative Medicine, State of New York,
 i n Chapter  III, pages 23-31 , of the Rad i olog i ca I  Hea I th Program Gu i de
 prepared by the Southern  Interstate Nuclear Board for (and published by)
 the  U.  S.  Department  of Health, Education,  and Welfare, Public Health
 Service,  April  8,  1966.    Page 29 of this reference shows  the respective
 roles of  the Public Health Service and  State Health Agencies in Radio-
 logical Health, including the degrees of responsibility of each agency.

      The  legality of the responsibility of the state in  protecting the
public  from radiation exposures was stated  well by Mitchell  Wendell,
Ph.D.,  L.L.B,  Counsel  for the  Council  of State Governments,  Washington,
D.  C.,  in  Chapter  II,  Legal  Aspects of   Federal-State Relations in  Radi-
ation Protection, Radiological  Health  Program  Guide referenced above.
                               747
The following is a quotation from pages 19 and 20 of this reference.

            "Federal-State relations in radiation protection from
      nuclear sources is a subject of peculiar import because of
      the unusuaI  ci rcumstances that attended the first harnessing
      of nuclear power,  and because the revolutionary nature of
      th i s still new  force inspires awe.   Log i caI Iy and practi caI ly
      it is clear that radiation protection from whatever source
      is merely a specialized phase of  public health and safety
      regulation.   Yet,  the activities  and responsibilities of  the
      Atomic Energy Commission and of the military  establishment
      undeniably give the Federal  Government a  special  interest.
      So far the major direction of Federal  and State action
      has been to clarify responsibilities and  relationships as
      much as possible,  and to fit the  health and safety aspects
      or radiation protection into existing patterns of State
      and I oca I  admi nistration and Iawmaki ng as rapidly as
      practicable. Any  other course would raise confusing
      questions of law and practical  administration.

            "Conclusion.  State activities in radiation pro-
      tection, and more  broadly in the  entire field of  radiolog-
      ical  health  as  we II, rest on severaI  I ega I  foundat i on
      stones.  That the  poIi ce power i ncIudes the power to pro-
      tect the public health is both elementary and obvious; the
      convent ional definition of the constituti ona I  concept of
      police power is the power to regulate and protect 'health,
      safety, morals, and welfare.'   Since this authority is left
      with the States by the Federal  Constitution,  its  exercise is
      a legal attribute  of all State governments.   As already
      pointed out, some  States have so far considered the police
      power to be sufficient basis for the assertion of juris-
      d i cti on to engage  in any and all  phases of rad i at i on pro-
      tection.  An increasing number of States, either because  they
      consider agreements with the AEC essential  to their programs
      or because they look upon them as merely advantageous, are
      becoming agreement States.  In these jurisdictions the police
      power is supplemented by the statutory assurance from Con-
      gress that no conflicting action of the Federal  Legislature
      is likely to oust  the legal  authority of  the State.

            "From the administrative point of view, the basis for
      State and local action also is clear.  No matter how in-
      genious theorists  become in bui Iding a separate category
      for nuclear activities, it remains  true that State and local
      governments—not the Federal Government-i nspect structures,
      issue and enforce  sanitary codes, provide service and regu-
      lation in the field of industrial hyoiene, fight fires, and
      patrol highways.  Whenever the results of nuclear activity
      impinge on any  of  these areas, as they must constantly do,
      the State and  local governments are the only ones in a position
                                                                                                                                     748

-------
      to act.  They may do so with more or less skill, depending
      on their training and resources.  They may do so more or
      less effectively, depending at  least in part on the degree
      of specific authority to deal with nuclear-related matters
      conferred by State and local  law.  But they will act, or
      the public will be unnecessarily exposed to danger."

      Earlier this month, 48 states were represented at the Conference
of State Directors of Radiation and Safety Control Program.  I  do not
have the permission to speak for this group.  However, you have heard
the remarks of the preceding speaker who is President of this organi-
zation, and you can see that he is  inclined to support the State role
as presented above.   I hope the Conference of State and Territorial
Officers will accept  the report of  this Conference of State Directors
of Radiation and Safety, one part of which appears under the heading
of Radiation Control  Nationally and a sub-heading, "Ionizing Radiation—
State Control," and reads, "The States are responsible for uncontrolled
radiation sources  in  the environment as an unexpected result of a Plow-
share project."

      The respective  states should  have no fear of accepting the re-
sponsibility granted  them under the Federal Constitution whether or
not they have an AEC/State Agreement or whether they have a complete
radiological health program.  The State/Public Health Service relation-
ship and support for  this program  is the same as  it is for any other
state program in protecting the health of the public.  If the problem
is too  large to handle with the state resources, assistance will be
furnished on request  from the Public Health Service.
       In regard to Plowshare in particular, each respective state would
like to be a partner  in this enterprise, with industry and the AEC being
the other partners.   We do not consider ourselves equal partners for all
of the negotiations.  However, after the detonation and particularly
if it  is in our State, the State may have a major role.  In being a
partner, we expect to be called into the planning meetings as early as
possible, and I might say the earlier we are involved, the sooner will
the project become a  reality.  The  states should notify the PHS through
its regional office and have this organization present at the first
orientation meeting and most of the following meetings.  After the first
meeting, the State and PHS will prepare a draft of the cooperative plan
to follow.  This plan will be reviewed, modified, and updated frequently
by both parties.

      The success or  failure of a proposed Plowshare project in any
State will be determined by the public relations role executed by the
State.  This role will be more effectively executed if the State is
informed early and can adequately and appropriately inform the local
health authorities who will get the right story to the local  press and
residents as soon as  possible.   Yesterday Herb Parker stated he
wasn't sure which radiation protection group the general  public will
trust.  The local health group has been the protector for health and
                                749
safety for so long the odds are in favor of their gaining the con-
fidence of the  local  people and thereby effecting a good public
relations program which will lend public support to the project,
and as Abraham Li ncoIn sai d, "Wi th pub Ii c support you can do anythi ng
and without it you can do very little."  This quotation is most
applicable to Plowshare, and I  repeat:  If the AEC will include the
States as a partner in the  early  talking  and planning stage of Plow-
share projects the chances  of their becoming a reality are better
than the odds in most of the activities  in this city and the accom-
plishments will  be realized much  sooner.

      I  thank you for your  devoted attention through the last phase
of th i s semi nar.
                                                                                                                                    750

-------
                         QUESTION FOR SIMON  KINSMAN


I.   From James Payne:

    What analysis do you run on the sewage effluents  and  why?

    ANSWER:

    The California Radiological  Monitoring Program  Includes the  sampling
    of  20 sewage treatment plants throughout the  state.   Analyses of sewage
    samples,  effluent and sludge, for alpha  and beta  activity provide a
    means of  monitoring to insure that industrial radioactive wastes dis-
    charged  into sewerage systems do not exceed prescribed  limits.  The
    surveillance of sewage assumes greater Importance as  isotope  licensees
    become more numerous and as the quantity per  user increases.

    Water used by a city enters the city as  domestic  drinking water and
    leaves the city as sewage.   If the city  adds  no radioactivity to the
    sewage, the radiological  content of  the  domestic  water and sewage
    should be the same.   Therefore,  interest centers  around the difference
    in  yearly averages between  the radioactivity  in the sewage effluent
    and the domestic water influent,  and the ratio of  sewage radioactivity
    to  domestic water radioactivity.   For example, two cities might have
    the followi ng:
         City
                   Water
          A        10 pCi/l
          B        10 pCi/l
 Sewage

15 pCi/l
80 pCi/l
Oi fference  Ratio

 5 pCi/l      1.5
70 pCi/l      8
   Obviously,  something  is  happening  to city  B that should be  investigated
   while  city  A  appears  to  be  normal.   In  1967 these ratios, in California
   cities that were  sampled, ranged from  1,0  to 7.8 and the differences
   from 0.4  pCi/l  to 37.4 pCi/l.

   The present policy In California is that no city should discharge to the
   uncontrolled  environment a  sewage  effluent containing more  than  IxlO"^
   yCi/ml  (100 pCi/liter) above the domestic  water entering the city.  In
   practice, the Bureau  of  Radiological Health of the California State
   Department  of Public  Health becomes concerned when the discharge values
   are one third of  the  maximum permissible value of 100 pCi/liter.  An
   increase to this  concentration  indicates that some or several discharges
   are releasing too much radioactivity into  the sewerage system.  These
   discharges  may  be in  excess of California's Radiation Control Regulations
   which  are compatible  with 10 CFR 20.  A fol[owup to determine the source
   of this Increase  in radioactivity  enables  us to determine licensee
   compIi a nee  or non-compIi  anee wIth  our reguI ati ons.
                                  751
                                                                                         DISCUSSION OF  HIGHLIGHTS  AND
                                                                                              CLOSING  REMARKS

                                                                                             Dr.  Raymond  T. Moore
                                                                                             Acting Director, BRH
                                                                                         U.  S. Public Health  Service
                                                                                             RockviIle, Maryland
     Summarizing four full  days and 38 pages of a technical  symposium is an
herculean task.  It would be impossible,  in the few minutes allowed me, to
dwell  adequately on each of the papers presented.  Rather, I  would like to
review some reasons why we thought this symposium was both timely and
necessary.

     First and foremost in our mind was the need to emphasize the health and
safety aspects.  While our laboratory in  Las Vegas and a few states have been
deeply involved in Plowshare,  the public  health aspects were not widely known.
Up to now there had been no forum where we and our colleagues could exchange
ideas or views relating to the public health aspects of the Plowshare Program.

     We considered it important to present the results and analyses of
relevant studies of Plowshare  activities  conducted by various organizations.
We believed it important to include discussions of air blast and ground
motion effects as well as the  transport of radioactivity for these are also
of public health concern.

     We attempted, and I  believe succeeded, in bringing people of diverse
interests and views together.    In our opinion, it was necessary to bring into
focus those problem areas where more research or information is needed.

     Several  of the speakers emphasized two major problems of concern.  The
more important of these is the need for declassificat ion of certain Plow-
share information.  I  believe  you will be faced with resistance to the Plow-
share Program from scientists  and the general  public as long as such data
is kept under security wraps.   People want to know the facts and be able to
render their own judgment.   Congressman Hosmer spoke of that in his excel-
lent speech at the banquet Tuesday evening.  He proposed that the AEC take
steps to separate the Plowshare development activities from weapons
development.

     Dr. Carlyle Thompson  indicated the other problem by noting the need of the
states for public funds to monitor the environment after Plowshare events.
Some way must be found to support state programs financially in order that
they may gear up adequately to support industrial Plowshare projects.
                                                                                                                                       752

-------
     I  believe we have had a successful symposium.  I  am told the registra-
tion is in excess of 600.  The success is due to you who have participated,
Each session was fully attended.  I  have never been to a meeting where so
many have stayed to the  last as you have.  Thank you.
                                  753

-------